Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2021

1933 Act Registration File No. 033-20827

1940 Act Registration File No. 811-05518

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933		[	X	]
Pre-Effective Amendment No.		[		]
Post-Effective Amendment No.	287	[	X	]

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940		[	X	]
Amendment No.	292	[	X	]

(Check Appropriate Box or Boxes)

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

615 East Michigan Street

Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (609) 731-6256

Copies to:

SALVATORE FAIA	MICHAEL P. MALLOY, ESQUIRE
The RBB Fund, Inc.	Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
615 East Michigan Street	One Logan Square, Suite 2000
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202-5207	Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

[	X	]	immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[		]	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
[		]	60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[		]	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[		]	75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
[		]	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

[ ] This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

Prospectus 

December 29, 2021

WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund – WPGSX 

Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund – BPGSX

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A look at the investment objectives, strategies, risks, expenses and financial history of each of the Boston Partners Investment Funds offered in this Prospectus.

SUMMARY SECTION — WPG PARTNERS SELECT SMALL CAP VALUE FUND	3
SUMMARY SECTION — BOSTON PARTNERS GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY FUND	9
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS' INVESTMENTS AND RISKS	18
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS	31
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION	35
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	49
APPENDIX A	50
APPENDIX B	52
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS	54
FOR MORE INFORMATION	Back Cover

2 

SUMMARY SECTION — WPG PARTNERS SELECT SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

Investment Objective

The Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation.

Expenses and Fees

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell Institutional Class shares of the Fund. You may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to a broker for transactions in Institutional Class shares of the Fund, which are not reflected in the tables or the examples below.

	Institutional Class
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management fees	0.90%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) fees	None
Other expenses(1)	0.45%
Total annual Fund operating expenses	1.35%
Fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement(2)	-0.25%
Total annual Fund operating expenses after fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement	1.10%

(1) "Other Expenses" are estimated for the current fiscal year.

(2) The Fund's investment adviser, Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (the "Adviser") has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Total annual Fund operating expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) for the Fund's Institutional Class shares exceeds 1.10% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund's Institutional Class shares. In determining the Adviser's obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause net Total annual Fund operating expenses to exceed 1.10%: short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation is in effect until February 28, 2023 and may not be terminated without the approval of the Board of Directors of The RBB Fund, Inc. If at any time, the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses (not including short sale dividend expense, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) for a year are less than 1.10% or the expense cap then in effect, whichever is less, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $100,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and that you sell all of your shares at the end of the period. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the operating expenses of the Fund remain the same (taking into account the contractual expense limitation until its expiration). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

3 

	1 Year	3 Years
Institutional Class	$1,121	$4,030

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total annual Fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund's performance. The Fund does not have any portfolio turnover information as the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

Summary of Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of U.S. companies that, at the time of purchase, have a market capitalization that is within the range of the market capitalization of issuers in the Russell 2000 Small Cap Value Index. As of November 30, 2021, the median market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 2000 Small Cap Value Index is $1.0 billion and the largest stock is $17.4 billion. The Fund may invest in depositary receipts and equity securities of foreign companies. Although the Fund invests primarily in common stocks (which include both exchange-listed and over-the-counter ("OTC") securities), the Fund may invest in all types of equity and equity-related securities, including (without limitation):

● Securities convertible into common stocks.

● Shares of real estate investment trusts ("REITs").

● Warrants and rights to purchase common stocks.

● Preferred stocks.

● Exchange-traded limited partnerships.

Special Situations: The Fund may invest in companies that may experience unusual and possibly unique developments which may create a special opportunity for significant returns. Special situations include: significant technological improvements or important discoveries; reorganizations, recapitalizations or mergers; favorable resolutions of litigation; new management or material changes in company policies; and actual or potential changes in control of a company.

Strategies: The Adviser uses a value approach to select the Fund's investments. Using this investment style, the Adviser seeks securities selling at substantial discounts to their underlying values and then holds these securities until the market values reflect what the Adviser believes to be their intrinsic values. The Adviser employs a bottom-up strategy, focusing on undervalued industries that the Adviser believes are experiencing positive change. The Adviser then uses both qualitative and quantitative methods to assess a security's potential value. The portfolio manager managing the Fund and the analytical team meet with a multitude of companies annually to identify companies with increasing returns on capital in their core businesses which are selling at attractive valuations.

Factors the Adviser looks for in selecting investments include (without limitation):

● Increasing returns on invested capital.

● Companies who have demonstrated an ability to generate high return on invested capital.

4 

● Companies which provide solid cash flows with appropriate capital.

● Potential catalysts such as new products, cyclical upturns and changes in management.

● Low market valuations relative to earnings forecast, book value, cash flow and sales.

The Fund is non-diversified and may invest in fewer securities at any one time than a diversified fund.

The Adviser will sell a stock when it no longer meets one or more investment criteria, either through obtaining target value or due to an adverse change in fundamentals or business momentum. Each holding has a target valuation established at purchase, which the Adviser constantly monitors and adjusts as appropriate.

Summary of Principal Risks

Risk is inherent in all investing. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Fund's principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

● Convertible Securities Risk. Securities that can be converted into common stock, such as certain securities and preferred stock, are subject to the usual risks associated with fixed income investments, such as interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, because they react to changes in the value of the equity securities into which they will convert, convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with equity securities.

● Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or its investment adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

● Equity Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in, or have exposure to, equity securities. Equity securities tend to be more volatile than other investment choices, such as debt and money market instruments. The value of your investment may decrease in response to overall stock market movements or the value of individual securities.

5 

● Foreign Custody Risk. The Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy.

● Foreign Securities Risk. International investing may be subject to special risks, including, but not limited to, currency exchange rate volatility, political, social or economic instability, less publicly available information, less stringent investor protections, and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices. Foreign securities in which the Fund invests may be traded in markets that close before the time that the Fund calculates its net asset value (“NAV”). Furthermore, certain foreign securities in which the Fund invests may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not calculate its NAV. As a result, the value of the Fund's holdings may change on days when shareholders are not able to purchase or redeem the Fund's shares.

● Management Risk. The Fund is subject to the risk of poor stock selection. In other words, the individual stocks in the Fund may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Fund's portfolio management practices do not work to achieve their desired result.

● Market Risk. The NAV of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Investors may lose money. Although the Fund will invest in stocks the Adviser believes to be undervalued, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

● New Fund Risk. The Fund is a recently organized, diversified management investment company with no operating history. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board of the Company may determine to liquidate the Fund.

● Non-Diversification Risk. The Fund is non-diversified. Compared to other funds, the Fund may invest more of its assets in a smaller number of companies. Gains or losses on a single stock may have greater impact on the Fund.

● OTC Risk. Securities traded on OTC markets are not listed and traded on an organized exchange such as the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or OTC common stock is less than the volume of trading in an exchange-listed stock. As a result, the market liquidity of some stocks in which the Fund invests may not be as great as that of exchange-listed stocks and, if the Fund were to dispose of such stocks, the Fund may have to offer the shares at a discount from recent prices or sell the shares in small lots over an extended period of time. In addition, penny stocks and pink sheet stocks can be classified as OTC stocks.

● REITs Risk. REITs may be affected by economic forces and other factors related to the real estate industry. These risks include possible declines in the value of real estate, possible lack of availability of mortgage funds and unexpected vacancies of properties. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, interest rate risks (especially mortgage REITs) and liquidity risk. REITs that invest in real estate mortgages are also subject to prepayment risk. Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, engage in dilutive offerings and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500^® Index. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to (i) qualify for favorable tax treatment under applicable tax law or (ii) maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

6 

● Rights and Warrants Risk. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the right's or warrant's expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security's market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

● Small-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt, erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources or may be dependent on a small or inexperienced management group, and their securities may trade less frequently and in lower volume than securities of larger companies, which could lead to higher transaction costs. Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater the risk.

● Special Situations Risk. The Fund will seek to benefit from "special situations," such as mergers, reorganizations, or other unusual events expected to affect a particular issuer. There is a risk that the "special situation" might not occur or involve longer time frames than originally expected, which could have a negative impact on the price of the issuer's securities and fail to produce gains or produce a loss for the Fund.

Performance Information

Performance information for the Fund is not included because the Fund did not commence operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. In the future, performance information for the Fund will be presented in this section. Updated performance information will be available at www.boston-partners.com or 1-888-261-4073.

Management of the Fund

Investment Adviser

Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc.
One Beacon Street 

Boston, MA 02108

Portfolio Manager 

Eric A. Gandhi, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Fund since inception in 2021.
 

7 

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

Minimum Initial Investment: $100,000
Minimum Additional Investment: $5,000

You can purchase and redeem Institutional Class shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange is open. Institutional Class shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, "Service Organizations"). Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) by the means described below.

Purchase and Redemption By Mail:
WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services  P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701  Purchase and Redemption By Wire:
Request routing instructions by calling the Fund's transfer agent at 1-888-261-4073.

Redemption By Telephone: If you select the option on your account application, you may call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Transfer Agent”) at 1-888-261-4073.

Taxes

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.

8 

SUMMARY SECTION — BOSTON PARTNERS GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY FUND

Investment Objective

The Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation.

Expenses and Fees

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell Institutional Class shares of the Fund. You may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to a broker for transactions in Institutional Class shares of the Fund, which are not reflected in the tables or the examples below.

	Institutional Class
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management fees	0.80%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) fees	None
Other expenses(1)	0.45%
Total annual Fund operating expenses	1.25%
Fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement(2)	-0.35%
Total annual Fund operating expenses after fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement	0.90%

⁽¹⁾ "Other Expenses" are estimated for the current fiscal year.

⁽²⁾ The Fund's investment adviser, Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (the "Adviser") has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Total annual Fund operating expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) for the Fund's Institutional Class shares exceeds 0.90% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund's Institutional Class shares. In determining the Adviser's obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause net Total annual Fund operating expenses to exceed 0.90%: short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation is in effect until February 28, 2023 and may not be terminated without the approval of the Board of Directors of The RBB Fund, Inc. If at any time the Fund's Total annual Fund operating expenses (not including short sale dividend expense, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) for a year are less than 0.90% or the expense cap then in effect, or whichever is less, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees waived and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

9 

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $100,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and that you sell all of your shares at the end of the period. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the operating expenses of the Fund remain the same (taking into account the contractual expense limitation until its expiration). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	1 Year	3 Years
Institutional Class	$918	$3,619

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total annual Fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund's performance. The Fund does not have any portfolio turnover information as the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

Summary of Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, in a diversified portfolio of equity and equity-related securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. companies of any capitalization size. The Fund may invest in all types of equity and equity-related securities, including without limitation exchange-traded and over-the-counter common and preferred stocks, warrants, options, rights, convertible securities, sponsored and unsponsored depositary receipts and shares, trust certificates, participatory notes, limited partnership interests, shares of other investment companies (including exchanged-traded funds ("ETFs")), real estate investment trusts ("REITs") and equity participation. An equity participation is a type of loan that gives the lender a portion of equity ownership in a property, in addition to principal and interest payments. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula.

The Fund defines non-U.S. companies as companies (i) that are organized under the laws of a foreign country; (ii) whose principal trading market is in a foreign country; or (iii) that have a majority of their assets, or that derive a significant portion of their revenue or profits from businesses, investments or sales, outside of the United States. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests significantly (ordinarily at least 40% — unless market conditions are not deemed favorable by the Adviser, in which case the Fund would invest at least 30%) in non-U.S. companies. The Fund principally will be invested in issuers located in countries with developed securities markets. The Fund will allocate its assets among various regions and countries, including the United States (but in no less than three different countries).

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, including borrowings for investment purposes, in companies that meet the Adviser’s sustainability criteria. Fund holdings must have received at least a “satisfactory” sustainability rating by the Adviser’s Sustainability and Engagement Team (the “Sustainability Team”) based on the Sustainability Team’s written research analysis. The Sustainability Team assesses each holding as either “excellent,” “good,” “satisfactory,” or “poor.” An issuer will be rated “excellent” if the issuer, in the opinion of the Sustainability Team, has a well-developed sustainability structure, well-designed goals for the future, demonstrated successful implementation of its sustainability program and shareholder friendly corporate governance. The Sustainability Team will rate an issuer as “good” if the issuer, in the opinion of the Sustainability Team, has attributes similar to those described in “excellent” but has some deficiencies that warrant improvement. The Sustainability Team will rate an issuer as “satisfactory” if the issuer, in the opinion of the Sustainability Team, has a sustainability program in place, has a sufficient level of sustainability disclosure for the Sustainability Team to assess the issuer’s sustainability program and has a commitment to improve its sustainability program and disclosure in the near term. All other holdings assessed by the Sustainability Team that are not rated either “excellent”, “good” or “satisfactory” are rated “poor”. These ratings are subjective and may vary if the issuer has products or services that inherently promote sustainability, particularly for other products or services, or has engaged in conduct that has or has the potential to lower the sustainability reputation of the issuer in the opinion of the Sustainability Team.

10 

The Sustainability Team uses a positive screen to identify issuers it considers to have characteristics that meet the Adviser’s sustainability criteria. The Sustainability Team assesses the sustainability of the issuer’s products, services and operations through original research and focusing on key areas such as corporate governance, internal sustainability structure, workforce and management diversity, training and employee development opportunities, safety programs and injury metrics, environmental effects such as goals and metrics for greenhouse gas emissions, energy usage, renewable energy, waste and water, supplier oversight and litigation and regulatory issues. The Sustainability Team uses primarily issuer published documents such as its sustainability report, website, publicly available financial reports such as the issuer’s 10-K and the issuer’s proxy statement to prepare the Sustainability Team’s research. The Sustainability Team also undertakes an internet search for any litigation, regulatory or reputational issues. The Sustainability Team may use third party research about industry trends for background information, but it does not rely on third party data about the issuer for its assessment of the issuer. The Sustainability Team provides a sustainability assessment for all issuers held in the Fund’s portfolio. The Sustainability Team’s ratings are subjective. No industries are automatically excluded from consideration. The Adviser will vote all securities for which it has voting authority in the best interests of its clients. The Adviser’s Governance Committee votes all proxies. The Governance Committee assesses the likely effect of the proxy proposal on the value of the issuer’s stock including the effect on the management of the issuer, the importance to shareholders of the proxy proposal and the cost of the proposal.

The Sustainability Team also engages with issuers regarding sustainability deficiencies and reviews any improvements by issuers annually.

The Fund generally invests in the equity securities of issuers believed by the Adviser to be undervalued in the marketplace, focusing on issuers that combine attractive valuations with catalysts for change. The Adviser applies a bottom-up stock selection process (i.e., one that focuses primarily on issuer-specific factors) in managing the Fund, using a combination of fundamental and quantitative analysis. In selecting investments for the Fund, the Adviser considers various factors such as price-to-book value, price-to-sales and earnings ratios, dividend yields, strength of management, and cash flow to identify securities that are trading at a price that appears to be lower than the issuer's inherent value.

The Adviser will sell a stock when it no longer meets one or more investment criteria, either through obtaining target value or due to an adverse change in fundamentals, business momentum, or sustainability practices of a specific investment or industry. Each holding has a target valuation established at purchase, which the Adviser constantly monitors and adjusts as appropriate.

11 

The Fund may (but is not required to) invest in derivatives, including put and call options, futures, forward contracts and swaps, in lieu of investing directly in a security, currency or instrument, for hedging and non-hedging purposes.

The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments, including investments that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale.

The Fund may participate as a purchaser in initial public offerings of securities ("IPO"). An IPO is a company's first offering of stock to the public. The Fund may also seek to increase its income by lending portfolio securities.

While the Adviser intends to fully invest the Fund's assets at all times in accordance with the above-mentioned policies, the Fund reserves the right to hold up to 100% of its assets, as a temporary defensive measure, in cash and eligible U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments and make investments inconsistent with its investment objective. The Adviser will determine when market conditions warrant temporary defensive measures.

Summary of Principal Risks

Risk is inherent in all investing. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Fund's principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears.  Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

● Convertible Securities Risk. Securities that can be converted into common stock, such as certain securities and preferred stock, are subject to the usual risks associated with fixed income investments, such as interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, because they react to changes in the value of the equity securities into which they will convert, convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with equity securities.

● Currency Risk. Investment in foreign securities also involves currency risk associated with securities that trade or are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and which may be affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. An increase in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to a foreign currency may cause the U.S. dollar value of an investment in that country to decline. Foreign currencies also are subject to risks caused by inflation, interest rates, budget deficits and low savings rates, political factors and government controls.

● Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or its investment adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

12 

● Derivatives Risk. The Fund's investments in derivative instruments, which include futures and options on securities, securities indices or currencies, options on these futures, forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate or currency swaps, may be leveraged and result in losses exceeding the amounts invested. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

● Emerging Markets Risk. Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in securities of issuers in developed foreign countries. These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers. The information available of an emerging market issuer may be less reliable than for comparable issuers in more developed capital markets.

● Exchange-Traded Fund Risk. ETFs are a type of investment company bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF typically represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities that they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in its being more volatile. Some ETFs are actively-managed by an investment adviser and/or sub-advisers. Actively-managed ETFs are subject to the risk of poor investment selection. The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. The purchase of shares of ETFs may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the Fund's own expenses. Certain ETFs may be thinly traded and experience large spreads between the "ask" price quoted by a seller and the "bid" price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their net asset value (“NAV”).

● Equity Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in, or have exposure to, equity securities. Equity securities tend to be more volatile than other investment choices, such as debt and money market instruments. The value of your investment may decrease in response to overall stock market movements or the value of individual securities.

● Foreign Custody Risk. The Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

13 

● Foreign Securities Risk. International investing may be subject to special risks, including, but not limited to, currency exchange rate volatility, political, social or economic instability, less publicly available information, less stringent investor protections, and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices. The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers either directly or through depositary receipts. Depositary receipts may be available through "sponsored" or "unsponsored" facilities. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all of the costs of the unsponsored facility. The depository of an unsponsored facility is frequently under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities. The depository of unsponsored depositary receipts may provide less information to receipt holders. Participatory notes ("P-notes") are derivative instruments used by investors to take positions in certain foreign securities. P-notes present similar risks to investing directly in such securities and also expose investors to counterparty risk. Foreign securities in which the Fund invests may be traded in markets that close before the time that the Fund calculates its NAV. Furthermore, certain foreign securities in which the Fund invests may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not calculate its NAV. As a result, the value of the Fund's holdings may change on days when shareholders are not able to purchase or redeem the Fund's shares.

● Illiquid Investments Risk. Investing in illiquid investments is subject to certain risks, such as limitations on resale and uncertainty in determining valuation. Limitations on resale may adversely affect the marketability of portfolio securities and the Fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid investments promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. The Fund might, in order to dispose of restricted securities, have to register securities resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of such securities. Less liquid securities that the Fund may want to invest in may be difficult or impossible to purchase. Federal banking regulations may also cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of certain securities, which may further decrease the Fund's ability to buy or sell such securities.

● IPO Risk. IPO risk is the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to certain factors, such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. IPO shares are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. When the Fund's asset base is small, a significant portion of the Fund's performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Fund. As the Fund's assets grow, the effect of the Fund's investments in IPOs on the Fund's performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Fund's performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, the Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund's portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. In addition, the Adviser cannot guarantee continued access to IPOs.

● Large-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Fund to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium-capitalization stocks.

14 

● Management Risk. The Fund is subject to the risk of poor stock selection. In other words, the individual stocks in the Fund may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Fund's portfolio management practices do not work to achieve their desired result.

● Market Risk. The NAV of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Investors may lose money. Although the Fund will invest in stocks the Adviser believes to be undervalued, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

● Micro-Cap Companies Risk. Micro-cap stocks may be very sensitive to changing economic conditions and market downturns because the issuers often have narrow markets for their products or services, fewer product lines, and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger issuers. The stocks of micro-cap companies may therefore be more volatile and the ability to sell them at a desirable time or price may be more limited.

● Mid-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies.

● New Fund Risk. The Fund is a recently organized, diversified management investment company with no operating history. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board of the Company may determine to liquidate the Fund.

● Options Risk. An option is a type of derivative instrument that gives the holder the right (but not the obligation) to buy (a "call") or sell (a "put") an asset in the near future at an agreed upon price prior to the expiration date of the option. The Fund may "cover" a call option by owning the security underlying the option or through other means. The value of options can be highly volatile, and their use can result in loss if the Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of price fluctuations.

● REITs Risk. REITs may be affected by economic forces and other factors related to the real estate industry. These risks include possible declines in the value of real estate, possible lack of availability of mortgage funds and unexpected vacancies of properties. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, interest rate risks (especially mortgage REITs) and liquidity risk. REITs that invest in real estate mortgages are also subject to prepayment risk. Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, engage in dilutive offerings and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500^® Index. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to (i) qualify for favorable tax treatment under applicable tax law or (ii) maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

● Securities Lending Risk. The Fund may lend portfolio securities to institutions, such as certain broker- dealers. The Fund may experience a loss or delay in the recovery of its securities if the borrowing institution breaches its agreement with the Fund.

15 

● Small-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt, erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent on a small or inexperienced management group, and their securities may trade less frequently and in lower volume than securities of larger companies, which could lead to higher transaction costs. Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater the risk.

● Sustainable Investment Risk. The sustainability criterion required for Fund investment may cause the Fund to not invest in certain industries or issuers. As a result, the Fund may be overweight or underweight in certain industries or issuers relative to its benchmark index, which may cause the Fund’s performance to be more or less sensitive to developments affecting those industries or issuers. Sustainability information provided by issuers, upon which the portfolio managers may rely, continues to develop, and may be incomplete, inaccurate, use different methodologies, or be applied differently across companies and industries. Further, the regulatory landscape for sustainable investing in the United States is still developing and future rules and regulations may require the Fund to modify or alter its investment process. Similarly, government policies incentivizing issuers to engage in sustainable practices may fall out of favor, which could potentially limit the Fund’s investment universe. There is also a risk that the companies identified through the investment process may fail to adhere to sustainable business practices, which may result in the Fund selling a security when it might otherwise be disadvantageous to do so. There is no guarantee that sustainable investments will outperform the broader market on either an absolute or relative basis. 

Performance Information

Performance information for the Fund is not included because the Fund did not commence operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. In the future, performance information for the Fund will be presented in this section. Updated performance information will be available at www.boston-partners.com or 1-888-261-4073.

Management of the Fund

Investment Adviser 

Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc.
One Beacon Street

Boston, MA 02108

Portfolio Manager 

Soyoun Song, Portfolio Manager of the Fund since inception in 2021.
 

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares 

Minimum Initial Investment: $100,000
Minimum Additional Investment: $5,000

You can purchase and redeem Institutional Class shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange is open. Institutional Class shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, "Service Organizations"). Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) by the means described below.

16 

Purchase and Redemption By Mail:
Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 Purchase and Redemption By Wire:
Request routing instructions by calling the Fund's transfer agent at 1-888-261-4073.

Redemption By Telephone: If you select the option on your account application, you may call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Transfer Agent”) at 1-888-261-4073.

Taxes

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund versus another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.

17 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS' INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

Each of the WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund and the Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund (collectively referred to as the "Boston Partners Investment Funds" or the "Funds") is a series of the Company, a Maryland corporation. This section provides some additional information about the Funds' investments and certain portfolio management techniques that certain Funds may use. More information about the Funds' investments and portfolio management techniques, some of which entail risks, is included in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Investment Objectives

Each Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. The Funds' investment objectives may be changed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company without shareholder approval. Shareholders will, however, receive 60 days' prior notice of any changes. Any such changes may result in the Funds having investment objectives different from the objectives that the shareholder considered appropriate at the time of investment in the Funds.

Additional Information About the Funds' Principal Investments and Risks

Counterparty Risk. Some of the derivatives entered into by a Fund are not traded on an exchange but instead will be privately negotiated in the over-the-counter market. This means that these instruments are traded between counterparties based on contractual relationships. Relying on a counterparty exposes a Fund to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract (whether or not bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, thus causing a Fund to suffer a loss. A counterparty defaulting on its payment obligations to a Fund will cause the value of an investment in the Fund to decrease. If a Fund deals with a limited number of counterparties, it will be more susceptible to the credit risks associated with those counterparties. The Fund is neither restricted from dealing with any particular counterparty nor from concentrating any or all of its transactions with one counterparty. The ability of a Fund to transact business with any one or number of counterparties and the absence of a regulated market to facilitate settlement may increase the potential for losses by a Fund. When a Fund is required to post margin or other collateral with a counterparty, including with a futures commission merchant or a clearing organization for futures or other derivative contracts, the counterparty may fail to segregate the collateral or may commingle the collateral with the counterparty's own assets. In the event of the counterparty's bankruptcy or insolvency, a Fund's collateral may be subject to the conflicting claims of the counterparty's creditors and a Fund may be exposed to the risk of being treated as a general unsecured creditor of the counterparty, rather than as the owner of the collateral.

A Fund is subject to the risk that issuers of the instruments in which it invests and trades may default on their obligations, and that certain events may occur that have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the value of those instruments. There can be no assurance that an issuer will not default, or that an event that has an immediate and significant adverse effect on the value of an instrument will not occur, and that a Fund will not sustain a loss on a transaction as a result.

Transactions entered into by a Fund may be executed on various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges, and may be cleared and settled through various clearing houses, custodians, depositories and prime brokers throughout the world. A failure by any such entity may lead to a loss to a Fund.

18 

Credit Risk. Credit risk refers to the possibility that the issuer of the security will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer's credit rating or the market's perception of an issuer's creditworthiness may also affect the value of a Fund's investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation. Securities rated in the four highest categories (S&P Global Ratings ("S&P") (AAA, AA, A and BBB), Fitch Ratings ("Fitch") (AAA, AA, A and BBB) or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") (Aaa, Aa, A and Baa)) by the rating agencies are considered investment grade but they may also have some speculative characteristics, meaning that they carry more risk than higher-rated securities and may have problems making principal and interest payments in difficult economic climates. Investment grade ratings do not guarantee that bonds will not lose value or default.

A security issuer’s default on its payment obligations to a Fund will cause the value of an investment in the Fund to decrease. Lower credit quality may lead to greater volatility in the price of a security and in shares of a Fund. Lower credit quality also may affect liquidity and make it difficult to sell the security. Default, or the market's perception that an issuer is likely to default, could reduce the value and liquidity of securities, thereby reducing the value of your investment in Fund shares. In addition, default may cause a Fund to incur expenses in seeking recovery of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

When a Fund invests in over-the-counter derivatives (including options), it assumes a credit risk of the party with which it trades and also bears the risk of settlement default. These risks may differ materially from risks associated with transactions effected on an exchange, which generally are backed by clearing organization guarantees, daily mark-to-market and settlement, segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Transactions entered into directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from such protections. Relying on any counterparty exposes a Fund to the risk that such counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract (whether or not bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, causing the Fund to suffer a loss. A counterparty’s default on its payment obligations to a Fund will cause the value of an investment in the Fund to decrease. The Fund could also be delayed or hindered in its enforcement of rights against an issuer, guarantor, or counterparty.

If a Fund deals with a limited number of counterparties, it will be more susceptible to the credit risks associated with those counterparties. The Funds are neither restricted from dealing with any particular counterparty nor from concentrating any or all of its transactions with one counterparty. The ability of a Fund to transact business with any one or number of counterparties and the absence of a regulated market to facilitate settlement may increase the potential for losses by the Fund.

U.S. Government Securities are generally considered to be among the safest type of investment in terms of credit risk, but they are not guaranteed against price movements due to changing interest rates. Obligations issued by some U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, such as the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, while obligations by others, such as Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and Federal Home Loan Banks, are backed solely by the ability of the entity to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or by the entity's own resources. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obliged to do so by law.

19 

Currency Risk. The Fund's exposure to foreign currencies subjects the Fund to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. Dollar, or, in the case of short positions, that the U.S. Dollar will decline in value relative to the currency that the Fund is short. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates and the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad. In addition, the Fund may incur transaction costs in connection with conversions between various currencies.

Cyber Security Issues. With the increased use of technologies such as the internet to conduct business, the Fund (and its Subsidiary, if applicable) is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through "hacking" or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by the Fund's Adviser and other service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountant, custodian, transfer agent and administrator), and the issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Fund's ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Adviser has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Fund and issuers in which the Fund invests. The Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Derivative Contracts. Each of the Funds may, but need not, use derivative contracts for any of the following purposes:

● To seek to hedge against the possible adverse impact of changes in stock market prices, currency exchange rates or interest rates in the market value of its securities or securities to be purchased; or

● As a substitute for buying or selling currencies or securities.

● To seek to enhance the Fund's return in non-hedging situations.

Derivative contracts in which the Funds may invest include: futures and options on securities, securities indices or currencies; options on these futures; forward foreign currency contracts; and interest rate, total return or currency swaps. The Funds may use derivative contracts involving foreign currencies. A derivative contract will obligate or entitle a Fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment that is based on the change in value of one or more securities, currencies or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on a Fund's stock market, currency and interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices, currency rates or interest rates are changing. A Fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the Fund's holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities in that the counterparty may default on its payment obligations or become insolvent. Derivatives can also make a Fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

20 

Additionally, to the extent a Fund is required to segregate or “set aside” (often referred to as “asset segregation”) liquid assets or otherwise cover open positions with respect to certain derivative instruments, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio instruments to meet these asset segregation requirements. There is a possibility that segregation involving a large percentage of a Fund's assets could impede portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations. In October 2020, the SEC adopted a new rule that will change the regulatory framework around the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, such as the Funds. The new rule will replace the aforementioned asset segregation requirements with a requirement to ensure the Funds have a derivatives risk management program consistent with the new rule, along with other requirements such as compliance with a specific value-at-risk based limit on leverage risk. The Funds will not be required to comply with the new rule until August 2022.

Liquidity of Futures Contracts. Futures positions may be illiquid because certain commodity exchanges limit fluctuations in certain futures contract prices during a single day by regulations referred to as "daily price fluctuation limits" or "daily limits." Under such daily limits, during a single trading day no trades may be executed at prices beyond the daily limits. Once the price of a particular futures contract has increased or decreased by an amount equal to the daily limit, positions in that contract can neither be entered into nor liquidated unless traders are willing to effect trades at or within the limit. Futures prices have occasionally moved beyond the daily limits for several consecutive days with little or no trading. OTC instruments generally are not as liquid as instruments traded on recognized exchanges. These constraints could prevent a Fund from promptly liquidating unfavorable positions, thereby subjecting the Fund to substantial losses. In addition, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and various exchanges limit the number of positions that a Fund may indirectly hold or control in particular commodities.

Non-U.S. Futures Transactions. Foreign futures transactions involve the execution and clearing of trades on a foreign exchange. This is the case even if the foreign exchange is formally "linked" to a domestic exchange, whereby a trade executed on one exchange liquidates or establishes a position on the other exchange. No domestic organization regulates the activities of a foreign exchange, including the execution, delivery, and clearing of transactions on such an exchange, and no domestic regulator has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of the foreign exchange or the laws of the foreign country. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the transaction occurs. For these reasons, a Fund may not be afforded certain of the protections that apply to domestic transactions. In particular, funds received from a Fund to margin (collateralize) foreign futures transactions may not be provided the same protections as funds received to margin futures transactions on domestic exchanges. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or option contract and the resulting potential profit or loss, may be affected by any fluctuation in the foreign exchange rate between the time the order is placed, and the foreign futures contract is liquidated, or the foreign option contract is liquidated or exercised.

Forward Contracts. The Funds may utilize forward contracts that are not traded on exchanges and may not be regulated. There are no limitations on daily price movements of forward contracts. Banks and other dealers with which a Fund maintains accounts may require the Fund to deposit margin for such trading. A Fund's counterparties are not required to continue making markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain counterparties have refused to continue to quote prices for forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread (the price at which the counterparty is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell). Arrangements to trade forward contracts may be made with only one or a few counterparties, and liquidity problems might be greater than if such arrangements were made with numerous counterparties. The imposition of credit controls by governmental authorities might limit such forward trading to less than the amount that a Fund's investment adviser would otherwise recommend, to the possible detriment of the Fund.

21 

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements can be individually structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the Fund's exposure to interest rates, foreign currency values, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices, baskets of securities, or inflation rates. Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names. The Funds are not limited to any particular form of swap agreement.

Swap agreements will tend to shift a Fund's investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if a Fund agrees to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund's exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a Fund's portfolio. The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the change in the specific interest rate, currency, individual equity values or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from a Fund. A Fund must be prepared to make swap payments when due. In addition, the value of a swap agreement is likely to decline if the counterparty's creditworthiness declines. Such a decrease in value might cause a Fund to incur losses.

Interest Rate Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Credit Default Swaps and Options on Swaps. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments.

Total return swaps are contracts that obligate one party to pay the other party an amount equal to the total return on a defined underlying asset or a non-asset reference during a specified period of time. The underlying asset might be a security or basket of securities or a non-asset reference such as a securities index. In return, the other party would make periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or on the total return from a different underlying asset or non-asset reference.

Credit default swaps are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation.

Options on swaps ("swaptions") are options to enter into a swap agreement. The Funds may also purchase and write (sell) swaptions. Like other types of options, the buyer of a swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The seller of a swaption, in exchange for the premium, becomes obligated (if the option is exercised) to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms.

The Funds may enter into the transactions described above to seek to increase total return (which is considered a speculative activity). The use of swaps and swaptions is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values and interest rates, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.

22 

Equity and Equity-Related Securities. Each of the Funds may invest in all types of equity securities. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common and preferred stocks, warrants, rights, convertible securities, depositary receipts and shares, trust certificates, limited partnership interests, shares of other investment companies and REITs, and equity participations. Investments in equity securities and equity derivatives in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. The value of a convertible security may not increase or decrease as rapidly as the underlying common stock. Common stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the right's or warrant's expiration. The value of such securities convertible into equity securities, such as warrants or convertible debt, is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provision. Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. State law governing partnerships is often less restrictive than state law governing corporations. Accordingly, there may be fewer protections afforded to investors in a limited partnership than investors in a corporation. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a Fund invests will cause the Fund's NAV to fluctuate. The number of issuers in the Funds' portfolios will vary over time.

Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs). Each Fund may invest in ETFs to the extent permitted by the Investment Compact Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and applicable SEC orders. ETFs are registered investment companies whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market. In general, ETFs seek to track a specified securities index or a basket of securities that an "index provider," such as S&P Global, selects as representative of a market, market segment or industry sector. An ETF portfolio generally holds the same stocks or bonds as the index it tracks or it may hold a representative sample of such securities. Thus, an ETF typically is designed so that its performance will correspond closely with that of the index it tracks. In some cases, an ETF may be actively-managed by an investment adviser and/or sub-advisers. Actively-managed ETFs are subject to the risk of poor investment selection, and the individual investments in an actively-managed ETF may not perform as well as its investment adviser and/or sub-advisers expected, and/or the actively-managed ETF's portfolio management practices do not work to achieve their desired result. As a shareholder in an ETF, the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of an ETF's expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.

The market for an ETF’s shares may become less liquid in response to deteriorating liquidity in the markets for the ETF’s underlying portfolio holdings, which could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF’s shares and the underlying value of those shares. An ETF’s market price may deviate from the value of the ETF’s underlying portfolio holdings, particularly in times of market stress, with the result that investors may pay significantly more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the ETF shares bought or sold. An active trading market for shares of the ETF may not develop or be maintained. In times of market stress, market makers or authorized participants may step away from their respective roles in making a market in shares of the ETF and in executing purchase or redemption orders, which could also lead to variances between the market price of the ETF’s shares and the underlying value of those shares. Certain ETFs or closed-end funds traded on exchanges may be thinly traded and experience large spreads between the "ask" price quotes by a seller and the "bid" price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF's shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to its NAV.

23 

Fixed Income Investments. The Funds may each invest a portion of their assets in fixed income securities. Fixed income investments include bonds, notes (including structured notes), asset-backed securities, convertible securities, Eurodollar and Yankee dollar instruments, preferred stocks and money market instruments. Fixed income securities may be issued by corporate and governmental issuers and may have all types of interest rate payment and reset terms, including (without limitation) fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment-in-kind and auction rate features.

The credit quality of securities held in a Fund's portfolio is determined at the time of investment. If a security is rated differently by multiple ratings organizations, a Fund treats the security as being rated in the higher rating category. A Fund may choose not to sell securities that are downgraded below the Fund's minimum accepted credit rating after their purchase. Periods of rising interest rates may result in decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the fixed income markets.

Foreign Custody Risk. Each Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

Foreign Securities. Each of the Funds may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are traded or denominated in U.S. dollars (including equity securities of foreign issuers trading in U.S. markets) directly or through American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), Global Depositary Receipts ("GDRs"), European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs") or International Depositary Receipts ("IDRs"). Depositary receipts may be available through "sponsored" or "unsponsored" facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the security underlying the receipt and the depository, whereas an unsponsored facility is established by the depository without participation by the issuer of the underlying security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all of the costs of the unsponsored facility. The depository of an unsponsored facility is frequently under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities. The depository of unsponsored depositary receipts may provide less information to receipt holders.

In addition, the Funds may also invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies and in multinational currencies such as the Euro. The Funds will value their securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. Investments in securities of foreign issuers and securities denominated in foreign currencies involve special risks, which include more or less foreign government regulation; less public information; less stringent investor protections; less stringent accounting, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosure standards; and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which a Fund invests. Changes in foreign currency rates relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar value of a Fund's assets denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Emerging market investments offer the potential for significant gains but also involve greater risks than investing in more developed countries. Political or economic instability, lack of market liquidity and government actions such as currency controls or seizure of private business or property may be more likely in emerging and frontier markets. Frontier markets are a sub-set of emerging markets. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets than traditional emerging markets, and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier countries. The economies of frontier countries are less correlated to global economic cycles than those of their more developed counterparts and their markets have low trading volumes and the potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity. These factors make investing in frontier countries significantly riskier than in other countries and any one of them could cause the price of a Fund’s Shares to decline. In addition, emerging markets and frontier countries may have more or less government regulation and generally do not impose as extensive and frequent accounting, auditing, financial and other reporting requirements as the securities markets of more developed countries. As a result, there could be less information available about issuers in emerging and frontier market countries, which could negatively affect the Adviser's ability to evaluate local companies or their potential impact on a Fund's performance. Further, investments in securities of issuers located in certain emerging countries involve the risk of loss resulting from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, substantial economic, political and social disruptions and the imposition of exchange controls (including repatriation restrictions). The legal remedies for investors in emerging and frontier markets may be more limited than the remedies available in the U.S., and the ability of U.S. authorities (e.g., SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice) to bring actions against bad actors may be limited

24 

The Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund will normally invest a significant portion of its assets in the equity securities and equity-related instruments issued by non-U.S. companies. The Funds may invest in securities denominated in the currencies of a variety of developed, emerging and frontier market countries. Unless hedged, currency fluctuations may have a material impact on the performance of a portfolio of non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities and such a portfolio may experience a decline or increase in value, in U.S. dollar terms, due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. The Adviser may, from time to time, but is not required to, hedge foreign currency exposure in the Funds' portfolios. Further, the Funds may also from time to time enter into speculative currency positions independent of other positions in the Funds' portfolios.

The Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund may also invest in participatory notes. Participatory notes (commonly known as "P-notes") are equity access products structured as debt obligations and used by investors to take positions in certain foreign securities. P-notes are generally issued by the associates of foreign-based foreign brokerages and domestic institutional brokerages. P-notes represent interests in securities listed on certain foreign exchanges, and thus present similar risks to investing directly in such securities. P-notes also expose investors to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the entity issuing the note may not be able to honor its financial commitments.

In June 2016, the UK approved a referendum to leave the EU. The withdrawal, known colloquially as “Brexit”, was agreed to and ratified by the UK Parliament, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. It began an 11-month transition period in which to negotiate a new trading relationship for goods and services that ended on December 31, 2020. The UK and EU reached an agreement, effective January 1, 2021, on the terms of their future trading relationship, which principally relates to the trading of goods. Further discussions are to be held between the UK and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. Brexit may have significant political and financial consequences for the Eurozone markets, including greater volatility in the global stock markets and illiquidity, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, and an increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. At this time, the impact of Brexit cannot be predicted, however, market disruption in the EU and globally may have a negative effect on the value of a Fund’s investments. Additionally, the risks related to Brexit could be more pronounced if one or more additional EU member states seek to leave the EU.

25 

Large Shareholder Transactions Risk. Each of the Funds may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of a Fund. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause a Fund to sell its securities at times it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact its liquidity. In addition, large redemptions could lead to an increase in a Fund’s expense ratio due to a smaller asset base. However, this risk may be limited to the extent that the Adviser and a Fund have entered into a fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement arrangement. Large Fund share purchases may adversely affect a Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would.

LIBOR Risk. Many financial instruments may be tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve's Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Funds. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Funds will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Funds until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled

Liquidity Risk. A Fund may be subject to liquidity risk primarily due to investments in derivatives. Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments or instruments. Derivatives, such as swaps, options and warrants, may not be readily marketable and, therefore, may be deemed to be illiquid. An illiquid investment is an investment that a Fund reasonably expects can not be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Investments in illiquid assets involve the risk that a Fund may be unable to sell the asset or sell it at a reasonable price. In addition, a Fund may be required to liquidate positions or close out derivatives on unfavorable terms at a time contrary to the interests of the Fund in order to raise cash to pay redemptions.

26 

Pursuant to Rule 22e-4, under the 1940 Act (the "Liquidity Rule") the Company has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to the rule. If the limitation on illiquid investments is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required by the Liquidity Rule, to the SEC.

The Adviser will monitor the liquidity of restricted securities in a Fund under the supervision of the Board. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser may consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

An investment in derivatives is also subject to the risk that a Fund may not be able to terminate the derivatives effective on whatever date it chooses, or that the settlement of any early termination may depend on subsequent market movements. As a result, a Fund may be exposed to the risk of additional losses due to such delays.

Market Risk. A Fund’s NAV and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its investments. The market value of a Fund’s holdings is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of an investment’s value. There is no assurance that a Fund will realize its investment objective, and an investment in a Fund is not, by itself, a complete or balanced investment program. You could lose money on your investment in a Fund, or a Fund could underperform other investments.

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Funds' investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Funds and their service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

27 

Non-Diversification Risk. The WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund is a non-diversified investment company, which means that more of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of a single issuer than could be invested in the securities of a single issuer by a diversified investment company. This may make the value of the Fund’s shares more susceptible to certain risks than shares of a diversified investment company. As a non-diversified fund, the Fund has a greater potential to realize losses upon the occurrence of adverse events affecting a particular issuer.

OTC Risk. Securities traded on OTC markets are not listed and traded on an organized exchange such as the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or OTC common stock is less than the volume of trading in an exchange-listed stock. As a result, the market liquidity of some stocks in which the Fund invests may not be as great as that of exchange-listed stocks and, if the Fund were to dispose of such stocks, the Fund may have to offer the shares at a discount from recent prices or sell the shares in small lots over an extended period of time. In addition, penny stocks and pink sheet stocks can be classified as OTC stocks. The Fund may hold these stocks, which have considerable risks. First, it may be difficult to obtain financial data on such stocks. This makes fundamental analysis very difficult. Second, these classes of stocks are notoriously difficult to sell, meaning there will be some liquidity risk associated with holding them. OTC investments are generally limited to equities with sufficient liquidity.

Other Investment Companies. Each of the Funds may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies not affiliated with the Adviser, but a Fund may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company or acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Each Fund may rely on SEC orders that permit it to invest in certain ETFs beyond these limits, subject to certain terms and conditions. Among other things, the Funds may invest in money market mutual funds for cash management purposes by "sweeping" excess cash balances into such funds until the cash is invested or otherwise utilized. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by investment companies in which it invests in addition to the advisory and administration fees paid by the Fund. Investments in an issuer that would be an investment company but for sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act will be considered illiquid investments and would be subject to a Fund's 15% limitation on investments in illiquid investments.

28 

In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company. These regulatory changes may adversely impact a Fund's investment strategies and operations.

Portfolio Concentration. Under normal market conditions, the Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund portfolio will generally be diversified by country and geographic region.

Portfolio Turnover. Each of the Funds may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading may also increase transaction costs, which could detract from the Funds' performance.

Private Investments in Public Equity. The WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund may purchase equity securities in private placements that are issued by issuers who have outstanding, publicly traded equity securities of the same class ("private investments in public equity" or "PIPEs"). Shares in PIPEs generally are not registered with the SEC until after a certain time period from the date the private sale is completed. This restricted period can last many months. Until the public registration process is completed, PIPEs are restricted as to resale and the Fund cannot freely trade the securities. Generally, such restrictions cause the PIPEs to be illiquid during this time. PIPEs may contain provisions that the issuer will pay specified financial penalties to the holder if the issuer does not publicly register the restricted equity securities within a specified period of time, but there is no assurance that the restricted equity securities will be publicly registered, or that the registration will remain in effect. Please see the Fund's SAI for more information regarding illiquid investments.

Securities Lending. Each Fund may seek to increase its income by lending portfolio securities to institutions, such as certain broker-dealers. Portfolio security loans are secured continuously by collateral maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. The value of the securities loaned by a Fund will not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets. A Fund may experience a loss or delay in the recovery of its securities if the borrowing institution breaches its agreement with the Fund.

Sustainable Investment Risk. The sustainability criterion required for investment by the Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund may cause the Fund to not invest in certain industries or issuers. As a result, the Fund may be overweight or underweight in certain industries or issuers relative to its benchmark index, which may cause the Fund’s performance to be more or less sensitive to developments affecting those industries or issuers. Sustainability information provided by issuers, upon which the portfolio managers may rely, continues to develop, and may be incomplete, inaccurate, use different methodologies, or be applied differently across companies and industries. Further, the regulatory landscape for sustainable investing in the United States is still developing and future rules and regulations may require the Fund to modify or alter its investment process. Similarly, government policies incentivizing issuers to engage in sustainable practices may fall out of favor, which could potentially limit the Fund’s investment universe. There is also a risk that the companies identified through the investment process may fail to adhere to sustainable business practices, which may result in the Fund selling a security when it might otherwise be disadvantageous to do so. There is no guarantee that sustainable investments will outperform the broader market on either an absolute or relative basis. 

Temporary Investments. Each of the Funds may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions by taking a temporary defensive position (up to 100% of its assets) in all types of money market and short-term debt securities. If a Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable for a time to achieve its investment objective.

29 

Broad-Based Securities Market Indices

The Russell 2000 Small Cap Value Index is an unmanaged index that measures performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000^® Index. The Russell Value Indices typically measure the performance of universes of stocks displaying low price-to-book ratios and low forecasted growth values. As of November 30, 2021, the median market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 2000 Small Cap Value Index is $1.0 billion and the largest stock is $17.4 billion. Please note that this range is as of a particular point in time and is subject to change.

The MSCI World Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The complete portfolio holdings of each of the Funds will be publicly available on the Adviser's website at www.boston-partners.com as of the end of each calendar month, 5 business days following the month end. Any postings will remain available on the website at least until the Funds file with the SEC their semi-annual or annual shareholder report or quarterly portfolio holdings report that includes such period. A further description of the Company's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds' portfolio securities is available in the Funds' SAI.

30 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

Investment Adviser

Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. provides investment management and investment advisory services to investment companies and other institutional and proprietary accounts.

Subject to the general supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages the Funds' portfolios and is responsible for the selection and management of all portfolio investments of the Funds in accordance with the Funds' respective investment objectives and policies.

The Adviser, located at One Beacon Street, Boston, MA 02108, is a subsidiary of ORIX Corporation Europe N.V. (formerly Robeco Groep N.V.), a Dutch public limited liability company ("ORIX Europe"). Founded in 1929, ORIX Europe is one of the world’s oldest asset management organizations. ORIX Europe is owned by ORIX Corporation, an integrated financial services group based in Tokyo, Japan.

Investment Advisory Agreement

For its services to the Funds, the Adviser is entitled to receive a monthly advisory fee under the Advisory Agreement computed at an annual rate of 0.90% of the WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund's average daily net assets and 0.80% of the Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund's average daily net assets.

Until February 28, 2023, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees to the extent necessary to maintain an annualized expense ratio for Institutional Class Shares of the WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund and Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund of 1.10% and 0.90% (excluding certain items discussed below), respectively. There can be no assurance that the Adviser will continue such waivers after their termination date. In determining the Adviser's obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause a Fund's net annualized expense ratio to exceed the applicable expense limitation: short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes.

If at any time a Fund’s total annual Fund operating expenses for a year are less than the Fund's respective expense limitation (as noted above), the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees waived and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Funds' Advisory Agreement with the Adviser will be available in the Funds' first semi-annual or annual report to shareholders.

Portfolio Managers

The investment results for different strategies of the Adviser are not solely dependent on any one individual. There is a common philosophy and approach that is the backdrop for all of the investment strategies of the Adviser.

This philosophy is then executed through a very disciplined investment process managed by the designated portfolio manager for each of the strategies. This manager will be supported, not only by a secondary manager, but by the Adviser's general research staff and, very often, by dedicated analysts to the particular strategy.

31 

WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund

Eric A. Gandhi, CFA, serves as portfolio manager for the Fund.

Mr. Gandhi is a Portfolio Manager for the WPG Partners Small and Micro Cap Value team. He joined WPG Partners in July 2012 as a research analyst with a concentration in technology, media, telecom and consumer. Prior to joining the firm, he was a member of the Applied Value Investing program at Columbia Business School. Prior to Columbia, Mr. Gandhi was an Associate in the investment banking division at Needham & Company. He graduated with a B.S. degree from the University of Maryland and received an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School. Mr. Gandhi holds the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation. Mr. Gandhi has fourteen years of investment experience.

Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund

Soyoun Song serves as portfolio manager for the Fund.

Mr. Song is an equity analyst with Boston Partners, specializing in non-U.S. Industries with a focus in industrial and material sectors of the equity market. He joined the firm from ThornTree Capital where he was a managing director with responsibility for its global industrials long/short portfolio. Prior to that, Mr. Song was a managing director at Bain Capital’s Brookside Fund where he co-managed its global industrials long/short portfolio. He began his investing career at Bain Capital in its North American private equity practice. Before that, he was a consultant at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Song holds an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School, an M.Sc. in clinical medicine from Oxford University, and an A.B. in biochemical sciences from Harvard College. He has sixteen years of investment experience.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of shares in the Funds.

Marketing Arrangements

The Adviser and its affiliates may pay additional compensation, out of profits derived from the Adviser's management fees and not as an additional charge to the Funds managed by the Adviser to certain financial institutions (which may include banks, securities dealers and other industry professionals) for the sale and/or distribution of Fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of Fund investors and Fund shares ("revenue sharing").These payments are in addition to any distribution or servicing fees payable under a 12b-1 distribution and/or service plan of the Funds, any record keeping or sub-transfer agency fees payable by the Funds, or other fees described in the fee table or elsewhere in this Prospectus or the SAI. Examples of "revenue sharing" payments include, but are not limited to, payment to financial institutions for "shelf space" or access to a third party platform or fund offering list or other marketing programs, including, but not limited to, inclusion of the Funds on preferred or recommended sales lists, mutual fund "supermarket" platforms and other formal sales programs; granting the Adviser access to the financial institution's sales force, conferences and meetings; assistance in training and educating the financial institution's personnel; and obtaining other forms of marketing support. The level of revenue sharing payments made to financial institutions may be a fixed fee or based upon one or more of the following factors: gross sales, current assets and/or number of accounts of the Funds attributable to the financial institution, or other factors as agreed to by the Adviser and the financial institution or any combination thereof. The amount of these revenue sharing payments is determined at the discretion of the Adviser from time to time, may be substantial, and may be different for different financial institutions depending upon the services provided by the financial institution. Such payments may provide an incentive for the financial institution to make shares of the Funds available to its customers and may allow the Funds greater access to the financial institution's customers.

32 

Other Service Providers. The following chart shows the Funds' service providers and includes their addresses and principal activities.

33 

		Shareholders
Distribution  and  Shareholder Services	Principal Underwriter Quasar Distributors, LLC 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200 Milwaukee, WI 53202 Facilitates the distribution of shares and provides administrative services to beneficial shareholders of each Fund.		Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 615 East Michigan Street* Milwaukee, WI 53202 Handles shareholder services, including recordkeeping and statements, distribution of dividends and processing of buy, sell and exchange requests. *Do not use this address for purchase and redemptions. Please see “Purchase of Fund Shares” and “Redemption of Fund Shares” sections for further instructions.
Asset Management	Investment Adviser Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. One Beacon Street Boston, MA 02108 Manages the Funds’ investment activities.		Custodian U.S. Bank, N.A. 1555 North RiverCenter Drive Milwaukee, WI 53212 Holds the Funds’ assets, settles all portfolio trades and collects income and maturity proceeds.
Fund Operations	Administrator and Fund Accounting Agent U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Provides facilities, equipment and personnel to carry out administrative services related to the Funds and calculates each Fund’s net asset value, dividends and distributions.
		Board of Directors Supervises the Funds’ activities.

34 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Pricing of Fund Shares

Institutional Class shares of the Funds ("Shares") are priced at their NAV. The NAV per share of each Fund is calculated as follows:

		Value of Assets Attributable to the Institutional Class
NAV   =	-	Value of Liabilities Attributable to the Institutional Class
		Number of Outstanding Shares of the Institutional Class

Each Fund's NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The NYSE also may be closed on national days of mourning or due to natural disaster or other extraordinary events or emergency. Each Fund will effect purchases and redemptions of Shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your purchase order or redemption request in good order (as described below). If a Fund holds securities that are primarily held on non-U.S. exchanges, the NAV of the Fund's Shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund's Shares.

A Fund's equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System ("NASDAQ"). Equity securities listed on the NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, equity securities will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities are valued using an independent pricing service, which considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities and ratings, and are deemed representative of market values at the close of the market. Foreign securities, currencies and other securities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of such currencies against the U.S. dollar provided by a pricing service. All assets denominated in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the time of valuation. If a Fund holds foreign equity securities, the calculation of the Fund's NAV will not occur at the same time as the determination of the value of the foreign equity securities in the Fund's portfolio, since these securities are traded on foreign exchanges.

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses). Investments in ETFs, REITs and closed-end investments companies will be valued at their market price.

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Funds' administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be valued by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board’s ultimate supervision. In addition, the prices of foreign securities may be affected by events that occur after the close of a foreign market but before a Fund prices its Shares. In such instances, a foreign security may be fair valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by a Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

35 

Market Timing

In accordance with the policy adopted by its Board, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder's privilege to purchase Shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange involving the purchase of Shares. An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary. It is currently expected that a shareholder would receive notice that its purchase order or exchange has been rejected within 48 hours after such purchase order or exchange has been received by the Company in good order. The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders, the Company will exercise its right if, in the Company's or the Adviser's judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor's trading, in the judgment of the Company or the Adviser, has been or may be disruptive to a Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm a Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of a Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

The Funds generally limit the number of exchanges to six (6) exchanges per year and one exchange per calendar month. The Funds may waive such exchange limits in certain circumstances. For further information on exchanges, please see the section titled "Shareholder Information — Exchange Privilege."

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Board and the Adviser have developed criteria that they use to identify trading activity that may be excessive. If, in its judgment, the Adviser detects excessive, short-term trading, the Adviser may reject or restrict a purchase request and may further seek to close an investor's account with the Fund.

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers' trading activities in the Funds. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company's excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

There is no assurance that a Fund will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

Shareholder Service Fees

The Board has adopted a Shareholder Services Plan (the "Plan") for the WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund's Institutional Class Shares authorizing the WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund to pay securities dealers, plan administrators or other service organizations ("Service Organizations") who agree to provide certain shareholder and administrative services to plans or plan participants holding Institutional Class Shares of the Fund a service fee at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of Institutional Class Shares beneficially owned by such plan participants. The services provided under the Plan include acting as a shareholder of record, processing purchase and redemption orders, maintaining participant account records and answering participant questions regarding the Fund. Please find more information on Service Organizations under the section entitled "Purchase of Fund Shares — Purchases through Intermediaries" in this Prospectus. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Board has determined not to implement the Plan.

36 

Purchase of Fund Shares

Shares representing interests in the Funds are offered continuously for sale by Quasar Distributors, LLC (the "Distributor"). Institutional Class Shares of the Funds are available for purchase by investors who meet the investment minimums described below under "General." An exchange between the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares of any Fund is generally not permitted.

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Funds may also be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, "Service Organizations"). Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if Shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of Shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company's pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by a Fund in good order, the Transfer Agent will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the appropriate Fund's NAV next computed after they are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

For administration, sub-accounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser or its affiliates may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the "Service Fee") relating to the average annual NAV of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organizations or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

The Funds may enter into agreements with Service Organizations pursuant to which a Fund will pay a Service Organization for networking, sub-transfer agency, sub-administration and/or sub-accounting services. These payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by the Service Organization or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by the Service Organization. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial.

37 

Institutional Class shares may also be available on brokerage platforms of firms that have agreements with the Company to offer such shares when acting solely on an agency basis for the purchase or sale of such shares. If you transact in Institutional Class shares through one of these programs, you may be required to pay a commission and/or other forms of compensation to the broker.

General. You may also purchase Shares of each Fund at the NAV per share next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below. The Funds' NAVs are calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company records. The minimum initial investment in any Fund is $100,000 and the minimum additional investment is $5,000. The minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements may be reduced or waived from time to time. For purposes of meeting the minimum initial purchase, purchases by clients which are part of endowments, foundations or other related groups may be combined. You can purchase Shares of each Fund only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below. Shares may be purchased by principals and employees of the Adviser and its subsidiaries and by their spouses and children either directly or through any trust that has the principal, employee, spouse or child as the primary beneficiaries, their individual retirement accounts, or any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser and its subsidiaries without being subject to the minimum investment limitations.

Initial Investment By Mail. Subject to acceptance by the Funds, an account may be opened by completing and signing an account application and mailing it to the Funds at the address noted below, together with a check payable to Boston Partners Investment Funds. All checks must be in U.S. Dollars drawn on a domestic bank. The Funds will not accept payment in cash or money orders. The Funds do not accept post-dated checks or any conditional order or payment. To prevent check fraud, the Funds will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.

Regular Mail:	Overnight Mail:
Boston Partners Investments Funds  c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services  P.O. Box 701  Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701	Boston Partners Investment Funds  c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services  615 East Michigan Street  Milwaukee, WI 53202-5207

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Funds. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

Shares will be purchased at the NAV next computed after the time the application and funds are received in proper order and accepted by the Funds. The Transfer Agent will charge a $25 fee against a shareholder’s account, in addition to any loss sustained by the Funds, for any payment that is returned. It is the policy of the Funds not to accept applications under certain circumstances or in amounts considered disadvantageous to shareholders. The Funds reserve the right to reject any application.

Initial Investment By Wire. If you are making your first investment in the Funds, before you wire funds, the Transfer Agent must have a completed account application. You may mail or overnight deliver your account application to the Transfer Agent. Upon receipt of your completed account application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you. The account number assigned will be required as part of the instruction that should be provided to your bank to send the wire. Your bank must include both the name of the Fund you are purchasing, the account number, and your name so that monies can be correctly applied. Your bank should transmit funds by wire to:

38 

U.S. Bank N.A. 

777 East Wisconsin Ave 

Milwaukee WI 53202 

ABA 075000022 

Credit:  

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC 

Account #112-952-137 

For Further Credit to: 

Boston Partners Investment Funds 

(shareholder registration) 

(shareholder account number)

Wired funds must be received prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern time to be eligible for same day pricing. The Funds and U.S. Bank, N.A. are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

For Subsequent Investments – By wire

Before sending your wire, please contact the Transfer Agent to advise them of your intent to wire funds. This will ensure prompt and accurate credit upon receipt of your wire.

Telephone Purchase. Investors may purchase additional shares of the Funds by calling 1-888- 261-4073. If you did not decline this option on your account application, and your account has been open for at least 7 business days, telephone orders, in amounts of $100 or more, will be accepted via electronic funds transfer from your bank account through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network. You must have banking information established on your account prior to making a purchase. If you order is received prior to 4 p.m. Eastern time, your shares will be purchased at the NAV calculated on the day your order is placed.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to market close. During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waits. Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.

Additional Investments. Additional investments may be made at any time (minimum additional investment $5,000) by purchasing Shares of any Fund at the NAV per Share of the Fund by mailing a check to the Transfer Agent at the address noted under "Initial Investment by Mail" (payable to Boston Partners [name of Fund]), by electronic funds transfer through the ACH network as indicated under “Telephone Purchase”, or by wiring monies as outlined under "Initial Investment by Wire." Initial and/or additional purchases made by check or electronic funds transfer through the ACH network cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected. This may take up to 15 calendar days from the date of purchase. This delay will not apply if you purchased your shares via wire payment.

Automatic Investment Plan. Once your account has been opened with the initial minimum investment you may make additional purchases at regular intervals through an automatic investment plan (the “Automatic Investment Plan”). The Automatic Investment Plan provides a convenient method to have monies deducted from your bank account, for investment into the Fund, on a monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly, or semi-annual basis. In order to participate in the Automatic Investment Plan, each purchase must be in the amount of $5,000 or more, and your financial institution must be a member of the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network. If your bank rejects your payment, the Fund’s transfer agent will charge a $25 fee to your account. To begin participating in the Automatic Investment Plan, please complete the Automatic Investment Plan section on the account application or call the Funds’ transfer agent at 1-888-261-4073 for instructions. Any request to change or terminate your Automatic Investment Plan should be submitted to the Transfer Agent five (5) days prior to effective date.

39 

Retirement Plans. The Funds offer prototype documents for a variety of retirement accounts for individuals and small businesses. Please call 1-888-261-4073 for information on:

● Individual Retirement Plan, including Traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs

● Small Business Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs and SEP IRAs

● Coverdell Education Savings Accounts

There may be special distribution requirements for retirement accounts, such as required distributions or mandatory Federal income tax withholding. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $15 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account.

Purchases in Kind. In certain circumstances, Shares of the Funds may be purchased "in kind" (i.e., in exchange for securities, rather than cash). The securities rendered in connection with an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable in accordance with the Company's valuation procedures. Securities accepted by the Funds will be valued, as set forth in this Prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of NAV after such acceptance. The Shares of the Funds that are issued to the investor in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividend, subscription, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the Funds and must be delivered to the Funds by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. The Funds will not accept securities in exchange for its Shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the Funds and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the Adviser or the Company. Purchases in-kind may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on the securities transferred to the Funds.

Other Purchase Information. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of Shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of the Funds. Subject to the Board’s discretion, the Adviser will monitor each Fund's total assets and may decide to close any of the Funds at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of a Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund's strategy. Subject to the Board’s discretion, the Adviser may also choose to reopen a closed Fund to new investments at any time, and it may subsequently close such Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund's size recur. If a Fund closes to new investments, generally the closed Fund would be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons, who are generally subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

a. Fee-based advisory model programs or financial advisors who manage fee-based wrap accounts that systematically trade in and out of the closed Fund based on model portfolio allocations;

40 

b. Persons who already hold Shares of the closed Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Company;

c. Existing and future clients of registered investment advisers and planners whose clients already hold Shares of the closed Fund on transaction fee and non-transaction fee platforms;

d. Existing and future clients of consultants whose clients already hold shares of the closed Fund;

e. Certain financial intermediaries by arrangement with the Company;

f. Employees of the Adviser and their spouses, parents and children;

g. Directors of the Company; and

h. Defined contribution retirement plans of private employers and governed by ERISA or of state and local governments.

Other persons who are shareholders of other Boston Partners Investment Funds are not permitted to acquire Shares of the closed Fund by exchange. Distributions to all shareholders of the closed Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to the Board’s discretion, reserves the right to implement other purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

Purchases of the Shares will be made in full and fractional shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places.

The Adviser is authorized to waive the minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements.

Good Order. A purchase request is considered to be in good order when the purchase request includes the name of the Fund, the dollar amount of shares to be purchased, your account application or investment stub, and a check payable to the Fund. Purchase requests not in good order may rejected.

Customer Identification Program. Please note that the Transfer Agent must verify certain information on your account application as part of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. You must supply your full name, date of birth, social security number and permanent street address. If you are opening the account in the name of a legal entity (e.g., partnership, limited liability company, business trust, corporation, etc.), you must also supply the identity of the beneficial owners. Mailing addresses containing only a P. O. Box will not be accepted. Applications without the required information will not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor's Shares and close an account in the event that an investor's identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor's account resulting from the investor's delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor's Shares when an investor's identity cannot be verified.

Redemption of Fund Shares

Normally, your investment professional will send your request to redeem Shares to the Transfer Agent. Consult your investment professional for more information. You can redeem some or all of your Fund Shares directly through the Fund only if the account is registered in your name.

Investors may have a check sent to the address of record, proceeds may be wired to a shareholder’s bank account of record, or funds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network, also to the bank account of record. Wires are subject to a $15 fee paid by the investor, but the investor does not incur any charge when proceeds are sent via the ACH system.

41 

IRA and other retirement plan redemptions

If you have an IRA, you must indicate on your written redemption request whether or not to withhold federal income tax. Redemption requests failing to indicate an election to have tax withheld will be subject to 10% withholding.

Shares held in IRA accounts may be redeemed by telephone at 1-888-261-4073. Investors will be asked whether or not to withhold taxes from any distribution.

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption request should be sent to: 

Boston Partners Investment Funds 

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 

P. O. Box 701 

Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 

If sent by overnight mail to: 

Boston Partners Investment Funds 

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 

615 East Michigan Street 

Milwaukee, WI 53202

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Funds. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

A signature guarantee, from either a Medallion program member or a non-Medallion program member, is required in the following situations:

● If ownership is being changed on your account;

● When redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;

● When a redemption is received by the Transfer Agent and the account address has changed within the last 15 calendar days.

The Funds may waive any of the above requirements in certain instances. In addition to the situations described above, the Funds and /or the Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

Signature guarantees will generally be accepted from domestic banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations, as well as from participants in the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program and the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”). A notary public is not an acceptable signature guarantor.

42 

Redemption By Telephone. Unless you have declined telephone transaction privileges on your account application, you may redeem your shares by telephone by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-888-261-4073. Adding telephone redemption to an existing account may require a signature guarantee or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

Investors may have a check sent to the address of record, proceeds may be wired to a shareholder’s bank account of record, or funds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network, also to the bank account of record. Wires are subject to a $15 fee paid by the investor, but the investor does not incur any charge when proceeds are sent via the ACH system.

Once a telephone transaction has been placed, it cannot be canceled or modified after the close of regular trading on the NYSE (generally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern time).

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to market close. During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waits. Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.

Before executing an instruction received by telephone, the Transfer Agent will use reasonable procedures to confirm that the telephone instructions are genuine. The telephone call may be recorded, and the caller may be asked to verify certain personal identification information. If the Funds or its agents follow these procedures, they cannot be held liable for any loss, expense or cost arising out of any telephone redemption request that is reasonably believed to be genuine. This includes fraudulent or unauthorized requests. If an account has more than one owner or authorized person, the Funds will accept telephone instructions from any one owner or authorized person.

Involuntary Redemption. The Funds reserve the right to redeem a shareholder's account in any Fund at any time the value of the account in such Fund falls below $500 as the result of a redemption or an exchange request. Shareholders will be notified in writing that the value of their account in a Fund is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the redemption is processed.

The Funds may assert the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse a Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of a Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

Other Redemption Information. Redemption proceeds for Shares of the Funds recently purchased by check or electronic funds transfer through the ACH network may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen calendar days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option.

Other than as described above, payment of the redemption proceeds will be made within seven days after receipt of an order for a redemption. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC and the Company's Policy and Procedures Related to the Processing of In-Kind Redemptions. The Funds typically expect to meet redemption requests by paying out proceeds from cash or cash equivalent portfolio holdings, or by selling portfolio securities. In stressed market conditions, redemption methods may include redeeming in kind.

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the Funds to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by a Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors generally will incur brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities so received in payment of redemptions. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder will bear the market risk of the securities received in the redemption until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, so that a Fund is obligated to redeem its Shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of a Fund.

43 

Good Order. A redemption request is considered to be in good order when the redemption request includes the name of the Fund, the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, the account number, and signatures by all of shareholders whose names appear on the account registration with a signature guarantee, if applicable. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

Exchange Privilege

The exchange privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the Shares being acquired may be legally sold. The Boston Partners Investment Funds reserve the right, at their sole discretion, to change or discontinue the exchange privilege, or temporarily suspend the privilege during unusual market conditions when, in the judgment of management, such change or discontinuance is in the best interests of the Funds. A shareholder may exchange Institutional Class Shares of any Boston Partners Investment Fund for Institutional Class Shares in an identically registered account of another Boston Partners Investment Fund. Such an exchange will be effected at the NAV of the exchanged Institutional Class Shares and the NAV of the Institutional Class Shares to be acquired next determined after the Transfer Agent’s receipt of a request for an exchange. An exchange of Shares of one Boston Partners Investment Fund for Shares of another Boston Partners Investment Fund will be treated as a sale for federal income tax purposes. A shareholder may make an exchange by sending a written request to the Transfer Agent or, if authorized, by telephone (see "Redemption by Telephone" above). Defined contribution plans are not subject to the above exchange limitations.

If the exchanging shareholder does not currently own Institutional Class Shares of the Fund, a new account will be established with the same registration, dividend and capital gain options as the account from which Shares are exchanged, unless otherwise specified in writing by the shareholder with all signatures guaranteed. See "Redemption by Mail" for information on signature guarantees. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, or from time to time, by the Funds, upon 60 days' written notice to shareholders.

If a shareholder wants to exchange Shares into a new account in a Fund, the dollar value of the Shares acquired must equal or exceed the Fund's minimum investment requirement for a new account. If a shareholder wants to exchange Shares into an existing account, the dollar value of the Shares must equal or exceed the Fund's minimum investment requirement for additional investments. If an amount remains in the Fund from which the exchange is being made that is below the minimum account value required, the account will be subject to involuntary redemption.

In addition, beneficial holders with financial intermediary sponsored fee-based programs are eligible to exchange their shares in a particular share class of a Fund for Shares in a different share class of a Fund if the shareholder meets the eligibility requirement for that class of Shares or the shareholder is otherwise eligible to purchase that class of shares. Such an exchange will be affected at the NAV of the shares next calculated after the exchange request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. Investors who hold Institutional Class Shares of any Boston Partners Investment Fund through a financial intermediary sponsored fee-based program, but who subsequently become ineligible to participate in the program or withdraw from the program, may be subject to conversion of their Institutional Class Shares by their program provider to another class of shares of the Fund having expenses (including Rule 12b-1 fees) that may be higher than the expenses of the Institutional Class Shares. Investors should contact their program provider to obtain information about their eligibility for the provider’s program and the class of shares they would receive upon such a conversion.

44 

The Funds' exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the market. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege, which may potentially disrupt the management of the Funds and increase transaction costs, the Funds have established a policy of limiting excessive exchange activity. Notwithstanding these limitations, the Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase request (including exchange purchases from other Boston Partners Investment Funds) that is deemed to be disruptive to efficient portfolio management.

Dividends and Distributions

Each Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, to its shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional Shares of the Fund unless a shareholder elects otherwise.

The Funds will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed by the Funds at least annually. The estimated amount of any annual distribution will be posted to the Adviser's website at www.boston-partners.com or a free copy may be obtained by calling 1-888-261-4073.

The Funds may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for a Fund to avoid U.S. federal tax. The Funds' distributions and dividends, whether received in cash or reinvested in additional Fund Shares, are subject to U.S. federal income tax.

All distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares unless you elect to receive cash. If you elect to receive distributions and/or capital gains paid in cash, and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver the check, or if a check remains outstanding for six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account, at the Funds’ current NAV, and to reinvest all subsequent distributions. You may change the distribution option on your account at any time. You should notify the Transfer Agent in writing or by telephone at least five (5) days prior to the next distribution.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

Federal Taxes of Distributions. Each Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of a Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

45 

Distributions of "qualifying dividends" will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of a Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or "qualified" foreign corporations ("qualifying dividends"), then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of a Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Fund's ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend).The amount of a Fund's distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund's securities lending activities (if any), a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or non-qualified foreign corporations.

A Fund may make distributions to you of “section 199A dividends” with respect to qualified dividends that it receives with respect to such Fund’s investments in REITs. A section 199A dividend is any dividend or part of such dividend that the Fund pays to you and reports as a section 199A dividend in written statements furnished to you. Distributions paid by a Fund that are eligible to be treated as section 199A dividends for a taxable year may not exceed the “qualified REIT dividends” received by the Fund from a REIT reduced by the Fund’s allocable expenses. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date, but only to the extent that you are not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

Distributions from a Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by a Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

It is expected that the Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund will be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign income taxes with respect to dividends or interest received from (and, in some cases, gains recognized on shares of stock of) non-U.S. companies. The Fund may, to the extent eligible, make an election to treat a proportionate amount of those taxes as constituting a distribution to each shareholder, which would allow you either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit, subject to applicable limitations, or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction.

A portion of distributions paid by a Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. Only the portions of Fund dividends that are attributable to dividends a Fund receives from U.S. companies may qualify for this dividends-received deduction. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of the Fund's securities lending activities (if any), by a high portfolio turnover rate or by investments in debt securities or foreign corporations.

46 

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as "buying into a dividend."

Sales and Exchanges. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale, exchange or redemption of your shares, including an exchange for shares of another Fund, based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them.

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of a Fund may be disallowed under "wash sale" rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of a Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, each Fund (or relevant broker or financial adviser) is required to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and furnish to Fund shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold or exchanged. Each Fund has elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct the Fund to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale or exchange. If your account is held by your broker or other financial adviser, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial adviser to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Fund and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your federal and state income tax returns. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless such shares were acquired with borrowed funds.

Backup Withholding. The Funds may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are "exempt recipients." The current backup withholding rate is 24%.

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to a 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of regulated investment companies such as the Funds, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to the Funds' net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to the Funds' interest income from U.S. obligors and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of the Funds.

47 

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale, exchange or redemption of shares in the Funds, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Funds.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in a Fund is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor's income from the Fund will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

The Funds will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in a Fund.

Shares of the Funds have not been registered for sale outside of the United States and certain United States territories.

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income and gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of a Fund's distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

More information about taxes is contained in the SAI.

48 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Electronic Delivery

Consistent with the Funds’ commitment to environmental sustainability, you may sign up to receive quarterly statements, and tax forms statements electronically. You may also sign up to receive the Funds’ financial statements and Prospectuses electronically at www.boston-partners.com. You may change your delivery preference and resume receiving these documents through the mail at any time by updating your electronic delivery preferences at www.boston-partners.com or by contacting the Funds at 1-888-261-4073.

Householding

In an effort to decrease costs, the Funds intend to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders we reasonably believe are from the same family or household. Once implemented, if you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call toll-free at 1-888- 261-4073 to request individual copies of these documents. Once the Funds receive notice to stop householding, we will begin sending individual copies thirty days after receiving your request. This policy does not apply to account statements.

Lost Shareholder, Inactive Accounts and Unclaimed Property

It is important that the Funds maintain a correct address for each shareholder.  An incorrect address may cause a shareholder’s account statements and other mailings to be returned to the Fund.  Based upon statutory requirements for returned mail, the Funds will attempt to locate the shareholder or rightful owner of the account.  If the Funds are unable to locate the shareholder, then they will determine whether the shareholder’s account can legally be considered abandoned.  Your mutual fund account may be transferred to the state government of your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws.  The Funds are legally obligated to escheat (or transfer) abandoned property to the appropriate state’s unclaimed property administrator in accordance with statutory requirements.  The shareholder’s last known address of record determines which state has jurisdiction.  Please proactively contact the Transfer Agent at 1-888-261-4073 (toll free) at least annually to ensure your account remains in active status.

If you are a resident of the state of Texas, you may designate a representative to receive notifications that, due to inactivity, your mutual fund account assets may be delivered to the Texas Comptroller. Please contact the Transfer Agent if you wish to complete a Texas Designation of Representative form.

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUNDS' SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE

49 

APPENDIX A

Prior Performance of Similarly Advised Accounts of the WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund

The Adviser has experience in managing other accounts with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund. The tables on the following pages are provided to illustrate the past performance of the Adviser in managing all such other accounts and does not represent the performance of the Fund. Investors should not consider this performance information as a substitute for the performance of the Fund, nor should investors consider this information as an indication of the future performance of the Fund or of the Adviser. The performance information has been adjusted to show the performance of the other accounts net of the Fund’s annual operating expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 (after contractual waivers that will be in place until December 31, 2023). The other accounts’ fees and expenses are lower than those of the Fund. The Fund’s results in the future also may be different because the other accounts are not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions imposed on mutual funds under applicable U.S. securities and tax laws that, if applicable, could have adversely affected the performance of the other accounts. In addition, the securities held by the Fund will not be identical to the securities held by the other accounts.

The performance of the other accounts is also compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based securities benchmark index. This index is unmanaged and is not subject to fees and expenses typically associated with managed funds, including the Fund. Investors cannot invest directly in the Index. The performance information is accompanied by additional disclosures, which are an integral part of the information.

Monthly Returns (since December 31, 2018)^1,2,3,4

COMPOSITE — PRO FORMA NET OF FEES

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec	FY (ended December 31)
2021	3.45%	14.28%	7.25%	6.14%	5.81%	(1.84)%	(5.06)%	4.38%	1.64%
2020	(7.33)%	(10.49)%	(19.57)%	13.85%	4.94%	3.58%	2.06%	9.11%	(4.62)	4.35%	19.10%	9.05%	18.83%
2019	15.01%	5.69%	(5.69)%	5.89%	(9.39)%	6.31%	0.46%	(5.99)%	4.69%	1.57%	5.15%	3.10%	27.30%
2018												(16.77)%

COMPOSITE — GROSS OF FEES

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec	FY (ended December 31)
2021	3.48%	14.31%	7.28%	6.17%	5.84%	(1.82)%	(5.03)%	4.41%	1.67%
2020	(7.30)%	(10.46)%	(19.55)%	13.88%	4.97%	3.61%	2.09%	9.15%	(4.59)%	4.38%	19.13%	9.08%	19.25%
2019	15.04%	5.72%	(5.66)%	5.92%	(9.37)%	6.34%	0.49%	(5.97)%	4.72%	1.60%	5.18%	3.13%	27.75%
2018												(16.74)%

50 

RUSSELL^® 2000 VALUE INDEX

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec	FY (ended December 31)
2021	5.26%	9.39%	5.23%	2.02%	3.11%	(0.61)%	(3.58)%	2.68%	(2.00)%
2020	(5.39)%	(9.72)%	(24.67)%	12.34%	2.87%	2.90%	2.06%	5.39%	(4.65)%	3.58%	19.31%	7.92%	4.63%
2019	10.94%	3.89%	(2.88)%	3.78%	(8.17)%	6.37%	0.16%	(5.58)%	5.13%	2.42%	2.34%	3.50%	22.39%
2018												(12.09)%

SUMMARY STATISTICS (periods ended September 30, 2021)^1,2,3,4
RETURN

	YTD	1 Year	Since December 1,2018
Pro Forma Net Of Fees	40.79%	90.79%	22.39%
Gross Of Fees	41.16%	91.45%	22.82%
Russell® 2000 Value Index	22.92%	63.92%	12.15%

¹ Performance was calculated using Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPS”). This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

² Performance is calculated using a net asset value to net asset value methodology which incorporates all trades, prices, accruals and updated security records on trade date basis.

³ Performance is presented gross and net of the Fund’s annual fund operating expenses (after contractual waivers that will be in place until December 31, 2023).

⁴ The Russell 2000^® Value Index measures the performance of small-cap value segment of the US equity universe. It includes those Russell 2000^® companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. 

51 

APPENDIX B

Prior Performance of Similarly Advised Accounts of the Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund

The Adviser has experience in managing other accounts with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund. The tables on the following pages are provided to illustrate the past performance of the Adviser in managing all such other accounts and does not represent the performance of the Fund. Investors should not consider this performance information as a substitute for the performance of the Fund, nor should investors consider this information as an indication of the future performance of the Fund or of the Adviser. The performance information has been adjusted to show the performance of the other accounts net of the Fund’s annual operating expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 (after contractual waivers that will be in place until December 31, 2023). The other accounts’ fees and expenses are lower than those of the Fund. The Fund’s results in the future also may be different because the other accounts are not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions imposed on mutual funds under applicable U.S. securities and tax laws that, if applicable, could have adversely affected the performance of the other accounts. In addition, the securities held by the Fund will not be identical to the securities held by the other accounts.

The performance of the other accounts is also compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based securities benchmark index. This index is unmanaged and is not subject to fees and expenses typically associated with managed funds, including the Fund. Investors cannot invest directly in the Index. The performance information is accompanied by additional disclosures, which are an integral part of the information.

Monthly Returns (since November 30, 2019)^1,2,3,4,5

COMPOSITE — PRO FORMA NET OF FEES

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec	FY (ended December 31)
2021	(1.08)%	5.75%	6.01%	2.27%	3.92%	(1.60)%	(0.26)%	0.96%	(2.62)%
2020	(1.72)%	(9.10)%	(12.26)%	9.25%	3.50%	0.77%	4.34%	4.12%	(2.89)	(3.23)%	10.57%	3.39%	4.24%
2019											2.40%	3.20%	5.68%

COMPOSITE — GROSS OF FEES

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec	FY (ended December 31)
2021	(1.02)%	5.81%	6.07%	2.34%	3.98%	(1.54)%	(0.20)%	1.03%	(2.56)%
2020	(1.65)%%	(9.05)%	(12.20)%	9.31%	3.56%	0.83%	4.40%	4.18%	(2.83)%	(3.17)%	10.64%	3.46%	5.02%
2019											2.46%	3.27%	5.81%

52 

MSCI^® WORLD INDEX

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec	FY (ended December 31)
2021	(0.99)%	2.56%	3.33%	4.65%	1.44%	1.49%	1.79%	2.49	(4.15)%
2020	(0.61)%	(8.45)%	(13.23)%	10.92%	4.83%	2.65%	4.78%	6.68%	(3.45)%	(3.07)%	12.79%	4.24%	15.90%
2019											2.79%	3.00%	5.86%

SUMMARY STATISTICS (periods ended September 30, 2021)^1,2,3,4
RETURN

	YTD	1 Year	Since November 1, 2019
Pro Forma Net of Fees	13.73%	25.83%	12.48%
Gross of Fees	14.37%	26.77%	13.33%
MSCI® World Index	13.04%	28.82%	18.61%

¹ Performance was calculated using Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPS”). This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

² Performance is calculated using a net asset value to net asset value methodology which incorporates all trades, prices, accruals and updated security records on trade date basis.

³ Performance is presented gross and net of the Fund’s annual fund operating expenses (after contractual waivers that will be in place until December 31, 2023).

⁴ The MSCI^® World Index captures large and mid cap representation across 23 Developed Markets (DM) countries*. With 1,561 constituents, the index covers approximately 85% of the free float-adjusted market capitalization in each country.

53 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Financial highlights are not yet available for the Funds as they have not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

54 

PRIVACY NOTICE
FACTS	WHAT DO THE BOSTON PARTNERS INVESTMENT FUNDS DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION?
Why?	Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.
What?	The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. This information can include: ●       Social Security number  ●       account balances  ●       account transactions  ●       transaction history  ●       wire transfer instructions  ●       checking account information When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.
How?	All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business. In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers’ personal information; the reasons the Boston Partners Investment Funds chooses to share; and whether you can limit this sharing.
Reasons we can share your personal information		Do the Boston Partners Investment Funds share?	Can you limit this sharing?
For our everyday business purposes –  such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus		Yes	No
For our marketing purposes –  to offer our products and services to you		Yes	No
For joint marketing with other financial companies		No	We don’t share.
For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes – information about your transactions and experiences		Yes	No
For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes – information about your creditworthiness		No	We don’t share.
For our affiliates to market to you		Yes	Yes
For nonaffiliates to market to you		No	We don’t share.

Questions? Call (888) 261-4073 or go to www.boston-partners.com

55 

What we do
How do the Boston Partners Investment Funds protect my personal information?	To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings.
How do the Boston Partners Investment Funds collect my personal information?	We collect your personal information, for example, when you ●      open an account  ●      provide account information  ●      give us your contact information  ●      make a wire transfer  ●      tell us where to send the money We also collect your information from others, such as credit bureaus, affiliates, or other companies.
Why can’t I limit all sharing?	Federal law gives you the right to limit only ●      sharing for affiliates’ everyday business purposes-information about your creditworthiness  ●      affiliates from using your information to market to you  ●      sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing.

56 

European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation	In addition to the above information, where applicable, you have the following rights under the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and U.S. Privacy Laws, as applicable and to the extent permitted by law, to ●       Check whether we hold personal information about you and to access such data (in accordance with our policy)  ●       Request the correction of personal information about you that is  ●       inaccurate  ●       Have a copy of the personal information we hold about you provided to you or another “controller” where technically feasible  ●       Request the erasure of your personal information  ●       Request the restriction of processing concerning you The legal grounds for processing your personal information are for contractual necessity and compliance with law. If you wish to exercise any of your rights above, please call: 1-888-261-4073. You are required to ensure the personal information we hold about you is up-to-date and accurate, and you must notify us of any changes to the personal data you provided to us. The Boston Partners Investment Funds shall retain your personal data for as long as you are an investor in the Funds and thereafter as long as necessary to comply with applicable laws that require the Funds to retain your personal data, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission’s data retention rules. Your personal data will be transferred to the United States so that the Funds may provide the agreed upon services for you. No adequacy decision has been rendered by the European Commission as to the data protection of your personal data when transferring it to the United States. However, the Funds do take the security of your personal data seriously.
Definitions
Affiliates	Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. Our affiliates include:  ●       ORIX Corporation.  ●       Boston Partners Securities, LLC
Nonaffiliates	Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. ●        The Boston Partners Investment Funds don’t share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you. The Boston Partners Investment Funds may share information with nonaffiliates that perform marketing services on our behalf.

57 

Joint marketing

A formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to you. ●       The Boston Partners Investment Funds may share your information with other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing arrangements who may suggest additional fund services or other investment products which may be of interest to you.

Controller

“Controller” means the natural or legal person, public authority, agency or other body which, alone or jointly with others, determines the purposes and means of the processing of personal data; where the purposes and means of such processing are determined by European union or European Member state law, the controller or the specific criteria for its nomination may be provided for by European union or European Member state law.

58 

BOSTON PARTNERS INVESTMENT FUNDS 

of 

The RBB Fund, Inc. 

1-888-261-4073
http://www.boston-partners.com

For More Information:

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Boston Partners Investment Funds is available free of charge, upon request, including:

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports

Once available, additional information about each Fund's investments will be provided in the Fund's annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report will contain a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected a Fund's performance during their mostly recently completed fiscal year. The Funds' annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, once available, may be obtained by visiting http://www.boston-partners.com.

Statement of Additional Information

The Funds' SAI, dated December 29, 2021 has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Boston Partners Investment Funds, may be obtained free of charge, along with the annual and semi-annual reports, by calling 1-888-261-4073. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus (and is legally part of the prospectus). The SAI is available on the Adviser's website at http://www.boston-partners.com.

Shareholder Inquiries

Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) Monday-Friday. Call: 1-888-261-4073 or visit the website of the Adviser at http://www.boston-partners.com.

Purchases and Redemptions

Call 1-888-261-4073.

Written Correspondence

Street Address: 

Boston Partners Investment Funds, 

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, 

615 East Michigan Street, 

Milwaukee, WI 53202 

P.O. Box Address: 

Boston Partners Investment Funds, 

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, 

P.O. Box 701, 

Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

Securities and Exchange Commission

You may also view and copy information about the Company and the Funds, including the SAI, by visiting the SEC's Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-05518

 

PROSPECTUS

dated December 29, 2021

Motley Fool Next Index ETF

TICKER: TMFX

Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF

TICKER: TMFE

Each a series of The RBB Fund, Inc. 

2000 Duke Street 

Suite 275 

Alexandria, VA 22314

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Motley Fool Next Index ETF	1
Summary Section	2
The Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF	9
Summary Section	10
Additional Information about the Funds	18
Management of the Funds	26
How to Buy and Sell Shares	27
Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes	29
Distribution	32
Additional Considerations	32
Financial Highlights	34

No securities dealer, sales representative, or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations, other than those contained in this Prospectus or in approved sales literature in connection with the offer contained herein, and if given or made, such other information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Motley Fool Next Index ETF or the Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”) or The RBB Fund, Inc. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer.

SUMMARY SECTION

Motley Fool Next Index ETF

1

Motley Fool Next Index ETF

SUMMARY SECTION

Investment Objective

The Motley Fool Next Index ETF (the “Next Fund”) seeks investment results that correspond (before fees and expenses) generally to the total return performance of the Motley Fool Next Index (the “Next Index” – for more on this, see the “Principal Investment Strategies” section).

Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Next Fund (“Shares”). This table and the Example below do not include the brokerage commissions that investors may pay on their purchases and sales of Fund Shares.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment):
Management Fees	0.50%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.00%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.50%

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Next Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Next Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that: (1) your investment has a 5% return each year, and (2) the Next Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

1 Year	3 Years
$51	$160

Portfolio Turnover

The Next Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Next Fund Shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Next Fund’s performance. No portfolio turnover rate is provided for the Next Fund because the Next Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Next Fund is an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) and employs a “passive management” – or indexing – investment approach designed to track the total return performance, before fees and expenses, of the Next Index. Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Next Fund. The Next Index was developed by The Motley Fool, LLC (“TMF”), an affiliate of the Adviser.

2

The Next Index

The Next Index was established by TMF in 2021 and is a proprietary, rules-based index designed to track the performance of mid- and small-capitalization U.S. companies that have been recommended by TMF’s analysts and newsletters. TMF’s “recommendation universe” includes all companies domiciled in the United States that are either active recommendations of a newsletter published by TMF or are among the 150 highest rated U.S. companies in TMF’s analyst opinion database, subject to universe continuity rules.

To be eligible for inclusion in the Next Index, a security must first meet the existing eligibility criteria of the Motley Fool 100 Index, a proprietary, rules-based index designed to track the performance of the 100 largest, most liquid U.S. companies that have been recommended by TMF’s analysts and newsletters. However, the Next Index excludes the 100 largest securities that meet the Motley Fool 100 Index eligibility criteria, subject to universe continuity rules, and consists of the next largest companies with a 3-month average daily value traded greater than or equal to $1 million. The selection universe consists of companies of all market capitalizations. For this purpose, the Adviser defines small- and mid-capitalization companies as companies having capitalizations similar to, or less than, the companies in the Russell Midcap Index. To create the Motley Fool 100 Index, the largest 100 companies (based on market capitalization, but not restricted to any capitalization constraints) are selected. Given that the selection universe is dynamic, there is no guarantee that the smallest companies that make up the top 100 will always fit the definition of large capitalization, or that the first company (or companies) outside the top 100 will not fit the definition of large capitalization. Historically, the market capitalization weighting methodology has resulted in the Motley Fool 100 Index, under commonly accepted definitions, having attributes of a large capitalization index, and the Next Index having attributes of a small- and mid-capitalization index.

With respect to universe continuity, the Next Index is constructed utilizing a buffering methodology. The buffer is intended to reduce index turnover from movements in constituent weightings that could result in a company dropping out of the index only to be added back with the next rebalance. Specifically, stocks ranked in the top 105 positions based on TMF’s analyst opinion database (70% of the 150-stock target) are automatically included in the candidate universe. Additionally, companies that were previously eligible based on their TMF analyst ratings will still be included as long as their rank is equal to or better than 195 (130% of the 150-stock target). Stocks are then added based on conviction score rank until the 150-stock target is reached.

Once the eligible universe is determined, inclusion in the Motley Fool 100 Index and the Next Index are determined jointly based on market capitalization and index continuity rules. A buffer of 30% of the Motley Fool 100 Index membership target - or 30 stocks - is used to prevent frequent turnover around the Motley Fool 100 Index/Next Index cutoff.

Specifically, stocks ranked in the top 70 positions based on firm-level market capitalization (70% of the 100-stock target) are automatically included in the candidate universe for the Motley Fool 100 Index. Additionally, companies that were previously included in the Motley Fool 100 Index will still be included as long as their market capitalization rank is equal to or better than 130 (130% of the 100-stock target). Stocks are then added to the Motley Fool 100 Index based on conviction score rank until the 100-stock target is reached. The remaining stocks are included in the Next Index.

Each selected company’s share of the Next Index (or “weighting”) is set to equal the company’s share of all Next Index companies’ aggregate market value. The Next Index is reconstituted and rebalanced quarterly. The Next Index will typically include 150 – 450 companies at any one time.

The Next Index is calculated and administered by Solactive AG (the “Index Calculation Agent”), which is not affiliated with the Next Fund, the Adviser or TMF. Additional information regarding the Next Index, including its value, is available on the websites of the Next Index at www.foolindices.com and the Index Calculation Agent, at www.solactive.com.

3

The Next Fund’s Investment Strategy

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Next Fund’s total assets (exclusive of any collateral held from securities lending) will be invested in the component securities of the Next Index. The Adviser expects that, over time, if it has sufficient assets, the correlation between the Next Fund’s performance and that of the Next Index, before fees and expenses, will be 95% or better.

The Next Fund will generally use a “replication” strategy to achieve its investment objective, meaning it generally will invest in all of the component securities of the Next Index. However, the Next Fund may use a “representative sampling” strategy, meaning it may invest in a sample of the securities in the Next Index whose risk, return and other characteristics closely resemble the risk, return and other characteristics of the Next Index as a whole, when the Adviser believes it is in the best interests of the Next Fund (e.g., when replicating the Next Index involves practical difficulties or substantial costs, a Next Index constituent becomes temporarily illiquid, unavailable or less liquid, or as a result of legal restrictions or limitations that apply to the Next Fund but not to the Next Index).

The Next Fund generally may invest up to 20% of its total assets (exclusive of any collateral held from securities lending) in securities or other investments not included in the Next Index, but which the Adviser believes will help the Next Fund track the Next Index. For example, the Next Fund may invest in securities that are not components of the Next Index to reflect various corporate actions and other changes to the Next Index (such as reconstitutions, additions and deletions).

The Next Fund is non-diversified for the purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), which means that the Next Fund may invest in fewer securities at any one time than a diversified fund. To the extent the Next Index concentrates (i.e., holds more than 25% of its total assets) in the securities of a particular industry, the Next Fund will concentrate its investments to approximately the same extent as the Next Index.

The Next Fund may also seek to increase its income by lending securities.

The Next Fund has elected to be, and intends to qualify each year for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Principal Investment Risks

The value of the Next Fund’s investments may decrease, which will cause the value of the Next Fund’s Shares to decrease. As a result, you may lose money on your investment in the Next Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Next Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Next Fund’s principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Next Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears.  Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

●    Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to the Next Fund’s assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Next Fund, the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent the Next Fund’s investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Next Fund and the Adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Next Fund or the Adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Next Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Next Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Next Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.  

4

● ETF Risk. The Next Fund is an ETF, and, as a result of an ETF’s structure, it is exposed to the following risks: “Authorized Participants, Market Makers and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk,” “Secondary Market Trading Risk,” and “Shares May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV Risk.”

●  Authorized Participants, Market Makers and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk. The Next Fund has a limited number of financial institutions that are institutional investors and may act as authorized participants (“APs”). In addition, there may be a limited number of market makers and/or liquidity providers in the marketplace. To the extent either of the following events occur, Next Fund Shares may trade at a material discount to net asset value (“NAV”) and possibly face delisting: (i) APs exit the business or otherwise become unable to process creation and/or redemption orders and no other APs step forward to perform these services, or (ii) market makers and/or liquidity providers exit the business or significantly reduce their business activities and no other entities step forward to perform their functions. These events, among others, may lead to the Next Fund Shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. Thus, you may pay more (or less) than the NAV when you buy Shares of the Next Fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less (or more) than NAV when you sell those Shares in the secondary market. A diminished market for an ETF’s shares substantially increases the risk that a shareholder may pay considerably more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the ETF shares bought or sold.

● Secondary Market Trading Risk. Although Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, the NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Exchange”), and may be traded on U.S. exchanges other than the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active or liquid trading market for them will develop or be maintained. In addition, trading in Shares on the Exchange may be halted. During periods of market stress, there may be times when the market price of Shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount). This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines.

● Shares May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV Risk. As with all ETFs, Shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of Shares will approximate the Next Fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price of Shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount). This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines.

● Equity Markets Risk. The equity securities held in the Next Fund’s portfolio may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors that affect securities markets generally or factors affecting specific issuers, industries, or sectors in which the Next Fund invests. Common stocks are generally exposed to greater risk than other types of securities, such as preferred stocks and debt obligations, because common stockholders generally have inferior rights to receive payment from issuers.

● Index Rankings and Methodology Risk.  Factors used by TMF’s analysts in their qualitative and quantitative analysis of companies included in the Next Index, and the weight placed on those factors, may not be predictive of a security’s value and, thus, have an adverse effect on the Next Fund. In addition, changes in TMF’s recommendations or rankings methodologies may have an adverse effect on the Next Fund. Factors that affect a security’s value can change over time, and these changes may not be reflected in the Next Index methodology. Moreover, the methodology and the calculation of the Next Index could be subject to errors. If the composition of the Next Index reflects such errors, the Next Fund’s portfolio can be expected to reflect the errors, too. 

● Market Risk. The trading prices of equity securities and other instruments fluctuate in response to a variety of factors including economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. The Next Fund’s NAV and market price may fluctuate significantly in response to these and other factors. As a result, an investor could lose money over short or long periods of time.  

5

●    Mid-Capitalization Companies Risk. Investments in securities of mid-capitalization companies may involve greater risks than do investments in larger, more established companies. The prices of securities of mid-cap companies tend to be more vulnerable to adverse developments specific to a company or its industry, or the securities markets generally, than are securities of larger capitalization companies.

● New Fund Risk. The Next Fund is a recently organized, non-diversified management investment company with no operating history. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Next Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) may determine to liquidate the Next Fund.

● Non-Diversification Risk. The Next Fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest a high percentage of its assets in a limited number of securities. Since the Next Fund is non-diversified, its NAV, market price and total returns may fluctuate or fall more than a diversified fund. Gains or losses on a single stock may have a greater impact on the Next Fund.

● Passive Investment Risk. The Next Fund is not actively managed and the Adviser does not attempt to take defensive positions in any market conditions, including adverse markets. The Next Fund and its Adviser will not sell shares of an equity security due to current or projected underperformance of a security, industry, or sector, unless that security is removed from the Next Index or the selling of shares of that security is otherwise required upon a reconstitution of the Next Index as addressed in the Index methodology.

● Portfolio Turnover Risk. In seeking to replicate the Next Index, which is adjusted and rebalanced quarterly, the Next Fund may incur relatively high portfolio turnover. High portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs and may lower Fund performance.

● Sector Risk. To the extent the Next Fund invests more heavily in particular sectors of the economy, its performance will be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect those sectors.

● Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. The success of consumer product manufacturers and retailers is tied closely to the performance of the overall domestic and global economy, interest rates, competition, and consumer confidence. Success depends heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. Also, companies in the consumer discretionary sector may be subject to severe competition, which may have an adverse impact on their respective profitability. Changes in demographics and consumer tastes can also affect the demand for, and success of, consumer products and services in the marketplace.

● Health Care Sector Risk. Companies in the health care sector are subject to extensive government regulation and their profitability can be significantly affected by regulatory changes. Other risk factors include rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure and limited product lines, loss or impairment of intellectual property rights and litigation regarding product or service liability.

● Industrials Sector Risk. Companies in the industrials sector could be affected by, among other things, government regulation, world events and economic conditions, insurance costs, and labor relations issues.

● Information Technology Sector Risk. In addition to market or economic factors, companies in the information technology sector and companies that rely heavily on technology are particularly vulnerable to rapid changes in technology product cycles, rapid product obsolescence, government regulation and competition.

● Securities Lending Risk. The Next Fund may lend portfolio securities to institutions, such as certain broker- dealers. The Next Fund may experience a loss or delay in the recovery of its securities if the borrowing institution breaches its agreement with the Fund.  

6

● Small-Capitalization Companies Risk. The securities of small-capitalization companies may be more vulnerable to adverse issuer, market, political, or economic developments than securities of larger-capitalization companies. The securities of small-capitalization companies generally trade in lower volumes and are subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than larger capitalization stocks or the stock market as a whole. Some small capitalization companies have limited product lines, markets, and financial and managerial resources and tend to concentrate on fewer geographical markets relative to larger capitalization companies. There is typically less publicly available information concerning smaller-capitalization companies than for larger, more established companies. Small-capitalization companies also may be particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates, government regulation, borrowing costs and earnings.

● Tracking Error Risk. As with all index funds, the performance of the Next Fund and its Index may differ from each other for a variety of reasons. For example, the Next Fund incurs operating expenses and portfolio transaction costs not incurred by the Next Index. In addition, the Next Fund may not be fully invested in the securities of the Next Index at all times or may hold securities not included in the Next Index.

Performance

Performance information for the Next Fund is not included because the Next Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available once the Next Fund has at least one calendar year of performance. The Next Fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Next Fund will perform in the future and does not guarantee future results. Updated performance information will be available on the Next Fund’s website at www.mfamfunds.com/resources.html.

Management

Investment Adviser

Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC serves as the investment adviser.

Portfolio Managers

Team Member	Primary Titles	Start Date with Fund
Bryan C. Hinmon, CFA®	Chief Investment Officer; Senior Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2021
Anthony L. Arsta	Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2021

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, the Exchange, and investors can only buy and sell Shares through brokers or dealers at market prices, rather than NAV. Because Shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, Shares may trade at a price greater than NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount). An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase shares (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for shares (ask) when buying or selling shares in the secondary market (the "bid-ask spread"). The median bid-ask spread for the Next Fund’s most recent fiscal year cannot be provided because the Next Fund did not have a sufficient trading history to report trading information and related costs. Once available, information on the Next Fund’s NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads will be provided at www.mfamfunds.com.

The Next Fund issues and redeems Shares at NAV only in large blocks known as “Creation Units,” which only APs (typically, broker-dealers) may purchase or redeem. Creation Units generally consist of 25,000 Shares, though this may change from time to time. The Next Fund generally issues and redeems Creation Units in exchange for a portfolio of securities closely approximating the holdings of the Next Fund (the “Deposit Securities”) and/or a designated amount of U.S. cash.

7

Tax Information

Fund distributions are generally taxable as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, or capital gains (or a combination), unless your investment is made through an individual retirement account (“IRA”) or other tax-advantaged account. Distributions on investments made through tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of assets from those accounts.

Financial Intermediary Compensation

If you purchase Shares through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank) (an “Intermediary”), the Next Fund’s investment adviser, or its affiliates may pay Intermediaries for certain activities related to the Next Fund, including participation in activities that are designed to make Intermediaries more knowledgeable about exchange traded products, including the Next Fund, or for other activities, such as marketing, educational training or other initiatives related to the sale or promotion of Shares. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the Intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Next Fund over another investment. Any such arrangements do not result in increased Next Fund expenses. Ask your salesperson or visit the Intermediary’s website for more information.

8

SUMMARY SECTION

Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF

9

Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF

SUMMARY SECTION

Investment Objective

The Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF (the “Capital Efficiency Fund”) seeks investment results that correspond (before fees and expenses) generally to the total return performance of the Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index (the “Capital Efficiency 100 Index” – for more on this, see the “Principal Investment Strategies” section).

Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Capital Efficiency Fund (“Shares”). This table and the Example below do not include the brokerage commissions that investors may pay on their purchases and sales of Fund Shares.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment):
Management Fees	0.50%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.00%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.50%

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Capital Efficiency Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Capital Efficiency Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that: (1) your investment has a 5% return each year, and (2) the Capital Efficiency Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

1 Year	3 Years
$51	$160

Portfolio Turnover

The Capital Efficiency Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Capital Efficiency Fund Shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Capital Efficiency Fund’s performance. No portfolio turnover rate is provided for the Capital Efficiency Fund because the Capital Efficiency Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Capital Efficiency Fund is an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) and employs a “passive management” – or indexing – investment approach designed to track the total return performance, before fees and expenses, of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index. Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Capital Efficiency Fund. The Capital Efficiency 100 Index was developed by The Motley Fool, LLC (“TMF”), an affiliate of the Adviser.

10

The Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index

The Capital Efficiency 100 Index was established by TMF in 2021 and is a proprietary, rules-based index designed to track the performance of the highest scoring stocks of U.S. companies, measured by a company’s capital efficiency, that have been recommended by TMF’s analysts and newsletters, and that also meet certain liquidity requirements. Capital efficiency is a measure of how a business turns its investments into revenue and profit and it provides insight into the company’s return on invested capital.

TMF’s “recommendation universe” includes all companies domiciled in the United States that are either active recommendations of a newsletter published by TMF or are among the 150 highest rated U.S. companies in TMF’s analyst opinion database, subject to universe continuity rules. With respect to universe continuity, the Capital Efficiency 100 Index is constructed utilizing a buffering methodology. The buffer is intended to reduce index turnover from movements in constituent weightings that could result in a company dropping out of the index only to be added back with the next rebalance. Specifically, stocks ranked in the top 105 positions based on TMF’s analyst opinion database (70% of the 150-stock target) are automatically included in the candidate universe. Additionally, companies that were previously eligible based on their TMF analyst ratings will still be included as long as their rank is equal to or better than 195 (130% of the 150-stock target). Stocks are then added based on conviction score rank until the 150-stock target is reached.

Company shares that meet the requirements for universe inclusion must also meet the minimum requirements for liquidity and for calculating the Capital Efficiency Score. Specifically, the liquidity requirements mandate that at least $1 million worth of a company’s shares trade daily, on average, during the preceding three months. With respect to calculating capital efficiency, a company must report gross profits (or net revenues for financial companies) and meet a minimum total assets threshold as of the most recent filing prior to each index weighting date. TMF’s proprietary Capital Efficiency Factor Score is a composite score that incorporates growth, profitability, and stability metrics in assessing a company’s capital efficiency. To determine final index membership, candidate stocks are first ranked based on their composite scores. The top 100 stocks are then selected based on index continuity rules.

Each selected company’s share of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index (or “weighting”) is set to equal the company’s share of all Capital Efficiency 100 Index companies’ aggregate market value multiplied by their respective Capital Efficiency Scores. A maximum position size limit of 5% is also enforced (tested at the time of rebalancing and subject to index continuity rules). The Capital Efficiency 100 Index is reconstituted and rebalanced quarterly.

The Capital Efficiency 100 Index will typically include 100 companies at any one time and may contain companies of any size capitalization.

The Capital Efficiency 100 Index is calculated and administered by Solactive AG (the “Index Calculation Agent”), which is not affiliated with the Capital Efficiency Fund, the Adviser or TMF. Additional information regarding the Capital Efficiency 100 Index, including its value, is available on the websites of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index at www.foolindices.com and the Index Calculation Agent, at www.solactive.com.

The Capital Efficiency Fund’s Investment Strategy

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Capital Efficiency Fund’s total assets (exclusive of any collateral held from securities lending) will be invested in the component securities of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index. The Adviser expects that, over time, if it has sufficient assets, the correlation between the Capital Efficiency Fund’s performance and that of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index, before fees and expenses, will be 95% or better.

The Capital Efficiency Fund will generally use a “replication” strategy to achieve its investment objective, meaning it generally will invest in all of the component securities of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index. However, the Capital Efficiency Fund may use a “representative sampling” strategy, meaning it may invest in a sample of the securities in the Capital Efficiency 100 Index whose risk, return and other characteristics closely resemble the risk, return and other characteristics of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index as a whole, when the Adviser believes it is in the best interests of the Capital Efficiency Fund (e.g., when replicating the Capital Efficiency 100 Index involves practical difficulties or substantial costs, a Capital Efficiency 100 Index constituent becomes temporarily illiquid, unavailable or less liquid, or as a result of legal restrictions or limitations that apply to the Capital Efficiency Fund but not to the Capital Efficiency 100 Index).

11

The Capital Efficiency Fund generally may invest up to 20% of its total assets (exclusive of any collateral held from securities lending) in securities or other investments not included in the Capital Efficiency 100 Index, but which the Adviser believes will help the Capital Efficiency Fund track the Capital Efficiency 100 Index. For example, the Capital Efficiency Fund may invest in securities that are not components of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index to reflect various corporate actions and other changes to the Capital Efficiency 100 Index (such as reconstitutions, additions and deletions).

The Capital Efficiency Fund is non-diversified for the purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), which means that the Capital Efficiency Fund may invest in fewer securities at any one time than a diversified fund. To the extent the Capital Efficiency 100 Index concentrates (i.e., holds more than 25% of its total assets) in the securities of a particular industry, the Capital Efficiency Fund will concentrate its investments to approximately the same extent as the Capital Efficiency 100 Index.

The Capital Efficiency Fund may also seek to increase its income by lending securities.

The Capital Efficiency Fund has elected to be, and intends to qualify each year for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Principal Investment Risks

The value of the Capital Efficiency Fund’s investments may decrease, which will cause the value of the Capital Efficiency Fund’s Shares to decrease. As a result, you may lose money on your investment in the Capital Efficiency Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Capital Efficiency Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Capital Efficiency Fund’s principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Capital Efficiency Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears.  Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

● Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to the Capital Efficiency Fund’s assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Capital Efficiency Fund, the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent the Capital Efficiency Fund’s investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Capital Efficiency Fund and the Adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Capital Efficiency Fund or the Adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Capital Efficiency Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Capital Efficiency Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Capital Efficiency Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.  

12

● ETF Risk. The Capital Efficiency Fund is an ETF, and, as a result of an ETF’s structure, it is exposed to the following risks: “Authorized Participants, Market Makers and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk,” “Secondary Market Trading Risk,” and “Shares May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV Risk.”

●         Authorized Participants, Market Makers and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk. The Capital Efficiency Fund has a limited number of financial institutions that are institutional investors and may act as authorized participants (“APs”). In addition, there may be a limited number of market makers and/or liquidity providers in the marketplace. To the extent either of the following events occur, Capital Efficiency Fund Shares may trade at a material discount to net asset value (“NAV”) and possibly face delisting: (i) APs exit the business or otherwise become unable to process creation and/or redemption orders and no other APs step forward to perform these services, or (ii) market makers and/or liquidity providers exit the business or significantly reduce their business activities and no other entities step forward to perform their functions. These events, among others, may lead to the Capital Efficiency Fund Shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. Thus, you may pay more (or less) than the NAV when you buy Shares of the Capital Efficiency Fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less (or more) than NAV when you sell those Shares in the secondary market. A diminished market for an ETF’s shares substantially increases the risk that a shareholder may pay considerably more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the ETF shares bought or sold.

● Secondary Market Trading Risk. Although Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, the NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Exchange”), and may be traded on U.S. exchanges other than the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active or liquid trading market for them will develop or be maintained. In addition, trading in Shares on the Exchange may be halted. During periods of market stress, there may be times when the market price of Shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount). This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines.

● Shares May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV Risk. As with all ETFs, Shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of Shares will approximate the Capital Efficiency Fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price of Shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount). This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines.

●    Equity Markets Risk. The equity securities held in the Capital Efficiency Fund’s portfolio may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors that affect securities markets generally or factors affecting specific issuers, industries, or sectors in which the Capital Efficiency Fund invests. Common stocks are generally exposed to greater risk than other types of securities, such as preferred stocks and debt obligations, because common stockholders generally have inferior rights to receive payment from issuers.

● Index Rankings and Methodology Risk.  Factors used by TMF’s analysts in their qualitative and quantitative analysis of companies included in the Capital Efficiency 100 Index, and the weight placed on those factors, may not be predictive of a security’s value and, thus, have an adverse effect on the Capital Efficiency Fund. In addition, changes in TMF’s recommendations or rankings methodologies may have an adverse effect on the Capital Efficiency Fund. Factors that affect a security’s value can change over time, and these changes may not be reflected in the Capital Efficiency 100 Index methodology. Moreover, the methodology and the calculation of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index could be subject to errors. If the composition of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index reflects such errors, the  Capital Efficiency Fund’s portfolio can be expected to reflect the errors, too. 

● Large-Capitalization Investing Risk. The securities of large-capitalization companies may be relatively mature compared to smaller companies and therefore subject to slower growth during times of economic expansion.

● Market Risk. The trading prices of equity securities and other instruments fluctuate in response to a variety of factors including economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. The Capital Efficiency Fund’s NAV and market price may fluctuate significantly in response to these and other factors. As a result, an investor could lose money over short or long periods of time.  

13

● Mid-Capitalization Companies Risk. The securities of mid-capitalization companies may involve greater risks than do investments in larger, more established companies. The prices of securities of mid-cap companies tend to be more vulnerable to adverse developments specific to a company or its industry, or the securities markets generally, than are securities of larger capitalization companies.

● New Fund Risk. The Capital Efficiency Fund is a recently organized, non-diversified management investment company with no operating history. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Capital Efficiency Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) may determine to liquidate the Capital Efficiency Fund.

● Non-Diversification Risk. The Capital Efficiency Fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest a high percentage of its assets in a limited number of securities. Since the Capital Efficiency Fund is non-diversified, its NAV, market price and total returns may fluctuate or fall more than a diversified fund. Gains or losses on a single stock may have a greater impact on the Capital Efficiency Fund.

● Passive Investment Risk. The Capital Efficiency Fund is not actively managed and the Adviser does not attempt to take defensive positions in any market conditions, including adverse markets. The Capital Efficiency Fund and its Adviser will not sell shares of an equity security due to current or projected underperformance of a security, industry, or sector, unless that security is removed from the Capital Efficiency 100 Index or the selling of shares of that security is otherwise required upon a reconstitution of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index as addressed in the Index methodology.

● Portfolio Turnover Risk. In seeking to replicate the Capital Efficiency 100 Index, which is adjusted and rebalanced quarterly, the Capital Efficiency Fund may incur relatively high portfolio turnover. High portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs and may lower Fund performance.

● Sector Risk. To the extent the Capital Efficiency Fund invests more heavily in particular sectors of the economy, its performance will be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect those sectors.

● Communication Services Sector Risk. Companies in the communications sector may be affected by industry competition, substantial capital requirements, government regulation, cyclicality of revenues and earnings, obsolescence of communications products and services due to technological advancement, a potential decrease in the discretionary income of targeted individuals and changing consumer tastes and interests.

● Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. The success of consumer product manufacturers and retailers is tied closely to the performance of the overall domestic and global economy, interest rates, competition, and consumer confidence. Success depends heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. Also, companies in the consumer discretionary sector may be subject to severe competition, which may have an adverse impact on their respective profitability. Changes in demographics and consumer tastes can also affect the demand for, and success of, consumer products and services in the marketplace.

● Health Care Sector Risk. Companies in the health care sector are subject to extensive government regulation and their profitability can be significantly affected by regulatory changes. Other risk factors include rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure and limited product lines, loss or impairment of intellectual property rights and litigation regarding product or service liability.

● Information Technology Sector Risk. In addition to market or economic factors, companies in the information technology sector and companies that rely heavily on technology are particularly vulnerable to rapid changes in technology product cycles, rapid product obsolescence, government regulation and competition.

14

● Securities Lending Risk. The Capital Efficiency Fund may lend portfolio securities to institutions, such as certain broker- dealers. The Capital Efficiency Fund may experience a loss or delay in the recovery of its securities if the borrowing institution breaches its agreement with the Fund.

● Small-Capitalization Companies Risk. The securities of small-capitalization companies may be more vulnerable to adverse issuer, market, political, or economic developments than securities of larger-capitalization companies. The securities of small-capitalization companies generally trade in lower volumes and are subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than larger capitalization stocks or the stock market as a whole. Some small capitalization companies have limited product lines, markets, and financial and managerial resources and tend to concentrate on fewer geographical markets relative to larger capitalization companies. There is typically less publicly available information concerning smaller-capitalization companies than for larger, more established companies. Small-capitalization companies also may be particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates, government regulation, borrowing costs and earnings.

● Tracking Error Risk. As with all index funds, the performance of the Capital Efficiency Fund and its Index may differ from each other for a variety of reasons. For example, the Capital Efficiency Fund incurs operating expenses and portfolio transaction costs not incurred by the Capital Efficiency 100 Index. In addition, the Capital Efficiency Fund may not be fully invested in the securities of the Capital Efficiency 100 Index at all times or may hold securities not included in the Capital Efficiency 100 Index.

Performance

Performance information for the Capital Efficiency Fund is not included because the Capital Efficiency Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available once the Capital Efficiency Fund has at least one calendar year of performance. The Capital Efficiency Fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Capital Efficiency Fund will perform in the future and does not guarantee future results. Updated performance information will be available on the Capital Efficiency Fund’s website at www.mfamfunds.com/resources.html.

Management

Investment Adviser

Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC serves as the investment adviser.

Portfolio Managers

Team Member	Primary Titles	Start Date with Fund
Bryan C. Hinmon, CFA®	Chief Investment Officer; Senior Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2021
Anthony L. Arsta	Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2021

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, the Exchange, and investors can only buy and sell Shares through brokers or dealers at market prices, rather than NAV. Because Shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, Shares may trade at a price greater than NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount). An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase shares (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for shares (ask) when buying or selling shares in the secondary market (the "bid-ask spread"). The median bid-ask spread for the Capital Efficiency Fund’s most recent fiscal year cannot be provided because the Capital Efficiency Fund did not have a sufficient trading history to report trading information and related costs. Once available, information on the Capital Efficiency Fund’s NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads will be provided at www.mfamfunds.com.

15

The Capital Efficiency Fund issues and redeems Shares at NAV only in large blocks known as “Creation Units,” which only APs (typically, broker-dealers) may purchase or redeem. Creation Units generally consist of 25,000 Shares, though this may change from time to time. The Capital Efficiency Fund generally issues and redeems Creation Units in exchange for a portfolio of securities closely approximating the holdings of the Capital Efficiency Fund (the “Deposit Securities”) and/or a designated amount of U.S. cash.

Tax Information

Fund distributions are generally taxable as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, or capital gains (or a combination), unless your investment is made through an individual retirement account (“IRA”) or other tax-advantaged account. Distributions on investments made through tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of assets from those accounts.

Financial Intermediary Compensation

If you purchase Shares through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank) (an “Intermediary”), the Capital Efficiency Fund’s investment adviser, or its affiliates may pay Intermediaries for certain activities related to the Capital Efficiency Fund, including participation in activities that are designed to make Intermediaries more knowledgeable about exchange traded products, including the Capital Efficiency Fund, or for other activities, such as marketing, educational training or other initiatives related to the sale or promotion of Shares. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the Intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Capital Efficiency Fund over another investment. Any such arrangements do not result in increased Capital Efficiency Fund expenses. Ask your salesperson or visit the Intermediary’s website for more information.

16

PROSPECTUS

17

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS

Investment Objective – Next Fund and Capital Efficiency Fund

Each of the Next Fund’s and Capital Efficiency Fund’s (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”) investment objective has been adopted as a non-fundamental investment policy and may be changed without shareholder approval upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.

Additional Principal Investment Strategies – Next Fund and Capital Efficiency Fund

The Next Fund and Capital Efficiency Fund, using an “indexing” investment approach, each seeks to track the investment results, before fees and expenses, of the Next Index and the Capital Efficiency 100 Index (each, an “Index"), respectively. A number of factors may affect a Fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its Index, including a Fund’s expenses, differences between the securities held in a Fund’s portfolio and those included in its respective Index, the timing or magnitude of changes to the composition of its Index, regulatory policies, and high portfolio turnover rate. There can be no guarantee that a Fund will achieve a high degree of correlation with its Index.

The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in an Index or purchase securities not yet represented in an Index if the Adviser believes such securities are appropriate to substitute for certain securities in that Fund’s Index. The Adviser may utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques in seeking to track an Index.

As a result of its investments, a Fund’s distributions for any taxable year may exceed its earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For a given taxable year, fund distributions, if any, that exceed earnings and profits may be treated as a return of capital to shareholders.

Additional Principal Risk Information

The value of a Fund’s investments may decrease, which will cause the value of the Fund’s Shares to decrease. As a result, you may lose money on your investment in a Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. An investment in a Fund is subject to one or more of the principal risks identified in the following table. The principal risks identified are discussed in more detail in the disclosure that immediately follows the table.

	Next Fund	Capital Efficiency Fund
Cyber Security Risk	✓	✓
ETF Risk	✓	✓
Equity Markets Risk	✓	✓
Index Rankings and Methodology Risk	✓	✓
Large-Capitalization Investing Risk		✓
Market Risk	✓	✓
New Fund Risk	✓	✓
Non-Diversification Risk	✓	✓
Passive Investment Risk	✓	✓
Portfolio Turnover Risk	✓	✓
Sector Risk	✓	✓
Securities Lending Risk	✓	✓
Small and Mid-Capitalization Companies Risk	✓	✓
Tracking Error Risk	✓	✓

18

● Cyber Security Risk. With the increased use of technologies such as the internet to conduct business, each Fund is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through "hacking" or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by the Adviser and other service providers (including, but not limited to, the Funds’ accountant, custodian, transfer agent and administrator), and the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Adviser has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, a Fund cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Fund and issuers in which the Fund invests. A Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

● ETF Risk. Each Fund is an ETF, and, as a result of an ETF’s structure, each Fund is exposed to the following risks:

● Authorized Participants, Market Makers and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk. Each Fund has a limited number of financial institutions that are institutional investors and may act as APs. In addition, there may be a limited number of market makers and/or liquidity providers in the marketplace. To the extent either of the following events occur, a Fund’s Shares may trade at a material discount to net asset value (“NAV”) and possibly face delisting: (i) APs exit the business or otherwise become unable to process creation and/or redemption orders and no other APs step forward to perform these services, or (ii) market makers and/or liquidity providers exit the business or significantly reduce their business activities and no other entities step forward to perform their functions. These events, among others, may lead to a Fund’s Shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. Thus, you may pay more (or less) than the NAV when you buy Shares of a Fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less (or more) than NAV when you sell those Shares in the secondary market. A diminished market for an ETF’s shares substantially increases the risk that a shareholder may pay considerably more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the ETF shares bought or sold.

● Secondary Market Trading Risk. Although each Fund’s Shares are listed for trading on the Exchange and may be listed or traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges other than the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for Shares will develop or be maintained. Trading in a Fund’s Shares may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in Shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in Shares on the Exchange is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to Exchange “circuit breaker” rules, which temporarily halt trading on the Exchange. Additional rules applicable to the Exchange may halt trading in Shares when extraordinary volatility causes sudden, significant swings in the market price of Shares. There can be no assurance that Shares will trade with any volume, or at all, on any stock exchange. In stressed market conditions, the liquidity of a Fund’s Shares may begin to mirror the liquidity of the Fund’s underlying holdings, which can be significantly less liquid than the Fund’s Shares. During periods of market stress, there may be times when the market price of Shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount). This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines.

19

● Shares May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV Risk. As with all ETFs, Shares of each Fund may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of Shares will approximate a Fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price of Shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount) due to supply and demand of Shares or during periods of market volatility. This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines. The market price of Shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade Shares. In times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, Shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of Shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your Shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.

● Equity Markets Risk. The price of equity securities may rise or fall because of changes in the broad market or changes in a company’s financial condition, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, sectors or industries selected for a Fund or the securities market as a whole, such as changes in economic or political conditions. Equity securities are subject to “stock market risk” meaning that stock prices in general (or in particular, the types of securities in which a Fund invests) may decline over short or extended periods of time. When the value of a Fund’s securities goes down, your investment in the Fund decreases in value. Common stocks are generally exposed to greater risk that other types of securities, such as preferred stock and debt obligations, because common stockholders generally have inferior rights to receive payment from issuers. Common stocks are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors including: expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies; inflation and interest rates; economic expansion or contraction; and global or regional political, economic, and banking crises.

● Index Rankings and Methodology Risk. The Next Index is comprised of small- and mid-capitalization U.S. companies that are either active recommendations of TMF’s newsletter or are among the 150 highest rated U.S. companies in TMF’s analyst opinion database subject to liquidity and index continuity rules, and are weighted based on their market value relative to the total market value of other companies in the Next Index. The Capital Efficiency 100 Index is comprised of the highest scoring liquid stocks of U.S. companies, measured by a company’s capital efficiency, that are either active recommendations of TMF’s newsletter or are among the 150 highest rated U.S. companies in TMF’s analyst opinion database subject to index continuity rules, and are weighted based on their market value relative to the total market value of other companies in the Capital Efficiency 100 Index. Factors used by TMF’s analysts in their qualitative and quantitative analysis of companies included in an Index, and the weight placed on those factors, may not be predictive of a security’s value and, thus, have an adverse effect on a Fund. In addition, changes in TMF’s recommendations or rankings methodologies may have an adverse effect on a Fund. Factors that affect a security’s value can change over time, and these changes may not be reflected in an Index’s methodology. In addition, the following risks result from TMF’s business operations:

20

● There are no assurances that TMF will continue to provide stock recommendations to the degree currently provided by it, or that it will continue to provide newsletter and/or other services at all. The Motley Fool may decrease the number of equity analysts that it employs, or the number of covered companies and/or industries. 

● Analysts may leave TMF or cease providing recommendations, in which case any securities covered by that analyst may no longer be included in the universe of stocks covered by TMF. In such case, those securities may be removed from an Index during the next rebalance of the Index, despite the fact that expectations regarding such security’s performance may be unchanged. Similarly, changes in analysts could result in changes to the composition of an Index and, thus, could result in increased portfolio turnover for a Fund. 

● TMF’s members who subscribe to its recommendation services and others who have access to that information will have advance knowledge of information that will be reflected in an Index. While TMF’s recommendations can change on any given day, an Index will only be rebalanced quarterly.

In addition to the risks inherent in TMF’s operations and the compilation of an Index, the methodology and the calculation of an Index could be subject to errors. If the composition of an Index reflects such errors, a Fund’s portfolio can be expected to reflect the errors, too.

● Large-Capitalization Investing Risk. The Capital Efficiency Fund may invest in the securities of large-capitalization companies. As a result, the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected if securities of large-capitalization companies underperform securities of smaller-capitalization companies or the market as a whole. The securities of large-capitalization companies may be relatively mature compared to smaller companies and therefore subject to slower growth during times of economic expansion.

● Market Risk. The trading prices of equity securities and other instruments fluctuate in response to a variety of factors including economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. A Fund’s NAV and market price is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of an investment’s value. There is no assurance that a Fund will realize its investment objective, and an investment in a Fund is not, by itself, a complete or balanced investment program. You could lose money on your investment in a Fund, or a Fund could underperform other investments.

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Funds’ investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Funds and their service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons.  Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

21

● New Fund Risk. Each Fund is a recently organized, non-diversified management investment company with no operating history. In addition, there can be no assurance that a Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board may determine to liquidate the Fund.

● Non-Diversification Risk. The Funds are each non-diversified, which means that they may invest a high percentage of their assets in a limited number of securities. Since the Funds are non-diversified, their NAV, market price and total returns may fluctuate or fall more than a diversified fund. Gains or losses on a single stock may have a greater impact on the Funds.

● Passive Investment Risk. The Funds are not actively managed and the Adviser will not sell shares of an equity security due to current or projected underperformance of a security, industry, or sector, unless that security is removed from a Fund’s Index or the selling of shares of that security is otherwise required upon a reconstitution of a Fund’s Index as addressed in a Fund’s Index methodology. Each Fund invests in securities included in, or representative of securities included in, its Index, regardless of investment merit. The Funds do not take defensive positions under any market conditions, including conditions that are adverse to the performance of the Funds.

● Portfolio Turnover Risk. A Fund may trade all or a significant portion of the securities in its portfolio in connection with each rebalance and reconstitution of its Index. A high portfolio turnover rate increases transaction costs, which may increase a Fund’s expenses. Frequent trading may also cause adverse tax consequences for investors in a Fund due to an increase in short-term capital gains

● Sector Risk. To the extent a Fund invests more heavily in particular sectors of the economy, its performance will be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect those sectors. The Funds may concentrate their portfolio investments in the following sectors, among others:

● Communication Services Sector Risk. (only applies to the Capital Efficiency Fund) The communication services sector consists of both companies in the telecommunication services industry as well as those in the media and entertainment industry. Examples of companies in the telecommunication services industry group include providers of fiber-optic, fixed-line, cellular and wireless telecommunications networks. Companies in the media and entertainment industry group encompass a variety of services and products including television broadcasting, gaming products, social media, networking platforms, online classifieds, online review websites and Internet search engines. The communication services sector of a country’s economy is often subject to extensive government regulation. The costs of complying with governmental regulations, delays or failure to receive required regulatory approvals, or the enactment of new regulatory requirements may negatively affect the business of communications companies. Companies in the communication services sector may encounter distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in developing new products and services using new technology. Communication services companies are particularly vulnerable to the potential obsolescence of products and services due to technological advancement and the innovation of competitors. While all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the communication services sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

22

● Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. The consumer discretionary sector (which includes companies in industries such as consumer and household durables, consumer services, media, retailing, and automobiles) can be significantly affected by the performance of the overall economy, interest rates, competition, consumer confidence and spending, and changes in demographics and consumer tastes. Success depends heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. Competition in this sector is exacerbated by the shift toward online shopping, which may affect a company’s margins and its stock price. Faster-than-expected interest rate hikes by the Federal Reserve and rising oil prices could dampen the ability of consumers to spend on discretionary items, which may adversely affect companies in this sector. There are also indications that consumers, especially millennials, have different spending habits and some companies in this sector might have difficulty adjusting to these, and other, consumer trends.

● Health Care Sector Risk. Companies in the health care sector are subject to extensive government regulation and their profitability can be significantly affected by restrictions on government reimbursement for medical expenses, rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure (including price discounting), limited product lines and an increased emphasis on the delivery of healthcare through outpatient services. Companies in the health care sector are heavily dependent on obtaining and defending patents, which may be time consuming and costly, and the expiration of patents may also adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Health care companies are also subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. In addition, their products can become obsolete due to industry innovation, changes in technologies or other market developments. Many new products in the health care sector require significant research and development and may be subject to regulatory approvals, all of which may be time consuming and costly with no guarantee that any product will come to market.

●    Industrials Sector Risk. (only applies to the Next Fund) The industrials sector includes companies engaged in the manufacture and distribution of capital goods, such as those used in defense, construction and engineering, companies that manufacture and distribute electrical equipment and industrial machinery and those that provide commercial and transportation services and supplies. Companies in the industrials sector may be adversely affected by changes in government regulation, world events and economic conditions. In addition, companies in the industrials sector may be adversely affected by environmental damages, product liability claims, labor disputes and exchange rates.

● Information Technology Sector Risk. Market or economic factors impacting information technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technological advances could have a significant effect on the value of the Fund’s investments. The value of stocks of information technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology is particularly vulnerable to rapid changes in technology product cycles, rapid product obsolescence, government regulation and competition, both domestically and internationally, including competition from foreign competitors with lower production costs. Stocks of information technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology, especially those of smaller, less-seasoned companies, tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Information technology companies are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights, the loss or impairment of which may adversely affect profitability. Additionally, companies in the technology sector may face dramatic and often unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel.

23

● Securities Lending Risk. Each Fund may seek to increase its income by lending portfolio securities to institutions, such as certain broker-dealers. Portfolio securities loans are secured continuously by collateral maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. The value of the securities loaned by a Fund will not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. A Fund may experience a loss or delay in the recovery of its securities if the borrowing institution breaches its agreement with the Fund. Lending a Fund’s portfolio securities involves the risk of delay in receiving additional collateral if the value of the securities goes up while they are on loan. A Fund may lose money from securities lending if, for example, it is delayed in or prevented from selling the collateral or from recovering the securities loaned or if it incurs losses on the reinvestment of cash collateral. 

● Small and Mid-Capitalization Investing Risk. Each Fund may invest in securities of small-capitalization companies. Investments in securities of small-cap companies may involve greater risks than do investments in larger, more established companies, because, for example, small-cap companies may lack the management experience, financial resources, product diversification, and competitive strength of larger companies. The frequency and volume of trading in the securities of small-cap companies may be substantially more volatile than is typical of larger companies. The value of securities of small-cap companies tends to be more vulnerable to adverse developments specific to the company or its industry, or the securities markets generally, than are the securities of larger-capitalization companies. Returns on these investments may vary substantially from the performance of the overall equity markets.

Each Fund may also invest in securities of mid-capitalization companies. The value of securities of mid-cap companies may be more volatile than the value of securities of companies with larger capitalizations and also tend to be more adversely affected by issuer-specific events and political, market and economic developments than the securities of larger companies.

● Tracking Error Risk. As with all index funds, the performance of a Fund and its Index may differ from each other for a variety of reasons. For example, a Fund may incur operating expenses and portfolio transaction costs not incurred by the Index. In addition, a Fund may not be fully invested in the securities of its Index at all times or may hold securities not included in the Index.

Additional Information About Non-Principal Risks of the Funds. This section provides additional information regarding certain non-principal risks of investing in the Funds. The risk listed below could have a negative impact on a Fund’s performance and trading prices.

● Activities of Affiliates of the Adviser Risk. Companies affiliated with the Adviser, including TMF, publish information, opinions, and recommendations regarding the purchase and sale of securities, possibly including securities that are held by or being considered for purchase or sale by the Funds. These opinions and recommendations may be consistent with, or opposed to, the views of the Adviser and may adversely affect the prices of securities held by the Funds or the prices at which the Funds can purchase or sell a security. The Funds, the Adviser, and the Adviser’s publishing affiliates have adopted procedures designed to prevent personnel of the publishing affiliates from obtaining or using nonpublic information about each Fund’s holdings or the Adviser’s strategy or actual or potential portfolios. These procedures are also designed to prevent the Adviser and its personnel from using pre-publication information obtained from the publishing affiliates and to assure that investment decisions for the Funds are consistent with what the Adviser believes to be in each Fund’s best interest. Additionally, the members of the Adviser’s Investment Committee provide advisory services on behalf of another affiliate, Motley Fool Wealth Management, LLC (“MFWM”), particularly for MFWM’s separately managed accounts. The advice given on behalf of MFWM, consistently with the mandates of its various strategies, may also be consistent with or opposed to the views of the Adviser in relation to the Funds and may adversely affect the prices of securities held by the Funds or the prices at which they can purchase or sell a security. MFWM and the Adviser have adopted procedures to assure that neither MFWM nor the Adviser (or their respective clients) can benefit from any informational or trading advantage over the other. A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of information regarding their portfolio securities and the procedures designed to minimize conflicts between the Funds, the Adviser, MFWM, and the Adviser’s publishing affiliates is contained in the Funds’ statement of additional information (“SAI”).

24

● Costs of Buying or Selling Shares Risk. Investors buying or selling Shares of each Fund in the secondary market will pay brokerage commissions or other charges imposed by brokers, as determined by that broker. Brokerage commissions are often a fixed amount and may be a significant proportional cost for investors seeking to buy or sell relatively small amounts of a Fund’s Shares. In addition, secondary market investors will also incur the cost of the difference between the price at which an investor is willing to buy Shares (the “bid” price) and the price at which an investor is willing to sell Shares (the “ask” price). This difference in bid and ask prices is often referred to as the “spread” or “bid/ask spread.” The bid/ask spread varies over time for Shares based on trading volume and market liquidity, and is generally lower if Shares have more trading volume and market liquidity and higher if Shares have little trading volume and market liquidity. Further, a relatively small investor base in a Fund, asset swings in a Fund and/or increased market volatility may cause increased bid/ask spreads. Due to the costs of buying or selling Shares, including bid/ask spreads, frequent trading of Shares may significantly reduce investment results and an investment in Shares may not be advisable for investors who anticipate regularly making small investments.

● Legal and Regulatory Change Risk. The regulatory environment for investment companies is evolving, and changes in regulation may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments and its ability to pursue its trading strategy. In addition, the securities markets are subject to comprehensive statutes and regulations. The SEC and other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The effect of any future regulatory change on a Fund could be substantial and adverse.

In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company. These regulatory changes may adversely impact the Funds’ investment strategies and operations.

● Regulated Investment Company (“RIC”) Compliance Risk. Each Fund has elected to be, and intends to qualify each year for treatment as, a RIC under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. To continue to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a RIC, each Fund must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If for any taxable year a Fund fails to qualify for the special federal income tax treatment afforded to RICs, all of that Fund’s taxable income will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to its shareholders) and its income available for distribution will be reduced. Under certain circumstances, a Fund could cure a failure to qualify as a RIC, but in order to do so, the Fund could incur significant Fund-level taxes and could be forced to dispose of certain assets.

The Funds may make other types of investments and may engage in various other investment practices. These investments and practices, and their risks, are described in the SAI.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

Each Fund’s entire portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day the Fund is open for business through the Funds’ website located at www.mfamfunds.com and may be made available through financial reporting and news services or any other medium, including publicly available internet web sites. Additional information regarding the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ SAI.

25

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

The Board of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) (of which each Fund is a series) is responsible for supervising the operations and affairs of the Funds. The Adviser is responsible for the daily management and administration of each Fund’s operations.

Investment Adviser

The Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of Motley Fool Investment Management, LLC, a subsidiary of The Motley Fool Holdings Inc. (“TMF Holdings”), a multimedia financial-services holding company that also owns TMF, which publishes investment information and analysis across a wide range of media, including investment-newsletter services, websites, and books. TMF Holdings is controlled by David Gardner and Tom Gardner. The Adviser is located at 2000 Duke Street, Suite 275, Alexandria, Virginia 22314.

The Adviser is a separate legal entity and all discretionary asset management services for the Funds are made independently by portfolio managers at the Adviser. Neither Messrs. David Gardner or Tom Gardner, nor any TMF analyst is involved in the investment decision-making or daily operations of the Adviser. 

Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages the overall investment operations of the Funds in accordance with each Fund’s investment objective and policies and formulates a continuing investment strategy for each Fund pursuant to the terms of investment advisory agreements between the Company and the Adviser (each, an “Advisory Agreement” and together, the “Advisory Agreements”). Under the terms of its Advisory Agreement, each Fund pays the Adviser a unitary management fee that is computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily net assets during the month. From the unitary management fees, the Adviser pays most of the expenses of the Funds, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services. However, under each Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is not responsible for interest expenses, brokerage commissions and other trading expenses, taxes and other extraordinary costs such as litigation and other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business. No information regarding the advisory fees paid by the Funds is currently available, as the Funds have not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus.

A discussion regarding the Board’s approval of each Fund’s Advisory Agreement and the factors the Board considered with respect to its approval will be available in the Funds’ first semi-annual or annual report to shareholders.

The Adviser’s Investment Management Team

Bryan C. Hinmon, CFA^® and Anthony L. Arsta serve as each Fund’s portfolio managers and they each are responsible for the portfolio management decisions for each Fund’s assets.

Bryan C. Hinmon, CFA^®

Bryan Hinmon is the Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) and Senior Portfolio Manager at the Adviser, as well as Chairman of the Adviser’s Investment Committee, having served in the CIO, Senior Portfolio Manager and Chairman capacity since 2017. Mr. Hinmon serves as a Portfolio Manager for the Motley Fool Global Opportunities ETF, Motley Fool Mid-Cap Growth ETF, the Motley Fool 100 Index ETF and Motley Fool Small-Cap Growth ETF.

As CIO of the firm, Mr. Hinmon is responsible for leading the investment team, maintaining the firm’s investment philosophy, and managing client assets.

He also works as an analyst, identifying and researching investments for the firm’s affiliate, Motley Fool Wealth Management’s separately managed account strategies. He joined the Adviser in 2014 after more than four years at TMF, where he helped manage Motley Fool Pro, a long/short and options portfolio service. Mr. Hinmon also served as a senior analyst on Motley Fool Options for more than four years and led the company’s Analyst Development Program for two years.

26

Before life at TMF, Mr. Hinmon was a portfolio manager at Bulwark Capital Management, a hedge fund with an approach that balanced fundamental long-term equity investing, option income, and special situations. Earlier in his career, he worked as a research analyst for an asset manager in Naples, Florida, that provided portfolio management and operated a covered-call hedge fund. Mr. Hinmon graduated from Stetson University with a bachelor’s degree in finance. He holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation and is a former member of The Boston Security Analysts Society and is a current member of the CFA Society of Colorado.

Anthony L. Arsta

Tony Arsta is a Portfolio Manager at the Adviser, having served in that role for the open-end mutual funds managed by the Adviser starting in 2009. Mr. Arsta complements his quality growth at a reasonable price investing focus with applications of statistical analysis and investor psychology. After joining TMF in 2008, he contributed his writing and analysis to Motley Fool Million Dollar Portfolio, as well as several other Foolish newsletter services. Mr. Arsta earned his M.B.A. with distinction from DePaul University, with a concentration in finance, and also holds a B.S. in computer science from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.

The SAI provides additional information about the compensation of each Portfolio Manager, other accounts managed by them, and their ownership of Shares of the Funds.

HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES

Each Fund issues and redeems its Shares at NAV only in Creation Units. Only APs may acquire Shares directly from a Fund, and only APs may tender their Shares for redemption directly to a Fund, at NAV. APs must be (i) a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the National Securities Clearing Corporation, a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC participant (as discussed below). In addition, each AP must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Distributor, and that has been accepted by the Transfer Agent, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Once created, Shares trade in the secondary market in quantities less than a Creation Unit.

Investors can only buy and sell Shares in secondary market transactions through brokers. Shares are listed for trading on the secondary market on the Exchange and can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other publicly traded securities.

When buying or selling a Fund’s Shares through a broker, you will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges, and you may pay some or all of the spread between the bid and the offer price in the secondary market on each leg of a round trip (purchase and sale) transaction. In addition, because secondary market transactions occur at market prices, you may pay more than NAV when you buy Shares, and receive less than NAV when you sell those Shares.

Book Entry

Shares are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding Shares.

Investors owning a Fund’s Shares are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for all Shares. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a beneficial owner of Shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have Shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of Shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of Shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other securities that you hold in book entry or “street name” through your brokerage account.

27

Share Trading Prices on the Exchange

Trading prices of a Fund’s Shares on the Exchange may differ from the Fund’s daily NAV. Market forces of supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors may affect the trading prices of Shares. To provide additional information regarding the indicative value of Shares, the Exchange or a market data vendor disseminates information every 15 seconds through the facilities of the Consolidated Tape Association, or other widely disseminated means, an updated “intraday indicative value” (“IIV”) for Shares as calculated by an information provider or market data vendor. The Funds are neither involved in nor responsible for any aspect of the calculation or dissemination of the IIVs and make no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the IIVs. If the calculation of the IIV is based on the basket of Deposit Securities, such IIV may not represent the best possible valuation of a Fund’s portfolio because the basket of Deposit Securities does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of the current Fund portfolios at a particular point in time. The IIV should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of a Fund’s NAV because the IIV may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed only once a day, typically at the end of the business day. The IIV is generally determined by using both current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the Deposit Securities.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Shares

The Funds impose no restrictions on the frequency of purchases and redemptions of Shares. In determining not to approve a written, established policy, the Board evaluated the risks of market timing activities by Fund shareholders. Purchases and redemptions by APs, who are the only parties that may purchase or redeem Shares directly with the Funds, are an essential part of the ETF process and help keep share trading prices in line with NAV. As such, the Funds accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions by APs. However, the Board has also determined that frequent purchases and redemptions for cash may increase tracking error and portfolio transaction costs and may lead to the realization of capital gains or losses. To minimize these potential consequences of frequent purchases and redemptions, the Funds employ fair value pricing and impose transaction fees on purchases and redemptions of Creation Units to cover the custodial and other costs incurred by the Funds in effecting trades. In addition, the Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase order at any time.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Each Fund’s NAV is calculated as of the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, each day the NYSE is open for business. The NAV for a Fund is calculated by dividing the Fund’s net assets by its Shares outstanding.

In calculating its NAV, a Fund generally values its assets on the basis of market quotations, last sale prices, or estimates of value furnished by a pricing service or brokers who make markets in such instruments. If such information is not available for a security held by the Fund or is determined to be unreliable, the security will be valued at fair value estimates under guidelines established by the Board.

Fair Value Pricing

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Funds’ administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be fair valued by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board’s ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by a Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments. In addition, fair value pricing could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate the Funds’ NAV and the prices used by their Indexes. This may result in a difference between the Funds’ performance and the performance of their respective Indexes.

28

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions

Each Fund intends to pay out dividends, if any, and distribute any net realized capital gains to its shareholders at least annually.

Dividend Reinvestment Service

Brokers may make the DTC book-entry dividend reinvestment service available to their customers who own Shares. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and capital gains will automatically be reinvested in additional whole Shares of a Fund purchased on the secondary market. Without this service, investors would receive their distributions in cash. In order to achieve the maximum total return on their investments, investors are encouraged to use the dividend reinvestment service. To determine whether the dividend reinvestment service is available and whether there is a commission or other charge for using this service, consult your broker. Brokers may require a Fund’s shareholders to adhere to specific procedures and timetables.

Taxes

As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in shares of a Fund will be taxed. The tax information in this Prospectus is provided as general information. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in shares of a Fund.

Unless your investment in shares of a Fund is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-advantaged account, such as an IRA plan, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when: (i) the Fund makes distributions; (ii) you sell your shares listed on the Exchange; and (iii) you purchase or redeem Creation Units.

Taxes on Distributions

Each Fund intends to distribute, at least annually, substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains income. For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains (if any) are determined by how long a Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares of the Fund. Sales of assets held by a Fund for more than one year generally result in long-term capital gains and losses, and sales of assets held by a Fund for one year or less generally result in short-term capital gains and losses. Distributions of a Fund’s net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that are reported by a Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable as long-term capital gains, which for non-corporate shareholders are subject to tax at reduced rates. Distributions of short-term capital gain will generally be taxable as ordinary income. Dividends and distributions are generally taxable to you whether you receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares.

Distributions reported by a Fund as “qualified dividend income” are generally taxed to non-corporate shareholders at rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided holding period and other requirements are met. “Qualified dividend income” generally is income derived from dividends paid by U.S. corporations or certain foreign corporations that are either incorporated in a U.S. possession or eligible for tax benefits under certain U.S. income tax treaties. In addition, dividends that a Fund receives in respect of stock of certain foreign corporations may be qualified dividend income if that stock is readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. The amount of a Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities, if any. Corporate shareholders may be entitled to a dividends-received deduction for the portion of dividends they receive from a Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from U.S. corporations, subject to certain limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities, if any. 

29

Shortly after the close of each calendar year, you will be informed of the character of any distributions received from a Fund.

U.S. individuals with income exceeding specified thresholds are subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which includes interest, dividends, and certain capital gains (including capital gains distributions and capital gains realized on the sale of shares of a Fund). This 3.8% tax also applies to all or a portion of the undistributed net investment income of certain shareholders that are estates and trusts.

In general, your distributions are subject to federal income tax for the year in which they are paid. Certain distributions paid in January, however, may be treated as paid on December 31 of the prior year. Distributions are generally taxable even if they are paid from income or gains earned by a Fund before your investment (and thus were included in the shares’ NAV when you purchased your shares of the Fund).

You may wish to avoid investing in a Fund shortly before a dividend or other distribution, because such a distribution will generally be taxable to you even though it may economically represent a return of a portion of your investment. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

Taxes When Shares are Sold on the Exchange

For federal income tax purposes, any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of shares of a Fund generally is treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if those shares have been held for more than 12 months and as a short-term capital gain or loss if those shares have been held for 12 months or less. However, any capital loss on a sale of shares held for six months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of Capital Gain Dividends paid with respect to such shares of a Fund. Any loss realized on a sale will be disallowed to the extent shares of a Fund are acquired, including through reinvestment of dividends, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the sale of shares. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans

The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on and sales of shares of a Fund held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless it borrowed to acquire the shares. 

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders

If you are neither a resident nor a citizen of the United States or if you are a foreign entity, distributions (other than Capital Gain Dividends) paid to you by a Fund will generally be subject to a U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless a lower treaty rate applies. Each Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale of shares in a Fund, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from a Fund. 

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in a Fund is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from a Fund will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident. 

30

Each Fund is generally required to withhold 30% on certain payments to shareholders that are foreign entities and that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in a Fund.

Backup Withholding

Each Fund (or a financial intermediary, such as a broker, through which a shareholder owns shares of the Fund) generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and sale or redemption proceeds paid to any shareholder who fails to properly furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, who has underreported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify that he, she or it is not subject to such backup withholding. The current backup withholding rate is 24%.

Taxes on Purchases and Redemptions of Creation Units

An AP having the U.S. dollar as its functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally recognizes a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and the sum of the AP’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered plus the amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Any gain or loss realized by an AP upon a creation of Creation Units will be treated as capital gain or loss if the AP holds the securities exchanged therefor as capital assets, and otherwise will be ordinary income or loss. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held by the AP for more than 12 months, and otherwise will be short-term capital gain or loss.

The Company on behalf of each Fund has the right to reject an order for a purchase of Creation Units if the AP (or a group of APs) would, upon obtaining the Creation Units so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Fund would have a basis in the securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Company also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination. If a Fund does issue Creation Units to an AP (or group of APs) that would, upon obtaining the Creation Units so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund, the AP (or group of APs) may not recognize gain or loss upon the exchange of securities for Creation Units.

An AP who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the sum of the aggregate market value of any securities received plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units and the AP’s basis in the Creation Units. Any gain or loss realized by an AP upon a redemption of Creation Units will be treated as capital gain or loss if the AP holds the shares comprising the Creation Units as capital assets, and otherwise will be ordinary income or loss. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares comprising the Creation Units have been held by the AP for more than 12 months, and otherwise will generally be short-term capital gain or loss. Any capital loss realized upon a redemption of Creation Units held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions to the applicable AP of long-term capital gains with respect to the Creation Units (including any amounts credited to the AP as undistributed capital gains).

Each Fund may include a payment of cash in addition to, or in place of, the delivery of a basket of securities upon the redemption of Creation Units. A Fund may sell portfolio securities to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. This may cause the Fund to recognize investment income and/or capital gains or losses that it might not have recognized if it had completely satisfied the redemption in-kind. As a result, a Fund may be less tax efficient if it includes such a cash payment in the proceeds paid upon the redemption of Creation Units.

31

Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.

The foregoing discussion summarizes some of the possible consequences under current federal tax law of an investment in a Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. You also may be subject to state and local tax on Fund distributions and sales of shares of a Fund. Consult your personal tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in Shares of a Fund under all applicable tax laws. For more information, please see the section entitled “DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES” in the SAI.

DISTRIBUTION

The Distributor, Quasar Distributors, LLC, is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. The Distributor distributes Creation Units for the Funds on an agency basis and does not maintain a secondary market in Shares. The Distributor has no role in determining the policies of the Funds or the securities that are purchased or sold by the Funds. The Distributor’s principal address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

Payments to Financial Intermediaries 

The Adviser, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Funds or their shareholders, may pay intermediaries, including affiliates of the Adviser, for the sale of Fund Shares and related services, including participation in activities that are designed to make intermediaries more knowledgeable about exchange traded products. Payments are generally made to intermediaries that provide shareholder servicing, marketing and related sales support, educational training or support, or access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the intermediary. Payments may also be made to intermediaries for making Shares of a Fund available to their customers generally and in investment programs. The Adviser may also reimburse expenses or make payments from its own resources to intermediaries in consideration of services or other activities the Adviser believes may facilitate investment in the Funds.

The possibility of receiving, or the receipt of, the payments described above may provide intermediaries or their salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of Shares of the Funds, and other funds whose affiliates make similar compensation available, over other investments that do not make such payments. Investors may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to the Funds and other ETFs.

Premium/Discount Information

Information regarding how often Shares traded on the Exchange at a price above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount) the NAV is available, free of charge, on the Funds’ website at www.mfamfunds.com/resources.

Continuous Offering

The method by which Creation Units are purchased and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by the Funds on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the Prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act.

32

For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into individual Shares, and sells such Shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new Shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for Shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to categorization as an underwriter.

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in Shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of Shares, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act is not available with respect to such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. As a result, broker dealer-firms should note that dealers who are not underwriters but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted with ordinary secondary market transactions) and thus dealing with Shares that are part of an over-allotment within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(a) of the Securities Act would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to Shares of a Fund are reminded that under Rule 153 of the Securities Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Exchange is satisfied by the fact that such Fund’s Prospectus is available on the SEC’s electronic filing system. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 of the Securities Act is only available with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Additional Information

The Funds enter into contractual arrangements with various parties, including among others the Funds’ investment adviser, who provide services to the Funds.  Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third party”) beneficiaries of, those contractual arrangements.

The Prospectus and the SAI provide information concerning the Funds that you should consider in determining whether to purchase Shares of a Fund. The Funds may make changes to this information from time to time. Neither this Prospectus nor the SAI is intended to give rise to any contract rights or other rights in any shareholder, other than any rights conferred explicitly by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.

The Funds are not sponsored, promoted, sold or supported in any other manner by Solactive AG nor does Solactive AG offer any express or implicit guarantee or assurance either with regard to the results of using an Index and/or Index trade mark or the Index Price at any time or in any other respect. Each Index is calculated and published by Solactive AG. Solactive AG uses its best efforts to ensure that an Index is calculated correctly. Irrespective of its obligations towards the Funds, Solactive AG has no obligation to point out errors in an Index to third parties including but not limited to investors and/or financial intermediaries of the financial instrument. Neither publication of an Index by Solactive AG nor the licensing of an Index or Index trade mark for the purpose of use in connection with the financial instrument constitutes a recommendation by Solactive AG to invest capital in said financial instrument nor does it in any way represent an assurance or opinion of Solactive AG with regard to any investment in this financial instrument.

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUNDS’ SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

33

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Financial highlights are not yet available for the Funds as they have not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

34

Privacy Notice

WHAT DO THE MOTLEY FOOL FUNDS DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION?

Why?: Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information.

Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.

What?: The type of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. This information can include: 

● Social Security number and transaction history

● Account balances and checking account information

● Account transactions and wire transfer instructions

When you are no longer a customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.

How?: All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business. In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers’ personal information; the reasons the Motley Fool Funds choose to share; and whether you can limit this sharing.

Reasons we can share your personal information	Do the Motley Fool Funds share?	Can you limit this sharing?
For our everyday business purposes – such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus	Yes	No
For our marketing purposes – to offer our products and services to you	Yes	No
For joint marketing with other financial companies	No	We don’t share.
For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes – information about your transactions and experiences	Yes	No
For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes – information about your creditworthiness	No	We don’t share.
For our affiliates to market to you	Yes	Yes
For nonaffiliates to market to you	No	We don’t share.

Visit us online: https://www.mfamfunds.com/website-privacy-policy/

Please note: 

● If you are a new customer, we can begin sharing your information 30 days from the days from the date we sent this notice. When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.

However, you can contact us at any time to limit our sharing. 

Questions: Call 1-888-863-8803 or go to www.mfamfunds.com

35

WHAT WE DO:

How do the Motley Fool Funds protect my personal information?

We collect your personal information, for example, when you: 

● Open an account or provide account information

● Make deposits or withdrawals from your account

● Make a wire transfer or tell us where to send the money

We also collect your personal information from other companies.

WHY CAN’T I LIMIT ALL SHARING?

Federal law gives you the right to limit only: 

● Sharing for affiliates everyday business purposes – information about your creditworthiness

● Make deposits or withdrawals from your account

● Sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you

State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing.

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN I LIMIT SHARING FOR AN ACCOUNT I HOLD JOINTLY WITH SOMEONE ELSE?

Your choices will apply to everyone on your account.

EUROPEAN UNION’S GENERAL DATA PROTECTION REGULATION

In addition to the above information, where applicable, you have the following rights under the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and U.S. Privacy Laws, as applicable and to the extent permitted by law, to 

● Check whether we hold personal information about you and to access such data (in accordance with our policy)

● Request the correction of personal information about you that is inaccurate

● Have a copy of the personal information we hold about you provided to you or another “controller” where technically feasible

● Request the erasure of your personal information

● Request the restriction of processing concerning you

The legal grounds for processing of your personal information is for contractual necessity and compliance with law.

If you wish to exercise any of your rights above, please call: 1-888-863-8803.

You are required to ensure the personal information we hold about you is up-to-date and accurate and you must notify us of any changes to the personal data you provided to us.

Motley Fool Funds shall retain your personal data for as long as you are an investor in the Funds and thereafter as long as necessary to comply with applicable laws that require the Funds to retain your personal data, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission’s data retention rules. Your personal data will be transferred to the United States so that the Funds may provide the agreed upon services for you. No adequacy decision has been rendered by the European Commission as to the data protection of your personal data when transferring it to the United States. However, the Funds do take the security of your personal data seriously.

36

DEFINITIONS:

Affiliates - Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. 

Our affiliates include companies with a Motley Fool name; financial companies such as Motley Fool Investment Management, LLC and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC; and nonfinancial companies such as The Motley Fool, LLC and The Motley Fool Holdings, Inc.

Nonaffiliates - Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. 

Motley Fool does not share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you.

Joint marketing - A formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to you. 

The Motley Fool Funds do not jointly market.

Controller - “Controller” means the natural or legal person, public authority, agency or other body which, alone or jointly with others, determines the purposes and means of the processing of personal data; where the purposes and means of such processing are determined by European Union or European Member State law, the controller or the specific criteria for its nomination may be provided for by European Union or European Member State law.

37

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC
2000 Duke Street
Suite 275
Alexandria, Virginia 22314

ADMINISTRATOR AND
TRANSFER AGENT

U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701

CUSTODIAN

U.S. Bank, N.A.
1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Tait, Weller & Baker LLP 

Two Liberty Place, 50 South 16th Street, Suite 2900

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19102

UNDERWRITER

Quasar Distributors, LLC
111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200  

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

LEGAL COUNSEL

Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
One Logan Square, Suite 2000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996

38

FOR MORE INFORMATION

For more information about the Funds, the following documents are available free upon request:

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports

Once available, additional information about the Funds’ investments will be included in the Funds’ annual and semiannual reports to shareholders. The annual report will contain a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Fund’s performance during its most recently completed fiscal year. The Funds’ annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders will be available at the Funds’ website or by calling 1-800-617-0004.

Statement of Additional Information

The Funds’ SAI, dated December 29, 2021, has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Funds, may be obtained free of charge at the Funds’ website or by calling 800-617-0004. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus.

TO OBTAIN INFORMATION

The SAI is available, without charge, upon request along with the semi-annual and annual reports (when available). To obtain a free copy of the SAI, semiannual or annual reports or if you have questions about the Funds:

By Internet

Go to www.mfamfunds.com.

By Telephone

Call 1-800-617-0004 or your securities dealer.

By Mail

Write to:

Motley Fool Funds 

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 
P.O. Box 701 

Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

From the SEC

Information about the Funds (including the SAI) and other information about the Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov, and copies of this information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending an electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

Investment Company Act File Number 811-05518

OPTIMA STRATEGIC CREDIT FUND
a series of
THE RBB FUND, INC.

FOUNDERS CLASS (TICKER: OPTCX)

INVESTOR CLASS (TICKER: OSCFX)

PROSPECTUS

December 29, 2021

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY SECTION	1
FUND INFORMATION	10
More Information About Fund Investments	10
More Information About Risks	10
Principal Risks	10
Non-Principal Risks	19
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS	20
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND	20
Investment Adviser	20
Sub-Adviser	21
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION	21
Pricing of Fund Shares	21
Purchase of Fund Shares	22
Redemption of Fund Shares	25
Market Timing	28
Exchange Privilege	28
Dividends and Distributions	29
More Information About Taxes	29
Distribution Arrangements	31
Additional Information	31
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS	33
FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND	Back Cover

SUMMARY SECTION

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the Optima Strategic Credit Fund (the "Fund") is to seek total return.

EXPENSES AND FEES

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Fund (the "Shares"). Additionally, you may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to a broker for transactions in Shares of the Fund, which are not reflected in the tables or the examples below.

	Founders Class	Investor Class
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	None	None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)	None	None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends	None	None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)	None	None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.50%	0.50%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	None	0.25%
Other Expenses(2)	0.68%	0.68%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	1.18%	1.43%

(1) The Fund has adopted a distribution plan for Investor Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (“Rule 12b-1 Plan”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) that permits payments of up to 0.25% as a percentage of average daily net assets of the Fund’s Investor Class Shares.

(2) “Other Expenses” are estimated for the current fiscal year.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares of the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (taking into account any applicable contractual expense limitation until its expiration). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs of investing in the Fund would be:

1

	1 YEAR	3 YEARS
Founders Class	$146	$452
Investor Class	$120	$375

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund's performance. No portfolio turnover rate is provided for the Fund because the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in a non-diversified portfolio of credit instruments and derivative instruments that are linked to, or provide investment exposure to, credit instruments. The Fund defines credit instruments broadly to include any debt instrument, including corporate debt securities, government and agency debt securities, leveraged loans (or bank loans), municipal securities, securitized instruments (including mortgage- and asset-backed securities) and shares of registered, closed-end or open-end investment companies and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) (collectively, “Underlying Funds”) that have either adopted policies to invest at least 80% of their assets in credit instruments or invest substantially all of their assets in credit instruments. The Fund may invest in domestic and foreign credit instruments of any maturity and credit rating, and may invest a majority of its assets in credit instruments that are rated below investment grade (“high yield bonds”), which are also known as “junk bonds”, and/or credit instruments that are linked to, or provide investment exposure to high yield bonds.

To pursue its investment objective, the Fund uses a trend-following strategy that seeks to identify favorable market environments in high yield bonds. The Fund’s assets are managed in accordance with Anthony Capital Management, LLC’s (the “Sub-Adviser”) proprietary Tactical Risk Model (“TRM”). The TRM is a quantitatively-driven investment process that seeks to invest Fund assets (i) in high yield bonds and derivative instruments that are linked to, or provide investment exposure to, similar credit instruments when the Sub-Adviser believes that high yield bond markets are trending upwards (referred to herein as “Risk-On” environments); and (ii) in short-term fixed income securities or cash equivalents when the Sub-Adviser believes that high yield bond markets are trending downwards (referred to herein as “Risk-Off” environments).  By tactically allocating its investments based upon market trends and momentum, the Fund seeks to reduce its exposure to declines in the high yield bond markets, thereby seeking to limit downside volatility and downside loss in down-trending markets. To determine whether a “Risk-On” or “Risk-Off” market environment exists, the Sub-Adviser systematically evaluates, among other things, price data from credit and equity markets, credit spreads, interest rates and other market-based indicators to provide a broad assessment of then-current market conditions.

Subject to the Sub-Adviser’s determination of the state of the then-current market environment, the Fund’s assets will generally be invested as follows:

“Risk-On” Environments. In “Risk-On” environments (i.e., where the Sub-Adviser believes that high-yield bond markets are trending upwards), the Fund will invest up to 25% of its assets in derivative instruments including credit default swaps (“CDS”), CDS indexes or baskets of underlying diversified high yield bond funds, high yield bond indices, high yield bond ETFs, bank loan funds, multi-sector bond funds and other fixed income funds and other ETFs.

“Risk-Off” Environments. In “Risk-Off” environments (i.e., where the Sub-Adviser believes that high-yield bond markets are trending downwards), the Fund’s assets will be invested primarily in cash equivalents or short-term fixed income securities, including bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury.

2

High Yield Exposure Through Credit Default Swaps

While the Fund may execute its investment strategy by investing in individual high yield securities, it is anticipated that the Fund will invest during “Risk-On” environments primarily by entering into CDS. CDS are typically two-party (bilateral) financial contracts that transfer credit exposure between the two parties. One party to a CDS (referred to as the credit protection “buyer”) receives credit protection or sheds credit risk, whereas the other party to a CDS (referred to as the credit protection “seller”) sells credit protection or takes on credit risk. The seller typically receives pre-determined periodic payments from the other party. These payments are in consideration for agreeing to make specific payments to the buyer should a negative credit event occur, such as (1) bankruptcy, or (2) failure to pay interest or principal on a reference debt instrument, with respect to a specified issuer or one of the reference issuers in a CDS portfolio. In general, CDS may be used by the Fund to obtain credit risk exposure similar to that of a direct investment in high yield bonds.

The Fund will use CDS as part of a replication tactic whereby the Fund combines a (1) CDS on a portfolio of high yield bonds with (2) investments in high quality securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, as an economic substitute for a portfolio of individual high yield bonds. This two-instrument “replication portfolio” is expected to have an economic and investment return profile that is substantially similar, although not identical to, a cash portfolio of high yield bonds. If the Fund invests in a portfolio of individual high yield bonds, it earns interest and suffers losses when issuers default. Similarly, the replication portfolio receives nearly identical payments and suffers nearly identical losses to that of a portfolio of high yield bonds. The Fund receives interest (from the portfolio of high-quality securities) and receives payments from the credit protection buyer, which, in total, are approximately equal to the interest payments on a cash portfolio of high yield bonds. Additionally, the Fund makes credit default payments to the credit protection buyer counterparty that are nearly identical to credit losses the Fund would suffer from the default of issuers in a cash portfolio of high yield bonds.

The Fund anticipates that it will use a market-standard high yield reference portfolio known as the Markit CDX High Yield Index (the “CDX High Yield Index”) to execute its investment strategy. The CDX High Yield Index (composed of 5-year credit default swaps on 100 relatively liquid high yield fixed income securities issued by BB and B rated North American corporate entities) is selected and maintained by Markit Group Limited (“Markit Group”) using specific-issue recommendations and current market-based default swap rates provided by major high yield market participants, such as commercial banks and broker-dealers. Markit Group also provides daily updates of the then-current average credit default swap rate associated with each of the securities included in the CDX High Yield Index. The CDX High Yield Index and its average credit default swap rate are used by the Fund and its counterparties to set the terms of CDX High Yield Index-referenced CDS. Markit Group also provides credit default loss information and required credit event payments by conducting a survey or quasi-auction on securities included in the CDX High Yield Index that have suffered a credit event. This loss information is used to calculate payments due from a credit protection seller to the protection buyer. A new CDX High Yield Index is created every six months to update the Index for the purpose of replacing defaulted issuers and including new issuers, which are representative of the then-current high yield market. The Fund expects that it may maintain original CDS or enter into new transactions that terminate the old CDS and replace them with CDS using the newly-updated CDX High Yield Index.

The tactic of using a CDS referenced to the CDX High Yield Index differs from the tactic of investing in specific Sub-Adviser-selected high yield bonds because (1) it does not rely upon the issuer-specific credit research of the Sub-Adviser, (2) exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the counterparty in addition to the credit risk of the reference high yield portfolio, and (3) permits only long or short positions in the Index rather than more selective issuer-specific or sector-specific investments.

In addition to the CDX High Yield Index, the Fund may also use foreign credit default swap indexes to gain exposure to foreign (including emerging markets) fixed income securities.

Other Investments

The Fund may invest in a broad range of securities and engage in a broad range of investment techniques including the following:

3

· Credit Instruments: The Fund may invest in foreign and domestic credit instruments, including, without limitation, corporate and sovereign debt securities, government and agency debt securities, leveraged loans (or bank loans), municipal securities, securitized instruments (including mortgage- and asset-backed securities) and shares of Underlying Funds that have either adopted policies to invest at least 80% of their assets in credit instruments or invest substantially all of their assets in credit (collectively, “Credit Instruments”).

· High Yield Debt Securities: The Fund may invest in high yield debt securities without restriction as to issuer, counterparty, country or capitalization, and without restriction as to credit quality, maturity, issuer type or structure. The Fund may invest in investment grade corporate bonds, as well as higher-yielding, higher-risk non-investment grade corporate bonds (which are also commonly called “high yield bonds” or “junk bonds”) with medium to low credit quality ratings. High yield bonds are generally credit instruments that are rated BB+ or lower by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), or Ba1 or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or, if unrated, determined by the Sub-Adviser, to be of comparable quality. High yield bonds have a higher expected rate of default than investment grade bonds. The Fund may invest in high yield bonds directly or through derivative instruments designed to replicate some or all of the features of an underlying portfolio of high yield bonds, such as CDS and credit default swap index products. See “High Yield Exposure Through Credit Default Swaps” section in the Fund’s principal investment strategy for more information regarding the Fund’s investments in high yield bond CDS.

· Underlying Funds: The Fund may invest its assets in shares of Underlying Funds, to the extent permissible under 1940 Act. As a shareholder of one or more Underlying Funds, the Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory fee and other expenses that the Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations. The Fund expects that a significant portion of the Fund’s assets may be invested in Underlying Funds.

· Derivatives: The Fund may invest in derivative products to be used by the Fund to obtain exposure to specific asset class sectors, such as the high yield bond sector, in order to invest long in the specific asset classes. These products include CDS and credit default swap index products (including CDX High Yield Index products). The Fund may also use other derivatives including, without limitation, options transactions, other swap transactions, futures and repurchase agreements, without regard to credit quality, maturity, issuer type or structure.

· U.S. Government Securities: The Fund may invest in obligations issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government. These obligations vary in the level of support they receive from the U.S. Government. They may be: (i) supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, such as those of the Government National Mortgage Association; (ii) supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association; or (iii) supported only by the credit of the issuer, such as those of the Federal Farm Credit Bureau.

Defensive Periods

During defensive periods, as determined by the Sub-Adviser, the Fund may invest up to 100% of the Fund’s assets in high-quality, short-term debt securities and cash equivalents, including money market instruments and money market mutual funds. The Fund may also engage in derivative transactions to hedge against adverse price movements in credit instruments during defensive periods.

SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT RISKS

Risk is inherent in all investing. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears.  Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

The principal risk factors affecting shareholders' investments in the Fund are set forth below.

4

Active Management Risk. The Fund is subject to management risk as an actively-managed investment portfolio. The Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective depends on the investment skill and ability of the Sub-Adviser and on the Sub-Adviser’s ability to correctly identify economic trends.

Cash Positions Risk. The Fund may hold a significant position in cash and/or cash equivalent securities. When the Fund’s investment in cash or cash equivalent securities increases, the Fund may not participate in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund were more fully invested in other securities.

Counterparty Risk. Counterparty risk is the risk that the other party(s) to an agreement or a participant to a transaction might default on a contract or fail to perform by failing to pay amounts due or failing to fulfill the obligations of the contract or transaction.

Credit Default Swap Index Product Risk: A credit default swap index product is subject to the risks of the underlying credit default swap obligations, which include risks such as concentration risk and counterparty risk. Concentration risk refers to the certain large institutional buyers that may take large positions in credit default swaps. The failure of such a buyer could materially and adversely affect the credit default swap market as a whole. Counterparty risk refers to the risk that the counterparty to the swap will default on its obligation to pay.

Credit Default Swap Risk. Credit default swaps are typically two-party financial contracts that transfer credit exposure between the two parties. Under a typical CDS, one party (the “seller”) receives pre-determined periodic payments from the other party (the “buyer”). The seller agrees to make specific payments to the buyer if a negative credit event occurs, such as the bankruptcy of or default by the issuer of the underlying debt instrument. The use of CDS involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions, such as potentially heightened counterparty or concentration risks.

Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that an issuer or other obligated party of a debt security may be unable or unwilling to make interest and principal payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. Securities rated in the four highest categories by the rating agencies are considered investment grade but they may also have some speculative characteristics. Investment grade ratings do not guarantee that bonds will not lose value or default. In addition, the credit quality of securities may be lowered if an issuer’s financial condition changes. The Fund could also be delayed or hindered in its enforcement of rights against an issuer, guarantor, or counterparty.

Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, Optima Asset Management LLC (the “Adviser”), Sub-Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and/or other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its Adviser and Sub-Adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

Derivatives Risk. The Fund’s investments in derivative instruments including options, swaps and futures, which may be leveraged, may result in losses. Investments in derivative instruments may result in losses exceeding the amounts invested. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in more traditional securities and instruments.

Emerging Markets Risk. Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in foreign securities of developed foreign countries. These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers. In addition, the information available about an emerging market issuer may be less reliable than for comparable issuers in more developed capital markets.

5

Fixed Income Securities Risk. Fixed income securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest are subject to certain risks, including: interest rate risk, prepayment risk and credit/default risk. Interest rate risk involves the risk that prices of fixed income securities will rise and fall in response to interest rate changes. Prepayment risk involves the risk that in declining interest rate environments prepayments of principal could increase and require the Fund or an Underlying Fund to reinvest proceeds of the prepayments at lower interest rates. Credit risk involves the risk that the credit rating of a security may be lowered.

Foreign Securities Risk. The Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investments in foreign securities are subject to special risks, including, but not limited to, currency exchange rate volatility, political, social or economic instability, and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices. Investments in emerging market securities by the Fund or an Underlying Fund are subject to higher risks than those in developed countries because there is greater uncertainty in less established markets and economies. Certain foreign securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest may be traded in markets that close before the time that the Fund or Underlying Fund calculates its net asset value (“NAV”). Furthermore, certain foreign securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund or Underlying Fund does not calculate its NAV. As a result, the value of the Fund’s holdings may change on days when shareholders are not able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares.

Futures Risk. The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in correlation with the value of the underlying instrument. Risks of futures contracts may arise from an imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures and the price of the underlying instrument. The Fund’s use of futures contracts exposes the Fund to leverage risk because of the small margin requirements relative to the value of the futures contract. While futures contracts are generally liquid instruments, under certain market conditions they may become illiquid. The price of futures can be highly volatile; using them could lower total return, and the potential loss from futures could exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such contracts.

Government Intervention and Regulatory Changes Risk. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) (which was passed into law in July 2010) significantly revised and expanded the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of federal bank, securities and commodities regulators. There can be no assurance that future regulatory actions including, but not limited to, those authorized by the Dodd-Frank Act will not adversely impact the Fund. Major changes resulting from legislative or regulatory actions could materially affect the profitability of the Fund or the value of investments made by the Fund or force the Fund to revise its investment strategy or divest certain of its investments. Any of these developments could expose the Fund to additional costs, taxes, liabilities, enforcement actions and reputational risk.

In addition, in October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Fund will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager. These rules could have a substantial effect on the ability of the Fund to implement fully its investment strategy, as described herein, which may limit the Fund’s ability to achieve its objective.

High Yield Securities Risk. High yield securities, which are rated below investment grade and commonly referred to as “junk” bonds, are high risk, speculative investments that may cause income and principal losses for the Fund. They generally have greater credit risk, are less liquid and have more volatile prices than investment grade securities.

Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that prices of fixed income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates increase. The Fund may lose money if short term or long term interest rates rise sharply or otherwise change in a manner not anticipated by the Sub-Adviser. It is likely there will be less governmental action in the near future to maintain low interest rates. Changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and the Fund’s investments and may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by the Fund. Recent and any future declines in interest rate levels could cause the Fund’s earnings to fall below the Fund’s expense ratio, resulting in a negative yield, and a decline in the Fund’s share price. A general rise in interest rates may cause investors to move out of fixed income securities on a large scale, which could adversely affect the price and liquidity of fixed income securities and could also result in increased redemptions for the Fund. Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by the Fund.

6

Leveraging Risk. Investments in derivative instruments may give rise to a form of leverage. The Sub-Adviser may engage in speculative transactions which involve substantial risk and leverage. The use of leverage by the Sub-Adviser may increase the volatility of the Fund. These leveraged instruments may result in losses to the Fund or may adversely affect the Fund’s NAV or total return, because instruments that contain leverage are more sensitive to changes in interest rates. The Fund may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations in connection with such transactions.

Market Risk. The value of the Fund’s holdings and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its investments. The market value of the Fund’s holdings is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of an investment’s value. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. U.S. and international markets have experienced significant periods of volatility in recent years and months due to a number of economic, political and global macro factors, including the impact of the coronavirus (COVID-19) global pandemic, which has resulted in a public health crisis, business interruptions, growth concerns in the U.S. and overseas, rising unemployment claims, changed travel and social behaviors and reduced consumer spending. Uncertainties regarding interest rates, political events, rising government debt in the U.S. and trade tensions have also contributed to market volatility.

New Fund Risk. The Fund is a recently organized, non-diversified management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have a limited track record on which to base their investment decision. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) may determine to liquidate the Fund.

Non-Diversification Risk. The Fund is a non-diversified investment company, which means that more of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of a single issuer than could be invested in the securities of a single issuer by a diversified investment company. This may make the value of the Funds’ shares more susceptible to certain risks than shares of a diversified investment company. As a non-diversified fund, the Fund has a greater potential to realize losses upon the occurrence of adverse events affecting a particular issuer.

Underlying Funds Risk. The Fund may invest in shares of registered, closed-end or open-end investment companies and ETFs. Investments in ETFs are subject to the risks of the securities in which those investment companies invest. Your cost of investing in the Fund, as a fund that invests in Underlying Funds, may be higher than the cost of investing in a fund that only invests directly in individual securities. Fund shareholders will indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of the Underlying Funds in addition to the expenses of the Fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses. Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout the trading day, bought and sold based on market prices rather than NAV. An investment in an ETF generally presents the following risks: (i) the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional mutual fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies; (ii) the risk that an ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; (iii) price fluctuation, resulting in a loss to the Fund; (iv) the risk that an ETF may trade at a discount to its NAV; (v) the risk that an active market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; and (vi) the risk that an ETF may no longer meet the listing requirements of any applicable exchanges on which that ETF is listed.

Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund will not consider portfolio turnover rate a limiting factor in making investment decisions consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Therefore, it is possible that the Fund may experience high rates of portfolio turnover. High portfolio turnover will cause the Fund to incur higher brokerage commissions and transaction costs, which could lower the Fund’s performance. In addition to lower performance, high portfolio turnover could result in taxable capital gains. A portfolio turnover rate of 100% is considered to be high.

7

Preferred Securities Risk. Preferred securities are contractual obligations that entail rights to distributions declared by the issuer, but the issuer may be permitted to defer or suspend distributions for a certain period of time. Preferred securities may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred securities generally are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Furthermore, a company’s preferred securities generally pay dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. In addition, preferred securities are subject to other risks, such as having no or limited voting rights, being subject to special redemption rights, having distributions deferred or skipped, having floating interest rates or dividends, which may result in a decline in value in a falling interest rate environment, having limited liquidity, changing or unfavorable tax treatments and possibly being issued by companies in heavily regulated industries.

Quantitative Trading Strategy Risk. The Sub-Adviser uses quantitative methods to select Fund investments. Securities or other investments selected using quantitative methods may perform differently from the market as a whole or from their expected performance for many reasons, including factors used in building the quantitative analytical framework, the weights placed on each factor, and changing sources of market returns, among others. Any errors or imperfections in quantitative analyses or models, or in the data on which they are based, could adversely affect the ability of the Sub-Adviser to use such analyses or models effectively, which in turn could adversely affect the Fund’s performance. There can be no assurance that these methodologies will help the Fund to achieve its investment objective.

Sector Risk. To the extent the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in the securities of companies in the same sector of the market, an adverse economic, business or political development affecting that region or sector may affect the value of the Fund’s investments more, and the Fund’s investments may be more volatile, than if its investments were not so concentrated in such geographic region or economic sector.

U.S. Government Securities Risk. U.S. government securities are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and the payment of principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated by law to do so.

Valuation Risk. The debt securities in which the Fund and Underlying Funds invest typically are valued by a pricing service utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions, including readily available market quotations obtained from broker-dealers making markets in such instruments, cash flows and transactions for comparable instruments. There is no assurance that the Fund or Underlying Funds will be able to sell a portfolio security at the price established by the pricing service, which could result in a loss to the Fund. Pricing services generally price debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional “round lot” size, but some trades may occur in smaller, “odd lot” sizes, often at lower prices than institutional round lot trades. Different pricing services may incorporate different assumptions and inputs into their valuation methodologies, potentially resulting in different values for the same securities. As a result, if the Fund or an Underlying Fund were to change pricing services, or if the Fund or an Underlying Fund’s pricing service were to change its valuation methodology, there could be a material impact, either positive or negative, on the Fund’s NAV.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Performance information for the Fund is not included because the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. In the future, performance information for the Fund will be presented in this section once the Fund has completed a full calendar year of performance. Updated performance information is available by calling the Fund (toll free) at 1-866-239-2026. The Fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future and does not guarantee future results.

8

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser

Optima Asset Management LLC, located at 10 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022, serves as the investment adviser to the Fund.

Anthony Capital Management, LLC, located at 421 George Street, Suite 206, De Pere, WI 54115, serves as the investment sub-adviser to the Fund.

Portfolio Manager

Douglas Reich, Member and President of Anthony Capital Management, LLC, has served as portfolio manager to the Fund since its inception in December 2021.

PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION

The minimum initial investment for Founders Class Shares is $10,000, and the minimum initial investment for Investor Class Shares is $5,000. There is a minimum amount of $5,000 and $2,500 for subsequent investment in Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares, respectively. Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations, as further detailed in the section entitled “Purchase of Fund Shares – Purchases Through Intermediaries.”

You can purchase and redeem Shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open. Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals that have entered into a distribution agreement with the Distributor (collectively, "Service Organizations"). Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations, as further detailed in the section entitled “PURCHASE OF FUND SHARES–Purchases Through Intermediaries.” Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through the Company by the means described below.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION BY MAIL:

Regular Mail:	Overnight Delivery:
Optima Strategic Credit Fund	Optima Strategic Credit Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services	c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701	615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701	Milwaukee, WI 53202

PURCHASE BY WIRE:

Before sending any wire, call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the "Transfer Agent") (toll free) at 1-866-239-2026 to confirm the current wire instructions for the Fund.

REDEMPTION BY TELEPHONE:

Call the Transfer Agent (toll free) at 1-866-239-2026.

TAXES

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund may pay the intermediary for the sale of Shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.

9

FUND INFORMATION

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT FUND INVESTMENTS

This section provides some additional information about the Fund's investments and certain portfolio management techniques that the Fund may use. More information about the Fund's investments and portfolio management techniques, and related risks, is included in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

The Fund's investment objective is non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") without the approval of the Fund's shareholders. However, as a matter of policy, the Fund would not materially change its investment objective without informing shareholders at least 60 days in advance of any such change.

The investments and strategies described in this Prospectus are those that the Fund uses under normal conditions. The Fund may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions by taking temporary defensive positions (up to 100% of its assets) in all types of money market and short-term debt securities. If the Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time.

This Prospectus describes the Fund's principal investment strategies, and the Fund will normally invest in the types of securities described in this Prospectus. In addition to the investments and strategies described in this Prospectus, the Fund also may invest, to a lesser extent, in other securities, use other strategies and engage in other investment practices that are not part of its principal investment strategy. These investments and strategies, as well as those described in this Prospectus, are described in detail in the Fund's SAI. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT RISKS

The following provides additional information about the principal and certain non-principal risks of investing in the Fund. More information about the Fund's risks is included in the SAI.

Principal Risks

Active Management Risk

The skill of the Sub-Adviser will play a significant role in the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective depends on the investment skill and ability of the Sub-Adviser and on its ability to correctly identify economic trends. In addition, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective depends on the Sub-Adviser’s ability to select investments for the Fund, particularly in volatile markets. The Adviser could be incorrect in its analysis of economic conditions and the relative attractiveness of Fund investments.

Cash Positions Risk

The Fund may hold a significant position in cash and/or cash equivalent securities. When the Fund’s investment in cash or cash equivalent securities increases, the Fund may not participate in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund were more fully invested.

Credit Default Swap Index Product Risk

A credit default swap index product is subject to the risks of the underlying credit default swap obligations, which include risks such as concentration risk and counterparty risk, and operational risk. Concentration risk refers to the certain large institutional buyers that may take large positions in credit default swaps, and the failure of such a buyer could materially and adversely affect the credit default swap market as a whole. Counterparty risk refers to the risk that the counterparty to the swap will default on its obligation to pay. Certain index-based credit default swaps are structured in tranches, whereby junior tranches assume greater default risk than senior tranches. Once fully implemented, new regulations may make swaps more costly, may limit their availability, or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of these instruments. The extent and impact of these regulations are not yet fully known and may not be for some time.

10

Counterparty Risk

The stability and liquidity of swap transactions, forwards and over-the-counter derivative transactions depend in large part on the creditworthiness of the parties to the transactions. It is expected that the Sub-Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of firms with which it will cause the Fund to enter into swaps or over-the-counter derivatives. If there is a default by the counterparty to such a transaction, the Fund will under most normal circumstances have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. However, exercising such contractual rights may involve delays or costs which could result in the value of the Fund being less than if the transaction had not been entered into. Furthermore, there is a risk that any of such counterparties could become insolvent and/or the subject of insolvency proceedings. If one or more of the Fund’s counterparties were to become insolvent or the subject of insolvency proceedings in the United States (either under the Securities Investor Protection Act or the United States Bankruptcy Code), there exists the risk that the recovery of such vehicle’s securities and other assets from such prime broker or broker-dealer will be delayed or be of a value less than the value of the securities or assets originally entrusted to such prime broker or broker-dealer.

In addition, the Fund may use counterparties located in jurisdictions outside of the United States. Such local counterparties are subject to the laws and regulations in non-U.S. jurisdictions that are designed to protect their customers in the event of their insolvency. However, the practical effect of these laws and their application to the Fund’s assets are subject to substantial limitations and uncertainties. Because of the large number of entities and jurisdictions involved and the range of possible factual scenarios involving the insolvency of a counterparty, it is impossible to generalize about the effect of their insolvency on the Fund and its assets. Shareholders should assume that the insolvency of any counterparty would result in a loss to the Fund, which could be material. If the Fund obtains exposure to one or more Underlying Funds indirectly through the use of one or more total return swaps, those investments will be subject to counterparty risk.

Transactions in certain types of swaps (including credit default swaps) are also required to be centrally cleared (“cleared derivatives”). In a transaction involving cleared derivatives, the Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Since the Fund is not a member of clearing houses and only members of a clearing house (“clearing members”) can participate directly in the clearing house, the Fund will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members. In cleared derivatives positions, the Fund will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through their accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house. In contrast to bilateral derivatives transactions, following a period of advance notice to the Fund, clearing members generally can require termination of existing cleared derivatives transactions at any time and increases in margin above the margin that it required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions and to terminate transactions. Any such increase or termination could interfere with the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment strategy. Also, the Fund is subject to execution risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that the Adviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf. While the documentation in place between the Fund and its clearing members generally provides that the clearing members will accept for clearing all transactions submitted for clearing that are within credit limits specified by the clearing members in advance, the Fund could be subject to this execution risk if the Fund submits for clearing transactions that exceed such credit limits, if the clearing house does not accept the transactions for clearing, or if the clearing members do not comply with their agreement to clear such transactions. In that case, the transaction might have to be terminated, and the Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of any increase in the value of the transaction after the time of the transaction. In addition, new regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Fund of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Fund or increasing margin or capital requirements. If the Fund is not able to enter into a particular derivatives transaction, the Fund’s investment performance and risk profile could be adversely affected as a result.

11

Credit Default Swaps Risk

A credit default swap enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a credit event with respect to an issuer. Credit default swaps involve risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). The Fund bears the loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap counterparty. The maximum risk of loss for sell protection on a credit default swap is the notional value of the total underlying amount of the swap.

Credit/Default Risk

The risk that issuers or guarantors of a fixed income security or derivative contract cannot or will not make payments on the securities and other investments held by the Fund, may result in losses to the Fund. Changes in the credit rating of a debt security or of the issuer of a debt security held by a Fund could have a similar effect. The credit quality of fixed income securities held by the Fund may be lowered if an issuer’s financial condition changes, which may lower their value and may affect their liquidity. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the greater the risk that the issuer of the security will default on its obligation. The risk of loss due to default by issuers of lower-rated securities is greater because low-rated securities generally are unsecured and often are subordinated to the rights of other creditors of the issuers of such securities. The Fund also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery on defaulted securities. High quality securities are generally believed to have relatively low degrees of credit risk. The Fund intends to enter into financial transactions with counterparties that are creditworthy at the time of the transactions.

There is always the risk that the Sub-Adviser’s analysis of creditworthiness is incorrect or may change due to market conditions. To the extent that the Fund focuses its transactions with a limited number of counterparties, it will be more susceptible to the risks associated with one or more counterparties.

Cyber Security Risk

With the increased use of technologies such as the internet to conduct business, the Fund is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through "hacking" or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by the Fund's Adviser, Sub-Adviser and other service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountant, custodian, transfer agent and administrator), and the issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Fund's ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Adviser and Sub-Adviser have established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Fund and issuers in which the Fund invests. The Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Derivatives Contracts

The Fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts for any of the following purposes:

· To seek to hedge against the possible adverse impact of changes in stock market prices, currency exchange rates or interest rates in the market value of its securities or securities to be purchased;

· As a substitute for buying or selling securities; or

· To seek to enhance the Fund’s return in non-hedging situations.

12

Derivative contracts in which the Fund may invest include: futures and options on securities, securities indices or currencies; options on such futures; forward foreign currency contracts; and interest rate, total return or currency swaps. A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the Fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment that is based on the change in value of one or more securities, currencies or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on a Fund’s market, currency and interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices, currency rates or interest rates are changing. The Fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the Fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities in that the counterparty may default on its payment obligations or become insolvent. Derivatives can also make the Fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

Additionally, to the extent the Fund is required to segregate or “set aside” (often referred to as “asset segregation”) liquid assets or otherwise cover open positions with respect to certain derivative instruments, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio instruments to meet these asset segregation requirements. There is a possibility that segregation involving a large percentage of the Fund's assets could impede portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations. In October 2020, the SEC adopted a new rule that will change the regulatory framework around the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, such as the Fund. The new rule will replace the aforementioned asset segregation requirements with a requirement to ensure the Fund has a derivatives risk management program consistent with the new rule, along with other requirements such as compliance with a specific value-at-risk based limit on leverage risk. The Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until August 2022.

Fixed Income Securities Risk

Fixed income securities held by the Fund are subject to interest rate risk, call risk, prepayment and extension risk, credit risk, duration risk and liquidity risk, which are more fully described below. In addition, current market conditions may pose heightened risks for fixed income securities. Current interest rates have been at or near historic lows in recent years, and therefore there is a risk that interest rates will rise. Future increases in interest rates could result in less liquidity and greater volatility of fixed income securities. The Fund may lose money if short-term or long-term interest rates rise sharply in a manner not anticipated by Fund management. Moreover, new regulations applicable to and changing business practices of financial intermediaries restricting their market marking activities for certain fixed income securities, which may reduce the liquidity and increase the volatility for such fixed income securities. The fixed-income securities market can be susceptible to increases in volatility and decreases in liquidity. Liquidity may decline unpredictably in response to overall economic conditions or credit tightening. For example, a general rise in interest rates may cause investors to move out of fixed income securities on a large scale, which could adversely affect the price and liquidity of fixed income securities and could also result in increased redemptions for the Fund.

• Call Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, a bond issuer may “call,” or repay, its high yielding bonds before their maturity dates. The Fund would then be forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, resulting in a decline in its income.

• Credit Risk. Fixed income securities are generally subject to the risk that the issuer may be unable to make principal and interest payments when they are due. There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of a loss of confidence in the ability of the borrower to pay back debt. Lower rated fixed income securities involve greater credit risk, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.

• Duration Risk. Longer-term securities may be more sensitive to interest rate changes. Given the recent, historically low interest rates and the potential for increases in those rates, a heightened risk is posed by rising interest rates to longer-term fixed income securities. Effective duration estimates price changes for relatively small changes in rates.

• Interest Rate Risk. Fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the securities could lose value because of interest rate changes. For example, bonds tend to decrease in value if interest rates rise. Fixed income securities with longer maturities sometimes offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes than fixed income securities with shorter maturities.

13

• Liquidity Risk. There is risk that the Fund may not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the time periods described in this Prospectus because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests, legal restrictions impairing its ability to sell particular securities or close derivative positions at an advantageous market price or other reasons. Certain portfolio securities may be less liquid than others, which may make them difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Fund would like or difficult to value. The Fund may have to lower the price, sell other securities instead or forgo an investment opportunity. In addition, less liquid securities may be more difficult to value and markets may become less liquid when there are fewer interested buyers or sellers or when dealers are unwilling or unable to make a market for certain securities. Recently, dealers have generally been less willing to make markets for fixed income securities. Any of these events could have a negative effect on fund management or performance. Funds with principal investment strategies that involve investments in securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations, foreign securities, Rule 144A securities, derivatives (e.g., swap contracts) or securities with substantial market and/or credit risk tend to have the greatest exposure to liquidity risk. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of securities, suffered periods of illiquidity if disfavored by the market. All of these risks may increase during periods of market turmoil, such as that experienced in 2020 with COVID-19, and could have a negative effect on the Fund’s performance.

• Prepayment and Extension Risk. Many types of fixed income securities are subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment occurs when the issuer of a fixed income security can repay principal prior to the security’s maturity. Fixed income securities subject to prepayment can offer less potential for gains during a declining interest rate environment and similar or greater potential for loss in a rising interest rate environment and accordingly, a decline in the Fund’s NAV. In addition, the potential impact of prepayment features on the price of a fixed income security can be difficult to predict and result in greater volatility. On the other hand, rising interest rates could cause prepayments of the obligations to decrease, extending the life of mortgage- and asset-backed securities with lower payment rates. This is known as extension risk and may increase the Fund’s sensitivity to rising rates and its potential for price declines.

• Variable and Floating Rate Securities. Variable and floating rate securities generally are less sensitive to interest changes but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline.

Foreign and Emerging Market Securities Risk

Foreign investments may carry risks associated with investing outside the U.S., such as currency fluctuation, economic or financial instability, lack of timely or reliable financial information or unfavorable political or legal developments. Those risks are increased for investments in emerging markets.

Foreign securities include dollar-denominated foreign securities and securities purchased directly on foreign exchanges. Foreign securities may be subject to more risks than U.S. domestic investments. These additional risks may potentially include lower liquidity, less public information, greater price volatility and risks related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing the earnings potential of such foreign companies. Because there is usually less supervision and governmental regulation of foreign exchanges, brokers and dealers than there is in the U.S., the Fund may experience settlement difficulties or delays not usually encountered in the U.S. In addition, the information available about a foreign issuer may be less reliable than for comparable issuers in more developed capital markets.

In addition, amounts realized on sales of foreign securities may be subject to high and potentially confiscatory levels of foreign taxation and withholding when compared to comparable transactions in U.S. securities. The Fund will generally not be eligible to pass through to shareholders any U.S. federal income tax credits or deductions with respect to foreign taxes paid unless it meets certain requirements regarding the percentage of its total assets invested in foreign securities. Investments in foreign securities involve exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Such fluctuations may reduce the value of the investment. Foreign investments are also subject to risks including potentially higher withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks and less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards in certain foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

14

Futures Risk

The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in correlation with the value of the underlying instrument. Risks of futures contracts may arise from an imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures and the price of the underlying instrument. The Fund’s use of futures contracts exposes the Fund to leverage risk because of the small margin requirements relative to the value of the futures contract. A relatively small market movement will have a proportionately larger impact on the funds that the Fund has deposited or will have to deposit with a broker to maintain its futures position. Leverage can lead to large losses as well as gains. While futures contracts are generally liquid instruments, under certain market conditions they may become illiquid. Futures exchanges may impose daily or intraday price change limits and/or limit the volume of trading. Additionally, government regulation may further reduce liquidity through similar trading restrictions. As a result, the Fund may be unable to close out its futures contracts at a time that is advantageous. The price of futures can be highly volatile; using them could lower total return, and the potential loss from futures could exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such contracts.

Government Intervention and Regulatory Changes

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly revised and expanded the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of federal bank, securities and commodities regulators. There can be no assurance that future regulatory actions, including, but not limited to, those authorized by the Dodd-Frank Act will not adversely impact the Fund. Major changes could materially affect the profitability of the Fund or the value of investments made by the Fund or force the Fund to revise its investment strategy or divest certain of its investments. Any of these developments could expose the Fund to additional costs, taxes, liabilities, enforcement actions and reputational risk. In addition, in October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Fund will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager. These rules could have a substantial effect on the ability of the Fund to implement fully its investment strategy, as described herein, which may limit the Fund's ability to achieve its objective.

High Yield Securities Risk

Fixed income securities receiving below investment grade ratings (i.e., “junk bonds”) may have speculative characteristics, and, compared to higher-grade securities, may have a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments in certain economic conditions or other circumstances. High-yield, high risk, and lower-rated securities are subject to additional risk factors due to the speculative nature of these securities, such as increased possibility of default, decreased liquidity, and fluctuations in value due to public perception of the issuer of such securities. These bonds are almost always uncollateralized and subordinate to other debt that an issuer may have outstanding. In addition, both individual high yield securities and the entire high yield bond market can experience sharp price swings due to a variety of factors, including changes in economic forecasts, stock market activity, large sustained sales by major investors, or, a higher profile default.

Interest Rate Risk

Bond prices generally rise when interest rates decline and decline when interest rates rise. The longer the duration of a bond, the more a change in interest rates affects the bond’s price. Short-term and long-term interest rates may not move the same amount and may not move in the same direction. Changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and the Fund’s investments and may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by the Fund. Recent and any future declines in interest rate levels could cause the Fund’s earnings to fall below the Fund’s expense ratio, resulting in a negative yield and a decline in the Fund’s share price.

15

Leveraging Risk

The Fund’s use of futures, forward contracts, swaps and other derivative instruments will have the economic effect of financial leverage. The use of leverage by the Sub-Adviser may increase the volatility of the Fund. These leveraged instruments may result in losses to the Fund or may adversely affect the Fund’s NAV or total return, because instruments that contain leverage are more sensitive to changes in interest rates. The Fund may also use borrowed funds to create leverage. Although the use of leverage by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased return, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on the securities and instruments purchased with leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of the leverage, the Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income and gains from the securities and instruments purchased with such proceeds does not cover the cost of leverage, the Fund’s return will be less than if leverage had not been used. In the event of a sudden, precipitous drop in value of the Fund’s assets, the Fund may not be able to liquidate assets quickly enough to pay off its borrowing.

To limit leverage risk, the Fund will segregate assets determined by the Sub-Adviser to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board, or, when permissible, enter into offsetting transactions, to cover its obligations resulting from its use of derivative instruments. Securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the futures contract, option or other derivative is outstanding, unless they are replaced with other suitable assets. As a result, it is possible that segregating a large percentage of the Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Market Risk

The Fund’s NAV and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its investments. The market value of the Fund’s holdings is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of an investment’s value. There is no assurance that the Fund will realize its investment objective, and an investment in the Fund is not, by itself, a complete or balanced investment program. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund, or the Fund could underperform other investments.

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the U.S., have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Fund's investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Fund and its service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

16

New Fund Risk

There can be no assurance that a newly organized fund, like the Fund, will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board may determine to liquidate the Fund. Liquidation can be initiated without shareholder approval by the Board if it determines it is in the best interest of shareholders. As a result, the timing of any liquidation may not be favorable to certain individual shareholders.

Non-Diversification Risk

The Fund is a non-diversified investment company, which means that more of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of a single issuer than could be invested in the securities of a single issuer by a diversified investment company. This may make the value of the Fund’s shares more susceptible to certain risks than shares of a diversified investment company. As a non-diversified fund, the Fund has a greater potential to realize losses upon the occurrence of adverse events affecting a particular issuer.

Portfolio Turnover Risk

The Fund may sell securities without regard to the length of time they have been held to take advantage of new investment opportunities, when the Sub-Adviser feels either the securities no longer meet its investment criteria or the potential for capital appreciation has lessened, or for other reasons. The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate may vary from year to year. A high portfolio turnover rate (100% or more) increases the Fund’s transaction costs (including brokerage commissions and dealer costs), which would adversely impact the Fund’s performance. Higher portfolio turnover may result in the realization of more short-term capital gains than if the Fund had lower portfolio turnover. The turnover rate will not be a limiting factor, however, if the Sub-Adviser considers portfolio changes appropriate.

Preferred Securities Risk

The value of preferred securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular issuer or to factors affecting a particular industry or industries. Preferred securities may be more volatile than fixed income securities and are often more correlated with the issuer’s underlying common stock than fixed income securities. While most preferred securities pay a dividend, the Fund may purchase preferred securities where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend.

Quantitative Trading Strategy Risk

The Sub-Adviser uses quantitative methods to select Fund investments. Securities or other investments selected using quantitative methods may perform differently from the market as a whole or from their expected performance for many reasons, including factors used in building the quantitative analytical framework, the weights placed on each factor, and changing sources of market returns, among others. Any errors or imperfections in quantitative analyses or models, or in the data on which they are based, could adversely affect the ability of the Sub-Adviser to use such analyses or models effectively, which in turn could adversely affect the Fund’s performance. There can be no assurance that these methodologies will help the Fund to achieve its investment objective.

Sector Risk

To the extent the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in the securities of companies in the same sector of the market, an adverse economic, business or political development affecting that region or sector may affect the value of the Fund’s investments more, and the Fund’s investments may be more volatile, than if its investments were not so concentrated in such geographic region or economic sector.

17

Underlying Fund Risk

If the Fund invests in shares of an Underlying Fund, shareholders will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the Underlying Fund in which the Fund invests in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses. Furthermore, investments in Underlying Funds could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions to shareholders and therefore may increase the amount of taxes payable by investors in the Fund.

The Fund may invest in ETFs, which are a type of Underlying Fund. ETFs are typically open-end investment companies that are bought and sold on a national securities exchange. When the Fund invests in an ETF, it will bear additional expenses based on its pro rata share of the ETF’s operating expenses, including the potential duplication of management fees. The risk of owning an ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying securities it holds. Many ETFs seek to replicate a specific benchmark index. However, an ETF may not fully replicate the performance of its benchmark index for many reasons, including because of the temporary unavailability of certain index securities in the secondary market or discrepancies between the ETF and the index with respect to the weighting of securities or the number of stocks held. Some ETFs are actively-managed and do not seek to replicate or track any benchmark index. Actively managed ETFs are subject to risk of poor investment, and the individual investments of an actively-managed ETF may not perform as well as its investment adviser and/or sub-advisers expect, and/or the actively managed ETF’s portfolio management practices do not work to achieve their desired result. Lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in an ETF being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities it holds. In addition, because of ETF expenses, compared to owning the underlying securities directly, it may be more costly to own an ETF. The Fund also will incur brokerage costs when it purchases ETFs.

The market for an ETF’s shares may become less liquid in response to deteriorating liquidity in the markets for the ETF’s underlying portfolio holdings, which could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF’s shares and the underlying value of those shares. An ETF’s market price may deviate from the value of the ETF’s underlying portfolio holdings, particularly in times of market stress, with the result that investors may pay significantly more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the ETF shares bought or sold. An active trading market for shares of the ETF may not develop or be maintained. In times of market stress, market makers or authorized participants may step away from their respective roles in making a market in shares of the ETF and in executing purchase or redemption orders, which could also lead to variances between the market price of the ETF’s shares and the underlying value of those shares.

In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company. These regulatory changes may adversely impact the Fund's investment strategies and operations.

U.S. Government Securities Risk

U.S. government securities are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and the payment of principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated by law to do so.

Valuation Risk

The sale price the Fund could receive for a security may differ from the Fund’s valuation of the security, particularly for securities that trade in low volume or volatile markets, or that are valued using a fair value methodology. Because portfolio securities of the Fund may be traded on non-U.S. exchanges, and non-U.S. exchanges may be open on days when the Fund does not price its shares, the value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or sell the Fund’s shares.

18

Non-Principal Risks

Bank Loan Risk

The Fund’s investments in secured and unsecured participations in bank loans and assignments of such loans may create substantial risk. In making investments in such loans, which are made by banks or other financial intermediaries to borrowers, the Fund will depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price could be adversely affected. The Fund may invest in loan participations that are rated by a NRSRO or are unrated, and may invest in loan participations of any credit quality, including “distressed” companies with respect to which there is a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested. In addition, certain bank loans in which the Fund may invest may be illiquid and, therefore, difficult to value and/or sell at a price that is beneficial to the Fund.

Borrowing Risk

Borrowing for investment purposes creates leverage, which may increase the volatility of the Fund. Additionally, money borrowed will be subject to certain costs, such as commitment fees and the cost of maintaining minimum average balances, as well as interest. These costs may exceed the gain on securities purchased with borrowed funds, which will diminish the Fund’s investment performance. Increased operating costs, including the financing cost associated with any leverage, may also impact the Fund’s investment performance. The Fund may also be required to pay fees in connection with borrowings, including loan syndication fees or commitment and administrative fees in connection with a line of credit. The Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with a bank lender, either of which would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. Successful use of borrowing depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict interest rates and market movements, and there is no assurance that the use of borrowing will be successful. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments.

Illiquid Securities Risk

Investing in illiquid securities is subject to certain risks, such as limitations on resale and uncertainty in determining valuation. In addition, liquid securities purchased by the Fund may become illiquid because of issuer-specific events or changes in market conditions. Limitations on resale may adversely affect the marketability of portfolio securities and the Fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. Less liquid securities that the Fund may want to invest in may be difficult or impossible to purchase. Federal banking regulations may also cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of certain securities, which may further decrease the Fund’s ability to buy or sell such securities.

Libor Risk

The Fund may invest in securities and other instruments whose interest payments are determined by references to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Many financial instruments may be tied to LIBOR to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE Benchmark Administrator have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve's Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Fund. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Fund will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Fund until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled.

19

Redemptions

The Fund may need to sell its holdings in order to meet shareholder redemption requests. The Fund could experience a loss when selling securities to meet redemption requests if the redemption requests are unusually large or frequent, occur in times of overall market turmoil or declining prices for the securities sold, or when the securities the Fund wishes to or is required to sell are illiquid. The Fund may be unable to sell illiquid investments at its desired time or price. Illiquidity can be caused by a drop in overall market trading volume, an inability to find a ready buyer, or legal restrictions on the securities’ resale. Certain securities that were liquid when purchased may later become illiquid, particularly in times of overall economic distress. Liquidity issues may also make it difficult to value the Fund’s investments.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

A description of the Company's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund's portfolio securities is available in the Fund's SAI. The SAI is incorporated herein.

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Optima Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. The Adviser's principal place of business is located at 10 East 53rd Street, New York, New York 10022. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act'”). The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FWM Holdings Inc., which is also the parent of other registered investment advisers that are affiliates of the Adviser. FWM Holding Inc. is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Stanhope Capital Group SA. As of February 22, 2021, approximately $25.8 billion of assets were under the management of the Adviser and all of its affiliates.

Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages the overall investment operations of the Fund, primarily in the form of oversight of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser, pursuant to the terms of an investment advisory agreement between the Company and the Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Fund compensates the Adviser for its services at the annual rate of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, payable on a monthly basis in arrears. The Adviser compensates the Sub-Adviser out of the advisory fee that it receives from the Fund.

The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in order to limit Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) to 1.25% and 1.50% of the Fund's average daily net assets attributable to Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares, respectively. In determining the Adviser's obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to exceed 1.25% and 1.50% as applicable: acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation is in effect until December 31, 2022 for Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares and may not be terminated prior to that date without the approval of the Board. If at any time the Fund's Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for a year are less than 1.25% or 1.50%, as applicable, the Adviser may recoup any waived amount from the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made by the Adviser if such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations.

20

The Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. A discussion regarding the Board’s approval of the Advisory Agreement and the factors the Board considered with respect to the Fund will be available in the Fund’s first annual or semi-annual report to shareholders.

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Anthony Capital Management, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company, serves as the investment sub-adviser to the Fund. The Sub-Adviser is located at 421 George Street, Suite 206, De Pere, WI 54115. The Sub-Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC.

Pursuant to the terms of a sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund, may make investment decisions for the Fund as determined necessary by the Sub-Adviser, and continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of the Fund, subject to the supervision of the Adviser and the Board. Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser receives a fee from the Adviser equal to 50% of the net advisory fee received by the Adviser from the Fund.

A discussion regarding the Board’s approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the factors the Board considered with respect to the Fund will be available in the Fund’s first annual or semi-annual report to shareholders.

The Sub-Adviser’s Portfolio Manager

Douglas Reich. Mr. Reich is the portfolio manager primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund. Mr. Reich is the Founding Member of the Sub-Adviser and has over twenty-five years of experience in the hedge fund and commodities industry specializing in quantitative trading systems and portfolio management. Prior to forming his own companies, Mr. Reich worked at Trout Trading Management Company, located variously in Chicago, Toronto, and Bermuda, in a group responsible for managing several hundred million dollars of assets in a portfolio of independent trading advisors. In 1998, Mr. Reich founded North Shore Capital Management, LLC, located in West Palm Beach, Florida, which served as general partner and investment advisor to various investment vehicles totaling more than $250 million in assets under management. In 2006, Mr. Reich’s firm partnered with RQSI, an institutional money management firm with over a billion dollars under advisement headquartered in Louisville, KY, where he managed futures trading portfolios and served as Director of Research. Mr. Reich graduated magna cum laude from the University of Minnesota in 1993 with a B.S. in Physics and a minor in Mathematics, and holds a Series 3 license.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio manager’s ownership of shares of the Fund.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

PRICING OF FUND SHARES

Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares of the Fund are sold at their NAV. The NAV of a class of the Fund is calculated as follows:

		Value of Assets Attributable to a Class
NAV =	−	Value of Liabilities Attributable to the Same Class
		Number of Outstanding Shares of the Class

21

The Fund's NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The NYSE also may be closed on national days of mourning or due to natural disaster or other extraordinary events or emergency.  Due to the fact that different expenses are charged to the Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares of the Fund, the NAV of the two classes of the Fund may vary. The Fund will effect purchases of Shares at the NAV next determined after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your purchase order in good order as described below. The Fund will effect redemptions of Shares at the NAV, plus any applicable sales charge next calculated after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your redemption request in good order as described below. If the Fund holds securities that are primarily listed on non-U.S. exchanges, the NAV of the Fund's shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund's shares.

The Fund's equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System ("NASDAQ"). Equity securities listed on the NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, equity securities will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities are valued using an independent pricing service, which considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities and ratings, and are deemed representative of market values at the close of the market. When prices are not available from such service or are deemed to be unreliable, securities may be valued by dealers who make markets in such securities. Forward exchange contracts are valued by interpolating between spot and forward currency rates as quoted by an independent pricing service. Futures contracts are generally valued using the settlement price determined by the relevant exchange. Options for which the primary market is a national securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which they are traded, or, in the absence of any sale, will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Options not traded on a national securities exchange are valued at the last quoted bid price for long option positions and the closing ask price for short option positions.

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses). Investments in ETFs, REITs and closed-end funds will be valued at their market price.

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Fund's administrator, in consultation with the Fund’s Adviser and Sub-Adviser, securities will be valued by the Adviser and Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board’s ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

PURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

Shares representing interests in the Fund are offered continuously for sale by Quasar Distributors, LLC (the "Distributor").

General. You may purchase Shares of the Fund at the NAV per Share next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below. The Fund's NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company records. The minimum initial investment in Founders Class Shares is $10,000, and the minimum initial investment for Investor Class Shares is $5,000. There is a minimum amount of $5,000 and $2,500 for subsequent investment in Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares, respectively. The Fund may accept initial investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion. You can purchase Shares of the Fund only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described in this section.

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Fund may also be available through certain Service Organizations. Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose minimum investment requirements. Service Organizations may also impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if Shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of Shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company's pricing on the following business day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by the Fund in good order, the Transfer Agent will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the Fund's NAV, plus any applicable sales charges, next computed after such orders are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

22

 For administration, sub-accounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser or its affiliates may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the "Service Fee") based on the average annual NAV of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organizations or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

In addition to fees that the Fund may pay to a Service Organization under a Plan of Distribution for the Investor Class Shares, the Fund may enter into agreements with Service Organizations pursuant to which the Fund will pay a Service Organization for networking, sub-transfer agency, sub-administration and/or sub-accounting services. These payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by the Service Organization or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by the Service Organization. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial.

Shares may also be available on brokerage platforms of firms that have agreements with the Company to offer such shares when acting solely on an agency basis for the purchase or sale of such shares. If you transact in Founders Class Shares or Investor Class Shares through one of these programs, you may be required to pay a commission and/or other forms of compensation to the broker.

Purchases By Telephone. Investors may purchase additional Founders Class and Investor Class Shares of the Fund by calling (toll free) 1-866-239-2026. If you elected this option on your account application, and your account has been open for at least 7 business days, telephone orders, in amounts of $5,000 or more for Founders Class Shares and $2,500 or more for Investor Class Shares will be accepted via electronic funds transfer from your bank account through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network. You must have banking information established on your account prior to making a purchase. If your order is received prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, your shares will be purchased at the NAV, plus any applicable sales charge, calculated on the day your order is placed.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to market close for same day pricing. During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waits. Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.

Initial Investment By Mail. Founders Class and Investor Class Shares of the Fund may be purchased by mail. Subject to acceptance by the Fund, an account may be opened by completing and signing an Account Application and mailing it to the Fund at the address noted below, together with a check payable to Optima Strategic Credit Fund. All checks must be in U.S. Dollars drawn on a domestic bank. The Fund will not accept payment in cash or money orders. The Fund does not accept post-dated checks or any conditional order or payment. To prevent check fraud, the Fund will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of Shares.

Optima Strategic Credit Fund

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services

P.O. Box 701

Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

23

or overnight to:

Optima Strategic Credit Fund

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services

615 East Michigan Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

The Transfer Agent will charge a $25 fee against a shareholder’s account, in addition to any loss sustained by the Fund, for any payment that is returned. It is the policy of the Fund not to accept applications under certain circumstances or in amounts considered disadvantageous to shareholders. The Fund reserves the right to reject any application.

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the transfer agent of the Fund. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

Shares will be purchased at the NAV, plus any applicable sales charge, next computed after the time the application and funds are received in proper order and accepted by the Fund.

Initial Investment By Wire. Founders Class and Investor Class Shares may also be purchased by wire. If you are making your first investment in the Fund, before you wire funds, the Transfer Agent must have a completed account application. You may mail or overnight deliver your account application to the Transfer Agent. Upon receipt of your completed account application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you. The account number assigned will be required as part of the instruction that should be provided to your bank to send the wire. Your bank must include both the name of the Fund you are purchasing, the account number, and your name so that monies can be correctly applied. Your bank should transmit funds by wire to:

Wire Instructions:

U.S. Bank National Association

777 East Wisconsin Ave

Milwaukee WI 53202

ABA 075000022

Credit:

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC

Account #112-952-137

For Further Credit to:

Optima Strategic Credit Fund

(shareholder registration)

(shareholder account number)

Wired funds must be received prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern time to be eligible for same day pricing. The Fund and U.S. Bank, N.A. are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

Subsequent Investments – By Wire. Before sending your wire, please contact the Transfer Agent to advise them of your intent to wire funds. This will ensure prompt and accurate credit upon receipt of your wire.

Additional Investments. Additional investments may be made at any time by purchasing Shares at the NAV per Share, plus any applicable sales charge of the Fund by mailing a check to the Transfer Agent at the address noted above under “Investment by Mail” or by wiring as outlined above under “Investment by Wire.” Initial and additional purchases made by check or electronic funds transfer through the ACH network cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected. This may take up to 15 calendar days from the purchase date. There is a minimum amount of $5,000 and $2,500 for subsequent investment in Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares, respectively..

24

Retirement Plans/IRA Accounts. The Fund offers prototype documents for a variety of retirement accounts for individuals and small businesses. Please call (toll free) 1-866-239-2026 for information.

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account, such as required distributions or mandatory Federal income tax withholding. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $15 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account.

Purchases in Kind. In certain circumstances, Shares of the Fund may be purchased “in kind” (i.e. in exchange for securities, rather than cash). The securities rendered in connection with an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable in accordance with the Company's valuation procedures. Securities accepted by the Fund will be valued, as set forth in this Prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of NAV after such acceptance. The Shares of the Fund that are issued to the investor in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividend, subscription, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the Fund and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for its Shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the Fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the Adviser or the Company. Purchases in-kind may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on the securities transferred to the Fund.

Other Purchase Information. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of Shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of the Fund. The Adviser will monitor the Fund's total assets and may, subject to Board's approval, decide to close the Fund at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund's strategy. The Adviser, subject to the Board's approval, may also choose to reopen the Fund to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund's size recur. If the Fund closes to new investments, the Fund may be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons who may be subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

a. persons who already hold Shares of the closed Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Adviser;

b. existing and future clients of financial advisers and planners whose clients already hold Shares of the Fund;

c. employees of the Adviser and their spouses, parents and children; and

d. directors of the Company.

Distributions to all shareholders of the closed Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to the Board's discretion, reserves the right to implement other purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

Purchases of the Fund's Shares will be made in full and fractional Shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places. Certificates for Shares will not be issued.

Shares may be purchased and subsequent investments may be made by principals and employees of the Adviser and their family members, either directly or through their IRAs, and by any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser, without being subject to the minimum investment limitation. The Adviser is authorized to waive the minimum initial investment requirement.

Good Order. A purchase request is considered to be in good order when the purchase request includes the name of the Fund and share class, the dollar amount of shares to be purchased, your account application or investment stub, a check payable to the Fund, and any other information requested. Purchase requests not in good order may be rejected.

Customer Identification Program. In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, please note that the Transfer Agent will verify certain information on your account application as part of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. As requested on the account application, you must supply your full name, date of birth, social security number and permanent street address. If you are opening the account in the name of a legal entity (e.g., partnership, limited liability company, business trust, corporation, etc.), you must also supply the identity of the beneficial owners. Mailing addresses containing only a P.O. Box will not be accepted. Applications without the required information, or without any indication that a social security or taxpayer identification number has been applied for, may not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor's shares and close an account in the event that an investor's identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor's account resulting from the investor's delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor's Shares when an investor's identity cannot be verified.

25

REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

You may redeem Fund Shares at the next NAV calculated after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. The Fund's NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. You can redeem Shares of the Fund only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described in this section. You may redeem Fund Shares by mail, or, if you are authorized, by telephone. The value of Shares redeemed may be more or less than the purchase price, depending on the market value of the investment securities held by the Fund.

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption request should be sent to:

Optima Strategic Credit Fund

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services

P. O. Box 701

Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

or overnight to:

Optima Strategic Credit Fund

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services

615 East Michigan Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the transfer agent of the Fund. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

A signature guarantee, from either a Medallion program member or a non-Medallion program member (as described below), is required in the following situations:

• If ownership is being changed on your account;

• When redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;

• When a redemption is received by the Transfer Agent and the account address or bank details have changed within the last 15 calendar days; and

• For all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account.

The Fund may waive any of the above requirements in certain instances. In addition to the situations described above, the Fund and/or the Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

Signature guarantees will generally be accepted from non-Medallion program members who are domestic banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations, as well as from participants in the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program and the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”). A notary public is not an acceptable signature guarantor.

26

Redemption By Telephone. In order to utilize the telephone redemption option, you must indicate that option on your Account Application. You may then initiate a redemption of Shares in an amount not exceeding $100,000 by calling the Transfer Agent (toll free) at 1-866-239-2026

Investors may have a check sent to the address of record, proceeds may be wired to a shareholder’s bank account of record, or funds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network, also to the bank account of record. Wires are subject to a $15 fee paid by the investor, but the investor does not incur any charge when proceeds are sent via the ACH system.

Once a telephone transaction has been placed, it cannot be canceled or modified after the close of regular trading on the NYSE (generally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern time).

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to market close for same day pricing. During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waits. Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.

Before executing an instruction received by telephone, the Transfer Agent will use reasonable procedures to confirm that the telephone instructions are genuine. The telephone call may be recorded and the caller may be asked to verify certain personal identification information. If the Fund or its agents follow these procedures, they cannot be held liable for any loss, expense or cost arising out of any telephone redemption request that is reasonably believed to be genuine. This includes fraudulent or unauthorized requests. If an account has more than one owner or authorized person, the Fund will accept telephone instructions from any one owner or authorized person.

IRA and Other Retirement Plan Redemptions. If you are redeeming shares held in an IRA and receiving a distribution from the IRA of the cash proceeds of the redemption of shares, you must indicate on your written redemption request whether or not to withhold federal income tax. Redemption requests failing to indicate an election to have tax withheld will be subject to 10% withholding.

Shares held in IRA accounts may be redeemed by telephone (toll free) at 1-866-239-2026. Investors will be asked whether or not to withhold taxes from any distribution.

Involuntary Redemption. The Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder's account in the Fund at any time the value of the account falls below $500 as a result of a redemption or an exchange request. Shareholders will be notified in writing that the value of their account in the Fund is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the redemption is processed. The Fund may assert the right to redeem your Shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for Shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

Other Redemption Information. Redemption proceeds for Shares of the Fund recently purchased by check or electronic funds transfer through the ACH network may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen calendar days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option. Other than as described above, payment of the redemption proceeds will be made within seven days after receipt of an order for a redemption. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC. The Fund typically expects to meet redemption requests by paying out proceeds from cash or cash equivalent portfolio holdings, or by selling portfolio securities. In stressed market conditions, redemption methods may include redeeming in kind.

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC and the Company's Policy and Procedures Related to the Processing of In-Kind Redemptions. Investors generally will incur brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities so received in the payment of redemptions. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder will bear the market risk of the securities received until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its Shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

27

Good Order. A redemption request is considered to be in good order when the redemption request includes the name of the Fund and share class, the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, the account number, signatures by all of the shareholders whose names appear on the account registration with a signature guarantee, if applicable, and any other information requested. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

MARKET TIMING

In accordance with the policy adopted by the Board, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund Shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder's privilege to purchase Fund Shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange involving the purchase of Fund Shares. An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary. It is currently expected that a shareholder would receive notice that its purchase order or exchange has been rejected within 48 hours after such purchase order or exchange has been received by the Company in good order. The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise its right if, in the Company's (or the Adviser's) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor's trading, in the judgment of the Company (or the Adviser), has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Board, the Adviser has developed criteria that it uses to identify trading activity that may be excessive. The Adviser reviews on a regular, periodic basis available information related to the trading activity in the Fund in order to assess the likelihood that the Fund may be the target of excessive trading. As part of its excessive trading surveillance process, the Adviser, on a periodic basis, examines transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds or numerical limits within a period of time. If, in its judgment, the Adviser detects excessive, short-term trading, it may reject or restrict a purchase request and may further seek to close an investor's account with the Fund. The Adviser may modify its surveillance procedures and criteria from time to time without prior notice regarding the detection of excessive trading or to address specific circumstances. The Adviser will apply the criteria in a manner that, in its judgment, will be uniform.

There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers' trading activities in the Fund. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company's excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

Beneficial holders with financial intermediary sponsored fee-based programs are eligible to exchange their Shares in a particular share class of the Fund for Shares in an identically registered account in a different share class of the Fund if the shareholder meets the eligibility requirements for that class of Shares or the shareholder is otherwise eligible to purchase that class of Shares. Such an exchange will be effected at the NAV of the Shares next calculated after the exchange request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. Investors should contact their program provider to obtain information about their eligibility for the provider’s program and the class of shares they would receive upon such a conversion.

28

Shares of each class of the Fund represent equal pro rata interests in the Fund and accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner. The performance of each class is quoted separately due to different actual expenses. Total return can be expected to differ among classes of the Fund. Shareholders who exercise a class exchange privilege will generally not recognize a taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.

The Fund reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to change or discontinue the exchange privilege, or to temporarily suspend the privilege during unusual market conditions when, in the judgment of management, such change or discontinuance is in the best interests of the Fund.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, to its shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional Shares of the Fund unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Fund will declare and pay dividends from net investment income quarterly. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed by the Fund at least annually.

The Fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the Fund to avoid U.S. federal tax. The Fund's distributions and dividends, whether received in cash or reinvested in additional Shares, are subject to U.S. federal income tax.

All distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares unless you elect to receive cash. If you elect to receive distributions and/or capital gains paid in cash, and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver the check, or if a check remains outstanding for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account, at the Fund's current NAV, and to reinvest all subsequent distributions. You may change the distribution option on your account at any time. You should notify the Transfer Agent in writing or by telephone at least five (5) days prior to the next distribution.

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

The following is a summary of certain U.S. tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual U.S. citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

Distributions. The Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss).

Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain, as defined above, of the Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

Distributions from the Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by the Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

A portion of distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as the result of the Fund's securities lending activities (if any), by a high portfolio turnover rate or by investments in debt securities or foreign corporations.

29

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as "buying into a dividend."

Sales of Shares. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them.

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of the Fund may be disallowed under "wash sale" rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

The Fund (or relevant broker or financial adviser) is required to compute and report to the IRS and furnish to Fund shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold. The Fund has elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct the Fund to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale. If your account is held by your broker or other financial adviser, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial adviser to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Fund and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your federal and state income tax returns. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless such shares were acquired with borrowed funds.

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are "exempt recipients." The current backup withholding rate is 24%.

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to a 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of a RIC such as the Fund, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to the Fund's net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to the Fund's interest income from U.S. obligors and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of the Fund.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Fund.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in the Fund is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor's income from the Fund will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

30

The Fund will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in the Fund.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States and certain United States territories.

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income and gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Fund's distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

More information about taxes is contained in the SAI.

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

The Board has adopted a Plan of Distribution for the Investor Class Shares (the "Plan") pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the Plan, the Fund's Distributor is entitled to receive from the Fund a distribution fee with respect to the Shares, which is accrued daily and paid monthly, of up to 0.25% on an annualized basis of the average daily net assets of the Investor Class Shares. The actual amount of such compensation under the Plan is agreed upon by the Board and by the Distributor. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund's assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

Amounts paid to the Distributor under the Plan may be used by the Distributor to cover expenses that are related to (i) the sale of the Shares, (ii) ongoing servicing and/or maintenance of the accounts of shareholders, and (iii) sub-transfer agency services, sub-accounting services or administrative services related to the sale of the Shares, all as set forth in the Fund's 12b-1 Plan. Ongoing servicing and/or maintenance of the accounts of shareholders may include updating and mailing prospectuses and shareholder reports, responding to inquiries regarding shareholder accounts and acting as agent or intermediary between shareholders and the Fund or its service providers. The Distributor may delegate some or all of these functions to Service Organizations. See "Purchases Through Intermediaries" above.

The Plan obligates the Fund, during the period it is in effect, to accrue and pay to the Distributor on behalf of the Shares the fee agreed to under the Distribution Agreement. Payments under the Plan are not tied exclusively to expenses actually incurred by the Distributor, and the payments may exceed distribution expenses actually incurred.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Householding. In an effort to decrease costs, the Fund intends to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders we reasonably believe are from the same family or household. Once implemented, if you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call (toll free) 1-866-239-2026 to request individual copies of these documents. Once the Fund receives notice to stop householding, we will begin sending individual copies thirty days after receiving your request. This policy does not apply to account statements.

Lost Shareholders, Inactive Accounts and Unclaimed Property.  It is important that the Fund maintains a correct address for each shareholder.  An incorrect address may cause a shareholder’s account statements and other mailings to be returned to the Fund.  Based upon statutory requirements for returned mail, the Fund will attempt to locate the shareholder or rightful owner of the account.  If the Fund is unable to locate the shareholder, then it will determine whether the shareholder’s account can legally be considered abandoned. Your mutual fund account may be transferred to the state government of your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws. The Fund is legally obligated to escheat (or transfer) abandoned property to the appropriate state’s unclaimed property administrator in accordance with statutory requirements.  The shareholder’s last known address of record determines which state has jurisdiction.  Please proactively contact the Transfer Agent (toll free) at 1-866-239-2026 at least annually to ensure your account remains in active status.

31

If you are a resident of the state of Texas, you may designate a representative to receive notifications that, due to inactivity, your mutual fund account assets may be delivered to the Texas Comptroller.  Please contact the Transfer Agent if you wish to complete a Texas Designation of Representative form.

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUND'S SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

32

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Financial highlights are not yet available for the Fund as it had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

PRIVACY NOTICE

FACTS	WHAT DOES OPTIMA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC (“OPTIMA”) DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION?
WHY?	Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Optima is committed to maintaining the privacy of individuals whose personal information is held at Optima including current and former individual clients (whether invested in an Optima sponsored investment vehicle (“Optima Fund”) or otherwise), and other intermediaries with whom we conduct business. Optima, an independent administrator of an Optima Fund and any other permitted recipient of personal information acting on behalf of Optima, may use personal information relating to you for the following purposes: · confirm your identity and/or the source of funds in order to comply with applicable “know your client”, anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing and similar laws, regulations and policies and to determine whether you are a “politically exposed person”; · comply with agreements, legislation, treaties, instructions or guidance on the collection and/or sharing or exchange of tax-related information; · confirm whether you are a “bad actor” under Rule 506 of Regulation D of the United States Securities Act of 1933; · verify your eligibility to become an investor in an Optima Fund; · confirm your identity in order to confirm your authority to sign legal documents in relation to an Optima Fund (including but not limited to any subscription agreement, partnership agreement and side letter); · managing, operating and administering an Optima Fund in accordance with its governing documents and applicable laws, regulations and policies; · making legal, regulatory, tax or other filings in relation to an Optima Fund, its investments, its investors, Optima itself and/or any of their associates; · to facilitate, support and/or enhance Optima’s and an independent administrator’s operations and functions in connection with an Optima Fund; and · for any other purpose that Optima reasonably determines is necessary or desirable in connection with the business of an Optima Fund. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.
WHAT?	The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. Personal information may be sent by you to Optima or to an independent administrator of an Optima Fund with respect to your subscription for, or holding of, an interest in an Optima Fund, or opening of a separately managed advisory account. This information can include: · Social security or taxpayer identification number · Income · Assets · Bank account details · Criminal history and other security related matters1 · Transaction history
HOW?	For the reasons outlined above, Optima needs to share customers’ personal information to run its everyday business.  In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers’ personal information, the reasons Optima chooses to share, and whether you can limit this sharing.

Reasons we can share your personal information	Does Optima Share?	Can you limit this sharing?
For our everyday business purpose – such as processing your transactions, maintaining your accounts or responding to regulatory requests	Yes	No
For our marketing purposes – to offer our products and services to you	No	We don’t share
For our affiliates’ everyday business – information about your transactions, balances and experience	No	We don’t share
For nonaffiliates to market to you	No	We don’t share

To limit our sharing Contact Optima’s General Counsel by telephone at 212-484-3080, by email at kathleen.keating@optima.com or by mail at 10 East 53^rd Street, New York NY 10022, U.S.A.  Please note:  If you are a new customer, we can begin sharing your information immediately upon receipt of your personal information.  When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.  However, you can contact us at any time to limit our sharing.

Questions?	Contact Optima’s General Counsel by telephone at 212-484-3080, by email at kathleen.keating@optima.com or by mail at 10 East 53rd Street, New York NY 10022, U.S.A.
What we can do
How does Optima protect my personal information?	To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law.  These measures include, among other things, computer safeguards including encryption, and secured files and buildings
How does Optima collect my personal information?	We collect your personal information, for example, when you: · Enter into an advisory agreement or execute a subscription agreement · Seek financial advice · Make additions to, or withdrawals from, your account · Give us information about your investment portfolio · Tell us personal information about you, your family, and your employment history
Why can’t I limit all sharing?	Federal law gives you the right to limit only: · sharing for affiliates’ everyday business purposes · affiliates from using your information to market to you · sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing
Definitions
Affiliates	Companies related by common ownership or control.  They can be financial and non-financial companies.  Optima’s affiliates include Forbes Family Trust and its subsidiaries and Stanhope Capital Group SA and its subsidiaries.
Nonaffiliates	Companies not related by common ownership and control.  They can be financial and non-financial companies.

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Optima Asset Management LLC

10 East 53rd Street

New York, New York 10022

SUB-ADVISER

Anthony Capital Management, LLC

421 George Street. Suite 206

De Pere, Wisconsin 54115

ADMINISTRATOR AND
TRANSFER AGENT

U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701

CUSTODIAN

U.S. Bank, N.A.
1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Cohen & Company, Ltd.

1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 800

Cleveland, Ohio 44115

UNDERWRITER

Quasar Distributors, LLC

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

LEGAL COUNSEL

Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
One Logan Square, Suite 2000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996

FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Fund is available free of charge, upon request, including:

Annual/Semi-annual Reports: Once available, additional information about the Fund’s investments is available in the Fund’s annual and semiannual reports to shareholders. The annual report will contain a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during their most recently completed fiscal year. The Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, once available, will be available by calling (toll free) 1-866-239-2026.

Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"): The Fund's SAI, dated December 29, 2021 has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Fund, and the Fund's Annual and Semi-Annual reports, may be obtained free of charge by calling (toll free) 1-866-239-2026. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus. The SAI is available by calling (toll free) 1-866-239-2026. The Fund does not maintain a website.

Shareholder Inquiries: Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday-Friday. Call (toll free) 1-866-239-2026.

Purchases and Redemptions: Call your registered representative or (toll free) 1-866-239-2026.

Written Correspondence:

P.O. Box Address:

Optima Strategic Credit Fund

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services

P.O. Box 701

Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

Street Address:

Optima Strategic Credit Fund

c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services

615 East Michigan Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Securities and Exchange Commission: You may view and copy information about the Company and the Fund, including the SAI, by visiting the SEC's Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Investment Company Act File No. 811-05518

Summit Global Investments
Prospectus

SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund

Class I Shares (Ticker: SILVX)
Class A Shares (Ticker: LVOLX)
Class C Shares (Ticker: SGICX)

SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund

Class I Shares (Ticker: SCLVX)
Class A Shares (Ticker: LVSMX)
Class C Shares (Ticker: SMLVX)

SGI Global Equity Fund

Class I Shares (Ticker: SGLIX)
Class A Shares (Ticker: SGLAX)
Class C Shares (Ticker: SGLOX)

December 31, 2021

of The RBB Fund, Inc.

This Prospectus gives vital information about the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, the SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund and the SGI Global Equity Fund (each a “Fund” and together the “Funds”), each an investment portfolio of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”), including information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and protection, please read it before you invest and keep it on hand for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A look at the goals, strategies, risks and financial history of the Funds.

Details about the Funds’ service providers.

Policies and instructions for opening, maintaining and closing an account in a Fund.

SUMMARY SECTIONS	1
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund	1
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund	7
Global Equity Fund	14
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT EACH FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS	21
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS	26
Investment Adviser	26
Portfolio Managers	27
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION	28
Pricing of Fund Shares	28
Sales Charges — Class A Shares ONLY	29
Market Timing	30
Purchase of Fund Shares	31
Redemption of Fund Shares	35
Dividends and Distributions	38
Taxes	38
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	41
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS	42
Appendix A — Prior Performance of Similarly Advised Accounts	A-1
FOR MORE INFORMATION	Back Cover

SUMMARY SECTIONS

U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund

Investment Objective

The SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (for this section only, the “Fund”) seeks to outperform the S&P 500^® Index over a market cycle while reducing overall volatility. There can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Expenses and Fees

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on Class A Shares if you invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in the Fund. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional, in the section of this Prospectus entitled “Shareholder Information — Sales Charges” and in the section of the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) entitled “Purchase and Redemption Information — Reducing or Eliminating the Front-End Sales Charge.” Additionally, you may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to a broker for transactions in Class I Shares of the Fund, which are not reflected in the tables or the examples below.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)	Class I	Class A	Class C
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	None	5.25%	None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)	None	None(1)	None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends	None	None	None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)	None	None	None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.70%	0.70%	0.70%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees	None	0.25%	1.00%
Other Expenses	0.28%	0.28%	0.28%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.98%	1.23%	1.98%

⁽¹⁾ A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A Shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at time of purchase as part of an investment of $1,000,000 or more.

Example:

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Class A Shares or Class C Shares or $1,000,000 in the Class I Shares of the Fund and for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
Class I	$9,997	$31,213	$54,169	$120,136
Class A	$644	$895	$1,165	$1,935
Class C	$201	$621	$1,068	$2,306

1

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 91% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, primarily common stocks, of companies within the Russell 1000^® Index and S&P 500^® Index. The Fund’s investments will generally consist of securities, which may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock. The Fund purchases equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. The Fund may also invest in other registered investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”).

Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”) attempts to lower the Fund’s market risk by investing in U.S. equity securities that lower the overall volatility of the Fund’s portfolio as compared to the S&P 500^® Index. Volatility is a statistical measurement of the magnitude of up and down fluctuations in the value of a financial instrument or index. The Fund invests in stocks that often exhibit less volatile stock price patterns, strengthening business metrics (i.e., earnings, debt, return on assets, competition, customers, industry, etc.) and quantitative factors such as earnings variability, leverage, volatility, price/book, price/cash flow, etc. In addition, the Adviser reviews the idiosyncratic risks associated with each stock if these risks are deemed elevated with increased downside risks, due to environmental, social and/or governance (“ESG”) issues. The Adviser selects securities for the Fund that it anticipates will produce a portfolio with less volatility with more capital protection and consistent returns. While the Adviser attempts to manage the Fund’s volatility, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful or that the Fund’s portfolio will not experience periods of volatility.

The Fund may sell a stock if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG, or legal risks and/or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential. The Fund may also decrease weight in an investment for risk control purposes.

Principal Risks

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Fund’s principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

■ Common Stock Risk. Investments in common stocks are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Therefore, an investment in the Fund may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

■ Convertible Securities Risk. Securities that can be converted into common stock, such as certain securities and preferred stock, are subject to the usual risks associated with fixed income investments, such as interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, because they react to changes in the value of the equity securities into which they will convert, convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with equity securities.

■ Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited

2

ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or its investment adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

■ Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Fund may apply in selecting securities. The Fund seeks to screen out companies that it believes may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. The Fund’s results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

■ High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that when investing on a shorter-term basis, the Fund may as a result trade more frequently and incur higher levels of brokerage fees and commissions and cause higher levels of current tax liability to shareholders of the Fund. A portfolio turnover rate of 100% is considered to be high. For the last fiscal year, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Fund was lower than 100%, but the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to vary from year to year. The Adviser may engage in active trading, and will not consider portfolio turnover a limiting factor in making decisions for the Fund.

■ Investment Companies and ETFs Risk. The Fund’s investment performance may be affected by the investment performance of the underlying funds in which the Fund may invest. Investing in other investment companies, including ETFs, may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the Fund’s own expenses. The risk of owning an investment company or ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the investment company or ETF holds. The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. Certain ETFs maybe thinly traded and experience large spreads between the “ask” price quoted by a seller and the “bid” price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their net asset value (“NAV”).

■ Large-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Fund to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium- capitalization stocks.

■ Low Volatility Risk. Although subject to the risks of common stocks, low volatility stocks are seen as having a lower risk profile than the overall markets. However, a portfolio comprised of low volatility stocks may not produce investment exposure that has lower variability to changes in such stocks’ price levels. Investing in low volatility stocks may limit the Fund’s gains in rising markets.

■ Management Risk. The Fund is subject to the risk of poor stock selection. In other words, the individual stocks in the Fund may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Fund’s portfolio management practices may not work to achieve their desired result.

■ Market Risk. The NAV of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Although the Fund will invest in stocks the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the stocks will perform as expected.

■ Mid-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies.

■ Opportunity Risk. As with all mutual funds, the Fund is subject to the risk of missing out on an opportunity because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less advantageous investments.

3

■ Warrants Risk. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Performance Information

The chart below illustrates the performance of the Fund’s Class I Shares (the Class with the longest performance). The information shows you how the Fund’s performance has varied year by year and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The chart assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. As with all such investments, past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Performance reflects fee waivers in effect. If fee waivers were not in place, the Fund’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information may be obtained at www.sgiam.com or by calling 1-855-744-8500.

TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31*

* The returns in the bar chart are for Class I Shares. Class A Shares and Class C Shares would have substantially similar annual returns because each class of shares would have invested in the same portfolio of securities, and the annual returns would differ only to the extent that the classes have different expenses. The Fund’s Class A Shares are subject to a sales charge (load). Sales charges (loads) or account fees are not reflected in the bar chart and if these amounts were reflected, returns would be less than those shown.

Best and Worst Quarterly Performance (for the period reflected in the chart above):

Best Quarter: 15.02% (quarter ended June 30, 2020)
Worst Quarter: -17.51% (quarter ended March 31, 2020)

Year-to-date total return for the nine months ended September 30, 2021: 6.23%

4

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS

The following table, which includes all applicable sales charges (loads) and account fees, compares the Fund’s Class I, Class A and Class C Shares average annual total returns for the periods indicated to the average annual total returns of broad-based securities market indices for the same periods. Past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indicator of how the Fund will perform in the future.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund	1 Year	5 Years	Since Inception
Class I Shares*
Return Before Taxes	11.47%	12.44%	12.44%
Return After Taxes on Distributions(1)	11.30%	11.50%	11.39%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(1)	6.90%	9.72%	9.92%
Class A Shares**
Return Before Taxes	5.39%	10.96%	10.32%
Class C Shares***
Return Before Taxes	10.90%	11.33%	11.33%
S&P 500® Low Volatility Index**** (reflects reinvestment of dividends and no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)	-1.11%	10.50%	11.96%
S&P 500® Index**** (reflects reinvestment of dividends and no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)	18.40%	15.22%	14.45%

⁽¹⁾ After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”).

* Class I Shares of the Fund commenced operations on February 29, 2012.

** Class A Shares of the Fund commenced operations on October 29, 2015.

*** Class C Shares of the Fund commenced operations on December 31, 2015.

**** Effective December 31, 2021, the S&P 500^® Low Volatility Index replaced the S&P 500^® Index as the Fund’s primary performance benchmark index. The Adviser believes that the use of the S&P 500^® Low Volatility Index provides a better comparative benchmark because it more appropriately reflects the securities in which the Fund may invest. Since inception index performance is measured as of February 29, 2012.

Management of the Fund

Investment Adviser

Summit Global Investments, LLC

Portfolio Managers

Name	Title with Adviser	Tenure with the Fund
David Harden	President and Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2012
Aash Shah	Portfolio Manager	Since 2018

5

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

	Minimum Initial Investment	Subsequent Minimum Investment
Class I	$1,000,000	No minimum
Class A	$1,000	No minimum
Class C	$1,000	No minimum

You can purchase and redeem shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations, as further detailed in the section entitled “Purchase of Fund Shares – Purchases Through Intermediaries.” Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through the Company by the means described below.

Purchase and Redemption By Mail:

SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

Overnight Mail:
SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202

Purchase and Redemption By Wire:

Before sending any wire, call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Transfer Agent”) at 855-744-8500 to confirm the current wire instructions for the Fund.

Redemption By Telephone:

If you select the option to redeem by telephone on your account application, you may call the Transfer Agent at 855-744-8500.

Tax Information

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

6

SUMMARY SECTION

U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund

Investment Objective

The SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund (for this section only, the “Fund”) seeks to outperform the Russell 2000^® Index over a market cycle while reducing overall volatility. There can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Expenses and Fees

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on Class A Shares if you invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in the Fund. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional, in the section of this Prospectus entitled “Shareholder Information — Sales Charges” and in the section of the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) entitled “Purchase and Redemption Information — Reducing or Eliminating the Front-End Sales Charge.” Additionally, you may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to a broker for transactions in Class I Shares of the Fund, which are not reflected in the tables or the examples below.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)	Class I	Class A	Class C
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	None	5.25%	None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)	None	None(1)	None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends	None	None	None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)	None	None	None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees	None	0.25%	1.00%
Other Expenses	0.45%	0.45%	0.45%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	1.40%	1.65%	2.40%
Less Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements(2)	-0.17%	-0.17%	-0.17%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements	1.23%	1.48%	2.23%

⁽¹⁾ A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A Shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at the time of purchase as part of an investment of $1,000,000 or more.

⁽²⁾ Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”), the Fund’s investment adviser, has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) exceed 1.23%, 1.48% and 2.23% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares, Class A and Class C Shares, respectively. In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and are expected to cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to exceed 1.23%, 1.48% or 2.23%, as applicable: acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board of Directors of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). If at any time the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) for a year are less than 1.23%, 1.48% and 2.23% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

7

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Class A Shares or Class C Shares or $1,000,000 in the Class I Shares of the Fund and for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
Class I	$12,532	$42,643	$74,961	$166,503
Class A	$668	$1,002	$1,360	$2,363
Class C	$226	$732	$1,265	$2,723

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 135% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, primarily common stocks of U.S. issuers with small market capitalizations. A small market capitalization issuer generally is considered to be one whose market capitalization is, at the time the Fund makes the investment, similar to the market capitalization of companies in the Russell 2000^® Index. The Russell 2000^® Index is a small cap stock market index measuring the performance of approximately 2,000 small cap U.S. companies. As of May 7, 2021, the minimum market capitalization of the Russell 2000^® Index was $257.1 million and the largest stock was $7.3 billion. The Fund’s investments will generally consist of securities, which may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock. The Fund purchases equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. The Fund may also invest in other registered investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), and may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

The Adviser attempts to lower the Fund’s market risk by investing in U.S. equity securities that lower the overall volatility of the Fund’s portfolio as compared to the Russell 2000^® Index. Volatility is a statistical measurement of the magnitude of up and down fluctuations in the value of a financial instrument or index. The Fund invests in stocks that often exhibit less volatile stock price patterns, strengthening business metrics (i.e., earnings, debt, return on assets, competition, customers, industry, etc.) and quantitative factors such as earnings variability, leverage, volatility, price/book, price/cash flow, etc. In addition, the Adviser reviews the idiosyncratic risks associated with each stock if these risks are deemed elevated with increased downside risks, due to environmental, social and/or governance (“ESG”) issues. The Adviser selects securities for the Fund that it anticipates will produce a portfolio with less volatility with more capital protection and consistent returns. While the Adviser attempts to manage the Fund’s volatility, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful or that the Fund’s portfolio will not experience periods of volatility.

8

The Fund may sell a stock if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG, or legal risks and/or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential. The Fund may also decrease weight in an investment for risk control purposes.

Principal Risks

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Fund’s principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

■ Common Stock Risk. Investments in common stocks are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Therefore, an investment in the Fund may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations.

■ Convertible Securities Risk. Securities that can be converted into common stock, such as certain securities and preferred stock, are subject to the usual risks associated with fixed income investments, such as interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, because they react to changes in the value of the equity securities into which they will convert, convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with equity securities

■ Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or its investment adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

■ Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Fund may apply in selecting securities. The Fund seeks to screen out companies that it believes may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. The Fund’s results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

■ High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that when investing on a shorter-term basis, the Fund may as a result trade more frequently and incur higher levels of brokerage fees and commissions and cause higher levels of current tax liability to shareholders of the Fund. A portfolio turnover rate of 100% is considered to be high. The Adviser may engage in active trading, and will not consider portfolio turnover a limiting factor in making decisions for the Fund.

■ Investment Companies and ETFs Risk. The Fund’s investment performance may be affected by the investment performance of the underlying funds in which the Fund may invest. Investing in other investment companies, including ETFs, may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the Fund’s own expenses. The risk of owning an investment company or ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the investment company or ETF holds. The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. Certain ETFs may be thinly traded and experience large spreads between the “ask” price

9

quoted by a seller and the “bid” price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their net asset value (“NAV”).

■ Low Volatility Risk. Although subject to the risks of common stocks, low volatility stocks are seen as having a lower risk profile than the overall markets. However, a portfolio comprised of low volatility stocks may not produce investment exposure that has lower variability to changes in such stocks’ price levels. Investing in low volatility stocks may limit the Fund’s gains in rising markets.

■ Management Risk. The Fund is subject to the risk of poor stock selection. In other words, the individual stocks in the Fund may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Fund’s portfolio management practices may not work to achieve their desired result.

■ Market Risk. The NAV of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Although the Fund will invest in stocks the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the stocks will perform as expected.

■ Opportunity Risk. As with all mutual funds, the Fund is subject to the risk of missing out on an opportunity because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less advantageous investments.

■ REITs Risk. The Fund’s investments in REITs may be affected by economic forces and other factors related to the real estate industry. These risks include possible declines in the value of real estate, possible lack of availability of mortgage funds and unexpected vacancies of properties. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidating interest rate risks (especially mortgage REITs) and liquidity risk. REITs that invest in real estate mortgages are also subject to prepayment risk. Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, engage in dilutive offerings, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than the securities of larger companies. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500^® Index.

■ Small Cap Risk. Stocks of small companies may be more volatile than, and not as readily marketable as, those of larger companies. Small companies may also have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may be dependent on relatively small or inexperienced management groups. Additionally, the trading volume of small company securities may make them more difficult to sell than those of larger companies. Moreover, the lack of an efficient market for the securities may make them difficult to value.

■ Warrants Risk. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

10

Performance Information

The chart below illustrates the performance of the Fund’s Class I Shares. The information shows how the Fund’s performance has varied year by year. The chart assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. As with all such investments, past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Performance reflects fee waivers in effect. If fee waivers were not in place, the Fund’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information may be obtained at www.sgiam.com or by calling 1-855-744-8500.

TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31*

* The returns in the bar chart are for Class I Shares. Class A Shares and Class C Shares would have substantially similar annual returns because each class of shares would have invested in the same portfolio of securities, and the annual returns would differ only to the extent that the classes have different expenses. The Fund’s Class A Shares are subject to a sales charge (load). Sales charges (loads) or account fees are not reflected in the bar chart and if these amounts were reflected, returns would be less than those shown.

Best and Worst Quarterly Performance (for the period reflected in the chart above):

Best Quarter: 12.55% (quarter ended December 31, 2020)
Worst Quarter: -30.98% (quarter ended March 31, 2020)

Year-to-date total return for the nine months ended September 30, 2021: 5.98%

11

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS

The table below, which includes all applicable sales charges (loads) and account fees, compares the Fund’s Class I, Class A and Class C Shares average annual total returns for the periods indicated to the average annual total returns of a broad-based securities market index for the same periods. Past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indicator of how the Fund will perform in the future.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund	1 Year	Since Inception (March 31, 2016)
Class I Shares
Return Before Taxes	-11.64%	5.27%
Return After Taxes on Distributions(1)	-11.69%	4.21%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(1)	-6.86%	3.88%
Class A Shares(2)
Return Before Taxes	-16.42%	3.88%
Class C Shares
Return Before Taxes	-12.52%	4.24%
S&P SmallCap 600® Low Volatility Index(3) (reflects reinvestment of dividends and no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)	-17.21%	6.14%
Russell 2000® Index(3) (reflects reinvestment of dividends and no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)	19.96%	14.36%

⁽¹⁾ After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”). Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares commenced operations on March 31, 2016.

⁽²⁾ Effective as of January 1, 2018, Class A Shares of the Fund are charged a 5.25% sales load. Accordingly, performance information for Class A Shares for periods prior to January 1, 2018 has been restated to reflect the effect of the sales load.

(3) Effective December 31, 2021, the S&P SmallCap 600® Low Volatility Index replaced the Russell 2000® Index as the Fund’s primary performance benchmark index.The Adviser believes that the use of the S&P SmallCap 600^® Low Volatility Index provides a better comparative benchmark because it more appropriately reflects the securities in which the Fund may invest.

Management of the Fund

Investment Adviser

Summit Global Investments, LLC

12

Portfolio Managers

Name	Title with Adviser	Tenure with the Fund
David Harden	President and Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2016
Richard Thawley	Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2016
Aash Shah	Portfolio Manager	Since 2018

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

	Minimum Initial Investment	Subsequent Minimum Investment
Class I	$1,000,000	No minimum
Class A	$1,000	No minimum
Class C	$1,000	No minimum

You can purchase and redeem shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations, as further detailed in the section entitled “Purchase of Fund Shares – Purchases Through Intermediaries.” Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through the Company by the means described below.

Purchase and Redemption By Mail:

SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

Overnight Mail:
SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202

Purchase and Redemption By Wire:

Before sending any wire, call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Transfer Agent”) at 855-744-8500 to confirm the current wire instructions for the Fund.

Redemption By Telephone:

If you select the option to redeem by telephone on your account application, you may call the Transfer Agent at 855-744-8500.

Tax Information

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

13

SUMMARY SECTION

Global Equity Fund

Investment Objective

The investment objective of the SGI Global Equity Fund (for this section only, the “Fund”) is to seek long-term capital appreciation. There can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Expenses and Fees

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell Fund shares. You may qualify for sales charge discounts on Class A Shares if you invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in the Fund. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional, in the section of this Prospectus entitled “Shareholder Information — Sales Charges” and in the section of the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) entitled “Purchase and Redemption Information — Reducing or Eliminating the Front-End Sales Charge.” Additionally, you may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to a broker for transactions in Class I Shares of the Fund, which are not reflected in the tables or the examples below.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)	Class I	Class A	Class C
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	None	5.25%	None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)	None	None(1)	None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends	None	None	None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)	None	None	None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.70%	0.70%	0.70%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees	None	0.25%	1.00%
Other Expenses(2)	0.25%	0.25%	0.25%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.95%	1.20%	1.95%
Less Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements(3)	-0.11%	-0.11%	-0.11%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements	0.84%	1.09%	1.84%

⁽¹⁾ A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% is assessed on certain redemptions of Class A Shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales charge was paid at time of purchase as part of an investment of $1,000,000 or more.

⁽²⁾ “Other Expenses” for Class A Shares and Class C Shares, which had not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus, are estimated based on Class I Shares for the current fiscal year.

⁽³⁾ Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”), the Fund’s investment adviser, has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) exceed 0.84%, 1.09%, and 1.84% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares, Class A and Class C Shares, respectively. In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and are expected to cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to exceed 0.84%,1.09% or 1.84%, as applicable: acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board of Directors of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). If at any time the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) for a year are less than 0.84%, 1.09% and 1.84%, of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

14

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $1,000,000 in Class I Shares or $10,000 in Class A Shares or Class C Shares of the Fund for the time periods indicated and that you sell your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that each year your investment has a 5% return and Fund operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
Class I	$8,575	$29,175	$51,477	$115,633
Class A	$630	$876	$1,140	$1,894
Class C	$187	$602	$1,042	$2,266

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 88% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities. The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, significantly (ordinarily at least 40% - unless market conditions are not deemed favorable by the Adviser, in which case the Fund would invest at least 30%) in non-U.S. companies. The Fund defines non-U.S. companies as companies that (i) are organized under the laws of a foreign country; (ii) whose principal trading market is in a foreign country; or (iii) that have a majority of their assets or derive a significant portion of their revenue or profits from businesses, investments or sales, outside of the United States.

The Fund’s investments in equity securities include, without limitation, common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock.The Fund’s investments will generally consist of securities, which may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock. The Fund purchases equity securities traded on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers either directly or through depository receipts, including American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”). The Fund may also invest in other registered investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). The Fund may invest in or have exposure to companies of any size, but primarily invests in large- and mid- capitalization companies.

The Adviser attempts to lower the Fund’s market risk by investing in equity securities that lower the overall volatility of the Fund’s portfolio as compared to global equity benchmarks. Volatility is a statistical measurement of the magnitude of up and down fluctuations in the value of a financial instrument or index. The Fund invests in stocks that exhibit less volatile stock price patterns, strengthening business metrics (i.e., earnings, debt, return on assets, competition, customers, industry, etc.) and quantitative factors such as earnings variability, leverage, volatility, price/book, price/cash flow, etc. In addition, the Adviser reviews the idiosyncratic risks associated with each stock if these risks are deemed elevated with increased downside risks, due to environmental, social and/or governance (“ESG”) issues. The Adviser selects

15

securities for the Fund that it anticipates will produce a portfolio with less volatility with more capital protection and consistent returns. While the Adviser attempts to manage the Fund’s volatility, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful or that the Fund’s portfolio will not experience periods of volatility.

The Fund may sell a stock if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG, or legal risks and/or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential. The Fund may also decrease weight in an investment for risk control purposes.

Principal Risks

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Fund’s principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

■ Common Stock Risk. Investments in common stocks are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Therefore, an investment in the Fund may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations.

■ Convertible Securities Risk. Securities that can be converted into common stock, such as certain securities and preferred stock, are subject to the usual risks associated with fixed income investments, such as interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, because they react to changes in the value of the equity securities into which they will convert, convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with equity securities.

■ Currency Risk. Investment in foreign securities also involves currency risk associated with securities that trade or are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and which may be affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. An increase in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to a foreign currency may cause the U.S. dollar value of an investment in that country to decline. Foreign currencies also are subject to risks caused by inflation, interest rates, budget deficits and low savings rates, political factors and government controls.

■ Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or its investment adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

■ Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Fund may apply in selecting securities. The Fund seeks to screen out companies that it believes may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. The Fund’s results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

■ Foreign Custody Risk. The Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain

16

countries may place limitations on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

■ Foreign Securities Risk. International investing may be subject to special risks, including, but not limited to, currency exchange rate volatility, political, social or economic instability, less publicly available information, less stringent investor protections and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices. Foreign securities in which the Fund invests may be traded in markets that close before the time that the Fund calculates its NAV. Furthermore, certain foreign securities in which the Fund invests may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not calculate its net asset value (“NAV”). As a result, the value of the Fund’s holdings may change on days when shareholders are not able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares.

■ High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that when investing on a shorter-term basis, the Fund may as a result trade more frequently and incur higher levels of brokerage fees and commissions and cause higher levels of current tax liability to shareholders of the Fund. A portfolio turnover rate of 100% is considered to be high. For the last fiscal year, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Fund was lower than 100%, but the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to vary from year to year. The Adviser may engage in active trading, and will not consider portfolio turnover a limiting factor in making decisions for the Fund.

■ Investment Companies and ETFs Risk. The Fund’s investment performance may be affected by the investment performance of the underlying funds in which the Fund may invest. Investing in other investment companies, including ETFs, may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the Fund’s own expenses. The risk of owning an investment company or ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the investment company or ETF holds. The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. Certain ETFs maybe thinly traded and experience large spreads between the “ask” price quoted by a seller and the “bid” price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV.

■ Large-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Fund to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium- capitalization stocks.

■ Low Volatility Risk. Although subject to the risks of common stocks, low volatility stocks are seen as having a lower risk profile than the overall markets. However, a portfolio comprised of low volatility stocks may not produce investment exposure that has lower variability to changes in such stocks’ price levels. Investing in low volatility stocks may limit the Fund’s gains in rising markets.

■ Management Risk. The Fund is subject to the risk of poor stock selection. In other words, the individual stocks in the Fund may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Fund’s portfolio management practices may not work to achieve their desired result.

■ Market Risk. The NAV of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Although the Fund will invest in stocks the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the stocks will perform as expected.

■ Mid-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies.

■ Opportunity Risk. As with all mutual funds, the Fund is subject to the risk of missing out on an opportunity because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less advantageous investments.

17

■ Warrants Risk. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Performance Information

Returns shown were generated under the management of the Fund’s former investment adviser and reflect a previous investment strategy. The Fund operated as a series of Scotia Institutional Funds prior to the close of business on March 21, 2014 (the “Predecessor Fund”). Before the Fund commenced operations, all of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor Fund were transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization (the “Reorganization”). The Reorganization occurred on March 21, 2014. As a result of the Reorganization, the Fund assumed the performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund prior to the date of the Reorganization. The performance shown for periods prior to March 21, 2014 is that of the Predecessor Fund.

The Board approved the Adviser to serve as the Global Equity Fund’s investment adviser effective January 1, 2017. Returns shown for periods prior to January 1, 2017 were generated under the management of the Global Equity Fund’s former investment adviser.

The chart below illustrates the performance of the Fund’s Class I Shares. Performance for Class A Shares and Class C Shares is not shown because Class A Shares and Class C Shares had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. The information shows you how the Fund’s performance has varied year by year and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The chart assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. As with all such investments, past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Performance reflects fee waivers in effect. If fee waivers were not in place, the Fund’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information may be obtained at www.sgiam.com or by calling 855-744-8500.

TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Best and Worst Quarterly Performance (for the period reflected in the chart above):

Best Quarter: 23.87% (quarter ended September 30, 2013)
Worst Quarter: -19.41% (quarter ended March 31, 2020)

Year-to-date total return for the nine months ended September 30, 2021: 7.65%

18

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS

The table below compares the Fund’s Class I Shares average annual total returns for the periods indicated to the average annual total returns of a broad-based securities market index for the same periods. Past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indicator of how the Fund will perform in the future.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

Global Equity Fund	1 Year	5 Years	10 Years	Since Inception (April 1, 2009)*
Return Before Taxes	4.27%	7.02%	9.80%	15.52%
Return After Taxes on Distributions(1)	4.11%	6.77%	8.70%	14.09%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	2.64%	5.52%	7.60%	12.60%
MSCI ACWI Minimum Volatility (USD) Index(2) (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)	3.40%	9.83%	9.23%	11.29%
MSCI ACWI Index(2) (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)	16.25%	12.26%	9.13%	12.68%

* While the Predecessor Fund commenced operations on March 31, 2009, the Predecessor Fund began investing consistent with its investment objective on April 1, 2009.

⁽¹⁾ After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”).

⁽²⁾ Effective December 31, 2021, the Fund discontinued the use of the MSCI ACWI Index and replaced it with the MSCI ACWI Minimum Volatility (USD) Index. The Adviser believes that the use of the MSCI ACWI Minimum Volatility (USD) Index provides a better comparative benchmark because it more appropriately reflects the securities in which the Fund may invest.

Management of the Fund

Investment Adviser

Summit Global Investments, LLC

Portfolio Managers

Name	Title with Adviser	Tenure with the Fund
David Harden	President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2017
Aash Shah	Portfolio Manager	Since 2018

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

	Minimum Initial Investment	Subsequent Minimum Investment
Class I	$1,000,000	No minimum
Class A	$1,000	No minimum
Class C	$1,000	No minimum

You can purchase and redeem shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment

19

minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations, as further detailed in the section entitled “Purchase of Fund Shares – Purchases Through Intermediaries.” Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through the Company by the means described below.

Purchase and Redemption by Mail:

Regular Mail:
SGI Global Equity Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

Overnight Mail:
SGI Global Equity Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202

Purchase and Redemption by Wire:

Before sending any wire, call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Transfer Agent”) at 855-744-8500 to confirm the current wire instructions for the Fund.

Redemption By Telephone:

If you select the option to redeem by telephone on your account application, you may call the Transfer Agent at 855-744-8500.

Tax Information

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund Shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

20

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT EACH FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

This section provides some additional information about the Funds’ investments and certain portfolio management techniques that the Funds may use. More information about the Funds’ investments and portfolio management techniques, and related risks, is included in the SAI.

Investment Objectives

Each Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company without shareholder approval. Shareholders will, however, receive 60 days’ prior notice of any changes. Any such changes may result in a Fund having an investment objective different from the objective that the shareholder considered appropriate at the time of investment in the Fund.

SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund

The SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (the “U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund”) invests in stocks that exhibit lower volatile stock price patterns strengthening business metrics and quantitative factors that the Adviser anticipates will produce lower volatility. The U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund may sell a stock if it no longer meets one or more investment criteria, including if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG or legal risks or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential.

Portfolio Composition

The U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, primarily common stocks, of companies within the Russell 1000^® Index and S&P 500^® Index (for this paragraph only, the “80% Policy”). The 80% Policy is non-fundamental and can be changed by the Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund must comply with its 80% Policy at the time the Fund invests its assets. Accordingly, when the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund no longer meets the 80% requirement as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings, but any new investments it makes would be consistent with its 80% Policy.

SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund

The SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund (the “U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund”) invests in stocks that exhibit lower volatile stock price patterns strengthening business metrics and quantitative factors that the Adviser anticipates will produce lower volatility. The U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund may sell a stock if it no longer meets one or more investment criteria, including if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG or legal risks or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential.

Portfolio Composition

Under normal circumstances, the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, primarily common stocks of U.S. issuers with small market capitalizations (for this paragraph only, the “80% Policy”). A small market capitalization issuer generally is considered to be one whose market capitalization is, at the time the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund makes the investment, similar to the market capitalization of companies in the Russell 2000^® Index. The Russell 2000^® Index is a small cap stock market index measuring the performance of approximately 2,000 small cap U.S. companies. As of May 7, 2021, the minimum market capitalization of the Russell 2000^® Index was $257.1 million and the largest stock was $7.3 billion. This policy is non-fundamental and can be changed by the Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund must comply with its 80% Policy at the time the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund invests its assets. Accordingly, when the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund no longer meets the 80% requirement as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings, but any new investments it makes would be consistent with its 80% Policy.

21

SGI Global Equity Fund

The SGI Global Equity Fund (the “Global Equity Fund”) invests in both U.S. and foreign stocks that exhibit lower volatile stock price patterns strengthening business metrics and quantitative factors that the Adviser anticipates will produce lower volatility. The Global Equity Fund may sell a stock if it no longer meets one or more investment criteria, including if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG or legal risks or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential.

Portfolio Composition

Under normal market conditions, the SGI Global Equity Fund invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities (for this paragraph only, the “80% Policy”). The Fund expects, under normal market conditions, to invest in at least three different countries and invest at least 40% (or, if conditions are not favorable, invest at least 30%) of its assets in non-U.S. companies (for this paragraph only, the “40% Policy”). The Fund defines non-U.S. companies as companies that (i) are organized under the laws of a foreign country; (ii) whose principal trading market is in a foreign country; or (iii) that have a majority of their assets or derive a significant portion of their revenue or profits from businesses, investments or sales, outside of the United States. The 80% Policy and the 40% Policy are non-fundamental policies and can be changed by the Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Fund must comply with the 80% Policy and the 40% Policy at the time the Fund invests its assets. Accordingly, when the SGI Global Equity Fund no longer meets the 80% Policy or the 40% Policy as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings but any new investment it makes would be consistent with its 80% Policy and 40% Policy.

Additional Information About Each Fund’s Principal Investments and Risks

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow money for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes. A Fund will not make any additional investments while borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities have characteristics of both equity and fixed income securities. The value of a convertible security tends to move with the market value of the underlying stock, but may also be affected by interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions. In particular, when interest rates rise, fixed income securities will decline in value.

Cyber Security Risk. With the increased use of technologies such as the internet to conduct business, the Fund is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by the Fund’s Adviser and other service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountant, custodian, transfer agent and administrator), and the issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Adviser has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Fund and issuers in which the Fund invests. The Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that each Fund may apply in selecting securities. Each Fund seeks to screen out companies that it believes may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. This may affect

22

a Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. A Fund’s results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Funds may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

Equity and Equity-Related Securities. Each Fund will invest in equity securities as part of its principal investment strategies, including exchange-traded and over-the-counter common and preferred stocks, warrants and convertible securities. Investments in equity securities are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. The value of a convertible security may not increase or decrease as rapidly as the underlying common stock. Common stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that a Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the warrant’s expiration. The value of such securities convertible into equity securities, such as warrants or convertible debt, is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provision. The market value of a portfolio holding may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity securities change in response to many factors, including the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity. Decreases in market value of a Fund’s portfolio securities could adversely affect the Fund’s NAV.

Foreign Custody Risk. The Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

Foreign Investments. The Global Equity Fund will invest in foreign investments as part of its principal investment strategies. International investing is subject to special risks, including risks associated with more or less foreign government regulation; less public information; less stringent investor protections; less stringent accounting, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosure standards; less economic, political and social stability; and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices. The Global Equity Fund will invest in securities of foreign issuers that are traded or denominated in U.S. Dollars primarily through depositary receipts. Depositary receipts may be available through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all of the costs of the unsponsored facility. The depository of an unsponsored facility is frequently under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities. The depository of unsponsored depositary receipts may provide less information to receipt holders.

Market Risk. A Fund’s NAV and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its investments. The market value of a Fund’s holdings is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of an investment’s value. There is no assurance that a Fund will realize its investment objective, and an investment in a Fund is not, by itself, a complete or balanced investment program. You could lose money on your investment in a Fund, or a Fund could underperform other investments.

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global

23

economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Funds’ investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Funds and their service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

Mid-Cap Companies. The U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund and Global Equity Fund may each invest in mid-cap company securities as part of its principal investment strategies. Investing in securities of companies with mid-sized capitalizations tends to be riskier than investing in securities of companies with large capitalizations. Securities of companies with mid-sized capitalizations tend to be more volatile than those of large cap companies and, on occasion, may fluctuate in the opposite direction of large cap company securities or the broader stock market averages.

Other Investment Companies and ETFs. Each Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies and ETFs not affiliated with the Adviser, but may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company or acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Among other things, a Fund may invest in money market mutual funds for cash management purposes by “sweeping” excess cash balances into such funds until the cash is invested or otherwise utilized. Rule 12d1-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), permits a Fund to invest an unlimited amount of its uninvested cash in a money market fund so long as, among other things, said investment is consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. Each Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by investment companies in which it invests in addition to the advisory and administration fees paid by the Fund.

In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company. These regulatory changes may adversely impact a Fund’s investment strategies and operations.

Portfolio Turnover. Each Fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading may also increase transaction costs, which could detract from a Fund’s performance.

Small-Cap Companies. The U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund will invest in small-cap companies as part of its principal investment strategies. Investments in common stocks in general are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Therefore, an investment in the Fund may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations. Furthermore, while securities of small capitalization companies may offer greater opportunity for capital appreciation than larger companies, investment in such companies presents greater risks than investment in larger, more established companies. Indeed, historically, small capitalization stocks have been more volatile in price than larger capitalization stocks. Among the reasons for the greater price volatility of these

24

securities are the lower degree of liquidity in the markets for such stocks, and the potentially greater sensitivity of such small companies to changes in or failure of management, and to many other changes in competitive, business, industry and economic conditions, including risks associated with limited product lines, markets, management depth, or financial resources. Besides exhibiting greater volatility, micro and small company stocks may, to a degree, fluctuate independently of larger company stocks. Small company stocks may decline in price as large company stocks rise, or rise in price as large company stocks decline. Investors should therefore expect that the price of the Fund’s shares will be more volatile than the shares of a fund that invests in larger capitalization stocks. Additionally, while the markets in securities of small companies have grown rapidly in recent years, such securities may trade less frequently and in smaller volume than more widely held securities. The values of these securities may fluctuate more sharply than those of other securities, and the Fund may experience some difficulty in establishing or closing out positions in these securities at prevailing market prices. There may be less publicly available information about the issuers of these securities or less market interest in such securities than in the case of larger companies, and it may take a longer period of time for the prices of such securities to reflect the full value of their issuers’ underlying earnings potential or assets.

Temporary Investments. Each Fund may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions by taking a temporary defensive position (up to 100% of its assets) in cash, cash equivalents and all types of money market and short-term debt securities. The value of money market instruments tends to fall when current interest rates rise. Money market instruments are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer-term securities. If a Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time.

Broad-Based Securities Market Indices

The S&P 500^® Index is an unmanaged index composed of 500 common stocks, classified in eleven industry sectors, which represent approximately 75% of the U.S. equities market. The S&P 500^® Index assigns relative values to the stocks included in the index, weighted according to each stock’s total market value relative to the total market value of the other stocks included in the index.

The Russell 2000^® Index is an unmanaged index that consists of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000^® Index and represents approximately 10% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000^® Index.

The MSCI ACWI Index captures large and mid cap representation across 23 Developed Markets (“DM”) and 27 Emerging Markets (“EM”) countries.

The MSCI ACWI Minimum (USD) Volatility Index is designed to reflect the performance of the lowest volatility optimized version of the parent MSCI index.

The S&P 500^® Low Volatility Index is designed to measure the performance of the 100 least volatile stocks of the S&P 500^® Index.

The S&P SmallCap 600^® Low Volatility Index measures the performance of the 120 least-volatile stocks in the S&P SmallCap 600^® Index. The index is designed to serve as a benchmark for low volatility or low variance strategies in U.S. small-cap equities.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

A description of the Company’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ SAI. The SAI is incorporated herein.

25

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

Investment Adviser

The Adviser’s principal address is 620 South Main St., Bountiful, Utah 84010. The Adviser provides investment management and investment advisory services to investment companies and other institutional accounts. The Adviser is 100% privately-owned, and was founded in 2010.

The Board approved the Adviser to serve as the Global Equity Fund’s investment adviser effective January 1, 2017. Returns shown for periods prior to January 1, 2017 were generated under the management of the Global Equity Fund’s former investment adviser.

Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Company, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.70%, 0.95%, and 0.70% of the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund’s, the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund’s, and the Global Equity Fund’s average daily net assets, respectively. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) of the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund exceed 0.98%, 1.23% and 1.98% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) of the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund 1.23%, 1.48% and 2.23% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its advisory fee and reimburse expenses in order to keep Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) of the Global Equity Fund from exceeding 0.84% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares, 1.09% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class A Shares and 1.84% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class C Shares until December 31, 2022.

In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses with respect to the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively, to exceed 0.98%, 1.23% or 1.98%, as applicable: acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board. If at any time the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses with respect to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares for that year are less than 0.98%, 1.23% or 1.98%, as applicable, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Adviser received 0.70% of the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund’s average net assets in investment advisory fees from the Fund.

In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses with respect to the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively, to exceed 1.23%, 1.48% or 2.23%, as applicable: acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board. If at any time the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses with respect to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares for that year are less than 1.23%, 1.48% or 2.23%, as applicable, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, after waivers, the Adviser received 0.78% of the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund’s average net assets in investment advisory fees from the Fund. Had fee waivers not been in place, the Adviser would have received 0.95% of the Fund’s average net assets in advisory fees from the Fund.

26

In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses with respect to the Global Equity Fund, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively, to exceed 0.84%, 1.09% or 1.84%, as applicable: acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board. If at any time the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses with respect to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares for that year are less than 0.84%, 1.09% or 1.84%, as applicable, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, after waivers, the Adviser received 0.59% of the Global Equity Fund’s average net assets in investment advisory fees from the Fund. Had fee waivers not been in place, the Adviser would have received 0.70% of the Fund’s average net assets in advisory fees from the Fund.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory agreements for the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, and the Global Equity Fund with the Adviser is available in the Funds’ annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Portfolio Managers

The President of the Adviser, David Harden, is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund’s investment portfolio. Mr. Harden founded the Adviser in 2010, and has managed the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund and U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund since their inception dates of February 29, 2012 and March 31, 2016, respectively. Mr. Harden has managed the Global Equity Fund since January 1, 2017. He started his career in 1993 and has worked for such firms as Fidelity Investments, Wellington Management and Evergreen Investments. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Harden worked with Ensign Peak Advisors, Inc., most recently as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, where he managed and oversaw day-to-day research, portfolio management and trading for all index, quantitative and low volatility strategies.

Richard Thawley is a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund’s portfolio. Mr. Thawley joined the Adviser in 2013 as an Investment Analyst. Mr. Thawley has a BS from Brigham Young University. From 2009 to 2010, Mr. Thawley worked as a marketing analyst at Aegon, N.V. From 2010 to 2011, he worked as an analyst at Provident Generation. From 2012 to 2013, Mr. Thawley worked at BYU Broadcasting as a research analyst.

Aash Shah is a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser and is responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund’s investment portfolio. Mr. Shah joined the Adviser in 2017 as a Portfolio Manager. Mr. Shah has over 26 years of investment management experience including over 21 years as a portfolio manager. Previously, Mr. Shah managed small, mid, and large cap funds for Federated Investors in both New York City and Pittsburgh. Mr. Shah also managed private client portfolios for Key Bank in Denver prior to joining the Adviser. Mr. Shah has a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Pittsburgh Swanson School of Engineering and an MBA in Finance and Accounting from the Tepper School at Carnegie Mellon University. He also holds a CFA charter.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of shares of the Funds.

27

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Pricing of Fund Shares

Class I Shares and Class C Shares of the Funds are sold at their NAV. Class A Shares of the Funds are sold at their NAV, plus a front-end sales charge, if applicable. The NAV per share of each class of shares of the Funds is calculated as follows:

	Value of Assets Attributable to a Class
NAV =	– Value of Liabilities Attributable to the same Class
	Number of Outstanding of the Class

Each Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The NYSE also may be closed on national days of mourning or due to natural disaster or other extraordinary events or emergency. Due to the fact that different expenses are charged to each Class of shares, the NAV of each Class of a Fund may vary. A Fund will effect purchases of Fund shares at the NAV, plus any applicable sales charge, next calculated after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your purchase order in good order. The Funds will effect redemptions of Fund shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your redemption request in good order.

A Fund’s equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). Equity securities listed on the NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, equity securities will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities are valued using an independent pricing service, which considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities and ratings, and deemed representative of market values at the close of the market.

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses). Investments in exchange-traded and closed-end funds will be valued at their market price.

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Funds’ administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be valued by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board’s ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by a Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

28

Sales Charges — Class A Shares ONLY

General. Purchases of Class A Shares of the Funds are subject to a front-end sales charge of up to five and one-quarter percent (5.25%) of the total purchase price; however, sales charges may be reduced for large purchases as indicated below. Sales charges are not imposed on shares that are purchased with reinvested dividends or other distributions. The table below indicates the front-end sales charge as a percentage of both the offering price and the net amount invested. The term “offering price” includes the front-end sales charge. Because of rounding in the calculation of the “offering price”, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

Amount of Purchase of Class A Shares	Sales Charge as a % of Offering Price	Commission as a % of Offering Price
Less than $50,000	5.25%	4.75%
At least $50,000 but less than $100,000	4.75%	4.25%
At least $100,000 but less than $250,000	3.50%	3.25%
At least $250,000 but less than $500,000	2.50%	2.25%
At least $500,000 but less than $750,000	2.00%	1.90%
At least $750,000 but less than $1,000,000	1.50%	1.45%
$1,000,000 or greater	None*	None*

* No sales charge is payable at the time of purchase on investments of $1,000,000 or more; however, a 1% contingent deferred sales charge is imposed in the event of redemption within 18 months following any such purchase. See the section entitled “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge on Certain Redemptions.”

Rights of Accumulation. You will have the benefit of a reduced sales charge by combining your purchase of Class A shares of a Fund in a single transaction with your purchase of Class A shares of another Fund. You may also combine your new purchase of Class A shares of a Fund with Class C shares currently owned for the purpose of qualifying for the lower initial sales charge rates that apply to larger purchases. The applicable sales charge for the new purchase is based on the total of your current purchase and the current NAV of all other shares you own. You may combine your account, your spouse’s account, and the account(s) of your children under age 25.

This privilege is also extended to certain employee benefit plans and trust estates. The following purchases may be combined for purposes of determining the “Amount of Purchase:” (a) individual purchases, if made at the same time, by a single purchaser, the purchaser’s spouse and children under the age of 25 purchasing shares for their own accounts, including shares purchased by a qualified retirement plan(s) exclusively for the benefit of such individual(s) (such as an IRA, individual-type section 403(b) plan or single-participant Keogh-type plan) or by a “Company,” as defined in Section 2(a)(8) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), solely controlled, as defined in the 1940 Act, by such individual(s), or (b) individual purchases by trustees or other fiduciaries purchasing shares (i) for a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account, including an employee benefit plan, or (ii) concurrently by two or more employee benefit plans for a single employer or of employers affiliated with each other in accordance with Section 2(a)(3)(c) of the 1940 Act (excluding in either case an employee benefit plan described in (a) above), provided such trustees or other fiduciaries purchase shares in a single payment. Purchases made for nominee or street name accounts may not be combined with purchases made for such other accounts. You may also further discuss Rights of Accumulation with your investment broker, brokerage firm, financial institution, or other industry professional, including affiliates of the Adviser (collectively, “Service Organizations”).

You will need to provide written instruction with respect to the other accounts whose purchases should be considered in rights of accumulation.

Letter of Intent. By signing a Letter of Intent (LOI) you can reduce your Class A sales charge. Your individual purchases will be made at the applicable sales charge based on the amount you intend to invest over a 13-month period. The LOI will apply to all purchases of the Funds’ Class A Shares. Any shares purchased within 90 days of the date you sign the letter of intent may be used as credit toward completion, but the reduced sales charge will only apply to new purchases made on or after that date. Purchases resulting from the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains do not apply toward

29

fulfillment of the LOI. Shares equal to 5.25% of the amount of the LOI will be held in escrow during the 13-month period. If, at the end of that time the total amount of purchases made is less than the amount intended, you will be required to pay the difference between the reduced sales charge and the sales charge applicable to the individual purchases had the LOI not been in effect. This amount will be obtained from redemption of the escrow shares. Any remaining escrow shares will be released to you.

If you establish an LOI with the Funds, you can aggregate your accounts as well as accounts defined in the Rights of Accumulation section of the Prospectus. You will need to provide written instruction with respect to the other accounts whose purchases should be considered in fulfillment of the LOI.

Sales Charge Waivers. The Funds sell Class A Shares at NAV without imposition of a sales charge to the following persons:

■ current and retired (as determined by the Adviser) employees of the Adviser and its affiliates, their spouses and children under the age of 25 and employee benefit plans for such employees, provided orders for such purchases are placed by the employee;

■ any other investment company in connection with the combination of such company with the Fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

■ Directors of the Company and registered representatives of Service Organizations;

■ existing advisory clients of the Adviser on purchases effected by transferring all or a portion of their investment management or trust account to the Fund, provided that such account had been maintained for a period of six months prior to the date of purchase of Fund shares;

■ trust companies, bank trust departments and registered investment advisers purchasing for accounts over which they exercise investment authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity, provided that the amount collectively invested or to be invested in the Fund by such entity or adviser during the subsequent 13-month period totals at least $50,000;

■ employer-sponsored retirement plans with assets of at least $50,000 or 25 or more eligible participants; and

■ accounts established under a fee-based program sponsored and maintained by a registered broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and approved by the Distributor.

In order to take advantage of a sales charge waiver, a purchaser must certify to the Service Organization eligibility for a waiver and must notify the Service Organization whenever eligibility for a waiver ceases to exist. A Service Organization reserves the right to request additional information from a purchaser in order to verify that such purchaser is so eligible. Such information may include account statements or other records regarding shares of the Fund held by you or your immediate family household members.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge on Certain Redemptions. Purchases of $1,000,000 or more are not subject to an initial sales charge; however, a contingent deferred sales charge is payable on these investments in the event of a share redemption within 18 months following the share purchase, at the rate of 1% of the lesser of the value of the shares redeemed (exclusive of reinvested dividends and capital gain distributions) or the total cost of such shares. In determining whether a contingent deferred sales charge is payable, and the amount of the charge, it is assumed that shares purchased with reinvested dividends and capital gain distributions and then other shares held the longest are the first redeemed. The contingent deferred sales charge is further discussed in the SAI.

Market Timing

In accordance with the policy adopted by its Board, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment

30

of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder’s privilege to purchase Fund shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange involving the purchase of Fund shares. An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary. It is currently expected that a shareholder would receive notice that its purchase order or exchange has been rejected within 48 hours after such purchase order or exchange has been received by the Company in good order. The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise its right if, in the Company’s (or the Adviser’s) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Company (or the Adviser), has been or may be disruptive to a Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm a Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of a Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

There is no assurance that the Adviser will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Fund shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Funds. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company’s excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

Purchase of Fund Shares

Shares representing interests in a Fund are offered continuously for sale by Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”).

The Board has approved a Distribution Agreement and adopted Plans of Distribution for Class A Shares and Class C Shares (the “Plans”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the Plans, the Distributor is entitled to receive from each respective Fund a distribution fee with respect to Class A Shares and Class C Shares of the Funds, which is accrued daily and paid monthly, of up to 0.25% on an annualized basis of the average daily net assets of the Class A Shares and of up to 1.00% on an annualized basis of the average daily net assets of the Class C Shares. The actual amount of such compensation under the Plans is agreed upon by the Board and by the Distributor. Because these fees are paid out of each respective Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment in Class A Shares and Class C Shares and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

Amounts paid to the Distributor under the Plans may be used by the Distributor to cover expenses that are related to (i) the sale of Class A Shares and Class C Shares, (ii) ongoing servicing and/or maintenance of the accounts of Class A and Class C shareholders, and (iii) sub-transfer agency services, subaccounting services or administrative services related to the sale of Class A Shares and Class C Shares, all as set forth in the Plans. Ongoing servicing and/or maintenance of the accounts of Class A and Class C shareholders may include updating and mailing prospectuses and shareholder reports, responding to inquiries regarding shareholder accounts and acting as agent or intermediary between shareholders and the respective Fund or its service providers. The Distributor may delegate some or all of these functions to Service Organizations. See “Purchases Through Intermediaries” below.

The Plans obligate each respective Fund, during the period it is in effect, to accrue and pay to the Distributor on behalf of the Class A Shares and Class C Shares the fee agreed to under the Distribution Agreement. Payments under the Plans are not tied exclusively to expenses actually incurred by the Distributor, and the payments may exceed distribution expenses actually incurred.

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Funds may also be available through Service Organizations. Certain features of the shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing

31

your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company’s pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by a Fund in good order, the Transfer Agent will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the appropriate Fund’s NAV, plus any applicable sales charge, next computed after they are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

For administration, sub-accounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser, the Distributor or their affiliates may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the “Service Fee”) relating to the average annual NAV of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organizations or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

In addition to fees a Fund may pay to a Service Organization under the Plans, a Fund may enter into agreements with Service Organizations pursuant to which the Fund will pay a Service Organization for networking, sub-transfer agency, sub-administration and/or sub-accounting services. These payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by the Service Organization or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by the Service Organization. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial.

Class I Shares of each Fund may also be available on brokerage platforms of firms that have agreements with the Company to offer such shares when acting solely on an agency basis for the purchase or sale of such shares. If you transact in Class I Shares of a Fund through one of these programs, you may be required to pay a commission and/or other forms of compensation to the broker.

General. You may also purchase shares of the Funds at the NAV per share, plus any applicable sales charge, next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below. Each Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company’s records. The minimum initial investment in the Funds is $1,000,000 for Class I Shares. The minimum initial investment in the Funds for Class A Shares and Class C Shares is $1,000. Investors in Class A Shares and Class C Shares under the Automatic Investment Plan must invest at least $100 on a monthly basis via the Automatic Investment Plan. The minimum initial investment requirements may be reduced or waived from time to time. For purposes of meeting the minimum initial purchase, purchases by clients which are part of endowments, foundations or other related groups may be combined. You can purchase shares of the Funds only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below. Shares may be purchased by principals and employees of the Adviser and its subsidiaries and by their spouses and children either directly or through any trust that has the principal, employee, spouse or child as the primary beneficiaries, their individual retirement accounts, or any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser and its subsidiaries without being subject to the minimum investment limitations.

Initial Investment By Mail. Subject to acceptance by the Funds, an account may be opened by completing and signing an Account Application and mailing it to the Transfer Agent at the address noted below, together with a check payable to the Fund that you are purchasing. All checks must be in U.S. Dollars drawn on a domestic bank. The Funds will not accept

32

payment in cash or money orders. The Funds do not accept post-dated checks or any conditional order or payment. To prevent check fraud, the Funds will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.

Regular Mail   Summit Global Investments Funds
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 Overnight or Express Mail   Summit Global Investments Funds
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53202-5207

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

Shares will be purchased at the NAV plus any applicable sales charges next computed after the time the application and funds are received in proper order and accepted by the Funds. The Transfer Agent will charge a $25 fee against a shareholder’s account, in addition to any loss sustained by the Funds, for any payment that is returned. It is the policy of the Funds not to accept applications under certain circumstances or in amounts considered disadvantageous to shareholders. The Funds reserve the right to reject any application.

Initial Investment By Wire. If you are making your first investment in the Funds, before you wire funds, the Transfer Agent must have a completed account application. You may mail or overnight deliver your account application to the Transfer Agent. Upon receipt of your completed account application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you. The account number assigned will be required as part of the instruction that should be provided to your bank to send the wire. Your bank must include both the name of the Fund you are purchasing, the account number, and your name so that monies can be correctly applied. Your bank should transmit funds by wire to:

Wire Instructions:
U.S. Bank National Association
777 East Wisconsin Ave
Milwaukee WI 53202
ABA 075000022
Credit:
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services
Account #112-952-137
For Further Credit to:
[Summit Fund Name]
(shareholder registration)
(shareholder account number)

Wired funds must be received prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern time to be eligible for same day pricing. The Funds and U.S. Bank, N.A. are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

Subsequent Investments – By Wire. Before sending your wire, please contact the Transfer Agent to advise them of your intent to wire funds. This will ensure prompt and accurate credit upon receipt of your wire.

Telephone Purchase. Investors may purchase additional shares of the Funds by calling 1-855-744-8500. If you did not decline this option on your account application, and your account has been open for at least 7 business days, telephone orders, in amounts of $100 or more, will be accepted via electronic funds transfer from your bank account through the Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) network. You must have banking information established on your account prior to making a purchase. If your order is received prior to 4 p.m. Eastern time, your shares will be purchased at the NAV calculated on the day your order is placed.

33

In order to arrange for telephone options after an account has been opened or to change your bank account, a written request must be sent to the Transfer Agent. The request must be signed by each shareholder of the account and may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other form of signature authentication from a financial institution source.

Additional Investments. To make additional investments once you have opened your account, write your account number on the check and send it together with the Invest by Mail form from your most recent confirmation statement received from the Transfer Agent. If you do not have the Invest by Mail form, include the Fund name, your name, address, and account number on a separate piece of paper along with your check. Initial and additional purchases made by check or electronic funds transfer (ACH) cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected. This may take up to 15 calendar days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option.

Automatic Investment Plan. Once your account has been opened with the initial minimum investment, you may make additional purchases at regular intervals through an automatic investment plan (the “Automatic Investment Plan”). The Automatic Investment Plan provides a convenient method to have monies deducted from your bank account, for investment into a Fund, on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. Investors in Class A Shares and Class C Shares under the Automatic Investment Plan must invest at least $100 on a monthly basis via the Automatic Investment Plan. In order to participate in the Automatic Investment Plan, your financial institution must be a member of the ACH network. Minimum monthly payments are $100 for Class A Shares and Class C Shares and $1,000 for Class I Shares. If your bank rejects your payment, the Funds’ transfer agent will charge a $25 fee to your account. To begin participating in the Automatic Investment Plan, please complete the Automatic Investment Plan section on the account application or call the Funds’ Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500 for instructions. Any request to change or terminate your Automatic Investment Plan should be submitted to the Transfer Agent five (5) days prior to effective date.

Retirement Plans/IRA Accounts. The Funds offer prototype documents for a variety of retirement accounts for individuals and small businesses. Please call 1-855-744-8500 for information on:

● Individual Retirement Plan, including Traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs

● Small Business Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs and SEP IRAs

● Coverdell Education Savings Accounts

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account, such as required distributions or mandatory federal income tax withholding. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $15 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account.

Purchases in Kind. In certain circumstances, shares of the Funds may be purchased “in kind” (i.e. in exchange for securities, rather than cash). The securities rendered in connection with an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable in accordance with the Company’s valuation procedures. Securities accepted by a Fund will be valued, as set forth in this Prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of NAV after such acceptance. The shares of the Fund that are issued to the investor in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividends, subscriptions, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the Fund and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. A Fund will not accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the Fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the Adviser or the Company. Purchases in-kind may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on securities transferred to the Funds.

Other Purchase Information. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Funds. The Adviser will monitor each Fund’s total assets and may, subject to Board approval, decide to close a Fund at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund’s strategy. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, may also choose to

34

reopen a Fund to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund’s size recur. If a Fund closes to new investments, the Fund may be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons who may be subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

a. persons who already hold shares of the closed Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Adviser;

b. employees of the Adviser and their spouses, parents and children; and

c. Directors of the Company.

Distributions to all shareholders of a closed Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to the Board’s discretion, reserves the right to implement specific purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

Purchases of a Fund’s shares will be made in full and fractional shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places. Certificates for shares will not be issued.

Shares may be purchased and subsequent investments may be made by principals and employees of the Adviser and their family members, either directly or through their IRAs and by any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser, without being subject to the minimum investment limitation.

The Adviser is authorized to waive the minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements.

Good Order. A purchase request is considered to be in good order when all necessary information is provided and all required documents are properly completed, signed and delivered (i.e. the purchase request includes the name of the Fund; the dollar amount of shares to be purchased; your account application or investment stub; and a check payable to the Fund). Purchase requests not in good order may be rejected.

Customer Identification Program. In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, please note that the Transfer Agent will verify certain information on your account application as part of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. As requested on the account application, you must supply your full name, date of birth, social security number and permanent street address. If you are opening the account in the name of a legal entity (e.g., partnership, limited liability company, business trust, corporation, etc.), you must also supply the identity of the beneficial owners. Mailing addresses containing only a P. O. Box will not be accepted. If you need additional assistance when completing your account application, please contact the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500.

Applications without the required information, may not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor’s shares and close an account in the event that an investor’s identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account resulting from the investor’s delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor’s shares when an investor’s identity cannot be verified.

Redemption of Fund Shares

You may redeem shares of the Funds at the next NAV calculated after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. A Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. You can redeem shares of a Fund only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below.

You may redeem shares of a Fund by mail, or, if you are authorized, by telephone. The value of shares redeemed may be more or less than the purchase price, depending on the market value of the investment securities held by the Fund.

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption requests should be addressed to [Summit Fund Name], c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701, or for overnight delivery to [Summit Fund Name], c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 and must include:

35

A signature guarantee, from either a Medallion program member or a non-Medallion program member, is required in the following situations:

● If ownership is being changed on your account;

● When redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record; and

● When a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent and the account address has changed within the last 15 calendar days.

The Funds may waive any of the above requirements in certain instances. In addition to the situations described above, the Funds and/or the Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

Signature guarantees will generally be accepted from domestic banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations, as well as from participants in the NYSE Medallion Signature Program and the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”). A notary public is not an acceptable signature guarantor.

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Funds. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

Redemption By Telephone. If you did not decline telephone options on your account application, you may initiate a redemption of shares in the amount up to the total value of the account by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500.

Investors may have a check sent to the address of record, proceeds may be wired to a shareholder’s bank account of record, or funds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the ACH network, also to the bank account of record. Wires are subject to a $15 fee paid by the investor, but the investor does not incur any charge when proceeds are sent via the ACH system. Once a telephone transaction has been placed, it cannot be canceled or modified after the close of regular trading on the NYSE (generally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern time).

In order to arrange for telephone options after an account has been opened or to change your bank account, a written request must be sent to the Transfer Agent. The request must be signed by each shareholder of the account and may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other form of signature authentication from a financial institution source.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to market close. During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waits. Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.

Before executing an instruction received by telephone, the Transfer Agent will use reasonable procedures to confirm that the telephone instructions are genuine. The telephone call may be recorded and the caller may be asked to verify certain personal identification information. If the Funds or their agents follow these procedures, they cannot be held liable for any loss, expense or cost arising out of any telephone redemption request that is reasonably believed to be genuine. This includes fraudulent or unauthorized requests. If an account has more than one owner or authorized person, the Funds will accept telephone instructions from any one owner or authorized person.

Exchange Privilege. You can exchange your shares of a Fund for shares of the same class in an identically registered account of another Fund on any day that both the Fund and the Fund into which you are exchanging are open for business. Any new account established through an exchange will be subject to the minimum investment requirements applicable to the shares acquired. Exchanges will be executed on the basis of the relative NAV of the shares exchanged. Consequently,

36

you may receive fewer shares or more shares than originally owned, depending on that day’s NAVs. Your total value of the initially held shares will equal the total value of the new shares. Be sure to read the current Prospectus for the Fund into which you are exchanging.

Beneficial holders with financial intermediary sponsored fee-based programs may be eligible to exchange their shares in a particular share class of a Fund for Shares in a different share class of that Fund if the shareholder meets the eligibility requirements for that class of shares or the shareholder is otherwise eligible to purchase that class of shares. Such an exchange will be effected at the NAV of the shares next calculated after the exchange request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. Investors who hold Class I Shares of the Fund through a fee-based program, but who subsequently become ineligible to participate in the program or withdraw from the program, may be subject to conversion of their Class I Shares by their program provider to another class of shares of the Fund having expenses (including Rule 12b-1 fees) that may be higher than the expenses of the Class I Shares. Investors should contact their program provider to obtain information about their eligibility for the provider’s program and the class of shares they would receive upon such a conversion.

An exchange of shares of one Fund for shares of another Fund is considered a sale and generally results in a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes unless you are a tax-exempt investor or hold your shares through a tax-deferred account such as an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

IRA and other retirement plan redemptions. If you have an IRA, you must indicate on your written redemption request whether or not to withhold federal income tax. Redemption requests failing to indicate an election to have tax withheld will be subject to 10% withholding.

Shares held in IRA accounts may be redeemed by telephone at 1-855-744-8500. Investors will be asked whether or not to withhold taxes from any distribution.

Other Redemption Information. Redemption proceeds for shares of a Fund recently purchased by check or electronic funds transfer through the ACH network may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen calendar days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option. Redemption proceeds will ordinarily be paid within seven business days after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE or the bond market is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC. The Fund typically expects to meet redemption requests by paying out proceeds from cash or cash equivalent holdings, or by selling portfolio securities. In stressed market conditions, redemption methods may include redeeming in kind.

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC and the Company’s Policy and Procedure Related to the Processing of In-Kind Redemptions. Investors generally will incur brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities so received in the payment of redemptions. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder will bear the market risk of the securities received in the redemption until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, so that each Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

Good Order. A redemption request is considered to be in good order when your request includes: (1) the name of the Fund, (2) the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, (3) the account number and (4) signatures by all of the shareholders whose names appear on the account registration with a signature guarantee, if applicable. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

Involuntary Redemption. The Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at any time the value of the account falls below $500 as the result of a redemption or an exchange request.

You will be notified in writing that the value of your account is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the redemption is processed.

37

The Funds may assert the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse a Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

Dividends and Distributions

Each Fund will distribute substantially all of the net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, of the Fund to the Fund’s shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional shares unless you elect otherwise.

Each Fund will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed at least annually.

The ex-dividend, record and payable dates of any annual distribution will be available by calling 855-744-8500.

All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional shares unless you elect one the following options: (1) receive dividends in cash while reinvesting capital gain distributions in additional Fund shares; (2) receive capital gain distributions in cash while reinvesting dividends in additional Fund shares; or (3) receive all distributions in cash. If you elect to receive distributions and/or capital gains paid in cash, and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver the check, or if a check remains outstanding for six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account, at a Fund’s current NAV, and to reinvest all subsequent distributions. You may change the distribution option on your account as any time. You should notify the Transfer Agent in writing or by telephone at least five (5) days prior to the next distribution.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

Distributions. Each Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of a Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of a Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of a Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before a Fund’s ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of a Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities (if any), a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or non-qualified foreign corporations.

Each Fund may make distributions to you of “section 199A dividends” with respect to qualified dividends that it receives with respect to such Fund’s investments in REITs. A section 199A dividend is any dividend or part of such dividend that such Fund pays to you and reports as a section 199A dividend in written statements furnished to you. Distributions paid by a Fund that are eligible to be treated as section 199A dividends for a taxable year may not exceed the “qualified REIT dividends” received by such Fund from a REIT reduced by the Fund’s allocable expenses. Section 199A dividends may be

38

taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for such Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your applicable Fund shares for at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date, but only to the extent that you are not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

Distributions from a Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by a Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

The Funds may be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign taxes on income or gain from certain foreign securities. If more than 50% of the value of the total assets of a Fund consists of stocks and securities (including debt securities) of foreign corporations at the close of a taxable year, a Fund may elect, for federal income tax purposes, to treat certain foreign taxes paid by it, including generally any withholding and other foreign income taxes, as paid by its shareholders. If a Fund makes this election, the amount of those foreign taxes paid by a Fund will be included in its shareholders’ income pro rata (in addition to taxable distributions actually received by them), and each such shareholder will be entitled either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction. If a Fund is not eligible or chooses not to make this election, the Fund will be entitled to deduct any such foreign taxes in computing the amounts it is required to distribute.

A portion of distributions paid by a Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities (if any), by a high portfolio turnover rate or by investments in debt securities or foreign corporations.

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

Sales of Shares. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your cost basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them.

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of a Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of a Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, each Fund (or relevant broker or financial adviser) is required to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Fund shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold. The Funds have elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct a Fund to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale. If your account is held by your broker or other financial adviser, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial adviser to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Funds and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your federal and state income tax returns. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless such shares were acquired with borrowed funds.

39

Backup Withholding. Each Fund may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding rate is 24%.

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to a 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of a regulated investment company such as a Fund, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to a Fund’s net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to a Fund’s interest income from U.S. obligors, and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of a Fund.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares of a Fund, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Fund.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in a Fund is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from the Fund will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

Each Fund will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in a Fund.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States and certain U.S. territories.

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income and gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Fund’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

More information about taxes is contained in the Funds’ SAI.

40

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Householding. In an effort to decrease costs, the Funds intend to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders we reasonably believe are from the same family or household. Once implemented, if you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call the Transfer Agent toll-free at 1-855-744-8500 to request individual copies of these documents. Once the Funds receive notice to stop householding, we will begin sending individual copies thirty days after receiving your request. This policy does not apply to account statements.

Lost Shareholder, Inactive Accounts and Unclaimed Property. It is important that the Fund maintains a correct address for each shareholder. An incorrect address may cause a shareholder’s account statements and other mailings to be returned to the Fund. Based upon statutory requirements for returned mail, the Fund will attempt to locate the shareholder or rightful owner of the account. If the Fund is unable to locate the shareholder, then it will determine whether the shareholder’s account can legally be considered abandoned. Your mutual fund account may be transferred to the state government of your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws. The Fund is legally obligated to escheat (or transfer) abandoned property to the appropriate state’s unclaimed property administrator in accordance with statutory requirements. The shareholder’s last known address of record determines which state has jurisdiction. Please proactively contact the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500 (toll free) at least annually to ensure your account remains in active status.

If you are a resident of the state of Texas, you may designate a representative to receive notifications that, due to inactivity, your mutual fund account assets may be delivered to the Texas Comptroller. Please contact the Transfer Agent if you wish to complete a Texas Designation of Representative form.

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUNDS’ SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

41

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following tables set forth certain financial information for the periods indicated. The term “Total investment return” indicates how much your investment would have increased or decreased during this period of time and assumes that you have reinvested all dividends and distributions.

This information for the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund and the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund has been derived from the financial statements and has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm.

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020, 2019 and 2018 for the Global Equity Fund has been derived from the financial statements and has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm. The information for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 for the Global Equity Fund has been derived from the financial statements and has been audited by another independent registered public accounting firm. Class A Shares and Class C shares of the Global Equity Fund had not commenced operations as of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, and therefore no financial highlights information is presented for these Classes of the Global Equity Fund.

This information should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ financial statements, which, together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, are included in the Funds’ annual reports, which are available upon request (see back cover for ordering instructions).

42

	U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund — Class I Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021	For the Year Ended August 31, 2020	For the Year Ended August 31, 2019	For the Year Ended August 31, 2018	For the Year Ended August 31, 2017
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$ 19.55	$ 18.24	$ 17.97	$ 15.43	$ 14.69
Net investment income/(loss)(1)	0.03	0.14	0.18	0.16	0.22
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments(2)	3.76	1.66	0.75	3.52	0.90
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	3.79	1.80	0.93	3.68	1.12
Dividends and distributions to Shareholders from:
Net investment income	(0.08)	(0.18)	(0.11)	(0.18)	(0.16)
Net realized capital gains	(0.05)	(0.31)	(0.55)	(0.96)	(0.22)
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders	(0.13)	(0.49)	(0.66)	(1.14)	(0.38)
Net asset value, end of period	$ 23.21	$ 19.55	$ 18.24	$ 17.97	$ 15.43
Total investment return/(loss)(3)	19.46%	10.10%	5.83%	24.98%	7.73%
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$ 506,159	$ 556,511	$ 497,097	$ 437,424	$ 91,977
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and/or reimbursements net of amounts recouped	0.87%	0.85%	0.93%	0.98%	0.98%
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and/or reimbursements net of amounts recouped	0.87%	0.85%	0.86%	0.94%	1.14%
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets	0.15%	0.76%	1.07%	0.87%	1.32%
Portfolio turnover rate (4)	91%	129%	104%	85%	31%

(1) The selected per share data is calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(2) The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(3) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

(4) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

43

	U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund — Class A Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021			For the Year Ended August 31, 2020			For the Year Ended August 31, 2019			For the Year Ended August 31, 2018			For the Year Ended August 31, 2017
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	19.59		$	18.29		$	17.99		$	15.40		$	14.67
Net investment income/(loss)(1)		(0.02	)		0.08			0.14			0.10			0.16
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments(2)		3.77			1.67			0.76			3.55			0.92
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		3.75			1.75			0.90			3.65			1.08
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net investment income		(0.04	)		(0.14	)		(0.05	)		(0.10	)		(0.13	)
Net realized capital gains		(0.05	)		(0.31	)		(0.55	)		(0.96	)		(0.22	)
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		(0.09	)		(0.45	)		(0.60	)		(1.06	)		(0.35	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	23.25		$	19.59		$	18.29		$	17.99		$	15.40
Total investment return/(loss)(3)		19.20%			9.78	%		5.61	%		24.68	%		7.48	%
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$	29,423		$	23,424		$	14,751		$	9,530		$	22,195
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and/or reimbursements net of amounts recouped		1.12	%		1.10	%		1.18	%		1.23	%		1.23	%
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and/or reimbursements net of amounts recouped		1.12	%		1.10	%		1.11	%		1.27	%		1.39	%
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		(0.09	)%		0.47	%		0.84	%		0.62	%		1.07	%
Portfolio turnover rate(4)		91	%		129	%		104	%		85	%		31	%

(1) The selected per share data is calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(2) The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(3) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any. Total investment return does not reflect any applicable sales charge.

(4) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

44

	U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund — Class C Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021			For the Year Ended August 31, 2020			For the Year Ended August 31, 2019			For the Year Ended August 31, 2018			For the Year Ended August 31, 2017
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	19.11		$	17.79		$	17.59		$	15.15		$	14.51
Net investment income/(loss)(1)		(0.17	)		(0.05	)		0.01			(0.02	)		0.04
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments(2)		3.65			1.71			0.74			3.48			0.93
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		3.48			1.66			0.75			3.46			0.97
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net investment income		—			(0.03	)		—			(0.06	)		(0.11	)
Net realized capital gains		(0.05	)		(0.31	)		(0.55	)		(0.96	)		(0.22	)
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		(0.05	)		(0.34	)		(0.55	)		(1.02	)		(0.33	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	22.54		$	19.11		$	17.79		$	17.59		$	15.15
Total investment return/(loss)(3)		18.25%			9.47	%		4.78	%		23.80	%		6.74	%
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$	2,917		$	2,915		$	2,350		$	1,916		$	1,226
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and/or reimbursements net of amounts recouped		1.87%			1.85	%		1.93	%		1.98	%		1.98	%
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and/or reimbursements net of amounts recouped		1.87%			1.85	%		1.86	%		2.00	%		2.15	%
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		(0.84	)%		(0.26	)%		0.07	%		(0.11	)%		0.30	%
Portfolio turnover rate(4)		91%			129	%		104	%		85	%		31	%

(1) The selected per share data is calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(2) The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(3) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

(4) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

45

	U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund — Class I Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021			For the Year Ended August 31, 2020			For the Year Ended August 31, 2019			For the Year Ended August 31, 2018			For the Year Ended August 31, 2017
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.03		$	11.49		$	13.82		$	12.39		$	10.83
Net investment income/(loss)(1)		(0.02	)		0.07			0.14			(0.01	)		0.04
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments(2)		1.92			(1.40	)		(1.89	)		2.61			1.57
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		1.90			(1.33	)		(1.75	)		2.60			1.61
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net investment income		(0.02	)		(0.13	)		(0.04	)		(0.05	)		(0.05	)
Net realized capital gains		—			—			(0.54	)		(1.12	)		—	(4)
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		(0.02	)		(0.13	)		(0.58	)		(1.17	)		(0.05	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	11.91		$	10.03		$	11.49		$	13.82		$	12.39
Total investment return/(loss)(3)		19.02%			(11.75	)%		(12.43	)%		22.26	%		14.86	%
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$	27,913		$	42,830		$	33,707		$	31,559		$	12,919
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and reimbursements		1.23	%		1.23	%		1.23	%		1.23	%		1.23	%
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and reimbursements		1.40	%		1.36	%		1.40	%		1.60	%		2.21	%
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		(0.23	)%		0.68	%		1.19	%		(0.05	)%		0.31	%
Portfolio turnover rate(5)		135	%		151	%		145	%		122	%		95	%

(1) The selected per share data is calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(2) The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(3) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

(4) Amount represents less than $0.005 per share.

(5) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

46

	U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund — Class A Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021			For the Year Ended August 31, 2020			For the Year Ended August 31, 2019			For the Year Ended August 31, 2018			For the Year Ended August 31, 2017
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.00		$	11.46		$	13.80		$	12.38		$	10.83
Net investment income/(loss)(1)		(0.05	)		0.03			0.11			(0.03	)		0.01
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments(2)		1.92			(1.38	)		(1.88	)		2.59			1.57
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		1.87			(1.35	)		(1.77	)		2.56			1.58
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net investment income		(0.02	)		(0.11	)		(0.03	)		(0.02	)		(0.03	)
Net realized capital gains		—			—			(0.54	)		(1.12	)		—	(4)
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		(0.02	)		(0.11	)		(0.57	)		(1.14	)		(0.03	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	11.85		$	10.00		$	11.46		$	13.80		$	12.38
Total investment return/(loss)(3)		18.69%			(11.95	)%		(12.61	)%		21.90	%		14.63	%
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$	5,573		$	6,905		$	3,892		$	3,560		$	3,132
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and reimbursements		1.48	%		1.48	%		1.48	%		1.48	%		1.48	%
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and reimbursements		1.65	%		1.61	%		1.65	%		1.86	%		2.44	%
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		(0.48	)%		0.32	%		0.94	%		(0.23	)%		0.06	%
Portfolio turnover rate(5)		135	%		151	%		145	%		122	%		95	%

(1) The selected per share data is calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(2) The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(3) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any. Total investment return does not reflect any applicable sales charge.

(4) Amount represents less than $0.005 per share.

(5) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

47

	U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund — Class C Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021			For the Year Ended August 31, 2020			For the Year Ended August 31, 2019			For the Year Ended August 31, 2018			For the Year Ended August 31, 2017
Per Share Operating Performance:
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	9.75		$	11.22		$	13.59		$	12.27		$	10.80
Net investment income/(loss)(1)		(0.14	)		(0.03	)		0.01			(0.12	)		(0.08	)
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments(2)		1.87			(1.37	)		(1.84	)		2.56			1.55
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		1.73			(1.40	)		(1.83	)		2.44			1.47
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net realized capital gains		—			(0.07	)		(0.54	)		(1.12	)		—	(4)
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		—			(0.07	)		(0.54	)		(1.12	)		—	(4)
Net asset value, end of period	$	11.48		$	9.75		$	11.22		$	13.59		$	12.27
Total investment return/(loss)(3)		17.74%			(12.57	)%		(13.30	)%		21.05	%		13.63	%
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$	118		$	102		$	114		$	200		$	168
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and reimbursements		2.23	%		2.23	%		2.23	%		2.23	%		2.23	%
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and reimbursements		2.40	%		2.36	%		2.40	%		2.61	%		2.89	%
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		(1.26	)%		(0.29	)%		0.09	%		(0.95	)%		(0.67	)%
Portfolio turnover rate(5)		135	%		151	%		145	%		122	%		95	%

(1) The selected per share data is calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(2) The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(3) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

(4) Amount represents less than $0.005 per share.

(5) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

48

	Global Equity Fund — Class I Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021			For the Year Ended August 31, 2020			For the Year Ended August 31, 2019			For the Year Ended August 31, 2018			For the Year Ended August 31, 2017
Per Share Operating Performance:
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	32.93		$	32.62		$	30.30		$	27.20		$	24.93
Net investment income/(loss)(1)		0.38			0.41			0.53			0.35			0.06
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments		5.24			1.06			2.20			2.75			2.21
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		5.62			1.47			2.73			3.10			2.27
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net investment income		(0.22	)		(0.85	)		(0.41	)		—			—
Net realized capital gains		—			(0.31	)		—			—			—
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		(0.22	)		(1.16	)		(0.41	)		—			—
Redemption fees added to paid-in capital(1)		—	(2)		—	(2)		—	(2)		—	(2)		—	(2)
Net asset value, end of period	$	38.33		$	32.93		$	32.62		$	30.30		$	27.20
Total investment return(3)		17.15	%		4.53	%		9.18	%		11.36	%		9.15	%
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$	112,035		$	58,262		$	21,520		$	19,530		$	22,765
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and reimbursements		0.84	%		0.84	%		0.84	%		0.84	%		0.84	%
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and reimbursements		0.95	%		0.98	%		1.11	%		1.25	%		1.32	%
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		1.09	%		1.32	%		1.75	%		1.19	%		0.26	%
Portfolio turnover rate(4)		88	%		122	%		74	%		44	%		247	%

(1) The selected per share data was calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(2) Amount represents less than $0.005 per share.

(3) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

(4) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

49

Appendix A — Prior Performance of Similarly Advised Accounts

U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund

The Adviser has experience in managing other accounts with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund. The table below is provided to illustrate the past performance of the Adviser in managing all such other accounts and does not represent the performance of the Fund. Investors should not consider this performance information as a substitute for the performance of the Fund, nor should investors consider this information as an indication of the future performance of the Fund or of the Adviser. This performance history is net of all fees (including any applicable sales loads) charged to investors in the other accounts. The net returns are derived using the investment advisory fixed rate fee of 1.00% on total assets applicable for each other account and calculated on a monthly basis. The composite includes other accounts that pay lower expenses than those paid by shareholders of the Fund. Higher expenses reduce returns to investors. The use of the Fund’s expense structure would have lowered the performance results. The Fund’s results in the future also may be different because the other accounts are not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions imposed on mutual funds under applicable U.S. securities and tax laws that, if applicable, could have adversely affected the performance of the other accounts. In addition, the securities held by the Fund will not be identical to the securities held by the other accounts.

The performance of the other accounts is also compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based securities benchmark index. This index is unmanaged and is not subject to fees and expenses typically associated with managed funds, including the Fund. Investors cannot invest directly in the Index. The performance information is accompanied by additional disclosures, which are an integral part of the information.

COMPOSITE — MONTHLY PERFORMANCE TABLE NET OF FEES
(SINCE INCEPTION JANUARY 14, 2011 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2011)^1,2,3

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec
US Equity Low Volatility Composite	(1.72)%	1.92%	1.97%	4.13%	0.71%	0.11%	(2.82)%	(1.63)%	(2.17)%	4.80%	0.41%	1.84%
S&P 500® Index	(0.55)%	3.20%	(0.10)%	2.85%	(1.35)%	(1.83)%	(2.15)%	(5.68)%	(7.18)%	10.77%	(0.51)%	0.85%

¹ Performance was calculated using a time-weighted total return methodology, as set forth in Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPS”) Section 3.3. This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

² Performance shown is composite performance of all similarly advised accounts. The first similarly advised account commenced operations on January 14, 2011, but other accounts commenced operations subsequent to January 14, 2011.

³ The S&P 500^® Index is an unmanaged index composed of 500 common stocks, classified in eleven industry sectors, which represents approximately 75% of the U.S. equities market. The S&P 500^® Index assigns relative values to the stocks included in the index, weighted according to each stock’s total market value relative to the total market value of the other stocks included in the index.

U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund

The Adviser has experience in managing other accounts with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund. The table below is provided to illustrate the past performance of the Adviser in managing all such other accounts and does not represent the performance of the Fund. Investors should not consider this performance information as a substitute for the performance of the Fund, nor should investors consider this information as an indication of the future performance of the Fund or of the Adviser. This performance history is net of all fees (including any applicable sales loads) charged to investors in the other accounts. The net returns are derived using the investment advisory fixed rate fee of 1.23% on total assets applicable for each other account and calculated on a monthly basis. Other accounts managed by the Adviser may pay lower expenses than those paid by shareholders of the Fund. Higher expenses

A-1

reduce returns to investors. The use of the Fund’s expense structure may have lowered the performance results. The Fund’s results in the future also may be different because the other accounts are not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions imposed on mutual funds under applicable U.S. securities and tax laws that, if applicable, could have adversely affected the performance of the other accounts. In addition, the securities held by the Fund will not be identical to the securities held by the other accounts.

The performance of the other accounts is also compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based securities benchmark index. This index is unmanaged and is not subject to fees and expenses typically associated with managed funds, including the Fund. Investors cannot invest directly in the Index. The performance information is accompanied by additional disclosures, which are an integral part of the information.

COMPOSITE – MONTHLY PERFORMANCE TABLE NET OF FEES
(SINCE INCEPTION APRIL 1, 2014 THROUGH MARCH 31, 2016)^1,2,3

U.S. Small Cap Equity Returns

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec
2016	(1.15)%	1.57%	5.51%
2015	(2.35)%	3.12%	2.20%	(3.77)%	1.70%	1.05%	0.81%	(4.24)%	(0.49)%	3.71%	1.81%	(1.78)%
2014				(3.09)%	0.59%	3.78%	(4.22)%	4.33%	(4.04)%	10.27%	0.77%	3.25%

Russell 2000^® Index

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec
2016	(8.79)%	0.00%	7.98%
2015	(3.22)%	5.94%	1.74%	(2.55)%	2.28%	0.75%	(1.16)%	(6.28)%	(4.91)%	5.63%	3.25%	(5.02)%
2014				(3.88)%	0.80%	5.32%	(6.05)%	4.96%	(6.05)%	6.59%	0.09%	2.85%

¹ Performance was calculated using a time-weighted total return methodology (which is a measure of the compound rate of growth in a portfolio), as set forth in Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPS”) Section 3.3. This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

² Performance shown is net composite performance of all similarly advised accounts. The first similarly advised account commenced operations on April 1, 2014.

³ The Russell 2000^® Index is a leading small cap index which is a subset of the Russell 3000^® Index. The Russell 2000^® Index is comprised of the bottom 2000 stocks in the Russell 3000^® Index.

A-2

PRIVACY NOTICE
FACTS	WHAT DO THE SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS FUNDS DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION?
Why?	Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.
What?	The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. This information can include: ● Social Security number ● account balances ● account transactions ● transaction history ● wire transfer instructions ● checking account information When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.
How?	All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business. In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers’ personal information; the reasons Summit Global Investments Funds chooses to share; and whether you can limit this sharing.
Reasons we can share your information		Do the Summit Global Investments Funds share?	Can you limit this sharing?
For our everyday business purpose — such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus		Yes	No
For our marketing purposes — to offer our products and services to you		Yes	No
For joint marketing with other financial companies		Yes	No
For affiliates’ everyday business purposes — information about your transactions and experiences		Yes	No
For affiliates’ everyday business purposes — information about your creditworthiness		No	We don’t share
For our affiliates to market to you		No	We don’t share
For nonaffiliates to market to you		No	We don’t share

Questions? Call 1-888-251-4847 or go to www.sgiam.com

What we do
How do the Summit Global Investments Funds protect my personal information?	To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings.
How do the Summit Global Investments Funds collect my personal information?	We collect your personal information, for example, when you ● open an account ● provide account information ● give us your contact information ● make a wire transfer ● tell us where to send the money We also collect your information from others, such as credit bureaus, affiliates, or other companies.
Why can’t I limit all sharing?	Federal law gives you the right to limit only ● sharing for affiliates’ everyday business purposes — information about your creditworthiness ● affiliates from using your information to market to you ● sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing.
Definitions
Affiliates	Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. ●   Our affiliates include Summit Global Investments, LLC, the investment adviser to the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio., SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund.
Nonaffiliates	Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. ●   SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund don’t share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you.
Joint marketing	A formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to you. ●   SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund may share your information with other financial institutions with whom they have joint marketing arrangements who may suggest additional fund services or other investment products which may be of interest to you. We do not currently have any joint marketing arrangements with other financial institutions.

SGI U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY FUND, SGI U.S. SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND, SGI GLOBAL EQUITY FUND

FOR MORE INFORMATION

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Funds is available free of charge, upon request, including:

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports:

These reports contain additional information about the Funds’ investments, describe the Funds’ performance, list portfolio holdings, and discuss recent market conditions and economic trends. The annual report includes Fund strategies and market conditions that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during its last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information:

The Funds’ SAI, dated December 31, 2021, has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Funds, along with the Funds’ annual and semi-annual reports, are available on the Adviser’s website at www.sgiam.com or may be obtained free of charge by calling 855-744-8500. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus.

Shareholder Account Service Representatives:

Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday-Friday. Call: 855-744-8500.

Purchases and Redemptions:

Call your registered representative or 855-744-8500.

Written Correspondence

Post Office Address:	Summit Global Investments Funds c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services PO Box 701 Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701
Street Address:	Summit Global Investments Funds c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202

Securities and Exchange Commission:

You may view and copy information about the Company and the Funds, including the SAI, by visiting the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-05518

SGI-001-21

Summit Global Investments

Prospectus

SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio
(Ticker: SGIVX)

December 31, 2021

of The RBB Fund, Inc.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A look at the goals, strategies, and risks of the Portfolio.

Details about the Portfolio’s service providers.

Policies and instructions for opening, maintaining and closing an account in the Portfolio.

SUMMARY SECTION	1
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIO’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS	6
MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO	10
Investment Adviser	10
Portfolio Managers	10
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION	11
Pricing of Portfolio Shares	11
Market Timing	12
Purchase of Portfolio Shares	12
Redemption of Portfolio Shares	13
Voting Rights	14
Dividends and Distributions	14
Taxes	15
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS	16
Appendix A — Prior Performance of Similarly Advised Account	A-1
FOR MORE INFORMATION	Back Cover

i

SUMMARY SECTION

U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio

Investment Objective

The SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to outperform the S&P 500^® Index over a market cycle while reducing overall volatility. There can be no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.

Expenses and Fees

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Portfolio. This table does not reflect the fees and expenses associated with any variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy that uses the Portfolio as an investment option. Had those fees and expenses been included, overall fees and expenses would be higher.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)	None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends	None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)	None

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.70%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees	None
Other Expenses (1)	0.20%
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses	0.90%

⁽¹⁾    “Other Expenses” are estimated for the current fiscal year.

Example:

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. This Example does not reflect the fees and expenses associated with any variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy that uses the Portfolio as an investment option. Had those fees and expenses been included, the costs shown below would be higher. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

1 Year	3 Years
$92	$304

1

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. No portfolio turnover rate is provided since the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, primarily common stocks, of companies within the Russell 1000^® Index and S&P 500^® Index. The Portfolio’s investments will generally consist of securities, which may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock. The Portfolio purchases equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. The Portfolio may also invest in other registered investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”).

Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”) attempts to lower the Portfolio’s market risk by investing in U.S. equity securities that lower the overall volatility of the Portfolio’s portfolio as compared to the S&P 500^® Index. Volatility is a statistical measurement of the magnitude of up and down fluctuations in the value of a financial instrument or index. The Portfolio invests in stocks that often exhibit less volatile stock price patterns, strengthening business metrics (i.e., earnings, debt, return on assets, competition, customers, industry, etc.) and quantitative factors such as earnings variability, leverage, volatility, price/book, price/cash flow, etc. In addition, the Adviser reviews the idiosyncratic risks associated with each stock if these risks are deemed elevated with increased downside risks, due to environmental, social and/or governance (“ESG”) issues. The Adviser selects securities for the Portfolio that it anticipates will produce a portfolio with less volatility with more capital protection and consistent returns. While the Adviser attempts to manage the Portfolio’s volatility, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful or that the Portfolio’s portfolio will not experience periods of volatility.

The Adviser seeks to incorporate ESG issues into existing portfolio construction practices using a combination of up to three approaches: integration, screening and thematic. Through integration, the Adviser will explicitly and/or systematically include ESG issues in its investment analysis and decisions, to better manage risks and improve returns. Screening places specified filters to lists of potential investments that rule companies in or out of contention for investment, based on the Adviser’s preferences, values or ethics. Thematic investing seeks to combine attractive risk-return profiles with an intention to contribute to a specific environmental or social outcome, including impact investing. The Portfolio intends to invest in companies with measurably high ESG ratings relative to their sector peers, and screen out particular companies that do not meet its ESG criteria.

The Adviser may encourage the companies in which the Portfolio invests in to improve their ESG risk management or develop more sustainable business practices through direct engagement with a company. This may done by discussing ESG issues with companies to improve their handling, including disclosures the companies make surrounding such issues. Another way in which the Adviser may seek to improve performance through ESG is stewardship through proxy voting by formally expressing approval or disapproval through voting and proposing shareholder resolutions on specific ESG issues.

The Portfolio may sell a stock if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG, or legal risks and/or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential. The Portfolio may also decrease weight in an investment for risk control purposes.

2

Principal Risks

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Portfolio. The value of your investment in the Portfolio, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Portfolio or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Portfolio’s principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Portfolio, regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

■    Common Stock Risk. Investments in common stocks are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Therefore, an investment in the Portfolio may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

■    Convertible Securities Risk. Securities that can be converted into common stock, such as certain securities and preferred stock, are subject to the usual risks associated with fixed income investments, such as interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, because they react to changes in the value of the equity securities into which they will convert, convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with equity securities.

● Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Portfolio assets, Portfolio or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Portfolio, the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Portfolio investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Portfolio and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Portfolio or the Adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Portfolio or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Portfolio or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Portfolio invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

● Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Portfolio may apply in selecting securities. The Portfolio seeks to screen out companies that it believes may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. This may affect the Portfolio’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Portfolio to forego certain investment opportunities. The Portfolio’s results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Portfolio may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

● High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that when investing on a shorter-term basis, the Portfolio may as a result trade more frequently and incur higher levels of brokerage fees and commissions and cause higher levels of current tax liability to shareholders of the Portfolio. A portfolio turnover rate of 100% is considered to be high. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to vary from year to year. The Adviser may engage in active trading, and will not consider portfolio turnover a limiting factor in making decisions for the Portfolio.

3

■    Investment Companies and ETFs Risk. The Portfolio’s investment performance may be affected by the investment performance of the underlying funds in which the Portfolio may invest. Investing in other investment companies, including ETFs, may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the Portfolio’s own expenses. The risk of owning an investment company or ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the investment company or ETF holds. The Portfolio may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. Certain ETFs maybe thinly traded and experience large spreads between the “ask” price quoted by a seller and the “bid” price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their net asset value (“NAV”).

■    Large-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Portfolio to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium- capitalization stocks.

■   Low Volatility Risk. Although subject to the risks of common stocks, low volatility stocks are seen as having a lower risk profile than the overall markets. However, a portfolio comprised of low volatility stocks may not produce investment exposure that has lower variability to changes in such stocks’ price levels. Investing in low volatility stocks may limit the Portfolio’s gains in rising markets.

■    Management Risk. The Portfolio is subject to the risk of poor stock selection. In other words, the individual stocks in the Portfolio may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Portfolio’s portfolio management practices may not work to achieve their desired result.

■    Market Risk. The NAV of the Portfolio will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. The value of investments held by the Portfolio may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Although the Portfolio will invest in stocks the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the stocks will perform as expected.The prices of securities held by the Portfolio may decline in response to conditions affecting the general economy, overall market changes, local, regional or global political, social or economic instability, and currency, interest rate and commodity price fluctuations.

■    New Portfolio Risk. The Portfolio is new with no operating history and there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will grow to or maintain an economically viable size.

■    Opportunity Risk. As with all mutual funds, the Portfolio is subject to the risk of missing out on an opportunity because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less advantageous investments.

■    Warrants Risk. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Portfolio could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Performance Information

Performance information for the Portfolio is not included because the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available once the Portfolio has at least one calendar year of performance. Updated performance information may be obtained at www.sgiam.com or by calling 1-855-744-8500.

4

Management of the Portfolio

Investment Adviser

Summit Global Investments, LLC

Portfolio Managers

Name	Title with Adviser	Tenure with the Portfolio
David Harden	President and Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2020
Aash Shah	Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2020

Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares

Portfolio shares are not sold directly to the public. Portfolio shares may be purchased and redeemed by separate accounts that fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts issued by participating insurance companies. Orders received from separate accounts to purchase or redeem Portfolio shares are effected on business days. Individual investors may purchase or redeem Portfolio shares indirectly through variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies offered through the separate accounts.

Tax Information

Provided that the Portfolio and separate accounts investing in the Portfolio satisfy applicable tax requirements, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal tax, and the separate accounts will not be taxable on distributions from, or gains with respect to, the Portfolio. Special tax rules apply to life insurance companies, variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts. For information on federal income taxation of owners of variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts, see the prospectus for the applicable contract.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

The Portfolio may pay participating insurance companies and securities dealers for the sale of Portfolio shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the insurance company and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your insurance company’s website for more information.

5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIO’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

This section provides some additional information about the Portfolio’s investments and certain portfolio management techniques that the Portfolio may use. More information about the Portfolio’s investments and portfolio management techniques, and related risks, is included in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Investment Objectives

The Portfolio’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of The RBB Fund, Inc. (“Company”) without shareholder approval. Shareholders will, however, receive 60 days’ prior notice of any changes. Any such changes may result in the Portfolio having an investment objective different from the objective that the shareholder considered appropriate at the time of investment in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio invests in stocks that exhibit lower volatile stock price patterns strengthening business metrics and quantitative factors that the Adviser anticipates will produce lower volatility. The Portfolio may sell a stock if it no longer meets one or more investment criteria, including if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG or legal risks or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential.

Portfolio Composition

The Portfolio has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, primarily common stocks, of companies within the Russell 1000^® Index and S&P 500^® Index (for this paragraph only, the “80% Policy”). The 80% Policy is non-fundamental and can be changed by the Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Portfolio must comply with its 80% Policy at the time the Portfolio invests its assets. Accordingly, when the Portfolio no longer meets the 80% requirement as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings, but any new investments it makes would be consistent with its 80% Policy.

Additional Information About the Portfolio’s Principal Investments and Risks

Borrowing. The Portfolio may borrow money for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes. The Portfolio will not make any additional investments while borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities have characteristics of both equity and fixed income securities. The value of a convertible security tends to move with the market value of the underlying stock, but may also be affected by interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions. In particular, when interest rates rise, fixed income securities will decline in value.

Cyber Security Risk. With the increased use of technologies such as the internet to conduct business, the Portfolio is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by the Portfolio’s Adviser and other service providers (including, but not limited to, portfolio accountant, custodian, transfer agent and administrator), and the issuers of securities in which the Portfolio invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Portfolio’s ability to calculate its net asset value (“NAV”), impediments to trading, the inability of Portfolio shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Adviser has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Portfolio cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Portfolio and issuers in which the Portfolio invests. The Portfolio and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

6

ESG Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Portfolio may apply in selecting securities. The Portfolio seeks to screen out companies that it believes may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. This may affect the Portfolio’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Portfolio to forego certain investment opportunities. The Portfolio’s results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Portfolio may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

Equity and Equity-Related Securities. The Portfolio will invest in equity securities as part of its principal investment strategies, including exchange-traded and over-the-counter common and preferred stocks, warrants and convertible securities. Investments in equity securities are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. The value of a convertible security may not increase or decrease as rapidly as the underlying common stock. Common stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Portfolio could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the warrant’s expiration. The value of such securities convertible into equity securities, such as warrants or convertible debt, is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provision. The market value of a portfolio holding may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity securities change in response to many factors, including the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity. Decreases in market value of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities could adversely affect the Portfolio’s NAV.

Large-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Portfolio to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium- capitalization stocks.

Market Risk. The NAV of the Portfolio will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. Although the Portfolio will invest in stocks the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the stocks will perform as expected.The prices of securities held by the Portfolio may decline in response to conditions affecting the general economy, overall market changes, local, regional or global political, social or economic instability, and currency, interest rate and commodity price fluctuations.

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of the Portfolio’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Portfolio invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

7

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Portfolio’s investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio and its service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

Other Investment Companies and ETFs. The Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies and ETFs not affiliated with the Adviser, but may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company or acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Among other things, the Portfolio may invest in money market mutual funds for cash management purposes by “sweeping” excess cash balances into such funds until the cash is invested or otherwise utilized. Rule 12d1-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), permits the Portfolio to invest an unlimited amount of its uninvested cash in a money market fund so long as, among other things, said investment is consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies. The Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by investment companies in which it invests in addition to the advisory and administration fees paid by the Portfolio.

In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company. These regulatory changes may adversely impact the Portfolio’s investment strategies and operations.

Portfolio Turnover. The Portfolio may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading may also increase transaction costs, which could detract from the Portfolio’s performance.

Temporary Investments. The Portfolio may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions by taking a temporary defensive position (up to 100% of its assets) in cash, cash equivalents and all types of money market and short-term debt securities. The value of money market instruments tends to fall when current interest rates rise. Money market instruments are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer-term securities. If the Portfolio were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time.

8

Broad-Based Securities Market Indices

The S&P 500^® Index is an unmanaged index composed of 500 common stocks, classified in eleven industry sectors, which represent approximately 75% of the U.S. equities market. The S&P 500^® Index assigns relative values to the stocks included in the index, weighted according to each stock’s total market value relative to the total market value of the other stocks included in the index.

The Russell 1000^® Index is an unmanaged index that represents the top 1,000 companies in the Russell 3000^® Index and represents approximately 90% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000^® Index.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

A description of the Company’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities is available in the Portfolio’s SAI. The SAI is incorporated herein.

9

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

Investment Adviser

The Adviser’s principal address is 620 South Main Street, Bountiful, Utah 84010. The Adviser provides investment management and investment advisory services to investment companies and other institutional accounts. The Adviser is 100% privately-owned, and was founded in 2010.

Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Company, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.70% of the Portfolio’s net assets. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) of the Portfolio exceed 0.98% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses with respect to the Portfolio, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause net Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses to exceed 0.98%: acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board. If at any time the Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses for that year are less than 0.98%, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Portfolio of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Portfolio within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Portfolio to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory agreement for the Portfolio with the Adviser will be available in the Portfolio’s first Semi-Annual or Annual Report to Shareholders.

Portfolio Managers

The President of the Adviser, David Harden, is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Portfolio’s investment portfolio. Mr. Harden founded the Adviser in 2010, and has managed the Portfolio since its inception in 2020. He started his career in 1993 and has worked for such firms as Fidelity Investments, Wellington Management and Evergreen Investments. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Harden worked with Ensign Peak Advisors, Inc., most recently as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, where he managed and oversaw day-to-day research, portfolio management and trading for all index, quantitative and low volatility strategies.

Aash Shah is a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Portfolio’s investment portfolio. Mr. Shah joined the Adviser in 2017 as a Portfolio Manager. Mr. Shah has over 26 years of investment management experience including over 21 years as a portfolio manager. Previously, Mr. Shah managed small, mid, and large cap funds for Federated Investors in both New York City and Pittsburgh. Mr. Shah also managed private client portfolios for Key Bank in Denver prior to joining the Adviser. Mr. Shah has a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Pittsburgh Swanson School of Engineering and an MBA in Finance and Accounting from the Tepper School at Carnegie Mellon University. He also holds a CFA charter.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of shares of the Portfolio.

10

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Pricing of Portfolio Shares

               The Portfolio’s shares are priced at its NAV. The NAV per Share of the Portfolio is calculated as follows:

	Value of Assets Attributable to the Portfolio
NAV =	-Value of Liabilities Attributable to the Portfolio
	Number of Outstanding Shares of the Portfolio

The Portfolio’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The NYSE also may be closed on national days of mourning or due to natural disaster or other extraordinary events or emergency. The Portfolio will effect purchases and redemptions of shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your purchase order or redemption request in good order as described below. If the Portfolio holds securities that are primarily listed on non-U.S. exchanges, the NAV of the Portfolio’s shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Portfolio’s shares.

The Portfolio’s equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). Equity securities listed on the NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, equity securities will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities are valued using an independent pricing service, which considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities and ratings, and deemed representative of market values at the close of the market.

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses). Investments in exchange-traded and closed-end funds will be valued at their market price.

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Portfolio’s administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be valued by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board’s ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Portfolio to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

11

Market Timing

In accordance with the policy adopted by its Board, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Portfolio performance and result in dilution in the value of Portfolio shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder’s privilege to purchase Portfolio shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange involving the purchase of Portfolio shares. An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary. It is currently expected that a shareholder would receive notice that its purchase order or exchange has been rejected within 48 hours after such purchase order or exchange has been received by the Company in good order. The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise its right if, in the Company’s (or the Adviser’s) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Company (or the Adviser), has been or may be disruptive to the Portfolio. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Portfolio and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

Portfolio shares are generally held through omnibus arrangements maintained by participating insurance companies or other intermediaries. There is no assurance that the Adviser will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Portfolio shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Portfolio. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company’s excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

Purchase of Portfolio Shares

General. Shares of the Portfolio are not sold directly to the public. Instead, Portfolio shares are sold to separate accounts that fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts issued by participating insurance companies. You may purchase or sell (redeem) shares of the Portfolio through variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies offered through separate accounts. The variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies are described in the separate prospectuses issued by the participating insurance companies. You should refer to those prospectuses for information on how to purchase a variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy, how to select the Portfolio as an investment option for your contract or policy and how to redeem monies from the Portfolio.

The separate accounts of the participating insurance companies place orders to purchase and redeem shares of the Portfolio based on, among other things, the amount of premium payments to be invested and the amount of surrender and transfer requests (as defined in the prospectus describing the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the participating insurance companies) to be effected on that day pursuant to variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies.

Shares of the Portfolio may be purchased by separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated participating insurance companies in order to fund both variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts, and also may be purchased by qualified plans. This may present certain conflicts of interests among variable annuity owners, variable life insurance policy owners and plan investors. The Board will monitor the Company for the existence of any materials irreconcilable conflict of interest. The Company currently does not foresee any disadvantages to the holders of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies arising from the fact that interests of the holders of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies may differ due to differences of tax treatment or other considerations or due to conflicts among the participating insurance companies. If, however, a material irreconcilable conflict arises between the holders of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies of participating insurance companies, a participating insurance company may be required to withdraw the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Portfolio. Any such withdrawal could disrupt orderly portfolio management to the potential detriment of such holders.

12

The Portfolio does not currently anticipate offering shares directly to qualified pension and profit-sharing plans.

Good Order. A purchase request is considered to be in good order when all necessary information is provided and all required documents are properly completed, signed and delivered. Purchase requests not in good order may be delayed. Purchase orders received by the Transfer Agent in good order will be executed at the Portfolio’s next determined NAV.

Other Purchase Information. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of the Portfolio. The Adviser will monitor the Portfolio’s total assets and may decide to close the Portfolio at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Portfolio may adversely affect the implementation of the Portfolio’s strategy. Subject to the Board’s discretion, the Adviser may also choose to reopen the Portfolio to new investments at any time and may subsequently close the Portfolio again should concerns regarding the Portfolio’s size recur. If the Portfolio closes to new investments, the Portfolio would be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Portfolio.

Distributions to all shareholders of the Portfolio will be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser reserves the right to implement other purchases limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

Redemption of Portfolio Shares

General. Redemption requests may be placed by separate accounts of participating insurance companies. Redemption requests are effected at the NAV next calculated after receipt of the redemption request by the Transfer Agent in good order. The Portfolio’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. Shares of the Portfolio can be redeemed only on days the NYSE is open. Redemptions by wire are charged a transaction fee of $15.

Other Redemption Information. Payment of the redemption proceeds will be made within seven days after receipt of an order for a redemption. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC. The Portfolio typically expects to meet redemption requests by paying out proceeds from cash or cash equivalent portfolio holdings, or by selling portfolio securities. In stressed market conditions, redemption methods may include redeeming in kind.

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolio to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Portfolio instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC and the Company’s Policy and Procedure Related to the Processing of In-Kind Redemptions. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholders will bear the market risk of the securities received in the redemption until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, so that the Portfolio is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Portfolio.

13

Good Order. A redemption request is considered to be in good order when all necessary information is provided and all required documents are properly completed, signed and delivered. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed. Redemption orders received by the Transfer Agent in good order will be executed at the Portfolio’s next determined NAV.

Voting Rights

Participating insurance companies, not the owners of the variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies or participants therein, are shareholders of the Portfolio. To the extent required by law:

●     The participating insurance companies will vote Portfolio shares held in the separate accounts in a manner consistent with timely voting instructions received from the holders of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies.

●     The participating insurance companies will vote Portfolio shares held in the separate accounts for which no timely instructions are received from the holders of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies, as well as shares they own, in the same proportion as those shares for which voting instructions are received.

As a result of proportional voting, a small number of holders of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies could determine the outcome of a proposition subject to shareholder vote. It is anticipated that Portfolio shares held by unregistered separate accounts or qualified plans generally will be voted for or against any proposition in the same proportion as all other Portfolio shares are voted unless the unregistered separate account’s participating insurance company or the plan makes other arrangements.

Additional information concerning voting rights of the participants in the separate accounts is more fully set forth in the prospectus relating to those accounts issued by the participating insurance companies.

Dividends and Distributions

The Portfolio will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, to its shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional shares unless a shareholder elects otherwise.

The Portfolio will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed at least annually.

The ex-dividend, record and payable dates of any annual distribution will be available by calling 855-744-8500.

All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional Portfolio shares unless you elect one the following options: (1) receive dividends in cash while reinvesting capital gain distributions in additional Portfolio shares; (2) receive capital gain distributions in cash while reinvesting dividends in additional Portfolio shares; or (3) receive all distributions in cash. If you elect to receive distributions and/or capital gains paid in cash, and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver the check, or if a check remains outstanding for six months, the Portfolio reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account, at the Portfolio’s current NAV, and to reinvest all subsequent distributions. You may change the distribution option on your account as any time. You should notify the Transfer Agent in writing or by telephone at least five (5) days prior to the next distribution.

14

Taxes

The Portfolio is treated as a separate corporate entity for federal tax purposes. The Portfolio has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company and intends to qualify for such treatment for each taxable year under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In addition, the Portfolio intends to qualify under the Code with respect to the diversification requirements related to variable contracts. Provided that the Portfolio and a separate account investing in the Portfolio satisfy applicable tax requirements, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal tax, and the separate accounts will not be taxable on distributions from, or gains with respect to, the Portfolio.

Persons investing in variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts should refer to the prospectuses with respect to such contracts for further information regarding the tax treatment of the contracts and the separate accounts in which the contracts are invested.

Additional Information

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE PORTFOLIO’S SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

15

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

No financial highlights are presented because the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus.

16

Appendix A — PRIOR PERFORMANCE OF SIMILARLY ADVISED ACCOUNT

The following performance information is of the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, an investment portfolio of the Company (the “Fund”). The Adviser serves as investment adviser to both the Portfolio and the Fund. The Portfolio and the Fund also share the same portfolio managers. The Portfolio’s portfolio will be managed substantially similarly to that of the Fund and therefore the following performance information below indicates some of the risks of investing in the Portfolio.

The chart below illustrates the long-term performance of the Fund’s Class I Shares. The information shows you how the Fund’s performance has varied year by year and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund, and therefore the Portfolio. The performance for the Portfolio would differ from the information below only to the extent that the Portfolio and the Fund do not have the same expenses. If the fees and expenses imposed by the investment vehicle through which an investment in the Portfolio is made were reflected, they would reduce returns. The chart assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund or the Portfolio will perform in the future.

TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31*

 

* The returns in the bar chart are for Class I Shares.

Best and Worst Quarterly Performance (for the period reflected in the chart above):

Best Quarter: 15.02% (quarter ended June 30, 2020)

Worst Quarter: -17.51% (quarter ended March 31, 2020)

Year-to-date total return ended September 30, 2021: 6.23%

A-1

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS

The following table, which includes all applicable sales charges (loads) and account fees, compares the Fund’s Class I Shares, Class A Shares, and Class C Shares average annual total returns for the periods indicated to the average annual total returns of broad-based securities market indices for the same periods. Past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indicator of how the Fund will perform in the future.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund	1 Year	5 Years	Since Inception
Class I Shares*
Return Before Taxes	11.47%	12.44%	12.44%
Return After Taxes on Distributions(1)	11.30%	11.50%	11.39%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(1)	6.90%	9.72%	9.92%
Class A Shares**
Return Before Taxes	5.39%	10.93	10.32%
Class C Shares***
Return Before Taxes	10.90%	11.33	11.33%
S&P 500® Low Volatility Index (reflects reinvestment of dividends and  no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)****	-1.11%	10.50%	11.96%
S&P 500® Index  (reflects reinvestment of dividends and no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)****	18.40%	15.22%	14.45%

⁽¹⁾  After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”).  

* Class I Shares of the Fund commenced operations on February 29, 2012.

** Class A Shares of the Fund commenced operations on October 29, 2015.

*** Class C Shares of the Fund commenced operations on December 31, 2015.

****  Effective December 31, 2021, the S&P 500^® Low Volatility Index replaced the S&P 500^® Index as the Fund’s primary performance benchmark index. The Adviser believes that the use of the S&P 500^® Low Volatility Index provides a better comparative benchmark because it more appropriately reflects the securities in which the Fund may invest. Since inception index performance is measured as of February 29, 2012.

A-2

PRIVACY NOTICE

FACTS	WHAT DO THE SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS FUNDS DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION?
Why?	Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you  how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.
What?	The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. This information can include: ●      Social Security number ●      account balances ●      account transactions ●      transaction history ●      wire transfer instructions ●      checking account information When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.
How?	All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business. In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers’ personal information; the reasons Summit Global Investments Funds chooses to share; and whether you can limit this sharing.

A-3

Reasons we can share your information	Do the Summit Global Investments Funds share?	Can you limit this sharing?
For our everyday business purpose — such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus	Yes	No
For our marketing purposes — to offer our products and services to you	Yes	No
For joint marketing with other financial companies	Yes	No
For affiliates’ everyday business purposes — information about your transactions and experiences	Yes	No
For affiliates’ everyday business purposes — information about your creditworthiness	No	We don’t share
For our affiliates to market to you	No	We don’t share
For nonaffiliates to market to you	No	We don’t share

Questions? Call 1-888-251-4847 or go to www.sgiam.com

What we do
How do the Summit Global Investments Funds protect my personal information?	To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings.
How do the Summit Global Investments Funds collect my personal information?	We collect your personal information, for example, when you ●   open an account ●   provide account information ●   give us your contact information ●   make a wire transfer ●   tell us where to send the money We also collect your information from others, such as credit bureaus, affiliates, or other companies.
Why can’t I limit all sharing?	Federal law gives you the right to limit only ●   sharing for affiliates’ everyday business purposes - information about your creditworthiness ●   affiliates from using your information to market to you ●   sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing.
Definitions
Affiliates	Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. ●   Our affiliates include Summit Global Investments, LLC, the investment adviser to the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio., SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund.
Nonaffiliates	Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. ●   SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund don’t share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you.
Joint marketing	A formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to you. ●   SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund  may share your information with other financial institutions with whom they have joint marketing arrangements who may suggest additional fund services or other investment products which may be of interest to you. We do not currently have any joint marketing arrangements with other financial institutions.

SGI U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY VI PORTFOLIO

FOR MORE INFORMATION

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Portfolio is available free of charge, upon request, including:

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports:

As of the date of this Prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports for the Portfolio are not yet available as the Portfolio had not commenced operations. The annual and semi-annual reports will provide additional information about the Portfolio’s investments, as well as the most recent financial reports and portfolio listings. The annual report will contain a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that affected the Portfolio’s performance during the last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information:

The Portfolio’s SAI, dated December 31, 2021, has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Portfolio, along with the Portfolio’s annual and semi-annual reports, once available, will be available on the Adviser’s website at www.sgiam.com or may be obtained free of charge by calling 855-744-8500. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus.

Shareholder Account Service Representatives:

Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday-Friday. Call: 855-744-8500.

Purchases and Redemptions:

Call your registered representative or 855-744-8500.

Written Correspondence

Post Office Address:	Summit Global Investments Funds c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services PO Box 701 Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701
Street Address:	Summit Global Investments Funds c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202

Securities and Exchange Commission:

You may view and copy information about the Company and the Portfolio, including the SAI, by visiting the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Portfolio documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-05518

SGI-001

Summit Global Investments
Prospectus

SGI Peak Growth Fund

Class I Shares (Ticker: SGPKX)

SGI Prudent Growth Fund

Class I Shares (Ticker: SGPGX)

December 31, 2021

of The RBB Fund, Inc.

This Prospectus gives vital information about the SGI Peak Growth Fund and the SGI Prudent Growth Fund (each a “Fund” and together the “Funds”), each an investment portfolio of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”), including information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and protection, please read it before you invest and keep it on hand for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A look at the goals, strategies, risks and financial history of the Funds.

Details about the Funds’ service providers.

Policies and instructions for opening, maintaining and closing an account in a Fund.

SUMMARY SECTIONS	1
SGI Peak Growth Fund	1
SGI Prudent Growth Fund	8
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT EACH FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS	15
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS	21
Investment Adviser	21
Portfolio Managers	21
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION	22
Pricing of Fund Shares	22
Market Timing	22
Purchase of Fund Shares	23
Redemption of Fund Shares	27
Dividends and Distributions	29
Taxes	30
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	33
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS	34
FOR MORE INFORMATION	Back Cover

SUMMARY SECTIONS

SGI Peak Growth Fund

Investment Objective

The SGI Peak Growth Fund (for this section only, the “Fund”) seeks capital appreciation. There can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Expenses and Fees

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Fund. Additionally, you may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to an intermediary for transactions in the Fund, which are not reflected in the table or the example below.

	Class I
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)	None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends	None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)	None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.75%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees	None
Other Expenses	0.99%
Fund Services Administrative Fee	0.25%
Remaining Other Expenses	0.74%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (1)	0.80%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	2.54%
Less Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements(2)	-0.04%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements	2.50%

⁽¹⁾ Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (“AFFE”) are indirect fees and expenses that the Fund incurs from investing in the shares of other mutual funds, including money market funds and exchange-traded funds. Please note that the amount of Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown in the above table will differ from the “Financial Highlights” section of the Prospectus, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include indirect expenses such as AFFE.

⁽²⁾ Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”), the Fund’s investment adviser, has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) exceed 1.70% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s Class I Shares. In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account: acquired fund fees and expenses, fund services administrative fee, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board of Directors of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). If at any time the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including acquired fund fees and expenses, fund services administrative fee, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) for a year are less than 1.70% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s Class I Shares, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

1

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class I Shares of the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
$253	$787	$1,347	$2,872

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 178% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests in securities of affiliated and unaffiliated open-end mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) (collectively, “Underlying Funds”). The Fund may allocate assets across six categories of Underlying Funds: domestic equities, foreign equities (including emerging markets securities), domestic investment-grade bonds, domestic high yield bonds (also known as “junk bonds”), foreign investment-grade and high yield bonds, and money market funds.

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest primarily in Underlying Funds focusing on domestic equities and large capitalization foreign equities, a lesser amount in Underlying Funds focused on small and mid-capitalization foreign equities and emerging markets, and a small amount in Underlying Funds focused on domestic investment-grade bonds, domestic high yield bonds, foreign investment-grade and high yield bonds, and money market funds.

Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”) attempts to lower the Fund’s market risk by investing in Underlying Funds that seek to lower the overall volatility of the Fund’s portfolio as compared to the S&P 500^® Index. Volatility is a statistical measurement of the magnitude of up and down fluctuations in the value of a financial instrument or index. In addition, the Adviser reviews the idiosyncratic risks associated with each Underlying Fund and if these risks are deemed elevated with increased downside risks the Adviser may make changes to the Underlying Funds. The Adviser selects Underlying Funds for the Fund that it anticipates will produce a portfolio with less volatility with more capital protection and consistent returns. While the Adviser attempts to manage the Fund’s volatility, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful or that the Fund’s portfolio will not experience periods of volatility.

Some Underlying Funds may have processes that include environmental, social, and/or governance (“ESG”) considerations as part of their investment strategy. Not all Underlying Funds will include ESG as part of their investment strategy.

The Adviser may evaluate how an Underlying Fund uses proxy votes and access to corporate management. This process may include interviews with an Underlying Fund’s management and an examination of an Underlying Fund’s proxy voting records, prospectus and other reports. The methods that Underlying Funds use may vary.

The Fund may focus its investments in a particular industry or sector for the purpose of capitalizing on performance momentum in that industry or sector due to significant changes in market conditions or geopolitical conditions.

2

The Fund may sell an Underlying Fund if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG, legal or other risks and/or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential. The Fund may also decrease weight in an investment for risk control purposes.

Principal Risks

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Fund’s principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

■ Affiliated Fund Risk. Affiliated fund risk is the risk that the Adviser may select investments for the Fund based on its own financial interests rather than the Fund’s interests. The Adviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in selecting the Underlying Funds because the fees paid to the Adviser by some affiliated Underlying Funds may be higher than other Underlying Funds or the Underlying Funds may be in need of assets to enhance their appeal to other investors, liquidity and trading and/or to enable them to carry out their investment strategies. However, the Adviser is a fiduciary to the Fund and is legally obligated to act in the Fund’s best interest when selecting Underlying Funds.

■ Currency Risk. Underlying Funds that invest in foreign securities are subject to currency risk associated with securities that trade or are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and that may be affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. An increase in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to a foreign currency may cause the U.S. dollar value of an investment in that country to decline. Foreign currencies also are subject to risks caused by inflation, interest rates, budget deficits and low savings rates, political factors and government controls.

■ Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the Underlying Funds, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, the Underlying Funds, and the Underlying Funds’ third-party service providers and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund, the Underlying Funds, or their respective investment advisers. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund, the Underlying Funds, or third-party service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund or the Underlying Funds invest are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

■ Dividend-Paying Securities Risk. Underlying Funds that invest in dividend-paying securities may be subject to the risk that the company issuing such securities may fail and have to decrease or eliminate its dividend. In such an event, an Underlying Fund, and in turn the Fund, may not only lose the dividend payout but the stock price of the company may fall.

■ Emerging Markets Risk: Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in foreign securities of developed foreign countries. These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers. The information available about an emerging market issuer may be less reliable than for comparable issuers in more developed capital markets.

3

■ Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that some Underlying Funds may apply in selecting securities. Some Underlying Funds may screen out particular companies that do not meet their ESG criteria. This may affect the Underlying Funds’ and the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Underlying Funds to forego certain investment opportunities. The Underlying Funds’ results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. Certain Underlying Funds may screen out companies that they believe may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. As a result, the Underlying Funds may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

■ Equity Risk. The Underlying Funds’ investments in common stock are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Therefore, an investment in the Fund may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

■ Exchange-Traded Fund Risk. In addition to risks generally associated with investments in investment company securities, ETFs are subject to the following risks that do not apply to traditional mutual funds: (i) an ETF’s shares may trade at a market price that is above or below their net asset value (“NAV”); (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; (iii) the ETF may employ an investment strategy that utilizes high leverage ratios; or (iv) trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are de-listed from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally. Certain ETFs may be thinly traded and experience large spreads between the “ask” price quoted by a seller and the “bid” price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV.

■ Fixed Income Securities Risk. To the extent the Fund invests in Underlying Funds that invest in fixed income securities, the Fund will be subject to fixed income securities risks. While fixed income securities normally fluctuate less in price than stocks, there have been extended periods of increases in interest rates that have caused significant declines in fixed income securities prices. The values of fixed income securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the payment of interest and return of principal.

Credit Risk. The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the greater the risk that the issuer will default on its obligation. An Underlying Fund could also be delayed or hindered in its enforcement of rights against an issuer, guarantor, or counterparty.

Duration Risk. Prices of fixed income securities with longer effective maturities are more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter effective maturities.

Income Risk. The Fund’s income could decline due to falling market interest rates. In a falling interest rate environment, the Fund may be required to invest in Underlying Funds that invest their assets in lower-yielding securities. Because interest rates vary, it is impossible to predict the income or yield of the Fund for any particular period.

Interest Rate Risk. The value of the Fund or an Underlying Fund may fluctuate based upon changes in interest rates and market conditions. As interest rates increase, the value of an Underlying Fund’s income-producing investments may go down. For example, bonds tend to decrease in value when interest rates rise. Debt obligations with longer maturities typically offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price movements as a result of interest rate changes than debt obligations with shorter maturities. Changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments and may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Prepayment Risk. The Fund may invest in Underlying Funds that invest in securities that are subject to fluctuations in yield, due to prepayment rates that may be faster or slower than expected.

4

Rating Risk. If a rating agency gives a debt security a lower rating, the value of the debt security will decline because investors will demand a higher rate of return.

■ Foreign Custody Risk. An Underlying Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Underlying Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Underlying Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

■ Foreign Securities Risk. Underlying Funds that invest in foreign securities may be subject to special risks, including, but not limited to, currency exchange rate volatility, political, social or economic instability, less publicly available information, less stringent investor protections and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices. Investments in emerging market securities by Underlying Funds are subject to higher risks than those in developed countries because there is greater uncertainty in less established markets and economies.

■ Growth Risk. If an Underlying Fund adviser’s perceptions of a company’s growth potential are wrong, the securities purchased by that Underlying Fund may not perform as expected, thereby reducing the Underlying Fund’s and the Fund’s return.

■ High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that when investing on a shorter-term basis, the Fund may as a result trade more frequently and incur higher levels of brokerage fees and commissions and cause higher levels of current tax liability to shareholders of the Fund. A portfolio turnover rate of 100% is considered to be high. The Adviser may engage in active trading, and will not consider portfolio turnover a limiting factor in making decisions for the Fund.

■ High-Yield Securities (“Junk Bond”) Risk. To the extent that a Fund invests in Underlying Funds that invest in high-yield securities and unrated securities of similar credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”), the Fund may be subject to greater levels of interest rate and credit risk than funds that do not invest in such securities. Junk bonds are considered predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. An economic downturn or period of rising interest rates could adversely affect the market for these securities and reduce an Underlying Fund’s ability to sell these securities (liquidity risk). If the issuer of a security is in default with respect to interest or principal payments, the Underlying Fund may lose its entire investment, which will affect the Underlying Fund’s and the Fund’s return.

■ Index Management Risk. To the extent the Fund invests in an Underlying Fund that is intended to track a target index, it is subject to the risk that the Underlying Fund may track its target index less closely. For example, an adviser to the Underlying Fund may select securities that are not fully representative of the index, and the Underlying Fund’s transaction expenses, and the size and timing of its cash flows, may result in the Underlying Fund’s performance being different than that of its index. Additionally, the Underlying Fund will generally reflect the performance of its target index even when the index does not perform well.

■ Industry or Sector Focus Risk. To the extent the Fund invests in Underlying Funds that focus their investments in a particular industry or sector, the Fund’s shares may be more volatile and fluctuate more than shares of a fund investing in a broader range of securities.

■ Large-Capitalization Companies Risk. The stocks of large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing an Underlying Fund and the Fund to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium- capitalization stocks.

■ Low Volatility Risk. Underlying Funds with investments in low volatility companies are seen as having a lower risk profile than the overall markets. However, a portfolio comprised of low volatility Underlying Funds may not produce investment exposure that has lower variability to changes in market levels. Investing in low volatility Underlying Funds may limit the Fund’s gains in rising markets.

5

■ Management Risk. The Fund is subject to the risk of poor selection in Underlying Funds. The Underlying Funds may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Fund’s portfolio management practices may not work to achieve their desired result.

■ Market Risk. The NAV of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Although the Fund will invest in Underlying Funds that the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the Underlying Funds will perform as expected. The prices of securities held by the Underlying Funds may decline in response to conditions affecting the general economy, overall market changes, local, regional or global political, social or economic instability, and currency, interest rate and commodity price fluctuations.

■ Mid-Capitalization Companies Risk. The stocks of mid-capitalization companies that the Underlying Funds may invest in may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies.

■ New Fund Risk. The Fund is new with a limited operating history and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board may determine to liquidate the Fund.

■ Opportunity Risk. As with all mutual funds, the Fund is subject to the risk of missing out on an opportunity because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less advantageous investments.

■ Small-Capitalization Companies Risk. Small-cap companies that the Underlying Funds may invest in may be more volatile than, and not as readily marketable as, those of larger companies. Small companies may also have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may be dependent on relatively small or inexperienced management groups. Additionally, the trading volume of small-cap company securities may make them more difficult to sell than those of larger companies. Moreover, the lack of an efficient market for the securities may make them difficult to value.

■ Underlying Funds Risk. Investing in Underlying Funds may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the Fund’s own expenses. The Fund’s investment performance and its ability to achieve its investment objective are directly related to the performance of the Underlying Funds in which it invests. The risk of owning an Underlying Fund generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the Underlying Fund holds. The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company. These regulatory changes may adversely impact the Fund’s investment strategies and operations.

Performance Information

Performance information for the Fund is not included because the Fund did not have one full calendar year of performance prior to the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available in the Prospectus once the Fund has at least one calendar year of performance. Updated performance information may be obtained at www.sgiam.com or by calling 1-855-744-8500.

Management of the Fund

Investment Adviser

Summit Global Investments, LLC

6

Portfolio Managers

Name	Title with Adviser	Tenure with the Fund
David Harden	President and Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2020
Aash Shah	Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2020

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

You can purchase and redeem shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. The minimum initial purchase or exchange into the Fund is $1,000. Subsequent investments must be in amounts of $100 or more. The Fund may waive minimums for purchases or exchanges through employer-sponsored retirement plans and individual retirement accounts. Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through the Company by the means described below.

Purchase and Redemption By Mail:

SGI Peak Growth Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

Overnight Mail:
SGI Peak Growth Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202

Purchase and Redemption By Wire:

Before sending any wire, call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Transfer Agent”) at 855-744-8500 to confirm the current wire instructions for the Fund.

Redemption By Telephone:

If you select the option to redeem by telephone on your account application, you may call the Transfer Agent at 855-744-8500.

Tax Information

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

7

SUMMARY SECTION

SGI Prudent Growth Fund

Investment Objective

The SGI Prudent Growth Fund (for this section only, the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation. There can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Expenses and Fees

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Fund. Additionally, you may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to an intermediary for transactions in the Fund, which are not reflected in the table or the example below.

	Class I
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)	None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends	None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)	None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.75%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees	None
Other Expenses	0.99%
Fund Services Administrative Fee	0.25%
Remaining Other Expenses	0.74%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (1)	0.52%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	2.27%
Less Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements(2)	-0.05%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements	2.22%

⁽¹⁾ Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (“AFFE”) are indirect fees and expenses that the Fund incurs from investing in the shares of other mutual funds, including money market funds and exchange-traded funds. Please note that the amount of Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown in the above table will differ from the “Financial Highlights” section of the Prospectus, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include indirect expenses such as AFFE.

⁽²⁾ Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”), the Fund’s investment adviser, has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) exceed 1.70% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s Class I Shares. In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account: acquired fund fees and expenses, fund services administrative fee, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board of Directors of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). If at any time the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including acquired fund fees and expenses, fund services administrative fee, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) for a year are less than 1.70% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s Class I Shares, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

8

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in Class I Shares of the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
$225	$705	$1,211	$2,601

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 170% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests in securities of affiliated and unaffiliated open-end mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) (collectively, “Underlying Funds”). The Fund may allocate assets across six categories of Underlying Funds: domestic equities, foreign equities (including emerging markets securities), domestic investment-grade bonds, domestic high yield bonds (also known as “junk bonds”), foreign investment-grade and high yield bonds, and money market funds.

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest primarily in Underlying Funds focused on domestic equities, a lesser amount in Underlying Funds focused on large capitalization foreign equities, mid-capitalization foreign equities, emerging markets and domestic investment-grade bonds, and a small amount in Underlying Funds focused on small-capitalization foreign equities, domestic high yield bonds, foreign investment-grade and high yield bonds, and money market funds.

Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”) attempts to lower the Fund’s market risk by investing in Underlying Funds that seek to lower the overall volatility of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund seeks volatility between 60%-80% as compared to the S&P 500^® Index. Volatility is a statistical measurement of the magnitude of up and down fluctuations in the value of a financial instrument or index. In addition, the Adviser reviews the idiosyncratic risks associated with each Underlying Fund and if these risks are deemed elevated with increased downside risks the Adviser may make changes to the Underlying Funds. The Adviser selects Underlying Funds for the Fund that it anticipates will produce a portfolio with less volatility with more capital protection and consistent returns. While the Adviser attempts to manage the Fund’s volatility, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful or that the Fund’s portfolio will not experience periods of higher volatility.

Some Underlying Funds may have processes that include environmental, social, and/or governance (“ESG”) considerations as part of their investment strategy. Not all Underlying Funds will include ESG as part of their investment strategy.

The Adviser may evaluate how an Underlying Fund uses proxy votes and access to corporate management. This process may include interviews with an Underlying Fund’s management and an examination of an Underlying Fund’s proxy voting records, prospectus and other reports. The methods that Underlying Funds use may vary.

The Fund may focus its investments in a particular industry or sector for the purpose of capitalizing on performance momentum in that industry or sector due to significant changes in market conditions or geopolitical conditions.

9

The Fund may sell an Underlying Fund if the Adviser identifies fundamental, ESG, legal or other risks and/or if the risk/return ranking declines due to increasing risk and/or decreasing return potential. The Fund may also decrease weight in an investment for risk control purposes.

Principal Risks

Loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Fund’s principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

■ Affiliated Fund Risk. Affiliated fund risk is the risk that the Adviser may select investments for the Fund based on its own financial interests rather than the Fund’s interests. The Adviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in selecting the Underlying Funds because the fees paid to the Adviser by some affiliated Underlying Funds may be higher than other Underlying Funds or the Underlying Funds may be in need of assets to enhance their appeal to other investors, liquidity and trading and/or to enable them to carry out their investment strategies. However, the Adviser is a fiduciary to the Fund and is legally obligated to act in the Fund’s best interest when selecting Underlying Funds.

■ Currency Risk. Underlying Funds that invest in foreign securities are subject to currency risk associated with securities that trade or are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and that may be affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. An increase in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to a foreign currency may cause the U.S. dollar value of an investment in that country to decline. Foreign currencies also are subject to risks caused by inflation, interest rates, budget deficits and low savings rates, political factors and government controls.

■ Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the Underlying Funds, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, the Underlying Funds, and the Underlying Funds’ third-party service providers and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund, the Underlying Funds, or their respective investment advisers. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund, the Underlying Funds, or third-party service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund or the Underlying Funds invest are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

■ Dividend-Paying Securities Risk. Underlying Funds that invest in dividend-paying securities may be subject to the risk that the company issuing such securities may fail and have to decrease or eliminate its dividend. In such an event, an Underlying Fund, and in turn the Fund, may not only lose the dividend payout but the stock price of the company may fall.

■ Emerging Markets Risk: Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in foreign securities of developed foreign countries. These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers. The information available about an emerging market issuer may be less reliable than for comparable issuers in more developed capital markets.

10

■ Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that some Underlying Funds may apply in selecting securities. Some Underlying Funds may screen out particular companies that do not meet their ESG criteria. This may affect the Underlying Funds’ and the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Underlying Funds to forego certain investment opportunities. The Underlying Funds’ results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. Certain Underlying Funds may screen out companies that they believe may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. As a result, the Underlying Funds may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

■ Equity Risk. The Underlying Funds’ investments in common stock are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Therefore, an investment in the Fund may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

■ Exchange-Traded Fund Risk. In addition to risks generally associated with investments in investment company securities, ETFs are subject to the following risks that do not apply to traditional mutual funds: (i) an ETF’s shares may trade at a market price that is above or below their net asset value (“NAV”); (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; (iii) the ETF may employ an investment strategy that utilizes high leverage ratios; or (iv) trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are de-listed from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally. Certain ETFs may be thinly traded and experience large spreads between the “ask” price quoted by a seller and the “bid” price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV.

■ Fixed Income Securities Risk. To the extent the Fund invests in Underlying Funds that invest in fixed income securities, the Fund will be subject to fixed income securities risks. While fixed income securities normally fluctuate less in price than stocks, there have been extended periods of increases in interest rates that have caused significant declines in fixed income securities prices. The values of fixed income securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the payment of interest and return of principal.

Credit Risk. The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the greater the risk that the issuer will default on its obligation. An Underlying Fund could also be delayed or hindered in its enforcement of rights against an issuer, guarantor, or counterparty.

Duration Risk. Prices of fixed income securities with longer effective maturities are more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter effective maturities.

Income Risk. The Fund’s income could decline due to falling market interest rates. In a falling interest rate environment, the Fund may be required to invest in Underlying Funds that invest their assets in lower-yielding securities. Because interest rates vary, it is impossible to predict the income or yield of the Fund for any particular period.

Interest Rate Risk. The value of the Fund or an Underlying Fund may fluctuate based upon changes in interest rates and market conditions. As interest rates increase, the value of an Underlying Fund’s income-producing investments may go down. For example, bonds tend to decrease in value when interest rates rise. Debt obligations with longer maturities typically offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price movements as a result of interest rate changes than debt obligations with shorter maturities. Changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments and may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Prepayment Risk. The Fund may invest in Underlying Funds that invest in securities that are subject to fluctuations in yield, due to prepayment rates that may be faster or slower than expected.

11

Rating Risk. If a rating agency gives a debt security a lower rating, the value of the debt security will decline because investors will demand a higher rate of return.

■ Foreign Custody Risk. An Underlying Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Underlying Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Underlying Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

■ Foreign Securities Risk. Underlying Funds that invest in foreign securities may be subject to special risks, including, but not limited to, currency exchange rate volatility, political, social or economic instability, less publicly available information, less stringent investor protections and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices. Investments in emerging market securities by Underlying Funds are subject to higher risks than those in developed countries because there is greater uncertainty in less established markets and economies.

■ Growth Risk. If an Underlying Fund adviser’s perceptions of a company’s growth potential are wrong, the securities purchased by that Underlying Fund may not perform as expected, thereby reducing the Underlying Fund’s and the Fund’s return.

■ High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that when investing on a shorter-term basis, the Fund may as a result trade more frequently and incur higher levels of brokerage fees and commissions and cause higher levels of current tax liability to shareholders of the Fund. A portfolio turnover rate of 100% is considered to be high. The Adviser may engage in active trading, and will not consider portfolio turnover a limiting factor in making decisions for the Fund.

■ High-Yield Securities (“Junk Bond”) Risk. To the extent that a Fund invests in Underlying Funds that invest in high-yield securities and unrated securities of similar credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”), the Fund may be subject to greater levels of interest rate and credit risk than funds that do not invest in such securities. Junk bonds are considered predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. An economic downturn or period of rising interest rates could adversely affect the market for these securities and reduce an Underlying Fund’s ability to sell these securities (liquidity risk). If the issuer of a security is in default with respect to interest or principal payments, the Underlying Fund may lose its entire investment, which will affect the Underlying Fund’s and the Fund’s return.

■ Index Management Risk. To the extent the Fund invests in an Underlying Fund that is intended to track a target index, it is subject to the risk that the Underlying Fund may track its target index less closely. For example, an adviser to the Underlying Fund may select securities that are not fully representative of the index, and the Underlying Fund’s transaction expenses, and the size and timing of its cash flows, may result in the Underlying Fund’s performance being different than that of its index. Additionally, the Underlying Fund will generally reflect the performance of its target index even when the index does not perform well.

■ Industry or Sector Focus Risk. To the extent the Fund invests in Underlying Funds that focus their investments in a particular industry or sector, the Fund’s shares may be more volatile and fluctuate more than shares of a fund investing in a broader range of securities.

■ Large-Capitalization Companies Risk. The stocks of large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing an Underlying Fund and the Fund to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium- capitalization stocks.

■ Low Volatility Risk. Underlying Funds with investments in low volatility companies are seen as having a lower risk profile than the overall markets. However, a portfolio comprised of low volatility Underlying Funds may not produce investment exposure that has lower variability to changes in market levels. Investing in low volatility Underlying Funds may limit the Fund’s gains in rising markets.

12

■ Management Risk. The Fund is subject to the risk of poor selection in Underlying Funds. The Underlying Funds may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Fund’s portfolio management practices may not work to achieve their desired result.

■ Market Risk. The NAV of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Although the Fund will invest in Underlying Funds that the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the Underlying Funds will perform as expected. The prices of securities held by the Underlying Funds may decline in response to conditions affecting the general economy, overall market changes, local, regional or global political, social or economic instability, and currency, interest rate and commodity price fluctuations.

■ Mid-Capitalization Companies Risk. The stocks of mid-capitalization companies that the Underlying Funds may invest in may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies.

■ New Fund Risk. The Fund is new with a limited operating history and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board may determine to liquidate the Fund.

■ Opportunity Risk. As with all mutual funds, the Fund is subject to the risk of missing out on an opportunity because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less advantageous investments.

■ Small-Capitalization Companies Risk. Small-cap companies that the Underlying Funds may invest in may be more volatile than, and not as readily marketable as, those of larger companies. Small companies may also have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may be dependent on relatively small or inexperienced management groups. Additionally, the trading volume of small-cap company securities may make them more difficult to sell than those of larger companies. Moreover, the lack of an efficient market for the securities may make them difficult to value.

■ Underlying Funds Risk. Investing in Underlying Funds may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the Fund’s own expenses. The Fund’s investment performance and its ability to achieve its investment objective are directly related to the performance of the Underlying Funds in which it invests. The risk of owning an Underlying Fund generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the Underlying Fund holds. The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company. These regulatory changes may adversely impact the Fund’s investment strategies and operations.

Performance Information

Performance information for the Fund is not included because the Fund did not have one full calendar year of performance prior to the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available in the Prospectus once the Fund has at least one calendar year of performance. Updated performance information may be obtained at www.sgiam.com or by calling 1-855-744-8500.

Management of the Fund

Investment Adviser

Summit Global Investments, LLC

13

Portfolio Managers

Name	Title with Adviser	Tenure with the Fund
David Harden	President and Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2020
Aash Shah	Portfolio Manager	Since Inception in 2020

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

You can purchase and redeem shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. The minimum initial purchase or exchange into the Fund is $1,000. Subsequent investments must be in amounts of $100 or more. The Fund may waive minimums for purchases or exchanges through employer-sponsored retirement plans and individual retirement accounts. Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through the Company by the means described below.

Purchase and Redemption By Mail:

SGI Prudent Growth Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

Overnight Mail:
SGI Prudent Growth Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202

Purchase and Redemption By Wire:

Before sending any wire, call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Transfer Agent”) at 855-744-8500 to confirm the current wire instructions for the Fund.

Redemption By Telephone:

If you select the option to redeem by telephone on your account application, you may call the Transfer Agent at 855-744-8500.

Tax Information

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

14

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT EACH FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

This section provides some additional information about the Funds’ investments and certain portfolio management techniques that the Funds may use. More information about the Funds’ investments and portfolio management techniques, and related risks, is included in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Investment Objectives

Each Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company without shareholder approval. Shareholders will, however, receive 60 days’ prior notice of any changes. Any such changes may result in a Fund having an investment objective different from the objective that the shareholder considered appropriate at the time of investment in the Fund.

Additional Information About Each Fund’s Principal Investments and Risks

Affiliated Fund Risk. The Funds’ investment in Underlying Funds may have the effect of creating economies of scale, possibly resulting in lower expense ratios for the Underlying Funds, because the Funds may own substantial portions of the shares of the Underlying Funds. However, redemption of the Underlying Fund shares by one or more Funds could cause the expense ratio of an Underlying Fund to increase, as its fixed costs would be spread over a smaller asset base. Because of large positions of certain Funds, the Underlying Funds may experience relatively large inflows and outflows of cash due to Funds’ purchases and sales of Underlying Fund shares. Although the Adviser may seek to minimize the impact of these transactions where possible, for example, by structuring them over a reasonable period of time or through other measures, Underlying Funds may experience increased expenses as they buy and sell portfolio securities to manage the cash flow effect related to these transactions. Further, when the Adviser structures transactions over a reasonable period of time in order to manage the potential impact of the buy and sell decisions for the Funds, those Funds, including funds-of-funds, may pay more or less (for purchase activity) or receive more or less (for redemption activity), for shares of the Underlying Funds than if the transactions were executed in one transaction. In addition, substantial redemptions by the Funds within a short period of time could require the Underlying Fund to liquidate positions more rapidly than would otherwise be desirable, which may have the effect of reducing or eliminating potential gain or causing it to realize a loss. Substantial redemptions may also adversely affect the ability of the Underlying Fund to implement its investment strategy. The Adviser may have a conflict of interest with respect to Fund investments in Underlying Funds, particularly when an Underlying Fund has low assets. The Adviser also has an economic conflict of interest in determining the allocation of the Funds’ assets among the Underlying Funds, as it earns different fees from the various Underlying Funds.

Currency Risk. An Underlying Fund’s investment in foreign securities involves currency risk associated with securities that trade or are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and that may be affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. An increase in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to a foreign currency may cause the U.S. dollar value of an investment in that country to decline. Foreign currencies also are subject to risks caused by inflation, interest rates, budget deficits and low savings rates, political factors and government controls.

Cyber Security Risk. With the increased use of technologies such as the internet to conduct business, the Funds and the Underlying Funds are susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by the Funds’ or an Underlying Fund’s adviser and other service providers (including, but not limited to, the Funds’ or an Underlying Fund’s accountant, custodian, transfer agent and administrator), and the issuers of securities in which the Underlying Funds invest, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Funds’ or an Underlying Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Adviser has established business

15

continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Funds cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Funds and the Underlying Funds, and issuers in which the Underlying Funds invest. A Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Dividend-Paying Securities Risk. A company issuing dividend-paying securities may fail and have to decrease or eliminate its dividend. In such an event, an Underlying Fund, and in turn a Fund, may not only lose the dividend payout but the stock price of the company may fall.

Emerging Markets Risk. Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in foreign securities of developed foreign countries. These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers. The information available about an emerging market issuer may be less reliable than for comparable issuers in more developed capital markets. Further, investments in securities of issuers located in certain emerging countries involve the risk of loss resulting from problems in share registration, settlement or custody, substantial economic, political and social disruptions and the imposition of exchange controls (including repatriation restrictions). The legal remedies for investors in emerging markets may be more limited than the remedies available in the U.S., and the ability of U.S. authorities (e.g., SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice) to bring actions against bad actors may be limited.

Equity Risk. Underlying Funds that invest in common stocks are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Historically, the equity markets have moved in cycles, and the value of an Underlying Fund’s equity securities may fluctuate drastically from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility. An investment in the Funds may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that some Underlying Funds may apply in selecting securities. Some Underlying Funds may screen out particular companies that do not meet their ESG criteria. This may affect the Underlying Funds’ and each Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Underlying Funds to forego certain investment opportunities. The Underlying Funds’ results may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. Certain Underlying Funds may screen out companies that they believe may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. As a result, the Underlying Funds may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

Exchange-Traded Fund Risk. In addition to risks generally associated with investments in investment company securities, ETFs are subject to the following risks that do not apply to traditional mutual funds: (i) an ETF’s shares may trade at a market price that is above or below their NAV; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; (iii) the ETF may employ an investment strategy that utilizes high leverage ratios; or (iv) trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are de-listed from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally. Certain ETFs may be thinly traded and experience large spreads between the “ask” price quoted by the seller and the “bid” price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV.

16

Fixed Income Securities Risk. To the extent a Fund invests in Underlying Funds that invest in fixed income securities, the Fund will be subject to fixed income securities risk. While fixed income securities normally fluctuate less in price than stocks, there have been extended periods of increases in interest rates that have caused significant declines in fixed income securities prices. The values of fixed income securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the payment of interest and return of principal.

Credit Risk. The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the greater the risk that the issuer will default on its obligation. An Underlying Fund could also be delayed or hindered in its enforcement of rights against an issuer, guarantor, or counterparty.

Duration Risk. Prices of fixed income securities with longer effective maturities are more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter effective maturities.

Income Risk. A Fund’s income could decline due to falling market interest rates. In a falling interest rate environment, a Fund may be required to invest in Underlying Funds that invest their assets in lower-yielding securities. Because interest rates vary, it is impossible to predict the income or yield of a Fund for any particular period.

Interest Rate Risk. The value of the Fund or an Underlying Fund may fluctuate based upon changes in interest rates and market conditions. As interest rates increase, the value of an Underlying Fund’s income-producing investments may go down. For example, bonds tend to decrease in value when interest rates rise. Debt obligations with longer maturities typically offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price movements as a result of interest rate changes than debt obligations with shorter maturities. Changing interest rates may have unpredictable effects on the markets and an Underlying Fund’s investments and may also affect the liquidity of fixed income securities and instruments held by an Underlying Fund.

Prepayment Risk. A Fund may invest in Underlying Funds that invest in securities that are subject to fluctuations in yield, due to prepayment rates that may be faster or slower than expected.

Rating Risk. If a rating agency gives a debt security a lower rating, the value of the debt security will decline because investors will demand a higher rate of return.

Foreign Custody Risk. The Underlying Funds may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Underlying Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Underlying Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

Foreign Securities Risk. Foreign securities are subject to special risks, including risks associated with more or less foreign government regulation; less public information; less stringent investor protections; less stringent accounting, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosure standards; less economic, political and social stability; and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices. The Underlying Funds may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are traded or denominated in U.S. dollars primarily through depositary receipts. Depositary receipts may be available through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all of the costs of the unsponsored facility. The depository of an unsponsored facility is frequently under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities. The depository of unsponsored depositary receipts may provide less information to receipt holders. Investments in emerging markets securities by Underlying Funds are subject to higher risks than those in developed countries because there is greater uncertainty in less established markets and economies. In addition, foreign securities in which the Underlying Funds invest may be traded in markets that close before the time that the Underlying Funds calculate their NAV. Furthermore, certain foreign securities in which the

17

Underlying Funds invest may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Underlying Funds do not calculate their NAV. As a result, the value of the Underlying Funds’, and thus the Fund’s, holdings may change on days when shareholders are not able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares.

Growth Risk. If an Underlying Fund adviser’s perceptions of a company’s growth potential are wrong, the securities purchased by that Underlying Fund may not perform as expected, thereby reducing the Underlying Fund’s and a Fund’s return.

High-Yield Securities (“Junk Bond”) Risk. Underlying Funds that invest in high-yield securities and unrated securities of similar credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) may be subject to greater levels of interest rate and credit risk than funds that do not invest in such securities. Junk bonds are considered predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. An economic downturn or period of rising interest rates could adversely affect the market for these securities and reduce an Underlying Fund’s ability to sell these securities (liquidity risk). If the issuer of a security is in default with respect to interest or principal payments, the Underlying Fund may lose its entire investment, which will affect the Underlying Fund’s and a Fund’s return.

Index Management Risk. To the extent the Funds invest in an Underlying Fund that is intended to track a target index, it is subject to the risk that the Underlying Fund may track its target index less closely. For example, an adviser to the Underlying Fund may select securities that are not fully representative of the index, and the Underlying Fund’s transaction expenses, and the size and timing of its cash flows, may result in the Underlying Fund’s performance being different than that of its index. Additionally, the Underlying Fund will generally reflect the performance of its target index even when the index does not perform well.

Industry or Sector Focus Risk. Underlying Funds in which a Fund invests may focus their investments in a particular industry or sector, and accordingly the Fund’s shares may be more volatile and fluctuate more than shares of a fund investing in a broader range of securities. An Underlying Fund may invest in a specific industry or sector in order to capitalize on performance momentum or reduce downside exposure due to significant changes in market conditions, economic conditions, or geopolitical conditions.

Large-Capitalization Companies Risk. Large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Underlying Funds and the Funds to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium- capitalization stocks.

Low Volatility Risk. Underlying Funds with investments in low volatility companies are seen as having a lower risk profile than the overall markets. However, a portfolio comprised of low volatility Underlying Funds may not produce investment exposure that has lower variability to changes in market levels. Investing in low volatility Underlying Funds may limit a Fund’s gains in rising markets.

Management Risk. Each Fund is subject to the risk of poor selection in Underlying Funds. The Underlying Funds in each Fund may not perform as well as expected, and/or the Fund’s portfolio management practices may not work to achieve their desired result. If the Adviser’s perception of an Underlying Fund’s value is not realized in the expected time frame, a Fund’s overall performance may suffer.

Market Risk. The NAV of a Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. Although the Funds will invest in Underlying Funds that the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the Underlying Funds will perform as expected. The prices of securities held by the Funds may decline in response to conditions affecting the general economy, overall market changes, local, regional or global political, social or economic instability, and currency, interest rate and commodity price fluctuations.

18

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Funds’ investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Funds and their service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

Mid-Capitalization Companies Risk. The Funds may each invest in Underlying Funds that invest in mid-cap company securities. Investing in securities of companies with mid-sized capitalizations tends to be riskier than investing in securities of companies with large capitalizations. Securities of companies with mid-sized capitalizations tend to be more volatile than those of large cap companies and, on occasion, may fluctuate in the opposite direction of large cap company securities or the broader stock market averages.

New Fund Risk. There can be no assurance that a newly organized Fund with a limited operating history will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board may determine to liquidate the Fund. Liquidation can be initiated without shareholder approval by the Board if it determines it is in the best interest of shareholders. As a result, the timing of any liquidation may not be favorable to certain individual shareholders.

Portfolio Turnover Risk. Each Fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading may also increase transaction costs, which could detract from a Fund’s performance.

Small-Capitalization Companies Risk. The Underlying Funds may invest in small-capitalization companies. Small-capitalization companies may be more volatile than, and not as readily marketable as, those of larger companies. Small companies may also have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may be dependent on relatively small or inexperienced management groups. Additionally, the trading volume of small-cap company securities may make them more difficult to sell than those of larger companies. Moreover, the lack of an efficient market for the securities may make them difficult to value. Furthermore, while securities of small capitalization companies may offer greater opportunity for capital appreciation than larger companies, investment in such companies presents greater risks than investment in larger, more established companies. Indeed, historically, small capitalization stocks have been more volatile in price than larger

19

capitalization stocks. Among the reasons for the greater price volatility of these securities are the lower degree of liquidity in the markets for such stocks, and the potentially greater sensitivity of such small companies to changes in or failure of management, and to many other changes in competitive, business, industry and economic conditions, including risks associated with limited product lines, markets, management depth, or financial resources. Besides exhibiting greater volatility, small company stocks may, to a degree, fluctuate independently of larger company stocks. Small company stocks may decline in price as large company stocks rise, or rise in price as large company stocks decline. Additionally, while the markets in securities of small companies have grown rapidly in recent years, such securities may trade less frequently and in smaller volume than more widely held securities. The values of these securities may fluctuate more sharply than those of other securities, and Underlying Funds may experience some difficulty in establishing or closing out positions in these securities at prevailing market prices. There may be less publicly available information about the issuers of these securities or less market interest in such securities than in the case of larger companies, and it may take a longer period of time for the prices of such securities to reflect the full value of their issuers’ underlying earnings potential or assets.

Underlying Funds Risk. Investing in Underlying Funds may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to each Fund’s own expenses. The risk of owning an Underlying Fund generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the Underlying Fund holds. A Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. When the Funds invest in an Underlying Fund, the Funds will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of securities comprising the Underlying Fund or index on which the ETF or index mutual fund is based and the value of a Fund’s investments will fluctuate in response to the performance and risks of the underlying investments or index. Since the Funds invest in other investment companies that invest in equity securities, risks associated with investments in other investment companies will include stock market risk. In addition to the brokerage costs associated with the Underlying Fund’s purchase and sale of the underlying securities, ETFs and mutual funds incur fees that are separate from those of the Funds. As a result, the Funds’ shareholders will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of the ETFs and mutual funds, in addition to Fund expenses. Because the Funds are not required to hold shares of Underlying Funds for any minimum period, they may be subject to, and may have to pay, short-term redemption fees imposed by the Underlying Funds. The Funds have no control over the investments and related risks taken by the Underlying Funds in which they invest. The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and the related rules and regulations adopted thereunder impose conditions on investment companies that invest in other investment companies. As a result, the Funds are generally restricted on the amount of shares they may acquire of another investment company to shares amounting to no more than 3% of the outstanding voting shares of such other investment company. In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company. These regulatory changes may adversely impact the Fund’s investment strategies and operations.

Temporary Investments. Each Fund may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions by taking a temporary defensive position (up to 100% of its assets) in cash, cash equivalents and all types of money market and short-term debt securities. The value of money market instruments tends to fall when current interest rates rise. Money market instruments are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer-term securities. If a Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

A description of the Company’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ SAI. The SAI is incorporated herein.

20

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

Investment Adviser

The Adviser’s principal address is 620 South Main Street, Bountiful, Utah 84010. The Adviser provides investment management and investment advisory services to investment companies and other institutional accounts. The Adviser is 100% privately-owned, and was founded in 2010.

Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Company, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.75% of each Fund’s net assets. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) of a Fund exceed 1.70% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s Class I Shares.

In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses with respect to a Fund, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to exceed 1.70%: acquired fund fees and expenses, fund services administrative fee, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board. If at any time the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 1.70%, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by that Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

For the most recent fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Adviser received an advisory fee equal to 0.71% and 0.70% of the average daily net assets from the SGI Peak Growth Fund and SGI Prudent Growth Fund, respectively, after taking into account the fee waiver and expense reimbursements and recoupments.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory agreement for the Funds with the Adviser is available in the Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Portfolio Managers

The President of the Adviser, David Harden, is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund’s investment portfolio. Mr. Harden founded the Adviser in 2010. He started his career in 1993 and has worked for such firms as Fidelity Investments, Wellington Management and Evergreen Investments. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Harden worked with Ensign Peak Advisors, Inc., most recently as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, where he managed and oversaw day-to-day research, portfolio management and trading for all index, quantitative and low volatility strategies.

Aash Shah is a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser and is responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund’s investment portfolio. Mr. Shah joined the Adviser in 2017 as a Portfolio Manager. Mr. Shah has over 26 years of investment management experience including over 21 years as a portfolio manager. Previously, Mr. Shah managed small, mid, and large cap funds for Federated Investors in both New York City and Pittsburgh. Mr. Shah also managed private client portfolios for Key Bank in Denver prior to joining the Adviser. Mr. Shah has a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Pittsburgh Swanson School of Engineering and an MBA in Finance and Accounting from the Tepper School at Carnegie Mellon University. He also holds a CFA charter.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of shares of the Funds.

21

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Pricing of Fund Shares

Each Fund is sold at its NAV. The NAV per share of each class of shares of the Funds is calculated as follows:

	Value of Assets Attributable to a Fund
NAV =	– Value of Liabilities Attributable to the same Fund
	Number of Outstanding Shares of the Fund

Each Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The NYSE also may be closed on national days of mourning or due to natural disaster or other extraordinary events or emergency. A Fund will effect purchases of Fund shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your purchase order in good order. The Funds will effect redemptions of Fund shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your redemption request in good order.

A Fund’s equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). Equity securities listed on the NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, equity securities will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities are valued using an independent pricing service, which considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities and ratings, and deemed representative of market values at the close of the market.

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses). Investments in exchange-traded funds will be valued at their market price.

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Funds’ administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be valued by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board’s ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by a Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

Market Timing

In accordance with the policy adopted by its Board, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder’s privilege to purchase Fund shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange involving the purchase of Fund shares. An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary. It is currently expected that a shareholder would receive notice that its purchase order or exchange has been rejected within 48 hours after such purchase order or exchange has been received by the Company in good order. The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise its right if, in the Company’s (or the Adviser’s) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Company (or the Adviser), has been or may be disruptive to a Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm a Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of a Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

22

There is no assurance that the Adviser will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Fund shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Funds. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company’s excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

Fund Services Administrative Fee

Each Fund pays compensation to the Adviser for fund services in accordance with an Administrative Services Agreement between the Company and the Adviser (in such capacity, the “Servicing Agent”). The Servicing Agent receives a monthly fee equal to 0.25% on an annualized basis of the net assets of each Fund (the “Fund Services Administrative Fee”). The Servicing Agent may delegate some or all of its servicing responsibilities to one or more Service Organizations. Over time, the Fund Services Administrative Fee increases the cost of your investment in the Funds’ shares because these fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an on-going basis.

For purposes of the Administrative Services Agreement, fund services include, but are not limited to: (i) assisting in the maintenance of the Funds’ records containing information relating to shareholders of the Funds; (ii) providing administrative assistance to shareholders concerning the establishment or maintenance of an account with the Funds; (iii) assisting in processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and facilitating settlement with the Funds for any shareholder transactions submitted; (iv) processing all dividend payments, including capital gain or other payments authorized by the Fund and distributed to and received by the Servicing Agent or the Service Organization; (v) providing sub-transfer agent or sub-accounting services for Fund beneficial owners; (vi) assisting in the communications between shareholders and the Funds; and (vii) supervising other aspects of the Funds’ operations and providing other shareholder or administrative services to the Funds.

A Service Organization receiving compensation from the Fund Services Administrative Fee generally represents in a service agreement with the Servicing Agent that all compensation payable to the Service Organization in connection with the investment of their assets in the Funds will be disclosed by the Service Organization to its customers. The Funds do not monitor the actual services being performed by a Service Organization under the service agreement. The Funds also do not monitor the reasonableness of the total compensation that a Service Organization may receive, including any service fee that the Service Organization may receive from the Funds and any compensation the Service Organization may receive directly from its clients.

Purchase of Fund Shares

Shares representing interests in Class I Shares of a Fund are offered continuously for sale by Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”).

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Funds may also be available through Service Organizations. Certain features of the shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose additional or different condition than the Funds on purchases, redemptions or exchanges of shares. Service Organizations may also independently establish and charge their customers or program participants transaction fees, account fees, administrative charges or other amounts in connection with purchases, redemptions and exchanges of shares in addition to any fees imposed by the fees and which charges and fees would not be imposed if shares are purchased directly from the Company. These additional fees may vary and over time could increase the cost of an investment in the Funds and lower investment returns. Each Service Organization is responsible for transmitting to its customers and program participants a schedule of any such fees and information regarding any additional or different conditions regarding purchases, redemptions and exchanges. Shareholders who are customers of a Service Organization should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements

23

with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company’s pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by a Fund in good order, the Transfer Agent will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the appropriate Fund’s NAV next computed after they are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may make payments to Service Organizations for the shareholder and administrative services provided by them. These payments are made out of the Adviser’s resources, including the Fund Services Administrative Fees paid to the Adviser under the Funds’ Administrative Services Agreement. The actual services provided by these Service Organizations, and the payments made for such services, vary from firm to firm. The payments may be based on a fixed dollar amount for each account and position maintained by the Service Organization and/or a percentage of the value of shares held by investors through the Service Organization. For administration, sub-accounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Fund, the Adviser, the Distributor or their affiliates may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the “Service Fee”) relating to the average annual NAV of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organizations or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper. These payments may be material to the Service Organizations relative to other compensation paid by the Funds, the Adviser and/or its affiliates and may be in addition to other fees and payments, such as revenue sharing or “shelf space” fees and event support, other non-cash compensation and charitable contributions paid to or at the request of such firms. Also, the payments may differ depending on the Fund and may vary from amounts paid to the Funds’ transfer agent for providing similar services to other accounts.

Shares of a Fund may also be available on brokerage platforms of firms that have agreements with the Company to offer such shares when acting solely on an agency basis for the purchase or sale of such shares. If you transact in shares of a Fund through one of these programs, you may be required to pay a commission and/or other forms of compensation to the broker.

General. You may also purchase shares of the Funds at the NAV per share next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below. Each Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company’s records. The minimum initial investment in a Fund is $1,000. The minimum initial investment requirements may be reduced or waived from time to time. For purposes of meeting the minimum initial purchase, purchases by clients that are part of endowments, foundations or other related groups may be combined. You can purchase shares of the Funds only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below. Shares may be purchased by principals and employees of the Adviser and its subsidiaries and by their spouses and children either directly or through any trust that has the principal, employee, spouse or child as the primary beneficiaries, their individual retirement accounts, or any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser and its subsidiaries without being subject to the minimum investment limitations.

24

Initial Investment By Mail. Subject to acceptance by the Funds, an account may be opened by completing and signing an Account Application and mailing it to the Transfer Agent at the address noted below, together with a check payable to the Fund that you are purchasing. All checks must be in U.S. Dollars drawn on a domestic bank. The Funds will not accept payment in cash or money orders. The Funds do not accept post-dated checks or any conditional order or payment. To prevent check fraud, the Funds will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.

Regular Mail   Summit Global Investments Funds
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 Overnight or Express Mail   Summit Global Investments Funds
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53202-5207

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

Shares will be purchased at the NAV next computed after the time the application and funds are received in proper order and accepted by the Funds. The Transfer Agent will charge a $25 fee against a shareholder’s account, in addition to any loss sustained by the Funds, for any payment that is returned. It is the policy of the Funds not to accept applications under certain circumstances or in amounts considered disadvantageous to shareholders. The Funds reserve the right to reject any application.

Initial Investment By Wire. If you are making your first investment in the Funds, before you wire funds, the Transfer Agent must have a completed account application. You may mail or overnight deliver your account application to the Transfer Agent. Upon receipt of your completed account application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you. The account number assigned will be required as part of the instruction that should be provided to your bank to send the wire. Your bank must include both the name of the Fund you are purchasing, the account number, and your name so that monies can be correctly applied. Your bank should transmit funds by wire to:

Wire Instructions:
U.S. Bank National Association
777 East Wisconsin Ave
Milwaukee WI 53202
ABA 075000022
Credit:
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services
Account #112-952-137
For Further Credit to:
[Summit Fund Name]
(shareholder registration)
(shareholder account number)

Wired funds must be received prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern time to be eligible for same day pricing. The Funds and U.S. Bank, N.A. are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

Subsequent Investments – By Wire. Before sending your wire, please contact the Transfer Agent to advise them of your intent to wire funds. This will ensure prompt and accurate credit upon receipt of your wire.

25

Telephone Purchase. Investors may purchase additional shares of the Funds by calling 1-855-744-8500. If you did not decline this option on your account application, and your account has been open for at least 7 business days, telephone orders, in amounts of $100 or more, will be accepted via electronic funds transfer from your bank account through the Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) network. You must have banking information established on your account prior to making a purchase. If your order is received prior to 4 p.m. Eastern time, your shares will be purchased at the NAV calculated on the day your order is placed.

In order to arrange for telephone options after an account has been opened or to change your bank account, a written request must be sent to the Transfer Agent. The request must be signed by each shareholder of the account and may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other form of signature authentication from a financial institution source.

Additional Investments. To make additional investments once you have opened your account, write your account number on the check and send it together with the Invest by Mail form from your most recent confirmation statement received from the Transfer Agent. If you do not have the Invest by Mail form, include the Fund name, your name, address, and account number on a separate piece of paper along with your check. Initial and additional purchases made by check or electronic funds transfer (ACH) cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected. This may take up to 15 calendar days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option.

Automatic Investment Plan. Once your account has been opened with the initial minimum investment, you may make additional purchases at regular intervals through an automatic investment plan (the “Automatic Investment Plan”). The Automatic Investment Plan provides a convenient method to have monies deducted from your bank account, for investment into a Fund, on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. Investors must invest at least $100 on a monthly basis via the Automatic Investment Plan. In order to participate in the Automatic Investment Plan, your financial institution must be a member of the ACH network. If your bank rejects your payment, the Funds’ transfer agent will charge a $25 fee to your account. To begin participating in the Automatic Investment Plan, please complete the Automatic Investment Plan section on the account application or call the Funds’ Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500 for instructions. Any request to change or terminate your Automatic Investment Plan should be submitted to the Transfer Agent five (5) days prior to effective date.

Purchases in Kind. In certain circumstances, shares of the Funds may be purchased “in kind” (i.e. in exchange for securities, rather than cash). The securities rendered in connection with an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable in accordance with the Company’s valuation procedures. Securities accepted by a Fund will be valued, as set forth in this Prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of NAV after such acceptance. The shares of the Fund that are issued to the investor in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividends, subscriptions, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the Fund and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. A Fund will not accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the Fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the Adviser or the Company. Purchases in-kind may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on securities transferred to the Funds.

Other Purchase Information. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Funds. The Adviser will monitor each Fund’s total assets and may, subject to Board approval, decide to close a Fund at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund’s strategy. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, may also choose to reopen a Fund to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund’s size recur. If a Fund closes to new investments, the Fund may be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons who may be subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

a. persons who already hold shares of the closed Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Adviser;

b. employees of the Adviser and their spouses, parents and children; and

c. Directors of the Company.

26

Distributions to all shareholders of a closed Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to the Board’s discretion, reserves the right to implement specific purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

Purchases of a Fund’s shares will be made in full and fractional shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places. Certificates for shares will not be issued.

Shares may be purchased and subsequent investments may be made by principals and employees of the Adviser and their family members, either directly or through their IRAs and by any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser, without being subject to the minimum investment limitation.

The Adviser is authorized to waive the minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements.

Good Order. A purchase request is considered to be in good order when all necessary information is provided and all required documents are properly completed, signed and delivered (i.e. the purchase request includes the name of the Fund; the dollar amount of shares to be purchased; your account application or investment stub; and a check payable to the Fund). Purchase requests not in good order may be rejected.

Customer Identification Program. In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, please note that the Transfer Agent will verify certain information on your account application as part of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. As requested on the account application, you must supply your full name, date of birth, social security number and permanent street address. If you are opening the account in the name of a legal entity (e.g., partnership, limited liability company, business trust, corporation, etc.), you must also supply the identity of the beneficial owners. Mailing addresses containing only a P. O. Box will not be accepted. If you need additional assistance when completing your account application, please contact the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500.

Applications without the required information, may not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor’s shares and close an account in the event that an investor’s identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account resulting from the investor’s delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor’s shares when an investor’s identity cannot be verified.

Redemption of Fund Shares

You may redeem shares of the Funds at the next NAV calculated after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. A Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. You can redeem shares of a Fund only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below.

You may redeem shares of a Fund by mail, or, if you are authorized, by telephone. The value of shares redeemed may be more or less than the purchase price, depending on the market value of the investment securities held by the Fund.

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption requests should be addressed to [Summit Fund Name], c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701, or for overnight delivery to [Summit Fund Name], c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 and must include:

A signature guarantee, from either a Medallion program member or a non-Medallion program member, is required in the following situations:

● If ownership is being changed on your account;

● When redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record; and

● When a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent and the account address has changed within the last 15 calendar days.

27

The Funds may waive any of the above requirements in certain instances. In addition to the situations described above, the Funds and/or the Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

Signature guarantees will generally be accepted from domestic banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations, as well as from participants in the NYSE Medallion Signature Program and the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”). A notary public is not an acceptable signature guarantor.

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Funds. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

Redemption By Telephone. If you did not decline telephone options on your account application, you may initiate a redemption of shares in the amount up to the total value of the account by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500.

Investors may have a check sent to the address of record, proceeds may be wired to a shareholder’s bank account of record, or funds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the ACH network, also to the bank account of record. Wires are subject to a $15 fee paid by the investor, but the investor does not incur any charge when proceeds are sent via the ACH system. Once a telephone transaction has been placed, it cannot be canceled or modified after the close of regular trading on the NYSE (generally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern time).

In order to arrange for telephone options after an account has been opened or to change your bank account, a written request must be sent to the Transfer Agent. The request must be signed by each shareholder of the account and may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other form of signature authentication from a financial institution source.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to market close. During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waits. Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.

Before executing an instruction received by telephone, the Transfer Agent will use reasonable procedures to confirm that the telephone instructions are genuine. The telephone call may be recorded and the caller may be asked to verify certain personal identification information. If the Funds or their agents follow these procedures, they cannot be held liable for any loss, expense or cost arising out of any telephone redemption request that is reasonably believed to be genuine. This includes fraudulent or unauthorized requests. If an account has more than one owner or authorized person, the Funds will accept telephone instructions from any one owner or authorized person.

Exchange Privilege. You can exchange your Class I shares of a Fund for Class I shares in an identically registered account of another Fund on any day that both the Fund and the Fund into which you are exchanging are open for business. Any new account established through an exchange will be subject to the minimum investment requirements applicable to the shares acquired. Exchanges will be executed on the basis of the relative NAV of the shares exchanged. Consequently, you may receive fewer shares or more shares than originally owned, depending on that day’s NAVs. Your total value of the initially held shares will equal the total value of the new shares. Be sure to read the current Prospectus for the Fund into which you are exchanging.

An exchange of shares of one Fund for shares of another Fund is considered a sale and generally results in a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes unless you are a tax-exempt investor or hold your shares through a tax-deferred account such as an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

28

IRA and other retirement plan redemptions. If you have an IRA, you must indicate on your written redemption request whether or not to withhold federal income tax. Redemption requests failing to indicate an election to have tax withheld will be subject to 10% withholding.

Shares held in IRA accounts may be redeemed by telephone at 1-855-744-8500. Investors will be asked whether or not to withhold taxes from any distribution.

Other Redemption Information. Redemption proceeds for shares of a Fund recently purchased by check or electronic funds transfer through the ACH network may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen calendar days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option. Redemption proceeds will ordinarily be paid within seven business days after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE or the bond market is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC. The Fund typically expects to meet redemption requests by paying out proceeds from cash or cash equivalent holdings, or by selling portfolio securities. In stressed market conditions, redemption methods may include redeeming in kind.

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC and the Company’s Policy and Procedure Related to the Processing of In-Kind Redemptions. Investors generally will incur brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities so received in the payment of redemptions. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder will bear the market risk of the securities received in the redemption until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, so that each Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

Good Order. A redemption request is considered to be in good order when your request includes: (1) the name of the Fund, (2) the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, (3) the account number and (4) signatures by all of the shareholders whose names appear on the account registration with a signature guarantee, if applicable. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

Involuntary Redemption. The Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at any time the value of the account falls below $500 as the result of a redemption or an exchange request.

You will be notified in writing that the value of your account is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the redemption is processed.

The Funds may assert the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse a Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

Dividends and Distributions

Each Fund will distribute substantially all of the net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, of the Fund to the Fund’s shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional shares unless you elect otherwise.

Each Fund will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed at least annually.

The ex-dividend, record and payable dates of any annual distribution will be available by calling 855-744-8500.

29

All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional shares unless you elect one the following options: (1) receive dividends in cash while reinvesting capital gain distributions in additional Fund shares; (2) receive capital gain distributions in cash while reinvesting dividends in additional Fund shares; or (3) receive all distributions in cash. If you elect to receive distributions and/or capital gains paid in cash, and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver the check, or if a check remains outstanding for six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account, at a Fund’s current NAV, and to reinvest all subsequent distributions. You may change the distribution option on your account as any time. You should notify the Transfer Agent in writing or by telephone at least five (5) days prior to the next distribution.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

Distributions. Each Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of a Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of a Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of a Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before a Fund’s ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of a Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities (if any), a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or non-qualified foreign corporations.

Each Fund may make distributions to you of “section 199A dividends” with respect to qualified dividends that it receives with respect to such Fund’s investments in REITs. A section 199A dividend is any dividend or part of such dividend that such Fund pays to you and reports as a section 199A dividend in written statements furnished to you. Distributions paid by a Fund that are eligible to be treated as section 199A dividends for a taxable year may not exceed the “qualified REIT dividends” received by such Fund from a REIT reduced by the Fund’s allocable expenses. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for such Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your applicable Fund shares for at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date, but only to the extent that you are not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

Distributions from a Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by a Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

30

The Funds may be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign taxes on income or gain from certain foreign securities. If more than 50% of the value of the total assets of a Fund consists of stocks and securities (including debt securities) of foreign corporations at the close of a taxable year, a Fund may elect, for federal income tax purposes, to treat certain foreign taxes paid by it, including generally any withholding and other foreign income taxes, as paid by its shareholders. If a Fund makes this election, the amount of those foreign taxes paid by a Fund will be included in its shareholders’ income pro rata (in addition to taxable distributions actually received by them), and each such shareholder will be entitled either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction. If a Fund is not eligible or chooses not to make this election, the Fund will be entitled to deduct any such foreign taxes in computing the amounts it is required to distribute.

A portion of distributions paid by a Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities (if any), by a high portfolio turnover rate or by investments in debt securities or foreign corporations.

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

Sales of Shares. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your cost basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them.

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of a Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of a Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, each Fund (or relevant broker or financial adviser) is required to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Fund shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold. The Funds have elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct a Fund to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale. If your account is held by your broker or other financial adviser, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial adviser to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Funds and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your federal and state income tax returns. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless such shares were acquired with borrowed funds.

Backup Withholding. Each Fund may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding rate is 24%.

31

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to a 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of a regulated investment company such as a Fund, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to a Fund’s net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to a Fund’s interest income from U.S. obligors, and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of a Fund.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares of a Fund, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Fund.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in a Fund is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from the Fund will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

Each Fund will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in a Fund.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States and certain U.S. territories.

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income and gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Fund’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality. More information about taxes is contained in the Funds’ SAI.

32

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Householding. In an effort to decrease costs, the Funds intend to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders we reasonably believe are from the same family or household. Once implemented, if you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call the Transfer Agent toll-free at 1-855-744-8500 to request individual copies of these documents. Once the Funds receive notice to stop householding, we will begin sending individual copies thirty days after receiving your request. This policy does not apply to account statements.

Lost Shareholder, Inactive Accounts and Unclaimed Property. It is important that the Funds maintain a correct address for each shareholder. An incorrect address may cause a shareholder’s account statements and other mailings to be returned to the Funds. Based upon statutory requirements for returned mail, the Funds will attempt to locate the shareholder or rightful owner of the account. If a Fund is unable to locate the shareholder, then it will determine whether the shareholder’s account can legally be considered abandoned. Your mutual fund account may be transferred to the state government of your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws. The Funds are legally obligated to escheat (or transfer) abandoned property to the appropriate state’s unclaimed property administrator in accordance with statutory requirements. The shareholder’s last known address of record determines which state has jurisdiction. Please proactively contact the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500 (toll free) at least annually to ensure your account remains in active status.

If you are a resident of the state of Texas, you may designate a representative to receive notifications that, due to inactivity, your mutual fund account assets may be delivered to the Texas Comptroller. Please contact the Transfer Agent if you wish to complete a Texas Designation of Representative form.

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUNDS’ SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

33

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The tables in the Financial Highlights section below set forth certain financial information for the periods indicated, including per share information results for a single Fund share. The term “Total investment return” indicates how much your investment would have increased or decreased during this period of time and assumes that you have reinvested all dividends and distributions. The information has been derived from the Funds’ financial statements and has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. This information should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ financial statements, which, together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, are included in the Funds’ annual report for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 and is available at no cost upon request (see back cover for ordering instructions).

34

	SGI Peak Growth Fund- Class I Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021			For the Period June 8, 2020(1), to August 31, 2020 (1)
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.94		$	10.00
Net investment income/(loss)(2)		(0.14	)		(0.04	)
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments(3)		1.83			0.98
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		1.69			0.94
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net investment income		—			—
Net realized capital gains		—			—
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		—			—
Net asset value, end of period	$	12.63		$	10.94
Total investment return/(loss)(4)		15.45	%		9.40	%(6)
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$	10,940		$	7,327
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and reimbursements		1.70	%		1.70	%(5)
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and reimbursements		1.74	%		3.52	%(5)
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		(1.17	)%		(1.58	)%(5)
Portfolio turnover rate(7)		178	%		5	%(6)

(1) The Fund commenced investment operations on June 8, 2020.

(2) The selected per share data is calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(3) The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(4) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

(5) Annualized.

(6) Not annualized.

(7) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

35

	SGI Prudent Growth Fund- Class I Shares
	For the Year Ended August 31, 2021			For the Period June 8, 2020(1), to August 31, 2020 (1)
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.60		$	10.00
Net investment income/(loss)(2)		(0.07	)		(0.03	)
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments(3)		1.16			0.63
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		1.09			0.60
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net investment income		—	(4)		—
Net realized capital gains		—	(4)		—
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		—			—
Net asset value, end of period	$	11.69		$	10.60
Total investment return/(loss)(5)		10.34	%		6.00	%(7)
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$	10,807		$	6,408
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and reimbursements		1.70	%		1.70	%(6)
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and reimbursements		1.75	%		3.97	%(6)
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		(0.67	)%		(1.08	)%(6)
Portfolio turnover rate(8)		170	%		6	%(7)

(1) The Fund commenced investment operations on June 8, 2020.

(2) The selected per share data is calculated based on average shares outstanding method for the period.

(3) The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(4) Amount represents less than $0.005 per share.

(5) Total investment return/(loss) is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

(6) Annualized.

(7) Not annualized.

(8) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

36

PRIVACY NOTICE
FACTS	WHAT DO THE SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS FUNDS DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION?
Why?	Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.
What?	The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. This information can include: ● Social Security number ● account balances ● account transactions ● transaction history ● wire transfer instructions ● checking account information When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.
How?	All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business. In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers’ personal information; the reasons Summit Global Investments Funds chooses to share; and whether you can limit this sharing.
Reasons we can share your information		Do the Summit Global Investments Funds share?	Can you limit this sharing?
For our everyday business purpose — such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus		Yes	No
For our marketing purposes — to offer our products and services to you		Yes	No
For joint marketing with other financial companies		Yes	No
For affiliates’ everyday business purposes — information about your transactions and experiences		Yes	No
For affiliates’ everyday business purposes — information about your creditworthiness		No	We don’t share
For our affiliates to market to you		No	We don’t share
For nonaffiliates to market to you		No	We don’t share

Questions? Call 1-888-251-4847 or go to www.sgiam.com

A-1

What we do
How do the Summit Global Investments Funds protect my personal information?	To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings.
How do the Summit Global Investments Funds collect my personal information?	We collect your personal information, for example, when you ● open an account ● provide account information ● give us your contact information ● make a wire transfer ● tell us where to send the money We also collect your information from others, such as credit bureaus, affiliates, or other companies.
Why can’t I limit all sharing?	Federal law gives you the right to limit only ● sharing for affiliates’ everyday business purposes — information about your creditworthiness ● affiliates from using your information to market to you ● sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing.
Definitions
Affiliates	Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. ●   Our affiliates include Summit Global Investments, LLC, the investment adviser to the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund.
Nonaffiliates	Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. ●   SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund don’t share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you.
Joint marketing	A formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to you. ●   SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Small Cap Core Fund may share your information with other financial institutions with whom they have joint marketing arrangements who may suggest additional fund services or other investment products which may be of interest to you. We do not currently have any joint marketing arrangements with other financial institutions.

A-2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

FOR MORE INFORMATION

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Funds is available free of charge, upon request, including:

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports:

The annual and semi-annual reports provide additional information about the Funds’ investments, as well as the most recent financial reports and portfolio listings. The annual report contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that affected the Funds’ performance during the last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information:

The Funds’ SAI, dated December 31, 2021, has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Funds, along with the Funds’ annual and semi-annual reports are available on the Adviser’s website at www.sgiam.com or may be obtained free of charge by calling 855-744-8500. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus.

Shareholder Account Service Representatives:

Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday-Friday. Call: 855-744-8500.

Purchases and Redemptions:

Call your registered representative or 855-744-8500.

Written Correspondence

Post Office Address:	Summit Global Investments Funds c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services PO Box 701 Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701
Street Address:	Summit Global Investments Funds c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202

Securities and Exchange Commission:

You may view and copy information about the Company and the Funds, including the SAI, by visiting the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-05518

SGI-002-21

 

Summit Global Investments

Prospectus

SGI Small Cap Core Fund

(formerly known as the SGI Small Cap Growth Fund)

Class I Shares (Ticker: BOGIX)

A SERIES OF

THE RBB FUND, INC.

DECEMBER 31, 2021

The securities described in this prospectus have been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC, however, has not judged these securities for their investment merit and has not determined the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

SUMMARY SECTION	1
Investment Objective	1
Expenses And Fees	1
Principal Investment Strategies	2
Principal Risks	2
Risk/Return Information	4
Management Of The Fund	6
Purchase And Sale Of Fund Shares	6
Tax Information	7
Payments To Broker-Dealers And Other Financial Intermediaries	7
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE FUND’S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES	8
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND	9
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS	12
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND	13
Investment Adviser	13
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION	14
Pricing Of Fund Shares	15
Market Timing	16
Purchase Of Fund Shares	17
Redemption Of Fund Shares	22
Dividends And Distributions	25
Taxes	26
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	29
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS	32
FOR MORE INFORMATION	Back Cover

SUMMARY SECTION

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The investment objective of the SGI Small Cap Core Fund (formerly known as the SGI Small Cap Growth Fund) (the “Fund”) is to provide long-term capital appreciation.

EXPENSES AND FEES

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Fund. Additionally, you may be required to pay commissions and/or other forms of compensation to a broker for transactions in the Fund, which are not reflected in the table or the example below.

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)	Class I Shares
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)	None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends	None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)	None
Exchange Fee	None

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees(1)	0.95%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees	None
Other Expenses	0.34%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses(2)	0.06%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	1.35%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)	-0.06%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement	1.29%

⁽¹⁾ Prior to May 14, 2021, the management fee was 1.00%.

⁽²⁾ Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (“AFFE”) are indirect fees and expenses that the Fund incurs from investing in the shares of other mutual funds, including money market funds and exchange-traded funds. Please note that the amount of Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown in the above table will differ from the "Financial Highlights" section of the Prospectus, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include indirect expenses such as AFFE.

⁽³⁾ Summit Global Investments, LLC (the "Adviser"), the Fund's investment adviser, has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022 to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) exceed 1.23% of the Fund's average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares. In determining the Adviser's obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and are expected to cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to exceed 1.23%: AFFE, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before December 31, 2022 without the approval of the Board of Directors of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). If at any time the Fund's Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (not including AFFE, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) for a year are less than 1.23% of the Fund's average daily net assets attributable to Class I Shares, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

1

EXAMPLE

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example below shows what you would pay if you invested $10,000 in the Fund over the various time periods indicated and then redeemed all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same (taking into account the contractual expense limitation for the first year). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
$131	$422	$734	$1,619

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund's performance. Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund's portfolio turnover rate was 314% of the average value of its portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing under normal circumstances at least 80% of the net assets of the portfolio (including borrowings for investment purposes) in the stocks of U.S. companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the trailing twelve-month range of the market capitalizations of those companies that are included in the Russell 2000^® Index (“Small Cap Stocks”). For purposes of this investment policy, stocks of U.S. companies are stocks that are listed on a securities exchange or market inside the United States. Because the Russell 2000^® Index (“Index”) is modified (“reconstituted”) regularly (usually each year) to replace companies that no longer qualify for inclusion in the Index due to, among other reasons, having market capitalizations that have grown too large, the Adviser uses the trailing twelve-month range of market capitalizations to mitigate the need to trade stocks in the portfolio due to Index reconstitution. Further, the Adviser will not sell from the portfolio any holdings that the Adviser believes are likely to appreciate more than the Index solely because the market capitalizations of such holdings cause the portfolio to hold less than 80% of its net assets within this range. As such, the Fund may, from time to time, hold less than 80% of its net assets within this range. The Fund attempts to achieve its objective by taking long positions in Small Cap Stocks that the Adviser believes are undervalued given their future earnings growth prospects. As part of its investment strategy, the Adviser will continue to invest in Small Cap Stocks that the Adviser believes will appreciate more than the Index. Shareholders will be notified by the Fund sixty days in advance of any change in this 80% policy. In seeking to achieve its principal investment strategies, the Fund will engage in trading of portfolio securities that will likely result in a high portfolio turnover rate.

2

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Risk is inherent in all investing. The value of your investment in the Fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly from day to day and over time. You may lose part or all of your investment in the Fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The Fund's principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears.  Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions or other factors.

• Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or the Adviser. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders. Issuers of securities in which the Fund invests are also subject to cyber security risks, and the value of these securities could decline if the issuers experience cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures.

• Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Fund may apply in selecting securities. The Fund seeks to screen out companies that it believes may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. The Fund’s returns may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. As a result, the Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

• Equity Stock Risk. Common stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical; there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Fund.

• Growth Stock Risk. Growth stocks are typically priced higher than other stocks, in relation to earnings and other measures, because investors believe they have more growth potential. This potential may or may not be realized and, if it is not realized, may result in a loss to the Fund. Growth stock prices also tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Because different types of stocks go out of favor with investors depending on market and economic conditions, the Fund's return may be adversely affected during a market downtown and when growth stocks are out of favor.

3

• Investment Companies and Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”) Risk. The Fund's investment performance may be affected by the investment performance of the underlying funds in which the Fund may invest. Investing in other investment companies, including ETFs, may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the Fund’s own expenses. The risk of owning an investment company or ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the investment company an ETF holds. The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares. Certain ETFs may be thinly traded and experience large spreads between the "ask" price quoted by a seller and the "bid" price offered by a buyer. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF's shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV.

• Market Risk. The net asset value ("NAV") of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. The value of investments held by the Fund may increase or decrease in response to economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. Although the Fund will invest in stocks the Adviser believes will produce less volatility, there is no guarantee that the stocks will perform as expected.

• Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may frequently trade its portfolio holdings. High portfolio turnover will cause the Fund to incur higher brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which could lower the Fund's performance. In addition to lower performance, high portfolio turnover could result in higher taxable capital gains. A portfolio turnover rate of 100% is considered to be high.

• Small Cap Risk. The Fund will invest in Small Cap Stocks that may be more volatile than investments in issuers with larger market capitalizations. Issuers of Small Cap Stocks are not as diversified in their business activities as issuers with larger market capitalizations and are more susceptible to changes in the business cycle. Small companies may also have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may be dependent on relatively small or inexperienced management groups. Additionally, the trading volume of small company securities may make them more difficult to sell than those of larger companies. Moreover, the lack of an efficient market for the securities may make them difficult to value.

• Value Stock Risk. Although the Fund will invest in stocks that the Adviser believes to be undervalued, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower. Because different types of stocks go out of favor with investors depending on market and economic conditions, the Fund’s return may be adversely affected during a market turndown and when value stocks are out of favor.

RISK/RETURN INFORMATION

The chart below illustrates the long-term performance of the Fund. The information shows you how the Fund's performance has varied year by year and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by illustrating the variability of the Fund’s returns. The chart assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. As with all such investments, past performance (before and after taxes) is not an indication of future results. Performance reflects fee waivers in effect. If fee waivers were not in place, the Fund's performance would be reduced. Updated performance information may be obtained at www.sgiam.com or by calling 1-855-744-8500. The Fund changed its investment adviser on May 14, 2021. The performance set forth below prior to May 14, 2021 is attributable to the former investment adviser.

4

TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Best and Worst Quarterly Performance (for the periods reflected in the chart above):

Best Quarter:  29.38% (quarter ended June 30, 2020)

Worst Quarter: -30.76% (quarter ended March 31, 2020)

Year-to-date total return for the nine months ended September 30, 2021: 15.58%

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS

The following table below compares the Fund's average annual total returns for the past calendar year, the past five calendar years and the past ten calendar years to the average annual total returns of a broad-based securities market index for the same periods. Past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indicator of how the Fund will perform in the future.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

	1 Year	5 Years	10 Years
Return Before Taxes	21.56%	12.17%	11.45%
Return After Taxes on Distributions(1)	19.18%	9.66%	9.36%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(1)	12.87%	8.47%	8.54%
Russell 2000® Index	19.96%	13.26%	11.20%

⁽¹⁾ After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (IRA).

5

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Investment Adviser
Summit Global Investments, LLC

Portfolio Managers

Name	Title with Adviser	Tenure with the Fund
David Harden	President and Portfolio Manager	Since May 14, 2021
Aash Shah	Portfolio Manager	Since May 14, 2021

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES

Minimum Initial Investment

$10,000 ($2,000 minimum for IRA accounts)

You can purchase and redeem shares of the Fund only on days the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is open. Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Shares of the Fund may also be purchased and redeemed directly through The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) by the means described below.

Purchase and Redemption by Mail:

Regular Mail:
SGI Small Cap Core Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 Overnight Delivery:
SGI Small Cap Core Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202-5207

Purchase by Wire:

Before sending any wire, call U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Transfer Agent”) at 1-855-744-8500 to confirm the current wire instructions for the Fund.

Redemption by Telephone:

Call the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500.

6

TAX INFORMATION

The Fund intends to make distributions that generally may be taxed at ordinary income or capital gains rates.

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.

7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

The investment objective of the Fund is to provide long-term capital appreciation. In seeking this objective, the Fund attempts to achieve a total return greater than the total return of the Russell 2000^® Index. The Russell 2000^® Index is an unmanaged index that is comprised of the 2,000 smallest of the 3,000 largest U.S. domiciled corporations, ranked by market capitalizations.

The Fund attempts to achieve its objective by taking long positions in Small Cap Stocks that the Adviser believes are undervalued given their future earnings growth prospects. The Fund will primarily invest in securities principally traded in the U.S. markets. The Fund may also invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts as an alternative to purchasing a specified type of security.

The Adviser will determine the size of each position by analyzing the tradeoff between the attractiveness of each position and its impact on the risk of the overall portfolio. The Board can change the investment objective of the Fund. However, shareholders will be given notice before any change is made.

The Fund's long positions may include (without limit) equity securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the markets of the United States as sponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). ADRs are receipts issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets. The ADRs may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the foreign securities underlying the ADRs. The Fund will not invest directly in equity securities that are principally traded outside of the United States.

In addition to investments expected to meet the preceding criteria, the Fund may also invest in certain instruments related to the Standard & Poor's 500^® Composite Stock Price Index (the “S&P 500^® Index”) and the Russell 2000^® Index (described above). The S&P 500^® Index is an unmanaged index composed of 500 common stocks, most of which are listed on the NYSE. The S&P 500^® Index assigns relative values to the stocks included in the index, weighted according to each stock's total market value relative to the total market value of the other stocks included in such index. The Fund may invest in S&P 500^® Index futures, options on S&P 500^® Index futures, Russell 2000^® Index futures and equity swap contracts.

The Fund may seek to increase its income by lending portfolio securities to institutions, such as certain broker- dealers. Portfolio securities loans are secured continuously by collateral maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. The value of the securities loaned by the Fund will not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets. The Fund may experience a loss or delay in the recovery of its securities if the borrowing institution breaches its agreement with the Fund. Lending the Fund's portfolio securities involves a variety of risks, not limited to the risk of delay in receiving additional collateral if the value of the securities goes up while they are on loan. The Fund may lose money from securities lending if, for example, it is delayed in or prevented from selling the collateral after the loan is made or recovering the securities loaned or if it incurs losses on the reinvestment of cash collateral.

8

Sell decisions are generally triggered by an adverse change in either the fundamental outlook for a company or investors' beliefs about future stock price performance. Fundamental signals that could signal a sale include a significant appreciation in price, a poor quarterly earnings announcement or an indication that management is aggressive with its financial accounting. Adverse changes in investors' beliefs about future stock prices are related to investors' behavioral biases. Given the diversified nature of the stock selection process, it is likely that more than one of these signals would have to be declining in order to trigger a sale.

The Fund may hold cash or cash equivalents pending investment or to meet redemption requests. In addition, for defensive purposes due to abnormal market or economic situations, as determined by the Adviser, the Fund may reduce its holdings in other securities and invest up to 100% of its assets in cash or certain short-term (less than twelve months to maturity) and medium-term (not greater than five years to maturity) interest-bearing instruments or deposits of U.S. and foreign issuers. Such investments may include, but are not limited to, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, variable or floating rate notes, bankers' acceptances, time deposits, government securities and money-market deposit accounts. To the extent the Fund employs a temporary investment strategy, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND

GENERAL

There can be no assurance that the investment methodology employed will satisfy the Fund’s objective of long-term capital appreciation. Additionally, an investment in the Fund will be subject to the risk of poor stock selection by the Adviser. In other words, the Adviser may not be successful in executing its strategy and may invest in stocks that underperform the market.

The value of fixed income securities held by the Fund, and thus the NAV of the shares of the Fund, generally will vary inversely in relation to changes in prevailing interest rates.

The value of Fund shares may increase or decrease depending on market, economic, political, regulatory and other conditions affecting the Fund's portfolio. Investment in shares of the Fund is more volatile and risky than some other forms of investment.

CYBER SECURITY RISK

With the increased use of technologies such as the internet to conduct business, the Fund is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through "hacking" or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by the Fund's Adviser and other service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountant, custodian, transfer agent and administrator), and the issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Fund's ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Adviser has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Fund and issuers in which the Fund invests, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or the Adviser. The Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

9

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS

The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers indirectly through depositary receipts. Depositary receipts may be available through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all of the costs of the unsponsored facility. The depository of an unsponsored facility is frequently under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities. The depository of unsponsored depositary receipts may provide less information to receipt holders.

ESG INVESTING RISK

ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Fund may apply in selecting securities. The Fund seeks to screen out companies that it believes may have higher downside risk and lower ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. The Fund’s returns may be lower than other funds that do not use ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. As a result, the Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

MARKET RISK

The Fund’s NAV and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its investments. The market value of the Fund’s holdings is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of an investment’s value. There is no assurance that the Fund will realize its investment objective, and an investment in the Fund is not, by itself, a complete or balanced investment program. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund, or the Fund could underperform other investments.

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

10

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Fund’s investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Fund and its service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

SECURITIES OF SMALL COMPANIES

The Fund will invest in small-cap companies as part of its principal investment strategies. Investments in common stocks in general are subject to market, economic and business risks that will cause their price to fluctuate over time. Therefore, an investment in the Fund may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these fluctuations. Furthermore, while securities of small capitalization companies may offer greater opportunity for capital appreciation than larger companies, investment in such companies presents greater risks than investment in larger, more established companies. Indeed, historically, small capitalization stocks have been more volatile in price than larger capitalization stocks. Among the reasons for the greater price volatility of these securities are the lower degree of liquidity in the markets for such stocks, and the potentially greater sensitivity of such small companies to changes in or failure of management, and to many other changes in competitive, business, industry and economic conditions, including risks associated with limited product lines, markets, management depth, or financial resources. Besides exhibiting greater volatility, micro and small company stocks may, to a degree, fluctuate independently of larger company stocks. Small company stocks may decline in price as large company stocks rise, or rise in price as large company stocks decline. Investors should therefore expect that the price of the Fund's shares will be more volatile than the shares of a fund that invests in larger capitalization stocks. Additionally, while the markets in securities of small companies have grown rapidly in recent years, such securities may trade less frequently and in smaller volume than more widely held securities. The values of these securities may fluctuate more sharply than those of other securities, and the Fund may experience some difficulty in establishing or closing out positions in these securities at prevailing market prices. There may be less publicly available information about the issuers of these securities or less market interest in such securities than in the case of larger companies, and it may take a longer period of time for the prices of such securities to reflect the full value of their issuers' underlying earnings potential or assets.

11

BROAD-BASED SECURITIES MARKET INDEX

The Russell 2000^® Index is an unmanaged index that is comprised of the 2,000 smallest of the 3,000 largest U.S. domiciled corporations, ranked by market capitalizations. As of November 30, 2021, the median market capitalization of the Russell 2000^® Index was $1.1 billion and the largest stock was $18.3 billion. Please note that this information is as of a particular point in time and is subject to change.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

A description of the Company's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund's portfolio securities is available in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). The SAI is incorporated herein. 

12

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

INVESTMENT ADVISER

The Adviser's principal address is 620 South Main Street, Bountiful, Utah 84010. The Adviser provides investment management and investment advisory services to investment companies and other institutional accounts. The Adviser is 100% privately-owned, and was founded in 2010.

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement with the Company effective as of May 14, 2021, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.95% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. Prior to May 14, 2021, the advisory fee was 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) exceed 1.23% for the Fund. In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and certain of these expenses could cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to exceed 1.23%: AFFE, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. If at any time the Fund’s total annual Fund operating expenses (not including AFFE, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) for a year are less than 1.23%, the Adviser may recoup any waived or reimbursed amounts from the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made by the Adviser, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed the expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. If at any time the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses are less than 1.23% (excluding certain items), then the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made. This contractual limitation is in effect until December 31, 2022 and may not be terminated without the approval of the Board.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, after waivers, the Adviser received 0.93% of the Fund’s average net assets in investment advisory fees from the Fund.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Fund’s investment advisory agreement with the Adviser is available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders dated February 28, 2021.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

David L. Harden is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser, and is jointly responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s investment portfolio. Mr. Harden founded the Adviser in 2010, and has managed the firm’s SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund and SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund since their inception dates of February 29, 2012 and March 31, 2016, respectively. Mr. Harden has managed the firm’s SGI Global Equity Fund since January 1, 2017. He started his career in 1993 and has worked for such firms as Fidelity Investments, Wellington Management and Evergreen Investments. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Harden worked with Ensign Peak Advisors, Inc., most recently as Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, where he managed and oversaw day-to-day research, portfolio management and trading for all index, quantitative and low volatility strategies.

13

Aash Shah is a portfolio manager of the Adviser and is jointly responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund. Mr. Shah also serves as the portfolio manager of the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, and the SGI Global Equity Fund. Mr. Shah joined the Adviser in 2017 as a portfolio manager. Mr. Shah has over 26 years of investment management experience including over 21 years as a portfolio manager. Previously, Mr. Shah managed small, mid, and large cap funds for Federated Investors in both New York City and Pittsburgh. Mr. Shah also managed private client portfolios for Key Bank in Denver prior to joining Summit. Mr. Shah has a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Pittsburgh Swanson School of Engineering and an MBA in Finance and Accounting from the Tepper School at Carnegie Mellon University. He also holds a CFA charter.

The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio manager’s ownership of shares in the Fund. 

14

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

PRICING OF FUND SHARES

Shares of the Fund are priced at their NAV. The NAV of the Fund is calculated as follows:

NAV =	Value of Assets Attributable to the Fund
	-  Value of Liabilities Attributable to the Fund
	Number of Outstanding Shares of the Fund

The Fund's NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The NYSE also may be closed on national days of mourning or due to a natural disaster or other extraordinary events or emergency. The Fund will effect purchases and redemptions of Fund shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Transfer Agent of your purchase order or redemption request in good order.

The Fund's equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). Equity securities listed on the NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, equity securities will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities are valued using independent pricing services which considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities and ratings, and are deemed representative of market values at the close of the market. If the Fund holds securities that are primarily listed on non-U.S. exchanges, the NAV of the Fund's shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund's shares.

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses). Investments in exchange-traded and closed-end funds will be valued at their market price.

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Fund’s administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be fair valued by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board's ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

15

MARKET TIMING

In accordance with the policy adopted by its Board, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder's privilege to purchase Fund shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange involving the purchase of Fund shares. An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary. It is currently expected that a shareholder would receive notice that its purchase order or exchange has been rejected within 48 hours after such purchase order or exchange has been received by the Company in good order. The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise its right if, in the Company's (or the Adviser's) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor's trading, in the judgment of the Company (or the Adviser), has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Board, the Adviser has developed criteria that it uses to identify trading activity that may be excessive. If, in its judgment, the Adviser detects excessive, short-term trading, the Adviser may reject or restrict a purchase request and may further seek to close an investor's account with the Fund.

There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Fund shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers' trading activities in the Fund. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company's excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

16

PURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Fund may also be available through Service Organizations. Certain features of the shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company's pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by the Fund in good order, the Transfer Agent will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the Fund's NAV, plus any applicable sales charge, next computed after they are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

For administration, sub-accounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser, the Distributor or their affiliates may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the "Service Fee") relating to the average annual NAV of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organizations or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

In addition to fees the Fund may pay to a Service Organization under the Plan, a Fund may enter into agreements with Service Organizations pursuant to which the Fund will pay a Service Organization for networking, sub-transfer agency, sub-administration and/or sub-accounting services. These payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by the Service Organization or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by the Service Organization. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial.

Class I Shares of each Fund may also be available on brokerage platforms of firms that have agreements with the Company to offer such shares when acting solely on an agency basis for the purchase or sale of such shares. If you transact in Class I Shares of a Fund through one of these programs, you may be required to pay a commission and/or other forms of compensation to the broker.

Purchase of Fund Shares

Shares representing interests in the Fund are offered continuously for sale by Quasar Distributors, LLC (the "Distributor").

17

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Fund may also be available through Service Organizations. Certain features of the shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company's pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by the Fund in good order, the Transfer Agent will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the Fund's NAV next computed after they are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

For administration, sub-accounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser, the Distributor or their affiliates may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the "Service Fee") relating to the average annual NAV of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organizations or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

In addition to fees the Fund may pay to a Service Organization under the Plans, a Fund may enter into agreements with Service Organizations pursuant to which the Fund will pay a Service Organization for networking, sub-transfer agency, sub-administration and/or sub-accounting services. These payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by the Service Organization or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by the Service Organization. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial.

Class I Shares of the Fund may also be available on brokerage platforms of firms that have agreements with the Company to offer such shares when acting solely on an agency basis for the purchase or sale of such shares. If you transact in Class I Shares of the Fund through one of these programs, you may be required to pay a commission and/or other forms of compensation to the broker.

General. You may also purchase shares of the Fund at the NAV per share next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below. The Fund's NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company's records. The minimum initial investment in the Fund is $10,000 for Class I Shares. The minimum initial investment requirements may be reduced or waived from time to time. For purposes of meeting the minimum initial purchase, purchases by clients which are part of endowments, foundations or other related groups may be combined. You can purchase shares of the Fund only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below. Shares may be purchased by principals and employees of the Adviser and its subsidiaries and by their spouses and children either directly or through any trust that has the principal, employee, spouse or child as the primary beneficiaries, their individual retirement accounts, or any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser and its subsidiaries without being subject to the minimum investment limitations.

18

Initial Investment By Mail. Subject to acceptance by the Fund, an account may be opened by completing and signing an Account Application and mailing it to the Transfer Agent at the address noted below, together with a check payable to the Fund. All checks must be in U.S. Dollars drawn on a domestic bank. The Fund will not accept payment in cash or money orders. The Fund does not accept post-dated checks or any conditional order or payment. To prevent check fraud, the Fund will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.

Regular Mail	Overnight or Express Mail
Summit Global Investments Funds	Summit Global Investments Funds
c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services	c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services
P.O. Box 701	615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701	Milwaukee, WI 53202-5207

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agent. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

Shares will be purchased at the NAV next computed after the time the application and funds are received in proper order and accepted by the Fund. The Transfer Agent will charge a $25 fee against a shareholder’s account, in addition to any loss sustained by the Fund, for any payment that is returned. It is the policy of the Fund not to accept applications under certain circumstances or in amounts considered disadvantageous to shareholders. The Funds reserve the right to reject any application.

Initial Investment By Wire. If you are making your first investment in the Fund, before you wire funds, the Transfer Agent must have a completed account application. You may mail or overnight deliver your account application to the Transfer Agent. Upon receipt of your completed account application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you. The account number assigned will be required as part of the instruction that should be provided to your bank to send the wire. Your bank must include both the name of the Fund, the account number, and your name so that monies can be correctly applied. Your bank should transmit funds by wire to:

Wire Instructions:

U.S. Bank National Association

777 East Wisconsin Ave

Milwaukee WI 53202

ABA 075000022

Credit:

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services

Account #112-952-137

For Further Credit to:

[Summit Fund Name]

(shareholder registration)

(shareholder account number) 

19

Wired funds must be received prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern time to be eligible for same day pricing. The Fund and U.S. Bank, N.A. are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

Subsequent Investments – By Wire. Before sending your wire, please contact the Transfer Agent to advise them of your intent to wire funds. This will ensure prompt and accurate credit upon receipt of your wire.

Telephone Purchase. Investors may purchase additional shares of the Fund by calling 1-855-744-8500. If you did not decline this option on your account application, and your account has been open for at least 7 business days, telephone orders, in amounts of $100 or more, will be accepted via electronic funds transfer from your bank account through the Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) network. You must have banking information established on your account prior to making a purchase. If your order is received prior to 4 p.m. Eastern time, your shares will be purchased at the NAV calculated on the day your order is placed.

In order to arrange for telephone options after an account has been opened or to change your bank account, a written request must be sent to the Transfer Agent. The request must be signed by each shareholder of the account and may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other form of signature authentication from a financial institution source.

Additional Investments. To make additional investments once you have opened your account, write your account number on the check and send it together with the Invest by Mail form from your most recent confirmation statement received from the Transfer Agent. If you do not have the Invest by Mail form, include the Fund name, your name, address, and account number on a separate piece of paper along with your check. Initial and additional purchases made by check or electronic funds transfer (ACH) cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected. This may take up to 15 calendar days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option.

Automatic Investment Plan. Once your account has been opened with the initial minimum investment, you may make additional purchases at regular intervals through an automatic investment plan (the “Automatic Investment Plan”). The Automatic Investment Plan provides a convenient method to have monies deducted from your bank account, for investment into a Fund, on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. Investors in Class I Shares under the Automatic Investment Plan must invest at least $1,000 on a monthly basis via the Automatic Investment Plan. In order to participate in the Automatic Investment Plan, your financial institution must be a member of the ACH network. If your bank rejects your payment, the Fund’s transfer agent will charge a $25 fee to your account. To begin participating in the Automatic Investment Plan, please complete the Automatic Investment Plan section on the account application or call the Funds’ Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500 for instructions. Any request to change or terminate your Automatic Investment Plan should be submitted to the Transfer Agent five (5) days prior to effective date.

Retirement Plans/IRA Accounts. The Fund offers prototype documents for a variety of retirement accounts for individuals and small businesses. Please call 1-855-744-8500 for information on:

• Individual Retirement Plan, including Traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs

• Small Business Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs and SEP IRAs

• Coverdell Education Savings Accounts

20

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account, such as required distributions or mandatory federal income tax withholding. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $15 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account.

Purchases in Kind. In certain circumstances, shares of the Fund may be purchased "in kind" (i.e. in exchange for securities, rather than cash). The securities rendered in connection with an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable in accordance with the Company's valuation procedures. Securities accepted by the Fund will be valued, as set forth in this Prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of NAV after such acceptance. The shares of the Fund that are issued to the investor in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividends, subscriptions, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the Fund and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the Fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the Adviser or the Company. Purchases in-kind may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on securities transferred to the Funds.

Other Purchase Information. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund. The Adviser will monitor the Fund’s total assets and may, subject to Board approval, decide to close the Fund at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund's strategy. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, may also choose to reopen the Fund to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund's size recur. If the Fund closes to new investments, the Fund may be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons who may be subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

a. persons who already hold shares of the closed Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Adviser;

b. employees of the Adviser and their spouses, parents and children; and

c. Directors of the Company.

Distributions to all shareholders of a closed Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to the Board’s discretion, reserves the right to implement specific purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

Purchases of the Fund's shares will be made in full and fractional shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places. Certificates for shares will not be issued.

Shares may be purchased and subsequent investments may be made by principals and employees of the Adviser and their family members, either directly or through their IRAs and by any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser, without being subject to the minimum investment limitation.

The Adviser is authorized to waive the minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements.

Good Order. A purchase request is considered to be in good order when all necessary information is provided and all required documents are properly completed, signed and delivered (i.e. the purchase request includes the name of the Fund; the dollar amount of shares to be purchased; your account application or investment stub; and a check payable to the Fund). Purchase requests not in good order may be rejected.

21

Customer Identification Program. In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, please note that the Transfer Agent will verify certain information on your account application as part of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. As requested on the account application, you must supply your full name, date of birth, social security number and permanent street address. If you are opening the account in the name of a legal entity (e.g., partnership, limited liability company, business trust, corporation, etc.), you must also supply the identity of the beneficial owners. Mailing addresses containing only a P. O. Box will not be accepted. If you need additional assistance when completing your account application, please contact the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500.

Applications without the required information, may not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor's shares and close an account in the event that an investor's identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor's account resulting from the investor's delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor's shares when an investor's identity cannot be verified.

Redemption of Fund Shares

You may redeem shares of the Fund at the next NAV calculated after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. The Fund's NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. You can redeem shares of the Fund only on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below.

You may redeem shares of the Fund by mail, or, if you are authorized, by telephone. The value of shares redeemed may be more or less than the purchase price, depending on the market value of the investment securities held by the Fund.

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption requests should be addressed to [Summit Fund Name], c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701, or for overnight delivery to [Summit Fund Name], c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 and must include:

A signature guarantee, from either a Medallion program member or a non-Medallion program member, is required in the following situations:

• If ownership is being changed on your account;

• When redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record; and

• When a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent and the account address has changed within the last 15 calendar days.

The Fund may waive any of the above requirements in certain instances. In addition to the situations described above, the Fund and/or the Transfer Agent reserves the right to require a signature guarantee in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

22

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

Signature guarantees will generally be accepted from domestic banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations, as well as from participants in the NYSE Medallion Signature Program and the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”). A notary public is not an acceptable signature guarantor.

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Transfer Agent’s post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund. Receipt of purchase orders or redemption requests is based on when the order is received at the Transfer Agent’s offices.

Redemption By Telephone. If you did not decline telephone options on your account application, you may initiate a redemption of shares in the amount up to the total value of the account by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500.

Investors may have a check sent to the address of record, proceeds may be wired to a shareholder’s bank account of record, or funds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the ACH network, also to the bank account of record. Wires are subject to a $15 fee paid by the investor, but the investor does not incur any charge when proceeds are sent via the ACH system. Once a telephone transaction has been placed, it cannot be canceled or modified after the close of regular trading on the NYSE (generally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern time).

In order to arrange for telephone options after an account has been opened or to change your bank account, a written request must be sent to the Transfer Agent. The request must be signed by each shareholder of the account and may require a signature guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other form of signature authentication from a financial institution source.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to market close. During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waits. Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.

Before executing an instruction received by telephone, the Transfer Agent will use reasonable procedures to confirm that the telephone instructions are genuine. The telephone call may be recorded and the caller may be asked to verify certain personal identification information. If the Fund or its agents follow these procedures, they cannot be held liable for any loss, expense or cost arising out of any telephone redemption request that is reasonably believed to be genuine. This includes fraudulent or unauthorized requests. If an account has more than one owner or authorized person, the Fund will accept telephone instructions from any one owner or authorized person.

Exchange Privilege. You can exchange your shares of the Fund for Class I Shares in an identically registered account of another mutual fund managed by the Adviser on any day that both the Fund and the other mutual fund into which you are exchanging are open for business. Any new account established through an exchange will be subject to the minimum investment requirements applicable to the shares acquired. Exchanges will be executed on the basis of the relative NAV of the shares exchanged. Consequently, you may receive fewer shares or more shares than originally owned, depending on that day’s NAVs. Your total value of the initially held shares will equal the total value of the new shares. Be sure to read the current Prospectus for the other mutual fund into which you are exchanging. Please call 1-855-744-8500 (toll free) for further information.

23

Beneficial holders with financial intermediary sponsored fee-based programs may be eligible to exchange their shares of the Fund for shares in a different share class of another mutual fund managed by the Adviser if the shareholder meets the eligibility requirements for that class of shares or the shareholder is otherwise eligible to purchase that class of shares. Such an exchange will be effected at the NAV of the shares next calculated after the exchange request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. Investors should contact their program provider to obtain information about their eligibility for the provider’s program and the class of shares they would receive upon such a conversion.

An exchange of shares of one Fund for shares of another mutual fund managed by the Adviser is considered a sale and generally results in a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes unless you are a tax-exempt investor or hold your shares through a tax-deferred account such as an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

If you have any questions, please call the Fund at 1-855-744-8500 (toll free).

IRA and other retirement plan redemptions. If you have an IRA, you must indicate on your written redemption request whether or not to withhold federal income tax. Redemption requests failing to indicate an election to have tax withheld will be subject to 10% withholding.

Shares held in IRA accounts may be redeemed by telephone at 1-855-744-8500. Investors will be asked whether or not to withhold taxes from any distribution.

Other Redemption Information. Redemption proceeds for shares of the Fund recently purchased by check or electronic funds transfer through the ACH network may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen calendar days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option. Redemption proceeds will ordinarily be paid within seven business days after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE or the bond market is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC. The Fund typically expects to meet redemption requests by paying out proceeds from cash or cash equivalent holdings, or by selling portfolio securities. In stressed market conditions, redemption methods may include redeeming in kind.

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC and the Company's Policy and Procedure Related to the Processing of In-Kind Redemptions. Investors generally will incur brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities so received in the payment of redemptions. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder will bear the market risk of the securities received in the redemption until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

Good Order. A redemption request is considered to be in good order when your request includes: (1) the name of the Fund, (2) the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, (3) the account number and (4) signatures by all of the shareholders whose names appear on the account registration with a signature guarantee, if applicable. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

24

Involuntary Redemption. The Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at any time the value of the account falls below $500 as the result of a redemption or an exchange request.

You will be notified in writing that the value of your account is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the redemption is processed.

The Fund may assert the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

Dividends and Distributions

The Fund will distribute substantially all of the net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, of the Fund to the Fund's shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional shares unless you elect otherwise.

The Fund will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed at least annually.

The ex-dividend, record and payable dates of any annual distribution will be available by calling 855-744-8500.

All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional shares unless you elect one the following options: (1) receive dividends in cash while reinvesting capital gain distributions in additional Fund shares; (2) receive capital gain distributions in cash while reinvesting dividends in additional Fund shares; or (3) receive all distributions in cash. If you elect to receive distributions and/or capital gains paid in cash, and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver the check, or if a check remains outstanding for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account, at the Fund's current NAV, and to reinvest all subsequent distributions. You may change the distribution option on your account as any time. You should notify the Transfer Agent in writing or by telephone at least five (5) days prior to the next distribution.

25

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

Distributions. The Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of the Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

Distributions of "qualifying dividends" will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or "qualified" foreign corporations ("qualifying dividends"), then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Fund's ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of the Fund's distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund's securities lending activities (if any), a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or non-qualified foreign corporations.

The Fund may make distributions to you of “section 199A dividends” with respect to qualified dividends that it receives with respect to such Fund’s investments in REITs. A section 199A dividend is any dividend or part of such dividend that the Fund pays to you and reports as a section 199A dividend in written statements furnished to you. Distributions paid by the Fund that are eligible to be treated as section 199A dividends for a taxable year may not exceed the “qualified REIT dividends” received by the Fund from a REIT reduced by the Fund’s allocable expenses. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date, but only to the extent that you are not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

26

Distributions from the Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by a Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

The Fund may be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign taxes on income or gain from certain foreign securities. If more than 50% of the value of the total assets of the Fund consists of stocks and securities (including debt securities) of foreign corporations at the close of a taxable year, the Fund may elect, for federal income tax purposes, to treat certain foreign taxes paid by it, including generally any withholding and other foreign income taxes, as paid by its shareholders. If the Fund makes this election, the amount of those foreign taxes paid by the Fund will be included in its shareholders’ income pro rata (in addition to taxable distributions actually received by them), and each such shareholder will be entitled either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction. If the Fund is not eligible or chooses not to make this election, the Fund will be entitled to deduct any such foreign taxes in computing the amounts it is required to distribute.

A portion of distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of a Fund's securities lending activities (if any), by a high portfolio turnover rate or by investments in debt securities or foreign corporations.

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as "buying into a dividend."

Sales of Shares. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your cost basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them.

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of the Fund may be disallowed under "wash sale" rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, the Fund (or relevant broker or financial adviser) is required to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and furnish to Fund shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold. The Fund has elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct the Fund to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale. If your account is held by your broker or other financial adviser, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial adviser to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Fund and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your federal and state income tax returns. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

27

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless such shares were acquired with borrowed funds.

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are "exempt recipients." The current backup withholding rate is 24%.

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to a 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of a regulated investment company such as the Fund, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to the Fund's net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to the Fund’s interest income from U.S. obligors, and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of the Fund.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Fund.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in the Fund is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor's income from the Fund will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

The Fund will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in the Fund.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States and certain U.S. territories.

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income and gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Fund's distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

More information about taxes is contained in the Fund’s SAI. 

28

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Householding. In an effort to decrease costs, the Fund intends to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders we reasonably believe are from the same family or household. Once implemented, if you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call the Transfer Agent toll-free at 1-855-744-8500 to request individual copies of these documents. Once the Fund receives notice to stop householding, we will begin sending individual copies thirty days after receiving your request. This policy does not apply to account statements.

Lost Shareholders, Inactive Accounts and Unclaimed Property. It is important that the Fund maintains a correct address for each shareholder.  An incorrect address may cause a shareholder’s account statements and other mailings to be returned to the Fund.  Based upon statutory requirements for returned mail, the Fund will attempt to locate the shareholder or rightful owner of the account.  If the Fund is unable to locate the shareholder, then it will determine whether the shareholder’s account can legally be considered abandoned.  Your mutual fund account may be transferred to the state government of your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws.  The Fund is legally obligated to escheat (or transfer) abandoned property to the appropriate state’s unclaimed property administrator in accordance with statutory requirements.  The shareholder’s last known address of record determines which state has jurisdiction.  Please proactively contact the Transfer Agent at 1-855-744-8500 (toll free) at least annually to ensure your account remains in active status.

If you are a resident of the state of Texas, you may designate a representative to receive notifications that, due to inactivity, your mutual fund account assets may be delivered to the Texas Comptroller.  Please contact the Transfer Agent if you wish to complete a Texas Designation of Representative form.

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUND'S SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

29

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The table below sets forth certain financial information for the periods indicated, including per share information results for a single Fund share. The term "Total investment return" indicates how much your investment would have increased or decreased during this period of time and assumes that you have reinvested all dividends and distributions. This information for the year ended August 31, 2021 has been derived from the Fund's financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements and financial highlights, is included in the Fund’s most recent annual report to shareholders. The information for the years ended August 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was audited by the Fund’s former independent registered public accounting firm. This information should be read in conjunction with the Fund's financial statements, which, together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, are included in the Fund's annual report, which is available upon request (see back cover for ordering instructions).

	FOR THE YEAR  ENDED AUGUST 31, 2021(1)			FOR THE YEAR  ENDED AUGUST 31,  2020			FOR THE YEAR  ENDED AUGUST 31,  2019			FOR THE YEAR  ENDED AUGUST 31,  2018			FOR THE YEAR  ENDED AUGUST 31, 2017
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	28.16		$	25.67		$	35.14		$	32.04		$	27.00
Net investment income/(loss)(2)		(0.15	)		(0.10	)		(0.15	)		(0.19	)		(0.18	)
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) from investments		12.33			2.68			(5.55	)		6.63			5.22
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		12.18			2.58			(5.70	)		6.44			5.04
Dividends and distributions to shareholders from:
Net investment income		(0.07	)		—			—			—			—
Net realized capital gains		(1.63	)		(0.09	)		(3.77	)		(3.34	)		—
Total dividends and distributions to shareholders		(1.70	)		(0.09	)		(3.77	)		(3.34	)		—
Net asset value, end of period	$	38.64		$	28.16		$	25.67		$	35.14		$	32.04
Total investment return(3)		44.61	%		10.04	%		(16.02	)%		21.77	%		18.69	%
Ratios/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000's omitted)	$	97,409		$	57,109		$	69,302		$	96,579		$	106,278
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and reimbursements		1.24	%		1.25	%		1.25	%		1.25	%		1.27	%
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waiver and reimbursements(4)		1.29	%		1.38	%		1.37	%		1.29	%		1.37	%
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets		(0.43	)%		(0.38	)%		(0.53	)%		(0.57	)%		(0.61	)%
Portfolio turnover rate(5)		314	%		302	%		344	%		349	%		366	%

⁽¹⁾ The Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”) changed its name to the SGI Small Cap Growth Fund (currently known as the SGI Small Cap Core Fund) at the close of business on March 15, 2021. All prior performance and accounting information was assumed by the Fund.

⁽²⁾ Calculated based on average shares outstanding for the period.

⁽³⁾ Total investment return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

⁽⁴⁾ During the current fiscal period, certain fees were waived and/or reimbursed. If such fee waivers and/or reimbursements had not occurred, the ratios would have been as indicated.

⁽⁵⁾ Portfolio turnover rate is calculated for the Fund, as a whole, for the entire period.

30

PRIVACY NOTICE

FACTS	WHAT DO THE SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS FUNDS DO WITH YOUR  PERSONAL INFORMATION?
Why?	Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you  how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.
What?	The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. This information can include: •     Social Security number •     account balances •     account transactions •     transaction history •     wire transfer instructions •     checking account information When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.
How?	All financial companies need to share customers' personal information to run their everyday business. In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers' personal information; the reasons Summit Global Investments Funds chooses to share; and whether you can limit this sharing.

Reasons we can share your information	Do the Summit Global Investments Funds share?	Can you limit this sharing?
For our everyday business purpose —  such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus	Yes	No
For our marketing purposes —  to offer our products and services to you	Yes	No
For joint marketing with other financial companies	Yes	No
For affiliates’ everyday business purposes —information about your transactions and experiences	Yes	No
For affiliates’ everyday business purposes —information about your creditworthiness	No	We don't share
For our affiliates to market to you	No	We don't share
For nonaffiliates to market to you	No	We don't share

Questions? Call 1-888-251-4847 or go to www.sgiam.com

What we do
How do the Summit Global Investments Funds protect my personal information?	To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings.
How do the Summit Global Investments Funds collect my personal information?	We collect your personal information, for example, when you •     open an account •     provide account information •     give us your contact information •     make a wire transfer •     tell us where to send the money We also collect your information from others, such as credit bureaus, affiliates, or other companies.
Why can’t I limit all sharing?	Federal law gives you the right to limit only •     sharing for affiliates' everyday business purposes - information about your creditworthiness •     affiliates from using your information to market to you •     sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing.
Definitions
Affiliates	Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. •     Our affiliates include Summit Global Investments, LLC, the investment adviser to the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI Small Cap Core Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio., SGI Peak Growth Fund, and SGI Prudent Growth Fund.
Nonaffiliates	Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies. •     SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI Small Cap Core Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, and SGI Prudent Growth Fund don't share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you.

Joint marketing A formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to you. •     SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, SGI Global Equity Fund, SGI Small Cap Core Fund, SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, SGI Peak Growth Fund, and SGI Prudent Growth Fund may share your information with other financial institutions with whom they have joint marketing arrangements who may suggest additional fund services or other investment products which may be of interest to you. We do not currently have any joint marketing arrangements with other financial institutions.

SGI SMALL CAP CORE FUND

For More Information

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Funds is available free of charge, upon request, including:

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports:

These reports contain additional information about the Funds’ investments, describe the Funds’ performance, list portfolio holdings, and discuss recent market conditions and economic trends. The annual report includes Fund strategies and market conditions that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during its last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information:

The Funds’ SAI, dated December 31, 2021, has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Funds, along with the Funds’ annual and semi-annual reports, are available on the Adviser's website at www.sgiam.com or may be obtained free of charge by calling 855-744-8500. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus.

Shareholder Account Service Representatives:

Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday-Friday. Call: 855-744-8500.

Purchases and Redemptions:

Call your registered representative or 1-855-744-8500.

Written Correspondence

Post Office Address:	Summit Global Investments Funds c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services PO Box 701 Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701
Street Address:	Summit Global Investments Funds c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202

Securities and Exchange Commission:

You may view and copy information about the Company and the Funds, including the SAI, by visiting the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-05518

PROSPECTUS
dated December 31, 2021

Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF

(NYSE Arca, Inc.: STNC)

A series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

This ETF is different from traditional ETFs.

Traditional ETFs tell the public what assets they hold each day. This ETF will not. This may create additional risks for your investment. For example:

● You may have to pay more money to trade the ETF’s shares. This ETF will provide less information to traders, who tend to charge more for trades when they have less information.

● The price you pay to buy ETF shares on an exchange may not match the value of the ETF’s portfolio. The same is true when you sell shares. These price differences may be greater for this ETF compared to other ETFs because it provides less information to traders.

● These additional risks may be even greater in bad or uncertain market conditions.

● The ETF will publish on its website each day a “Portfolio Reference Basket” designed to help trading in shares of the ETF. While the Portfolio Reference Basket includes all the names of the ETF’s holdings, it is not the ETF’s actual portfolio.

The differences between this ETF and other ETFs may also have advantages. By keeping certain information about the ETF portfolio secret, this ETF may face less risk that other traders can predict or copy its investment strategy. This may improve the ETF’s performance. If other traders are able to copy or predict the ETF’s investment strategy, however, this may hurt the ETF’s performance.

For additional information regarding the unique attributes and risks of the ETF, see “Principal Investment Risks-Portfolio Reference Basket Structure Risk” in the Summary Section and “Additional Information about the Fund-Portfolio Reference Basket Structure Risk” below.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) has not approved or disapproved the Fund’s shares or determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Section	1
Additional Information About The Fund	10
Management Of The Fund	21
How To Buy And Sell Shares	23
Dividends, Distributions, And Taxes	25
Distribution	30
Additional Considerations	30
Financial Highlights	34
Appendix A – Prior Performance of Similarly Advised Accounts	A - 1

No securities dealer, sales representative, or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations, other than those contained in this prospectus or in approved sales literature in connection with the offer contained herein, and if given or made, such other information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF or The RBB Fund, Inc. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer.

1

Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF

Summary Section

Investment Objective

The investment objective of the Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF (the “Fund”) is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund (“Shares”). This table and the Example below do not include the brokerage commissions that investors may pay on their purchases and sales of Shares.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment):
Management Fees	0.95%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees	0.00%
Other Expenses(1)	0.00%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.95%
Fees Waived(2)	-0.10%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver	0.85%

⁽¹⁾ “Other Expenses” have been estimated to reflect expenses expected to be incurred during the current fiscal year.

⁽²⁾ Under the terms of an expense limitation agreement entered into by The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) and Red Gate Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser”), the Adviser has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its unitary management fee until March 31, 2023 to the extent necessary to limit the Fund’s annual operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, taxes, interest expense, acquired fund fees and expenses, and any extraordinary expenses) to an amount not exceeding 0.85% annually of the Fund’s average daily net assets. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before March 31, 2023 without the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Adviser may recover from the Fund fees waived for a period of three years after such fees were incurred, provided that the repayments do not cause the Fund’s operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, taxes, interest expense, acquired fund fees and expenses, and any extraordinary expenses) to exceed 0.85% annually of the Fund’s average daily net assets, or, if less, the expense limitation that was in place at the time the fees were waived.

2

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that: (1) your investment has a 5% return each year, and (2) the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

1 Year	3 Years
$87	$293

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund Shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the fiscal period from the Fund’s inception on March 15, 2021 through August 31, 2021, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 180% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund is an actively managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) that will invest, under normal circumstances at least 80% of the value of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in exchange-traded equity securities of U.S. large capitalization issuers that meet environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) standards, as determined by the Fund’s sub-adviser, Stance Capital, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”). The Fund currently considers companies within the Russell 1000^® Index and S&P 500^® Index to be large capitalization issuers.

In identifying investments for the Fund, the Sub-Adviser utilizes three independent processes. First, the Sub-Adviser applies a rules-based ESG methodology which seeks to identify the top 50% from each industry and sub-industry in the universe of large capitalization companies. Companies who have exclusively or primarily engaged in weapons, tobacco, or thermal coal are generally excluded from consideration. The remaining universe is then quantitatively scored against industry group peers on up to 21 sustainability-related key performance indicators ("KPIs") such as energy productivity, carbon intensity, water dependence, waste profile and KPIs relating to governance, including capacity to innovate, unfunded pension fund liabilities, chief executive officer/average worker pay, safety performance, employee turnover, leadership diversity, percentage tax paid, and percent of bonus linked to sustainability performance. The securities in the top 50% may be retained. The Sub-Adviser utilizes data feeds from third parties that the Sub-Adviser considers, in its sole discretion, as trustworthy and/or have expertise in specific KPI areas. The current primary external data source is Corporate Knights Research, but such firm or firms may change in the Sub-Adviser’s discretion. Corporate Knights Research is based in Toronto, and is a leading media firm in Canada focused on climate risk. For over 20 years they have published an annual ranking of the most sustainable companies in the world. Their methodology is rules-based and forms the foundation of the Sub-Adviser’s approach to ESG scoring. Second, the Sub-Adviser applies a machine learning model which uses financial, risk, and other factors to identify companies that are most likely to outperform both in absolute returns and in risk adjusted returns over the next quarter. In the final process, the portfolio is optimized to minimize tail risk and maximize diversification The Sub-Adviser generally re-balances the portfolio quarterly. Positions are sold quarterly if the Sub-Adviser decides they are no longer optimal in the portfolio.

3

The Fund’s investment portfolio is focused, generally composed of at least 30 investment positions.

While investing in a particular sector is not a principal investment strategy of the Fund, its portfolio may be significantly invested in a sector as a result of the portfolio management decisions made pursuant to its principal investment strategy. While the Fund does not place any restrictions on its level of sector concentration, it will limit its investments in industries within any particular sector to less than 25% of the Fund’s total assets. On each rebalancing date, investments within a particular sector will also be capped at up to twice the weight of the sector within the S&P 500 Index.

The Fund intends to continue to qualify each year for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Semi-Transparent Actively-Managed ETF with Portfolio Reference Basket Structure. The Fund is an actively-managed, semi-transparent ETF. Unlike traditional ETFs, which generally publish their portfolio holdings on a daily basis, the Fund discloses a portfolio transparency substitute—the “Portfolio Reference Basket”—and certain related information about the Portfolio Reference Basket relative to the Fund’s actual portfolio (“Actual Portfolio”) holdings (the “Portfolio Reference Basket Disclosures”), which are intended to help keep the market price of the Fund’s Shares trading at or close to the underlying net asset value (“NAV”) per Share of the Fund. While the Portfolio Reference Basket includes all of the Fund’s holdings, it is not the Fund’s Actual Portfolio because the holdings will be weighted differently, subject to a minimum weightings overlap of 90% with the Fund’s Actual Portfolio at the beginning of each trading day. The Fund also discloses the maximum deviation between the weightings of the specific securities in the Portfolio Reference Basket and the weightings of those specific securities in the Actual Portfolio, as well as between the weighting of the respective cash positions (the “Guardrail Amount”). The Guardrail Amount is intended to ensure that no individual security in the Portfolio Reference Basket will be overweighted or underweighted by more than the publicly disclosed percentage when compared to the actual weighting of each security within the Actual Portfolio as of the beginning of each trading day. The Fund is actively-managed and does not seek to track an index.

Principal Investment Risks

The value of the Fund’s investments may decrease, which will cause the value of the Fund’s Shares to decrease. As a result, you may lose money on your investment in the Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. Each risk summarized below is a principal risk of investing in the Fund and different risks may be more significant at different times depending upon market conditions or other factors.

4

● Portfolio Reference Basket Structure Risk. Unlike traditional ETFs that provide daily disclosure of their portfolio holdings, the Fund discloses daily the identities of all portfolio holdings, but not the exact quantities or weightings. Instead, the Fund discloses a Portfolio Reference Basket generated each day by a proprietary algorithmic process that is designed to closely track the daily performance of the Fund’s Actual Portfolio on any given trading day. Although the Portfolio Reference Basket and Portfolio Reference Basket Disclosures are intended to provide authorized participants and other market participants with enough information to allow them to engage in effective arbitrage transactions that will help keep the market price of the Shares trading at or close to the underlying NAV per Share of the Fund, there is a risk that market prices will vary significantly from the underlying NAV of the Fund, which may be heightened during periods of market disruption or volatility. Similarly, Shares may trade at a wider bid/ask spread than shares of traditional ETFs and may therefore be more costly for investors to trade, which may be heightened during periods of market disruption or volatility. Additionally, the Portfolio Reference Basket structure itself may result in additional trading costs because the Fund may receive or deliver holdings in different weightings on any given day than the weightings of the Fund’s Actual Portfolio, which may result in portfolio turnover, and related transaction costs, to re-align the Actual Portfolio with the Fund’s intended investment strategy. In addition, although the Fund seeks to benefit from keeping its Actual Portfolio secret, market participants may attempt to use the Portfolio Reference Basket to identify the Fund’s trading strategy, which if successful, could result in such market participants engaging in certain predatory practices, such as front-running the Fund’s trading activity or free-riding on the Fund’s investment strategy, that may potentially harm the Fund and its shareholders. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio Reference Basket structure will operate as intended. The Portfolio Reference Basket structure is novel and not yet proven as an effective arbitrage mechanism. The effectiveness of the Portfolio Reference Basket structure as an arbitrage mechanism is contingent upon, among other things, the effectiveness of the proprietary algorithmic process employed to create a Portfolio Reference Basket that performs in a manner substantially identical to the performance of the Fund’s Actual Portfolio and the willingness of authorized participants and other market participants to trade based on the Portfolio Reference Basket. In the event that the Portfolio Reference Basket structure does not result in effective arbitrage opportunities in the Fund Shares, the Fund may exhibit wider premiums/discounts, bid/ask spreads and tracking error than traditional ETFs. For at least the first three years after launch of the Fund, if the tracking error (relative to the Actual Portfolio) exceeds 1%, or if, for 30 or more days in any quarter or 15 days in a row, the absolute difference between either the closing price or the mid-point of the highest bid and lowest offer at the time of calculation of the NAV (the “Bid/Ask Price”), on one hand, and NAV, on the other, exceeds 2.00% or the bid/ask spread exceeds 2.00%, the Adviser will recommend appropriate remedial measures to the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company for its consideration, which may include, but are not limited to, liquidation of the Fund.  

5

○ Authorized Participants, Market Makers and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk. Only an Authorized Participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Fund. The Fund has a limited number of financial institutions that are institutional investors and may act as authorized participants (“APs”). In addition, there may be a limited number of market makers and/or liquidity providers in the marketplace. To the extent either of the following events occur, Fund Shares may trade at a material discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts or delisting: (i) APs exit the business or otherwise become unable to process creation and/or redemption orders and no other APs step forward to perform these services, or (ii) market makers and/or liquidity providers exit the business or significantly reduce their business activities and no other entities step forward to perform their functions. These events, among others, may lead to the Fund Shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. Thus, you may pay more (or less) than the NAV when you buy Shares of the Fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less (or more) than NAV when you sell those Shares in the secondary market. A diminished market for an ETF’s shares substantially increases the risk that a shareholder may pay considerably more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the ETF shares bought or sold. In periods of market volatility, APs, market makers and/or liquidity providers may be less willing to transact in Fund Shares. Further, the Fund is utilizing a novel and unique structure, which may affect the number of entities willing to act as APs, market makers and/or liquidity providers.

○ Cash Transactions Risk. Unlike traditional ETFs, the securities in the Fund’s basket of securities exchanged for a Creation Unit will not correspond pro rata to the positions in the Fund’s portfolio, and the Fund may effect its creations and redemptions partially or wholly for cash rather than on an in-kind basis. Because of this, the Fund may incur costs such as brokerage costs or be unable to realize certain tax benefits associated with in-kind transfers of portfolio securities that may be realized by other ETFs. These costs may decrease the Fund’s NAV to the extent that the costs are not offset by a transaction fee payable by an AP. Shareholders may be subject to tax on gains they would not otherwise have been subject to and/or at an earlier date than if the Fund had effected redemptions wholly on an in-kind basis.  

6

○ Secondary Market Trading Risk. Although Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, the NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Exchange”), there can be no assurance that an active or liquid trading market for them will develop or be maintained. In addition, trading in Shares on the Exchange may be halted. Trading may be halted because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the Fund inadvisable. These may include: (a) the extent to which trading is not occurring in the securities and/or the financial instruments composing the Portfolio Reference Basket and/or Actual Portfolio; or (b) whether other unusual conditions or circumstances detrimental to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market are present. During periods of market stress, there may be times when the market price of Shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount). This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines.

○ Shares May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV Risk. As with all ETFs, Shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although the Portfolio Reference Basket structure is intended to provide market participants with enough information to allow for an effective arbitrage mechanism that will help to keep the market price of the Fund’s Shares at or close to the Fund’s NAV, there is a risk that market prices for Fund Shares will vary significantly from the Fund’s NAV. This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines. This risk may be greater for the Fund than for traditional ETFs that disclose their full portfolio holdings on a daily basis because the publication of the Portfolio Reference Basket does not provide the same level of transparency as the daily publication of the actual portfolio by a traditional ETF. This could cause the Fund’s Shares to have wider bid/ask spreads and larger premiums/discounts than traditional ETFs using the same or similar investment strategies.

○ Limitations of Intraday Indicative Value (IIV) Risk. The Exchange or a market data vendor intends to disseminate the approximate per share value of the Fund’s Portfolio Reference Basket every 15 seconds (the ‘‘intraday indicative value’’ or ‘‘IIV’’). The IIV should not be viewed as a ‘‘real-time’’ update of the NAV per share of the Fund because (i) the IIV is not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed once a day, generally at the end of the business day, (ii) the calculation of NAV may be subject to fair valuation at different prices than those used in the calculations of the IIV, (iii) unlike the calculation of NAV, the IIV does not take into account Fund expenses, and (iv) the IIV is based on the Portfolio Reference Basket and not on the Fund’s Actual Portfolio. The Fund, the Adviser and their affiliates are not involved in, or responsible for, any aspect of the calculation or dissemination of the Fund’s IIV, and the Fund, the Adviser and their affiliates do not make any warranty as to the accuracy of these calculations.  

7

● Cyber Security Risk. Cyber security risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser or sub-advisers, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser and sub-advisers have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders.

● Early Close/Trading Halt Risk. An exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities, or the ability to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments may be restricted, which may result in the Fund being unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments. In such circumstances, the Fund may be unable to rebalance its portfolio, may be unable to accurately price its investments, and/or may incur substantial losses and may limit or stop purchases of the Fund.

● Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the environmental, social and governance factors that the Fund applies in selecting securities. The Fund intends to invest in companies with measurable high ESG ratings relative to their sector peers, and screen out particular companies that do not meet its ESG criteria. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. The Fund’s returns may be lower than other funds that do not seek to invest in companies based on ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Fund seeks to identify companies that it believes may have higher ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. As a result, the Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

● Equity Market Risk. The equity securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors that affect securities markets generally or factors affecting specific issuers, industries, or sectors in which the Fund invests. Common stocks are generally exposed to greater risk than other types of securities, such as preferred stocks and debt obligations, because common stockholders generally have inferior rights to receive payment from issuers.

● Large-Cap Companies Risk. The stocks of large capitalization companies as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Fund to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium- capitalization stocks.  

8

● Management Risk. The Fund is subject to management risk as an actively-managed investment portfolio. The Adviser’s investment approach may fail to produce the intended results.

● Market Risk. The trading prices of equity securities and other instruments fluctuate in response to a variety of factors including economic, political, financial, public health crises (such as epidemics or pandemics) or other disruptive events (whether real, expected or perceived) in the U.S. and global markets. The Fund’s NAV and market price may fluctuate significantly in response to these and other factors. As a result, an investor could lose money over short or long periods of time.

● Model Risk. The Fund seeks to pursue its investment objective by using proprietary models that incorporate quantitative analysis. Investments selected using these models may perform differently than as forecasted due to the factors incorporated into the models and the weighting of each factor, changes from historical trends, and issues in the construction and implementation of the models (including, but not limited to, software issues and other technological issues). There is no guarantee that the Sub-Adviser’s use of these models will result in effective investment decisions for the Fund. The information and data used in the models may be supplied by third parties. Inaccurate or incomplete data may limit the effectiveness of the models. In addition, some of the data that the models use may be historical data, which may not accurately predict future market movement. There is a risk that the models will not be successful in selecting investments or in determining the weighting of investment positions that will enable the Fund to achieve its investment objective.

● New Fund Risk. The Fund is a recently organized, diversified management investment company with a limited operating history. As a result, prospective investors have a limited track record on which to base their investment decision. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board may determine to liquidate the Fund.

● Portfolio Turnover Risk. A high portfolio turnover rate (100% or more on an annualized basis) increases the Fund’s transaction costs (including brokerage commissions and dealer costs), which adversely impacts the Fund’s performance. Higher portfolio turnover may result in the realization of more short-term capital gains than if the Fund had lower portfolio turnover.

● Sector Risk. To the extent the Fund invests more heavily in particular sectors of the economy, its performance will be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect those sectors. While the Fund may not concentrate in any one industry, the Fund may invest without limitation in any particular market sector.  

9

○ Healthcare Sector Risk. Companies in the health care sector are subject to extensive government regulation and their profitability can be significantly affected by regulatory changes. Other risk factors include rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure and limited product lines, loss or impairment of intellectual property rights and litigation regarding product or service liability.

○ Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. Companies in the consumer discretionary sector can be significantly affected by the performance of the overall economy, interest rates, competition, consumer confidence and spending, and changes in demographics and consumer tastes.

Performance Information:  

Performance information for the Fund is not included because the Fund did not have a full calendar year of performance prior to the date of this Prospectus. In the future, performance information for the Fund will be presented in this section. Updated performance information is available on the Fund’s website at www.stancefunds.com or by calling the Fund toll free at 800-617-0004.

Management

Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers

Red Gate Advisers, LLC serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. Stance Capital, LLC and Vident Investment Advisory, LLC each serve as a sub-adviser to the Fund.

Portfolio Managers

Team Member	Primary Titles	Start Date with Fund
Bill Davis	Managing Director, Portfolio Manager at Stance Capital, LLC	Inception (March 15, 2021)
Kyle Balkissoon	Managing Director, Portfolio Manager at Stance Capital, LLC	Inception (March 15, 2021)
Rafael Zayas	Senior Vice President, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading at Vident Investment Advisory, LLC	Inception (March 15, 2021)
Ryan Dofflemeyer	Senior Portfolio Manager at Vident Investment Advisory, LLC	Inception (March 15, 2021)

10

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, such as the Exchange, and most investors will buy and sell Shares through brokers at market prices, rather than NAV. Because Shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, Shares may trade at a price greater than NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount). An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase shares (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for shares (ask) when buying or selling shares in the secondary market.

The Fund issues and redeems Shares at NAV only in large blocks known as “Creation Units,” which only APs (typically, broker-dealers) may purchase or redeem. Creation Units generally consist of 5,000 Shares, though this may change from time to time. Creation Unit transactions are typically conducted in exchange for the deposit or delivery of in-kind securities and/or cash.

Tax Information

Fund distributions are generally taxable as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, or capital gains (or a combination), unless your investment is made through an individual retirement account (“IRA”) or other tax-advantaged account. Distributions on investments made through tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of assets from those accounts.

Financial Intermediary Compensation

If you purchase Shares through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank) (an “Intermediary”), the Fund’s investment adviser, or its affiliates may pay Intermediaries for certain activities related to the Fund, including participation in activities that are designed to make Intermediaries more knowledgeable about exchange traded products, including the Fund, or for other activities, such as marketing, educational training or other initiatives related to the sale or promotion of Shares. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the Intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Any such arrangements do not result in increased Fund expenses. Ask your salesperson or visit the Intermediary’s website for more information.

Additional Information about the Fund

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Fund’s investment objective has been adopted as a non-fundamental investment policy and may be changed without shareholder approval upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.

Portfolio Composition

The Fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in exchange-traded equity securities of U.S. large capitalization issuers that meet ESG standards (for this paragraph only, the "80% Policy"). The 80% Policy is non-fundamental and can be changed by the Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Fund must comply with its 80% Policy at the time the Fund invests its assets. Accordingly, when the Fund no longer meets the 80% requirement as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings, but any new investments it makes would be consistent with its 80% Policy.

11

Additional Principal Strategy Information

Unlike traditional ETFs that provide daily disclosure of their portfolio holdings, the Fund discloses the identities of all portfolio holdings daily, but not the exact quantities or weightings. Instead, the Fund discloses a Portfolio Reference Basket generated each day by a proprietary algorithmic process that is designed to closely track the daily performance of the Fund’s Actual Portfolio on any given trading day. A description of the policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Given that this structure is unlike fully-transparent active ETFs, the Adviser will monitor on an on-going basis how Shares trade, including the level of any market price premium or discount to NAV and the bid/ask spreads on market transactions. For at least the first three years after launch of the Fund, the Adviser will promptly call a meeting of the Board (and will present to the Board for its consideration, recommendations for appropriate remedial measures), and the Board will promptly meet, if the tracking error (relative to the Actual Portfolio) exceeds 1%, or if, for 30 or more days in any quarter or 15 days in a row, the absolute difference between either the closing price or the Bid/Ask Price, on one hand, and NAV, on the other, exceeds 2.00% or the bid/ask spread exceeds 2.00%. In such a circumstance, the Board will consider the continuing viability of the Fund, whether shareholders are being harmed, and what, if any, action would be appropriate to among other things, narrow the premium/discount or spread, or tracking error, as applicable. The Board will then decide whether to take any such action. Potential actions may include, but are not limited to, changing lead market makers, listing the Fund on a different exchange, changing the size of Creation Units, changing the Fund’s investment objective or strategy, and liquidating the Fund.

Additional Principal Risk Information

The value of the Fund’s investments may decrease, which will cause the value of the Fund’s Shares to decrease. As a result, you may lose money on your investment in the Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

12

● Portfolio Reference Basket Structure Risk. Unlike traditional ETFs that provide daily disclosure of their portfolio holdings, the Fund discloses daily the identities of all portfolio holdings, but not the exact quantities or weightings. Instead, the Fund discloses a Portfolio Reference Basket generated each day by a proprietary algorithmic process that is designed to closely track the daily performance of the Fund’s Actual Portfolio on any given trading day. Although the Portfolio Reference Basket and Portfolio Reference Basket Disclosures are intended to provide authorized participants and other market participants with enough information to allow them to engage in effective arbitrage transactions that will help keep the market price of the Shares trading at or close to the underlying NAV per Share of the Fund, there is a risk that market prices will vary significantly from the underlying NAV of the Fund, which may be heightened during periods of market disruption or volatility. Similarly, Shares may trade at a wider bid/ask spread than shares of traditional ETFs and may therefore be more costly for investors to trade, which may be heightened during periods of market disruption or volatility. “Bid” refers to the highest price a buyer will pay to buy a specified number of shares of a stock at any given time. “Ask” refers to the lowest price at which a seller will sell the stock. The difference between the bid price and the ask price is called the “spread.” Additionally, the Portfolio Reference Basket structure itself may result in additional trading costs because the Fund may receive or deliver holdings in different weightings on any given day than the weightings of the Fund’s Actual Portfolio, which may result in portfolio turnover, and related transaction costs, to re-align the Actual Portfolio with the Fund’s intended investment strategy. In addition, although the Fund seeks to benefit from keeping its Actual Portfolio secret, market participants may attempt to use the Portfolio Reference Basket to identify the Fund’s trading strategy, which if successful, could result in such market participants engaging in certain predatory practices, such as front-running the Fund’s trading activity or free-riding on the Fund’s investment strategy, that may potentially harm the Fund and its shareholders. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio Reference Basket structure will operate as intended. The Portfolio Reference Basket structure is novel and not yet proven as an effective arbitrage mechanism. The effectiveness of the Portfolio Reference Basket structure as an arbitrage mechanism is contingent upon, among other things, the effectiveness of the proprietary algorithmic process employed to create a Portfolio Reference Basket that performs in a manner substantially identical to the performance of the Fund’s Actual Portfolio and the willingness of authorized participants and other market participants to trade based on the Portfolio Reference Basket. Although the Fund provides an independent third party with information to generate the Portfolio Reference Basket, the Fund is not involved in the actual calculation of the Portfolio Reference Basket and is not responsible for the calculation or dissemination of the Portfolio Reference Basket. The Fund makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the Portfolio Reference Basket or that it will produce the intended results. In the event that the Portfolio Reference Basket structure does not result in effective arbitrage opportunities in the Fund Shares, the Fund may exhibit wider premiums/discounts, bid/ask spreads and tracking error (relative to the Actual Portfolio) than traditional ETFs. For at least the first three years after launch of the Fund, if the tracking error exceeds 1%, or if, for 30 or more days in any quarter or 15 days in a row, the absolute difference between either the closing price or the Bid/Ask Price, on one hand, and NAV, on the other, exceeds 2.00% or the bid/ask spread exceeds 2.00%, the Adviser will recommend appropriate remedial measures to the Fund’s Board of Directors for its consideration, which may include, but are not limited to, liquidation of the Fund.

13

○ Authorized Participants, Market Makers, and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk. The Fund may have a limited number of financial institutions that may act as APs. In addition, there may be a limited number of market makers and/or liquidity providers in the marketplace. To the extent either of the following events occur, Shares may trade at a material discount to NAV and possibly face delisting: (i) APs exit the business or otherwise become unable to process creation and/or redemption orders and no other APs step forward to perform these services, or (ii) market makers and/or liquidity providers exit the business or significantly reduce their business activities and no other entities step forward to perform their functions. These events, among others, may lead to the Fund Shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. Thus, you may pay more (or less) than the NAV when you buy Shares of the Fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less (or more) than NAV when you sell those Shares in the secondary market. A diminished market for an ETF’s shares substantially increases the risk that a shareholder may pay considerably more or receive significantly less than the underlying value of the ETF shares bought or sold.

○ Predatory Trading Practices Risk. Although the Fund seeks to benefit from keeping its portfolio holdings information secret, market participants may attempt to use the Portfolio Reference Basket and related Portfolio Reference Basket Disclosures to identify the Fund’s holdings and trading strategy. If successful, this could result in such market participants engaging in predatory trading practices that could harm the Fund and its shareholders. The Portfolio Reference Basket and related Portfolio Reference Basket Disclosures have been designed to minimize the risk that market participants could “reverse engineer” the Fund’s portfolio and investment strategy, but they may not be successful in this regard.

14

○ Shares May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV Risk. As with all ETFs, Shares of the Fund may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although the Portfolio Reference Basket structure is intended to provide market participants with enough information to allow for an effective arbitrage mechanism that will help to keep the market price of the Fund’s Shares at or close to the Fund’s NAV, there is a risk that market prices for Fund Shares will vary significantly from the Fund’s NAV. This risk is heightened in times of market disruption or volatility or periods of steep market declines. The market price of Shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade Shares. In times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, Shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of Shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your Shares. This risk may be greater for the Fund than for traditional ETFs that disclose their full portfolio holdings on a daily basis because the publication of the Portfolio Reference Basket does not provide the same level of transparency as the daily publication of the actual portfolio by a traditional ETF. This could cause the Fund’s Shares to have wider bid/ask spreads and larger premiums/discounts than traditional ETFs using the same or similar investment strategies. Therefore, the Fund’s Shares may cost investors more to trade than traditional ETF shares, especially during periods of market disruption or volatility.

15

○ Secondary Market Trading Risk. Although the Fund’s Shares are listed for trading on the Exchange and may be listed or traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges other than the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for Shares will develop or be maintained. Trading may be halted because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in Shares inadvisable. These may include: (a) the extent to which trading is not occurring in the securities and/or the financial instruments composing the Portfolio Reference Basket and/or Actual Portfolio; or (b) whether other unusual conditions or circumstances detrimental to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market are present. If the Exchange becomes aware that the NAV, Portfolio Reference Basket, or Actual Portfolio is not disseminated to all market participants at the same time, the Exchange shall halt trading in such series until such time as the NAV, Portfolio Reference Basket, or Actual Portfolio is available to all market participants at the same time. In addition, trading in Shares on the Exchange is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to Exchange “circuit breaker” rules, which temporarily halt trading on the Exchange. Additional rules applicable to the Exchange may halt trading in Shares when extraordinary volatility causes sudden, significant swings in the market price of Shares. If a trading halt or unanticipated early closing of the Exchange occurs, a shareholder may be unable to purchase or sell Shares of the Fund. Trading halts may have more effect on the Fund because of its semi-transparent structure. There can be no assurance that Shares will trade with any volume, or at all, on any stock exchange. In stressed market conditions, the liquidity of the Fund’s Shares may begin to mirror the liquidity of the Fund’s underlying holdings, which can be significantly less liquid than the Fund’s Shares.

16

● Cyber Security Risk. With the increased use of technologies such as the internet to conduct business, the Fund is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by the Fund’s investment adviser or sub-advisers and other service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountant, custodian, transfer agent and administrator), and the issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the investment adviser and sub-advisers have each established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Fund and issuers in which the Fund invests. The Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

● ESG Investing Risk. ESG investing risk is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Fund applies in selecting securities. The Fund intends to invest in companies with measurable high ESG ratings relative to their sector peers, and screen out particular companies that do not meet their ESG criteria. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. The Fund’s returns may be lower than other funds that do not seek to invest in companies based on ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Fund seeks to identify companies that it believes may have higher ESG ratings, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. As a result, the Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

17

● Equity Markets Risk. The price of equity securities may rise or fall because of changes in the broad market or changes in a company’s financial condition, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, sectors or industries selected for the Fund or the securities market as a whole, such as changes in economic or political conditions. Equity securities are subject to “stock market risk” meaning that stock prices in general (or in particular, the types of securities in which the Fund invests) may decline over short or extended periods of time. When the value of the Fund’s securities goes down, your investment in the Fund decreases in value. Common stocks are generally exposed to greater risk that other types of securities, such as preferred stock and debt obligations, because common stockholders generally have inferior rights to receive payment from issuers. Common stocks are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors including: expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies; inflation and interest rates; economic expansion or contraction; and global or regional political, economic, and banking crises.

● Management Risk. The Fund is subject to management risk as an actively-managed investment portfolio. The Adviser’s investment approach may fail to produce the intended results.

● Market Risk. The NAV of the Fund will change with changes in the market value of its portfolio positions. Investors may lose money. The prices of securities held by the Fund may decline in response to conditions affecting the general economy, overall market changes, local, regional or global political, social or economic instability, and currency, interest rate and commodity price fluctuations.

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Fund’s investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Fund and its service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons.  Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

18

● New Fund Risk. The Fund is a recently organized, diversified management investment company with a limited operating history. As a result, prospective investors have a limited track record on which to base their investment decision. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board may determine to liquidate the Fund.

● Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may sell securities without regard to the length of time they have been held to take advantage of new investment opportunities, when the Sub-Adviser feels either the securities no longer meet its investment criteria or the potential for capital appreciation has lessened, or for other reasons. The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate may vary from year to year. A high portfolio turnover rate (100% or more) increases the Fund’s transaction costs (including brokerage commissions and dealer costs), which would adversely impact the Fund’s performance. Higher portfolio turnover may result in the realization of more short-term capital gains than if the Fund had lower portfolio turnover. The turnover rate will not be a limiting factor, however, if the Sub-Adviser considers portfolio changes appropriate.

● Sector Risk. To the extent the Fund invests more heavily in particular sectors of the economy, its performance will be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect those sectors. While the Fund may not concentrate in any one industry, the Fund may invest without limitation in any particular market sector.

19

○ Health Care Sector Risk. Companies in the health care sector are subject to extensive government regulation and their profitability can be significantly affected by restrictions on government reimbursement for medical expenses, rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure (including price discounting), limited product lines and an increased emphasis on the delivery of healthcare through outpatient services. Companies in the health care sector are heavily dependent on obtaining and defending patents, which may be time consuming and costly, and the expiration of patents may also adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Health care companies are also subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. In addition, their products can become obsolete due to industry innovation, changes in technologies or other market developments. Many new products in the health care sector require significant research and development and may be subject to regulatory approvals, all of which may be time consuming and costly with no guarantee that any product will come to market.

○ Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. The consumer discretionary sector (which includes companies in industries such as consumer and household durables, consumer services, media, retailing, and automobiles) can be significantly affected by the performance of the overall economy, interest rates, competition, consumer confidence and spending, and changes in demographics and consumer tastes. Success depends heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. Competition in this sector is exacerbated by the shift toward online shopping, which may affect a company’s margins and its stock price. Faster-than-expected interest rate hikes by the Federal Reserve and rising oil prices could dampen the ability of consumers to spend on discretionary items, which may adversely affect companies in this sector. There are also indications that consumers, especially millennials, have different spending habits and some companies in this sector might have difficulty adjusting to these, and other, consumer trends.

In addition, the Fund may make substantial investments in companies that develop or sell computer hardware or software and peripheral products, including computer components, which present additional risks. These companies are often dependent on the existence and health of other products or industries and face highly competitive pressures, product licensing, trademark and patent uncertainties and rapid technological changes, which may have a significant effect on their financial condition. For example, an increasing number of companies and new product offerings can lead to price cuts and slower selling cycles, and many of these companies may be dependent on the success of a principal product, may rely on sole source providers and third-party manufacturers, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

Additional Information About the Fund’s Non-Principal Risks. This section provides additional information regarding certain non-principal risks of investing in the Fund. The risk listed below could have a negative impact on the Fund’s performance and trading prices.

20

● Costs of Buying or Selling Shares Risk. Investors buying or selling Shares in the secondary market will pay brokerage commissions or other charges imposed by brokers, as determined by that broker. Brokerage commissions are often a fixed amount and may be a significant proportional cost for investors seeking to buy or sell relatively small amounts of the Fund’s Shares. In addition, secondary market investors will also incur the cost of the difference between the price at which an investor is willing to buy Shares (the “bid” price) and the price at which an investor is willing to sell Shares (the “ask” price). This difference in bid and ask prices is often referred to as the “spread” or “bid/ask spread.” The bid/ask spread varies over time for Shares based on trading volume and market liquidity, and is generally lower if Shares have more trading volume and market liquidity and higher if Shares have little trading volume and market liquidity. Further, a relatively small investor base in the Fund, asset swings in the Fund and/or increased market volatility may cause increased bid/ask spreads. Due to the costs of buying or selling Shares, including bid/ask spreads, frequent trading of Shares may significantly reduce investment results and an investment in Shares may not be advisable for investors who anticipate regularly making small investments.

● Legal and Regulatory Change Risk. The regulatory environment for investment companies is evolving, and changes in regulation may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments and its ability to pursue its trading strategy. In addition, the securities markets are subject to comprehensive statutes and regulations. The SEC and other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The effect of any future regulatory change on the Fund could be substantial and adverse.

● Regulated Investment Company Compliance Risk. The Fund intends to elect to be, and intends to qualify each year for treatment as, a RIC under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. To maintain the Fund’s qualification for federal income tax treatment as a RIC, the Fund must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If for any taxable year the Fund fails to qualify for the special federal income tax treatment afforded to RICs, all of the Fund’s taxable income will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to its shareholders) and its income available for distribution will be reduced. Under certain circumstances, the Fund could cure a failure to qualify as a RIC, but in order to do so, the Fund could incur significant Fund-level taxes and could be forced to dispose of certain assets.

Temporary Investments. The Fund may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions by taking temporary defensive positions (up to 100% of its assets) in high quality fixed-income securities, money market instruments, and shares of money market mutual funds, or it may hold cash. If the Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable for a time to achieve its investment objective.

21

Management of the Fund

Investment Adviser

The investment adviser for the Fund is Red Gate Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser”). The Adviser is located at Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, PA 19317. The Adviser is owned by Chadds Ford Investment Management, LLC (“CFIM”), a Pennsylvania limited liability company. CFIM is controlled by Salvatore Faia and Margaret Faia. Mr. Faia is President and Chief Compliance Officer of the Company.

Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages the overall investment operations of the Fund, primarily in the form of oversight of the Fund’s sub-advisers, pursuant to the terms of an investment advisory agreement between the Company and the Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”). Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Adviser a unitary management fee that is computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.95% of the Fund’s average daily net assets during the month. From the unitary management fee, the Adviser pays most of the expenses of the Fund, including the cost of sub-advisory, transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services. However, under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is not responsible for interest expenses, brokerage commissions and other trading expenses, taxes and other extraordinary costs such as litigation and other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business (“Excluded Expenses”). For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2021, the Fund paid the Adviser management fees of 0.85% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

Under the terms of an expense limitation agreement entered into by the Company and the Adviser, the Adviser has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its unitary management fee until March 31, 2023 to the extent necessary to limit the Fund’s annual operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, taxes, interest expense, acquired fund fees and expenses, and any extraordinary expenses) to an amount not exceeding 0.85% annually of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The Adviser may recover from the Fund fees waived for a period of three years after such fees were incurred, provided that the repayments do not cause the Fund’s operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, taxes, interest expense, acquired fund fees and expenses, and any extraordinary expenses) to exceed 0.85% annually of the Fund’s average daily net assets, or, if less, the expense limitation that was in place at the time the fees were waived.

A discussion regarding the Board’s approval of the Advisory Agreement and the factors the Board considered with respect to the Fund is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2021.

Sub-Advisers

Stance Capital, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) is a Massachusetts limited liability company located at 131 Dartmouth Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, MA 02116. Pursuant to the terms of a sub-advisory agreement between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, other than certain functions delegated to Vident Investment Advisory, LLC, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund, may make investment decisions for the Fund as determined necessary by the Sub-Adviser, and continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of the Fund, subject to the supervision of the Adviser and the Board. Under the sub-advisory agreement, the Sub-Adviser receives a fee from the Adviser, calculated daily and paid monthly, equal to 0.40% of the average daily net assets of the Fund.

22

Vident Investment Advisory, LLC (“Vident”) is a Delaware limited liability company located at 1125 Sanctuary Parkway, Suite 515, Alpharetta, Georgia 30009. Vident was formed in 2014 and provides investment advisory services to exchange-traded funds, including the Fund. Vident is responsible for selecting broker-dealers to execute purchase and sale transactions, as instructed by the Sub-Adviser, subject to the supervision of the Adviser and the Board. Pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement, the Adviser pays Vident a fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, of 0.05% of average daily net assets up to $250 million, 0.045% of average daily net assets for assets over $250 million to up to $500 million, and 0.04% for average daily net assets in excess of $500 million.

A discussion regarding the Board’s approval of the sub-advisory agreements and the factors the Board considered with respect to the Fund is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2021.

The Sub-Adviser’s Portfolio Management Team

Bill Davis:

Mr. Davis founded Stance Capital to bring to market investment portfolios that mitigate material environmental, social, and governance risks and generate excess returns while at the same time allowing investors to align their portfolios with their belief systems. Prior to forming Stance, Bill was co-founder and Managing Director of Empirical Asset Management, and Portfolio Manager on EAM Sustainable Equity, a strategy he launched in 2014. Prior to co-founding Empirical, he was the founder and CEO of Ze-gen, a venture and private equity backed renewable energy company. Mr. Davis received a B.A. from Connecticut College, and his career in business has included serving as CEO or founder of numerous companies including Database Marketing Corporation, Holland Mark, and Cambridge Brand Analytics. He serves on the Board of Ceres, chairs Ceres’ President’s Council, and leads a shareholder engagement effort within Climate Action 100+, a collaborative effort between United Nations Principles of Responsible Investment (UNPRI) and Ceres.

Kyle Balkissoon:

Mr. Balkissoon joined Stance to leverage and advance state of the art machine learning and analysis methods to help clients outperform while adhering to their values. Prior to joining Stance, Kyle led Cognitive Forecasting at IBM, where he was responsible for the development of large forecasting systems for clients in areas such as sales growth, crop yield, replenishment, demand forecasting, advertising, and others. He was an independent data science consultant and led quantitative ESG research at Corporate Knights Capital. Kyle has an M.SC in Financial Markets from EDHEC, a B.Sc in Mathematical Sciences from McMaster University, and a B.A. in Economics from McMaster University. He has contributed to several open source packages in the quantitative finance space and given talks at various conferences in quantitative finance.

23

Vident’s Portfolio Management Team

Rafael Zayas, CFA, Senior Vice President (SVP) – Mr. Zayas has over 15 years of trading and portfolio management experience in global equity products and ETFs. He is SVP, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading – Prior focus on international Equities, for Vident Investment Advisory, specializing in managing and trading of developed, emerging, and frontier market portfolios. Prior to joining Vident Investment Advisory, he was a Portfolio Manager at Russell Investments for over 5 billion in quantitative strategies across global markets, including emerging, developed and frontier markets and listed alternatives. Before that, he was an equity Portfolio Manager at BNY Mellon Asset Management, where he was responsible for 150 million in internationally listed global equity ETFs and assisted in managing 3 billion of global ETF assets. Mr. Zayas holds a BS in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University. He also holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

Ryan Dofflemeyer, Senior Portfolio Manager – Mr. Dofflemeyer has over 16 years of trading and portfolio management experience across various asset classes including both ETFs and mutual funds. He is Senior Portfolio Manager for Vident Investment Advisory, specializing in managing and trading of global equity and multi-asset portfolios. Prior to joining Vident Investment Advisory, he was a Senior Portfolio Manager at ProShares for over $3 billion in ETF assets across global equities, commodities, and volatility strategies. Before that, he was a Research Analyst at the Investment Company Institute in Washington DC. Mr. Dofflemeyer holds a BA from the University of Virginia and an MBA from the University of Maryland.

The SAI provides additional information about the compensation of the Portfolio Managers, other accounts managed by each Portfolio Manager, and each Portfolio Manager’s ownership of Shares of the Fund.

How to Buy and Sell Shares

The Fund issues and redeems its Shares at NAV only in Creation Units. Only APs may acquire Shares directly from the Fund, and only APs may tender their Shares for redemption directly to the Fund, at NAV. APs must be (i) a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC, a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC participant (as discussed below). In addition, each AP must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Distributor, and that has been accepted by the Transfer Agent, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Once created, Shares trade in the secondary market in quantities less than a Creation Unit.

24

Most investors buy and sell Shares in secondary market transactions through brokers. Shares are listed for trading on the secondary market on the Exchange and can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other publicly traded securities.

When buying or selling Fund Shares through a broker, you will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges, and you may pay some or all of the spread between the bid and the offer price in the secondary market on each leg of a round trip (purchase and sale) transaction. In addition, because secondary market transactions occur at market prices, you may pay more than NAV when you buy Shares, and receive less than NAV when you sell those Shares.

Book Entry

Shares are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding Shares.

Investors owning Fund Shares are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for all Shares. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a beneficial owner of Shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have Shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of Shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of Shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other securities that you hold in book entry or “street name” through your brokerage account.

Share Trading Prices on the Exchange

Trading prices of Fund Shares on the Exchange may differ from the Fund’s daily NAV. Market forces of supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors may affect the trading prices of Shares. Neither the Fund nor the Exchange intends to disseminate the approximate share value of the Fund’s Portfolio Reference Basket, but arbitrageurs and market participants could use the component securities in the Portfolio Reference Basket to calculate intraday values that approximate the value of the Actual Portfolio (the “intraday indicative value” or “IIV”). Intraday pricing information for all constituents of the Portfolio Reference Basket for the Fund that are exchange-traded, which includes all eligible instruments except cash and cash equivalents, is available on the exchanges on which they are traded or through major market data vendors or subscription services. Intraday pricing information for cash equivalents is available through major market data vendors, subscription services and/or pricing services. Any such IIV should not be viewed as a ‘‘real-time’’ update of the NAV per share of the Fund because (i) the IIV is not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed once a day, generally at the end of the business day, (ii) the calculation of NAV may be subject to fair valuation at different prices than those used in the calculations of the IIV, (iii) unlike the calculation of NAV, the IIV does not take into account Fund expenses, and (iv) the IIV is based on the Portfolio Reference Basket and not on the Fund’s Actual Portfolio. The Fund is not involved in or responsible for any aspect of the calculation or dissemination of the IIVs and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the IIVs.

25

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Shares

The Fund imposes no restrictions on the frequency of purchases and redemptions of Shares. In determining not to approve a written, established policy, the Board evaluated the risks of market timing activities by Fund shareholders. Purchases and redemptions by APs, who are the only parties that may purchase or redeem Shares directly with the Fund, are an essential part of the ETF process and help keep share trading prices in line with NAV. As such, the Fund accommodates frequent purchases and redemptions by APs. However, the Board has also determined that frequent purchases and redemptions for cash may increase tracking error and portfolio transaction costs and may lead to the realization of capital gains or losses. To minimize these potential consequences of frequent purchases and redemptions, the Fund employs fair value pricing and imposes transaction fees on purchases and redemptions of Creation Units to cover the custodial and other costs incurred by the Fund in effecting trades. In addition, the Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order at any time.

Determination of Net Asset Value

The Fund’s NAV is calculated as of the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, each day the NYSE is open for business. The NAV for the Fund is calculated by dividing the Fund’s net assets by its Shares outstanding.

In calculating its NAV, the Fund generally values its assets on the basis of market quotations, last sale prices, or estimates of value furnished by a pricing service or brokers who make markets in such instruments. If such information is not available for a security held by the Fund or is determined to be unreliable, the security will be valued at fair value estimates under guidelines established by the Board.

Fair Value Pricing

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Fund’s administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be fair valued by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and under the Board of Directors’ ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes

Dividends and Distributions

The Fund intends to pay out dividends, if any, and distribute any net realized capital gains to its shareholders at least annually.

26

Dividend Reinvestment Service

Brokers may make the DTC book-entry dividend reinvestment service available to their customers who own Shares. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and capital gains will automatically be reinvested in additional whole Shares of the Fund purchased on the secondary market. Without this service, investors would receive their distributions in cash. In order to achieve the maximum total return on their investments, investors are encouraged to use the dividend reinvestment service. To determine whether the dividend reinvestment service is available and whether there is a commission or other charge for using this service, consult your broker. Brokers may require the Fund’s shareholders to adhere to specific procedures and timetables.

Taxes

As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in Shares will be taxed. The tax information in this Prospectus is provided as general information. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in Shares.

Unless your investment in Shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-advantaged account, such as an IRA plan, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when: (i) the Fund makes distributions; (ii) you sell your Shares listed on the Exchange; and (iii) you purchase or redeem Creation Units.

Taxes on Distributions

The Fund intends to distribute, at least annually, substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains income. For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains (if any) are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her Shares. Sales of assets held by the Fund for more than one year generally result in long-term capital gains and losses, and sales of assets held by the Fund for one year or less generally result in short-term capital gains and losses. Distributions of the Fund’s net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that are reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable as long-term capital gains, which for non-corporate shareholders are subject to tax at reduced rates. Distributions of short-term capital gain will generally be taxable as ordinary income. Dividends and distributions are generally taxable to you whether you receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional Shares.

Distributions reported by the Fund as “qualified dividend income” are generally taxed to non-corporate shareholders at rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided holding period and other requirements are met. “Qualified dividend income” generally is income derived from dividends paid by U.S. corporations or certain foreign corporations that are either incorporated in a U.S. possession or eligible for tax benefits under certain U.S. income tax treaties. In addition, dividends that the Fund receives in respect of stock of certain foreign corporations may be qualified dividend income if that stock is readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. The amount of the Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities, if any, a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in non-qualified foreign corporations. Corporate shareholders may be entitled to a dividends-received deduction for the portion of dividends they receive from the Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from U.S. corporations, subject to certain limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities, if any, by a high portfolio turnover rate, or by investments in non-U.S. corporations. Shortly after the close of each calendar year, you will be informed of the character of any distributions received from the Fund.

27

U.S. individuals with income exceeding specified thresholds are subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which includes interest, dividends, and certain capital gains (including capital gains distributions and capital gains realized on the sale of Shares). This 3.8% tax also applies to all or a portion of the undistributed net investment income of certain shareholders that are estates and trusts.

In general, your distributions are subject to federal income tax for the year in which they are paid. Certain distributions paid in January, however, may be treated as paid on December 31 of the prior year. Distributions are generally taxable even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the Fund before your investment (and thus were included in the Shares’ NAV when you purchased your Shares).

You may wish to avoid investing in the Fund shortly before a dividend or other distribution, because such a distribution will generally be taxable to you even though it may economically represent a return of a portion of your investment. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

Taxes When Shares are Sold on the Exchange

For federal income tax purposes, any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of Shares generally is treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if Shares have been held for more than 12 months and as a short-term capital gain or loss if Shares have been held for 12 months or less. However, any capital loss on a sale of Shares held for six months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of Capital Gain Dividends paid with respect to such Shares. Any loss realized on a sale will be disallowed to the extent Shares of the Fund are acquired, including through reinvestment of dividends, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the sale of Shares. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the Shares acquired.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans

The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on and sales of Shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless it borrowed to acquire the Shares.

28

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders

If you are neither a resident nor a citizen of the United States or if you are a foreign entity, distributions (other than Capital Gain Dividends) paid to you by the Fund will generally be subject to a U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless a lower treaty rate applies. The Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale of Shares in the Fund, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Fund.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in the Fund is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from the Fund will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

The Fund is generally required to withhold 30% on certain payments to shareholders that are foreign entities and that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in the Fund.

Backup Withholding

The Fund (or a financial intermediary, such as a broker, through which a shareholder owns Shares) generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and sale or redemption proceeds paid to any shareholder who fails to properly furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, who has underreported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify that he, she or it is not subject to such backup withholding. The current backup withholding rate is 24%.

Taxes on Purchases and Redemptions of Creation Units

An AP having the U.S. dollar as its functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally recognizes a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and the sum of the AP’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered plus the amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Any gain or loss realized by an AP upon a creation of Creation Units will be treated as capital gain or loss if the AP holds the securities exchanged therefor as capital assets, and otherwise will be ordinary income or loss. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held by the AP for more than 12 months, and otherwise will be short-term capital gain or loss.

29

The Company on behalf of the Fund has the right to reject an order for a purchase of Creation Units if the AP (or a group of APs) would, upon obtaining the Creation Units so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Fund would have a basis in the securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Company also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination. If the Fund does issue Creation Units to an AP (or group of APs) that would, upon obtaining the Creation Units so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund, the AP (or group of APs) may not recognize gain or loss upon the exchange of securities for Creation Units.

An AP who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the sum of the aggregate market value of any securities received plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units and the AP’s basis in the Creation Units. Any gain or loss realized by an AP upon a redemption of Creation Units will be treated as capital gain or loss if the AP holds the shares comprising the Creation Units as capital assets, and otherwise will be ordinary income or loss. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares comprising the Creation Units have been held by the AP for more than 12 months, and otherwise will generally be short-term capital gain or loss. Any capital loss realized upon a redemption of Creation Units held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions to the applicable AP of long-term capital gains with respect to the Creation Units (including any amounts credited to the AP as undistributed capital gains).

The Fund may include a payment of cash in addition to, or in place of, the delivery of a basket of securities upon the redemption of Creation Units. The Fund may sell portfolio securities to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. This may cause the Fund to recognize investment income and/or capital gains or losses that it might not have recognized if it had completely satisfied the redemption in-kind. As a result, the Fund may be less tax efficient if it includes such a cash payment in the proceeds paid upon the redemption of Creation Units.

Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.

The foregoing discussion summarizes some of the possible consequences under current federal tax law of an investment in the Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. You also may be subject to state and local tax on Fund distributions and sales of Shares. Consult your personal tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in Shares under all applicable tax laws. For more information, please see the section entitled “DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES” in the SAI.

30

Distribution

The Distributor, Vigilant Distributors, LLC, is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. The Distributor distributes Creation Units for the Fund on an agency basis and does not maintain a secondary market in Shares. The Distributor has no role in determining the policies of the Fund or the securities that are purchased or sold by the Fund. The Distributor’s principal address is Gateway Corporate Center, Ste 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, PA 19317.

Additional Considerations

Payments to Financial Intermediaries.

The Adviser and Sub-Adviser, out of their own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may pay intermediaries, including affiliates of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, for the sale of Fund Shares and related services, including participation in activities that are designed to make intermediaries more knowledgeable about exchange traded products. Payments are generally made to intermediaries that provide shareholder servicing, marketing and related sales support, educational training or support, or access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the intermediary. Payments may also be made to intermediaries for making Shares of the Fund available to their customers generally and in investment programs. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser may also reimburse expenses or make payments from its own resources to intermediaries in consideration of services or other activities the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser believes may facilitate investment in the Fund.

The possibility of receiving, or the receipt of, the payments described above may provide intermediaries or their salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of Shares of the Fund, and other funds whose affiliates make similar compensation available, over other investments that do not make such payments. Investors may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to the Fund and other ETFs.

Premium/Discount Information.

The Fund is new and therefore does not have any information regarding how often Shares are traded on the Exchange at a price above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount) the NAV of a Fund. Once available, this information will be presented, free of charge, on the Fund’s website at www.stancefunds.com.

Continuous Offering.

The method by which Creation Units are purchased and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by the Fund on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the Prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act.

31

For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into individual Shares, and sells such Shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new Shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for Shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to categorization as an underwriter.

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in Shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of Shares, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act is not available with respect to such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. As a result, broker dealer-firms should note that dealers who are not underwriters but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted with ordinary secondary market transactions) and thus dealing with Shares that are part of an over-allotment within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(a) of the Securities Act would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to Shares of the Fund are reminded that under Rule 153 of the Securities Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Exchange is satisfied by the fact that such Fund’s Prospectus is available on the SEC’s electronic filing system. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Portfolio Reference Basket Structure.

The Fund is a semi-transparent actively managed ETF that operates pursuant to an SEC exemptive order. In many respects the Fund operates similarly to traditional ETFs. For example, as described in this Prospectus, shares of the Fund are generally purchased and redeemed in Creation Unit aggregations through authorized participants, Shares of the Fund are listed and traded on a stock exchange, and individual investors can purchase or sell shares in less than Creation Unit sizes and for cash in the secondary market through a broker. The Fund’s Creation Units generally can be purchased or redeemed in-kind and/or for cash in exchange for the Portfolio Reference Basket.

However, the Fund has some novel features that differentiate it from traditional ETFs. As described above, the Fund does not disclose its complete portfolio holdings each business day, and instead, the Fund discloses other information to the market that is designed to facilitate arbitrage opportunities in Fund Shares to maintain efficient secondary market trading of Shares. On each business day before the commencement of trading in Shares on the listing exchange, the Fund publishes on its website a Portfolio Reference Basket that is designed to closely track the daily performance of the Fund’s Actual Portfolio.

32

The Portfolio Reference Basket is comprised of all of the names of the securities in the Fund’s Actual Portfolio, and only the securities that are in the Fund’s Actual Portfolio (unless cash or cash equivalents are included), although the weightings of such holdings in the Portfolio Reference Basket will differ from the Actual Portfolio. The Portfolio Reference Basket will have a minimum weightings overlap of 90% with the Fund’s Actual Portfolio at the beginning of each trading day.

The Portfolio Reference Basket is constructed utilizing a proprietary algorithmic process to minimize daily deviations in return of the Portfolio Reference Basket relative to the Actual Portfolio and is used to facilitate the creation/redemption process and arbitrage. The Portfolio Reference Basket may be updated daily. In determining whether to update the Portfolio Reference Basket, the Sub-Adviser and Vident will consider various factors, including relative valuation of individual securities, liquidity of the securities in the Portfolio Reference Basket, tracking error of the Portfolio Reference Basket relative to the Actual Portfolio, and the cost to create and trade the Portfolio Reference Basket.

Guardrail Amount.

In addition to the disclosure of the Portfolio Reference Basket, the Fund also publishes the Portfolio Reference Basket Disclosures (which include, among other things, the “Guardrail Amount”) on its website on each business day before the commencement of trading in Shares on the Exchange. The Guardrail Amount is the maximum deviation between the weightings of the specific securities in the Portfolio Reference Basket and the weightings of those specific securities in the Actual Portfolio, as well as between the weighting of the respective cash positions. The Guardrail Amount is intended to ensure that no individual security in the Portfolio Reference Basket will be overweighted or underweighted by more than the publicly disclosed percentage when compared to the actual weighting of each security within the Actual Portfolio as of the beginning of each trading day. The Guardrail Amount is designed to help investors evaluate the risk of tracking error, which is the degree to which the performance of the Portfolio Reference Basket deviates from the performance of the Actual Portfolio.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings.

Shareholders can access information about the Portfolio Reference Basket and Portfolio Reference Basket Disclosures for each business day on www.stancefunds.com. The Fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings on www.stancefunds.com on a quarterly basis with a 60 day lag. Recent information, including information regarding the Fund’s NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid/ask spreads, is also available at www.stancefunds.com. A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI.

Premium/Discount Information.

Information regarding how often the Shares of the Fund traded on the Exchange at a price above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount) the NAV of the Fund during the prior calendar year and subsequent quarters, when available, can be found at www.stancefunds.com.

33

Additional Information.

The Fund enters into contractual arrangements with various parties, including among others the Fund’s investment adviser and sub-advisers, who provide services to the Fund. Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third party”) beneficiaries of, those contractual arrangements.

The Prospectus and the SAI provide information concerning the Fund that you should consider in determining whether to purchase Shares of the Fund. The Fund may make changes to this information from time to time. Neither this Prospectus nor the SAI is intended to give rise to any contract rights or other rights in any shareholder, other than any rights conferred explicitly by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUND’S SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

34

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the period of the Fund’s operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The financial information for the periods shown has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements, is included in the Fund’s annual report, which is available upon request.

	For the Period Ended August 31,
	2021(1)
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$25.00
Net investment income/(loss)(2)	$0.02
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) from investments	$2.80
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$2.82
Net asset value, end of period	$27.82
Market value, end of period	$27.91
Total investment return/(loss) on net asset value(3)	11.23%(5)
Total investment return/(loss) on market price(4)	11.56%(5)
Ratio/Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)	$37,285
Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and/or reimbursements	0.85%(6)
Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers and/or reimbursements	0.95%(6)
Ratio of net investment income/(loss) to average net assets	0.19%(6)
Portfolio turnover rate	180%(5)(7)

⁽¹⁾ Inception date of the Fund was March 15, 2021.

⁽²⁾ Per share data calculated using average shares outstanding method.

⁽³⁾ Total investment return/(loss) on net asset value is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

⁽⁴⁾ Total investment return/(loss) on market price is calculated assuming an initial investment made at the market price on the first day of the period, reinvestment of dividends and distributions at market price during the period and redemption at market price on the last day of the period.

⁽⁵⁾ Not annualized.

⁽⁶⁾ Annualized.

⁽⁷⁾ Excludes effect of in-kind transfers.

35

Appendix A – Prior Performance of Similarly Advised Accounts

The Sub-Adviser has experience in managing other accounts with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the Fund. The tables on the following pages are provided to illustrate the past performance of the Sub-Adviser in managing the other accounts and do not represent the performance of the Fund. Investors should not consider this performance information as a substitute for the performance of the Fund, nor should investors consider this information as an indication of the future performance of the Fund or of the Sub-Adviser.

This performance history is net of all fees charged to investors in the other accounts constituting the composite and reflects the impact of any expense reimbursements or waivers. The performance for the Fund would differ from the information below to the extent that the Fund and the other accounts do not have the same expenses. The fees and expenses of the other accounts are lower than those of the Fund and performance of the other accounts would be lower if the fees and expenses of the Fund were used.   However, the Fund’s results in the future also may be different because the other accounts are not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions imposed on mutual funds under applicable U.S. securities and tax laws that, if applicable, could have adversely affected the performance of the other accounts. In addition, the securities held by the Fund will not be identical to the securities held by the other accounts. Composite performance was calculated using Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPS”). This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

The performance of the other accounts is also compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based securities benchmark index. This index is unmanaged and is not subject to fees and expenses typically associated with managed funds, including the Fund. Investors cannot invest directly in the index. The performance information is accompanied by additional disclosures, which are an integral part of the information.

Average Annual Returns (periods ending December 31, 2020)

Period	Composite	S&P 500 TR Index
1 Year	19.44%	18.40%
3 Years	16.77%	14.18%
5 Years	17.45%	15.22%
Since Inception (January 1, 2014)	13.98%	12.92%

MONTHLY PERFORMANCE OF COMPOSITE NET OF FEES

	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr	May	Jun	Jul	Aug	Sep	Oct	Nov	Dec	Year
2020	0.575	-6.370	-10.135	11.441	5.589	-1.133	7.838	4.873	-2.724	-2.503	11.086	1.821	19.437
2019	7.336	5.332	0.408	2.031	-6.387	8.165	1.552	1.247	-0.138	2.164	4.997	1.970	31.718
2018	5.481	-4.989	-0.599	-0.510	0.153	3.077	4.693	2.539	1.238	-4.861	4.519	-8.464	1.95
2017	1.273	4.088	0.688	1.774	1.771	1.812	0.708	-2.278	4.911	0.492	3.130	0.868	21.72
2016	-1.584	1.348	7.337	1.748	0.197	1.499	3.403	-0.770	0.551	-3.316	3.464	1.620	17.21
2015	0.561	0.481	-0.365	-1.847	0.917	-1.863	3.188	-4.549	0.270	2.594	-0.526	1.555	1.16
2014	-4.161	5.080	1.273	-0.817	1.465	1.197	-1.626	4.256	-2.173	3.798	2.676	0.528	12.55

A - 36

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Red Gate Advisers, LLC

Gateway Corporate Center, Ste 216

223 Wilmington West Chester Pike

Chadds Ford, PA 19317

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Stance Capital, LLC

131 Dartmouth Street, 3rd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Vident Investment Advisory, LLC

1125 Sanctuary Parkway

Suite 515

Alpharetta, GA 30009

ADMINISTRATOR AND
TRANSFER AGENT

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202

CUSTODIAN

U.S. Bank, N.A.
1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302

Milwaukee, WI 53202

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800

2001 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103

UNDERWRITER

Vigilant Distributors, LLC
Gateway Corporate Center, Ste 216

223 Wilmington West Chester Pike

Chadds Ford, PA 19317

LEGAL COUNSEL

Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

One Logan Square, Suite 2000

Philadelphia, PA 19103

FOR MORE INFORMATION

For more information about the Fund, the following documents are available free upon request:

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports

Additional information about the Fund’s investments is available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during the most recently completed fiscal period. The Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders will be available at www.stancefunds.com or by calling 800-617-0004.

Statement of Additional Information

The Fund’s SAI, dated December 31, 2021, has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Fund, may be obtained free of charge at www.stancefunds.com or by calling 800-617-0004. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus.

From the SEC

Information about the Fund (including the SAI) and other information about the Fund is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov, and copies of this information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending an electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

Investment Company Act File Number 811-05518

STATEMENT OF 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

BOSTON PARTNERS INVESTMENT FUNDS 

of 

The RBB Fund, Inc.

Institutional Class

WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund – WPGSX 

Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund – BPGSX

December 29, 2021

The WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund (the “Select Small Cap Value Fund”), and the Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund (the “Global Sustainability Fund”) (each, a “Fund,” together, the “Funds”) are each a series of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”).

Information about the Funds is set forth in the prospectus dated December 29, 2021 (the “Prospectus”) and provides the basic information you should know before investing. To obtain a copy of the Prospectus and/or the Funds’ Annual and Semi-Annual Reports (when available), please write to the Funds c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202 or call 888-261-4073. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus but contains information in addition to and more detailed than that set forth in the Prospectus. It is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. This SAI is intended to provide you with additional information regarding the activities and operations of each Fund and the Company, and it should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT INSTRUMENTS AND POLICIES	1
NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS	3
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS	17
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS	18
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER	19
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY	19
CODE OF ETHICS	25
PROXY VOTING	25
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES	25
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES	25
DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS	28
FUND TRANSACTIONS	28
SECURITIES LENDING	29
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION	29
OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING MAXIMUM SALES CHARGE, PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS	29
TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES	30
VALUATION OF SHARES	30
TAXES	31
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES	32
MISCELLANEOUS	33
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	33
APPENDIX A	A-1
APPENDIX B	B-1

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of 43 separate portfolios. The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”) and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988. This SAI pertains to the Institutional Class shares representing interests in the Select Small Cap Value Fund and the Global Sustainability Fund, which are offered by the Prospectus.  The Select Small Cap Value Fund is a non-diversified series of the Company. The Global Sustainability Fund is a diversified series of the Company. Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or "Boston Partners") serves as the investment adviser to the Funds.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT INSTRUMENTS AND POLICIES

The following supplements the information contained in the Prospectus concerning the investment objectives and policies of the Funds.  To the extent an investment policy is discussed in this SAI but not in the Prospectus, such policy is not a principal policy of the Funds.  Except as indicated, the information below relates only to those Funds that are authorized to invest in the instruments or securities described below.

The Select Small Cap Value Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation.

The Global Sustainability Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation.

The Adviser may not necessarily invest in all of the instruments or use all of the investment techniques permitted by the Funds’ Prospectus and this SAI or invest in such instruments or engage in such techniques to the full extent permitted by the Funds’ investment policies and limitations.

Asset-Backed Securities. Each Fund may invest in asset-backed securities, which represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as motor vehicle installment sale contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements and other categories of receivables. Asset-backed securities may also be collateralized by a portfolio of U.S. government securities, but are not direct obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Such asset pools are securitized through the use of privately-formed trusts or special purpose corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on asset-backed securities may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trust or corporation, or other credit enhancements may be present; however privately issued obligations collateralized by a portfolio of privately issued asset-backed securities do not involve any government-related guarantee or insurance. Asset-backed securities present credit risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. That is because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to mortgage assets.

Bank and Corporate Obligations. Each Fund may purchase obligations of issuers in the banking industry, such as short-term obligations of bank holding companies, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits issued by U.S. or foreign banks or savings institutions having total assets at the time of purchase in excess of $1 billion. Investment in obligations of foreign banks or foreign branches of U.S. banks may entail risks that are different from those of investments in obligations of U.S. banks due to differences in political, regulatory and economic systems and conditions. The Funds may also make interest-bearing savings deposits in commercial and savings banks in amounts not in excess of 5% of its total assets.

The activities of banks are subject to extensive regulations which may limit both the amount and types of loans that may be made and the interest rates that may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and costs of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties play an important part in the operation of this industry.

Each Fund may invest in debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations that are rated at the time of purchase within the three highest ratings categories of S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”), Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) or Moody’s Investors, Inc. (“Moody’s”) (or which, if unrated, are determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality). Unrated securities will be determined to be of comparable quality to rated debt obligations if, among other things, other outstanding obligations of the issuers of such securities are rated A or better. See Appendix A to this SAI for a description of corporate debt ratings. An issuer of debt obligations may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal. Also, changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value.

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow up to 33^1/3% of its respective total assets. The Adviser intends to borrow only for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet portfolio redemption requests so as to permit the orderly disposition of portfolio securities, or to facilitate settlement transactions on portfolio securities. Investments will not be made when borrowings exceed 5% of a Fund’s total assets. Although the principal of such borrowings will be fixed, a Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. Each Fund expects that some of its borrowings may be made on a secured basis. In such situations, either the custodian will segregate the pledged assets for the benefit of the lender or arrangements will be made with a suitable subcustodian, which may include the lender. If the securities held by a Fund should decline in value while borrowings are outstanding, the net asset value (“NAV”) of the Fund’s outstanding shares will decline in value by proportionately more than the decline in value suffered by the Fund’s securities. As a result, a Fund’s share price may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing is paid off. A Fund’s short sales and related borrowings are not subject to the restrictions outlined above. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund will be required to maintain asset coverage of at least 300% for borrowings from a bank. In the event that such asset coverage is below 300%, the Fund will be required to reduce the amount of its borrowings to obtain 300% asset coverage within three business days.

Convertible Securities and Preferred Stocks. Each Fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible debt securities; they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed income security. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally: (1) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities; (2) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock since they have fixed income characteristics; and (3) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

1 

The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock and may vary in response to changes in the price of the underlying common stock, with greater volatility. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. Generally the conversion value decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.

A convertible security might be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, that Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The Select Small Cap Value Fund does not presently intend to invest more than 5% (10% with respect to the Global Sustainability Fund) of each Fund’s respective net assets, in convertible securities, or securities received by a Fund upon conversion thereof.

Preferred stocks are securities that represent an ownership interest in an issuer and provide their owner with claims on the company’s earnings and assets prior to the claims of owners of common stocks but after those of bond owners. Preferred stocks in which the Funds may invest include sinking fund, convertible, perpetual fixed and adjustable rate (including auction rate) preferred stocks. There is no minimum credit rating applicable to a Fund’s investment in preferred stocks and securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock.

Currency Swaps and Total Return Swaps.  The Funds may enter into currency swaps and total return swaps.

The Funds may enter into swap transactions for hedging purposes and to seek to increase total return. As examples, a Fund may enter into swap transactions for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in an economical way.

Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a particular foreign currency or security, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. Swaps agreements can be structured to provide for periodic payments over the term of the swap contract or a single payment at maturity (also known as a “bullet swap”). Currency swaps involve the exchange of the parties’ respective rights to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index, or an index component.

A great deal of flexibility is possible in the way swap transactions are structured. However, generally a Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Total return swaps do not normally involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to total return swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a total return swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. In contrast, currency swaps may involve the delivery of the entire principal amount of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

To the extent that a Fund’s exposure in a transaction involving a swap is covered by the segregation of cash or liquid assets, or is covered by other means in accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) guidance, the Fund and the Adviser believe that the transactions do not constitute senior securities under the Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Fund’s borrowing restrictions. In addition, in October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Funds will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, credit quality, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Funds would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment instruments were not used.

Cyber Security Risk. Each Fund and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Funds to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Funds or the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Funds. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAVs, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Funds to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Funds may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Funds may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause a Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value. While a Fund and its service providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate cyber security risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated. Furthermore, the Funds have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Funds or their investment adviser.

2 

Equity Markets. The Funds invest primarily in equity markets at all times. Equity markets can be highly volatile, so that investing in the Funds involves substantial risk.

European Currency Unification. As of January 1, 1999, the European Economic and Monetary Union (EMU) introduced a new single currency called the euro. The euro has replaced the national currencies of many European countries. The European Central Bank has control over each member country’s monetary policies. Therefore, the member countries no longer control their own monetary policies by directing independent interest rates for their currencies. The national governments of the participating countries, however, have retained the authority to set tax and spending policies and public debt levels.

European countries can be significantly affected by the tight fiscal and monetary controls that the EMU imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions. Also, it is possible that the EU’s single currency, the euro, could be abandoned in the future by countries that have already adopted its use. These or other events, including political and economic developments, could cause market disruptions, and could affect adversely the values of securities held by the Funds. Because of the number of countries using this single currency, a significant portion of the assets held by certain Funds may be denominated in the euro.

Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs). Each Fund may invest in open-end investment companies whose shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Market System. ETF shares typically trade like shares of common stock and provide investment results that generally correspond to the price and yield performance of the component stocks of a widely recognized index such as the S&P 500® Index. There can be no assurance, however, that this can be accomplished as it may not be possible for an ETF to replicate the composition and relative weightings of the securities of its corresponding index. Additionally, some ETFs are actively-managed by an investment adviser and/or sub-advisers and do not seek to provide investment results that correspond to an index.

ETFs are subject to risks of an investment in a broadly based portfolio of common stocks, including the risk that the general level of stock prices may decline, thereby adversely affecting the value of such investment. Actively-managed ETFs may not perform as well as its investment adviser and/or sub-advisers expect, and/or the actively-managed ETFs portfolio management practices do not work to achieve their desired result. Individual shares of an ETF are generally not redeemable at their NAV, but trade on an exchange during the day at prices that are normally close to, but not the same as, their NAV. There is no assurance that an active trading market will be maintained for the shares of an ETF or that market prices of the shares of an ETF will be close to their NAVs. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF's shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV. In addition, the purchase of shares of ETFs may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to a mutual fund’s own expenses.

Investments in securities of ETFs beyond the limitations set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act are subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in an exemptive order issued by the SEC to the exchange-traded fund. Section 12(d)(1)(A) states that a mutual fund may not acquire shares of other investment companies, such as ETFs, in excess of: 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company; 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company; or more than 10% of the fund’s total assets were to be invested in the aggregate in all investment companies. See “Investment Company Securities” below for additional information.

Each Fund may also acquire investment company shares received or acquired as dividends, through offers of exchange or as a result of reorganization, consolidation or merger. The purchase of shares of other investment companies may result in duplication of expenses such that investors indirectly bear a proportionate share of the expenses of such mutual funds including operating costs and investment advisory and administrative fees.

Foreign Custody Risk. The Funds may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by a Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

Foreign Securities. Each Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers either directly or through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”). ADRs are securities, typically issued by a U.S. financial institution (a “depositary”), that evidence ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer and deposited with the depositary. ADRs may be listed on a national securities exchange or may trade in the over-the-counter market. ADR prices are denominated in U.S. dollars; the underlying security may be denominated in a foreign currency. GDRs, EDRs and IDRs are securities that represent ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by a non-U.S. or U.S. corporation. Depositary receipts may be available through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the security underlying the receipt and the depositary, whereas an unsponsored facility is established by the depositary without participation by the issuer of the underlying security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all of the costs of the unsponsored facility. The depositary of an unsponsored facility is frequently under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities. The depositary of unsponsored depositary receipts may provide less information to receipt holders. Investments in depositary receipts do not eliminate the risks in investing in foreign issuers. The underlying security may be subject to foreign government taxes, which would reduce the yield on such securities.

3 

Investments in foreign securities involve higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher transaction costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. In addition, foreign investments may include additional risks associated with more or less foreign government regulation; less public information; less stringent investor protections; less stringent accounting, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosure standards; and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which a Fund invests. Volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility or price can be greater than in the United States. Future political and economic information, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other governmental restrictions, might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on foreign obligations. Inability to dispose of Fund securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to a Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the securities, or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the securities, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth or gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the Funds endeavor to achieve the most favorable net results on their portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States.

Settlement mechanics (e.g., mail service between the United States and foreign countries) may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a Fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the Funds to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause a Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities.

Although the Funds may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies, each Fund values its securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. As a result, the NAV of a Fund’s shares may fluctuate with U.S. dollar exchange rates as well as the price changes of the Fund’s securities in the various local markets and currencies. Thus, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the currencies in which a Fund makes its investments could reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the price of the Fund’s securities in their local markets. Conversely, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar may have the opposite effect of magnifying the effect of increases and reducing the effect of decreases in the prices of a Fund’s securities in its foreign markets. In addition to favorable and unfavorable currency exchange rate developments, each Fund is subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on convertibility of currency.

Each Fund may invest in obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks (Eurodollars) and U.S. branches of foreign banks (Yankee dollars) as well as foreign branches of foreign banks. These investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities of U.S. banks, including potential unfavorable political and economic developments, different tax provisions, seizure of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations or other governmental restrictions which might affect payment of principal or interest. The Funds may also invest in Yankee bonds, which are issued by foreign governments and their agencies and foreign corporations, but pay interest in U.S. dollars and are typically issued in the United States.

European countries can be affected by the significant fiscal and monetary controls that the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.

In June 2016, the UK approved a referendum to leave the EU. The withdrawal, known colloquially as “Brexit”, was agreed to and ratified by the UK Parliament, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. It began an 11-month transition period in which to negotiate a new trading relationship for goods and services that ended on December 31, 2020. The UK and EU reached an agreement, effective January 1, 2021, on the terms of their future trading relationship, which principally relates to the trading of goods. Further discussions are to be held between the UK and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. Brexit may have significant political and financial consequences for the Eurozone markets, including greater volatility in the global stock markets and illiquidity, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, and an increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. At this time, the impact of Brexit cannot be predicted, however, market disruption in the EU and globally may have a negative effect on the value of a Fund’s investments. Additionally, the risks related to Brexit could be more pronounced if one or more additional EU member states seek to leave the EU.

Investing in Emerging Countries, including Asia and Eastern Europe. The Global Sustainability Fund may invest in securities of issuers located in emerging countries. The securities markets of emerging countries are less liquid and subject to greater price volatility, and have a smaller market capitalization, than the U.S. securities markets. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities and the market may be dominated by a few issues or sectors. Issuers and securities markets in such countries are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements or as comprehensive government regulations as are issuers and securities markets in the U.S. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of emerging country issuers may not reflect their financial position or results of operations in the same manner as financial statements for U.S. issuers. Substantially less information may be publicly available about emerging country issuers than is available about issuers in the United States.

Emerging country securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. The markets for securities in certain emerging countries are in the earliest stages of their development. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging country securities may also affect the Fund’s ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

4 

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, antiquated legal systems may have an adverse impact on the Fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders in U.S. corporations, the legal remedies for investors in emerging markets may be more limited than the remedies available in the U.S. and the ability of U.S. authorities (e.g., SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice) to bring actions against bad actors may be limited.

Transaction costs, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups, in emerging countries may be higher than in the United States and other developed securities markets. In addition, existing laws and regulations are often inconsistently applied. As legal systems in emerging countries develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In circumstances where adequate laws exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain emerging countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit the Fund’s investment in certain emerging countries and may increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. In addition, the repatriation of both investment income and capital from emerging countries may be subject to restrictions which require governmental consents or prohibit repatriation entirely for a period of time. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operation of the Fund. The Global Sustainability Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before investing in certain emerging countries.

Emerging countries may be subject to a substantially greater degree of economic, political and social instability and disruption than is the case in the United States, Japan and most Western European countries. This instability may result from, among other things, the following: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making, including changes or attempted changes in governments through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic or social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection or conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private investments and private property. Such economic, political and social instability could disrupt the principal financial markets in which the Global Sustainability Fund may invest and adversely affect the value of the Fund’s assets. The Fund’s investments can also be adversely affected by any increase in taxes or by political, economic or diplomatic developments.

The Global Sustainability Fund may seek investment opportunities within former “east bloc” countries in Eastern Europe. Most Eastern European countries had a centrally planned, socialist economy for a substantial period of time. The governments of many Eastern European countries have more recently been implementing reforms directed at political and economic liberalization, including efforts to decentralize the economic decision-making process and move towards a market economy. However, business entities in many Eastern European countries do not have an extended history of operating in a market-oriented economy, and the ultimate impact of Eastern European countries’ attempts to move toward more market-oriented economies is currently unclear. In addition, any change in the leadership or policies of Eastern European countries may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.

The economies of emerging countries may differ unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resources, self-sufficiency and balance of payments. Many emerging countries have experienced in the past, and continue to experience, high rates of inflation. In certain countries inflation has at times accelerated rapidly to hyperinflationary levels, creating a negative interest rate environment and sharply eroding the value of outstanding financial assets in those countries. Other emerging countries, on the other hand, have recently experienced deflationary pressures and are in economic recessions. The economies of many emerging countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. In addition, the economies of some emerging countries are vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their commodity exports. The Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign stocks and securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates.

Investments in China A-shares. The Global Sustainability Fund may invest in equity securities of companies domiciled in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) that are listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“China A-shares”). Historically, foreign investors have been restricted from investing in China A-shares, other than through a license granted under regulations in the PRC that permits investment in China A-shares only up to a specified quota. In November 2014, Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (“HKEx”), the Shanghai Stock Exchange and China Securities Depositary and Clearing Corporation Limited (“ChinaClear”) launched the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program, an investment channel that established cross-border, mutual stock market access. The Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program (together with the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program, “Stock Connect”) launched in 2016. Stock Connect provides foreign investors, such as the Fund, access to invest in China A-shares through their brokers in Hong Kong without obtaining a license.

Investments in Chinese securities involve the risks of investing in emerging markets, which may include an authoritarian government, nationalization or expropriation of private assets, less developed markets and currency devaluations. China A-shares are settled only in Renminbi (“RMB”), which may subject a Fund to the risk of currency fluctuations. Trading on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange is also subject to daily price limits. Orders for China A-shares may not vary from the previous day’s closing price by more than 10%. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular China A-share.

Investments through Stock Connect may be subject to additional risks. Stock Connect recently launched and regulations governing access to and use of Stock Connect are untested. The regulations are subject to change and there is no certainty as to how the regulations will be applied or interpreted. Regulators in the PRC or Hong Kong may issue additional regulations that impact a foreign investor’s ability to transact in China A-shares through Stock Connect, which regulations may adversely impact a Fund. Investments in China A-shares through Stock Connect are subject to Chinese securities regulations and listing rules. Securities regulations implemented in the PRC and Hong Kong differ significantly and trading through Stock Connect may give rise to issues based on these differences. Different fees, costs and taxes are imposed on foreign investors acquiring China A-shares through Stock Connect, and these fees, costs and taxes may be higher than comparable fees, costs and taxes imposed on owners of other securities providing similar investment exposure.

5 

The Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of HKEx (“HKSCC”), and ChinaClear are responsible for the clearing, settlement and the provision of depositary, nominee and other related services for trades initiated by investors in their respective markets. China A-shares purchased by a foreign investor through Stock Connect are held in an omnibus account registered in the name of HKSCC, as nominee on behalf of investors. The nature and rights, and methods of enforcing any rights, of a Fund as beneficial owner of China A-shares held through HKSCC as nominee are not well-defined under PRC law. There is lack of a clear definition of, and distinction between, legal ownership and beneficial ownership under PRC law and there have been few cases involving a nominee account structure in the PRC courts. The exact nature and methods of enforcement of the rights and interests of a Fund under PRC law is also uncertain. In the event that HKSCC becomes subject to winding up proceedings in Hong Kong there is a risk that the China A-shares may not be regarded as held for the beneficial ownership of a Fund or as part of the general assets of HKSCC available for general distribution to its creditors. Notwithstanding the fact that HKSCC does not claim proprietary interests in the China A-shares held in its omnibus stock account at ChinaClear, ChinaClear as the share registrar for China A-shares will still treat HKSCC as one of the shareholders when it handles corporate actions in respect of such China A-shares. HKSCC monitors the corporate actions affecting China A-shares and keeps participants of HKEx’s Central Clearing and Settlement System (“CCASS”) informed of all such corporate actions that require CCASS participants to take steps in order to participate in them. Investors may only exercise their voting rights by providing their voting instructions to the HKSCC through participants of the CCASS. All voting instructions from CCASS participants will be consolidated by HKSCC, who will then submit a combined single voting instruction to the relevant listed company.

The Global Sustainability Fund’s investments in China A-shares through Stock Connect are not covered by Hong Kong’s Investor Compensation Fund. Hong Kong’s Investor Compensation Fund is established to pay compensation to investors of any nationality who suffer pecuniary losses as a result of default of a licensed intermediary or authorized financial institution in relation to exchange-traded products in Hong Kong. In addition, since the Global Sustainability Fund is carrying out trading in China A-shares through securities brokers in Hong Kong but not PRC brokers, it is not protected by the China Securities Investor Protection Fund in the PRC.

Trading through Stock Connect may only be done on days when both PRC and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banking services in both markets are available on the corresponding settlement days. If either market is closed, the Global Sustainability Fund will not be able to buy or sell China A-shares through Stock Connect in a timely manner. Therefore, an investment in China A-shares through Stock Connect may subject the Global Sustainability Fund to the risk of price fluctuations on days where the Chinese market is open, but Stock Connect is not trading. Additionally, same day trading in China A-shares is not permitted. China A-shares will settle on the trade date (T), with cash settlement on the following day (T+1). An investor transacting in China A-shares must have a cash amount not less than the purchase price, or a number of shares not less than the size of the sell order, in its brokerage account on the day prior to the trade date. If an investor does not have sufficient funds or shares in its account, the investor’s buy or sell order will be rejected. The Hong Kong Stock Exchange conducts pre-trading checks to ensure compliance with these requirements. Foreign investors trading China A-shares through Stock Connect are not subject to any individual investment quotas on trading activity, but are subject to daily quotas on the level of all trading activity through Stock Connect on a “net buy” basis. The Hong Kong Stock Exchange tracks daily trading activity in China A-shares through Stock Connect in real time. If trading activity on any given day exceeds the daily quota, buy orders will not be accepted for the rest of that trading day, unless cancellation orders result in a positive daily quota balance during the trading day. Investors may continue to sell China A-shares or input order cancellation requests after the daily quota has been exceeded. The investment quotas may restrict a Fund from investing in China A-shares on a timely basis, which could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to effectively pursue its investment strategy, and such quotas are subject to change.

China A-shares purchased through Stock Connect may only be sold through Stock Connect and are not otherwise transferable. China A-shares designated as eligible for trading through Stock Connect may lose such designation at any time, and thereafter may be sold, but not purchased, through Stock Connect. Moreover, since all trades of eligible China A-shares through Stock Connect must be settled in RMB, investors must have timely access to a reliable supply of offshore RMB, which cannot be guaranteed.

Forward Commitment and When-Issued Transactions. Each Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis (subject to its investment policies and restrictions). These transactions involve a commitment by a Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date (ordinarily one or two months later). The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitments are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. A Fund will not enter into such transactions for the purpose of leverage.

When-issued purchases and forward commitments enable a Fund to lock in what is believed by the Adviser to be an attractive price or yield on a particular security for a period of time, regardless of future changes in interest rates. For instance, in periods of rising interest rates and falling prices, a Fund might sell securities it owns on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to falling prices. In periods of falling interest rates and rising prices, a Fund might sell securities it owns and purchase the same or a similar security on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, thereby obtaining the benefit of currently higher yields. When-issued securities or forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date.

The value of securities purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and any subsequent fluctuations in their value are reflected in the computation of a Fund’s NAV starting on the date of the agreement to purchase the securities, and the Fund is subject to the rights and risks of ownership of the securities on that date. A Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date. When a Fund makes a forward commitment to sell securities it owns, the proceeds to be received upon settlement are included in the Fund’s assets. Fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities are not reflected in the Fund’s NAV as long as the commitment to sell remains in effect. Settlement of when-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions generally takes place within two months after the date of the transaction, but a Fund may agree to a longer settlement period.

A Fund will make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued basis or to purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment. A Fund also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. A Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions, and its distributions from any net realized capital gains will be taxable to shareholders.

6 

When a Fund purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Fund or its custodian will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities having a value (determined daily) at least equal to the amount of the Fund’s purchase commitments. These procedures are designed to ensure that the Fund will maintain sufficient assets at all times to cover its obligations under when-issued purchases and forward commitments.

Forward Foreign Currency Transactions. Each Fund may, to the extent that it invests in foreign securities, enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Funds will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

A Fund is permitted to enter into forward contracts for foreign currency under two circumstances. First, when a Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security quoted or denominated in a foreign currency, it may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed number of U.S. dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transactions, the Fund will be able to insulate itself from a possible loss resulting from a change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.

Second, when the Adviser believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may cause a Fund to enter a forward contract to sell, for a fixed U.S. dollar amount, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of a Fund’s portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures.  There is no current intention to hedge the currency exposure of any of the Funds.

Each Fund may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value in securities denominated or quoted in a different currency if the Adviser determines that there is a pattern of correlation between the two currencies. Cross-hedging may also include entering into a forward transaction involving two foreign currencies, using one foreign currency as a proxy for the U.S. dollar to hedge against variations in the other U.S. foreign currency, if the Adviser determines that there is a pattern of correlation between the proxy currency and the U.S. dollar.

The Funds will not enter into forward contracts to sell currency or maintain a net exposure to such contracts if the consummation of such contracts would obligate the Funds to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the Funds’ respective portfolio securities or other assets quoted or denominated in that currency. At the consummation of the forward contract, the Funds may either make delivery of the foreign currency or terminate its contractual obligation by purchasing an offsetting contract obligating it to purchase at the same maturity date, the same amount of such foreign currency. If a Fund chooses to make delivery of foreign currency, it may be required to obtain such delivery through the sale of portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such currency or through conversion of other assets of a Fund into such currency. If a Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund will realize a gain or a loss to the extent that there has been a change in forward contract prices. Closing purchase transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is party to the original forward contract.

The Funds’ transactions in forward contracts will be limited to those described above. Of course, a Fund is not required to enter into such transactions with regard to its foreign currency quoted or denominated securities, and a Fund will not do so unless deemed appropriate by the Adviser.

When entering into a forward contract, a Fund will segregate either cash or liquid securities quoted or denominated in any currency in an amount equal to the value of the Funds’ total assets committed to the consummation of forward currency exchange contracts which require the Funds to purchase a foreign currency. If the value of the segregated securities declines, additional cash or securities will be segregated by the Funds on a daily basis so that the value of the segregated securities will equal the amount of the Funds’ commitments with respect to such contracts.

This method of protecting the value of the Funds’ portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which can be achieved at some future point in time. The precise projection of short-term currency market movements is not possible, and short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the U.S. dollar value of only a portion of the Funds’ foreign assets. It also reduces any potential gain which may have otherwise occurred had the currency value increased above the settlement price of the contract.

While the Funds may enter into forward contracts to seek to reduce currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve certain other risks. Thus, while the Funds may benefit from such transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the Funds than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be an imperfect correlation between the Funds’ portfolio holdings or securities quoted or denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts entered into by the Funds. Such imperfect correlation may cause the Funds to sustain losses, which will prevent the Funds from achieving a complete hedge or expose the Funds to the risk of foreign exchange loss.

Forward contracts are subject to the risks that the counterparty to such contract will default on its obligations. Since a forward foreign currency exchange contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing house, a default on the contract would deprive the Funds of unrealized profits, transaction costs or the benefits of a currency hedge or force the Funds to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price.

The Funds’ foreign currency transactions (including related options, futures and forward contracts) may be limited by the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for qualification as a regulated investment company.

7 

Futures Contracts. Each Fund may invest in futures contracts. A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy and sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract). When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a Fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities through the sale of futures contracts. When interest rates are falling or securities prices are rising, a Fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases.

To seek to increase total return, to equalize cash or to hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices a Fund may purchase and sell various kinds of futures contracts, and purchase and write call and put options on any of such futures contracts. A Fund may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to any of such contracts and options. The futures contracts may be based on various securities (such as U.S. government securities), securities indices, and any other financial instruments and indices. A Fund will engage in futures and related options transactions for bona fide hedging purposes as described below or for purposes of seeking to increase total return, in each case, only to the extent permitted by regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). All futures contracts entered into by a Fund are traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the CFTC or on foreign exchanges.

The Funds will limit investments in futures to below the de minimis thresholds adopted by the CFTC in its amendments to Rule 4.5 (see below for a description of these thresholds).

With respect to investments in swap transactions, commodity futures, commodity options or certain other derivatives used for purposes other than bona fide hedging purposes, an investment company must meet one of the following tests under the amended regulations in order to claim an exemption from being considered a “commodity pool” or a CPO. First, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish an investment company’s positions in such investments may not exceed five percent (5%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments). Alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time of the most recent position established, may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the investment company may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps and derivatives markets.

Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions, which may result in a profit or a loss. While futures contracts on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, a Fund may instead make, or take, delivery of the underlying securities or currency whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures on securities are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date. Hedging, by use of futures contracts, seeks to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price or rate of return on portfolio securities or securities that a Fund proposes to acquire or the exchange rate of currencies in which portfolio securities are quoted or denominated. A Fund may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts to seek to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices that would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by a Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Fund’s portfolio securities. If, in the opinion of the Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for a Fund’s portfolio securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, the Fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in a Fund’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Adviser will attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any such differential by having the Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by seeking to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting the Fund’s portfolio securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

On other occasions, a Fund may take a “long” position by purchasing futures contracts. This would be done, for example, when a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices that are currently available.

Options on Futures Contracts. Each Fund may purchase and sell various kinds of futures contracts, and purchase and write call and put options on any of such futures contracts. The acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts will give the Funds the right (but not the obligation) for a specified price to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, a Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the premium and transaction costs.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium, which may partially offset a decline in the value of aFund’s assets. By writing a call option, a Fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium, (upon exercise of the option) to sell a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. Conversely, the writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium, which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that a Fund intends to purchase. However, a Fund becomes obligated (upon exercise of the option) to purchase a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. Thus, the loss incurred by a Fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. A Fund will incur transaction costs in connection with the writing of options on futures.

The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option on the same financial instrument. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. The Funds’ ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

The Funds will engage in futures and related options transactions for bona fide hedging and to seek to increase total return as permitted by the CFTC regulations.  The Funds will determine that the price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures used for hedging purposes are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the Funds or securities or instruments which it expects to purchase. Except as stated below, the Funds’ futures transactions will be entered into for traditional hedging purposes — i.e., futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the Funds own or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the Funds against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase. As evidence of this hedging intent, each Fund expects that on 75% or more of the occasions on which it takes a long futures or option position (involving the purchase of futures contracts), the Fund will have purchased, or will be in the process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the cash market at the time when the futures or option position is closed out. However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for the Fund to do so, a long futures position may be terminated or an option may expire without the corresponding purchase of securities or other assets.

8 

The Funds will engage in transactions in currency forward contracts, futures contracts and options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Code, for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in some cases, may require the applicable Fund to establish a segregated account consisting of cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.

The use of futures contracts entails certain risks, including but not limited to the following: no assurance that futures contracts transactions can be offset at favorable prices; possible reduction of the Fund’s income due to the use of hedging; possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument; possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits on price fluctuations; imperfect correlation between the contract and the securities being hedged; and potential losses in excess of the amount initially invested in the futures contracts themselves. If the expectations of the Adviser regarding movements in securities prices or interest rates are incorrect, the Fund may have experienced better investment results without hedging. The use of futures contracts and options on futures contracts requires special skills in addition to those needed to select portfolio securities.

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus, while a Fund may benefit from the use of futures and options on futures, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and a Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

Perfect correlation between a Fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions will be impossible to achieve. There are no futures contracts based upon individual securities, except certain U.S. government securities. Other futures contracts available to hedge the Funds’ portfolio investments generally are limited to futures on various securities indices.

Initial Public Offerings. Each of the Funds may purchase stock in an initial public offering (“IPO”). An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public. Risks associated with IPOs may include considerable fluctuation in the market value of IPO shares due to certain factors, such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, a limited number of shares available for trading, lack of information about the issuer and limited operating history. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. When a Fund’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Fund’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Fund. As a Fund’s assets grow, the effect of the Fund’s investments in IPOs on the Fund’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Fund’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, a Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. In addition, the Adviser cannot guarantee continued access to IPOs.

Investment Company Securities. Each Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, each Fund’s investments in such securities currently are limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company and (iii) 10% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. Investments in the securities of other investment companies will involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act permits a Fund to invest an unlimited amount of its uninvested cash in a money market fund so long as, among other things, said investment is consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. As a shareholder in an investment company, a Fund would bear its pro rata portion of the investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.

The SEC recently adopted revisions to the rules permitting funds to invest in other investment companies to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework applicable to fund of funds arrangements. While new Rule 12d1-4 will permit more types of fund of fund arrangements without reliance on an exemptive order or no-action letters, it imposes new conditions, including limits on control and voting of acquired funds' shares, evaluations and findings by investment advisers, fund investment agreements, and limits on most three-tier fund structures. Rule 12d1-4 went into effect on January 19, 2021. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters is effective on January 19, 2022.

Lending of Portfolio Securities. Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities to financial institutions in accordance with the investment restrictions described below. Such loans would involve risks of delay in receiving additional collateral in the event the value of the collateral decreased below the value of the securities loaned or of delay in recovering the securities loaned or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, loans will be made only to borrowers deemed by the Adviser to be of good standing and only when, in the Adviser’s judgment, the income to be earned from the loans justifies the attendant risks. Any loans of a Fund’s securities will be fully collateralized and marked to market daily. The Funds do not have the right to vote loaned securities. A Fund will attempt to call all loaned securities back to permit the exercise of voting rights, if time and jurisdictional restrictions permit. There is no guarantee that all loans can be recalled.

Market Fluctuation. The market value of each Fund’s investments, and thus each Fund’s NAV, will change in response to market conditions affecting the value of its portfolio securities. When interest rates decline, the value of fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate loans are reset periodically, yields on investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations. Because the investment alternatives available to each Fund may be limited by the specific objective of that Fund, investors should be aware that an investment in a particular Fund may be subject to greater market fluctuation than an investment in a portfolio of securities representing a broader range of investment alternatives. In view of the specialized nature of the investment activities of each Fund, an investment in any single Fund should not be considered a complete investment program.

9 

Micro-Cap, Small-Cap and Mid-Cap Stocks. Each Fund may invest in securities of companies with micro-, small- and mid-size capitalizations which tend to be riskier than securities of companies with large capitalizations. This is because micro-, small- and mid-cap companies typically have smaller product lines and less access to liquidity than large cap companies, and are therefore more sensitive to economic downturns. In addition, growth prospects of micro-, small- and mid-cap companies tend to be less certain than large cap companies, and the dividends paid on micro-, small- and mid-cap stocks are frequently negligible. Moreover, micro-, small- and mid-cap stocks have, on occasion, fluctuated in the opposite direction of large cap stocks or the general stock market. Consequently, securities of micro-, small- and mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies. The market for micro- and small-cap securities may be thinly traded and as a result, greater fluctuations in the price of micro- and small-cap securities may occur.

Options on Securities and Securities Indices. Each Fund may each write covered call and secured put options on any securities in which it may invest or on any domestic stock indices based on securities in which it may invest. A Fund may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on national domestic securities exchanges or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. A call option written by a Fund obligates the Fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date, regardless of the market price of the security. All call options written by a Fund are covered, which means that the Fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or use the other methods described below. The purpose of a Fund in writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized in portfolio securities transactions alone. However, in writing covered call options for additional income, a Fund may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security.

A put option written by a Fund obligates the Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date, regardless of the market price for the security. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income. However, in return for the option premium, the Fund accepts the risk that it will be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

All call and put options written by a Fund are covered. A written call option or put option may be covered by (i) maintaining cash or liquid securities, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, in a segregated account noted on the Fund’s records or maintained by the Fund’s custodian with a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the option, (ii) entering into an offsetting forward commitment and/or (iii) purchasing an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position.

A Fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange-traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparts to such option. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions” and do not result in the ownership of an option. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying security from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying security or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying security. The cost of such a liquidation purchase plus transaction costs may be greater than the premium received upon the original option, in which event the Fund will have incurred a loss in the transaction.

A Fund may also write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities index composed of securities in which it may invest. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. The amount of this settlement will be equal to the difference between the closing price of the of the securities index at the time of exercise and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars, times a specified amount. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

The Funds may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in its portfolio. A Fund may also cover call and put options on a securities index by using the other methods described above.

Each Fund may each purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or on any securities index based on securities in which it may invest, and a Fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it had purchased.

A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase, or put options in anticipation of a decrease (“protective puts”) in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. The purchase of a call option would entitle a Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities at a specified price during the option period. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain on the purchase of a call option if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option. The purchase of a put option would entitle a Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of a Fund’s securities. Put options may also be purchased by a Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which it does not own. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of put options may be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the underlying portfolio securities.

A Fund may purchase put and call options on securities indices for the same purposes as it may purchase options on securities. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

Transactions by a Fund in options on securities and securities indices will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options that a Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

10 

Although the Funds may use option transactions to seek to generate additional income and to seek to reduce the effect of any adverse price movement in the securities or currency subject to the option, they do involve certain risks that are different in some respects from investment risks associated with similar mutual funds, which do not engage in such activities. These risks include the following: for writing call options, the inability to effect closing transactions at favorable prices and the inability to participate in the appreciation of the underlying securities above the exercise price; for writing put options, the inability to effect closing transactions at favorable prices and the obligation to purchase the specified securities or to make a cash settlement on the securities index at prices which may not reflect current market values; and for purchasing call and put options, the possible loss of the entire premium paid. In addition, the effectiveness of hedging through the purchase or sale of securities index options, including options on the S&P 500^® Index, will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the securities portfolio being hedged correlate with the price movements in the selected securities index. Perfect correlation may not be possible because the securities held or to be acquired by a Fund may not exactly match the composition of the securities index on which options are written. If the forecasts of the Adviser regarding movements in securities prices or interest rates are incorrect, a Fund’s investment results may have been better without the hedge transactions.

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on a domestic or foreign options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option or at any particular time. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities or currencies.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

A Fund’s ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. The Adviser will monitor the liquidity of over-the-counter options and, if it determines that such options are not readily marketable, a Fund’s ability to enter such options will be subject to the Fund’s limitation on investments on illiquid investments.

The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The successful use of options for hedging purposes depends in part on the Adviser’s ability to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.

Pandemic Risk. Disease outbreaks that affect local economies or the global economy may materially and adversely impact the Funds and/or the Adviser’s business. For example, uncertainties regarding the novel Coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak have resulted in serious economic disruptions across the globe. These types of outbreaks can be expected to cause severe decreases in core business activities such as manufacturing, purchasing, tourism, business conferences and workplace participation, among others. These disruptions lead to instability in the market place, including stock market losses and overall volatility, as has occurred in connection with COVID-19. In the face of such instability, governments may take extreme and unpredictable measures to combat the spread of disease and mitigate the resulting market disruptions and losses. The Adviser has in place business continuity plans reasonably designed to ensure that it maintains normal business operations, and it periodically tests those plans. However, in the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Adviser or the Funds’ service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

Portfolio Turnover. Those investment strategies that require periodic changes to portfolio holdings with the expectation of outperforming equity indices are typically referred to as “active” strategies. These strategies contrast with “passive” (“index”) strategies that buy and hold only the stocks in the equity indices. Passive strategies tend to trade infrequently—only as the stocks in the indices change (largely due to changes in the sizes of the companies in the indices, takeovers or bankruptcies). Most equity mutual funds pursue active strategies, which have higher turnover than passive strategies.

The generally higher portfolio turnover of active investment strategies can adversely affect taxable investors, especially those in higher marginal tax brackets, in two particularly significant ways. First, short-term capital gains, which often accompany higher turnover investment strategies, are currently taxed at ordinary income rates. Ordinary income tax rates are generally higher than long-term capital gain tax rates. Thus, the tax liability is often higher for investors in active strategies. Second, the more frequent realization of gains caused by higher turnover investment strategies means that taxes will be paid sooner. Such acceleration of the tax liability is financially more costly to investors. Less frequent realization of capital gains allows the payment of taxes to be deferred until later years, allowing more of the gains to compound before taxes are paid. Consequently, after-tax compound rates of return will generally be higher for taxable investors using investment strategies with very low turnover, compared with high turnover strategies. The difference is particularly large when the general market rates of return are higher than average.

There are no limitations on the length of time that securities must be held by any Fund and a Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary significantly from year to year. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) involves correspondingly greater transaction costs, which must be borne by the applicable Fund and its shareholders.

11 

In determining such portfolio turnover, U.S. government securities and all other securities (including options) which have maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less (“short-term securities”) are excluded. The annual portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of the cost of purchases or proceeds from sales of portfolio securities for the year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the applicable Fund during the year. The monthly average is calculated by totaling the values of the portfolio securities as of the beginning and end of the first month of the year and as of the end of the succeeding 11 months and dividing the sum by 13. A turnover rate of 100% would occur if all of a Fund’s portfolio securities (other than short-term securities) were replaced once in a period of one year. If a Fund were to write a substantial number of options, which are exercised, the portfolio turnover rate of that Fund would increase. Increased portfolio turnover results in increased brokerage costs, which a Fund must pay, and the possibility of more short-term gains, distributions of which are taxable as ordinary income.

The Funds will trade their portfolio securities without regard to the length of time for which they have been held. To the extent that a Fund’s portfolio is traded for short-term market considerations and portfolio turnover rate exceeds 100%, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Fund could be higher than most mutual funds.

Real Estate Investment Trust Securities. Each Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). A REIT is a pooled investment vehicle that purchases primarily income-producing real estate, real estate-related loans or other real estate-related interests. The pooled vehicle then issues shares whose value and investment performance are dependent upon the investment performance of the underlying real estate-related investments. REITs generally invest directly in real estate, in mortgages or in some combination of the two. Individual REITs may own a limited number of properties and may concentrate in a particular region or property type. A REIT is a corporation, or a business trust that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation, which meets the definitional requirements of the Code. The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level Federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for Federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs) or cash and government securities, derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property, and distribute to shareholders annually a substantial portion of its otherwise taxable income.

Generally, REITs can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. The values of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They also are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code or to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. Unexpected high rates of default on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to a mortgage REIT. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. To the extent that a mortgage REIT’s portfolio is exposed to lower-rated, unsecured or subordinated instruments, the risk of loss may increase, which may have a negative impact on the Fund.

The REITs in which the Funds may invest may be affected by economic forces and other factors related to the real estate industry. REITs are sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Companies in the real estate industry may also be subject to liabilities under environmental and hazardous waste laws. REITS whose underlying assets include long-term health care properties; such as nursing, retirement and assisted living homes, may be impacted by federal regulations concerning the health care industry. Each Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses, including management fees, paid by each REIT in which it invests in addition to the expenses of the Fund. Each Fund is also subject to the risk that the REITs in which it invests will fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and/or fail to qualify for an exemption from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. A REIT’s return may be adversely affected when interest rates are high or rising.

Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500^®.

The REIT investments of a Fund may not provide complete tax information to the Fund until after the calendar year-end. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for the Fund to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV beyond January 31. Also, under current provisions of the Code, distributions attributable to operating income of REITs in which a Fund invests are not eligible for favorable tax treatment as long-term capital gains and will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A Fund, however, may designate such distributions as “section 199A dividends” to the extent of the excess of the ordinary REIT dividends, other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income, that the Fund receives from a REIT for a taxable year over the Fund’s expenses allocable to such dividends. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions.

Restricted and Illiquid Investments. Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, each of the Funds may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment as defined in Rule 22e-4 is an investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Illiquid investments include securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Illiquid investments may include: repurchase agreements and time deposits with a notice or demand period of more than seven days; interest rate; currency, mortgage and credit default swaps; interest rate caps; floors and municipal leases; certain restricted securities, such as those purchased in a private placement of securities, unless it is determined, based upon a review of the trading markets for a specific restricted security, that such restricted security is liquid; and certain over-the-counter options. Securities that have legal or contractual restrictions on resale but have a readily available market are not considered illiquid for purposes of this limitation. With respect to each Fund, repurchase agreements subject to demand are deemed to have a maturity equal to the notice period.

Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of restricted or other illiquid investments because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid investments promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty in satisfying redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities. To the extent an investment held by a Fund is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund will be exposed to a greater liquidity risk.

12 

Each Fund may purchase securities which are not registered under the Securities Act but which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Restricted Securities”). These securities will not be considered illiquid so long as it is determined by the Adviser that an adequate trading market exists for the securities. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in a Fund during any period that qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing restricted securities.

The Adviser will monitor the liquidity of Restricted Securities held by a Fund under the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser may consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the unregistered nature of the security; (2) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (3) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of Restricted Securities normally reflect a discount from the price at which such securities trade when they are not restricted, since the restriction makes them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market price is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the Restricted Securities and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

The Company has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22-4. If the limitation on illiquid investments is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required, to the SEC.

Risk Considerations of Medium Grade Securities. Obligations in the lowest investment grade (i.e., BBB or Baa), referred to as “medium grade” obligations, have speculative characteristics, and changes in economic conditions and other factors are more likely to lead to weakened capacity to make interest payments and repay principal on these obligations than is the case for higher rated securities. In the event that a security purchased by a Fund is subsequently downgraded below investment grade, the Adviser will consider such event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the security.

Risk Considerations of Lower Rated Securities. The Select Small Cap Value Fund may invest in fixed income securities that are not investment grade but are rated as low as B by Moody’s or B by S&P (or their equivalents or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality). In the case of a security that is rated differently by two or more rating services, the higher rating is used in connection with the foregoing limitation. In the event that the rating on a security held in a Fund’s portfolio is downgraded by a rating service, such action will be considered by the Adviser in its evaluation of the overall investment merits of that security, but will not necessarily result in the sale of the security. The widespread expansion of government, consumer and corporate debt within the U.S. economy has made the corporate sector, especially cyclically sensitive industries, more vulnerable to economic downturns or increased interest rates.

An economic downturn could severely disrupt the market for high yield fixed income securities and adversely affect the value of outstanding fixed income securities and the ability of the issuers to repay principal and interest.

The prices of high yield fixed income securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments. Also, during an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress, which would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a fixed income security owned by a Fund defaulted, the Fund could incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high yield fixed income securities and a Fund’s NAV, to the extent it holds such securities.

High yield fixed income securities also present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high yield fixed income securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a Fund may, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities, have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which may result in a decreased return for investors. Conversely, a high yield fixed income security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of a Fund’s assets, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities.

In addition, to the extent that there is no established retail secondary market, there may be thin trading of high yield fixed income securities, and this may have an impact on the Adviser’s ability to accurately value such securities and a Fund’s assets and on the Fund’s ability to dispose of such securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield fixed income securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

New laws proposed or adopted from time to time may have an impact on the market for high yield securities.

Finally, there are risks involved in applying credit or dividend ratings as a method for evaluating high yield securities. For example, ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest or dividend payments, not market value risk of high yield securities. Also, since rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, a Fund will continuously monitor the issuers of high yield securities in its portfolio, if any, to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the security’s liquidity so the Fund can meet redemption requests.

Securities Lending.  Each Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations that meet capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board.  These loans, if and when made, may not exceed 33^1/3% of the total asset value of a Fund (including the loan collateral).  The Funds will not lend portfolio securities to the Adviser or its affiliates unless permissible under the 1940 Act and the rules and promulgations thereunder.  Loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. government securities, and the collateral will be maintained in an amount equal to at least 102% of the current market value of the loaned domestic securities (105% of loaned foreign securities) by marking to market daily.  Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would be for the account of the applicable Fund.

13 

Each Fund may pay a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral, or other fee, to an unaffiliated or, to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder, affiliated third party for acting as the Fund’s securities lending agent.

By lending its securities, a Fund may increase its income by receiving payments from the borrower that reflect the amount of any interest or any dividends payable on the loaned securities as well as by either investing cash collateral received from the borrower in short-term instruments or obtaining a fee from the borrower when U.S. government securities or letters of credit are used as collateral.  The Funds do not have the right to vote loaned securities.  A Fund will attempt to call all loaned securities back to permit the exercise of voting rights on material matters, if time and jurisdictional restrictions permit.  There is no guarantee that all loans can be recalled.

Special Situation Companies. Each Fund may invest in “Special Situations.” The term “Special Situation” shall be deemed to refer to a security of a company in which an unusual and possibly non-repetitive development is taking place which, in the opinion of the investment adviser of the Fund, may cause the security to attain a higher market value independently, to a degree, of the trend in the securities market in general. The particular development (actual or prospective), which may qualify a security as a “Special Situation,” may be one of many different types.

Such developments may include, among others, a technological improvement or important discovery or acquisition which, if the expectation for it materialized, would effect a substantial change in the company’s business; a reorganization; a recapitalization or other development involving a security exchange or conversion; a merger, liquidation or distribution of cash, securities or other assets; a breakup or workout of a holding company; litigation which, if resolved favorably, would improve the value of the company’s stock; a new or changed management; or material changes in management policies. A “Special Situation” may often involve a comparatively small company, which is not well known, and which has not been closely watched by investors generally, but it may also involve a large company. The fact, if it exists, that an increase in the company’s earnings, dividends or business is expected, or that a given security is considered to be undervalued, would not in itself be sufficient to qualify as a “Special Situation.” A Fund may invest in securities (even if not “Special Situations”) which, in the opinion of the investment adviser of the Fund, are appropriate investments for the Fund, including securities which the investment adviser of the Fund believes are undervalued by the market. A Fund shall not be required to invest any minimum percentage of its aggregate portfolio in “Special Situations,” nor shall it be required to invest any minimum percentage of its aggregate portfolio in securities other than “Special Situations.”

Securities of Unseasoned Issuers. Each Fund may invest in securities of unseasoned issuers, including equity securities of unseasoned issuers which are not readily marketable, to the extent consistent with each Fund’s primary investment strategies as set forth in the Prospectus and with each Fund’s policy on investments in illiquid investments.  The aggregate investment in such securities will not exceed 25% of net assets for the Funds. The term “unseasoned” refers to issuers which, together with their predecessors, have been in operation for less than three years.

Structured Securities. The Global Sustainability Fund may invest in structured securities. The value of the principal of and/or interest on structured securities is determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, commodities, securities, indices or other financial indicators (the “Reference”) or the relative change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. Examples of structured securities include, but are not limited to, notes where the principal repayment at maturity is determined by the value of the relative change in two or more specified securities or securities indices.

The terms of some structured securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, the Fund could suffer a total loss of its investment. Structured securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, changes in the interest rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the changes in the value of the Reference. Consequently, structured securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of securities. Structured securities may also be more volatile, less liquid and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities due to their derivative nature.

U.S. Government Obligations. Each Fund may purchase U.S. government agency and instrumentality obligations that are debt securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and federal agencies. Some obligations of agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government or by U.S. Treasury guarantees, such as securities of the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and the Federal Housing Authority; others, by the ability of the issuer to borrow, provided approval is granted, from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and others, only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality issuing the obligation, such as securities of Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). Such guarantees of U.S. government securities held by a Fund do not, however, guarantee the market value of the shares of the Fund. There is no guarantee that the U.S. government will continue to provide support to its agencies or instrumentalities in the future. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. U.S. government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are subject to greater risks than those that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. All U.S. government obligations are subject to interest rate risk.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been operating under conservatorship, with the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”) acting as their conservator, since September 2008. The entities are dependent upon the continue support of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and FHFA in order to continue their business operations. These factors, among others, could affect the future status and role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the values of their securities and the securities which they guarantee.

Each Fund’s net assets may be invested in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or the agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, including, if applicable, options and futures on such obligations. The maturities of U.S. government securities usually range from three months to thirty years. Examples of types of U.S. government obligations include U.S. Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes and Treasury Bonds and the obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, Fannie Mae, GNMA, General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Freddie Mac, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Maritime Administration, the Asian-American Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. U.S. government securities may include inflation-indexed fixed income securities, such as U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“TIPS”). The interest rate of TIPS, which is set at auction, remains fixed throughout the term of the security and the principal amount of the security is adjusted for inflation. The inflation-adjusted principal is not paid until maturity.

14 

There is risk that the U.S. government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. Each Fund may purchase U.S. government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities held by a Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Special Note Regarding Market Events. Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market's expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of a Fund's investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

Recent events are impacting the securities markets. An outbreak of respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus was first detected in December 2019 and has spread internationally. Governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world, such as the U.S. Federal Reserve, have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with changes to fiscal and monetary policy, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions, new monetary programs, and dramatically lower interest rates. Certain of those policy changes are being implemented or considered in response to the coronavirus outbreak. Such policy changes may adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend and interest paying securities.

In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on either specific securities or even the entire market, which may result in a Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or to accurately price its investments. Although multiple asset classes may be affected by a market disruption, the duration and effects may not be the same for all types of assets. To the extent a Fund may overweight its investments in certain countries, companies, industries or market sectors, such position will increase the Fund's exposure to risk of loss from adverse developments affecting those countries, companies, industries or sectors. These conditions could result in the Fund's inability to achieve its investment objectives, cause the postponement of reconstitution or rebalance dates for benchmark indices, adversely affect the prices and liquidity of the securities and other instruments in which the Fund invests, negatively impact the Fund's performance, and cause losses on your investment in the Fund.

Investing in Frontier Countries. The Global Sustainability Fund may invest in securities of issuers located in frontier countries. Frontier markets are a sub-set of emerging market countries. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets than traditional emerging markets, and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier countries. The economies of frontier countries are less correlated to global economic cycles than those of their more developed counterparts and their markets have low trading volumes and the potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity. These factors make investing in frontier countries significantly riskier than in other countries and any one of them could cause the price of the Fund’s NAV to decline. In addition, the legal remedies for investors in frontier markets may be more limited than the remedies available in the U.S., and the ability of U.S. authorities (e.g., SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice) to bring actions against bad actors may be limited.

NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

Commercial Paper. Each Fund may purchase commercial paper rated (at the time of purchase) “A-1” by S&P® or “Prime-1” by Moody’s or, when deemed advisable by the Adviser, issues rated “A-2” or “Prime-2” by S&P® or Moody’s, respectively. These rating categories are described in Appendix “A” to this SAI. The Funds may also purchase unrated commercial paper provided that such paper is determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board. Commercial paper issues in which a Fund may invest include securities issued by corporations without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) in reliance on the exemption from such registration afforded by Section 3(a) (3) thereof, and commercial paper issued in reliance on the so-called “private placement” exemption from registration, which is afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (“Section 4(2) paper”). Section 4(2) paper is restricted as to disposition under the federal securities laws in that any resale must similarly be made in an exempt transaction. Section 4(2) paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(2) paper, thus providing liquidity. Each Fund does not presently intend to invest more than 5% of its net assets in commercial paper.

Holding Company Depository Receipts. The Funds may invest in Holding Company Depository Receipts (“HOLDRS”). HOLDRS represent trust-issued receipts that represent individual and undivided beneficial ownership interests in the common stock or ADRs of specific companies in a particular industry, sector or group. Each of the Funds do not presently intend to invest more than 5% of their respective net assets in HOLDRS.

Indexed Securities. The Funds may invest in indexed securities whose value is linked to securities indices. Most such securities have values which rise and fall according to the change in one or more specified indices, and may have characteristics similar to direct investments in the underlying securities. Depending on the index, such securities may have greater volatility than the market as a whole.   Each of the Funds do not presently intend to invest more than 5% of their respective net assets in indexed securities.

Large Shareholder Purchase and Redemption Risk.  The Funds may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Funds.  Such large shareholder redemptions may cause a Fund to sell its securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund’s NAV and liquidity.  Similarly, large share purchases may adversely affect a Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would.  In addition, a large redemption could result in a Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio. However, this risk may be limited to the extent that the Adviser and a Fund have entered into a fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement arrangement.

LIBOR Risk. Many financial instruments may be tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE Benchmark Administrator have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve's Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Funds. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Funds will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Funds until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled..

15 

Money Market Instruments. Each Fund may invest a portion of its assets in short-term, high-quality instruments for purposes of temporary defensive measures, which instruments include, among other things, bank obligations. Bank obligations include bankers’ acceptances, negotiable certificates of deposit, and non-negotiable time deposits earning a specified return and issued by a U.S. bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System or insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), or by a savings and loan association or savings bank which is insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund of the FDIC. Such deposits are not FDIC insured and a Fund bears the risk of bank failure. Bank obligations also include U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks. Such investments may involve risks that are different from investments in securities of domestic branches of U.S. banks. These risks may include future unfavorable political and economic developments, possible withholding taxes on interest income, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations, or other governmental restrictions which might affect the payment of principal or interest on the securities held in a Fund. Additionally, these institutions may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks. A Fund will invest in obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks only when the Adviser believes that the risks associated with such investment are minimal. The value of money market instruments tends to fall when current interest rates rise. Money market instruments are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer-term securities but recent actions by governmental authorities in response to the economic disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic have included dramatic reductions in interest rates, which in some cases could result in negative rates on investments in money market funds and similar cash management products.

Purchase Warrants. Each Fund may invest in purchase warrants and similar rights. Purchase warrants are privileges issued by a corporation which enable the owner to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short lifespan to expiration. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security. These Funds may not invest more than 5% of each Fund’s respective net assets in purchase warrants and similar rights.

Repurchase Agreements. The Funds may agree to purchase securities from financial institutions subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase them at an agreed-upon time and price (“repurchase agreements”). The securities held subject to a repurchase agreement may have stated maturities exceeding 397 days, provided the repurchase agreement itself matures in less than 13 months. Default by or bankruptcy of the seller would, however, expose a Fund to possible loss because of adverse market action or delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying obligations.

The repurchase price under the repurchase agreements described above generally equals the price paid by a Fund plus interest negotiated on the basis of current short-term rates (which may be more or less than the rate on the securities underlying the repurchase agreement). The financial institutions with whom the Funds may enter into repurchase agreements will be banks which the Adviser considers creditworthy pursuant to criteria approved by the Board and non-bank dealers of U.S. government securities that are listed on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s list of reporting dealers. The Adviser will consider the creditworthiness of a seller in determining whether to have a Fund enter into a repurchase agreement. The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities subject to the agreement at not less than the repurchase price plus accrued interest. The Adviser will mark to market daily the value of the securities, and will, if necessary, require the seller to maintain additional securities, to ensure that the value is not less than the repurchase price.

Default by or bankruptcy of the seller would, however, expose a Fund to possible loss because of adverse market action or delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying obligations.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to portfolio securities for temporary purposes (such as to obtain cash to meet redemption requests) when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed disadvantageous or inconvenient by the Adviser. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by a Fund subject to the Fund’s agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and rate of interest. Such agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act, and may be entered into only for temporary or emergency purposes. While reverse repurchase transactions are outstanding, a Fund will maintain in a segregated account with the Fund’s custodian or a qualified sub-custodian, cash or liquid securities of an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities, plus accrued interest, subject to the agreement and will monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase and the interest received on the cash exchanged for the securities.

Temporary Investments. Although the Funds invest primarily in equity securities, for temporary defensive purposes, the Funds may hold cash or invest in a variety of money market instruments and short-term and medium-term debt securities including: (a) obligations of the United States or foreign governments, their respective agencies or instrumentalities; (b) bank deposits and bank obligations (including certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of U.S. or foreign banks denominated in any currency; (c) floating rate securities and other instruments denominated in any currency issued by international development agencies; (d) finance company and corporate commercial paper and other short-term corporate debt obligations of U.S. and foreign corporations; and (e) repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers with respect to such securities. If a Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time.

16 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Funds have adopted the following fundamental investment limitations which may not be changed with respect to the Funds without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds’ outstanding shares (as defined in Section 2(a) (42) of the 1940 Act). As used in this SAI and in the Prospectus, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding shares” of a Fund means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares of the particular Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund. Each Fund’s investment goals and strategies described in the Prospectus may be changed by the Board without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

The Funds may not:

1. Borrow money except that the Fund may borrow from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 33^1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed). For purposes of this limitation, investment strategies which either obligate a Fund to purchase securities or require the Fund to segregate assets are not considered to be borrowings. Asset coverage of at least 300% is required for all borrowings, except where a Fund has borrowed money for temporary purposes in amounts not exceeding 5% of its total assets;

2. Issue senior securities as defined in the 1940 Act, except as permitted by rule, regulation or order of the SEC;

3. Act as an underwriter of securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, except insofar as it might be deemed to be an underwriter upon disposition of certain portfolio securities acquired within the limitation on purchases of restricted securities;

4. Purchase or sell real estate (including real estate limited partnership interests), provided that the Fund may invest: (a) in securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; or (b) in real estate investment trusts;

5. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except that a Fund may deal in forward foreign exchanges between currencies of the different countries in which it may invest and purchase and sell stock index and currency options, stock index futures, financial futures and currency futures contracts and related options on such futures;

6. Make loans, except through loans of portfolio securities and repurchase agreements, provided that for purposes of this restriction the acquisition of bonds, debentures or other debt instruments or interests therein and investment in government obligations, loan participations and assignments, short-term commercial paper, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances shall not be deemed to be the making of a loan; or

7. Invest 25% or more of its total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in the securities of one or more issuers in any particular industry (excluding the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities).

8. The Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund may not purchase the securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, if immediately after and as a result of such purchase, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be owned by the Fund, except that up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such limitations.

For purposes of Investment Restriction No.7, the Funds may not:

Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States or any of its authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services, for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

In addition to the fundamental investment limitations specified above, each Fund is subject to the following non-fundamental limitations. These non-fundamental restrictions may be changed without shareholder approval, in compliance with applicable law and regulatory policy. The Fund may not:

1. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, but investments by a Fund in wholly-owned investment entities created under the laws of certain countries will not be deemed the making of investments for the purpose of exercising control or management; or

2. Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may use margin to the extent necessary to engage in short sales and may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of portfolio transactions; and provided that margin deposits in connection with options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, transactions in currencies or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

3. Pledge, manage or hypothecate assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.

4. Hold illiquid investments in an amount exceeding, in the aggregate, 15% of the Fund’s net assets.

17 

Any collateral arrangements with respect to, if applicable, the writing of options and futures contracts, options on futures contracts, short sales and other similar instruments, and collateral arrangements with respect to initial and variation margin are not deemed to be a pledge of assets.

Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Funds, a policy relating to the selective disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings by the Adviser, Board, officers, or third party service providers, in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of a Fund’s shareholders. The policies relating to the disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund. It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities. As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose each Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR, Form N-CEN, Form N-PORT, and such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

The Adviser currently makes the Funds’ complete portfolio holdings, top ten holdings, sector weightings and other portfolio characteristics publicly available on its web site, www.boston-partners.com as disclosed in the following table:

Information Posting	Frequency of Disclosure	Date of Web Posting
Complete Portfolio Holdings and top 10 Portfolio Holdings	Monthly/Quarterly*	5 business days after the end of each calendar month for the Funds

The scope of the information relating to the Funds’ portfolios that is made available on the web site may change from time to time without notice. The Adviser or its affiliates may include a Fund’s portfolio holdings that have already been made public through a Web posting or SEC filing in marketing literature and other communications to shareholders, advisors or other parties, provided that, in the case of holdings made public through the Web, the information is disclosed no earlier than the day after the date of posting to the Web site.

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about a Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include U.S. Bank, N.A., the custodian; U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Fund Services”), the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm; Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; FilePoint, the financial printer; the Funds’ proxy voting service(s); and the Company’s liquidity classification agent. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to a Fund. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions).

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to (i) certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information, and (ii) financial consultants to assist them in determining the suitability of the Funds as an investment for their clients, in each case in accordance with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the Company’s, and Adviser’s fiduciary duties to the Funds’ shareholders. Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions. The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings. The Board or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions. Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in the Fund’s portfolio.

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of a Fund.

The Board provides ongoing oversight of the Company’s policies and procedures and compliance with such policies and procedures. As part of this oversight function, the Board receives from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Board receives an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the policies and procedures with respect to a Fund, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures. Any violation of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violation must be reported by the Adviser, officers or third party service providers to the Company’s CCO, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

18 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

Portfolio turnover measures the percentage of each Fund’s total portfolio market value that was purchased or sold during the period. Each Fund’s turnover rate provides an indication of how transaction costs (which are not included in the Fund’s expenses) may affect the Fund’s performance. Also, funds with a high turnover may be more likely to distribute capital gains that may be taxable to shareholders.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter. The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers. The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Directors.” Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.” The Board is currently composed of seven Independent Directors and one Interested Director. The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman. Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

The Board has established seven standing committees — Audit, Contract, Executive, Nominating and Governance, Product Development, Regulatory Oversight, and Valuation Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section entitled “Standing Committees.”

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

Directors and Executive Officers

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their ages, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below.

19 

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 88	Director	1988 to present	From 1969 to 2011, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).	50	AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies).
Gregory P. Chandler 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	2012 to present	Since 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Herspiegel Consulting LLC (life sciences consulting services); 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Avocado Systems Inc. (cyber security software provider); 2009-2020, Chief Financial Officer, Emtec, Inc. (information technology consulting services).	50	FS Energy and Power Fund (business development company); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Lisa A. Dolly 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	October 2021 to present	From July 2019-December 2019, Chairman, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm); January 2016-June 2019, Chief Executive Officer, Pershing, LLC.	50	Allfunds Group PLC (United Kingdom wealthtech and fund distribution provider); Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (trade association for broker dealers, investment banks and asset managers); Hightower Advisors (wealth management firm).
Nicholas A. Giordano 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 78	Director	2006 to present	Since 1997, Consultant, financial services organizations.	50	IntriCon Corporation (biomedical device manufacturer); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Arnold M. Reichman 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 73	Chairman Director	2005 to present 1991 to present	Retired.	50	EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company).
Brian T. Shea 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Director	2018 to present	From 2014-2017, Chief Executive Officer, BNY Mellon Investment Services (fund services, global custodian and securities clearing firm); from 1983-2014, Chief Executive Officer and various positions, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm).	50	Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (financial services technology company); Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (financial services company).
Robert A. Straniere 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 80	Director	2006 to present	Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City; since 1980, Founding Partner, Straniere Law Group (law firm).	50	None.

20 

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director
INTERESTED DIRECTOR2
Robert Sablowsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 83	Vice Chairman Director	2016 to present 1991 to present	Since 2002, Senior Director - Investments and prior thereto, Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).	50	None
OFFICERS
Salvatore Faia, JD, CPA, CFE Vigilant Compliance, LLC Gateway Corporate Center Suite 216 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike Chadds Ford, PA 19317 Age: 59	President Chief Compliance Officer	2009 to present 2004 to present	Since 2004, President, Vigilant Compliance, LLC (investment management services company); since 2005, Independent Trustee of EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company); Since 2021, President and Chief Compliance Officer of Penn Capital Funds Trust.	N/A	N/A
James G. Shaw 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Treasurer and Secretary	2016 to present	Treasurer and Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2016) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2005 to 2016, Assistant Treasurer of The RBB Fund, Inc.; from 1995 to 2016, Senior Director and Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company).	N/A	N/A
Craig A. Urciuoli 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 46	Director of Marketing & Business Development	2019 to present	Director of Marketing & Business Development of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2019) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2000-2019, Managing Director, Third Avenue Management LLC (investment advisory firm).	N/A	N/A
Jennifer Witt 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 39	Assistant Treasurer	2018 to present	Since 2020, Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm); from 2016 to 2020, Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services; from 2007 to 2016, Supervisor, Nuveen Investments (registered investment company).	N/A	N/A
Edward Paz 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 50	Assistant Secretary	2016 to present	Since 2007, Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm).	N/A	N/A
Michael P. Malloy One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 62	Assistant Secretary	1999 to present	Since 1993, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A

21 

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director
Jillian L. Bosmann One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 42	Assistant Secretary	2017 to present	Since 2017, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle& Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A

* Each Director oversees 50 portfolios of the fund complex, consisting of the series in the Company and in Penn Capital Funds Trust (7 portfolios).

1. Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his or her death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. The Board has approved waivers of the policy with respect to Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, Sablowsky and Straniere. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

2. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and is referred to as an “Interested Director.” Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as an employee of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years.  Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director.  The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company.  Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive-level management experience in the cable television and communications industry. Mr. Chandler has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the investment technology consulting/services and investment banking/brokerage industries, and also serves on various boards. Ms. Dolly has over three decades of experience in the financial services industry, and she has demonstrated her leadership and management abilities by serving in numerous senior executive-level positions. Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies. Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience.  Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the financial services industry.  Mr. Shea has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the brokerage, clearing, and investment services industry, including service on the boards of industry regulatory organizations and a university. Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company. 

Standing Committees

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler and Giordano. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Contract Committee. The Board has a Contract Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Contract Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Contract Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the approval and continuation of agreements and plans of the Company. The Contract Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Giordano, Reichman and Sablowsky. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Product Development Committee. The Board has a Product Development Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Product Development Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Reichman, Sablowsky, and Shea. The Product Development Committee oversees the process regarding the addition of new investment advisers and investment products to the Company. The Product Development Committee convened three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Reichman, Sablowsky, Shea and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

22 

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee comprised of the Interested Director and two officers of the Company. The members of the Valuation Committee are Messrs. Faia, Sablowsky and Shaw. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing fair value determinations. The Valuation Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Risk Oversight

The Board performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer.  The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk.  Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs.  Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues.  The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees.  For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.  The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in the Funds and in all of the portfolios of the Company (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him or her), as of December 31, 2020. As shown below, because the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Directors do not own any shares of the Funds.

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Director within the Family of Investment Companies
Independent Directors
Julian A. Brodsky	None	Over $100,000
Gregory P. Chandler	None	Over $100,000
Lisa A. Dolly*	None	None
Nicholas A. Giordano	None	$10,001-$50,000
Arnold M. Reichman	None	Over $100,000
Brian T. Shea	None	$1-$10,000
Robert A. Straniere	None	$1-$10,000
Interested Director
Robert Sablowsky	None	Over $100,000

* Ms. Dolly began serving as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

 As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

23 

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust, based on an allocation formula, pay each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $13,500 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each receives an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each receives an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

From April 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $10,000 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each received an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Chairman of the Investment and Liquidity Risk Committee received an additional fee of $7,500 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof. An employee of Vigilant Compliance, LLC serves as President and Chief Compliance Officer of the Company. Vigilant Compliance, LLC is compensated for the services provided to the Company, and such compensation is determined by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance LLC received $690,000 in the aggregate from all series of the Company for its services. Employees of the Company serve as Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development, and are compensated for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from the Company in the following amounts:

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer and Secretary received compensation from the Funds in the following amounts:

Name of Director/Officer	Aggregate Compensation from the Funds*	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Funds Expenses	Total Compensation From  Fund Complex Paid to  Directors or Officers
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$0	N/A	$198,000
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$0	N/A	$190,000
Gregory P. Chandler, Director	$0	N/A	$224,500
Lisa A. Dolly(2)
Nicholas A. Giordano, Director	$0	N/A	$202,000
Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman	$0	N/A	$275,500
Brian T. Shea, Director	$0	N/A	$191,875
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$0	N/A	$196,000
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$0	N/A	$258,000
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$0	N/A	$299,000
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$0	N/A	$247,200

* The Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

⁽¹⁾ Mr. Carnall retired from his role as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

⁽²⁾ Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Each compensated Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s deferred compensation plan (the “DC Plan”). Under the DC Plan, a compensated Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation and have the deferred compensation treated as if it had been invested by the Company in shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Company. The amount paid to the Directors under the DC Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments.

As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

24 

Director Emeritus Program

The Board has created a position of Director Emeritus, whereby an incumbent Director who has attained at least the age of 75 and completed a minimum of fifteen years of service as a Director, may, in the sole discretion of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company (“Committee”), be recommended to the full Board to serve as Director Emeritus.

A Director Emeritus that has been approved as such receives an annual fee in an amount equal to up to 50% of the annual base compensation paid to a Director. Compensation will be determined annually by the Committee and the Board with respect to each Director Emeritus. In addition, a Director Emeritus will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service, including expenses of travel and lodging incurred in attendance at Board meetings. A Director Emeritus will continue to receive relevant materials concerning the Funds, will be expected to attend at least one regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board each year (which attendance may be via telephone), and will be available to consult with the Directors at reasonable times as requested. However, a Director Emeritus does not have any voting rights at Board meetings and is not subject to election by shareholders of the Funds.

A Director Emeritus will be permitted to serve in such capacity from year to year at the pleasure of the Committee and the Board for up to three years.

Effective October 1, 2021, J. Richard Carnall serves as a Director Emeritus of the Company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company, subject to certain restrictions.

PROXY VOTING

The Board has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by each Fund to the Fund’s Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. In exercising its voting obligations, the Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Funds. The Adviser will consider factors affecting the value of the Funds’ investments and the rights of shareholders in its determination on voting portfolio securities.

The Adviser has adopted proxy voting procedures with respect to voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds. The Adviser employs a third party service provider, Institutional Shareholder Services, to assist in the voting of proxies. These procedures have been provided to the service provider, who analyzes the proxies and makes recommendations, based on the Adviser’s policy, as to how to vote such proxies. A copy of the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy is included with this SAI.  Please see Appendix B to this SAI for further information.

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-888-261-4073 or by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Any person owning, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund is presumed to control the Fund. Principal holders are persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund. Prior to the date of this SAI, no shares of the Fund were outstanding and therefore no persons owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund.

As of November 30, 2021, Directors and Officers as a group owned none of the outstanding shares of each Fund.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Investment Adviser

The Adviser, located at One Beacon Street, Boston, MA 02108, is a subsidiary of ORIX Corporation Europe N.V. (formerly Robeco Groep N.V.), a Dutch public limited liability company (“ORIX Europe”). Founded in 1929, ORIX Europe is one of the world’s oldest asset management organizations. ORIX Europe is owned by ORIX Corporation, an integrated financial services group based in Tokyo, Japan. The Adviser provides investment management and investment advisory services to other institutional and proprietary accounts.

The Adviser has investment discretion for the Funds and will make all decisions affecting the assets of those Funds under the supervision of the Board and in accordance with each Fund’s stated policies. The Adviser will select investments for the Funds.

Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Adviser will provide for the overall management of the Funds, including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Funds, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents, (ii) the determination from time to time of what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained or sold by the Funds, and (iii) the placement from time to time of orders for all purchases and sales made for the Funds. The Adviser will provide the services rendered by it in accordance with the Funds’ investment goals, restrictions and policies as stated in the Prospectus and in this SAI.

For its services to the Funds under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to receive a monthly advisory fee computed at an annual rate of 0.90% of the Select Small Cap Value Fund's average daily net assets and 0.80% of the Global Sustainability Fund's average daily net assets.

The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its fees to the extent necessary to maintain the following expense ratios (excluding certain items noted below) for the Funds: 

25 

	Institutional	Investor
S Select Small Cap Value Fund	1.10%	N/A
Global Sustainability Fund	0.90%	N/A

These limits are calculated daily based on the Funds’ average daily net assets.  These limitations are effected in waivers of advisory fees and reimbursements of expenses exceeding the advisory fee as necessary. The contractual limitations are in effect until at least February 28, 2023, and may not be terminated without approval of the Board.

If at any time a Fund’s total annual Fund operating expenses for a year are less than the above-listed expense limitation, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Funds of the advisory fees waived and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

In determining the Adviser’s obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and could cause a Fund’s net annualized expense ratio to exceed the applicable expense limitation: short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes and other items as agreed upon by both parties from time to time.

Each Fund bears its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser. General expenses of the Company not readily identifiable as belonging to a portfolio of the Company are allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Board in such manner as it deems to be fair and equitable. Expenses borne by a portfolio include, but are not limited to the expenses listed in the Prospectus and the following (or a portfolio’s share of the following): (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by a portfolio and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) fees payable to and expenses incurred on behalf of a portfolio by the Adviser; (c) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Company or a portfolio for violation of any law; (d) any extraordinary expenses; (e) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (f) the cost of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Company to its Directors and officers; (g) organizational costs; (h) fees to the investment advisers and Fund Services; (i) fees and expenses of officers and Directors who are not affiliated with a portfolio’s investment adviser or Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”); (j) taxes; (k) interest; (l) legal fees; (m) custodian fees; (n) auditing fees; (o) brokerage fees and commissions; (p) certain of the fees and expenses of registering and qualifying the portfolios and their shares for distribution under federal and state securities laws; (q) expenses of preparing prospectuses and statements of additional information and distributing annually to existing shareholders that are not attributable to a particular class of shares of the Company; (r) the expense of reports to shareholders, shareholders’ meetings and proxy solicitations that are not attributable to a particular class of shares of the Company; (s) fidelity bond and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums; (t) the expense of using independent pricing services; and (u) other expenses which are not expressly assumed by a portfolio’s investment adviser under its advisory agreement with the portfolio. Each Fund pays its own distribution fees, if applicable, and may pay a different share than other classes of other expenses (excluding advisory and custodial fees) if those expenses are actually incurred in a different amount by such class or if it receives different services.

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds or the Company in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of their duties and obligations there under.

The Advisory Agreement is terminable with respect to each Fund by vote of the Board or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, at any time without penalty, on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. The Advisory Agreement may also be terminated by the Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Company. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of assignment thereof. 

No advisory fee information is provided for the Funds because the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

Portfolio Managers

Description of Compensation. As of the date of this SAI, the portfolio managers’ compensation is comprised of an industry competitive base salary and a discretionary bonus and long-term incentives. Through the firm’s bonus program, key investment professionals are rewarded primarily for strong investment performance. The discretionary bonus is based upon the unique structure of each team and consideration may be given to one or more of the following criteria, depending on the team.

● Individual Contribution: an evaluation of the professional’s individual contribution based on the expectations established at the beginning of each year;

● Product Investment Performance: the performance of the investment product(s) with which the individual is involved versus the pre-designed index based on the excess return;

● Investment Team Performance: the financial results of the Portfolio Manager’s investment group; and

● Firm-Wide Performance: the overall financial performance of the firm.

Compensation for portfolio managers who are also members of the Adviser’s senior management team is typically derived from a base salary and a discretionary bonus. The bonus is largely tied to firm financial performance against established goals and aligned with the primary focus on investment performance results versus benchmarks.

The firm also provides a long-term incentive program. Portions of the annual bonuses are deferred for up to 3 years.

Other Accounts. The table below discloses accounts, other than the Funds, for which each Portfolio Manager is primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management, as of August 31, 2021.

26 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team Member	Type of Accounts	Total # of Accounts Managed	Total Assets		# of Accounts Managed that Advisory Fee Based on Performance	Total Assets that Advisory Fee Based on Performance
Select Small Cap Value Fund
Eric A. Gandhi, CFA	Other Registered Investment Company	0	$0		0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0		0	$0
	Other Accounts	9	$1.9	billion	0	$0
Global Sustainability Fund
Soyoun Song	Other Registered Investment Company	0	$0		0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0		0	$0
	Other Accounts	1	$10	million	0	$0

Conflict of Interest. Investment decisions for the Fund’s portfolios are made in conjunction with decisions for other accounts and/or funds for the same strategy. The Adviser recognizes that potential conflicts may arise with respect to the side-by-side management of registered investment companies and “investment accounts,” which include privately offered funds, separately managed accounts of high net worth individuals and institutional investors, and the other funds. These risks include, but may not be limited to: differing fee structures (including performance based fees), differing investments selected for various vehicles, and inequitable allocation and aggregation trading practices. Private investment partnerships, registered funds and separately managed accounts are generally invested pari passu thus mitigating many of the perceived risk associated with simultaneous management if possible. Additionally, the Compliance Department has developed comprehensive monitoring policies and procedures designed to mitigate any actual or perceived conflicts.

Securities Ownership. The portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Funds as no shares of the Funds were outstanding prior to the date of this SAI.

Custodian Agreement

U.S. Bank, N.A., 1555 North River Center Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212 (the “Custodian”), is custodian of the Funds’ assets pursuant to a custodian agreement (the “Custodian Agreement”).  Under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian: (a) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of each Fund; (b) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of each Fund; (c) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of each Fund; (d) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of each Fund’s portfolio securities; and (e) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the Funds’ operations. The Custodian is authorized to select one or more banks or trust companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of the Funds, provided that the Custodian remains responsible for the performance of all of its duties under the Custodian Agreement and holds the Funds harmless from the acts and omissions of any sub-custodian. For its services to the Funds under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian receives a fee based on each Fund’s average daily gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Fund.

Transfer Agency Agreement

Fund Services serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Funds pursuant to a transfer agency and servicing agreement (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”), under which Fund Services: (a) issues and redeems shares of each Fund; (b) addresses and mails all communications by the Funds to record owners of the shares, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy materials for its meetings of shareholders; (c) maintains shareholder accounts and, if requested, sub-accounts; and (d) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the operations of the Funds. Fund Services may, subject to the Board’s approval, assign its duties as transfer and dividend disbursing agent to any other affiliate of Fund Services. For its services to the Funds under the Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Services receives an annual fee based on the number of accounts in the Funds and the Funds’ average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Funds. 

Fund Services also provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. In addition, Fund Services provides services relating to the implementation of the Funds’ Customer Identification Program, including verification of required customer information and the maintenance of records with respect to such verification.

Administration and Accounting Agreement

Fund Services, located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202, serves as Fund Administrator to the Funds pursuant to a fund administration servicing agreement and serves as fund accountant pursuant to a fund accounting servicing agreement (the “Administration Agreements”).  Under the fund accounting servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to furnish to the Funds statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, and certain other services required by the Funds.  Under the fund administration servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to provide fund administration services to the Company.  These services include the preparation and coordination of the Company’s annual post-effective amendment filing and supplements to the Funds’ registration statement, the preparation and assembly of board meeting materials, and certain other services necessary to the Company’s fund administration. In addition, Fund Services has agreed to prepare and file various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and prepare materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Funds. The Custodian and Fund Services are affiliates.

The Administration Agreements provide that Fund Services shall be obligated to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties and that Fund Services shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with its duties under the Administration Agreements, except a loss resulting from Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of the applicable Administration Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties thereunder.

27 

Fund Services receives a fee under the Administration Agreements based on the average daily net assets of the Company.

No administration fee information is provided as the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

Distribution Agreement and Plans of Distribution

Quasar Distributors, LLC, whose principal business address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the underwriter to the Funds pursuant to a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”).  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).  The Distributor is not affiliated with the Company or the Adviser.

Under the Distribution Agreement with the Company, the Distributor acts as the agent of the Company in connection with the continuous offering of shares of the Funds.  The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Funds on a best efforts basis.  The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares.  The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Company.

The Distributor may enter into agreements with selected broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries for distribution of shares of the Funds.  With respect to certain financial intermediaries and related fund “supermarket” platform arrangements, the Funds and/or the Adviser, rather than the Distributor, typically enter into such agreements.  These financial intermediaries may charge a fee for their services and may receive shareholder service or other fees from parties other than the Distributor.  These financial intermediaries may otherwise act as processing agents and are responsible for promptly transmitting purchase, redemption and other requests to the Funds.

Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein.  Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares.  Investors purchasing shares of the Funds through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary.  The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the financial intermediary.  The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Funds for its distribution services except the distribution/service fees with respect to the shares of those classes for which a Rule 12b-1 distribution plan is effective.  The Adviser pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution-related services.

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities in accordance with the 1940 Act.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Company on behalf of the Funds on no less than 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund or by vote of a majority of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement, or by the Distributor, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).  The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the performance of the Distributor’s obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof.

Institutional Class.  Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, Quasar Distributors, LLC will use best efforts to distribute each Fund’s shares. Quasar Distributors, LLC does not receive compensation from the Company for the distribution of the Funds’ Institutional Class shares; however, the Adviser pays an annual fee to Quasar Distributors, LLC as compensation for underwriting services rendered to the Funds pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.

FUND TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies established by the Board and applicable rules, the Adviser is responsible for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage transactions for the Funds. In executing portfolio transactions, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Funds, taking into account such factors as the price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of the order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved. While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions.

The Funds have no obligation to deal with any broker or group of brokers in the execution of portfolio transactions. The Adviser may, consistent with the interests of the Funds and subject to the approval of the Board, select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Funds and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser under its contracts. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to a Fund and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by a Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to a Fund over the long-term.

No brokerage commission information is provided as the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

28 

Investment decisions for each Fund and for other investment accounts managed by the Adviser are made independently of each other in the light of differing conditions. However, the same investment decision may be made for two or more of such accounts. In such cases, simultaneous transactions are inevitable. Purchases or sales are then averaged as to price and allocated as to amount according to a formula deemed equitable to each such account. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as a Fund is concerned, in other cases it is believed to be beneficial to a Fund.

SECURITIES LENDING

U.S. Bank, N.A. serves as securities lending agent for the Funds and in that role administers the Funds’ securities lending program pursuant to the terms of a Master Securities Lending Agreement entered into between the Funds and U.S. Bank, N.A.

As securities lending agent, U.S. Bank, N.A. is responsible for marketing to approved borrowers available securities from the Fund’s portfolio. U.S. Bank, N.A. is responsible for the administration and management of the Funds’ securities lending program, including the preparation and execution of a participant agreement with each borrower governing the terms and conditions of any securities loan, ensuring that securities loans are properly coordinated and documented with the Funds’ custodian, ensuring that loaned securities are daily valued and that the corresponding required cash collateral of at least 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities is delivered by the borrower(s), using best efforts to obtain additional collateral on the next business day if the value of the collateral falls below the required amount, and arranging for the investment of cash collateral received from borrowers in accordance with the Funds’ investment guidelines.

U.S. Bank, N.A. receives as compensation for its services a portion of the amount earned by the Funds for lending securities.

No securities lending information is provided as the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

You may purchase shares through an account maintained by your brokerage firm and you may also purchase shares directly by mail or wire. The Company reserves the right, if conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase of a Fund’s shares by making payment in whole or in part in securities chosen by the Company and valued in the same way as they would be valued for purposes of computing that Fund’s NAV. If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction costs in converting these securities into cash. A shareholder will also bear any market risk or tax consequences as a result of a payment in securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that each Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund. A shareholder will bear the risk of a decline in market value and any tax consequences associated with a redemption in securities.

Under the 1940 Act, the Company may suspend the right to redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which the SEC restricts trading on the NYSE or determines an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit. (The Company may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

Shares of the Company are subject to redemption by the Company, at the redemption price of such shares as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation: (1) to reimburse a Fund for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder as provided in the Prospectus from time to time; (2) if such redemption is, in the opinion of the Board, desirable in order to prevent the Company or any Fund from being deemed a “personal holding company” within the meaning of the Code; (3) or if the net income with respect to any particular class of common stock should be negative or it should otherwise be appropriate to carry out the Company’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

Each Fund has the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the particular Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

Automatic Investment Plan

The Automatic Investment Plan enables investors to make regular (monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis) investments ($5,000 minimum for Institutional Class), in shares of any Fund through an automatic withdrawal from your designated bank account by simply completing the Automatic Investment Plan section on the application. Please call the Transfer Agent at (888) 261-4073 for instructions. By completing the enrollment form, you authorize the Funds’ Custodians to periodically draw money from your designated account, and to invest such amounts in account(s) with the fund(s) specified.

If you elect the Automatic Investment Plan, please be aware that: (1) the privilege may be revoked without prior notice if any check is not paid upon presentation; (2) the Funds’ Custodian is under no obligation to notify you as to the non-payment of any check, and (3) this service may be modified or discontinued by the Funds’ Custodian upon five (5) business days’ written notice to you prior to any payment date, or may be discontinued by you by written notice to the Transfer Agent at least five (5) days before the next payment date.

OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING MAXIMUM SALES CHARGE, PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS

The following information supplements the information in the Prospectus under the caption “Shareholder Information.” Please see the Prospectus for more complete information.

Other Purchase Information

If shares of a Fund are held in a “street name” account with an Authorized Dealer, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the Authorized Dealer, and not by the Fund and its Transfer Agent. Since the Funds will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the Authorized Dealer to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account. The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with the Fund involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the Authorized Dealer.

29 

Share Class Conversion

Some shareholders may hold shares of a Fund through fee-based programs, often referred to as "wrap accounts," that are managed by investment dealers, financial advisors or other investment professionals (each, a "wrap account intermediary"). A wrap account intermediary may impose eligibility requirements on a shareholder's participation in the fee-based program and ownership of shares through the program, which are additional to the ownership requirements described in a Fund’s Prospectus. Under the terms of its fee-based program, a wrap account intermediary may also be permitted to effect a conversion (sometimes referred to as an "in-kind exchange") of a shareholder's shares in a Fund, including those shares purchased by the shareholder during the shareholder's participation in the program, to a different class of shares of that Fund in situations when the shareholder no longer meets the wrap account intermediary's stated eligibility requirements for the ownership of the class of shares that the shareholder initially purchased. For example, the terms of its fee-based program may permit a wrap account intermediary to effect this type of conversion when a shareholder moves his position in a class of shares of a Fund out of the program that offered that class of shares and into a program or account through which the wrap account intermediary only offers a different class or classes of shares of that Fund. Under other circumstances, a financial intermediary may effect this type of conversion with respect to new clients who held one class of shares of a Fund before becoming a client of the intermediary, and who are eligible for a wrap account through which the intermediary offers a different class of shares of that Fund. Any such conversion by a wrap account intermediary will be made in accordance with the Prospectus of the applicable Fund, and will be made without the imposition by that Fund of any sales load, fee or other charge. The class of shares that a shareholder owns after the conversion may bear higher fees and expenses than the class of shares that the shareholder initially purchased.

If you own shares of a Fund through a fee-based program, you should consult with your wrap account intermediary to determine whether there are any additional eligibility requirements that the wrap account intermediary imposes on your participation in their program and your ownership of a Fund's shares through the program, and whether the wrap account intermediary prescribes any circumstances which may result in the type of share class conversion described herein. 

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

The Company’s telephone transaction procedures include the following measures: (1) requiring the appropriate telephone transaction privilege forms; (2) requiring the caller to provide the names of the account owners, the account social security number and name of the Fund, all of which must match the Company’s records; (3) requiring the Company’s service representative to complete a telephone transaction form, listing all of the above caller identification information; (4) permitting exchanges (if applicable) only if the two account registrations are identical; (5) requiring that redemption proceeds be sent only by check to the account owners of record at the address of record, or by electronic funds transfer through the ACH network or wire only to the owners of record at the bank account of record; (6) sending a written confirmation for each telephone transaction to the owners of record at the address of record within five (5) business days of the call; and (7) maintaining tapes of telephone transactions for six months, if the Company elects to record shareholder telephone transactions. For accounts held of record by broker-dealers, financial institutions, securities dealers, financial planners and other industry professionals, additional documentation or information regarding the scope of a caller’s authority is required. Finally, for telephone transactions in accounts held jointly, additional information regarding other account holders is required.

VALUATION OF SHARES

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the NAV per share of each Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to the Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of the Fund. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) or such other time as the NYSE or National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the NYSE is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The NYSE is generally closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The Company reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were initially processed at a NAV other than a Fund’s official closing NAV (as the same may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders based on the official closing NAV. The Company reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, a Fund may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

The securities of the Funds are valued under the direction of the Funds’ administrator and under the general supervision of the Board.  Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices.  Subject to the approval of the Board, the Funds may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments in determining the approximate market value of portfolio investments.  This may result in the investments being valued at a price that differs from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used.  All cash, receivables, and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their face value.  Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Funds’ Valuation Committee under the direction of the Board.

The procedures used by any pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the officers of the Company under the general supervision of the Board.

The Funds may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges.  These securities may trade on weekends or other days when the Funds do not calculate NAV.  As a result, the value of these investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares.

30 

TAXES

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Funds or their shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Code and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

General

Each Fund qualified during its last taxable year and intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, each Fund generally is exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, each Fund must meet three important tests each year.

First, each Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of each Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of such issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer), and no more than 25% of the value of each Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, each Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

Each Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If a Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year a Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, taxable shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

Loss Carryforwards

Under the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010, the Funds are permitted to carry forward capital losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 for an unlimited period. Any losses incurred during those future taxable years will be required to be utilized prior to any losses incurred in pre-enactment taxable years. Additionally, post-enactment capital losses that are carried forward will retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses rather than being considered all short-term as under the previous law.

Taxation of Certain Investments

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by a Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause a Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which a Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

State and Local Taxes

Although each Fund expects to qualify as a regulated investment company and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, a Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

31 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, 89.123 billion shares have been classified into 202 classes; however, the Company only has approximately 53 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s charter, the Board has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

Each share that represents an interest in a Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to such Fund with each other share that represents an interest in such Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in that Fund. Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights. When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders owning at least ten percent of the outstanding shares of all classes of Common Stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

Holders of shares of each Fund will vote in the aggregate on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2 the approval of an investment advisory agreement or distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio. Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above), or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

32 

MISCELLANEOUS

Anti-Money Laundering Program

The Funds have established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Funds’ Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures, and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program, and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that certain of their service providers have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new account applications. The Funds will not transact business with any person or legal entity whose identity and beneficial owners, if applicable, cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Counsel

The law firm of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as independent counsel to the Company and the Independent Directors.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, One Commerce Square, Suite 700, 2005 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, and in that capacity audits the Funds’ financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, there are no annual financial statements available at this time. Shareholders of the Funds will be informed of the Fund’s progress through periodic reports when those reports become available. Financial statements certified by the independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.

33 

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” – A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” – A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” – A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” – A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.¹ Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” – Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2” – Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” – Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” – Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

¹ A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

A-1 

“C” – Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” – Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4” – Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” – Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” – Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” – Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

A-2 

“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” – An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” – Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” – Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” – Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” – Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present

“CCC” – A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC” – A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C” – A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

A-3 

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA” – Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” – Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” – Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D” – A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

● Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

● Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” – A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” – A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” – A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D” – This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG Scale

“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

A-4 

“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interests payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer default ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue level ratings are also assigned, often include an expectation of recovery and may be notched above or below the issuer level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation)..

DBRS Morningstar offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market.Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on DBRS Morningstar’s quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. DBRS Morningstar issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, final(ized), solicited, or unsolicited. From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued. DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees.

A-5 

APPENDIX B

BOSTON PARTNERS GLOBAL INVESTORS, INC.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

March 2021

Boston Partners 

One Beacon Street, 30^th Floor 

Boston, MA 02108 – www.boston-partners.com

B-1 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (“Boston Partners”) is an Investment Adviser comprised of two divisions, Boston Partners and Weiss, Peck & Greer Partners (“WPG”). Boston Partners’ Governance Committee (the “Committee”) is comprised of representatives from portfolio management, securities analyst, portfolio research, quantitative research, investor relations, sustainability and engagement, and legal/compliance teams. The Committee is responsible for administering and overseeing Boston Partners’ proxy voting process.  The Committee makes decisions on proxy policy, establishes formal Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies (the “Proxy Voting Policies”) and updates the Proxy Voting Policies as necessary, but no less frequently than annually.  In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, delegates certain functions to internal departments and/or engages third-party vendors to assist in the proxy voting process.  Finally, members of the Committee are responsible for evaluating and resolving conflicts of interest relating to Boston Partners’ proxy voting process.

To assist Boston Partners in carrying out our responsibilities with respect to proxy activities, Boston Partners has engaged Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), a third-party corporate governance research service, which is registered as an investment adviser.  ISS receives all proxy-related materials for securities held in client accounts and votes the proposals in accordance with Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies.  ISS assists Boston Partners with voting execution through an electronic vote management system that allows ISS to pre-populate and automatically submit vote in accordance with Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies. While Boston Partners may consider ISS’s recommendations on proxy issues, Boston Partners bears ultimate responsibility for proxy voting decisions and can change votes via ISS’ electronic voting platform at any time before a meeting’s cut-off date.  ISS also provides recordkeeping and vote-reporting services.  

How Boston Partners Votes

For those clients who delegate proxy voting authority to Boston Partners, Boston Partners has full discretion over votes cast on behalf of clients. All proxy votes on behalf of clients are voted the same way; however, Boston Partners may refrain from voting proxies for certain clients in certain markets. These arrangements are outlined in respective client investment management agreements. Boston Partners may also refrain from voting proxies on behalf of clients when shares are out on loan; when share blocking is required to vote; where it is not possible to vote shares; where there are legal or operational difficulties; where Boston Partners believes the administrative burden and/ or associated cost exceeds the expected benefit to a client; or where not voting or abstaining produces the desired outcome.

Boston Partners meets with ISS at least annually to review ISS policy changes, themes, methodology, and to review the Proxy Voting Policies. The information is taken to the Committee to discuss and decide what changes, if any, need to be made to the Proxy Voting Policies for the upcoming year.

The Proxy Voting Policies provide standard positions on likely issues for the upcoming proxy season. In determining how proxies should be voted, including those proxies the Proxy Voting Policies do not address or where the Proxy Voting Policies’ application is ambiguous, Boston Partners primarily focuses on maximizing the economic value of its clients’ investments.  This is accomplished through engagements with Boston Partners’ analysts and issuers, as well as independent research conducted by Boston Partners’ Sustainability and Engagement Team. In the case of social and political responsibility issues that, in its view, do not primarily involve financial considerations, it is Boston Partners’ objective to support shareholder proposals that it believes promote good corporate citizenship.   If Boston Partners believes that any research provided by ISS or other sources is incorrect, that research is ignored in the proxy voting decision, which is escalated to the Committee so that all relevant facts can be discussed, and a final vote determination can be made. Boston Partners is alerted to proposals that may require more detailed analysis via daily system generated refer notification emails. These emails prompt the Committee Secretary to call a Committee meeting to discuss the items in question.

Although Boston Partners has instructed ISS to vote in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies, Boston Partners retains the right to deviate from the Proxy Voting Policies if, in its estimation, doing so would be in the best interest of clients. 

Conflicts

Boston Partners believes clients are sufficiently insulated from any actual or perceived conflicts Boston Partners may encounter between its interests and those of its clients because Boston Partners votes proxies based on the predetermined Proxy Voting Policies.  However, as noted, Boston Partners may deviate from the Proxy Voting Policies in certain circumstances or the Proxy Voting Policies may not address certain proxy voting proposals.  If a member of Boston Partners’ research or portfolio management team recommends that it vote a particular proxy proposal in a manner inconsistent with the Proxy Voting Policies or if the Proxy Voting Policies do not address a particular proposal, Boston Partners will adhere to certain procedures designed to ensure that the decision to vote the particular proxy proposal is based on the best interest of Boston Partners’ clients.  In summary, these procedures require the individual requesting a deviation from the Proxy Voting Policies to complete a Conflicts Questionnaire (the “Questionnaire”) along with written document of the economic rationale supporting the request.  The Questionnaire seeks to identify possible relationships with the parties involved in the proxy that may not be readily apparent.  Based on the responses to the Questionnaire, the Committee (or a subset of the Committee) will determine whether it believes a material conflict of interest is present.  If a material conflict of interest is found to exist, Boston Partners will vote in accordance with client instructions, seek the recommendation of an independent third-party or resolve the conflict in such other manner as Boston Partners believes is appropriate, including by making its own determination that a particular vote is, notwithstanding the conflict, in the best interest of clients. 

Oversight

Meetings and upcoming votes are reviewed by the Committee Secretary. Votes on behalf of Boston Partners’ clients are reviewed and compared against ISS’ recommendations. When auditing vote instructions, which Boston Partners does at least annually, ballots voted for a specified period are requested from ISS, and a sample of those meetings are reviewed by Boston Partners’ Operations Team. The information is then forwarded to compliance/ the Committee Secretary for review. Any perceived exceptions are reviewed with ISS and an analysis of what the potential vote impact would have been is conducted. ISS’ most recent SOC-1 indicates they have their own control and audit personnel and procedures, and a sample of ballots are randomly selected on a quarterly basis. ISS compares ballots to applicable vote instructions recorded in their database. Due diligence meetings with ISS are conducted periodically.

Disclosures

A copy of Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, as updated from time to time, as well as information regarding the voting of securities for a client account is available upon request from your Boston Partners relationship manager. A copy of Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are also available at https://www.boston-partners.com/. For general inquires, contact (617) 832-8153.

B-2 

Boston Partners Proxy Policy contains a General Policy as well as country specific Policies. The information provided for each specific country cited should be viewed as supplemental to the General Policy

GENERAL POLICY
I.   The Board of Directors	19
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections	19
Independence	19
Composition	19
Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings	19
Overboarded Directors (Executive and Non-Executive)	19
Gender Diversity	19
Underrepresented Directors (U.S. Only)	19
More Candidates than Seats	20
Responsiveness	20
Accountability	20
Problematic Takeover Defenses/Governance Structure	20
Restrictions on Shareholders’ Rights	22
Problematic Audit-Related Practices	22
Problematic Compensation Practices	22
Problematic Pledging of Company Stock	23
Governance Failures	23
Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections	23
Vote-No Campaigns	23
Proxy Contests/Proxy Access — Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections	23
Bundled and Unbundled Elections	24
Other Board-Related Proposals	24
Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy	24
Age/Term Limits	24
Board Size	24
Classification/Declassification of the Board	24
CEO Succession Planning	24
Cumulative Voting	25
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection	25
Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications	25
Establish Other Board Committee Proposals	25
Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors	25
Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)	26
Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees	26
Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors	26
Proxy Access	26

B-3 

Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)	26
II.   Audit-Related	26
Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability	27
Auditor Ratification/Reelection	27
Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors	27
Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services	27
Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation	27
III.   Shareholder Rights and Defenses	28
Shareholder Proposals	28
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations	28
Amend By-laws without Shareholder Consent	28
Control Share Acquisition Provisions	28
Control Share Cash-Out Provisions	28
Disgorgement Provisions	28
Fair Price Provisions	29
Freeze-Out Provisions	29
Greenmail	29
Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting By-law Provisions) (U.S. only)	29
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)	29
Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy	29
Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill	29
Net Operating Losses (NOLs) Protective Amendments and Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve NOLs	30
Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation	30
Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or By-law Provisions	30
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses	30
Reincorporation Proposals	31
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent	31
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings	31
Stakeholder Provisions	31
State Antitakeover Statutes	31
Supermajority Vote Requirements	31
IV.   Capital/ Restructuring	31
Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock	31
Share Issuance Requests	31
General Issuances	31
Specific Issuances	32
Shelf Registration Program	32

B-4 

Common Stock Authorization	32
Reduction of Capital	32
Dual Class Structure	32
Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan	32
Preemptive Rights	33
Preferred Stock Authorization	33
Recapitalization Plans	33
Reverse Stock Splits	33
Share Repurchase Programs	33
Reissuance of Repurchased Shares	34
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends	34
Tracking Stock	34
Appraisal Rights	34
Asset Purchases	34
Asset Sales	35
Pledging of Assets for Debt	35
Increase in Borrowing Powers	35
Bundled Proposals	35
Conversion of Securities	35
Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans.	35
Formation of Holding Company	36
Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)	36
Joint Ventures	36
Liquidations	36
Mergers and Acquisitions	37
Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures	37
Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)	38
Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)	38
Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions	38
Spin-offs	38
Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals	38
V.   Compensation	39
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)	39
Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay	39
Problematic Pay Practices	39
Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements	40

B-5 

Options Backdating	40
Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ("Say When on Pay")	40
Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale	40
Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans	41
Further Information on certain EPSC Factors	41
SVT	41
Egregious Factors	41
Other Compensation Plans	42
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans	42
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)	43
Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans	43
Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans	43
Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options	43
Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash	43
Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs	44
Director Compensation	44
Non- Executive Directors	44
Equity Plans for Non- Executive Directors	44
Non- Executive Director Retirement Plans	45
Shareholder Proposals on Compensation	45
Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization	45
Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits	45
Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time	45
Non-Deductible Compensation (U.S.)	45
Pay Disparity	46
Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards	46
Pay for Superior Performance	46
Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)	46
Prohibit Outside CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees	46
Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances	47
Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes	47
Share Buyback Proposals	47
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)	47
Tax Gross-Up Proposals	47
Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity	47
VI.   Routine/ Miscellaneous/ Operational	48
Adjourn Meeting	48
Amend Quorum Requirements	48

B-6 

Amend Minor By-laws	48
Change Company Name	48
Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting	48
Other Business	48
Management Supported Shareholder Proposals: Reporting	48
Allocation of Income	48
Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative	48
Amendments to Articles of Association	48
Change in Company Fiscal Term	49
Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership	49
Expansion of Business Activities	49
Related-Party Transactions	49
Charitable Donations	49
Virtual Meetings	49
VII.   Social and Environmental	49
Endorsement of Principles	50
Animal Welfare	50
Animal Welfare Policies	50
Animal Testing	50
Animal Slaughter	50
Consumer Issues	50
Genetically Modified Ingredients	50
Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices	50
Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation	51
Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials	51
Tobacco-Related Proposals	51
Climate Change	51
Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions	52
Energy Efficiency	52
Renewable Energy	52
Diversity	52
Board Diversity	52
Equality of Opportunity	53
Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits	53
Gender Pay Gap	53
Environment and Sustainability	53
Facility and Workplace Safety	53

B-7 

General Environmental Proposals and Community Impact Assessments	53
Hydraulic Fracturing	54
Operations in Protected Areas	54
Recycling	54
Sustainability Reporting	54
Water Issues	54
General Corporate Issues	54
Charitable Contributions	54
Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues	55
Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals	55
Human Rights, Labor Issues, and International Operations	55
Human Rights Proposals	55
Operations in High Risk Markets	55
Outsourcing/Offshoring	56
Weapons and Military Sales	56
Mandatory Arbitration	56
Sexual Harassment	56
Political Activities	56
Lobbying	56
Political Contributions	56
Political Ties	57
VIII.   Mutual Fund Proxies	57
Election of Directors	57
Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund	57
Proxy Contests	57
Investment Advisory Agreements	57
Approving New Classes or Series of Shares	58
Preferred Stock Proposals	58
1940 Act Policies (U.S.)	58
Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction	58
Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental	58
Name Change Proposals	58
Change in Fund's Subclassification	58
Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value.	58
Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation	59
Changes to the Charter Document	59
Changing the Domicile of a Fund	59

B-8 

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Sub-advisers Without Shareholder Approval	59
Distribution Agreements	59
Master-Feeder Structure	59
Mergers	60
Closed End Funds-Unilateral Opt-in to Control Share Acquisition Statutes	60
Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds	60
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred	60
Terminate the Investment Advisor	60
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND
I.   General	60
Constitutional Amendment	60
Renewal of "Proportional Takeover" Clause in Constitution	60
Significant Change in Activities	60
II.   Share Capital	60
Non-Voting Shares	61
Reduction of Share Capital: Cash Consideration Payable to Shareholders	61
Reduction of Share Capital: Absorption of Losses	61
Buybacks/Repurchases	61
III.   Board of Directors	61
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections	61
Attendance (Australia)	61
Independence (Australia)	61
If the board is not a majority (over 50 percent) independent, generally vote AGAINST nominees who are:	61
Combined Chair and CEO (Australia)	62
Problematic Remuneration Practices (Australia)	62
Shareholder Nominees	62
Removal of Directors (New Zealand)	62
IV.   Remuneration	62
Remuneration Report (Australia)	62
Remuneration of Executive Directors: Share Incentive Schemes (Australia)	63
Remuneration of Executives: Options and Other Long-Term Incentives	63
Non-Executive Director Perks/Fringe Benefits (Australia)	64
Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors: Increase in Aggregate Fee Cap	65
Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors: Issue of Options (New Zealand)	65
Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors: Approval of Share Plan	65

B-9 

Transparency of CEO Incentives (New Zealand)	65
Shareholder Resolutions (New Zealand)	65
BRAZIL
I.   Board of Directors	66
Minimum Independent Levels	66
Election of Minority Nominees (Separate Election)	66
Combined Chairman/CEO	66
Board Structure	66
II.   Capital Structure	66
Share Repurchase Plans	66
III.   Compensation	66
Management Compensation	66
Compensation Plans	67
IV.   Other	67
Items Antitakeover Mechanisms	67
CANADA: TSX- LISTED AND VENTURE LISTED COMPANIES
I.   Board of Directors	68
Director Elections	68
Gender Diversity	68
Audit Fee Disclosure	68
Director Attendance	68_
Board Responsiveness	68
Unilateral Adoption of an Advance Notice Provision	69
Externally-Managed Issuers (EMIs)	69
Proxy Access	69
Proxy Contests – Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections	69
II.   Shareholder Rights & Defenses	69
Advance Notice Requirements	69
Enhanced Shareholder Meeting Quorum for Contested Director Elections	70
Appointment of Additional Directors Between Annual Meetings	70
Article/By-law Amendments	70
Confidential Voting	71

B-10 

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)	71
Exclusive Forum Proposals	72
III.   Capital/ Restructuring	72
Increases in Authorized Capital	72
Private Placement Issuances	72
Blank Check Preferred Stock	72
Dual-class Stock	72
Escrow Agreements	73
IV.   Compensation	73
Pay for Performance Evaluation	73
Step I: Quantitative Screen	73
Relative:	73
Absolute:	73
Step II: Qualitative Analysis	73
Problematic Pay Practices	74
Equity-Based Compensation Plans	74
Plan Cost	75
Overriding Negative Factors	75
Plan Amendment Provisions	75
Non- Executive Director (NED) Participation	75
Limited Participation	75
Individual Grants	75
Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs, ESOPs)	76
Management Deferred Share Unit (DSU) Plans	76
Non- Executive Director (NED) Deferred Share Unit (DSU) Plans	76
Problematic Director Compensation Practices	77
Shareholder Proposals on Compensation	77
Shareholder Advisory Vote Proposals	77
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) Proposals	77
CHINA AND HONG KONG
I.   Board of Directors	78
Voting for Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections (Hong Kong)	78
Independence and Composition	78
II.   Remuneration	78
Director Remuneration	78

B-11 

Equity-based Compensation	78
Employee Stock Purchase Plans	79
III.   Capital Raising	79
Share Issuance Requests	79
Share Repurchase Plans (Repurchase Mandate) (Hong Kong)	79
Adjustments of Conversion Price of Outstanding Convertible Bonds	79
Debt Issuance Request/Increase in Borrowing Powers	79
Provision of Guarantees/ Loan Guarantee Requests	80
IV.   Amendments to Articles of Association/ Company By-laws	80
Communist Party Committee	80
Other Article of Association/By-law Amendments	80
V.   Related Party Transactions	80
Loan Financing Requests	80
Group Finance Companies	81
VI.   Proposals to Invest in Financial Products Using Idle Funds	81
CONTINENTAL EUROPE
I. Operational Items	82
Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees	82
Approval of Non-financial Information Statement/ Report	82
II.   Director Elections	82
Non-Contested Director Elections	82
Director Terms	82
Bundling of Proposals to Elect Directors	82
Board Independence	82
Widely-held Controlled Companies and Non widely-held Companies	82
Widely-held Non-controlled Companies	82
Disclosure of Names of Nominees	82
Election of a Former CEO as Chairman of the Board	83
Voto di Lista (Italy)	83
One Board Seat per Director	83
Composition of Committees	83
Election of Censors (France)	84
Board Gender Diversity	84
Committee of Representatives and Corporate Assembly Elections (Denmark and Norway)	84
III. Capital Structure	84

B-12 

Share Issuance Requests	84
General Issuances	84
For French Companies	84
IV. Compensation	84
Executive Compensation-related Proposals	84
Non-Executive Director Compensation	85
Equity-based Compensation Guidelines	86
Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions	86
Stock Option Plans – Adjustment for Dividend (Nordic Region)	86
Share Matching Plans (Sweden and Norway)	87
V. Other Items	87
Antitakeover Mechanisms	87
Authority to Reduce Minimum Notice Period for Calling a Meeting	87
Auditor Report Including Related Party Transactions (France)	87
EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST, AND AFRICA
I. Operational Items	89
Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports	89
Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees	89
Donations	89
II. Board of Directors	89
Board Independence	89
Committee Independence	89
Cumulative Voting System	89
III. Capital Structure	90
Capital Structures	90
Preferred Stock	90
Debt Issuance Requests	90
IV. Compensation	90
Remuneration Policy/Report	90
V. Other Items	90
Related-Party Transactions	90

B-13 

INDIA
I.   Board of Directors	91
Executive Appointment	91
Accountability	91
II.   Remuneration	91
Director Commission and Executive Compensation	91
Fees for Non-executive Directors	91
Executive Compensation	91
Equity Compensation Plans	91
III.   Share Issuance Requests	92
Preferential Issuance Requests and Preferential Issuance of Warrants	92
IV.   Debt Issuance Requests	92
Debt Related Proposals	92
Increase in Borrowing Powers	92
Pledging of Assets for Debt	92
Financial Assistance	93
V.   Miscellaneous	93
Accept Financial Statements and Statutory Reports	93
Acceptance of Deposits	93
Charitable Donations	93
Increase in Foreign Shareholding Limit	93
ISRAEL
I. Operational Items	94
Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees	94
II. Compensation	94
Executive Compensation-related Proposals	94
Non-Executive Director Compensation	95
Equity-based Compensation Guidelines	95
JAPAN
I.   Routine Miscellaneous	96
Income Allocation	96

B-14 

Election of Statutory Auditors	96
II.   Election of Directors	96
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections	96
III.   Article Amendments	97
Adoption of a U.S.-style Three Committee Board Structure	97
Adoption of a Board with Audit Committee Structure	97
Increase in Authorized Capital	97
Creation/Modification of Preferred Shares/Class Shares	97
Repurchase of Shares at Board’s Discretion	97
Allow Company to Make Rules Governing the Exercise of Shareholders’ Rights	97
Limit Rights of Odd Shareholders	97
Amendments Related to Takeover Defenses	97
Decrease in Maximum Board Size	97
Supermajority Vote Requirement to Remove a Director	97
Creation of Advisory Positions (Sodanyaku or Komon)	97
Payment of Dividends at the Board’s Discretion	98
Management Buyout Related Amendments	98
IV. Compensation	98
Annual Bonuses for Directors/Statutory Auditors	98
Retirement Bonuses	98
Special Payments in Connection with Abolition of Retirement Bonus System	98
Stock Option Plans/Deep-Discounted Stock Option Plans	98
Stock Option Plans	98
Deep-Discounted Stock Option Plans	98
Director Compensation Ceiling	98
Statutory Auditor Compensation Ceiling	99
KOREA
I.  Operational Items	100
Approval of Financial Statement	100
II. Election of Directors	100
Director Elections	100
Independence	100
Composition	100
Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections	100
III. Audit Related	100

B-15 

Election of Audit Committee Member(s)	100
Election of Internal Auditor(s)/ Establishment of Audit Committees	100
IV. Capital Structure/Restructuring	100
Stock Split	100
Spinoff Agreement	100
Reduction in Capital Accompanied by Cash Consideration	101
Reduction in Capital Not Accompanied by Cash Consideration	101
Merger Agreement, Sales/ Acquisition of Company Assets, and Formation of Holding Company	101
V. Compensation	101
Remuneration Cap for Directors	101
Remuneration Cap for Internal Auditors	101
Stock Option Grants	101
Amendments to Terms of Severance Payments to Executives	101
Stock Option Programs for the Employee Stock Ownership Plan	101
Golden Parachute Clause	102
VI. Routine/Miscellaneous	102
Authorizing Board to Approve Financial Statements and Income Allocation	102
RUSSIA AND KAZAKHSTAN
I. Operation Items	103
Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports	103
Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees	103
Appointment of Audit Commission	103
Early Termination of the Audit Commission	103
II. Board of Directors	103
Cumulative Voting System	103
Early Termination of Powers of Board of Directors	104
Election of General Director (CEO)	104
Early Termination of Powers of General Director (CEO)	104
III. Compensation	104
Non-Executive Director Compensation	104
Equity-based Compensation Guidelines	104

B-16 

SINGAPORE
I. Board of Directors	105
Voting for Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections- Independence and Composition	105
II. Remuneration	105
Director Remuneration	105
Equity Compensation Plans	105
III. Share Issuance Requests	105
Issuance Requests	106
General Issuance Requests – Real Estate Investment Trusts	106
Specific Issuance Requests	106
Share Repurchase Plans	106
IV. Articles and By-law Amendments	106
V. Related Party Transactions	106
SOUTH AFRICA
I. Operational Items	107
Authority to Ratify and Execute Approved Resolutions	107
II. Board of Directors	107
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections	107
Accountability	107
Audit Committee Elections	107
Social and Ethics Committee Elections	107
III. Capital Structure	107
Share Issuance Authorities	107
Share Buyback Authorities	108
IV. Remuneration	108
Fees for Non-Executive Directors	108
Approval of Remuneration Policy	108
Approval of Implementation Report	108
New Equity Incentive Scheme or Amendment to Existing Scheme	109
Financial Assistance	109
V. Other Items	109
New Memorandum of Incorporation (MOI)/ Amendments to the MOI	109
Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) Transactions	109

B-17 

Social and Ethics Committee Report	109
TAIWAN
I. Allocation of Income and Dividends	110
Allocation of Income and Dividends	110
Cash Dividends or New Shares from Capital and Legal Reserves	110
Stock Dividends	110
II. Capital Reduction	110
III. Amendments to Company Articles/By-laws	110
Cash Dividend Distribution Plans	110
IV. Capital Raising	110
V. Compensation	110
Equity Based Compensation	111
VI. Release of Restrictions on Directors Competitive Activities	111
UNITED KINGDOM AND IRELAND
I. Operational Items	112
Accept Financial Statements and Statutory Reports	112
II. The Board of Directors	112
Gender Diversity	112
Board Independence and Tenure	112
Board and Committee Composition	113
III. Compensation	113
Remuneration Policy	113
Remuneration Report	114
Approval of a New or Amended LTIP	114
IV. Capital Structure	115
Authorize Issue of Equity with and without Pre-emptive Rights	115
Authorize Market Purchase of Ordinary Shares	115
V. Other Items	115
Authorize EU Political Donations and Expenditure	115
Continuation of Investment Trust	116

END

B-18 

Boston Partners 

Proxy Voting Policies 

As of February 2021

GENERAL POLICY

I. The Board of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Votes for director nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Boston Partners will generally vote FOR director nominees when names of the nominee(s) and adequate disclosure have been provided in a timely manner, except under the following circumstances:

Independence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from non-independent directors (Executive Directors and Non-Independent Non-Executive Directors) when:

1. Independent directors comprise less than one-third of the board (Boston Partners will support higher thresholds required by local law or regulation);

2. A non-independent director, not including employee/ labor representatives required to sit on a board committee(s) by law, serves on the audit, compensation, or nominating committee;

3. The company lacks an audit, compensation or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or

4. The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee.

Vote AGAINST individual directors, members of a committee, or the entire board due to a conflict of interest that raises significant potential risk, in the absence of mitigating measures and/or procedures.

Except in Japanese markets where no numerical threshold is used, Boston Partners uses a three-year cooling-off period in determining whether a nominee is or is not independent. However, Boston Partners will vote in accordance with specific country or region thresholds required by law.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year) who attend less than 75 percent of the of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

1. Medical issues/illness;

2. Family emergencies; and

3. Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

In cases of chronic poor attendance without reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors (Executive and Non-Executive)

Vote AGAINST non-CEO nominees sitting on more than four (4) total public company boards and AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from CEOs sitting on more than three (3) total public company boards. Additionally, vote AGAINST nominees if they exceed lesser thresholders mandated by local country or regional laws.

Gender Diversity

Vote AGAINST majority gender board representatives of the nominating committee or majority gender nominees of the full board when no nominating committee exists (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year) if there is not at least one (1) board member that is not of the majority board gender for boards with six (6) or fewer total members or at least two (2) board members that are not of the majority board gender for boards with seven (7) or greater board members.

B-19 

Underrepresented² Directors (U.S. Only)

Vote AGAINST board representatives of the nominating committee from represented communities or nominees of the full board from represented communities when no nominating committee exists (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year) if: there is not at least one (1) board member from an underrepresented community on the board.

More Candidates than Seats

Where the number of candidates exceeds the number of board seats, vote FOR all or a limited number of the independent director nominees considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Past composition of the board, including proportion of the independent directors vis-a-vis the size of the board;

2. Nominee(s) qualification, knowledge, and experience;

3. Attendance record of the director nominees;

4. Company's free float.

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that would require a company to nominate more candidates than the number of open board seats.

Responsiveness

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

1. The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or acted on a management proposal that was opposed by a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors considered will be:

a. Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

b. Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

c. The subject matter of the proposal;

d. The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

e. Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

f. The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

g. Other factors as appropriate.

2. The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

3. At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high AGAINST or WITHHOLD vote.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Say on Pay proposal if:

1. The company failed to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics.

2. The company failed to adequately respond to the company's previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

a. The company's response, including:

i. Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors, including the frequency and timing of engagements and the company participants (including whether independent directors participated);

ii. Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition;

iii. Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders' concerns;

b. Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

c. Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

d. The company's ownership structure; and

e. Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

3. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.

² A director from an underrepresented community is classified as an individual who is American Indian or Alaskan Native (a person having origins in any of the original peoples of North America, and who maintains cultural identification through tribal affiliation or community recognition); Asian or Pacific Islander (Native Hawaiian/ Other Pacific Islander); Black (a person having origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa); or Hispanic or Latino (speaking Spanish or descending from Spanish-speaking populations or people descending from Latin America including Brazil). If this policy is in conflict with Boston Partners’ Gender Diversity Policy, the matter will be referred to the Governance Committee for discussion and final determination on votes cast.

B-20 

Accountability

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the entire board of directors (except nominees being presented on a ballot for the first time or having served on a board less than a year, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE depending on the timing of their appointment and the problematic governance issue in question) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses/Governance Structure

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Poison Pills

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from all nominees (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if:

1. The company has a poison pill that was not approved by shareholders. However, vote CASE-BY-CASE on nominees if the board adopts an initial pill with a term of one year or less, depending on the disclosed rationale for the adoption, and other factors as relevant (such as a commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder vote).

2. The board makes a material adverse modification to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval; or

3. The pill, whether short-term³ or long-term, has a dead-hand or slow-hand feature.

Classified Board Structure

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a WITHHOLD or AGAINST vote is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards

The company has opted into, or failed to opt out of, state laws requiring a classified board structure.

Director Performance Evaluation

The board lacks mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one-, three-, and five-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s operational metrics and other factors as warranted. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

1. A classified board structure;

2. A supermajority vote requirement;

3. Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections, or a majority vote standard in contested elections;

4. The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

5. The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

6. A multi-class capital structure; and/or

7. A non-shareholder-approved poison pill.

Unilateral By-law/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the board amends the company's by-laws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders' rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

1. The board's rationale for adopting the by-law/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

2. Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

3. The level of impairment of shareholders' rights caused by the board's unilateral amendment to the by-laws/charter;

4. The board's track record with regard to unilateral board action on by-law/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

5. Whether the amendment was made prior to or in connection with the company’s initial public offering;

6. The company's ownership structure;

7. The company's existing governance provisions;

³ If the short-term pill with a dead-hand or slow-hand feature is enacted but expires before the next shareholder vote, Boston Partners will generally still vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from nominees at the next shareholder meeting following its adoption.

B-21 

8. The timing of the board's amendment to the by-laws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

9. Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees. Generally, vote AGAINST (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the directors:

1. Classified the board;

2. Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the by-laws or charter; or

3. Eliminated shareholders' ability to amend by-laws.

Problematic Governance Structure - Newly public companies

For newly public companies (generally defined as companies that emerge from bankruptcy, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete a traditional initial public offering), generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if, prior to or in connection with the company's public offering, the company or its board adopted the following by-law or charter provisions that are considered materially adverse to shareholder rights:

1. Supermajority vote requirements to amend the by-laws or charter;

2. A classified board structure; or

3. Other egregious provisions.

A reasonable sunset provision will be considered a mitigating factor.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or removed, vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees in subsequent years.

For newly public companies, generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if, prior to or in connection with the company's public offering, the company or its board implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights without subjecting the multi-class capital structure to a reasonable time-based sunset. In assessing the reasonableness of a time-based sunset provision, consideration will be given to the company’s lifespan, its post-IPO ownership structure and the board’s disclosed rationale for the sunset period selected. No sunset period of more than seven years from the date of the IPO will be considered reasonable.

Continue to vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from incumbent directors in subsequent years, unless the problematic capital structure is reversed or removed.

Restrictions on Shareholders’ Rights

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the governance committee if the company’s governing documents impose undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the by-laws. Such restrictions include but are not limited to outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD on an ongoing basis.

Submission of management proposals to approve or ratify requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8 for the submission of binding by-law amendments will generally be viewed as an insufficient restoration of shareholder’ rights. Generally, continue to vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD on an ongoing basis until shareholders are provided with an unfretted ability to amend the by-laws or a proposal providing for such unfretted right is submitted for shareholder approval.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

1. The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (greater than 50 percent);

2. The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor;

3. There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm;

4. The company did not disclose the audit fees and/or non-audit fees in the latest fiscal year; or

5. There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP or other acceptable accounting practices; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) ballot item or in egregious situations, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

1. There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

2. The company maintains significant problematic pay practices; or

B-22 

3. The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the Compensation Committee chair, other committee members, or potentially the full board if:

1. The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

2. The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

Generally, vote AGAINST members of the board committee responsible for approving/setting non- executive director compensation if there is a pattern (i.e. two or more years) of awarding excessive non- executive director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors.

Problematic Pledging of Company Stock

Vote AGAINST the members of the committee that oversees risks related to pledging, or the full board, where a significant level of pledged company stock by executives or directors raises concerns. The following factors will be considered:

1. The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity;

2. The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume;

3. Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time;

4. Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and

5. Any other relevant factors.

Governance Failures

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board at any company whose board the director serves, due to:

1. Criminal wrongdoing or material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at any company including, but not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant adverse legal judgments or settlement; or hedging of company stock;

2. Failure to replace management or directors as appropriate; or

3. Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections

For contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, Boston Partners will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

The analysis will generally be based on, but not limited to, the following major decision factors:

1. Company performance relative to its peers;

2. Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

3. Independence of directors/nominees;

4. Experience and skills of board candidates;

5. Governance profile of the company;

6. Evidence of management entrenchment;

7. Responsiveness to shareholders;

8. Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed;

9. Whether minority or majority representation is being sought.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, Boston Partners will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the dissidents proved that board change is warranted? And (2) if so, are the dissident board nominees likely to affect positive change? (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value).

Vote-No Campaigns

In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote-no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access — Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

B-23 

1. Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

2. Management’s track record;

3. Background to the contested election;

4. Nominee qualifications (both slates) and any compensatory arrangements;

5. Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

6. Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

7. Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote CASE-BY-CASE considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether there are more candidates than board seats).

Bundled and Unbundled Elections

Vote FOR the bundled election of nominees unless:

1. Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner, including nominee name(s);

2. There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

3. There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest (;

4. There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests;

5. The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards;

6. There are specific concerns about individual nominees, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities;

7. The company does not comply with market legal requirements for minimum board independence or the board is not at least one-third independent, whichever is higher; or

8. Repeated absences at board and key committee meetings (less than 75 percent attendance) have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

In an unbundled election, generally vote FOR all director nominees, unless:

1. The company has not provided adequate disclosure of the proposed nominees;

2. There are concerns regarding the candidate(s) and/or the company; or

3. The board does not meet a one-third independence threshold, or the threshold required by local regulations. If the proposed board falls below one-third independence or market regulation requirements, vote FOR the independent nominees presented individually, and vote AGAINST the non-independent candidates.

Other Board-Related Proposals

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.

Age/Term Limits

Vote AGAINST management and shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages. 

Vote AGAINST management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through term limits. 

Boston Partners follows respective market thresholds for independence determinations.

Board Size

Vote FOR proposals seeking to fix the size of the board. Vote AGAINST if the proposal would result in the board size being fewer than five (5) or more than fifteen (15) seats. 

Vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval. 

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

Classification/Declassification of the Board

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify (stagger) the board. 

Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

B-24 

CEO Succession Planning

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering, at a minimum, the following factors:

1. The reasonableness/scope of the request; and

2. The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

Cumulative Voting

Generally, vote AGAINST management proposals to eliminate cumulative voting unless:

1. The company has proxy access, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and

2. The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

Vote FOR proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%). 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals that restore or introduce cumulative voting.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection taking into account the following:

1. Safeguards to prevent potential conflict of interests, including the independence of the decision-making process for approval of indemnification coverage;

2. The disclosure of a publicly available, board approved indemnification policy;

3. Clear description of acts and events that can and cannot be covered by the indemnity policy or contract;

4. Information regarding potential financial impact of the indemnity policy or contracts to the company;

5. Eligible beneficiaries of the policy, including the length of the post-employment period that will be covered by the policy or contract;

6. Treatment of indemnity payments already made in the event of a final irreversible court ruling has determined that associated actions were outside the scope of indemnification coverage.

Vote AGAINST proposals that would:

1. Limit or eliminate entirely directors' and officers' liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care;

2. Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness;

3. Expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for, at the discretion of the company's board (i.e., "permissive indemnification"), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify;

4. Allow indemnity coverage for current and/or former director, officers, and/or fiscal council members who have entered into leniency agreements with the country's authorities in the context of corruption investigations; and

5. Allow indemnity coverage of acts committed outside the normal exercise of duties of the administrator, acts performed in bad faith, malice, or fraud, or acts committed in detriment of the company’s best interest.

Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

1. If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that s/he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

2. If only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and the degree to which they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:

1. The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;

2. The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

3. The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and

4. The scope and structure of the proposal.

Establish Other Board Committee Proposals

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee, as such proposals seek a specific oversight mechanism/structure that potentially limits a company’s flexibility to determine an appropriate oversight mechanism for itself. However, the following factors will be considered:

1. Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

B-25 

2. Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

3. Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;

4. Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and

5. The scope and structure of the proposal.

Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

Vote CASE-BY-CASE when a company proposes to dismiss directors, paying particular attention, but not limited, to:

1. Whether the company has presented a compelling rationale for the request, and

2. Whether the newly proposed board is one-third independent.

Generally, vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies as to whether the board is fulfilling its fiduciary duties, as evidenced by:

1. A lack of oversight or actions by board members that invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

2. Any legal proceedings (either civil or criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

3. Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets that do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board. 

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause. 

Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause. 

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies. 

Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director and FOR the separation of the offices of CEO and chair.

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent. 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors.

Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors

Vote for proposals requiring a majority vote standard.

Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

Proxy Access

Generally, vote FOR management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

1. Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

2. Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

3. Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

4. Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:

1. Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;

2. Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;

3. Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority WITHHOLD vote on a director nominee; and

4. The company has an independent chairman or a lead director. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

B-26 

II. Audit-Related

Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

1. The terms of the auditor agreement—the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders' rights;

2. The motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;

3. The quality of the company’s disclosure; and

4. The company’s historical practices in the audit area.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote AGAINST proposals that would indemnify external auditors.

Auditor Ratification/Reelection

Vote AGAINST incumbent audit committee members if the ratification of auditors is not up for shareholder vote. (U.S. only)

Vote FOR proposals to ratify/reelect auditors and/or proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

1. The name(s) of the proposed auditors has not been published;

2. The auditors are being changed without explanation;

3. An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, for example, external auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity and is therefore not independent;

4. There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

5. There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the procedures used by the auditor or poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as fraud or misapplication of GAAP or other acceptable accounting standards;

6. The profile of the new audit firm being appointed is not disclosed or not available in the public domain; or

7. Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive (greater than 50 percent).

Non-audit fees are excessive if Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns and refund claims, and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning, or consulting, should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.

In circumstances where "Other" fees include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events (such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees that are an exception to the standard "non-audit fee" category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance and preparation for purposes of determining whether non-audit fees are excessive.

For concerns related to the audit procedures, independence of auditors, and/or name of auditors, Boston Partners may vote AGAINST the auditor's (re)election. For concerns related to fees paid to the auditors, Boston Partners may vote AGAINST remuneration of auditors if this is a separate voting item; otherwise Boston Partners may vote AGAINST the auditor election.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or (re)election of statutory auditors, unless:

1. There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

2. Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

3. The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

B-27 

Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:

1. The tenure of the audit firm;

2. The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

3. Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

4. The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

5. The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

6. Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

III. Shareholder Rights and Defenses

Shareholder Proposals

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. 

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost. 

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory, and shareholder review. 

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/nominations must not be more than 60 days prior to the meeting, with a submittal window of at least 30 days prior to the deadline. The submittal window is the period under which a shareholder must file his proposal/nominations prior to the deadline. 

In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.

Amend By-laws without Shareholder Consent

Vote AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the by-laws. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals giving the board the ability to amend the by-laws in addition to shareholders, taking into account the following:

1. Any impediments to shareholders' ability to amend the by-laws (i.e. supermajority voting requirements);

2. The company's ownership structure and historical voting turnout;

3. Whether the board could amend by-laws adopted by shareholders; and

4. Whether shareholders would retain the ability to ratify any board-initiated amendments.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares. 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders. 

Vote AGAINST proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions. 

Vote FOR proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to "cash-out" of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price. 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

B-28 

Disgorgement Provisions

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company's stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company's stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor's gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions. 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

Fair Price Provisions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price. 

Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

Freeze-Out Provisions

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.

Greenmail

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders. 

Vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or by-law amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or by-law amendments.

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting By-law Provisions) (U.S. only)

Generally, vote FOR federal selection provisions in the charter or bylaws that specify “the district courts of the United States” as the exclusive forum for federal securities law matters, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote AGAINST provisions that restrict the forum to a particular federal district court; unilateral adoption (without shareholder vote) os such a provision will generally be considered a one-time failure under our Unilateral By-law/Charter Amendments policy.

Generally, vote FOR charter or by-law provisions that specify courts located within the state of Delaware as the exclusive for corporate law matters for Delaware corporations, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.

For states other than Delaware, vote CASE-BY-CASE on exclusive forum provisions, taking into consideration:

1. The company's stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

2. Disclosure of past harm from duplicative shareholder lawsuits in more than one forum;

3. The breadth of application of the charter or by-law provision, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

4. Governance features such as shareholders' ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the charter or by-laws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.

Generally, vote AGAINST provisions that specify a state other than the state of incorporation as the exclusive forum of corporate law matters, or that specify a particular local court within the state; unilateral adoption of such a provision will generally be considered a one-time failure under our Unilateral By-law/Charter Amendments policy.

Generally, vote AGAINST provisions that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., including cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption of a fee-shifting provision will generally be considered an ongoing failure under our Unilateral By-law/Charter Amendments policy.

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Generally. vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

1. Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

2. The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

B-29 

Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

1. No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

2. A term of no more than three years;

3. No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand, or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

4. Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Net Operating Losses (NOLs) Protective Amendments and Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve NOLs

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt a protective amendment or poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company's net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the protective amendment or pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for protective amendments or poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

1. The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL protective amendments and pills generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing 5-percent holder);

2. The value of the NOLs;

3. Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

4. The company's existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

5. Any other factors that may be applicable.

Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding proxy voting mechanics, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder rights. Specific issues covered under the policy include, but are not limited to, confidential voting of individual proxies and ballots, confidentiality of running vote tallies, and the treatment of abstentions and/or broker non-votes in the company's vote-counting methodology.

While a variety of factors may be considered in each analysis, the guiding principles are: transparency, consistency, and fairness in the proxy voting process. The factors considered, as applicable to the proposal, may include:

1. The scope and structure of the proposal;

2. The company's stated confidential voting policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a "level playing field" by providing shareholder proponents with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting;

3. The company's vote standard for management and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity of vote results;

4. Whether the company's disclosure regarding its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;

5. Any recent controversies or concerns related to the company's proxy voting mechanics;

6. Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation of the proposal; and

7. Any other factors that may be relevant.

Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or By-law Provisions

Generally, vote AGAINST management proposals to ratify provisions of the company’s existing charter or by-laws, unless these governance provisions align with best practice.

In addition, voting AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board may be warranted, considering:

1. The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

2. The board's rationale for seeking ratification;

3. Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;

4. Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;

5. The level of impairment to shareholders' rights caused by the existing provision;

6. The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;

7. Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;

B-30 

8. The company's ownership structure; and

9. Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. 

When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election. 

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

1. The election of fewer than 50 percent of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;

2. One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;

3. Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and

4. The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this by-law.

Reincorporation Proposals

Management or shareholder proposals to change a company's state of incorporation should be evaluated CASE-BY-CASE, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

1. Reasons for reincorporation;

2. Comparison of company's governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and

3. Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.

4. Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Vote AGAINST management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders' ability to act by written consent.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings as long as the proposed minimum threshold is 10 percent or higher, with 10 percent being the preferred percentage.

Stakeholder Provisions

Vote AGAINST proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

State Antitakeover Statutes

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, and anti-greenmail provisions).

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements.

IV. Capital/ Restructuring

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

In the U.S. and Korea, vote FOR proposals to reduce/adjust the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action. 

Vote FOR management proposals to eliminate par value. 

For countries and regions outside the U.S., vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

B-31 

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital. 

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 10 percent of currently issued capital. 

In Malaysia, for real estate investment trusts (REITs), vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Shelf Registration Program

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Approval of a multi-year authority for the issuance of securities under Shelf Registration Programs will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration, but not limited to, the following:

1. Whether the company has provided adequate and timely disclosure including detailed information regarding the rationale for the proposed program;

2. Whether the proposed amount to be approved under such authority, the use of the resources, the length of the authorization, the nature of the securities to be issued under such authority, including any potential risk of dilution to shareholders is disclosed; and

3. Whether there are concerns regarding questionable finances, the use of the proceeds, or other governance concerns

Common Stock Authorization

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support. 

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights. 

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote FOR a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

1. Past Board Performance:

a. The company's use of authorized shares during the last three years;

2. The Current Request:

a. Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

b. Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

c. The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares for a specific purpose and no more than 50 percent if for a non-specific purpose) that reflects the company's need for shares and total shareholder returns. Regarding a specific purpose, Boston Partners would generally not support a proposal where the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) where Boston Partners is voting FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders. 

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis

Dual Class Structure

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to create or maintain a new class of common stock unless:

1. The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

a. The company's auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue as a going concern; or

b. The new class of shares will be transitory;

2. The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and

3. The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

B-32 

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder-approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

Preemptive Rights

We vote FOR proposals to create preemptive rights and AGAINST proposals to eliminate preemptive rights.

Preferred Stock Authorization

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders. 

Vote FOR proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support. 

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

1. Past Board Performance:

a. The company's use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

2. The Current Request:

a. Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

b. Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

c. In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company's need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

d. Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes. If they are, vote AGAINST. If not, vote CASE-BY-CASE.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets guidelines on equity issue requests.

Recapitalization Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:

1. More simplified capital structure;

2. Enhanced liquidity;

3. Fairness of conversion terms;

4. Impact on voting power and dividends;

5. Reasons for the reclassification;

6. Conflicts of interest; and

7. Other alternatives considered.

Reverse Stock Splits

Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split if:

1. The number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced; or

2. The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that do not meet either of the above conditions, taking into consideration the following factors:

1. Stock exchange notification to the company of a potential delisting;

2. Disclosure of substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing;

3. The company's rationale; or

4. Other factors as applicable.

Share Repurchase Programs

For U.S.-incorporated companies, and foreign-incorporated U.S. Domestic Issuers that are traded solely on U.S. exchanges, vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, or to grant the board authority to conduct open-market repurchases, in the absence of company-specific concerns regarding:

B-33 

1. Greenmail,

2. The use of buybacks to inappropriately manipulate incentive compensation metrics,

3. Threats to the company's long-term viability, or

4. Other company-specific factors as warranted.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to repurchase shares directly from specified shareholders, balancing the stated rationale against the possibility for the repurchase authority to be misused, such as to repurchase shares from insiders at a premium to market price.

Generally, vote FOR market repurchase authorities (share repurchase programs) if the terms comply with the following criteria:

1. A repurchase limit of up to 10 percent of outstanding issued share capital;

2. A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

3. A duration that does not exceed market practice. In Asian markets, a duration of no more than five years, or such lower threshold as may be set by applicable law, regulation or code of governance best practice.

Authorities to repurchase shares in excess of the 10 percent repurchase limit will be assessed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Boston Partners may support such share repurchase authorities under special circumstances, which are required to be publicly disclosed by the company, provided that, on balance, the proposal is in shareholders’ interests. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

1. A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

2. A duration of no more than 18 months.

In markets where it is normal practice not to provide a repurchase limit, Boston Partners will evaluate the proposal based on the company’s historical practice. However, Boston Partners expects companies to disclose such limits and, in the future, may vote AGAINST companies that fail to do so. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

1. A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

2. A duration of no more than 18 months.

In addition, Boston Partners will vote AGAINST any proposal where:

1. The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

2. There is clear evidence of abuse;

3. There is no safeguard against selective buybacks; and/or

4. Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

Generally, vote FOR management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase(s).

Tracking Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:

1. Adverse governance changes;

2. Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

3. Unfair method of distribution;

4. Diminution of voting rights;

5. Adverse conversion features;

6. Negative impact on stock option plans; and

7. Alternatives such as spin-off.

Appraisal Rights

Vote FOR proposals to restore or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal.

B-34 

Asset Purchases

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:

1. Purchase price;

2. Fairness opinion;

3. Financial and strategic benefits;

4. How the deal was negotiated;

5. Conflicts of interest;

6. Other alternatives for the business;

7. Non-completion risk.

Asset Sales

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset sales, considering the following factors:

1. Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

2. Potential elimination of diseconomies;

3. Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

4. Anticipated use of funds;

5. Value received for the asset;

6. Fairness opinion;

7. How the deal was negotiated;

8. Conflicts of interest.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Bundled Proposals

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote AGAINST the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

Conversion of Securities

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals, the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

Vote FOR the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares, with or without preemptive rights, and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, after evaluating:

1. Dilution to existing shareholders' positions;

2. Terms of the offer - discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy;

3. Financial issues - company's financial situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company's cost of capital;

4. Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives;

5. Control issues - change in management; change in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions; and

B-35 

6. Conflict of interest - arm's length transaction, managerial incentives.

Vote FOR the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Formation of Holding Company

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:

1. The reasons for the change;

2. Any financial or tax benefits;

3. Regulatory benefits;

4. Increases in capital structure; and

5. Changes to the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the company.

Absent compelling financial reasons for the transaction, vote AGAINST the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:

1. Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or

2. Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on going private transactions, taking into account the following:

1. Offer price/premium;

2. Fairness opinion;

3. How the deal was negotiated;

4. Conflicts of interest;

5. Other alternatives/offers considered; and

6. Non-completion risk.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on going dark transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

1. Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);

2. Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders, taking into account the following:

a. Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?

b. Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?

c. Does the company have strong corporate governance?

d. Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?

e. Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?

Joint Ventures

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:

1. Percentage of assets/business contributed;

2. Percentage ownership;

3. Financial and strategic benefits;

4. Governance structure;

5. Conflicts of interest;

6. Other alternatives; and

7. Non-completion risk.

Liquidations

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on liquidations, taking into account the following:

1. Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

2. Appraisal value of assets; and

B-36 

3. The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

Vote FOR the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

1. Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

2. Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

3. Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

4. Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm's-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation "wins" can also signify the deal makers' competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

5. Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

6. Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding private placements, warrants, and convertible debentures taking into consideration:

1. Dilution to existing shareholders' position: The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent preemptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of "out of the money" warrants and convertible debt. In these instances, from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company's stock price that must occur to trigger the dilutive event.

2. Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy):

a. The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company's financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement.

b. When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry, and anticipation of future performance.

3. Financial issues:

a. The company's financial condition;

b. Degree of need for capital;

c. Use of proceeds;

d. Effect of the financing on the company's cost of capital;

e. Current and proposed cash burn rate;

f. Going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.

4. Management's efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger, or sale of part or all of the company.

5. Control issues:

a. Change in management;

b. Change in control;

c. Guaranteed board and committee seats;

d. Standstill provisions;

e. Voting agreements;

f. Veto power over certain corporate actions; and

g. Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium.

6. Conflicts of interest:

a. Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor.

B-37 

b. Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm's length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?

7. Market reaction: The market's response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one day impact on the unaffected stock price.

Vote FOR the private placement, or for the issuance of warrants and/or convertible debentures in a private placement, if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:

1. Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;

2. Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;

3. Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an Official Equity Committee);

4. The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);

5. Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization; and

6. Governance of the reorganized company.

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

1. Valuation

2. Market reaction

3. Deal timing

4. Negotiations and process.

5. Conflicts of interest

6. Voting agreements

7. Governance

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on SPAC extension proposals taking into account the length of the requested extension, the status of any pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process, any added incentive for non-redeeming shareholders, and any prior extension requests.

Spin-offs

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on spin-offs, considering:

1. Tax and regulatory advantages;

2. Planned use of the sale proceeds;

3. Valuation of spinoff;

4. Fairness opinion;

5. Benefits to the parent company;

6. Conflicts of interest;

7. Managerial incentives;

8. Corporate governance changes;

9. Changes in the capital structure.

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by:

1. Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives;

2. Selling the company; or

3. Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders.

B-38 

These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:

1. Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

2. Signs of entrenched board and management (such as the adoption of takeover defenses);

3. Strategic plan in place for improving value;

4. Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and

5. The company actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

V. Compensation

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation. 

Vote AGAINST Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay or “SOP”) if:

1. There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

2. The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

3. The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

1. There is no SOP on the ballot, and an AGAINST vote on SOP would otherwise be warranted due to pay-for-performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

2. The board fails to respond adequately to a previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

3. The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, such as option repricing or option backdating; or

4. The situation is egregious.

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

Analysis considers the following:

1. Peer Group Alignment:

a. The degree of alignment between the company's annualized TSR rank and the CEO's annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

b. The rankings of CEO total pay and company financial performance within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

c. The multiple of the CEO's total pay relative to the peer group median in the most recent fiscal year.

2. Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

1. The ratio of performance- to time-based incentive awards;

2. The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

3. The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

4. The company's peer group benchmarking practices;

5. Actual results of financial/operational metrics, both absolute and relative to peers;

6. Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

7. Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and

8. Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

1. Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

2. Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking or present a windfall risk; and

B-39 

3. Pay decisions that circumvent pay-for-performance, such as options backdating or waiving performance requirements.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated CASE-BY-CASE considering the context of a company's overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in an adverse vote:

1. Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

2. Extraordinary perquisites or tax gross-ups;

3. New or materially amended agreements that provide for:

a. Excessive termination or CIC severance payments (generally exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus);

b. CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties ("single" or "modified single" triggers) or in connection with a problematic Good Reason definition;

c. CIC excise tax gross-up entitlements (including "modified" gross-ups);

d. Multi-year guaranteed awards that are not at risk due to rigorous performance conditions;

e. Liberal CIC definition combined with any single-trigger CIC benefits;

4. Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI's executives is not possible;

5. Any other provision or practice deemed to be egregious and present a significant risk to investors.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined CASE-BY-CASE to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

1. Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

2. Duration of options backdating;

3. Size of restatement due to options backdating;

4. Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

5. Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ("Say When on Pay")

Vote FOR annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies' executive pay programs.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive and non-executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

Features that may result in an AGAINST vote include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

1. Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

2. Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

3. Full acceleration of equity awards granted shortly before the change in control;

4. Acceleration of performance awards above the target level of performance without compelling rationale;

5. Excessive cash severance (generally >3x base salary and bonus);

6. Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable;

7. Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

8. Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

9. The company's assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

B-40 

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company's advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), evaluate the say-on-pay proposal in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on certain equity-based compensation plans depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an "Equity Plan Scorecard" (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

1. Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company's estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

a. SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

b. SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

2. Plan Features:

a. General quality of disclosure, especially around vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

b. Discretionary vesting authority;

c. Liberal share recycling on various award types;

d. Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

e. Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

3. Grant Practices:

a. The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers (shouldn’t exceed 3.5%);

b. Vesting requirements in CEO's recent equity grants (3-year look-back);

c. The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

d. The proportion of the CEO's most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

e. Whether the company maintains a sufficient claw-back policy;

f. Whether the company maintains sufficient post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally, vote AGAINST the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders' interests, or if any of the following egregious factors ("overriding factors") apply:

1. Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

2. The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies – or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

3. The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances;

4. The plan is excessively dilutive to shareholders' holdings;

5. The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share replenishment) feature; or

6. Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

Further Information on certain EPSC Factors

SVT

The cost of the equity plans is expressed as SVT, which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full-value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific types of awards.

Except for proposals subject to Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, SVT is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark. 

Three-Year Burn Rate Burn-rate benchmarks (utilized in Equity Plan Scorecard evaluations) are calculated as the greater of: (1) the mean (μ) plus one standard deviation (σ) of the company's GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P500), and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) two percent of weighted common shares outstanding. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year's burn-rate benchmark. Boston Partners will vote AGAINST plans if the three-year average burn rate exceeds 3.5 percent.

B-41 

Egregious Factors

Liberal Change in Control Definition

Generally, vote AGAINST equity plans if the plan has a liberal definition of change in control and the equity awards could vest upon such liberal definition of change in control, even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.

Repricing Provisions

Vote AGAINST plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. "Repricing" typically includes the ability to do any of the following:

1. Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;

2. Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs;

3. The cancellation of underwater options in exchange for stock awards; or

4. Cash buyouts of underwater options.

While the above cover most types of repricing, Boston Partners may view other provisions as akin to repricing depending on the facts and circumstances.

Also, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the Compensation Committee who approved repricing (as defined above or otherwise determined by Boston Partners), without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

Vote AGAINST plans that do not expressly prohibit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval if the company has a history of repricing/buyouts without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, vote AGAINST the plan.

May vote AGAINST the equity plan if the plan is determined to be a vehicle for pay-for-performance misalignment. Considerations in voting AGAINST the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:

1. Severity of the pay-for-performance misalignment;

2. Whether problematic equity grant practices are driving the misalignment; and/or

3. Whether equity plan awards have been heavily concentrated to the CEO and/or the other NEOs.

Amending Cash and Equity Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.

Generally, vote FOR proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal addresses administrative features only. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company's IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s).

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:

1. If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, the vote will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments.

2. If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time (including after the company's IPO), whether or not additional shares are being requested, the vote will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments.

3. If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments do not include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, then the vote will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown only for informational purposes.

In the first two CASE-BY-CASE evaluation scenarios, the EPSC evaluation/score is the more heavily weighted consideration.

Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations: Dividend Equivalent Rights

Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and non- executive directors and this cost should be captured.

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

For Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS), include the common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Operating Partnership (OP) units in the share count for the purposes of determining: (1) market capitalization in the SVT analysis and (2) shares outstanding in the burn rate analysis.

B-42 

Other Compensation Plans

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

Vote FOR proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

1. Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

2. Offering period is 27 months or less; and

3. The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the outstanding shares.

Vote AGAINST qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:

1. Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or

2. Offering period is greater than 27 months; or

3. The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than 10 percent of the outstanding shares.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

1. Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);

2. Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;

3. Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value; and

4. No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase when there is a company matching contribution.

Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria. If the matching contribution or effective discount exceeds the above, may evaluate the SVT cost of the plan as part of the assessment.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

1. Historic trading patterns--the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

2. Rationale for the re-pricing--was the stock price decline beyond management's control?;

3. Is this a value-for-value exchange?;

4. Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?;

5. Timing--repricing should occur at least one year out from any precipitous drop in company's stock price;

6. Option vesting--does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?;

7. Term of the option--the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

8. Exercise price--should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

9. Participants--executive officers and directors must be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate (shouldn’t exceed 3.5%).

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing and warrants additional scrutiny. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock. 

Vote non- executive director-only equity plans that provide a dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.

B-43 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, no adjustments will be made to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

One-time Transfers: Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on one-time transfers. Vote FOR if:

1. Executive officers and non- executive directors are excluded from participating;

2. Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models; and

3. There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.

Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management's control. A review of the company's historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.

Ongoing TSO program: Vote AGAINST equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:

1. Eligibility;

2. Vesting;

3. Bid-price;

4. Term of options;

5. Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense; and

6. Option repricing policy.

Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.

Director Compensation

Non- Executive Directors

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals seeking ratification of non- executive director compensation, based on the following factors:

1. If the equity plan under which non- executive director grants are made is bundled into a single resolution or is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and

2. An assessment of the following qualitative factors:

a. The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

b. The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

c. Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

d. Equity award vesting schedules;

e. The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

f. Meaningful limits on director compensation;

g. The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

h. The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Equity Plans for Non- Executive Directors

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on compensation plans for non- executive directors, based on:

1. The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;

2. The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers (in certain circumstances) (shouldn’t exceed 3.5%); and

3. The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).

On occasion, non- executive director stock plans will exceed the plan cost or burn-rate benchmarks when combined with employee or executive stock plans. In such cases, vote CASE-BY-CASE on the plan taking into consideration the following qualitative factors:

B-44 

1. The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

2. The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

3. Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

4. Equity award vesting schedules;

5. The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

6. Meaningful limits on director compensation;

7. The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

8. The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Non- Executive Director Retirement Plans

Vote AGAINST retirement plans for non- executive directors. Vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non- executive directors.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:

1. The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;

2. Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and

3. Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.

Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the Company, Board, or Compensation Committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s), and fees paid. 

Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors 

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders' needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company. 

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation (such as types of compensation elements or specific metrics) to be used for executive or directors. 

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account relevant factors, including but not limited to: company performance, pay level and design versus peers, history of compensation concerns or pay-for-performance disconnect, and/or the scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally, vote FOR proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals for which the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:

1. The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;

2. The time period required to retain the shares;

3. Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;

4. Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;

5. Executives' actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and

6. Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may demonstrate a short-term versus long-term focus.

B-45 

Non-Deductible Compensation (U.S.)

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking disclosure of the extent to which the company paid non-deductible compensation to senior executives under U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), while considering the company’s existing disclosure practices. Section 162(m) imposes a $1 million annual limit on the amount of compensation that a publicly held corporation can deduct with respect to certain executives.

Pay Disparity

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for an analysis of the pay disparity between corporate executives and other non-executive employees. The following factors will be considered:

1. The company’s current level of disclosure of its executive compensation setting process, including how the company considers pay disparity;

2. If any problematic pay practices or pay-for-performance concerns have been identified at the company; and

3. The level of shareholder support for the company's pay programs.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals calling for the company to use the pay disparity analysis or pay ratio in a specific way to set or limit executive pay.

Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:

1. First, vote FOR shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a meaningful premium to be considered performance-based awards.

2. Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote FOR the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote FOR the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote FOR the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

In general, vote FOR the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.

Pay for Superior Performance

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals that request the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company's executive compensation plan for senior executives. These proposals generally include the following principles:

1. Set compensation targets for the plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;

2. Deliver a majority of the plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;

3. Provide the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;

4. Establish performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies;

5. Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.

Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

1. What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?

2. If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?

3. Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?

4. What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?

Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for certain principles regarding the use of prearranged trading plans (10b5-1 plans) for executives. These principles include:

1. Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1 Plan must be disclosed within two business days in a Form 8-K;

2. Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-1 Plan is allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;

3. Ninety days must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan and initial trading under the plan;

4. Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan;

5. An executive may not trade in company stock outside the 10b5-1 Plan;

6. Trades under a 10b5-1 Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.

B-46 

Prohibit Outside CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking a policy to prohibit any outside CEO from serving on a company’s compensation committee, unless the company has demonstrated problematic pay practices that raise concerns about the performance and composition of the committee.

Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup incentive cash or stock compensation made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned turn out to have been in error, or if the senior executive has breached company policy or has engaged in misconduct that may be significantly detrimental to the company's financial position or reputation, or if the senior executive failed to manage or monitor risks that subsequently led to significant financial or reputational harm to the company. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where an executive's fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. However, such policies may be narrow given that not all misconduct or negligence may result in significant financial restatements. Misconduct, negligence or lack of sufficient oversight by senior executives may lead to significant financial loss or reputational damage that may have long-lasting impact.

In considering whether to support such shareholder proposals, Boston Partners will consider the following factors:

1. If the company has adopted a formal recoupment policy;

2. The rigor of the recoupment policy focusing on how and under what circumstances the company may recoup incentive or stock compensation;

3. Whether the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;

4. Whether the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent;

5. Disclosure of recoupment of incentive or stock compensation from senior executives or lack thereof; or

6. Any other relevant factors.

Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:

1. The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;

2. The amount should not exceed 2.99 times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs);

3. Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.

Share Buyback Proposals

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote FOR the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting the company exclude the impact of share buybacks from the calculation of incentive program metrics, considering the following factors:

1. The frequency and timing of the company's share buybacks;

2. The use of per-share metrics in incentive plans;

3. The effect of recent buybacks on incentive metric results and payouts; and

4. Whether there is any indication of metric result manipulation.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary or those pay elements covered for the general employee population.

Tax Gross-Up Proposals

Generally, vote FOR proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except in situations where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

B-47 

Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment and/or eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity.

The following factors will be considered:

1. The company's current treatment of equity upon employment termination and/or in change-in-control situations (i.e., vesting is double triggered and/or pro rata, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares, etc.);

2. Current employment agreements, including potential poor pay practices such as gross-ups embedded in those agreements.

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking a policy that prohibits automatic acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives upon a voluntary termination of employment or in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).

VI. Routine/ Miscellaneous/ Operational

Adjourn Meeting

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal. 

Vote FOR proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. 

Vote AGAINST proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes "other business."

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal. Otherwise, vote CASE-BY-CASE.

Amend Minor By-laws

Vote FOR by-law or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

Change Company Name

Vote FOR proposals to change the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely impact shareholder value.

Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting

Vote FOR management proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable. 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

Other Business

Vote AGAINST proposals to approve other business when it appears as a voting item.

Management Supported Shareholder Proposals: Reporting

Vote FOR shareholder proposals for additional reporting beyond what is regulatorily required when the proposal is supported by management.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

1. The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent (consistently low in Korea) without adequate explanation or in the absence of positive shareholder returns; or

2. The payout is excessive given the company's financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals considering whether the proposal is in line with market standards. 

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

B-48 

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. 

Generally, vote AGAINST if the draft of the new articles of association is not disclosed; if the proposed changes are not adequately highlighted in the shareholder notice; or the proposed amendments are not in shareholders’ interest. 

Generally, vote FOR proposals where the changes are driven by regulatory or compliance considerations. 

This policy applies to both bundled and unbundled proposals to amend by-laws.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company's fiscal term unless a company's motivation for the change is to postpone its annual general meeting.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Expansion of Business Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless a company has performed poorly for several years and the new business takes the company into risky areas and enterprises unrelated to its core business.

Related-Party Transactions

In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related-party transactions (RPTs), vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering long-term shareholder value for the company's existing shareholders and such factors including, but not limited to, the following:

1. The parties on either side of the transaction;

2. The nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

3. The pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

4. The views of independent directors (where provided);

5. The views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

6. Whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

7. The stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that Boston Partners deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, Boston Partners may vote AGAINST the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Generally, vote AGAINST perpetual arrangements where the transactions will not be subjected to further shareholder review going forward.

For proposals on royalty payments, vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis based on disclosures provided.

Charitable Donations

Vote proposals seeking the approval of donations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Size of the proposed donation request;

2. The destination of the proposed allocation of funds; and

3. The company’s historical donations practices, including allocations approved at prior shareholder meetings.

Virtual Meetings

Generally, vote FOR proposals allowing for the convening of hybrid shareholder meetings if it is clear that it is not the intention to hold virtual-only annual general meetings. 

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals allowing for the convening of virtual-only shareholder meetings.

VII. Social and Environmental

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE, examining primarily whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value. The following factors will be considered:

1. If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

2. If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

B-49 

3. Whether the proposal's request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

4. The company's approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

5. Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company's environmental or social practices;

6. If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

7. If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Endorsement of Principles

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking a company's endorsement of principles that support a particular public policy position. Endorsing a set of principles may require a company to take a stand on an issue that is beyond its own control and may limit its flexibility with respect to future developments. Management and the board should be afforded the flexibility to make decisions on specific public policy positions based on their own assessment of the most beneficial strategies for the company.

Animal Welfare

Animal Welfare Policies

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking a report on a company’s animal welfare standards, or animal welfare-related risks, unless:

1. The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance;

2. The company’s standards are comparable to industry peers; and

3. There are no recent significant fines, litigation, or controversies related to the company’s and/or its suppliers' treatment of animals.

Animal Testing

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, unless:

1. The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;

2. The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are commonly accepted and used by industry peers; or

3. There are recent, significant fines or litigation related to the company’s treatment of animals.

Animal Slaughter

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requesting the implementation of Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) methods at company and/or supplier operations unless such methods are required by legislation or generally accepted as the industry standard.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting a report on the feasibility of implementing CAK methods at company and/or supplier operations considering the availability of existing research conducted by the company or industry groups on this topic and any fines or litigation related to current animal processing procedures at the company.

Consumer Issues

Genetically Modified Ingredients

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requesting that a company voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in its products. The labeling of products with GE ingredients is best left to the appropriate regulatory authorities. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients, taking into account:

1. The potential impact of such labeling on the company's business;

2. The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and

3. Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community. 

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate GE ingredients from the company's products, or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such decisions are more appropriately made by management with consideration of current regulations.

B-50 

Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports on a company’s potentially controversial business or financial practices or products, taking into account:

1. Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abuses;

2. Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the products/practices in question;

3. Whether the company has been subject to violations of related laws or serious controversies; and

4. Peer companies’ policies/practices in this area.

Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:

1. The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;

2. Existing disclosure of relevant policies;

3. Deviation from established industry norms;

4. Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;

5. Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;

6. The potential burden and scope of the requested report;

7. Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.

Generally, vote FOR proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed. 

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.

Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials

Generally, vote FOR proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives/procedures, and oversight mechanisms related to toxic/hazardous materials or product safety in its supply chain, unless:

1. The company already discloses similar information through existing reports such as a supplier code of conduct and/or a sustainability report;

2. The company has formally committed to the implementation of a toxic/hazardous materials and/or product safety and supply chain reporting and monitoring program based on industry norms or similar standards within a specified time frame; and

3. The company has not been recently involved in relevant significant controversies, fines, or litigation.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting that companies develop a feasibility assessment to phase-out of certain toxic/hazardous materials, or evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain materials, considering:

1. The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its product safety policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;

2. Current regulations in the markets in which the company operates; and

3. Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines stemming from toxic/hazardous materials at the company.

Generally, vote AGAINST resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products.

Tobacco-Related Proposals

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions regarding the advertisement of tobacco products, considering:

1. Recent related fines, controversies, or significant litigation;

2. Whether the company complies with relevant laws and regulations on the marketing of tobacco;

3. Whether the company’s advertising restrictions deviate from those of industry peers;

4. Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth; and

5. Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding second-hand smoke, considering;

1. Whether the company complies with all laws and regulations;

2. The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness; and

3. The risk of any health-related liabilities.

Generally, vote AGAINST resolutions to cease production of tobacco-related products, to avoid selling products to tobacco companies, to spin-off tobacco-related businesses, or prohibit investment in tobacco equities. Such business decisions are better left to company management or portfolio managers.

B-51 

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals regarding tobacco product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.

Climate Change

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

Generally, vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the financial, physical, or regulatory risks it faces related to climate change on its operations and investments or on how the company identifies, measures, and manages such risks, considering:

1. Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

2. The company's level of disclosure compared to industry peers; and

3. Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company's climate change-related performance.

Generally, vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

1. The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

2. The company's level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

3. There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company's GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

1. Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

2. Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

3. The company's actual GHG emissions performance;

4. The company's current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

5. Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Energy Efficiency

Generally, vote FOR proposals requesting that a company report on its energy efficiency policies, unless:

1. The company complies with applicable energy efficiency regulations and laws, and discloses its participation in energy efficiency policies and programs, including disclosure of benchmark data, targets, and performance measures; or

2. The proponent requests adoption of specific energy efficiency goals within specific timelines.

Renewable Energy

Generally, vote FOR requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy resources unless the report would be duplicative of existing disclosure or irrelevant to the company’s line of business. 

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals requesting that the company invest in renewable energy resources. Such decisions are best left to management’s evaluation of the feasibility and financial impact that such programs may have on the company. 

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals that call for the adoption of renewable energy goals, taking into account:

1. The scope and structure of the proposal;

2. The company's current level of disclosure on renewable energy use and GHG emissions; and

3. The company's disclosure of policies, practices, and oversight implemented to manage GHG emissions and mitigate climate change risks.

Diversity

Board Diversity

Generally, vote FOR requests for reports on a company's efforts to diversify the board, unless:

1. The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and

2. The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:

1. The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;

B-52 

2. The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;

3. The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;

4. Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;

5. The independence of the company’s nominating committee;

6. Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and

7. Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.

Equality of Opportunity

Generally, vote FOR proposals requesting a company disclose its diversity policies or initiatives, or proposals requesting disclosure of a company’s comprehensive workforce diversity data, including requests for EEO-1 data, unless:

1. The company publicly discloses equal opportunity policies and initiatives in a comprehensive manner;

2. The company already publicly discloses comprehensive workforce diversity data; and

3. The company has no recent significant EEO-related violations or litigation.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers. Such requests may pose a significant burden on the company.

Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would be unduly burdensome. 

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from, domestic partners. Decisions regarding benefits should be left to the discretion of the company.

Gender Pay Gap

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports on a company's pay data by gender, race, ethnicity, or a report on a company’s policies and goals to reduce any gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap, taking into account:

1. The company's current policies and disclosure related to both its diversity and inclusion policies and practices and its compensation philosophy and fair and equitable compensation practices;

2. Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap issues; and

3. The company’s disclosure regarding gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers; and

4. Local laws regarding categorization of race and/or ethnicity and definitions of ethnic and/or racial minorities.

Environment and Sustainability

Facility and Workplace Safety

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for workplace safety reports, including reports on accident risk reduction efforts, taking into account:

1. The company’s current level of disclosure of its workplace health and safety performance data, health and safety management policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;

2. The nature of the company’s business, specifically regarding company and employee exposure to health and safety risks;

3. Recent significant controversies, fines, or violations related to workplace health and safety; and

4. The company's workplace health and safety performance relative to industry peers.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting that a company report on safety and/or security risks associated with its operations and/or facilities, considering:

1. The company’s compliance with applicable regulations and guidelines;

2. The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its security and safety policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and

3. The existence of recent, significant violations, fines, or controversy regarding the safety and security of the company’s operations and/or facilities.

General Environmental Proposals and Community Impact Assessments

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports on policies and/or the potential (community) social and/or environmental impact of company operations, considering:

1. Current disclosure of applicable policies and risk assessment report(s) and risk management procedures;

2. The impact of regulatory non-compliance, litigation, remediation, or reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the company’s operations in question, including the management of relevant community and stakeholder relations;

B-53 

3. The nature, purpose, and scope of the company’s operations in the specific region(s);

4. The degree to which company policies and procedures are consistent with industry norms; and

5. The scope of the resolution.

Hydraulic Fracturing

Generally, vote FOR proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company's (natural gas) hydraulic fracturing operations, including measures the company has taken to manage and mitigate the potential community and environmental impacts of those operations, considering:

1. The company's current level of disclosure of relevant policies and oversight mechanisms;

2. The company's current level of such disclosure relative to its industry peers;

3. Potential relevant local, state, or national regulatory developments; and

4. Controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company's hydraulic fracturing operations.

Operations in Protected Areas

Generally, vote FOR requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions, unless:

1. Operations in the specified regions are not permitted by current laws or regulations;

2. The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or

3. The company’s disclosure of its operations and environmental policies in these regions is comparable to industry peers.

Recycling

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to report on an existing recycling program, or adopt a new recycling program, taking into account:

1. The nature of the company’s business;

2. The current level of disclosure of the company's existing related programs;

3. The timetable and methods of program implementation prescribed by the proposal;

4. The company’s ability to address the issues raised in the proposal; and

5. How the company's recycling programs compare to similar programs of its industry peers.

Sustainability Reporting

Generally, vote FOR proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:

1. The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an environment, health, and safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive code of corporate conduct; and/or a diversity report; or

2. The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame.

Water Issues

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting a company report on, or adopt a new policy on, water-related risks and concerns, taking into account:

1. The company's current disclosure of relevant policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and water usage metrics;

2. Whether or not the company's existing water-related policies and practices are consistent with relevant internationally recognized standards and national/local regulations;

3. The potential financial impact or risk to the company associated with water-related concerns or issues; and

4. Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding water use by the company and its suppliers.

B-54 

General Corporate Issues

Charitable Contributions

Vote AGAINST proposals restricting a company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which, and if, contributions are in the best interests of the company.

Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting the disclosure or implementation of data security, privacy, or information access and management policies and procedures, considering:

1. The level of disclosure of company policies and procedures relating to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, information access and management, and Internet censorship;

2. Engagement in dialogue with governments or relevant groups with respect to data security, privacy, or the free flow of information on the Internet;

3. The scope of business involvement and of investment in countries whose governments censor or monitor the Internet and other telecommunications;

4. Applicable market-specific laws or regulations that may be imposed on the company; and

5. Controversies, fines, or litigation related to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, or Internet censorship.

Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to link, or report on linking, executive compensation to sustainability (environmental and social) criteria, considering:

1. The scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal;

2. Whether the company has significant and/or persistent controversies or regulatory violations regarding social and/or environmental issues;

3. Whether the company has management systems and oversight mechanisms in place regarding its social and environmental performance;

4. The degree to which industry peers have incorporated similar non-financial performance criteria in their executive compensation practices; and

5. The company's current level of disclosure regarding its environmental and social performance.

Human Rights, Labor Issues, and International Operations

Human Rights Proposals

Generally, vote FOR proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:

1. The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;

2. Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;

3. Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;

4. Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;

5. Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;

6. Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;

7. The scope of the request; and

8. Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process, considering:

1. The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed, including information on the implementation of these policies and any related oversight mechanisms;

2. The company’s industry and whether the company or its suppliers operate in countries or areas where there is a history of human rights concerns;

3. Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights involving the company or its suppliers, and whether the company has taken remedial steps; and

4. Whether the proposal is unduly burdensome or overly prescriptive.

Operations in High Risk Markets

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for a report on a company’s potential financial and reputational risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or politically/socially unstable region, taking into account:

B-55 

1. The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;

2. Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;

3. Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;

4. Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws; and

5. Whether the company has been recently involved in recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to its operations in "high-risk" markets.

Outsourcing/Offshoring

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing/plant closures, considering:

1. Controversies surrounding operations in the relevant market(s);

2. The value of the requested report to shareholders;

3. The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant information on outsourcing and plant closure procedures; and

4. The company’s existing human rights standards relative to industry peers.

Weapons and Military Sales

Vote AGAINST reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales. 

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals asking a company to cease production or report on the risks associated with the use of depleted uranium munitions or nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Such contracts are monitored by government agencies, serve multiple military and non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.

Mandatory Arbitration

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for a report on a company’s use of mandatory arbitration on employment-related claims, taking into account:

1. The company’s current policies and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims;

2. Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims; and

3. The company’s disclosure of its policies and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements compared to its peers.

Sexual Harassment

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for a report on company actions taken to strengthen policies and oversight to prevent workplace sexual harassment, or a report on risks posed by a company’s failure to prevent workplace sexual harassment, taking into account:

1. The company’s current policies, practices, oversight mechanisms related to preventing workplace sexual harassment;

2. Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation or regulatory actions related to workplace sexual harassment issues; and

3. The company’s disclosure regarding workplace sexual harassment policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers.

Political Activities

Lobbying

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures, considering:

1. The company’s current disclosure of relevant lobbying policies, and management and board oversight;

2. The company’s disclosure regarding trade associations or other groups that it supports, or is a member of, that engage in lobbying activities; and

3. Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s lobbying-related activities.

Boston Partners will vote AGAINST proposals that impose significantly higher standards of reporting and oversight than required by legislation and-or industry standard and that would put the firm at a competitive disadvantage.

Political Contributions

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company's political contributions and trade association spending policies and activities, considering:

1. The company's policies, and management and board oversight related to its direct political contributions and payments to trade associations or other groups that may be used for political purposes;

2. The company's disclosure regarding its support of, and participation in, trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and

B-56 

3. Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company's political contributions or political activities.

Boston Partners will vote AGAINST proposals that impose significantly higher standards of reporting and oversight than required by legislation and-or industry standard and that would put the firm at a competitive disadvantage. 

Vote AGAINST proposals barring a company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level; barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage. 

Vote AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and other media a company's political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.

Political Ties

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals asking a company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace, so long as:

1. There are no recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and

2. The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibit coercion.

Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.

VIII. Mutual Fund Proxies

Election of Directors

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

1. Past performance as a closed-end fund;

2. Market in which the fund invests;

3. Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

4. Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Proxy Contests

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

1. Past performance relative to its peers;

2. Market in which the fund invests;

3. Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

4. Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;

5. Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

6. Independence of directors;

7. Experience and skills of director candidates;

8. Governance profile of the company;

9. Evidence of management entrenchment.

Investment Advisory Agreements

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on investment advisory agreements, considering the following factors:

1. Proposed and current fee schedules;

2. Fund category/investment objective;

3. Performance benchmarks;

4. Share price performance as compared with peers;

5. Resulting fees relative to peers;

B-57 

6. Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

Vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:

1. Stated specific financing purpose;

2. Possible dilution for common shares;

3. Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

1940 Act Policies (U.S.)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors:

1. Potential competitiveness;

2. Regulatory developments;

3. Current and potential returns; and

4. Current and potential risk.

Generally, vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

1. The fund's target investments;

2. The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

3. The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental

Vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to non-fundamental.

Name Change Proposals

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on name change proposals, considering the following factors:

1. Political/economic changes in the target market;

2. Consolidation in the target market; and

3. Current asset composition.

Change in Fund's Subclassification

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on changes in a fund's sub-classification, considering the following factors:

1. Potential competitiveness;

2. Current and potential returns;

3. Risk of concentration;

4. Consolidation in target industry.

Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value

Vote FOR proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:

B-58 

1. The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date no more than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

2. The sale is deemed to be in the best interests of shareholders by (1) a majority of the company's independent directors and (2) a majority of the company's directors who have no financial interest in the issuance; and

3. The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:

a. Outperforming peers in its 8-digit GICS group as measured by one- and three-year median TSRs; or

b. Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing non-participating shareholders.

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors:

1. Strategies employed to salvage the company;

2. The fund’s past performance;

3. The terms of the liquidation.

Changes to the Charter Document

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on changes to the charter document, considering the following factors:

1. The degree of change implied by the proposal;

2. The efficiencies that could result;

3. The state of incorporation;

4. Regulatory standards and implications.

Vote AGAINST any of the following changes:

1. Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series;

2. Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new declaration of trust;

3. Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the fund's management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940 Act;

4. Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sales charges on investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund's shares;

5. Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate sub-advisory arrangements;

6. Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of the fund.

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on re-incorporations, considering the following factors:

1. Regulations of both states;

2. Required fundamental policies of both states;

3. The increased flexibility available.

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Sub-advisers Without Shareholder Approval

Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate sub-advisers without shareholder approval if the investment adviser currently employs only one sub-adviser.

Distribution Agreements

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:

1. Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

2. The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;

3. The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;

4. The terms of the agreement.

B-59 

Master-Feeder Structure

Vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

1. Resulting fee structure;

2. Performance of both funds;

3. Continuity of management personnel;

4. Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

Closed End Funds-Unilateral Opt-in to Control Share Acquisition Statutes

For closed-end management investment companies (“CEFs”), vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from nominating/governance committee members (or other directors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) at CEFs that have not provided a compelling rationale for opting-in to a Control Share Acquisition statute, nor submitted a by-law amendment to a shareholder vote.

Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds

Establish Director Ownership Requirement

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote FOR the reimbursement of the proxy solicitation expenses.

Terminate the Investment Advisor

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:

1. Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV);

2. The fund’s history of shareholder relations;

3. The performance of other funds under the advisor’s management.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND

I. General

Constitutional Amendment

Vote case-by case on proposals to amend the company's constitution. 

Any proposals to amend the company's constitution, including updating of various clauses to reflect changes in corporate law, to complete replacement of an existing constitution with a new "plain language," and updated, version, are required to be approved by a special resolution (with a 75 percent super majority of votes cast requirement).

Renewal of "Proportional Takeover" Clause in Constitution

Vote FOR the renewal of the proportional takeover clause in the company’s constitution.

Significant Change in Activities

Vote FOR resolutions to change the nature or scale of business activities provided the notice of meeting and explanatory statement provide a sound business case for the proposed change.

B-60 

II. Share Capital

Non-Voting Shares

Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of non-voting or sub-voting shares. Only vote FOR if:

1. It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders;

2. It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Generally, vote FOR the cancellation of classes of non-voting or sub-voting shares.

Reduction of Share Capital: Cash Consideration Payable to Shareholders

Generally, vote FOR the reduction of share capital with the accompanying return of cash to shareholders.

Reduction of Share Capital: Absorption of Losses

Vote FOR reduction of share capital proposals, with absorption of losses as they represent routine accounting measures.

Buybacks/Repurchases

Generally, vote FOR requests to repurchase shares, unless:

1. There is clear evidence available of past abuse of this authority; or

2. It is a selective buyback, and the notice of meeting and explanatory statement does not provide a sound business case for it.

Consider the following conditions in buyback plans:

1. Limitations on a company's ability to use the plan to repurchase shares from third parties at a premium;

2. Limitations on the exercise of the authority to thwart takeover threats; and

3. A requirement that repurchases be made at arms-length through independent third parties.

Some shareholders object to companies repurchasing shares, preferring to see extra cash invested in new businesses or paid out as dividends. However, when timed correctly, buybacks are a legitimate use of corporate funds and can add to long-term shareholder returns.

III. Board of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Attendance (Australia)

Vote AGAINST director nominees that attended less than 75 percent of board and committee meetings over the fiscal year without a satisfactory explanation.

Generally, vote AGAINST the chairman or deputy chairman if no disclosure of board and/or committee attendance is provided. Subject to section 300(10) of the Corporations Act, an Australian listed company must include in its annual report information about each director’s attendance at board and committee meetings.

Independence (Australia)

Vote AGAINST a director nominee(s) in the following circumstances:

1. The director nominee is an executive or board chair, and no “lead director” has been appointed from among the independent directors or other control mechanisms are in place. Exceptions may be made for company founders who are integral to the company or if other exceptional circumstances apply;

2. The director nominee is an executive and a member of the audit committee or remuneration committee. In these situations, also vote AGAINST the chairman of the board and/or the chairman of the relevant committee;

3. The director nominee is a former partner or employee of the company’s auditor who serves on the audit committee; and

4. The director nominee is a former partner of the company’s audit firm and receives post-employment benefits.

If the board is not a majority (over 50 percent) independent, generally vote AGAINST nominees who are:

1. Executive directors (except the CEO and founders integral to the company); or

2. A non-independent NED whose presence causes the board not to be majority independent without sufficient justification, except if the non-independent director represents a substantial shareholder owning at least 15 percent of the company’s shares and whose percentage board representation is proportionate to its ownership interest in the company.

B-61 

Combined Chair and CEO (Australia)

Generally, vote AGAINST a director who combines the CEO and chairman roles, unless the company provides strong justification as to why this non-standard governance arrangement is appropriate for the specific situation of the company. Exceptional circumstances may include a limited timeframe for the combined role upon departure of the CEO, or a non-operating, research, development or exploration company. In some circumstances an executive chair may be considered to effectively combine the chair and CEO roles, notwithstanding the presence of another director on the board with the title of CEO. In assessing this situation, Boston Partners will assess the disclosure surrounding the split of responsibilities and their comparative pay levels.

Problematic Remuneration Practices (Australia)

Generally, vote AGAINST members of the remuneration committee if the remuneration resolution at the previous general meeting (usually the previous year) received support of less than 75 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

1. The company's response in addressing specific concerns, engagement with institutional investors, and other compensation practices;

2. The company's ownership structure;

3. Whether the issues are considered to be recurring or isolated;

4. Whether the director has served on a remuneration committee of a non-associated company which has also demonstrated problematic remuneration practices; and

5. Whether the level of support was less than 50 percent.

Shareholder Nominees

Generally, vote AGAINST shareholder-nominated candidates who lack board endorsement and do not present conclusive rationale to justify their nomination, including unmatched skills and experience, or other reason. Vote FOR such candidates if they demonstrate a clear ability to contribute positively to board deliberations.

Removal of Directors (New Zealand)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions for the removal of directors, taking into consideration:

1. Company performance relative to its peers;

2. Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

3. Independence of directors/nominees;

4. Experience and skills of board candidates;

5. Governance profile of the company;

6. Evidence of management entrenchment;

7. Responsiveness to shareholders; and,

8. Level of disclosure by company to shareholders.

IV. Remuneration

Remuneration Report (Australia)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the remuneration report, taking into account the pay of executives and non-executive directors, including where applicable:

1. The quantum of total fixed remuneration and short-term incentive payments relative to peers;

2. Whether any increases, either to fixed or variable remuneration, for the year under review or the upcoming year were well-explained and not excessive;

3. The listed entity's workforce;

4. Financial performance and alignment with shareholder returns;

5. The adequacy and quality of the company's disclosure generally;

6. The appropriateness and quality of the company's disclosure linking identified material business risks and pre-determined key performance indicators (KPIs) that determine annual variable executive compensation outcomes;

7. The existence of appropriate performance criteria against which vesting and the quantum of cash and equity bonuses are assessed prior to any payment being made;

8. Whether appropriate targets for incentives, including in the STI or LTI, are in place and are disclosed with an appropriate level of detail;

9. Whether performance measures and targets for incentives, including in the STI and LTI, are measured over an appropriate period and are sufficiently stretching;

10. Any special arrangements for new joiners were in line with good market practice;

11. The remuneration committee exercised discretion appropriately, and such discretion is appropriately explained; and

B-62 

12. The alignment of CEO and executive pay with the company's financial performance and returns for shareholders.

Where a remuneration report contains multiple areas of non-compliance with good practice, the vote will reflect the severity of the issues identified. A small number of minor breaches may still result in an overall qualified FOR vote whereas a single, serious deviation may be sufficient to justify an AGAINST vote.

In cases where a serious breach of good practice, or departure from accepted market standards and shareholder requirements, is identified and typically where issues have been raised by shareholders over one or more years, the chair of the remuneration committee (or, where relevant, another member of the remuneration committee) may also receive a negative vote.

Elements of the remuneration report include:

1. Base Pay;

2. Superannuation, pension contributions and benefits;

3. Short term incentive (STI);

4. Long-term incentive (LTI);

5. Dilution Limits;

6. Malus/ clawback;

7. Good leavers;

8. Change in control;

9. Shareholding requirement;

10. Executive' service contracts, including exit payments;

11. Arrangements for new joiners;

12. Discretion;

13. Non-executive director fees;

14. All-employee schemes.

Remuneration of Executive Directors: Share Incentive Schemes (Australia)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on share-based incentives for executive directors.

Remuneration of Executives: Options and Other Long-Term Incentives

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on options and long-term incentives for executives. Vote AGAINST plans and proposed grants under plans if:

1. The company failed to disclose adequate information regarding any element of the scheme;

2. The performance hurdles are not sufficiently demanding;

3. The plan permits retesting of grants based on rolling performance;

4. The plan allows for excessive dilution.

Evaluate long-term incentive plans (and proposed grants of equity awards to particular directors) according to the following criteria:

Exercise Price

1. Option exercise prices should not be at a discount to market price at the grant date (in the absence of demanding performance hurdles).

2. Plans should not allow the repricing of underwater options.

Vesting Period: Appropriate time restrictions before options can be exercised (if 50 percent or more of securities can vest in two to three years or less, this is generally considered too short).

Performance Hurdles

1. Generally, a hurdle that relates to total shareholder return (TSR) is preferable to a hurdle that specifies an absolute share price target or an accounting measure of performance (such as earnings per share (EPS)).

2. Where a relative hurdle is used (comparing the company's performance against a group of peers or against an index), no vesting should occur for sub-median performance.

3. The use of ‘indexed options’ – where the exercise price of an option is increased by the movement in a suitable index of peer companies – is generally considered a sufficiently demanding hurdle.

4. A sliding-scale hurdle – under which the percentage of rights that vest increases according to a sliding scale of performance (whether absolute or relative) – is generally preferable to a hurdle under which 100 percent of the award vests once a single target is achieved (i.e. no "cliff vesting").

5. In the absence of relative performance hurdles, absolute share price hurdles may be appropriate so long as they are sufficiently stretching. Where an absolute share-price target is used, executives can be rewarded by a rising market even if their company does relatively poorly. In addition, even if a share price hurdle is set at a significantly higher level than the prevailing share price, if the option has a long life then the hurdle may not be particularly stretching.

6. In determining whether an absolute share price target is sufficiently stretching, take into consideration the company’s explanation of how the target share price has been calculated. ISS will be more likely to consider an absolute share price target as sufficiently stretching when the target price is reflected in the option exercise price.

B-63 

7. The issue of options with no performance conditions other than continued service and the exercise price (set as being equal to the share price on date of issue) is not generally considered to be a sufficiently demanding hurdle.

8. Support incentive schemes with accounting-based hurdles if they are sufficiently demanding. An accounting-based hurdle does not necessarily require that shareholder value be improved before the incentive vests as it is possible for incentives to vest – and executives to be rewarded – without any medium- to long-term improvement in returns to shareholders. Growth in EPS may, but does not always, translate into a material increase in share price and dividends over the medium to long-term.

9. Hurdles which relate option vesting to share price performance against a company’s cost of capital may be considered acceptable if the exercise price is adjusted to reflect the cost of capital over the vesting period. Shareholders must also be given sufficient information to determine if the cost of capital will be calculated or reviewed independently of management.

10. Two different types of options should be distinguished: (1) grants of market-exercise-price options (traditional options), and (2) zero exercise price options (also called conditional awards, performance shares, and performance rights). Traditional options have an in-built share price appreciation hurdle, because the share price must increase above its level at grant date for the executive to have an incentive to exercise. Performance rights have no exercise price; the executive pays nothing to the company on exercising the rights. An EPS hurdle can lead to executive reward without any increase in shareholder return if the instruments are performance rights, but not if they are traditional options. Therefore, an EPS hurdle can more readily be supported if traditional options, rather than performance rights, are being granted.

11. For an EPS target to be sufficiently stretching, where a single target is used (with 100 percent of options/rights vesting on the target being achieved), the target should generally specify a challenging target that is at least in line with analyst and management earnings forecasts. For targets which see rewards vest based on a sliding scale, vesting should start at a level below consensus forecasts only if a substantial portion of the award vests for performance above consensus forecasts.

Retesting

1. Do not support excessive retesting of options grants against performance hurdles. Many NZ companies use performance hurdles such as cost of capital relative to share price that allow for continual retesting and the issue of retesting against performance hurdles does not appear to have been raised with companies in the past and many equity grants to executive directors have been modest in size. As such, it is not appropriate for Boston Partners to vote AGAINST a particular options grant on the basis of excessive retesting.

2. Generally, vote AGAINST incentive schemes that provide for retesting against performance hurdles on a rolling-basis. For retesting to be acceptable, at a minimum it should assess performance against the hurdle from the inception date to the date of vesting.

Transparency

1. The methodology for determining exercise price of options should be disclosed.

2. Shareholders should be presented with sufficient information to determine whether an incentive scheme will reward superior future performance.

3. The proposed volume of securities which may be issued under an incentive scheme should be disclosed to enable shareholders to assess dilution.

4. Time restrictions before options can be exercised should be disclosed, as should the expiry date of the options. Any restrictions on disposing of shares received on the exercise of options should be disclosed.

5. If a value has been assigned to the options, the method used to calculate cost of options should be disclosed.

6. The method of purchase or issue of shares on exercise of options should be disclosed.

Dilution of Existing Shareholders' Equity 

Aggregate number of all shares and options issued under all employee and executive incentive schemes should not exceed 10 percent of issued capital. 

Level of Reward 

Value of options granted (assuming performance hurdles are met) should be consistent with comparable schemes operating in similar companies. 

Eligibility for Participation in the Scheme

1. Scheme should be open to all key executives.

2. Scheme should not be open to non-executive directors.

Other

1. Incentive plans should include reasonable change-in-control provisions (i.e. pro-rata vesting based on the proportion of the vesting period expired and performance against the hurdles taking into account the size of awards).

2. Incentive plans should include ‘good’ leaver/’bad’ leaver provisions to minimize excessive and unearned payouts.

Non-Executive Director Perks/Fringe Benefits (Australia)

Where a company provides fringe benefits to non-executive directors in addition to directors' board and committee fees, vote CASE-BY-CASE on:

1. The remuneration report;

2. Proposals to increase the non-executive directors’ aggregate fee cap; and/or

3. The election of the chairman of the board, chairman of the remuneration committee, or any member of the remuneration committee standing for re-election.

Vote AGAINST when post-employment fringe benefits are paid to non-executive directors, which are often represented as an entitlement per year of service on the board of the company.

B-64 

Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors: Increase in Aggregate Fee Cap

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolution that seeks shareholder approval for an increase in the maximum aggregate level of fees payable to the company's non-executive directors.

In assessing director remuneration, consider how remuneration relates to shareholders’ interests, specifically:

1. The size of the proposed increase;

2. The level of fees compared to those at peer companies;

3. The explanation the board has given for the proposed increase;

4. Whether the company has discontinued retirement benefits;

5. Whether there is sufficient capacity within the previously approved aggregate fee cap to accommodate any proposed increases in director's fees;

6. The company’s absolute and relative performance over (at least) the past three years based on measures such as (but not limited to) share price, earnings per share and return on capital employed;

7. The company’s policy and practices on non-executive director remuneration, including equity ownership;

8. The number of directors presently on the board and any planned increases to the size of the board;

9. The level of board turnover.

Generally, vote FOR a fee cap resolution that also seeks to allow directors to receive part or all of their fees in shares.

In Australia, vote AGAINST the increase if the company has an active retirement benefits plan for non-executive directors. Vote AGAINST where a company is seeking an increase after a period of poor absolute and relative performance, where the same board (or largely the same board) has overseen this period of poor performance and where the fee cap increase is not sought for the purposes of board renewal.

Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors: Issue of Options (New Zealand)

Generally, vote AGAINST the issue of options to non-executive directors.

Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors: Approval of Share Plan

For New Zealand, generally vote AGAINST the issue of options to non-executive directors. For Australia, generally, vote FOR the approval of NED share plans which are essentially salary-sacrifice structures and have the effect of increasing directors' shareholdings and alignment with investors.

Transparency of CEO Incentives (New Zealand)

Vote AGAINST the re-election of members of the remuneration committee if:

1. The remuneration of the CEO is not subject to any shareholder approval or scrutiny; or

2. There is evidence that the CEO has been granted a substantial quantity of equity incentives; and,

3. There is no apparent credible explanation for the CEO not being a member of the board;

Shareholder Resolutions (New Zealand)

Generally, vote FOR appropriately-structured shareholder resolutions calling for increased disclosure of executive remuneration and/or the introduction of a non-binding shareholder vote on a company’s remuneration policy.

B-65 

BRAZIL

I.     Board of Directors

Minimum Independent Levels

Vote AGAINST the bundled election of directors if the post-election board at Novo Mercado and Nivel 2 companies would be less than 50 percent.⁴ 

Vote AGAINST the bundled election of directors if the post-election board of Nivel 1 and traditional companies would not have at least one-third of the board or two directors, whichever is higher, classified as independent. 

Boston Partners applies a five-year cooling off period to former executives when determining nominee independence in Brazil.

Election of Minority Nominees (Separate Election)

Vote FOR the election of minority board nominees (ordinary and preferred holders), as well as minority fiscal council nominees, presented under a separate election when timely disclosure is provided of their names and biographical information, in the absence of other concerns regarding the proposed nominees. If competing minority nominees are disclosed by different minority shareholders, the contested election policy will be applied. 

When a separate election is presented for minority board and/or fiscal council nominees, prioritize the support for the election of minority representatives, if timely disclosure is provided, and a DO NOT VOTE or “ABSTAIN” vote may be issued for the management nominees, based on third-party requirements for the execution of the voting instructions. 

On the other hand, in the absence of timely disclosure regarding minority nominees, a DO NOT VOTE or an ABSTAIN vote may be issued for the separate minority election proposal, and a vote would be presented for the management candidates in accordance with the aforementioned policy. 

Vote on a best effort basis, whenever the names and biographical information of minority nominees are disclosed following the publication of the original report, up to a minimum of eight (8) days prior to the shareholder meeting, in which case priority will be given to allow minority shareholders to elect a representative to the board of directors and/or fiscal council.

Combined Chairman/CEO

Vote AGAINST the bundled election of directors of companies listed under the differentiated corporate governance segments of the Sao Paulo Stock Exchange (BM&Fbovespa)–Novo Mercado, Nivel 2, and Nivel 1–if the company maintains or proposes a combined chairman/CEO structure, after three (3) years from the date the company’s shares began trading on the respective differentiated corporate governance segment. 

Vote AGAINST the election of the company’s chairman, if the nominee is also the company’s CEO, when it is presented as a separate election at companies listed under the differentiated corporate governance segments of the Sao Paulo Stock Exchange (BM&Fbovespa), Novo Mercado, Nivel 2, and Nivel 1–after three (3) years from the date the company’s shares began trading on the respective differentiated corporate governance segment.

Board Structure

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase board terms.

II.     Capital Structure

Share Repurchase Plans

Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST any proposal where:

1. The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

2. There is clear evidence of abuse;

3. There is no safeguard against selective buybacks; or

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

⁴ 2021 and 2022 are transitionary periods. Vote AGAINST proposed board with overall independence below 40 percent during this period.

B-66 

III.     Compensation

Management Compensation

Generally, vote FOR management compensation proposals that are presented in a timely manner and include all disclosure elements required by the Brazilian Securities Regulator (CVM). 

Vote AGAINST management compensation proposals when:

1. The company fails to present a detailed remuneration proposal or the proposal lacks clarity;

2. The company does not disclose the total remuneration of its highest-paid executive; or

3. The figure provided by the company for the total compensation of its highest-paid administrator is not inclusive of all elements of the executive’s pay.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on global remuneration cap (or company’s total remuneration estimate, as applicable) proposals that represent a significant increase of the amount approved at the previous annual general meeting (year-over-year increase). When further scrutinizing year-over-year significant remuneration increases, jointly consider some or all of the following factors, as relevant:

1. Whether there is a clearly stated and compelling rationale for the proposed increase;

2. Whether the remuneration increase is aligned with the company’s long-term performance and/or operational performance targets disclosed by the company;

3. Whether the company has had positive TSR for the most recent one- and/or three-year periods;

4. Whether the relation between fixed and variable executive pay adequately aligns compensation with the company’s future performance.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the company proposes to amend previously-approved compensation caps, paying particular attention as to whether the company has presented a compelling rationale for the request.

Compensation Plans

Boston Partners will generally support reasonable equity pay plans that encourage long-term commitment and ownership by its recipients without posing significant risks to shareholder value. Things to be considered include the presence of discounted exercise prices (which are common in Brazil), particularly in the absence of specific performance criteria; the potential for conflict of interests when administrators are also beneficiaries of the plan; and whether there are sufficient safeguards to mitigate such concerns are considered. 

Vote AGAINST a stock option plan and/or restricted share plan, or an amendment to the plan, if:

1. The plan lacks a minimum vesting cycle of three years;

2. The plan permits options to be issued with an exercise price at a discount to the current market price, or permits restricted shares to be awarded (essentially shares with a 100 percent discount to market price), in the absence of explicitly stated, challenging performance hurdles related to the company’s historical financial performance or the industry benchmarks;

3. The maximum dilution exceeds 5 percent of issued capital for a mature company and 10 percent for a growth company. However, Boston Partners will support plans at mature companies with dilution levels up to 10 percent if the plan includes other positive features such as challenging performance criteria and meaningful vesting periods, as these features partially offset dilution concerns by reducing the likelihood that options will become exercisable unless there is a clear improvement in shareholder value; or

4. Directors eligible to receive options or shares under the scheme are involved in the administration of the plan.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if non-executive directors are among the plan’s potential beneficiaries, paying special attention to:

1. Whether there are sufficient safeguards to ensure that beneficiaries do not participate in the plan’s administration; and

2. The type of grant (if time-based, performance-based, or in lieu of cash), considering the long-term strategic role of boards of directors.

Specifically, for share matching plans, in addition to the abovementioned factors, vote AGAINST the plan, or an amendment to the plan, if:

1. The shares to be acquired by the participant to become eligible to the share matching plan lack a minimum three-year lock-up period.

Furthermore, for share matching plans with no disclosed performance criteria, Boston Partners will vote AGAINST the plan if:

1. The shares of the initial investment may be purchased by the participant at a discount to the market price;

2. The initial investment is made using resources other than the annual variable remuneration received by the participant; or

3. The plan lacks a reasonable ratio between the number of shares awarded by the company (matching) and each share acquired by the participant.

IV.      Other

Items Antitakeover Mechanisms

Vote FOR mandatory bid provisions that are structured in line with the recommendations of the Sao Paulo Stock Exchange’s Novo Mercado listing segment:

1. Ownership trigger of 30 percent or higher; and

2. Reasonable pricing provisions.

B-67 

CANADA: TSX- LISTED AND VENTURE LISTED COMPANIES

I.      Board of Directors

Director Elections

Generally, vote WITHHOLD for all directors nominated only by slate ballot at the annual/general or annual/special shareholders’ meetings. This policy will not apply to contested director elections.

Individual director elections are required for companies listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX). 

Policy Considerations for Majority Owned Companies 

Support a one-share, one-vote principle. In recognition of the substantial equity stake held by certain shareholders, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, non-management director nominees who are or who represent a controlling shareholder of a majority owned company may be supported if the company meets all of the following independence and governance criteria:

1. The number of directors related to the controlling shareholder should not exceed the proportion of common shares controlled by the controlling shareholder. In no event, however, should the number of directors related to the controlling shareholder exceed two-thirds of the board;

2. In addition to the above, if the CEO is related to the controlling shareholder, no more than one-third of the board should be related to management (as distinct from the controlling shareholder);

3. If the CEO and chair roles are combined or the CEO is or is related to the controlling shareholder, then there should be an independent lead director and the board should have an effective and transparent process to deal with any conflicts of interest between the company, minority shareholders, and the controlling shareholder;

4. A majority of the audit and nominating committees should be either independent directors or in addition to at least one independent director, may be directors who are related to the controlling shareholder. All members of the compensation committee should be independent of management. If the CEO is related to the controlling shareholder, no more than one member of the compensation committee should be a director who is related to the controlling shareholder; and

5. Prompt disclosure of detailed vote results following each shareholder meeting.

If any of the above independence and governance criteria are not met, the policy exemption will not be applied. This policy will not be considered at dual class companies having common shares with unequal voting or unequal board representation rights.

Gender Diversity

WITHOLD votes from the Chair of the Nominating Committee when the company has not disclosed a formal written gender diversity policy.

Audit Fee Disclosure

For TSX-listed companies, vote WITHHOLD for the members of the audit committee as constituted in the most recently completed fiscal year if no audit fee information is disclosed by the company within a reasonable period of time prior to a shareholders’ meeting at which ratification of auditors is a voting item.

For Canada Venture Listed companies, vote WITHHOLD for the members of the audit committee as constituted in the most recently completed fiscal year if no audit fee information is disclosed by the company within 120 days after its fiscal year end. In the event that the shareholders’ meeting at which ratification of auditors is a voting item is scheduled prior to the end of the 120 day reporting deadline and the audit fees for the most recently completed fiscal year have not yet been provided, the vote will be based on the fee disclosure for the prior fiscal year.

Director Attendance

Vote WITHHOLD for individual director nominees (except nominees who served for only part of the fiscal year or newly publicly listed companies or companies that have recently graduated to the TSX, should be considered CASE-BY-CASE) if the company has not adopted a majority voting director resignation policy and, if they have, a pattern of low attendance exists based on prior years’ meeting attendance.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD for continuing individual directors, nominating committee members, or the continuing members of the entire board of directors if at the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent WITHHOLD votes of the votes cast under a majority voting director resignation policy and the nominating committee has not required that the director leave the board after 90 days, or has not provided another form of acceptable response to the shareholder vote which will be reviewed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis;

B-68 

Unilateral Adoption of an Advance Notice Provision

Vote WITHHOLD for individual directors, committee members, or the entire board as appropriate in situations where an advance notice policy has been adopted by the board but has not been included on the voting agenda at the next shareholders’ meeting.

Continued lack of shareholder approval of the advanced notice policy in subsequent years may result in further WITHHOLD votes.

Externally-Managed Issuers (EMIs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on say-on-pay resolutions where provided, or on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board as appropriate, when an issuer is externally managed and has provided minimal or no disclosure about their management services agreements and how senior management is compensated. Factors taken into consideration may include but are not limited to: 

The size and scope of the management services agreement;

1. Executive compensation in comparison to issuer peers and/or similarly structured issuers;

2. Overall performance;

3. Related party transactions;

4. Board and committee independence;

5. Conflicts of interest and process for managing conflicts effectively;

6. Disclosure and independence of the decision-making process involved in the selection of the management services provider;

7. Risk mitigating factors included within the management services agreement such as fee recoupment mechanisms;

8. Historical compensation concerns;

9. Executives’ responsibilities; and

10. Other factors that may reasonably be deemed appropriate to assess an externally-managed issuer’s governance framework.

Proxy Access

Proxy Contests – Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

In addition to the General Policy when a dissident seeks a majority of board seats, Boston Partners will require from the dissident a well-reasoned and detailed business plan, including the dissident’s strategic initiatives, a transition plan and the identification of a qualified and credible new management team. The detailed dissident plan will be compared against the incumbent plan and the dissident director nominees and management team will be compared against the incumbent team in order to arrive at a vote decision.

When a dissident seeks a minority of board seats, the burden of proof imposed on the dissident is lower. In such cases, Boston Partners will not require from the dissident a detailed plan of action, nor is the dissident required to prove that its plan is preferable to the incumbent plan. Instead, the dissident will be required to prove that board change is preferable to the status quo and that the dissident director slate will add value to board deliberations including by, among other factors, considering issues from a viewpoint different from that of the current board members.

II.      Shareholder Rights & Defenses

Advance Notice Requirements

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt or amend an advance notice board policy or to adopt or amend articles or by-laws containing or adding an advance notice requirement. These provisions will be evaluated to ensure that all of the provisions included within the requirement solely support the stated purpose of the requirement. The purpose of advance notice requirements, as generally stated in the market, is:

1. To prevent stealth proxy contests;

2. To provide a reasonable framework for shareholders to nominate directors by allowing shareholders to submit director nominations within a reasonable timeframe; and

3. To provide all shareholders with sufficient information about potential nominees in order for them to make informed voting decisions on such nominees.

B-69 

Features that may be considered problematic include but are not limited to:

1. For annual notice of meeting given not less than 50 days prior to the meeting date, the notification timeframe within the advance notice requirement should allow shareholders the ability to provide notice of director nominations at any time not less than 30 days prior to the shareholders’ meeting. The notification timeframe should not be subject to any maximum notice period. If notice of annual meeting is given less than 50 days prior to the meeting date, a provision to require shareholder notice by close of business on the 10^th day following first public announcement of the annual meeting is supportable. In the case of a special meeting, a requirement that a nominating shareholder must provide notice by close of business on the 15^th day following first public announcement of the special shareholders’ meeting is also acceptable;

2. The board’s inability to waive all sections of the advance notice provision under the policy or by-law, in its sole discretion;

3. A requirement that any nominating shareholder provide representation that the nominating shareholder be present at the meeting in person or by proxy at which his or her nominee is standing for election for the nomination to be accepted, notwithstanding the number of votes obtained by such nominee;

4. A requirement that any proposed nominee deliver a written agreement wherein the proposed nominee acknowledges and agrees, in advance, to comply with all policies and guidelines of the company that are applicable to directors;

5. Any provision that restricts the notification period to that established for the originally scheduled meeting in the event that the meeting has been adjourned or postponed;

6. Any disclosure request within the advance notice requirement, or the company’s ability to request additional disclosure of the nominating shareholder(s) or the shareholder nominee(s) that: exceeds what is required in a dissident proxy circular; goes beyond what is necessary to determine director nominee qualifications, relevant experience, shareholding or voting interest in the company, or independence in the same manner as would be required for management nominees; or, goes beyond what is required under law or regulation;

7. Stipulations within the provision that the corporation will not be obligated to include any information provided by dissident director nominees or nominating shareholders in any shareholder communications, including the proxy statement; and

8. Any other feature or provision determined to have a negative impact on shareholders’ interests and deemed outside the purview of the stated purpose of the advance notice requirement.

Enhanced Shareholder Meeting Quorum for Contested Director Elections

Vote AGAINST new by-laws or amended by-laws that would establish two different quorum levels which would result in implementing a higher quorum solely for those shareholder meetings where common share investors seek to replace the majority of current board members (“Enhanced Quorum”).

Appointment of Additional Directors Between Annual Meetings

Vote FOR these resolutions where:

1. The company is incorporated under a statute (such as the Canada Business Corporations Act) that permits removal of directors by simple majority vote;

2. The number of directors to be appointed between meetings does not exceed one-third of the number of directors appointed at the previous annual meeting; and

3. Such appointments must be ratified by shareholders at the annual meeting immediately following the date of their appointment.

Article/By-law Amendments

Vote FOR proposals to adopt or amend articles/by-laws unless the resulting document contains any of the following:

1. The quorum for a meeting of shareholders is set below two persons holding 25 percent of the eligible vote (this may be reduced to no less than 10 percent in the case of a small company that can demonstrate, based on publicly disclosed voting results, that it is unable to achieve a higher quorum and where there is no controlling shareholder);

2. The quorum for a meeting of directors is less than 50 percent of the number of directors;

3. The chair of the board has a casting vote in the event of a deadlock at a meeting of directors;

4. An alternate director provision that permits a director to appoint another person to serve as an alternate director to attend board or committee meetings in place of the duly elected director;

5. An advance notice requirement that includes one or more provisions which could have a negative impact on shareholders’ interests and which are deemed outside the purview of the stated purpose of the requirement;

6. Authority is granted to the board with regard to altering future capital authorizations or alteration of the capital structure without further shareholder approval; or

7. Any other provisions that may adversely impact shareholders’ rights or diminish independent effective board oversight.

In any event, proposals to adopt or amend articles or by-laws will generally be opposed if the complete article or by-law document is not included in the meeting materials for thorough review or referenced for ease of location on SEDAR, which is the equivalent to the U.S.’ EDGAR System.

B-70 

Vote FOR proposals to adopt or amend articles/by-laws if the proposed amendment is limited to only that which is required by regulation or will simplify share registration.

Confidential Voting

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived for that particular vote.

Generally, vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

As required by the TSX, the adoption of a shareholder rights plan must be ratified by shareholders within six months of adoption.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals to ratify a shareholder rights plan (poison pill) taking into account whether it conforms to ‘new generation’ rights plan best practice guidelines and its scope is limited to the following two specific purposes:

1. To give the board more time to find an alternative value enhancing transaction; and

2. To ensure the equal treatment of all shareholders.

Vote AGAINST plans that go beyond these purposes if:

1. The plan gives discretion to the board to either:

a. Determine whether actions by shareholders constitute a change in control;

b. Amend material provisions without shareholder approval;

c. Interpret other provisions;

d. Redeem the rights or waive the plan’s application without a shareholder vote; or

e. Prevent a bid from going to shareholders.

2. The plan has any of the following characteristics:

a. Unacceptable key definitions;

b. Reference to Derivatives Contracts within the definition of Beneficial Owner;

c. Flip over provision;

d. Permitted bid minimum period greater than 105 days;

e. Maximum triggering threshold set at less than 20 percent of outstanding shares;

f. Does not permit partial bids;

g. Includes a Shareholder Endorsed Insider Bid (SEIB) provision;

h. Bidder must frequently update holdings;

i. Requirement for a shareholder meeting to approve a bid; and

j. Requirement that the bidder provide evidence of financing.

3. The plan does not:

a. Include an exemption for a “permitted lock up agreement”;

B-71 

b. Include clear exemptions for money managers, pension funds, mutual funds, trustees, and custodians who are not making a takeover bid; and

c. Exclude reference to voting agreements among shareholders.

Exclusive Forum Proposals

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt an exclusive forum by-law or to amend by-laws to add an exclusive forum provision, taking the following into consideration:

1. Jurisdiction of incorporation;

2. Board rationale for adopting exclusive forum;

3. Legal actions subject to the exclusive forum provision;

4. Evidence of past harm as a result of shareholder legal action against the company originating outside of the jurisdiction of incorporation;

5. Company corporate governance provisions and shareholder rights; or

6. Any other problematic provisions that raise concerns regarding shareholder rights.

III.      Capital/ Restructuring

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Generally, vote FOR proposals to approve increased authorized capital if:

1. A company’s shares are in danger of being de-listed; or

2. A company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to approve unlimited capital authorization.

Private Placement Issuances

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on private placement issuances taking into account:

1. Whether other resolutions are bundled with the issuance;

2. Whether the rationale for the private placement issuance is disclosed;

3. Dilution to existing shareholders’ position;

4. Issuance that represents no more than 30 percent of the company’s outstanding shares on a non-diluted basis is considered generally acceptable;

5. Discount/premium in issuance price to the unaffected share price before the announcement of the private placement;

6. Market reaction: The market’s response to the proposed private placement since announcement; and

7. Other applicable factors, including conflict of interest, change in control/management, evaluation of other alternatives.

Generally, vote FOR the private placement issuance if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved or the company’s auditor/management has indicated that the company has going concern issues.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

Vote AGAINST proposals to create unlimited blank check preferred shares or increase blank cheque preferred shares where:

1. The shares carry unspecified rights, restrictions, and terms; or

2. The company does not specify any specific purpose for the increase in such shares.

Generally, vote FOR proposals to create a reasonably limited number of preferred shares where both of the following apply:

1. The company has stated in writing and publicly disclosed that the shares will not be used for antitakeover purposes; and

2. The voting, conversion, and other rights, restrictions, and terms of such stock where specified in the articles, are reasonable.

Dual-class Stock

Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock that will create a class of common shareholders with diminished or superior voting rights.

B-72 

The following is an exceptional set of circumstances under which Boston Partners would generally support a dual class capital structure. Such a structure must meet all of the following criteria:

1. It is required due to foreign ownership restrictions and financing is required to be done out of country;

2. It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder;

3. The subordinate class may elect some board nominees;

4. There is a sunset provision; and

5. There is a coattail provision that places a prohibition on any change in control transaction without approval of the subordinate class shareholders.

Escrow Agreements

Vote AGAINST an amendment to an existing escrow agreement where the company is proposing to delete all performance-based release requirements in favor of time-driven release requirements.

IV.      Compensation

Pay for Performance Evaluation

This policy will be applied at all S&P/TSX Composite Index Companies and for all management say-on-pay proposals (MSOP) resolutions. 

On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, Boston Partners will evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s total compensation with company performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholder’s perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s share price performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are used as the basis for incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long term. 

Vote AGAINST MSOP proposals and/or vote WITHHOLD for compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO) and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if there is significant long-term misalignment between CEO pay and company performance. 

The determination of long-term pay for performance alignment is a two-step process: step one is a quantitative screen, which includes a relative and absolute analysis on pay for performance, and step two is a qualitative assessment of the CEO’s pay and company performance. A pay for performance disconnect will be determined as follows:

Step I: Quantitative Screen

Relative:

1. The Relative Degree of Alignment (RDA) is the difference between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period or less if pay or performance data is unavailable for the full three years;

2. The Financial Performance Assessment (FPA) is the ranking of CEO total pay and company financial performance within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period;

3. Multiple of Median (MOM) is the total compensation in the last reported fiscal year relative to the median compensation of the peer group; and

Absolute:

1. The CEO Pay-to-TSR Alignment (PTA) over the prior five fiscal years, i.e., the difference between absolute pay changes and absolute TSR changes during the prior five-year period (or less as company disclosure permits).

Step II: Qualitative Analysis

Companies identified by the methodology as having potential misalignment will receive a qualitative assessment to determine the ultimate vote, considering a range of CASE-BY-CASE factors which may include:

1. The ratio of performance- to time-based equity grants and the overall mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation (considering whether the ratio is more than 50 percent); standard time-vested stock options and restricted shares are not considered to be performance-based for this consideration;

2. The quality of disclosure and appropriateness of the performance measure(s) and goal(s) utilized, so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage;

3. The trend in other financial metrics, such as growth in revenue, earnings, return measures such as ROE, ROA, ROIC, etc.;

4. The use of discretionary out-of-plan payments or awards and the rationale provided as well as frequency of such payments or awards;

5. The trend considering prior years’ P4P concern;

6. Extraordinary situation due to a new CEO in the last reported FY; and

B-73 

7. Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

Vote AGAINST MSOP resolutions and/or vote WITHHOLD for compensation committee members if the company has significant problematic compensation practices. Generally, vote AGAINST equity plans if the plan is a vehicle for problematic compensation practices. 

Generally, vote based on the preponderance of problematic elements; however, certain adverse practices may warrant WITHHOLD or AGAINST votes on a stand-alone basis in particularly egregious cases. The following practices, while not an exhaustive list, are examples of problematic compensation practices that may warrant an AGAINST or WITHHOLD vote: 

Poor disclosure practices: General omission of timely information necessary to understand the rationale for compensation setting process and outcomes, or omission of material contracts, agreements or shareholder disclosure documents; 

New CEO with overly generous new hire package:

1. Excessive “make whole” provisions;

2. Any of the problematic pay practices listed in this policy;

Egregious employment contracts: Contracts containing multiyear guarantees for salary increases, bonuses, or equity compensation; 

Employee Loans: Interest free or low interest loans extended by the company to employees for the purpose of exercising options or acquiring equity to meet holding requirements or as compensation; 

Excessive severance and/or change-in-control provisions:

1. Inclusion of excessive change-in-control or severance payments, especially those with a multiple in excess of 2X cash pay (salary + bonus);

2. Severance paid for a “performance termination” (i.e., due to the executive’s failure to perform job functions at the appropriate level);

3. Employment or severance agreements that provide for modified single triggers, under which an executive may voluntarily leave following a change in control without cause and still receive the severance package;

4. Perquisites for former executives such as car allowance, personal use of corporate aircraft, or other inappropriate arrangements;

5. Change-in-control payouts without loss of job or substantial diminution of job duties (single-triggered);

Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure: Performance metrics that are changed, canceled, or replaced during the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and the link to performance; 

Excessive perks: Overly generous cost and/or reimbursement of taxes for personal use of corporate aircraft, personal security systems maintenance and/or installation, car allowances, and/or other excessive arrangements relative to base salary; 

Payment of dividends on performance awards: Performance award grants for which dividends are paid during the period before the performance criteria or goals have been achieved, and therefore not yet earned; 

Problematic option granting practices:

1. Backdating options (i.e. retroactively setting a stock option’s exercise price lower than the prevailing market value at the grant date);

2. Springloading options (i.e. timing the grant of options to effectively guarantee an increase in share price shortly after the grant date);

3. Cancellation and subsequent re-grant of options;

Internal Pay Disparity: Excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of next highest-paid named executive officer (NEO); 

Absence of pay practices that discourage excessive risk taking:

1. These provisions include but are not limited to: clawbacks, holdbacks, stock ownership requirements, deferred bonus and equity award compensation practices, etc.;

2. Financial institutions will be expected to have adopted or at least addressed the provisions listed above in accordance with the Financial Stability Board’s (FSB) Compensation Practices and standards for financial companies;

Other excessive compensation payouts or problematic pay practices at the company.

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

In addition to the General Policy, consider the following:

1. Plan Features:

a. Detailed disclosure regarding the treatment of outstanding awards under a change in control (CIC)

b. No financial assistance to plan participants for the exercise or settlement of awards;

c. Public disclosure of the full text of the plan document; and

d. Reasonable share dilution from equity plans relative to market best practices. For Canada Venture Listed Companies, the basic dilution (i.e. not including warrants or shares reserved for equity compensation) represented by all equity compensation plans should not be greater than 10 percent.

e. For Canada Venture Listed Companies, generally vote AGAINST if the plan expressly permits the repricing of options without shareholder approval and the company has repriced options within the past three years; and the plan is a rolling equity plan that enables auto-replenishment of share reserves without requiring periodic shareholder approval of at least every three years (i.e., evergreen plan).

2. Grant Practices:

a. Reasonable three-year average burn rate relative to market best practices (shouldn’t exceed 3.5%);

b. Meaningful time vesting requirements for the CEO’s most recent equity grants (three-year lookback);

c. The issuance of performance-based equity to the CEO;

d. A clawback provision applicable to equity awards; and

B-74 

e. Post-exercise or post-settlement share-holding requirements (S&P/TSX Composite Index only).

Generally, vote AGAINST the plan proposal if the combination of above factors, as determined by an overall score, indicates that the plan is not in shareholders’ best interests. 

Overriding Negative Factors: In addition, vote AGAINST the plan if any of the following unacceptable factors have been identified:

1. Discretionary or insufficiently limited non- executive director participation;

2. An amendment provision which fails to adequately restrict the company’s ability to amend the plan without shareholder approval;

3. A history of repricing stock options without shareholder approval (three-year look-back);

4. The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

5. Any other plan features that are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

Plan Cost

Vote AGAINST equity plans if the cost is unreasonable.

Overriding Negative Factors

Plan Amendment Provisions

Vote AGAINST the approval of proposed Amendment Procedures that do not require shareholder approval for the following types of amendments under any security-based compensation arrangement, whether or not such approval is required under current regulatory rules:

1. Any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under a plan or plan maximum;

2. Any reduction in exercise price or cancellation and reissue of options or other entitlements;

3. Any amendment that extends the term of options beyond the original expiry;

4. Amendments to eligible participants that may permit the introduction or reintroduction of non- executive directors on a discretionary basis or amendments that increase limits previously imposed on non- executive director participation;

5. Any amendment which would permit options granted under the Plan to be transferable or assignable other than for normal estate settlement purposes; and

6. Amendments to the plan amendment provisions.

To clarify application of the above criteria, all items will apply to all equity-based compensation arrangements under which treasury shares are reserved for grants of, for example: restricted stock, restricted share units, or deferred share units, except those items that specifically refer to option grants.

Non- Executive Director (NED) Participation

Discretionary Participation 

Vote AGAINST a management equity compensation plan that permits discretionary NED participation.

Limited Participation

Vote AGAINST an equity compensation plan proposal where:

1. The NED aggregate share reserve under the plan exceeds 1 percent of the outstanding common shares; or

2. The equity plan document does not specify an annual individual NED grant limit with a maximum value of (i) $100,000 worth of stock options, or (ii) $150,000 worth of shares.

The maximum annual individual NED limit should not exceed $150,000 under any type of equity compensation plan, of which no more than $100,000 of value may comprise stock options.

Individual Grants

Vote AGAINST individual equity grants to NEDs in the following circumstances:

1. In conjunction with an equity compensation plan that is on the agenda at the shareholder meeting if voting AGAINST the underlying equity compensation plan; and

2. Outside of an equity compensation plan if the director’s annual grant would exceed the above individual director limit.

Shares taken in lieu of cash fees and a one-time initial equity grant upon a director joining the board will not be included in the maximum award limit.

B-75 

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs, ESOPs)

Vote FOR broadly based (preferably all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more beneficial ownership of the company) employee stock purchase plans where the following apply:

1. Reasonable limit on employee contribution (may be expressed as a fixed dollar amount or as a percentage of base salary excluding bonus, commissions and special compensation);

2. Employer contribution of up to 25 percent of employee contribution and no purchase price discount or employer contribution of more than 25 percent of employee contribution and SVT cost of the company’s equity plans is within the allowable cap for the company;

3. Purchase price is at least 80 percent of fair market value with no employer contribution;

4. Potential dilution together with all other equity-based plans is 10 percent of outstanding common shares or less; and

5. The Plan Amendment Provision requires shareholder approval for amendments to:

a. The number of shares reserved for the plan;

b. The allowable purchase price discount;

c. The employer matching contribution amount.

Treasury funded ESPPs, as well as market purchase funded ESPPs requesting shareholder approval, will be considered to be incentive-based compensation if the employer match is greater than 25 percent of the employee contribution. In this case, Boston Partners will assess the SVT cost of the plan together with the company’s other equity-based compensation plans. 

Eligibility and administration are also key factors in determining the acceptability of an ESPP/ESOP plan.

Management Deferred Share Unit (DSU) Plans

Vote FOR deferred compensation plans if:

1. SVT cost of the plan does not exceed the company’s allowable cap;

2. If the SVT cost cannot be calculated, potential dilution together with all other equity-based compensation is 10 percent of the outstanding common shares or less;

3. NED participation is acceptably limited or the plan explicitly states that NEDs may only receive DSUs in lieu of cash in a value for value exchange (please refer to Overriding Negative Factors/NED Participation above);

4. The plan amendment provisions require shareholder approval for any amendment to:

5. Increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan;

6. Change the eligible participants that may permit the introduction or reintroduction of non- executive directors on a discretionary basis or amendments that increase limits previously imposed on NED participation;

7. Amend the plan amendment provisions.

In addition, for Canada Venture Listed Companies, vote FOR deferred compensation plans if:

1. Potential dilution together with all other equity-based compensation is 10 percent of the outstanding common shares or less;

2. The average annual burn rate is no more than 3.5 percent per year (generally averaged over most recent three-year period and rounded to the nearest whole number for policy application purposes.

Non- Executive Director (NED) Deferred Share Unit (DSU) Plans

Vote FOR a NED deferred compensation plan if:

1. DSUs may ONLY be granted in lieu of cash fees on a value for value basis (no discretionary or other grants are permitted), and

2. Potential dilution together with all other equity-based compensation is 10 percent of the outstanding common shares or less.

Vote FOR NED deferred compensation plans that permit discretionary grants (not ONLY in lieu of cash fees) if:

1. Potential dilution together with all other equity-based compensation is 10 percent of the outstanding common shares or less;

2. If the plan includes a company matching or top-up provision, the SVT cost of the plan does not exceed the company’s allowable cap;

3. NED participation is acceptably limited (please refer to Overriding Negative Factors/NED Participation above);

4. The plan amendment provisions require shareholder approval for any amendment to:

a. Increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan; Change the eligible participants that may permit the introduction or reintroduction of non- executive directors on a discretionary basis or amendments that increase limits previously imposed on NED participation;

b. Amend the plan amendment provisions.

5. In addition, for Canada Venture Listed Companies, vote FOR deferred compensation plans if the average annual burn rate is no more than 3.5 percent per year (generally averaged over most recent three-year period and rounded to the nearest whole number for policy application purposes.

Other elements of director compensation evaluated in conjunction with DSU plan proposals include:

B-76 

1. Director stock ownership guidelines of a minimum of three times annual cash retainer;

2. Vesting schedule or mandatory deferral period which requires that shares in payment of deferred units may not be paid out until the end of board service;

3. The mix of remuneration between cash and equity; and

4. Other forms of equity-based compensation, i.e. stock options, restricted stock.

Problematic Director Compensation Practices

On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, generally vote WITHHOLD for members of the committee responsible for director compensation (or, where no such committee has been identified, the board chair or full board) where director compensation practices which pose a risk of compromising a non- executive director’s independence or which otherwise appear problematic from the perspective of shareholders have been identified, including:

1. Excessive (relative to standard market practice) inducement grants issued upon the appointment or election of a new director to the board (consideration will be given to the form in which the compensation has been issued and the board’s rationale for the inducement grant);

2. Performance-based equity grants to non- executive directors which could pose a risk of aligning directors’ interests away from those of shareholders and toward those of management; and

3. Other significant problematic practices relating to director compensation.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for shareholder proposals targeting executive and director pay, taking into account the target company’s performance, absolute and relative pay levels as well as the wording of the proposal itself. 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the exercise of some, but not all stock options be tied to the achievement of performance hurdles.

Shareholder Advisory Vote Proposals

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting the adoption of a non-binding advisory shareholder vote to ratify the report of the compensation committee. 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requesting a binding vote on executive or director compensation as being overly prescriptive and which may lead to shareholder micro-management of compensation issues that are more appropriately within the purview of the compensation committee of the board of directors.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) Proposals

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requesting the exclusion of bonus amounts and extra service credits to determine SERP payouts, unless the company’s SERP disclosure includes the following problematic pay practices:

1. Inclusion of equity-based compensation in the pension calculation;

2. Inclusion of excessive bonus amounts in the pension calculation;

3. Addition of extra years’ service credited in other than exceptional circumstances and without compelling rationale;

4. No absolute limit on SERP annual pension benefits (ideally expressed in dollar terms);

5. No reduction in benefits on a pro-rata basis in the case of early retirement.

In addition, consideration will also be given to the extent to which executive compensation is performance driven and “at risk,” as well as whether bonus payouts can exceed 100 percent of base salary.

B-77 

CHINA AND HONG KONG

I.      Board of Directors

Voting for Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections (Hong Kong)

Independence and Composition

Boston Partners applies a five-year cooling off period to former employees or executives when determining nominee independence in Hong Kong. 

Generally, vote FOR the re/election of directors unless:

1. The nominee has been a partner of the company’s auditor within the last three years, and serves on the audit committee;

2. Any non-independent director nominees where the board is less than one-third independent⁵;

3. The nominee is an executive director serving on the audit committee;

4. The nominee is an executive director serving on the remuneration committee or nomination committee, and the committee is not majority independent;

5. The nominee is a non-independent director serving as the chairman of the audit committee, remuneration committee, and/or nomination committee (except for a non-independent director serving as chairman of the nomination committee who also serves as the chairman of the board)

6. There is a conflict of interest with the resolution(s) to be discussed in the board or committee meeting

When the board does not have a formal audit committee, remuneration committee, and/or nomination committee, vote AGAINST if:

1. The nominee is an executive director and the board is not majority independent;

2. The nominee is a non-independent chairman of the board.

Boston Partners will consider an independent non-executive director non-independent if such director serves as a director for more than nine years, and the company fails to disclose the reasons why such director should still be considered independent, or where such reasons raise concerns regarding the director’s true level of independence. 

Generally, Boston Partners will vote FOR the election of a CEO, managing director, executive chairman, or founder whose removal from the board would be expected to have a material negative impact on shareholder value.

II.      Remuneration

Director Remuneration

Generally, vote FOR resolutions regarding directors’ and supervisors’ fees unless they are excessive relative to fees paid by other companies of similar size.

Equity-based Compensation

A-share Stock Option Schemes and Performance Share Schemes 

Vote AGAINST a stock option and/or performance share scheme if:

1. Pricing Basis – The plan permits the exercise price of the stock options and/or grant price of the performance shares to be set at an unreasonable price compared to the market price without sufficient justification;

2. Dilution – The maximum dilution level for the scheme exceeds 10 percent of issued capital; or of 5 percent of issued capital for a mature company and 10 percent for a growth company. However, Boston Partners will support plans at mature companies with dilution levels up to 10 percent if the plan includes other positive features such as challenging performance criteria and meaningful vesting periods, as these features partially offset dilution concerns by reducing the likelihood that options will become exercisable unless there is a clear improvement in shareholder value;

3. Performance benchmark – The scheme is proposed in the second half of the year and the measurement of the company’s financial performance starts from the same year. The rationale is that the company’s financial performance has been largely determined for that particular year and thus by linking the vesting conditions of part of the options and/or performance shares to that year’s financial performance, the company is providing incentives for the period of the second half only, which can either be too aggressive (if the target is far out of reach) or too insufficient (i.e., the target has already been reached); or

4. Incentive plan administration – Directors eligible to receive options and/or performance shares under the scheme are involved in the administration of the scheme are involved in the administration of the scheme.

⁵ Not applicable if the lack of board independence is due to the immediate retirement, abrupt resignation, or death of an independent non-executive director, provided that the company mentioned or announced a definite timeline of up to three months for the appointment of a new independent non-executive director to have adequate level of board independence.

B-78 

Additionally, in Hong Kong, generally vote FOR an equity-based compensation plan unless:

1. The maximum dilution level for the scheme, together with all outstanding schemes, exceeds 5 percent of issued capital for a mature company and 10 percent for a growth company. In addition, Boston Partners will support a plan’s dilution limit that exceeds these thresholds if the annual grant limit under all plans is 0.5 percent or less for a mature company (1 percent or less for a mature company with clearly disclosed performance criteria) and 1 percent or less for a growth company.

2. The plan permits options to be issued with an exercise price at a discount to the current market price; or

3. Directors eligible to receive options or awards under the scheme are involved in the administration of the scheme and the administrator has the discretion over their awards.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Generally, vote FOR employee stock purchase plans (ESPPs) unless any of the following applies:

1. The total stock allocated to the ESPP exceeds 10 percent of the company’s total shares outstanding at any given time;

2. The share purchase price is less than 90 percent of the market price when the share purchase is conducted solely through private placement;

3. The company’s significant shareholders (i.e. individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company) are involved as plan participants;

4. The ESPP is proposed in connection with an equity financing scheme which does not warrant shareholder support; or

5. The ESPP contains any other terms that are deemed disadvantageous to shareholders.

III.      Capital Raising

Share Issuance Requests

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on share issuance request, with reference to the identity of the places, the use of proceeds, and the company’s past share issuance requests. 

For Hong Kong, generally vote FOR the general share issuance mandate for companies that:

1. Limit the issuance request to 10 percent or less of the relevant class of issued share capital;

2. Limit the discount to 10 percent of the market price of shares (rather than the maximum 20 percent permitted by the Listing Rules); and

3. Have no history of renewing the general issuance mandate several times within a period of one year which may result in the share issuance limit exceeding 10 percent of the relevant class of issued share capital within the 12-month period.

Share Repurchase Plans (Repurchase Mandate) (Hong Kong)

Generally, vote FOR resolutions seeking for share repurchase mandate.

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased (Share Reissuance Mandate) (Hong Kong) 

Generally, vote FOR the share reissuance mandate for companies that: 

1. Limit the aggregate issuance request – that is, for the general issuance mandate and the share reissuance mandate combined – to 10 percent or less of the relevant class of issued share capital;

2. Limit the discount to 10 percent of the market price of shares (rather than the maximum 20 percent permitted by the Listing Rules); and

3. Have no history of renewing the general issuance mandate several times within a period of one year.

A-share Private Placement Issuance Requests (Hong Kong)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on share issuance requests, with reference to the identity of the places, the use of proceeds, and the company’s past share issuance requests.

Adjustments of Conversion Price of Outstanding Convertible Bonds

Generally, vote AGAINST the downward adjustment of the conversion price of A-share convertible bonds unless the proposed adjusted conversion price is deemed reasonable given the company’s justification; and the company is under extraordinary circumstances, such as liquidation or debt restructuring process due to financial distress.

Debt Issuance Request/Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on non-convertible debt issuance requests, proposals to approve the specific pledging of assets for debt and increases in borrowing power. Generally, vote FOR such requests if:

1. The size of the debt being requested is disclosed;

2. A credible reason for the need for additional funding is provided;

B-79 

3. Details regarding the assets to be pledged are disclosed (for specific asset pledge proposals); and

4. There are no significant causes for shareholder concerns regarding the terms and conditions of the debt.

A vote AGAINST will be warranted only in extremely egregious cases or where the company fails to provide sufficient information to enable a meaningful shareholder review. 

For the issuance of convertible debt instruments, as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion is acceptable on equity issuance requests, a vote FOR will be warranted. Boston Partners will vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders. 

Moreover, where a general authority to issue debt or pledge assets is requested, in addition to the above criteria, we will oppose such a proposal if it could result in a potentially excessive increase in debt. A potential increase in debt may be considered excessive when:

1. The proposed maximum amount is more than twice the company’s total debt;

2. It could result in the company’s debt-to-equity ratio exceeding 300 percent (for non-financial companies); and

3. The maximum hypothetical debt-to-equity ratio is more than three times the industry and/or market norm.

If data on the normal level of debt in that particular industry or market is not available, only the company-specific information will be considered. 

For Hong Kong, for proposals seeking a general authority to pledge assets for debt, the specific assets to be pledged need not be disclosed. However, in such cases, the authority should be limited such that it would not result in an excessive increase in debt. If the proposal grants excessive authority to the board or management, vote AGAINST. 

In certain countries, shareholder approval is required when a company needs to secure a debt issuance with its assets. In many cases, this is a routine request and is a formality under the relevant law. When reviewing such proposals, Boston Partners takes into account the terms of the proposed debt issuance, the company’s overall debt level, and the company’s justification for the pledging of assets. 

Boston Partners will vote AGAINST specific requests to pledge an asset in cases where no information regarding the size of the debt to be raised is disclosed, no credible explanation for the need of funding is provided, no details regarding the assets to be pledged are disclosed, or in extreme cases where shareholders’ rights and economic interests could be negatively affected.

Provision of Guarantees/ Loan Guarantee Requests

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to provide loan guarantees for subsidiaries, affiliates, and related parties. Generally, vote AGAINST the provision of a guarantee where:

1. The identity of the entity receiving the guarantee is not disclosed;

2. The guarantee is being provided to a director, executive, parent company or affiliated entities where the company has no direct or indirect equity ownership; or

3. The guarantee is provided to an entity in which the company’s ownership stake is less than 75 percent; and such guarantee is not proportionate to the company’s equity stake or other parties have not provided a counter guarantee.

When the proposed guarantee does not fall into the above criteria, vote FOR such request provided that there are no significant concerns regarding the entity receiving the guarantee, the relationship between the listed company and the entity receiving the guarantee, the purpose of the guarantee, or the terms of the guarantee agreement. Examples of such concerns include a previous default by the entity receiving the guarantee or a sub-investment grade credit rating.

IV.      Amendments to Articles of Association/ Company By-laws

Communist Party Committee

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for article and/or by-law amendments regarding Party Committees where the proposed amendments lack transparency or are not considered to adequately provide for accountability and transparency to shareholders.

Other Article of Association/By-law Amendments

Generally, vote FOR by-law amendments if:

1. They are driven by regulatory changes and are technical in nature; or

2. They are meant to update company-specific information in the by-laws such as registered capital, address, and business scope, etc.

Generally, vote AGAINST the amendments if:

1. There is no disclosure on the proposed amendments or full text of the amended by-law; or

2. The amendments include the increase in the decision authority which is considered excessive and the company fails to provide a compelling justification.

V.      Related Party Transactions

Loan Financing Requests

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on loans and financing proposals. 

In assessing requests for loan financing provided by a related party:

B-80 

1. Boston Partners will examine stated uses of proceeds, the size or specific amount of the loan requested, and the interest rate to be charged. Boston Partners also gives importance to, and seeks disclosure on, the specific relation of the party providing the loan to the company.

In assessing requests to provide loan financing to a related party:

1. Boston Partners will examine stated uses of proceeds, the size or specific amount of the loan requested, and interest rates to be charged. Boston Partners also gives importance to, and seeks disclosure on, the specific relation of the party to be granted the loan by the company.

2. Boston Partner will generally vote AGAINST the provision of loans to clients, controlling shareholders, and actual controlling persons of the company.

3. Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST the provision of loans to an entity in which the company’s ownership stake is less than 75 percent and the financing provision is not proportionate to the company’s equity stake.

Group Finance Companies

Vote AGAINST requests to deposit monies with a group finance company.

VI.      Proposals to Invest in Financial Products Using Idle Funds

Vote on proposals to invest in financial products using idle funds on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Key factors for evaluating such requests include:

1. Any known concerns with previous investments;

2. The amount of the proposed investment relative to the company’s assets;

3. Disclosure of the nature of the products in which the company proposes to invest; and

4. Disclosure of associated risks of the proposed investments and related risk management efforts by the company.

Generally, vote FOR such proposals unless the company fails to provide sufficient information to enable a meaningful shareholder or there are significant concerns with the company’s previous similar investments.

B-81 

CONTINENTAL EUROPE

Applies to: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, the Czech Republic, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, the Faroe Islands, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Greenland, Hungary, Iceland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Spain, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sweden, and Switzerland. Also applies to the United Kingdom and Ireland to the extent policies are shared. For specific United Kingdom and Ireland policies, please see that section of the Policy.

I. Operational Items

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR proposals to (re)appoint auditors and/or proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

1. The lead audit partner(s) has been linked with a significant auditing controversy; and

2. Fees for non-audit services exceed either 100 percent of standard audit-related fees or any stricter limit set in local best practice recommendations or law.

Approval of Non-financial Information Statement/ Report

Generally, vote FOR the approval of mandatory non-financial information statement/report, unless the independent assurance services provider has raised material concerns about the information presented.

II.      Director Elections

Non-Contested Director Elections

Boston Partners may vote AGAINST proposals due to concerns related to at least one of the following specific factors, which are presented below as separate subsections.

Director Terms

1. Generally, vote AGAINST the election or re-election of any director when his/her term is not disclosed or when it exceeds four years and adequate explanation for non-compliance has not been provided. Under best practice recommendations, companies should shorten the terms for directors when the terms exceed the limits suggested by best practices. The policy will be applied to all companies in these markets, for bundled as well as unbundled items.

2. Vote AGAINST article amendment proposals to extend board terms.

Bundling of Proposals to Elect Directors

1. Directors should be elected individually.

2. For the markets of Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, France, Germany, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland*, Romania, Slovakia, and Slovenia, vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any directors if individual director elections are an established market practice and the company proposes a single slate of directors.

● * Bundled director elections in Poland may be supported for companies that go beyond market practice by disclosing the names of nominees on a timely basis.

Board Independence

Boston Partners applies a five-year cooling off period to former executives when determining nominee independence in Continental Europe.

Widely-held Controlled Companies and Non widely-held Companies

Generally, vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if less than one-third of the board members are independent.

Widely-held Non-controlled Companies

Generally, vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if fewer than 50 percent of the board members elected by shareholders– excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives – would be independent (Greece and Portugal are excluded from this provision); or fewer than one-third of all board members would be independent.

Disclosure of Names of Nominees

Vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available.

B-82 

Election of a Former CEO as Chairman of the Board

1. Generally, vote AGAINST the election or reelection of a former CEO as chairman to the supervisory board or board of directors in Germany, Austria, and the Netherlands.

2. In Germany, generally vote against the election or reelection of a former CEO, unless the company has publicly confirmed prior to the general meeting that he will not proceed to become chairman of the board.

3. Considerations should be given to any of the following exceptional circumstances on a CASE-BY-CASE basis if:

a. There are compelling reasons that justify the election or reelection of a former CEO as chairman;

b. The former CEO is proposed to become the board’s chairman only on an interim or temporary basis;

c. The former CEO is proposed to be elected as the board’s chairman for the first time after a reasonable cooling-off period; or

d. The board chairman will not receive a level of compensation comparable to the company’s executives nor assume executive functions in markets where this is applicable.

Voto di Lista (Italy)

Boston Partners will vote CASE-BY-CASE.

One Board Seat per Director

1. In cases where a director holds more than one board seat on a single board and the corresponding votes, manifested as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat(s) as a representative of a legal entity, vote AGAINST the election/reelection of such legal entities and in favor of the physical person.

2. If the representative of the legal entity holds the position of CEO, generally vote in favor of the legal entity and AGAINST the election/reelection of the physical person.

Composition of Committees

1. For widely held companies, generally vote AGAINST the (re)election of any non-independent members of the audit committee if:

a. Fewer than 50 percent of the audit committee members, who are elected by shareholders– excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives – would be independent; or

b. Fewer than one-third of all audit committee members would be independent.

For companies whose boards are legally required to have 50 percent of directors not elected by shareholders, the second criterion is not applicable.

2. Generally, vote AGAINST the election or reelection of the non-independent member of the audit committee designated as chairman of that committee.

3. For widely held companies generally vote AGAINST the (re)election of any non-independent members of the remuneration committee if:

a. Fewer than 50 percent of the remuneration committee members, who are elected by shareholders– excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives – would be independent; or

b. Fewer than one-third of all remuneration committee members would be independent.

For companies whose boards are legally required to have 50 percent of directors not elected by shareholders, the second criterion is not applicable.

4. Generally, vote AGAINST the (re)election of executives who serve on the company’s audit or remuneration committee. Boston Partners may vote AGAINST if the disclosure is too poor to determine whether an executive serves or will serve on a committee. If a company does not have an audit or a remuneration committee, Boston Partners may consider that the entire board fulfills the role of a committee. In such case, Boston Partners may vote AGAINST the executives, including the CEO, up for election to the board.

5. Composition of Nominating Committee (Finland, Iceland, Sweden, and Norway)

a. Vote FOR proposals in Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden to elect or appoint a nominating committee consisting mainly of non-board members.

b. Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for disclosure of the names of the proposed candidates at the meeting, as well as the inclusion of a representative of minority shareholders in the committee.

c. Vote AGAINST proposals where the names of the candidates (in the case of an election) or the principles for the establishment of the committee have not been disclosed in a timely manner.

d. Vote AGAINST proposals in Sweden to elect or appoint such a committee if the company is on the MSCI-EAFE or local main index and the following conditions exist:

I. A member of the executive management would be a member of the committee;

II. More than one board member who is dependent on a major shareholder would be on the committee; or

III. The chair of the board would also be the chair of the committee.

B-83 

e. In cases where the principles for the establishment of the nominating committee, rather than the election of the committee itself, are being voted on, vote AGAINST the adoption of the principles if any of the above conditions are met for the current committee, and there is no publicly available information indicating that this would no longer be the case for the new nominating committee.

Election of Censors (France)

Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST proposals seeking shareholder approval to elect a censor, to amend by-laws to authorize the appointment of censors, or to extend the maximum number of censors to the board. 

Boston Partners will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when the company provides assurance that the censor would serve on a short-term basis (maximum one year) with the intent to retain the nominee before his/her election as director. In this case, consideration shall also be given to the nominee’s situation (notably overboarding or other factors of concern). 

Vote AGAINST any proposal to renew the term of a censor or to extend the statutory term of censors.

Board Gender Diversity

Generally, vote AGAINST the chair of the nomination committee (or other directors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:

1. The underrepresented gender accounts for less than 30 percent (or any higher domestic threshold) of board directors of a widely held company.

2. Both genders are not represented on the board of a non-widely-held company.

Mitigating factors may include:

1. Compliance with the relevant standard at the preceding annual meeting and a firm commitment, publicly available, to comply with the relevant standard within a year; or

2. Other relevant factors as applicable.

Committee of Representatives and Corporate Assembly Elections (Denmark and Norway)

For Norwegian and Danish companies where shareholders vote on elections for members of the corporate assembly or committee of representatives, but not directly on the board of directors, vote CASE-BY-CASE on corporate assembly and committee of representative elections based on the board of directors’ compliance with Boston Partners’ director election policy.

III. Capital Structure

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

Vote FOR issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands). 

Vote FOR issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 10 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands).

For French Companies

Vote FOR general issuance requests with preemptive rights, or without preemptive rights but with a binding “priority right,” for a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital. 

Generally, vote FOR general authorities to issue shares without preemptive rights up to a maximum of 10 percent of share capital. When companies are listed on a regulated market, the maximum discount on share issuance price proposed in the resolution must, in addition, comply with the legal discount (i.e., a maximum of 5 percent discount to the share listing price) for a vote FOR to be warranted.

IV. Compensation

Executive Compensation-related Proposals

Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST a company’s compensation-related proposal if such proposal fails to comply with one or a combination of several of the global principles and their corresponding rules:

1. Provide shareholders with clear and comprehensive compensation disclosures:

a. Information on compensation-related proposals shall be made available to shareholders in a timely manner;

B-84 

b. The level of disclosure of the proposed compensation policy and remuneration report shall be sufficient for shareholders to make an informed decision and shall be in line with what local market best practice standards dictate;

i. Remuneration report disclosure is expected to include amongst others: amounts paid to executives, alignment between company performance and payout to executives, disclosure of variable incentive targets and according levels of achievement and performance awards made, after the relevant performance period (ex-post), and disclosure and explanation of use of any discretionary authority or derogation clause by the board or remuneration committee to adjust pay outcomes.

c. Companies shall adequately disclose all elements of the compensation, including:

i. Any short- or long-term compensation component must include a maximum award limit.

ii. Long-term incentive plans must provide sufficient disclosure of (i) the exercise price/strike price (options); (ii) discount on grant; (iii) grant date/period; (iv) exercise/vesting period; and, if applicable, (v) performance criteria.

iii. Discretionary payments, if applicable.

2. Maintain appropriate pay structure with emphasis on long-term shareholder value:

a. The structure of the company’s short-term incentive plan shall be appropriate.

b. The compensation policy must notably avoid guaranteed or discretionary compensation.

c. The structure of the company’s long-term incentives shall be appropriate, including, but not limited to, dilution, vesting period, and, if applicable, performance conditions.

i. Equity-based plans or awards that are linked to long-term company performance will be evaluated using Boston Partners’ General Policy for equity-based plans; and

ii. For awards granted to executives, generally require a clear link between shareholder value and awards, and stringent performance-based elements.

d. The balance between short- and long-term variable compensation shall be appropriate. The company’s executive compensation policy must notably avoid disproportionate focus on short-term variable element(s).

3. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”:

a. The board shall demonstrate good stewardship of investor’s interests regarding executive compensation practices (principle being supported by Pay for Performance Evaluation).

i. There shall be a clear link between the company’s performance and variable awards.

ii. There shall not be significant discrepancies between the company’s performance and real executive payouts.

iii. The level of pay for the CEO and members of executive management should not be excessive relative to peers, company performance, and market practices.

iv. Significant pay increases shall be explained by a detailed and compelling disclosure.

b. Termination payments (any payment linked to early termination of contracts for executive or managing directors, including payments related to the duration of a notice period or a non-competition clause included in the contract) must not be in excess of (i) 24 months’ pay or of (ii) any more restrictive provision pursuant to local legal requirements and/or market best practices.

c. Arrangements with a company executive regarding pensions and post-mandate exercise of equity-based awards must not result in an adverse impact on shareholders’ interests or be misaligned with good market practices.

4. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee:

a. No executives may serve on the compensation committee.

b. In certain markets the compensation committee shall be composed of a majority of independent members.

c. Compensation committees should use the discretion afforded them by shareholders to ensure that rewards properly reflect business performance.

In addition, Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST a compensation-related proposal if such proposal is in breach of any other Boston Partners’ voting policy.

Non-Executive Director Compensation

Though always seeking to avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors, Boston Partners will generally vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors, and will otherwise vote AGAINST where:

B-85 

1. Documents (including general meeting documents, annual report) provided prior to the general meeting do not mention fees paid to non-executive directors.

2. Proposed amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

3. The company intends to increase the fees excessively in comparison with market/sector practices, without stating compelling reasons that justify the increase.

4. Proposals provide for the granting of stock options, performance-based places compensation (including stock appreciation rights and performance-vesting restricted stock), and performance-based cash to non-executive directors.

5. Proposals introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Boston Partners will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis where:

1. Proposals include both cash and share-based components to non-executive directors.

2. Proposals bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution.

Equity-based Compensation Guidelines

Boston Partners will generally vote FOR equity-based compensation proposals for employees if the plan(s) are in line with long-term shareholder interests and align the award with shareholder value. This assessment includes, but is not limited to, the following factors:

1. The volume of awards transferred to participants must not be excessive;

2. The potential volume of fully diluted issued share capital from equity-based compensation plans must not exceed the following guidelines:

a. The shares reserved for all share plans may not exceed 5 percent of a company’s issued share capital, except in the case of high-growth companies or particularly well-designed plans, in which case we allow dilution of between 5 and 10 percent. In this case, we will need to have performance conditions attached to the plans which should be acceptable;

b. The plan(s) must be sufficiently long-term in nature/structure: the minimum vesting period must be no less than three years from date of grant;

c. The awards must be granted at market price. Discounts, if any, must be mitigated by performance criteria or other features that justify such discount;

3. If applicable, performance standards must be fully disclosed, quantified, and long-term, with relative performance measures preferred.

For France,

1. The potential volume from equity-based compensation plans must not exceed 10 percent of fully diluted issued share capital.

2. In addition, for companies that refer to the AFEP-MEDEF Code, all awards (including stock options and warrants) to executives shall be conditional upon challenging performance criteria or premium pricing. For companies referring to the Middlenext Code (or not referring to any code) at least part of the awards to executives shall be conditional upon performance criteria or premium pricing. In both cases, free shares shall remain subject to performance criteria for all beneficiaries.

Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions

Should a company be deemed:

● To have egregious remuneration practices;

● To have failed to follow market practice by not submitting expected resolutions on executive compensation; or

● To have failed to respond to significant shareholder dissent on remuneration-related proposals;

an adverse vote could be applied to any of the following on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

1. The (re)election of the chair of the remuneration committee or, where relevant, any other members of the remuneration committee;

2. The reelection of the board chair;

3. The discharge of directors; or

4. The annual report and accounts.

Other adverse recommendations under existing remuneration proposals (if any) should also be considered.

Stock Option Plans – Adjustment for Dividend (Nordic Region)

Vote AGAINST stock option plans in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden if evidence is found that they contain provisions that may result in a disconnect between shareholder value and employee/executive reward. This includes one or a combination of the following:

1. Adjusting the strike price for future ordinary dividends AND including expected dividend yield above 0 percent when determining the number of options awarded under the plan;

2. Having significantly higher expected dividends than actual historical dividends;

3. Favorably adjusting the terms of existing options plans without valid reason; and/or

4. Any other provisions or performance measures that result in undue award.

Boston Partners will make an exception if a company proposes to reduce the strike price by the amount of future special (extraordinary) dividends only.

B-86 

Generally, vote AGAINST if the potential increase of share capital amounts to more than 5 percent for mature companies or 10 percent for growth companies or if options may be exercised below the market price of the share at the date of grant, or that employee options do not lapse if employment is terminated.

Share Matching Plans (Sweden and Norway)

Boston Partners considers the following factors when evaluating share matching plans:

1. For every share matching plan, Boston Partners requires a holding period.

2. For plans without performance criteria, the shares must be purchased at market price.

3. For broad-based share matching plans directed at all employees, Boston Partners accepts an arrangement up to a 1:1 ratio, i.e. no more than one free share is awarded for every share purchased at market value.

4. In addition, for plans directed at executives, we require that sufficiently challenging performance criteria be attached to the plan. Higher discounts demand proportionally higher performance criteria.

The dilution of the plan when combined with the dilution from any other proposed or outstanding employee stock purchase/stock matching plans, must comply with Boston Partners guidelines.

V. Other Items

Antitakeover Mechanisms

For the Netherlands, votes regarding management proposals to approve protective preference shares will be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. In general, Boston Partners will vote FOR protective preference shares (PPS) only if:

1. The supervisory board needs to approve an issuance of shares and the supervisory board is independent within the meaning Boston Partners’ guidelines and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (i.e. a maximum of one member can be non-independent);

2. No call / put option agreement exists between the company and a foundation for the issuance of PPS;

3. The issuance authority is for a maximum of 18 months;

4. The board of the company-friendly foundation is fully independent;

5. There are no priority shares or other egregious protective or entrenchment tools;

6. The company states specifically that the issue of PPS is not meant to block a takeover, but will only be used to investigate alternative bids or to negotiate a better deal;

7. The foundation buying the PPS does not have as a statutory goal to block a takeover; and

8. The PPS will be outstanding for a period of maximum 6 months (an EGM must be called to determine the continued use of such shares after this period).

For French companies listed on a regulated market, generally vote AGAINST any general authorities impacting the share capital (i.e. authorities for share repurchase plans and any general share issuances with or without preemptive rights) if they can be used for antitakeover purposes without shareholders’ prior explicit approval.

Authority to Reduce Minimum Notice Period for Calling a Meeting

A FOR vote to approve the “enabling” authority proposal would be on the basis that Boston Partners would generally expect companies to call EGMs/GMs using a notice period of less than 21 days only in limited circumstances where a shorter notice period will be to the advantage of shareholders as a whole, for example, to keep a period of uncertainty about the future of the company to a minimum. This is particularly true of capital raising proposals or other price sensitive transactions. By definition, annual general meetings, being regular meetings of the company, should not merit a notice period of less than 21 days.

In a market where local legislation permits an EGM/GM to be called at no less than 14-days’ notice, Boston will generally vote FOR a resolution to approve the enabling authority if the company discloses that the shorter notice period of between 20 and 14 days would not be used as a matter of routine for such meetings, but only when the flexibility is merited by the business of the meeting. Where the proposal(s) at a given EGM/GM is (are) not time-sensitive, such as the approval of incentive plans, Boston Partners would not expect a company to invoke the shorter notice notwithstanding any prior approval of the enabling authority proposal by shareholders.

In evaluating an enabling authority proposal, Boston Partners would first require that the company make a clear disclosure of its compliance with any hurdle conditions for the authority imposed by applicable law, such as the provision of an electronic voting facility for shareholders. In addition, with the exception of the first annual general meeting at which approval of the enabling authority is sought following implementation of the European Shareholder Rights Directive, when evaluating an enabling authority proposal Boston Partners will take into consideration the company’s use (if any) of shorter notice periods in the preceding year to ensure that such shorter notice periods were invoked solely in connection with genuinely time-sensitive matters. Where the company has not limited its use of the shorter notice periods to such time sensitive-matters and fails to provide a clear explanation for this, Boston Partners will consider a vote AGAINST the enabling authority for the coming year.

Auditor Report Including Related Party Transactions (France)

Boston Partners will review all auditor reports on related-party transactions and screen for and evaluate agreements with respect to the following issues:

1. Director Remuneration

2. Consulting Services

3. Liability Coverage

4. Certain Business Transactions

In general, Boston Partners expects companies to provide the following regarding related-party transactions:

B-87 

1. Adequate disclosure of terms under listed transactions (including individual details of any consulting, or other remuneration agreements with directors and for any asset sales and/or acquisitions);

2. Sufficient justification on transactions that appear to be unrelated to operations and/or not in shareholders’ best interests;

3. Fairness opinion (if applicable in special business transactions); and

4. Any other relevant information that may affect or impair shareholder value, rights, and/or judgment.

In the event that the company fails to provide an annual report in a timely manner, generally at least 21 days prior to the meeting, Boston Partners will vote AGAINST these proposals.

B-88 

EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST, AND AFRICA

Applies to: Markets in South-Eastern Europe and the Near East; Albania, Bahrain, Belarus, Bosnia, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Egypt, Gabon, Georgia, Ghana, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Kenya, Kosovo, Kuwait, Lebanon, Macedonia, Malawi, Mauritius, Montenegro, Morocco, Namibia, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Rwanda, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Tanzania, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, Uganda, United Arab Emirates, Zambia, and Zimbabwe. Also applies to Russia and Kazakhstan, and Israel to the extent policies are shared. For specific Russia and Kazakhstan, and Israel policies, please see those sections of the Policy.

I. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

1. There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

2. The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Generally, vote for approval of the corporate governance and/or the board report, unless information about corporate governance practices to be included in those reports has not been publicly disclosed by the company in a timely manner.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the (re)election of auditors and/or proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless: 

for widely-held companies, fees (if disclosed) for non-audit services exceed either 100 percent of standard audit-related fees or any stricter limit set in local best practice recommendations or law.

Donations

Vote FOR proposals seeking the approval of donations for the fiscal year under review unless:

1. The amount of donations for the fiscal year in review is not publicly available at the time of analysis; or

2. There are controversies surrounding the company’s use of donations.

Vote FOR proposals seeking the approval of donations for the upcoming fiscal year unless:

1. The company does not provide a cap for the amount of future donations, and there is no disclosure regarding donations being made under the fiscal year in review; or

2. There are controversies surrounding the company’s use of donations.

II. Board of Directors

Board Independence

Boston Partners applies a five-year cooling off period to former executives when determining nominee independence in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. 

If a nominee cannot be categorized, Boston Partners will consider that nominee as non-independent and include that nominee in the calculation of overall board independence. 

Generally, vote AGAINST the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if overall board independence is less than one-third, excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives. 

Vote FOR (AGAINST) employee or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are (not) required by law to be on these committees.

Committee Independence

Vote AGAINST proposals seeking the election of non-independent members of the audit committee if:

1. Fewer than one-third of all audit committee members excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives, would be independent; or

2. A non-independent member is being presented for election or reelection as the audit committee chair.

This policy applies to bundled and unbundled items. 

For companies incorporated in Turkey, vote AGAINST the (re)election of any non-independent members of the audit committee 

Vote AGAINST the (re)election of executives who serve on the company’s audit committee. Vote against if the disclosure is insufficient to determine whether an executive serves or will serve on the audit committee. If Boston Partners believes the entire board fulfills the audit committee role, vote AGAINST any executives, including the CEO.

Cumulative Voting System

When directors are elected through a cumulative voting system, or when the number of nominees exceeds the number of board vacancies vote CASE-BY-CASE on directors, taking into consideration additional factors to identify the nominees best suited to add value for shareholders.

B-89 

Generally, ABSTAIN votes from all candidates if the disclosure provided by the company is not sufficient to allow the assessment of independence and the support of all proposed candidates on equal terms. 

If the disclosure is sufficient to allow an assessment of the independence of proposed candidates, generally vote in favor of the following types of candidates:

1. Candidates who can be identified as representatives of minority shareholders of the company, or independent candidates.

2. Candidates whose professional background may have the following benefits:

a. Increasing the diversity of incumbent directors ‘ professional profiles and skills (thanks to their financial expertise, international experience, executive positions/directorships at other listed companies, or other relevant factors).

b. Bringing to the current board of directors relevant experience in areas linked to the company’s business, evidenced by current or past board memberships or management functions at other companies.

3. Incumbent board members and candidates explicitly supported by the company’s management.

III. Capital Structure

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure. 

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super-voting shares.

Preferred Stock

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares. 

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid. 

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights. 

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets guidelines on equity issuance requests. 

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

IV. Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless:

1. The board fees paid for the fiscal year under review are not disclosed in a timely manner;

2. The proposed amounts are excessive relative to similarly sized companies in the same market/sector, with no justification provided by the company; or

3. There is significant concern on the company’s past practices regarding directors’ remuneration.

In case there is a significant increase in fees with limited or no justification, vote on the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. 

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. 

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. 

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Remuneration Policy/Report

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on compensation related-proposal including both non-executive and executive directors (or executive directors only) taking into account the following factors:

1. Information on compensation-related proposals shall be made publicly available in a timely manner;

2. The level of disclosure of the proposed compensation policy shall be sufficient for shareholders to make an informed decision and shall be in line with what local best market practice standards dictate;

3. Companies shall adequately disclose all elements of the compensation, including any short- or long-term compensation component.

When assessing a company’s remuneration policy and/or report, generally vote AGAINST if the level of disclosure around the policy and/or the application of the policy is below what is required for shareholders to make an informed judgment. In the event of satisfactory disclosure, vote FOR the approval of the executive remuneration policy and/or the remuneration report on a case-by-case approach.

V. Other Items

Related-Party Transactions

In the case of Nigerian companies, vote FOR proposals relating to renewal of the general mandate for the company to enter into recurrent transactions with related parties necessary for its day-to-day operations in the absence of any concerns with the related party transactions concluded pursuant to the general mandate.

B-90 

INDIA

I.          Board of Directors

Executive Appointment

Vote FOR executive appointment and remuneration proposals, unless there is evidence of problems in the past or significant concerns with the individual’s qualifications, proposed remuneration, or performance or the position.

Accountability

Generally, vote AGAINST directors who are not liable to retire by rotation and whose continuation on the board will not be subject to shareholder review and approval going forward.

II.          Remuneration

Director Commission and Executive Compensation

Fees for Non-executive Directors

For aggregate non-executive director remuneration, generally, vote FOR resolutions regarding director fees unless there is a clear indication that directors are being rewarded for poor performance, or the fees are excessive relative to fees paid by other companies of similar size. 

For individual non-executive director remuneration, vote on a case-to-case basis depending on the role and contribution of the concerned director, company performance, the quantum of proposed remuneration, peer benchmarking, and the overall pay structure.

Executive Compensation

Generally, vote AGAINST the payment of remuneration in excess of the minimum remuneration and the waiver of recovery of excess remuneration paid to executives in the event of loss or inadequate profit unless compelling justification is provided in support of the proposal. 

Any increases in total remuneration for executives should not be out of line with general increases at the company. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on executive compensation proposals considering whether:

1. Quantum of pay and proposed hike is reasonable and commensurate with the size and scale of company;

2. Past remuneration has been aligned with performance;

3. Pay is benchmarked to industry/market peers;

4. Pay as a multiple of median employee pay is reasonable;

5. The proposed pay structure has sufficient degree of variable pay;

6. Terms of LTIP/stock option plans are disclosed;

7. The award levels for the different components of variable pay are clearly defined and capped;

8. Performance conditions have been stated;

9. Malus/clawback/deferred pay provisions are in place; and

10. The board has unreasonable level of discretion and flexibility in deciding the final pay.

Equity Compensation Plans

Generally, vote FOR option plans and restricted share plans. 

Vote AGAINST an option plan if:

1. The maximum dilution level for the plan exceeds:

a. 5 percent of issued share capital for a mature company (this may be increased to 10 percent if the plan includes other positive features such as a challenging performance criteria and meaningful vesting periods as these partially offset dilution concerns by reducing the likelihood that options will become exercisable or performance shares are issued unless there is a clear improvement in shareholder value);

b. 10 percent for a growth company; or

2. The plan permits options to be issued with an exercise price at a discount to the current market price.

Vote AGAINST a restricted share plan if:

1. The maximum dilution level for the plan exceeds 5 percent of issued share capital for a mature company or 10 percent for a growth company; or

B-91 

2. The plan does not include a challenging performance criteria and meaningful vesting periods to partially offset dilution concerns by reducing the likelihood that performance shares are issued unless there is a clear improvement in shareholder value.

III.           Share Issuance Requests

Preferential Issuance Requests and Preferential Issuance of Warrants

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for preferential issuance (private placements) and issuance of preferential warrants.

IV.           Debt Issuance Requests

Debt Related Proposals

In evaluating debt-related proposals, consider the following factors:

1. Rationale/use of proceeds: Why does the company need additional capital? How will that capital be used?

2. Terms of the debts: Are the debt instruments convertible into equity? What are the interest rate and maturity dates? Any call or put options? Often these terms will not be determined until the time of issuance of debt instruments (or when the actual loan agreement is signed). The terms of the debts would generally be determined by the market conditions, and lack of disclosure concerning these terms should not be a cause for significant concern so long as the debt is not convertible into equity.

3. Size: At a minimum, the size of the debt issuance/potential borrowing should be disclosed.

4. The company’s financial position: What is the company’s current leverage and how does that compare to its peers?

5. The risk of non-approval: What might happen if the proposal is not approved? Are there any alternative sources of funding? Could the company continue to fund its operations? Would it hinder the company’s ability to realize opportunities?

A distinction should be made between a specific debt issuance or pledging of assets, and authority to issue or increase debt; as in the case of specific equity issuances and requests for authority to issue equity.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote FOR proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers if:

1. The size of the debt being requested is disclosed;

2. A credible reason for the need for additional funding is provided;

3. The potential increase in debt is not excessive; and

4. There are no significant causes for shareholder concern regarding the terms and conditions of the debt.

For non-financial companies, the following criteria are used to assess whether the potential increase in debt is considered excessive:

1. The proposed maximum amount is more than twice the company’s total debt;

2. It could result in the company’s debt-to-equity ratio, or gearing level, exceeding 300 percent; and

3. The maximum hypothetical debt-to-equity ratio is more than three times the industry and/or market norm.

Generally, vote FOR debt-related proposals of financial companies taking into account the current financial standing of the company, including but not limited to:

1. The capital adequacy to risk (weighted) assets; or

2. Capital adequacy ratio vis-à-vis the regulatory norm;

3. Revenue growth; and

4. Asset base.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote FOR proposals to approve the specific pledging of assets for debt if:

1. The size of the debt being requested is disclosed;

2. A credible reason for the need for additional funding is provided;

3. Details regarding the assets to be pledged are disclosed; and

4. There are no significant causes for shareholder concern regarding the terms and conditions of the debt.

B-92 

For proposals seeking a general authority to pledge assets for debt, the specific assets to be pledged need not be disclosed. However, in such cases, the authority should be limited such that it would not result in an excessive increase in debt. Vote AGAINST proposals that grant excessive authority to the board or management.

Financial Assistance

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for financial assistance. Generally, vote AGAINST the provision of a guarantee where:

1. The identity of the entity receiving the guarantee is not disclosed;

2. The guarantee is being provided to a director, executive, parent company, or affiliated entities where the company has no direct or indirect equity ownership; or

3. The guarantee is provided to an entity in which the company’s ownership stake is less than 75 percent; and such guarantee is not proportionate to the company’s equity stake or other parties have not provided a counter guarantee.

When the proposed guarantee does not fall into the above criteria, generally vote FOR the request provided that there are no significant concerns regarding the entity receiving the guarantee, the relationship between the listed company and the entity receiving the guarantee, the purpose of the guarantee, or the terms of the guarantee agreement. Examples of such concerns include a previous default by the entity receiving the guarantee or a sub-investment grade credit rating.

V.           Miscellaneous

Accept Financial Statements and Statutory Reports

Generally, vote FOR the approval of financial statements and statutory reports, unless:

1. There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

2. There has been an accounting fraud or materials misstatement during the year.

Acceptance of Deposits

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to accept deposits from shareholders and/or the public, unless there are no significant causes for shareholder concern regarding the terms and conditions of the deposit. Sufficient information regarding the deposits must be disclosed, including:

1. Justification for the need for additional funding; and

2. The interest rate offered, which must not exceed the interest rate prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) for acceptance of deposits by non-banking financial companies (NBFCs).

Charitable Donations

Vote AGAINST proposed charitable donations, unless:

1. Adequate disclosure on the rationale for the donation and exact term of the authority are provided in the meeting materials, and

2. The party receiving the charitable donation is an independent third party.

Increase in Foreign Shareholding Limit

Vote FOR requests for increases in foreign shareholder limits, unless there are outstanding issues concerning the company.

B-93 

ISRAEL

I. Operational Items

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the (re)election of auditors and/or proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees unless, fees for non-audit services exceed standard annual audit-related fees (only applies to companies on the MSCI EAFE index and/or listed on any country main index); or audit fees are being reported together with tax / other fees.

II. Compensation

Executive Compensation-related Proposals

Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST a company’s compensation-related proposal if such proposal fails to comply with one or a combination of several of the global principles and their corresponding rules:

1. Provide shareholders with clear and comprehensive compensation disclosures:

a. Information on compensation-related proposals shall be made available to shareholders in a timely manner;

b. The level of disclosure of the proposed compensation policy shall be sufficient for shareholders to make an informed decision and shall be in line with what local market best practice standards dictate;

c. Companies shall adequately disclose all elements of the compensation, including:

i. Any short- or long-term compensation component must include a maximum award limit.

ii. Long-term incentive plans must provide sufficient disclosure of (i) the exercise price/strike price (options); (ii) discount on grant; (iii) grant date/period; (iv) exercise/vesting period; and, if applicable, (v) performance criteria.

iii. Discretionary payments, if applicable.

2. Maintain appropriate pay structure with emphasis on long-term shareholder value:

a. The structure of the company’s short-term incentive plan shall be appropriate.

b. The compensation policy must notably avoid guaranteed or discretionary compensation.

c. The structure of the company’s long-term incentives shall be appropriate, including, but not limited to, dilution, vesting period, and, if applicable, performance conditions.

i. Equity-based plans or awards that are linked to long-term company performance will be evaluated using Boston Partners’ General Policy for equity-based plans; and

ii. For awards granted to executives, generally require a clear link between shareholder value and awards, and stringent performance-based elements.

d. The balance between short- and long-term variable compensation shall be appropriate. The company’s executive compensation policy must notably avoid disproportionate focus on short-term variable element(s).

3. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”:

a. The board shall demonstrate good stewardship of investor’s interests regarding executive compensation practices (principle being supported by Pay for Performance Evaluation).

i. There shall be a clear link between the company’s performance and variable awards.

ii. There shall not be significant discrepancies between the company’s performance and real executive payouts.

iii. The level of pay for the CEO and members of executive management should not be excessive relative to peers, company performance, and market practices.

iv. Significant pay increases shall be explained by a detailed and compelling disclosure.

b. Termination payments (any payment linked to early termination of contracts for executive or managing directors, including payments related to the duration of a notice period or a non-competition clause included in the contract) must not be in excess of (i) 24 months’ pay or of (ii) any more restrictive provision pursuant to local legal requirements and/or market best practices.

c. Arrangements with a company executive regarding pensions and post-mandate exercise of equity-based awards must not result in an adverse impact on shareholders’ interests or be misaligned with good market practices.

4. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee:

a. No executives may serve on the compensation committee.

b. In certain markets the compensation committee shall be composed of a majority of independent members.

c. Compensation committees should use the discretion afforded them by shareholders to ensure that rewards properly reflect business performance.

In addition, Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST a compensation-related proposal if such proposal is in breach of any other Boston Partners’ voting policy.

B-94 

Non-Executive Director Compensation

Though always seeking to avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors, Boston Partners will generally vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors, and will otherwise vote AGAINST where:

1. Documents (including general meeting documents, annual report) provided prior to the general meeting do not mention fees paid to non-executive directors.

2. Proposed amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

3. The company intends to increase the fees excessively in comparison with market/sector practices, without stating compelling reasons that justify the increase.

4. Proposals provide for the granting of stock options, performance-based places compensation (including stock appreciation rights and performance-vesting restricted stock), and performance-based cash to non-executive directors.

5. Proposals introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Equity-based Compensation Guidelines

Vote FOR equity- based compensation proposals for employees if the plan(s) are in line with long-term shareholder interests and align the award with shareholder value.

Boston Partners will vote AGAINST plans if the three-year average burn rate exceeds 3.5 percent.

B-95 

JAPAN

I.           Routine Miscellaneous

Income Allocation

Generally, vote FOR approval of income allocation, unless:

1. Payout ratio is consistently low without adequate justification; or

2. Payout ratio is too high, potentially damaging financial health.

Election of Statutory Auditors

Generally, vote FOR the election of statutory auditors, unless:

1. The outside statutory auditor nominee is regarded as non-independent; or

2. The outside statutory nominee attended less than 75 percent of meetings of the board of directors or board of statutory auditors during the year under review; or

3. The statutory auditor is judged to be responsible for clear mismanagement or shareholder-unfriendly behavior.

4. Egregious actions related to a statutory auditor’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

II.           Election of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

There are three policies for director elections in Japan: one for companies with a statutory auditor board structure, one for companies with a U.S.-type three committee structure, and one for companies with a board with audit committee structure.

1. At companies with a statutory auditor structure: vote FOR the election of directors, except:

a) Top executive(s) at a company that has underperformed in terms of capital efficiency (i.e., when the company has posted average return on equity (ROE) of less than five percent over the last five fiscal years), unless an improvement is observed;

b) For meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2022, top executive(s) at a company that allocates a significant portion (20 percent or more) of its net assets to cross-shareholdings. Exceptions may be considered for cases such as where the top executive has newly joined the company in connection with a bailout or restructuring;

c) Top executive(s) if the board, after the shareholder meeting, will not include at least two outside directors and, for meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2022, at least one-third of the board members will not be outside directors;

d) Top executive(s) at a company that has a controlling shareholder, where the board, after the shareholder meeting, will not include at least two independent directors and at least one-third of the board members will be independent directors;

e) Top executive(s) who are responsible for not implementing a shareholder proposal which has received a majority of votes cast, or not putting a similar proposal on the ballot as a management proposal the following year (with a management recommendation of FOR), when that proposal is deemed to be in the interest of independent shareholders; or

f) An outside director nominee who attended less than 75 percent of board meetings during the year under review.

2. At companies with a U.S.-type three committee structure: (In addition to the guidelines for companies with a statutory auditor structure) vote FOR the election of directors, except:

a) Where an outside director nominee is regarded as non-independent and the board, after the shareholder meeting, is not majority independent;

b) Top executive(s) if at least one-third of the board members, after the shareholder meeting, will not be outside directors; or

c) Where the company has a controlling shareholder, a director nominee sits on the nomination committee and is an insider, or non-independent outsider, when the board, after the shareholder meeting, does not include at least two independent directors and at least one-third of the board members will be independent directors.

3. At companies with a board with audit committee structure: (In addition to the guidelines for companies with a statutory auditor structure) vote FOR the election of directors, except:

a. Where an outside director nominee who is also nominated as an audit committee member (outside director nominees who are not nominated as audit committee members are not subject to this policy) is regarded as non-independent; or

b. Top executive(s) if at least one-third of the board members, after the shareholder meeting, will not be outside directors.

B-96 

III.           Article Amendments

Adoption of a U.S.-style Three Committee Board Structure

Generally, vote FOR the adoption of a U.S. style, three-committee board structure.

Adoption of a Board with Audit Committee Structure

Generally, vote FOR an article amendment to adopt a board with audit committee structure. However, if the adoption of the new governance structure would eliminate shareholders’ ability to submit shareholder proposals on income allocation, vote AGAINST the article amendments. Vote CASE-BY-CASE if the board currently has a three-committee structure.

Increase in Authorized Capital

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE on this request if the company explicitly provides reasons for the increase. 

If the company does not provide reasons for the increase, generally vote FOR proposals to increase authorized capital, unless the increase is intended for a poison pill.

Creation/Modification of Preferred Shares/Class Shares

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE on this request.

Repurchase of Shares at Board’s Discretion

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on article amendments to give the board discretionary authority over share repurchases, taking into account the company’s:

1. Balance sheet conditions;

2. Capital efficiency and return on equity;

3. Past share buybacks and dividend payouts;

4. Board composition;

5. Shareholding structure; and

6. Other relevant factors.

Generally, vote AGAINST these amendments if shareholders will lose the ability to submit shareholder proposals on share repurchases.

Allow Company to Make Rules Governing the Exercise of Shareholders’ Rights

Generally, vote AGAINST this change.

Limit Rights of Odd Shareholders

Generally, vote FOR this change.

Amendments Related to Takeover Defenses

Generally, vote FOR this proposal, unless Boston Partners opposes or has opposed the poison pill proposal by itself.

Decrease in Maximum Board Size

Generally, vote FOR this proposal, unless the decrease eliminates all vacant seats, leaving no flexibility to add shareholder nominees or other outsiders to the board without removing an incumbent director.

Supermajority Vote Requirement to Remove a Director

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking a supermajority requirement to remove a director.

Creation of Advisory Positions (Sodanyaku or Komon)

Generally, vote AGAINST amendments to articles of incorporation to create new advisory positions such as “sodanyaku” or “komon,” unless the advisors will serve on the board of directors and thus be accountable to shareholders.

B-97 

Payment of Dividends at the Board’s Discretion

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals allowing the board to pay dividends at its discretion. However, if the company employs board with committee structure and the proposal would not eliminate shareholders’ ability to submit shareholder proposals on income allocation, vote FOR the article amendments.

Management Buyout Related Amendments

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE on management related buyout amendments.

IV. Compensation

Annual Bonuses for Directors/Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR approval of annual bonuses, unless recipients include those who are judged to be responsible for clear mismanagement or shareholder-unfriendly behavior.

Retirement Bonuses

Generally, vote FOR approval of retirement bonuses, unless:

1. Recipients include outsiders; or

2. Neither the individual payments nor the aggregate amount of the payments is disclosed; or

3. Recipients include those who are judged to be responsible for clear mismanagement or shareholder-unfriendly behavior.

Special Payments in Connection with Abolition of Retirement Bonus System

Generally, vote FOR approval of special payments in connection with abolition of retirement bonus system, unless:

1. Recipients include outsiders; or

2. Neither the individual payments nor the aggregate amount of the payments is disclosed; or

3. Recipients include those who are judged to be responsible for clear mismanagement or shareholder-unfriendly behavior.

Stock Option Plans/Deep-Discounted Stock Option Plans

Stock Option Plans

Generally, vote FOR approval of stock option plans, unless:

1. Total dilution from proposed plan(s) and previous option plans exceeds 5 percent for mature companies, or 10 percent for growth companies; or;

2. Recipients include individuals who are not in a position to affect the company’s stock price, including employees of business partners or unspecified “collaborators;” or

3. The maximum number of options that can be issued per year is not disclosed.

Deep-Discounted Stock Option Plans

Generally, vote FOR approval of deep-discounted stock option plans10, unless:

1. Total dilution from proposed plan(s) and previous option plans exceeds 5 percent for mature companies, or 10 percent for growth companies; or

2. Recipients include individuals who are not in a position to affect the company’s stock price, including employees of business partners or unspecified “collaborators;” or

3. The maximum number of options that can be issued per year is not disclosed; or

4. No specific performance hurdles are specified (However, if the vesting period before exercise lasts for at least three years, this policy may not apply).

Director Compensation Ceiling

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking to increase director fees, if:

1. The specific reason(s) for the increase are explained; or

2. The company is introducing or increasing a ceiling for performance-based compensation.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals seeking to increase director fees, taking into account the company’s stock price performance and capital efficiency if:

B-98 

1. The proposals are intended to increase fixed cash compensation or do not specify whether it is fixed or performance-based compensation which will be increased.

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals seeking to increase director fees if there are serious concerns about corporate malfeasance.

Statutory Auditor Compensation Ceiling

Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking to increase statutory auditor compensation ceiling, unless statutory auditors are judged to be responsible for clear mismanagement or shareholder-unfriendly behavior.

B-99 

KOREA

I. Operational Items

Approval of Financial Statement

Vote FOR approval of financial statements, unless:

1. There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

2. The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

II. Election of Directors

Director Elections

Independence

Boston Partners applies a five-year cooling off period to former employees or executives when determining nominee independence in Korea. 

Vote AGAINST any non-independent director nominees where the board is less than majority-independent (in the case of large companies) or less than 25 percent independent (in the case of small companies).

Composition

For cases where the election of multiple directors are presented as a bundled item, vote AGAINST the entire slate of directors if one of the nominees presents any governance concerns.

Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Vote CASE-BY-CASE, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders. The analysis will generally be based on, but not limited to, the following major decision factors:

1. Management’s track record;

2. Background to the contested election;

3. Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

4. Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

5. Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

6. Stock ownership positions.

III. Audit Related

Election of Audit Committee Member(s)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of audit committee members. Consider the history of a particular director when deciding whether to vote in favor of his/her (re)election. 

For small companies, Boston Partners will vote AGAINST a non-independent director nominee if the audit committee is less than two-thirds independent.

Election of Internal Auditor(s)/ Establishment of Audit Committees

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of internal auditor(s). Consider the history of a particular internal auditor when deciding whether to vote in favor of his or her (re)election. 

Under Korean law, small companies are required to appoint at least one internal auditor. These companies may alternatively choose to establish an audit committee. For those small companies which choose to create an audit committee in place of the internal auditor system vote FOR the election of an inside director as an audit committee member only if the company’s audit committee, after the election, satisfies the legal requirement. 

Generally, vote FOR the establishment of an audit committee as a replacement for the internal auditor system.

IV. Capital Structure/Restructuring

Stock Split

Generally, vote FOR stock splits or reverse stock splits unless there is potential dilution impact on existing shareholders as a result of stock split and/or reverse stock split.

Spinoff Agreement

Generally, vote FOR the approval of a spinoff agreement, unless:

1. The impact on earnings or voting rights for one class of shareholders is disproportionate to the relative contributions of the group;

B-100 

2. The company’s structure following the spinoff does not reflect good corporate governance;

3. There are concerns over the process of negotiation that may have had an adverse impact on the valuation of the terms of the offer; and/or

4. The company does not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

5. There is an accompanying reduction in capital.

Reduction in Capital Accompanied by Cash Consideration

Generally, vote FOR proposals to reduce a company’s capital that accompany return of funds to shareholders and are part of a capital-management strategy and an alternative to a buyback or a special dividend. Such a resolution is normally implemented proportionately AGAINST all outstanding capital, and therefore do not involve any material change relative to shareholder value.

Reduction in Capital Not Accompanied by Cash Consideration

Generally, vote FOR proposals to reduce capital that do not involve any funds being returned to shareholders. A company may take this action if its net assets are in danger of falling below the aggregate of its liabilities and its stated capital. Such proposals are considered to be routine accounting measures.

Merger Agreement, Sales/ Acquisition of Company Assets, and Formation of Holding Company

Generally, vote FOR the approval of a sale of company assets, merger agreement, and/or formation of a holding company, unless:

1. The impact on earnings or voting rights for one class of shareholders is disproportionate to the relative contributions of the group;

2. The company’s structure following such transactions does not reflect good corporate governance;

3. There are concerns over the process of negotiation that may have had an adverse impact on the valuation of the terms of the offer;

4. The company does not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision; and/or

5. The proposed buyback price carries a significant premium at the date of writing, conferring on shareholders a trading opportunity.

V. Compensation

Remuneration Cap for Directors

Generally, vote FOR approval of the remuneration cap for directors, unless:

1. The proposed cap on directors’ remuneration is excessive relative to peer companies’ remuneration without reasonable justification; or

2. The company is asking for an increase in the remuneration cap where the company has not provided a reasonable justification for the proposed increase.

Remuneration Cap for Internal Auditors

Generally, vote FOR the remuneration cap for internal auditors, unless:

1. The proposed remuneration cap for internal auditors is excessive relative to peer companies’ remuneration caps without reasonable justification; or

2. The company is asking for an increase in the remuneration cap where the company has not provided a reasonable justification for the proposed increase; or

3. There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or audit procedures used.

Stock Option Grants

In Korea, the manner in which stock options are granted and exercised is stipulated under the law. 

Under Korean law, companies are allowed to grant stock options up to 15 percent of the total number of issued shares pursuant to a shareholder meeting resolution. The board is also allowed to grant stock options up to 3 percent of the total issued shares and to seek shareholders’ approval retrospectively at the first general meeting after the grant. 

Generally, vote FOR stock option grant proposals, unless:

1. The maximum dilution level under the plan exceeds 5 percent of issued capital for a mature company; or

2. The maximum dilution level under the plan exceeds 10 percent for a growth company.

Amendments to Terms of Severance Payments to Executives

Generally, vote FOR the establishment of, or amendments, to executives’ severance payment terms, unless:

1. The company fails to provide any information in regard to the changes to the terms of severance payments to executives;

2. The negative provisions proposed in a resolution outweigh any positive ones; and/or

3. The company proposes to introduce a new clause that is effectively a golden parachute clause.

Stock Option Programs for the Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Generally, vote FOR article amendments to establish stock option programs for the Employee Stock Ownership Plan if:

B-101 

1. The company explicitly states that shareholders’ approval will be required for the board to grant stock options to individual members of the employee stock ownership plan pursuant to the Framework Act on Labor Welfare, either prior to the grant or retrospectively at the earliest general meeting; and

2. The maximum dilution level under the program does not exceed 5 percent of issued capital for a mature company and 10 percent for a growth company.

Golden Parachute Clause

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to introduce a provision that entitles the company’s directors to an excessive level of remuneration in the event that they are dismissed or terminated.

VI. Routine/Miscellaneous

Authorizing Board to Approve Financial Statements and Income Allocation

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals to introduce a provision that gives the board of directors the authority to approve financial statements and income allocation (including dividend payout). Insertion of such a clause would potentially take away shareholders’ right to approve the company’s dividend payment decision without any countervailing benefits.

B-102 

RUSSIA AND KAZAKHSTAN

I. Operation Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless the financial statements and/or auditor’s report are not disclosed or are incomplete.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

For widely-held companies, vote AGAINST the authorization of auditor fees, or AGAINST the election of auditors if the authorization of auditor fees is not presented as a separate item, if:

1. Non-audit fees exceed audit-related fees (or any stricter limit under local law or best practice); or

2. Audit fees are not disclosed.

Appointment of Audit Commission

Vote FOR the election of the audit commission members where the number of nominees is equal to the number of seats on the audit commission unless: 

1. Adequate disclosure, including the nominees’ names, has not been provided in a timely manner;

2. There are serious concerns about the work and/or the composition of the audit commission;

3. There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

4. There are serious concerns over questionable finances or restatements.

Where the number of nominees exceeds the number of seats on the audit commission, vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis considering the following factors:

1. Nominees’ independence and potential conflicts of interest;

2. Nominees’ qualifications, experience, and past track records;

3. Current composition of the audit commission.

Early Termination of the Audit Commission

Vote FOR the early termination of powers of the audit commission unless there are any concerns with the proposal.

II. Board of Directors

Cumulative Voting System

Where the number of candidates is equal to the number of board seats, vote FOR all independent director nominees. 

Where the number of candidates exceeds the number of board seats, vote FOR all or a limited number of the independent director nominees considering factors including, but not limited to, the following: 

1. Past composition of the board, including proportion of the independent directors vis-a-vis the size of the board;

2. Nominee(s) qualification, knowledge, and experience;

3. Attendance record of the director nominees;

4. Company’s free float.

Where none of the director nominees can be classified as independent Boston Partners will consider factors including, but not limited to, the following when deciding whether to vote in favor of a candidate’s (re)election: 

1. A director nominee, while not classified as independent per Boston Partners’ classification of directors, has been classified as independent per company’s director classification criteria and/or any other directors classification criteria widely used in the market;

2. A director nominee possesses adequate qualification, knowledge and experience;

3. There are no specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

At companies on the main index, Boston Partners may vote AGAINST all nominees, if none of the proposed candidates can be classified as independent non-executive directors. 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors may be best suited to add value for shareholders.

B-103 

Early Termination of Powers of Board of Directors

Vote FOR the early termination of powers of the board of directors where such a proposal is supported by compelling justification.

Vote AGAINST proposals seeking to alter the composition of the board and resulting in majority shareholder increasing its influence on the board.

Election of General Director (CEO)

Vote FOR the election of the general director, unless there are significant concerns with the proposed candidate and/or compelling controversies with the election process exist.

Early Termination of Powers of General Director (CEO)

Vote FOR (AGAINST) the early termination of powers of the general director where such a proposal is (is not) supported by compelling justification.

III. Compensation

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Non-Executive Director Compensation

Generally, vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors, and will otherwise vote AGAINST where: 

1. Documents (including general meeting documents, annual report) provided prior to the general meeting do not mention fees paid to non-executive directors.

2. Proposed amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

3. The company intends to increase the fees excessively in comparison with market/sector practices, without stating compelling reasons that justify the increase.

4. Proposals provide for the granting of stock options, performance-based places compensation (including stock appreciation rights and performance-vesting restricted stock), and performance-based cash to non-executive directors.

5. Proposals introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Equity-based Compensation Guidelines

Boston Partners will generally vote FOR equity-based compensation proposals for employees if the plan(s) are in line with long-term shareholder interests and align the award with shareholder value. This assessment includes, but is not limited to, the following factors: 

1. The volume of awards transferred to participants must not be excessive;

2. The potential volume of fully diluted issued share capital from equity-based compensation plans must not exceed the following guidelines:

a. The shares reserved for all share plans may not exceed 5 percent of a company’s issued share capital, except in the case of high-growth companies or particularly well-designed plans, in which case we allow dilution of between 5 and 10 percent. In this case, we will need to have performance conditions attached to the plans which should be acceptable;

b. The plan(s) must be sufficiently long-term in nature/structure: the minimum vesting period must be no less than three years from date of grant;

c. The awards must be granted at market price. Discounts, if any, must be mitigated by performance criteria or other features that justify such discount;

3. If applicable, performance standards must be fully disclosed, quantified, and long-term, with relative performance measures preferred.

B-104 

SINGAPORE

I. Board of Directors

Voting for Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections- Independence and Composition

Boston Partners applies a five-year cooling off period to former employees or executives when determining nominee independence in Singapore. 

Generally, vote FOR the re-election of directors, unless:

1. The nominee has been a partner of the company’s auditor within the last three years, and serves on the audit committee;

2. Any non-independent director nominees where the board is less than one-third independent⁶;

3. The nominee is a member of the nomination committee and the board does not have a lead/senior independent director and/or the board is less than majority independent under the following scenarios:

a. The chairman and the CEO are the same person;

b. The chairman and the CEO are immediate family members;

c. The chairman is part of the management team; or

d. The chairman is not an independent director.

4. The nominee is an executive director serving on the audit, remuneration, and/or nomination committee;

5. The nominee is a non-independent director serving as the chairman of the audit committee, remuneration committee, and/or nomination committee.

6. There is a conflict of interest in the resolution(s) to be discussed in the board or committee meeting.

When the board does not have a formal audit committee, remuneration committee, and/or nomination committee, vote AGAINST if:

1. The nominee is an executive director;

2. The nominee is a non-independent chairman of the board.

Boston Partners will consider an independent non-executive director non-independent if such director serves as a director for more than nine years, and the company fails to disclose the reasons why such director should still be considered independent, or where such reasons raise concerns regarding the director’s true level of independence. 

Boston Partners will generally vote FOR the election of a CEO, managing director, executive chairman, or founder whose removal from the board would be expected to have a material negative impact on shareholder value

II. Remuneration

Director Remuneration

Generally, vote FOR resolutions regarding directors’ and supervisors’ fees unless they are excessive relative to fees paid by other companies of similar size.

Equity Compensation Plans

Generally, vote FOR an equity-based compensation plan unless:

1. The maximum dilution level for the scheme, together with all outstanding schemes, exceeds 5 percent of issued capital for a mature company and 10 percent for a growth company. In addition, Boston Partners will support a plan’s dilution limit that exceeds these thresholds if the annual grant limit under all plans is 0.5 percent or less for a mature company (1 percent or less for a mature company with clearly disclosed performance criteria) and 1 percent or less for a growth company.

2. The plan permits options to be issued with an exercise price at a discount to the current market price; or

3. Directors eligible to receive options or awards under the scheme are involved in the administration of the scheme and the administrator has the discretion over their awards.

⁶ Not applicable if the lack of board independence is due to the immediate retirement, abrupt resignation, or death of an independent non-executive director, provided that the company mentioned or announced a definite timeline of up to three months for the appointment of a new independent non-executive director to have adequate level of board independence.

B-105 

III. Share Issuance Requests

Issuance Requests

For companies listed on the Mainboard of the Singapore Exchange, generally vote FOR a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the share issuance limit is not more than 10 percent of the company’s issued share capital and 50 percent with preemptive rights. 

For companies listed on the Catalist market of the SGX, generally vote FOR a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the share issuance limit is not more than 20 percent of the company’s issued share capital and 100 percent with preemptive rights.

General Issuance Requests – Real Estate Investment Trusts

Generally, vote FOR a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the share issuance limit is not more than 10 percent of the company’s issued share capital and 50 percent with preemptive rights for all Singapore companies, with the exception of Catalist-listed companies and Real Estate Investment Trusts. 

For Singapore companies listed on the Catalist market of the SGX, generally vote FOR a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the share issuance limit is not more than 20 percent of the company’s issued share capital and 100 percent with preemptive rights. For Real Estate Investment Trusts, generally vote FOR a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the unit issuance limit is not more than 20 percent of its issued unit capital and 50 percent with preemptive rights.

Specific Issuance Requests

For issuance requests relating equity compensation plans, apply the policy on equity compensation plans. For other issuance requests, vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

Generally, vote FOR resolutions authorizing the company to repurchase its own shares, unless the premium over the average trading price of the shares as implied by the price limit for on-market repurchases exceeds 5 percent or the premium over the overage trading price of the shares as implied by the price limit for off-market repurchased exceeds 20 percent.

IV. Articles and By-law Amendments

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposed amendments to the Articles and By-Laws based on the details of the proposed amendments provided by the company.

In the absence of adequate information that would specify the details of proposed amendments, generally vote AGAINST:

1. The proposed amendments;

2. The adoption of new Articles of Association; or

3. The replacement of the current constitutional document.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the adoption of new constitutional document with no previous reference.

V. Related Party Transactions

Generally, vote FOR mandate for recurrent interested-party transactions if such transactions are carried out at arms-length and on normal commercial terms.

B-106 

SOUTH AFRICA

I. Operational Items

Authority to Ratify and Execute Approved Resolutions

Vote FOR the authority to ratify and execute approved resolutions, unless opposing all other items on the agenda.

II. Board of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Boston Partners applies a five-year cooling off period to former executives when determining nominee independence in South Africa. Boston Partners applies a three-year cooling off period to immediate family members, auditors, and senior legal advisors. 

Generally, vote FOR the election/ reelection of directors unless the director is a non-independent NED:

1. Serving on the audit committee (unless there is a separate annual general meeting proposal specifically covering his/her election as an audit committee member);

2. Serving on the remuneration or nomination committee and there is no majority of independent NEDs on the committee. However, such a consideration should take into account the potential implications for the board’s Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) credentials; or

3. The majority of NEDs on the board are not independent. However, such a consideration should take into account the potential implications for the board’s BEE credentials.

Accountability

Do not support bundled elections. 

Alternative Directors: Proposals to re-elect alternate directors will take into account the vote that applies for the director for whom they serve as an alternate. In addition, the specific nature of the alternate role will be considered, for example whether or not the individual serves as a genuine alternate (i.e. only attending board and committee meetings in the absence of a particular director) or appears to have a broader board position.

Audit Committee Elections

Vote for the re-election of the audit committee and/or audit committee members, unless:

1. Committee member elections are bundled into a single voting item, and the committee includes one or more non-independent NEDs;

2. Committee members are elected individually, and the audit committee member is a non-independent NED;

3. The board chair is a member of the audit committee, in line with the position stated in King IV. Boston Partners will only apply this provision to large, widely held companies;

4. Repeated absences (less than 75 percent attendance) at committee meetings have not been explained; or

5. There are serious concerns about the accounts presented, the audit procedures used, or some other feature for which the audit committee has responsibility.

Companies (other than those covered by the Banks Act) must establish an audit committee of at least three members, which must be elected by shareholders at the AGM (CA s94).

Social and Ethics Committee Elections

Vote FOR the reelection of the social and ethics committee and/or social and ethics committee members, unless:

1. The committee does not satisfy the minimum guidelines for membership, as set out in South African company law; or

2. Serious concerns have been raised with the work of the committee during the year.

III. Capital Structure

Share Issuance Authorities

Vote FOR a general authority to place authorized but unissued ordinary shares under the control of the directors, unless:

1. The authority is over a number of shares equivalent to more than 10 percent of the current issued share capital;

2. The authority would allow shares to be used for share incentive scheme purposes and the underlying scheme(s) raises concern; or

3. The company used the authority during the previous year in a manner deemed not be in shareholders’ best interests.

B-107 

Vote FOR a general authority to issue ordinary shares for cash, unless:

1. The authority is over a number of shares equivalent to more than 10 percent of the current issued share capital; or

2. The company used the authority during the previous year in a manner deemed not to be in shareholders’ interests.

Vote FOR a general authority to issue preference shares, unless:

1. Following the issue, preference shares would comprise greater than 50 percent of the company’s issued share capital; or

2. The terms of the preference shares would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

3. The issue of shares pursuant to a specific transaction will be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, depending on the merits of the underlying deal.

Share Buyback Authorities

Vote FOR a general share buyback authority, unless:

1. The company wishes to repurchase more than 20 percent of its issued share capital over the year;

2. The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses; or

3. There is clear evidence of abuse.

IV. Remuneration

Fees for Non-Executive Directors

Vote FOR the fees payable to non-executive directors unless the proposed fees are excessive, relative to similarly-sized companies in the same sector. Fees should specifically relate to an individual’s responsibilities as a non-executive director on the board; open-ended authorities covering ad hoc or consultancy work are generally not supported due to the potential impact on director independence.

Approval of Remuneration Policy

When assessing a company’s remuneration policy, Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST if the level of disclosure around the policy is below what is required for shareholders to make an informed judgment. In the event of satisfactory disclosure, Boston Partners will vote FOR the approval of the executive remuneration policy on a CASE-BY-CASE approach, paying particular attention as to whether:

1. The company operates long-term incentive schemes (including matching shares) which do not have performance conditions attached for all or a substantial proportion of awards;

2. The vesting period for long-term incentive schemes is set at less than three years;

3. Long-term schemes include an element of retesting;

4. The policy provides for grants of share options at a discount to market value;

5. The potential maximum dilution under all share incentive schemes exceeds 5 percent of the issued share capital of a large, widely held company, or 10 percent in the case of an emerging high-growth company, and there are no mitigating circumstances (e.g. stringent performance measures);

6. The quality of disclosure around the severance provisions of the executive directors’ service contracts, including any potential termination payments, is considered inadequate;

7. The policy is in any way not considered aligned with shareholder interests.

In circumstances where a company has demonstrated a significant shift towards good practice, it may be appropriate for Boston Partners to support remuneration policy resolution, notwithstanding the presence of some historical issues of concern.

Approval of Implementation Report

When assessing the implementation report, Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST if the level of disclosure regarding the application of the policy is below what is required for shareholders to make an informed judgment. In the event of satisfactory disclosure, Boston Partners will vote FOR the approval of the implementation report on a CASE-BY-CASE approach, paying particular attention as to whether:

1. Large increases in fixed remuneration have been implemented which have not been adequately explained;

2. The company has made bonus payments, but these have not been clearly linked to performance (including guaranteed bonuses or transaction bonuses);

3. The company has made ex-gratia payments or one-off special awards to executives during the year which have not been adequately explained;

4. The performance conditions for long-term incentive schemes, where applicable, are not disclosed, or are not considered sufficiently challenging or relevant;

5. Significant termination-related or restraint of trade payments have been made to executive directors, and the reasons for these are not disclosed or, where they are disclosed, do not adequately justify the size of the payment;

6. Discretion has been used during the year in a manner not considered consistent with shareholder interests, or the application of the policy is in any way not considered aligned with shareholder interests, with particular attention given to any payments or decisions which have been made outside of the policy framework previously communicated to shareholders.

In circumstances where a company has demonstrated a significant shift towards good practice, it may be appropriate for Boston Partners to support for the implementation report resolution, notwithstanding the presence of some historical issues of concern. 

In cases where a serious breach of good practice is identified, and typically where issues have been raised over a number of years, the chair of the remuneration committee (or, where relevant, other members of the remuneration committee) may receive a negative vote.

B-108 

New Equity Incentive Scheme or Amendment to Existing Scheme

Boston Partners evaluates management proposals seeking approval for a share incentive scheme on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When judging such items, Boston Partners will generally vote AGAINST if the level of disclosure on the proposal is below what is required for shareholders to make an informed judgment on the scheme. In the event of satisfactory disclosure, Boston Partners will vote FOR the proposal unless one or more of the following apply:

1. Performance conditions do not apply, have not been disclosed or are not considered sufficiently challenging or relevant.

2. Performance conditions can be retested.

3. Performance is measured over a period shorter than three years.

4. The plan allows for option repricing or issue of options at a discount or backdating of options.

5. The potential maximum dilution under all share incentive schemes exceeds 5 percent of the issued share capital of a large, widely held company, or 10 percent in the case of an emerging high-growth company, and there are no mitigating circumstances (e.g. stringent performance measures).

6. The scheme provides for potentially excessive individual reward or has no caps on individual participation.

7. The scheme rules allow for accelerated vesting upon termination (including change of control) without reference to relevant performance criteria. In addition, best practice suggests that “good leaver” treatment should include appropriate pro-rating to outstanding long-term incentive awards to reflect any reduced time in service.

8. NEDs can participate in the scheme.

9. The scheme is in any way not considered aligned with shareholder interests.

Proposals to amend a scheme will involve an assessment of the nature of the amendment.

Financial Assistance

Vote FOR a general authority to provide financial assistance, unless:

1. As part of the authority, the company requests a general authority to provide financial assistance to directors, and this is not limited to participation in incentive schemes;

2. The authority would facilitate the operation of an incentive scheme(s) which raises governance concerns, with particular attention given to any schemes which authorize the provision of preferential loans to directors; or

3. As part of the authority, the company seeks approval to provide financial assistance “to any person”.

Evidence that the company has used a previous authority in a manner deemed not to be in shareholders’ interests would warrant further review and analysis.

V. Other Items

New Memorandum of Incorporation (MOI)/ Amendments to the MOI

Vote on a new MOI or on amendments to the MOI on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, depending on the impact on shareholder rights. 

Boston Partners will normally vote AGAINST a MOI which limits retirement by rotation to non-executive directors only.

Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) Transactions

Vote on BEE transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Factors considered include the overall dilutive impact, the structure of the transaction and the identity of the company’s chosen BEE partners. Proposals which are genuinely broad-based are more appealing than those which stand to benefit a narrow group of investors, as are those which have a long-term timeframe.

Social and Ethics Committee Report

Vote FOR the report of the social and ethics committee, unless:

1. The report does not include details of how the committee has undertaken the functions prescribed to it by South African company law; or

2. Serious concerns have been raised with the work of the committee during the year.

B-109 

TAIWAN

I. Allocation of Income and Dividends

Allocation of Income and Dividends

Generally, vote FOR approval of the allocation of income and dividends. 

When distributing earnings and dividends, companies usually provide shareholders one or a combination of the following:

1. Cash dividends from earnings;

2. Cash dividends from capital reserves;

3. New shares from capital reserves;

4. Stock dividends.

When losses are posted for the year, companies are required to submit the loss offsetting proposals, usually included in the statement of profit and loss appropriation, for shareholder approval, along with the business operations reports and financial statements.

Cash Dividends or New Shares from Capital and Legal Reserves

Generally, vote FOR proposals to distribute dividends or new shares from capital and legal reserves.

Stock Dividends

Resolution Type: Special 

Generally, vote FOR proposals to distribute stock dividends.

II. Capital Reduction

Generally, vote FOR the capital reduction to offset losses or to distribute cash to shareholders unless:

1. The proposed capital reduction is not conducted on a proportionate basis according to the shareholding structure of the company but instead favors certain shareholders; or

2. The proposed cash distribution is expected to negatively affect the company’s day-to-day operations.

III. Amendments to Company Articles/By-laws

Cash Dividend Distribution Plans

Generally, vote AGAINST proposals for article amendments to grant the board full discretion to decide on the company’s cash dividend distribution plan without shareholder approval.

IV. Capital Raising

Generally, vote FOR general authority to issue shares if:

1. A general share issuance mandate that includes a private placement as one of the financing channels if the resulting dilution is limited to no more than 10 percent.

2. A general mandate for public share issuance if the issue size is limited to no more than 20 percent of the existing issued share capital.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests to issue shares for a specific purpose such as the financing of a particular project, an acquisition, or a merger.

B-110 

V. Compensation

Equity Based Compensation

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on employee restricted stocks and/or employee stock warrant plans. Vote AGAINST the employee restricted stocks plan and/or employee stock warrants plan if any of the following features is not met:

1. Existing substantial shareholders are restricted in participation;

2. Presence of challenging performance hurdles if awards are issued or exercised for free or at a deep discount; or

3. Reasonable vesting period (at least two years) is set.

VI. Release of Restrictions on Directors Competitive Activities

Vote AGAINST release of restrictions on competitive activities of directors if:

1. There is lack of disclosure on the key information including identities of the directors in question, current positions in the company, and outside boards they are serving on; or

2. The non-nomination system is employed by the company for the director election.

B-111 

UNITED KINGDOM AND IRELAND

I. Operational Items

Accept Financial Statements and Statutory Reports

The overall quality of disclosure will be considered, and the weakest examples, such as where the meeting documents are not released in time for investors to review these ahead of the meeting, are likely to attract a negative vote. For smaller companies, other minimum disclosure requirements include: 

The identity of all the directors, their board roles, committee memberships and independence classification; 

1. List of major shareholders;

2. Attendance at board and committee meetings; and

3. Details of compliance against a “recognized corporate governance code” (as required by the AIM Rules).

In addition, where no appropriate resolution to target an investor’s specific concern is on the ballot, Boston Partners may vote AGAINST this resolution. Specific concerns include: 

1. Absence of sufficient independent representation on the board and the key committees (if the relevant director is not standing for election/re-election)

2. Absence of regular re-election for all directors (once every three years at a minimum); and

3. Remuneration not aligned with expected market practice (if there is no remuneration report or remuneration policy resolution on the agenda).

Concerns raised in the first year may not lead to a negative vote; this is more likely in the event of repeated concerns identified over a number of years.

II. The Board of Directors

Gender Diversity

Generally vote AGAINST the chair of the nomination committee (or other directors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) in the following cases

1. The company is a constituent of the FTSE 350 (excluding investment trusts) and the board does not comprise at least 33 percent representation of women.

2. The company (excluding investment trusts) is a constituent of any of the following, and there is not at least one woman on the board:

a. FTSE Small Cap;

b. ISEQ 20;

c. Listed on the AIM with a market capitalization of over GBP 500 million.

Mitigating factors include:

1. Compliance with the relevant board diversity standard at the preceding annual general meeting and a firm commitment, publicly available, to comply with the relevant standard within a year. In 2021 only, for FTSE 350 constituents, a public commitment to bring the composition of the board in line with the recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander Review by the following annual general meeting will not result in a negative recommendation, regardless of the previous composition of the board.

2. Other relevant factors as applicable.

Board Independence and Tenure

Directors are assessed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, although a non-executive director is likely to be considered as non-independent if one (or more) of the issues listed below apply, in accordance with the U.K. Governance Code. The director nominee:

1. Has been an employee of the company or group during the last five (5) years;

2. Has, or a connected person has had, within the last three (3) years, a material business relationship with the company either directly, or as a partner, shareholder, director or senior employee of a body that has such a relationship with the company;

3. Has received or receives additional remuneration from the company apart from a director’s fee, participates in the company’s share option or performance-related pay schemes, or is a member of the company’s pension scheme;

4. Has close family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors or senior employees;

5. Holds cross-directorships or has significant links with other directors through involvement in other companies or bodies;

6. Represents a significant shareholder;

7. Is attested by the board to be a non-independent non-executive director;

8. Is a former board chair; or

9. Has a substantial personal shareholding of greater than 1 percent (greater than three percent for small companies; greater than 1 percent for investment companies provided the investment trust is listed in the FTSE All-Share index); or

10. Tenure.

B-112 

Also, the non-executive director of either a venture capital trust or an investment trust is likely to be considered as non-independent if he or she holds a directorship in one or more investment companies or venture capital trusts managed by the same manager, or they have a relationship with the investment manager. 

At investment trusts, tenure is not taken into account when assessing independence. However, classified boards are an issue of concern. As a result, if more than half the board has served in excess of nine years, a negative vote would over time be applied to the chairman’s re-election. 

Non-executive directors that have served concurrently with an executive director for over nine (9) years, are deemed non-independent. 

If a non-executive director has served for fifteen (15) years on the board, Boston Partners deems such individuals as non-independent. 

The board chair should not remain in post for more than nine (9) years from the date of their first appointment to the board. However, their appointment can be extended for a limited time particularly in those cases where the chair was an existing non-executive director on appointment, to facilitate effective succession planning and the development of a diverse board. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the re-election of a tenured chair taking into account:

1. Succession planning;

2. Diversity; and

3. Board independence.

Board and Committee Composition

Generally, vote AGAINST any non-independent, non-executive director whose presence on the board, audit, or remuneration committee renders the board or committee insufficiently independent, unless the company discloses details of how the issue of concern will be resolved by the next annual general meeting. 

Non-independent non-executive directors serving on the nomination committee are assessed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. 

For all companies with a premium listing, at least half the board should comprise non-executive directors determined by the board to be independent. 

For companies in the FTSE 350, the audit committee should comprise at least three non-executive directors, and all members should be independent. The board chair should not be a member of the audit committee. The remuneration committee should also comprise at least three non-executive directors and again, all members should be independent. In addition, the board chair may also be a member of, but not chair the remuneration committee if he or she was considered independent on appointment as chair. A majority of the nomination committee should be independent non-executive directors. 

For companies in the FTSE All Share below the FTSE 350, the board should establish audit and remuneration committees with at least two members on each committee, all of whom should be independent non-executive directors. The board chair may be a member of, but not chair, of the remuneration committee in addition to the independent non-executive directors, provided he or she was considered independent on appointment as chair. A majority of the nomination committee should be independent non-executive directors. 

For FTSE Fledgling companies, the audit and remuneration committees should be fully independent and should include a minimum of two independent non-executives. The majority of the members of the nomination committee should be independent. The chair may sit on the remuneration committee (but not the audit committee) provided that he/she continues to be considered independent.

III. Compensation

Remuneration Policy

Vote the resolution to approve the remuneration policy on a CASE-BY-CASE approach, paying particular attention as to whether:

1. The overall remuneration policy or specific scheme structures are not over-complex, have an appropriate long-term focus and have been sufficiently justified in light of the company’s specific circumstances and strategic objectives;

2. The company’s approach to fixed remuneration is appropriate, with a particular focus on the extent to which pension contributions are aligned with those available to the wider workforce, as recommended by the UK Code;

3. The award levels for the different components of variable pay are capped, and the quantum is reasonable when compared to peers, and any increase in the level of certainty of reward is accompanied by a material reduction in the size of awards;

4. Increases to the maximum award levels for the LTIP and bonus have been adequately explained;

5. Performance conditions for all elements of variable pay are clearly aligned with the company’s strategic objectives, with vesting levels and holding periods that are in line with UK good practice;

6. Change of control, good leaver and malus/clawback provisions are in line with standard practice in the UK market;

7. The shareholding requirement for executive directors is a minimum of 200 percent of base salary, with an appropriate post-employment shareholding requirement in place;

8. Service contracts contain notice periods of no more than twelve months’ duration and potential termination payments are linked to fixed pay with no contractual entitlements to unearned bonus on termination;

9. Non-executive directors do not receive any performance-related remuneration beyond their standard fees;

10. The treatment of new joiners is appropriate, with particular attention paid to the use of buy-out awards, and that the potential for any additional awards is capped;

11. The remuneration committee seeks to reserve a degree of discretion in line with standard UK practice; and

12. There are no issues in the policy which would be of concern to shareholders.

Where a policy contains multiple areas of non-compliance with good practice, the vote will reflect the severity of the issues identified. A small number of minor breaches may still result in an overall FOR vote, whereas a single, serious deviation may be sufficient to justify an AGAINST vote. 

The binding vote on the remuneration policy is forward-looking and in most cases will apply for three years. Therefore, many shareholders will want to ensure that the policy takes into account good market practice in a number of key areas including:

1. The start and end date of the policy;

B-113 

2. Base salaries;

3. Benefits and pensions;

4. Annual bonus;

5. Long-term incentive plans (LTIP);

6. Claw back provisions;

7. Good leavers;

8. Change in control;

9. Shareholding requirement;

10. Executive directors’ service contracts, including exit payments;

11. Arrangements for new joiners;

12. Discretion;

13. Non-executive director pay; and

14. All-employee schemes.

For smaller companies, a negative vote would be considered if any of the following applied:

1. Executive directors are not employed under formal service contracts, or their service contracts, in the event of termination, provide for more than 12 months’ notice;

2. Vesting of incentive awards is not conditional on the achievement of performance hurdles;

3. Re-testing is allowed throughout the performance period; or

4. There are any other serious issues with the policy when measured against good market practice.

Remuneration Report

Vote the resolution to approve the remuneration report on a CASE-BY-CASE approach, paying particular attention as to whether:

1. Any increases, either to fixed or variable remuneration, for the year under review or the upcoming year were well-explained and not excessive;

2. The bonus received and/or the proportion of the LTIP which vested was a fair reflection of the performance achieved;

3. Performance targets are measured over an appropriate period and are sufficiently stretching;

4. Targets for the bonus or the LTIP are disclosed in an appropriate level of detail;

5. Any exit payments to good leavers were reasonable, with appropriate pro-rating (if any) applied to outstanding long-term share awards;

6. Any special arrangements for new joiners were in line with good market practice;

7. The remuneration committee exercised discretion appropriately; and

8. There are no issues in the report which would be of concern to shareholders.

Where the report contains multiple areas of non-compliance with good practice, the vote will reflect the severity of the issues identified. A small number of minor breaches may still result in an overall FOR vote, whereas a single, serious deviation may be sufficient to justify an AGAINST vote.

For small companies, when assessing remuneration report resolutions, a negative vote would be considered if any of the following applied:

1. Disclosure of pay practices is poor. This would include if the individual emoluments paid to each director are not disclosed, or if the performance metrics which applied to LTIP awards made during the year under review are not disclosed;

2. NEDs have received performance-related pay during the year under review;

3. Options have been re-priced during the period under review;

4. Re-testing is allowed throughout the performance period;

5. Share awards granted to executive directors during the year under review feature a performance period of less than three years; or

6. There are any other serious issues with the report when measured against good market practice.

The award of options to NEDs is not in line with best practice as it can cause a potential conflict of interest that may affect an NED’s independent judgment. Therefore, NEDs should be remunerated with basic fees only, in the form of cash and/or shares.

Approval of a New or Amended LTIP

Vote the resolution to approve a new or amended LTIP on a CASE-BY-CASE approach, paying particular attention as to whether:

1. The LTIP is aligned with the company’s strategy, is not over-complex and fosters an appropriately long-term mindset;

2. The proposed award levels are appropriate, and, in the case of an amended plan, any increases to the previous award levels are well-explained;

3. Any increase in the level of certainty of reward is matched by a material reduction in the size of awards;

B-114 

4. The maximum payout is capped;

5. The vesting levels for threshold and on target performance are in line with market norms, with threshold vesting generally no higher than 25 percent. However, as much as 25 percent may be considered inappropriate if LTIP grants represent large multiples of salary.

6. The LTIP is in line with the current remuneration policy;

7. Change of control, good leaver, and malus/clawback provisions are present and the terms are in line with standard practice in the UK market;

8. The remuneration committee seeks to reserve a degree of discretion in line with standard UK practice;

9. The scheme is operating within dilution limits that are aligned to the relevant UK market standards. Namely, no more than 10 percent of the issued share capital should be issued under all incentive schemes in any rolling 10-year period, and no more than 5 percent of the issued share capital should be issued under executive (discretionary) schemes in any rolling 10-year period, in line with the guidelines established by the Investment Association; and

10. There are no issues with the plan which would be of concern to shareholders.

Where the plan contains multiple areas of non-compliance with good practice, the vote will reflect the severity of the issues identified. A small number of minor breaches may still result in an overall FOR vote, whereas a single, serious deviation may be sufficient to justify an AGAINST vote.

IV. Capital Structure

Authorize Issue of Equity with and without Pre-emptive Rights

Generally, vote FOR a resolution to authorize the issuance of equity, unless:

1. The general issuance authority exceeds one-third (33 percent) of the issued share capital. Assuming it is no more than one-third, a further one-third of the issued share capital may also be applied to a fully pre-emptive rights issue taking the acceptable aggregate authority to two-thirds (66 percent); or

2. For small companies, the routine authority to disapply preemption rights exceeds 10 percent of the issued share capital in any one year. For larger companies, the routine authority to disapply preemption rights exceeds 10 percent of the issued share capital, provided that any amount above 5 percent is to be used for the purposes of an acquisition or a specified capital investment.

For investment companies, generally, vote FOR a resolution to authorize the issuance of equity if there is a firm commitment from the board that shares would only be issues at the price at or above net asset value. Otherwise, generally vote FOR a resolution to authorize the issuance of equity, unless:

1. The general issuance authority exceeds one-third (33 percent) of the issued share capital. Assuming it is no more than one-third, a further one-third of the issued share capital may also be applied to a fully pre-emptive rights issue taking the acceptable aggregate authority to two-thirds (66 percent); or

2. The routine authority to disapply preemption rights exceeds 5 percent of the issued share capital in any one year.

Share issuance proposals which involve the issue of C shares will be considered using the above guidance.

Authorize Market Purchase of Ordinary Shares

Generally, vote FOR the resolution to authorize the market purchase of ordinary shares, unless:

1. The authority requested exceeds the levels permitted under the Listing Rules; or

2. The company seeks an authority covering a period longer than 18 months.

Boston Partners will generally support this resolution if it is in line with the Listing Rules LR 12.4.1 which allows companies to buy back up to 15 percent of their shares in any given year, provided that the maximum price paid is not more than 5 percent above the average trading price.

Under the Companies Act 2006, the share buyback authority cannot be for a period longer than five years. Boston Partners recommends that the renewal of such authorities be requested annually, and that the duration be no longer than 18 months or until the next annual general meeting, if sooner. However, Boston Partners will support a five-year authority if, in practice, the company has a history of reverting to shareholders annually.

V. Other Items

Authorize EU Political Donations and Expenditure

Generally, vote FOR the resolution to authorize EU political donations and expenditure, unless:

1. The company made explicit donations to political parties or election candidates during the year under review;

B-115 

2. The duration of the authority sought exceeds one year and the company has not clarified that separate authorization will be sought at the following annual general meeting should the authority be used; or

3. No cap is set on the level of donations.

Continuation of Investment Trust

For investment companies, Boston partners will vote FOR when the board has tabled the resolution to comply with the requirement in the trust’s articles of association that this vote be put to shareholders at regular intervals, and there are no issues of concern.

If the board has called a special meeting, due to the shares trading at a discount to net asset value over a prolonged period, Boston Partners will consider the issues on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

END

B-116

Motley Fool Next Index ETF

TICKER: TMFX

Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF

TICKER TMFE

Each a series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

2000 Duke Street, Suite 275

Alexandria, VA 22314

Statement of

Additional Information

Dated December 29, 2021

The Motley Fool Next Index ETF ("Next Fund") and Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF ("Capital Efficiency Fund") (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”) are non-diversified series of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”), an open-end management investment company organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988.

Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Funds.

Information about the Funds is set forth in the prospectus dated December 29, 2021 (the “Prospectus”) and provides the basic information you should know before investing. To obtain a copy of the Prospectus and/or the Funds’ Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, please write to Motley Fool Funds, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701, or call 1-800-617-0004. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus but contains information in addition to and more detailed than that set forth in the Prospectus. It is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. This SAI is intended to provide you with additional information regarding the activities and operations of the Funds and the Company, and it should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus.

Table of Contents

Fund History	1
Investment Policies and Practices	1
Investment Restrictions	7
Exchange Listing and Trading	7
Management of the Company	8
Code of Ethics	14
Principal Holders	14
Investment Advisory Agreement	14
Portfolio Managers	14
Underwriter	16
Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units	16
Portfolio Holdings Information	20
Determination of Net Asset Value	22
Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes	22
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage	23
Proxy Voting Procedures	24
Payments To Financial Intermediaries	25
Additional Information Concerning Company Shares	25
General Information	26
Financial Statements	27
Appendix A	A- 1

FUND HISTORY

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of 43 separate portfolios. The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988. This SAI pertains to shares of the Next Fund and Capital Efficiency Fund. Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Funds.

The investment objective of the Next Fund is to seek investment results that correspond (before fees and expenses) generally to the total return performance of the Motley Fool Next Index (the “Next Index”). The Next Index was developed by The Motley Fool, LLC (“The Motley Fool”), an affiliate of the Adviser.

The investment objective of the Capital Efficiency Fund is to seek investment results that correspond (before fees and expenses) generally to the total return performance of the Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index (the “Capital Efficiency 100 Index”). The Capital Efficiency 100 Index was developed by The Motley Fool.

Each Fund offers and issues shares at its net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each a “Creation Unit”). Each Fund also generally offers and issues shares in exchange for a basket of securities (“Deposit Securities”) together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (“Cash Component”). The Company reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash in lieu” amount (“Deposit Cash”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. The shares of each Fund are listed on the NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Exchange”) and trade on the Exchange at market prices. These prices may differ from the shares’ NAVs. The shares are also redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, and generally in exchange for portfolio securities and a specified cash payment. A Creation Unit of each Fund consists of at least 25,000 Shares.

Shares of each Fund may be issued in advance of receipt of Deposit Securities subject to various conditions including a requirement to maintain on deposit with the Company cash at least equal to a specified percentage of the market value of the missing Deposit Securities as set forth in the Participant Agreement (as defined below). The Company may impose a transaction fee for each creation or redemption (the “Transaction Fee”).  In all cases, such fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. Each Fund may charge, either in lieu or in addition to the fixed creation or redemption Transaction Fee, a variable fee for creations and redemptions in order to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, market impact and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction, up to a maximum of 2.00% of the NAV per Creation Unit, inclusive of any Transaction Fees charged (if applicable).

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES

Each Fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies is described in the Prospectus. The sections below describe some of the different types of investments that may be made by each Fund as part of its non-principal investment strategy. The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus.

With respect to each Fund’s investments, unless otherwise noted, if a percentage limitation on investment is adhered to at the time of investment or contract, a subsequent increase or decrease as a result of market movement or redemption will not result in a violation of such investment limitation.

Types of Equity Securities

In addition to common stock, the equity securities that the Funds may purchase include preferred and convertible preferred stocks, and securities having equity characteristics, such as rights, warrants, and convertible debt securities. Preferred stocks represent equity ownership interests in a corporation and participate in the corporation’s earnings through dividends that the corporation may declare. Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks are entitled to stated dividends payable from the corporation’s earnings, which in some cases may be “cumulative” if previous stated dividends have not been paid. Dividends payable on preferred stock have priority over distributions to holders of common stock, and preferred stocks generally have preferences on the distribution of assets in the event of the corporation’s liquidation. Preferred stocks may be “participating,” which means that they may be entitled to dividends in excess of the stated dividend, in certain cases. The rights of preferred stocks are generally subordinate to rights associated with a corporation’s debt securities.

Convertible Securities

The Funds may purchase convertible securities. These securities include convertible debt obligations and convertible preferred stock. A convertible security entitles the holder to exchange it for a fixed number of shares of common stock (or other equity security), usually at a fixed price within a specified period of time. Until conversion, the holder receives the interest paid on a convertible bond or the dividend preference of a preferred stock.

Convertible securities have an “investment value,” which is the theoretical value determined by the yield it provides in comparison with similar securities without the conversion feature. The investment value changes are based on prevailing interest rates and other factors. They also have a “conversion value,” which is the worth in market value if the security were exchanged for the underlying equity security. Conversion value fluctuates directly with the price of the underlying security. If conversion value is substantially below investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. If the conversion value is near or above investment value, the price of the convertible security generally will rise above investment value and may represent a premium over conversion value because of the combination of the convertible security’s right to interest (or dividend preference) and the possibility of capital appreciation from the conversion feature. A convertible security’s price, when price is influenced primarily by its conversion value, will generally yield less than a senior non-convertible security of comparable investment value. Convertible securities may be purchased at varying price levels above their investment values or conversion values. However, there is no assurance that any premium above investment value or conversion value will be recovered, because prices change, and, as a result, the ability to achieve capital appreciation through conversion may never occur.

1

Exchange-Traded Funds and Other Similar Instruments

Each Fund may purchase shares of exchange-traded funds that are registered under the 1940 Act (“ETFs”) and shares of similar investment vehicles that are not registered under the 1940 Act (together with the ETFs, “Traded Funds”). Typically, a Traded Fund holds a portfolio of common stocks designed to track the performance of a particular index or a “basket” of stocks of companies within a particular industry sector or group. Traded Funds sell and redeem their shares at NAV in large blocks (typically at least 25,000 shares) called “creation units.” Shares representing fractional interests in these creation units are listed for trading on national securities exchanges and can be purchased and sold in the secondary market in lots of any size at any time during the trading day. The Funds do not invest in actively managed Traded Funds.

Investments in Traded Funds involve certain inherent risks generally associated with investments in a broadly based portfolio of stocks, including risks that the general level of stock prices may decline and thereby adversely affect the value of each unit of the Traded Fund. In addition, a Traded Fund may not fully replicate the performance of its benchmark index because of the temporary unavailability of certain index securities in the secondary market or discrepancies between the Traded Fund and the index with respect to the weighting of securities or number of stocks held. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for a Traded Fund’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV. Furthermore, certain Traded Funds may be thinly traded and experience large spreads between the "ask" price quoted by a seller and the "bid" price quoted by a buyer.

Because Traded Funds bear various fees and expenses, a Fund’s investment in these instruments will involve certain indirect costs, as well as transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions. In addition, the purchase of shares of Traded Funds may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to a fund’s own expenses. The Adviser will consider the expenses associated with an investment in determining whether to invest in a Traded Fund.

The SEC recently adopted revisions to the rules permitting funds to invest in other investment companies to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework applicable to fund of funds arrangements. While new Rule 12d1-4 will permit more types of fund of fund arrangements without reliance on an exemptive order or no-action letters, it imposes new conditions, including limits on control and voting of acquired funds’ shares, evaluations and findings by investment advisers, fund investment agreements, and limits on most three-tier fund structures. Rule 12d1-4 went into effect on January 19, 2021. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters is effective on January 19, 2022.

Special Corporate Situation Investments

The Funds may invest a portion of its total assets in securities of companies that may be involved in special corporate situations, the occurrence of which would favorably affect the values of the companies’ equity securities. Such situations could include, among other developments, a change in management or management policies; the acquisition of a significant equity position in the company by an investor or investor group; a merger, a reorganization, or the sale of a division; the spinoff of a subsidiary, division, or other substantial assets; or a third-party or issuer tender offer. The primary risk of this type of investing is that if the contemplated event does not occur or if a proposed transaction is abandoned, revised, or delayed or becomes subject to unanticipated uncertainties, the market price of the securities may decline below the purchase price the Funds paid.

In general, securities that are the subject of a special corporate situation sell at a premium to their market prices immediately following the announcement of the situation. However, the increased market price of these securities may nonetheless represent a discount from what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. These investments may be advantageous when the following occur: (1) the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; (2) the discount significantly undervalues the securities, assets, or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transactions; or (3) the discount fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of these contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Adviser, which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction, but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer or, as well as the dynamics of the business climate when the offer or proposal is in progress.

The Funds’ special corporate situation investments may tend to increase its portfolio turnover ratio and thereby increase brokerage commissions and other transaction expenses. However, the Adviser attempts to select investments of the type described that, in its view, also have a reasonable prospect of significant capital appreciation over the long term.

Types of Fixed-Income Securities

The Funds may invest in bonds and other types of debt obligations of U.S. issuers. Fixed-income securities purchased by the Fund may include, among others, bonds, notes, and debentures issued by corporations; debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Securities”); municipal securities; mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities; and debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, their agencies, instrumentalities, or political subdivisions, or by government-owned, -controlled, or -sponsored entities, including central banks. These investments also include money market instruments and other types of obligations. Investors should recognize that, although securities ratings issued by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) and Moody’s Investors Services^©, Inc. (“Moody’s”), provide a generally useful guide as to credit risks, they do not offer any criteria to evaluate interest rate risk. A description of the ratings that the Adviser deems most relevant to the Fund is set forth in Appendix A to this SAI. Changes in interest rate levels generally cause fluctuations in the prices of fixed-income securities and will, therefore, cause fluctuations in the NAV per share of the Fund. Subsequent to the purchase of a fixed-income security by the Funds, the ratings or credit quality of such security may deteriorate. Any such subsequent adverse changes in the rating or quality of a security held by the Fund would not require the Fund to sell the security.

2

Zero-Coupon Securities

Fixed-income securities purchased by the Funds may include zero-coupon securities. These securities do not pay any interest until maturity, and for this reason, zero-coupon securities of longer maturities may trade at a deep discount from their face or par values and may be subject to greater fluctuations in market value than would ordinary debt obligations of comparable maturity. Current federal tax law requires the holder of a zero-coupon security to accrue a portion of the discount at which the security was purchased as income each year, even though the holder receives no interest payment that year.

Variable- and Floating-Rate Securities

Fixed-income securities purchased by the Funds may also include variable- and floating-rate securities. The interest rates payable on these securities are adjusted either at pre-designated periodic intervals or whenever there is a change in an established market rate of interest. Other features may include a right whereby the Funds may demand prepayment of the principal amount before the stated maturity (a “demand feature”) and the right of an issuer to prepay the principal amount before maturity. One benefit of variable- and floating-rate securities is that because of interest rate adjustments on the obligation, changes in market value that would normally result from fluctuations in prevailing interest rates are reduced. One benefit of a demand feature is enhanced liquidity.

Non-Investment-Grade Debt Securities

As discussed in the Prospectus, the Funds may invest in both investment-grade and non-investment-grade debt securities (including high-yield bonds). Non-investment-grade debt securities (typically called “junk bonds”) are securities considered to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

Companies that issue these securities often are highly leveraged and may not have available to them more traditional methods of financing. Therefore, the risks associated with acquiring the securities of such issuers generally are greater than is the case with higher-grade securities. For example, during an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of these securities may not have sufficient revenues to meet their interest payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations also may be affected adversely by specific corporate developments, forecasts, or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss because of default by the issuer is significantly greater for the holders of these securities, because such securities generally are unsecured and often are subordinated to other creditors of the issuer.

Because there is no established retail secondary market for many of these securities, the Funds anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market for these securities does exist, it generally is not as liquid as is the secondary market for higher-grade securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on market price and yield, as well as on the Funds’ ability to dispose of particular issues when necessary to meet the Funds’ liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities also may make it more difficult for the Funds to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing the Funds’ portfolio and calculating its NAV. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions may decrease the values and liquidity of these securities. In such cases, judgment may play a greater role in valuation, because of a lack of reliable, objective data.

These securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.

The Funds may acquire these securities during an initial offering. Such securities may involve special risks because they are new issues. The Funds have no arrangement with any person concerning the acquisition of such securities, and the Adviser will review the credit and other characteristics pertinent to such new issues.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Each Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), which are pooled investment vehicles that manage a portfolio of real estate or real estate-related loans to earn profits for their shareholders. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs, or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to the risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, and mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the borrower on any credit extended. REITs are dependent on management skills, may not be diversified geographically or by property type, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. REITs must also meet certain requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to avoid entity-level tax and be eligible to pass through certain tax attributes of their income to shareholders. REITs are consequently subject to the risk of failing to meet these requirements for favorable tax treatment and of failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. REITs are also subject to the risks of changes in the Code that could affect their tax status.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable-rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, and as a result, the value of such investments will fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed-rate obligations.

3

The management of a REIT may be subject to conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the business of the REIT and may be involved in real estate activities competitive with the REIT. REITs may own properties through joint ventures or in other circumstances in which a REIT may not have control over its investments. REITs may use significant amounts of leverage.

REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the end of the calendar year. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for the Funds, if invested in REITs, to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV. Alternatively, amended Forms 1099-DIV may be sent.

The REIT investments of a Fund may not provide complete tax information to the Fund until after the calendar year-end. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for the Fund to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV beyond January 31. Also, under current provisions of the Code, distributions attributable to operating income of REITs in which a Fund invests are not eligible for favorable tax treatment as long-term capital gains and will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A Fund, however, may designate such distributions as “section 199A dividends” to the extent of the excess of the ordinary REIT dividends, other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income, that the Fund receives from a REIT for a taxable year over the Fund’s expenses allocable to such dividends. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions.

Master Limited Partnerships

Each Fund may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), which are publicly traded companies organized as limited partnerships or limited liability companies and treated as partnerships for U.S. federal tax purposes. MLPs combine the tax advantages of a partnership with the liquidity of a publicly traded stock. MLP income is generally not subject to entity-level tax. Instead, an MLP’s income, gain, loss, deductions, and other tax items pass through to common unitholders. If tax were to be required to be paid by the MLP at the entity level, the value of the MLP interests held by a Fund would be expected to decrease.

MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent that the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD. However, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner that causes distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier at which it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures, and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.

Illiquid Investments

Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, each of the Funds may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment as defined in Rule 22e-4 is an investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. These investments may include restricted securities and repurchase agreements maturing in more than 7 days. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and thus may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Subject to the adoption of guidelines by the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”), certain restricted securities that may be sold to institutional investors pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and non-exempt commercial paper may be determined to be liquid by the Adviser. Illiquid investments involve the risk that the investments will not be able to be sold at the time the Adviser desires or at prices approximating the value at which a Fund is carrying the investments. To the extent an investment held by a Fund is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund will be exposed to a greater liquidity risk.

The Company has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4. If the limitation on illiquid investments is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required by the Liquidity Rule, to the SEC.

Temporary Investments

During periods of adverse market or economic conditions, each Fund may temporarily invest all or a substantial portion of its assets in high-quality, fixed-income securities, money market instruments, and shares of money market mutual funds, or it may hold cash. At such times, a Fund would not be pursuing its stated investment objective with its usual investment strategies. Each Fund may also hold these investments for liquidity purposes. Fixed-income securities will be deemed to be of high quality if they are rated “A” or better by S&P or Moody’s or, if unrated, are determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser. Money market instruments are high-quality, short-term fixed-income obligations (which generally have remaining maturities of one year or less) and may include U.S. Government Securities, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and banker’s acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and repurchase agreements for U.S. Government Securities. In lieu of purchasing money market instruments, each Fund may purchase shares of money market mutual funds that invest primarily in U.S. Government Securities and repurchase agreements involving those securities, subject to certain limitations imposed by the 1940 Act. Each Fund, as an investor in a money market fund, will indirectly bear that fund’s fees and expenses, which will be in addition to the fees and expenses of the Fund. Repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt securities.

4

Non-Diversification Risk

Non-diversification risk is the risk that a Fund may be more susceptible to adverse financial, economic or other developments affecting any single issuer, and more susceptible to greater losses because of these developments. A “non-diversified” classification means that the Funds are not limited by the 1940 Act with regard to the percentage of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. The securities of a particular issuer may dominate an Index and consequently, a Fund’s investment portfolio.

Each Fund intends to maintain the required level of diversification and otherwise conduct its operations so as to qualify as a “regulated investment company” for purposes of the Code, and to relieve the Fund of any liability for federal income tax to the extent that its earnings are distributed to shareholders. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Code may limit the ability of a Fund to track its Index and may make it less likely that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

Portfolio Turnover

Although the Funds generally do not intend to engage in short-term trading, portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the time they have been held when investment considerations warrant such action. It is expected that each Funds’s portfolio turnover rate will not exceed 100%. A higher portfolio turnover rate would result in higher brokerage costs to a Fund and could also result in the realization of larger amounts of capital gains, including short-term capital gains. Capital gains are generally taxable when distributed to shareholders, and distributions of short-term capital gains are generally taxable at ordinary income tax rates. No portfolio turnover rate is provided for the Funds because the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

Repurchase Agreements

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements involving the types of securities eligible for purchase by the Fund. However, there is no limitation on the maturity of the securities underlying the repurchase agreements. The Funds may use repurchase agreements in lieu of purchasing money market instruments.

Repurchase agreements, which may be viewed as a type of secured lending by the Funds, typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of U.S. Government Securities or other securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association, or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Fund will sell back to the institution, and that the institution will repurchase, the underlying security (“collateral”) at a specified price and at a fixed time in the future, usually not more than seven days from the date of purchase. The Funds will receive interest from the institution until the time the repurchase is to occur. Although such date is deemed to be the maturity date of a repurchase agreement, the maturities of securities subject to repurchase agreements are not subject to any limits and may exceed one year.

Repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt securities. If the seller under a repurchase agreement becomes insolvent, a Fund’s right to dispose of the securities may be restricted, or the value of the securities may decline before the Fund is able to dispose of them. In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the securities before the repurchase of the securities under a repurchase agreement is accomplished, a Fund may encounter delay and incur costs, including a decline in the value of the securities, before being able to sell the securities. If the seller defaults, the value of such securities may decline before a Fund is able to dispose of them. If a Fund enters into a repurchase agreement that is subject to foreign law and the other party defaults, the Fund may not enjoy protections comparable to those provided to certain repurchase agreements under U.S. bankruptcy law and may suffer delays and losses in disposing of the collateral as a result.

The Funds have adopted procedures designed to minimize the risks of loss from repurchase agreement transactions. These procedures include a requirement that the Adviser effect repurchase transactions only with large, well-capitalized U.S. financial institutions that the Adviser approves as creditworthy based on periodic review under guidelines established and monitored by the Board. In addition, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement, which the Company’s custodian will hold on behalf of the Funds, will always be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Funds will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of a Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

Lending Portfolio Securities

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and financial institutions in an amount not exceeding 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. These loans will be secured by collateral (consisting of cash, U.S. Government Securities, or irrevocable letters of credit) maintained in an amount equal to at least 100% of the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. Each Fund may, subject to certain notice requirements, at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The Funds will be entitled to payments equal to the interest and dividends on the loaned securities and may receive a premium for lending the securities. The advantage of such loans is that a Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while earning interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term investments.

A loan may be terminated by the borrower on one business day’s notice, or by the Company on two business days’ notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within four days after receipt of notice, the Company may use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost exceeding the collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and, in some cases, even loss of rights in the collateral, should the borrower of the securities fail financially. In addition, securities lending involves a form of leverage, and a Fund may incur a loss if securities purchased with the collateral from securities loans decline in value or if the income earned does not cover the Fund’s transaction costs. However, loans of securities will be made only to companies the Board deems to be creditworthy (such creditworthiness will be monitored on an ongoing basis) and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Funds.

5

When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Company will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the investment in such loaned securities. The Funds will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative, and custodial fees in connection with loans of securities. The Funds may lend foreign securities consistent with the foregoing requirements.

LIBOR Risk

Many financial instruments may be tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE Benchmark Administrator have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve’s Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Funds. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Funds will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Funds until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled.

Pandemic Risk

Disease outbreaks that affect local economies or the global economy may materially and adversely impact the Funds and/or the Adviser’s business. For example, uncertainties regarding the novel Coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak have resulted in serious economic disruptions across the globe. These types of outbreaks can be expected to cause severe decreases in core business activities such as manufacturing, purchasing, tourism, business conferences and workplace participation, among others. These disruptions lead to instability in the market place, including stock market losses and overall volatility, as has occurred in connection with COVID-19. In the face of such instability, governments may take extreme and unpredictable measures to combat the spread of disease and mitigate the resulting market disruptions and losses. The Adviser has in place business continuity plans reasonably designed to ensure that it maintains normal business operations, and it periodically tests those plans. However, in the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Adviser or the Funds’ service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

Cyber Security Risk

Each Fund and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting a Fund or the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Funds. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAVs, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject a Fund to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Each Fund may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which each Fund may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause a Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value. While each Fund and its service providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate cyber security risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated. Furthermore, the Funds have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Funds or the Adviser.

6

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Company has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies with respect to each Fund. These restrictions cannot be changed with respect to each Fund without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. For the purposes of the 1940 Act, a “majority of outstanding shares” means the vote of the lesser of: (1) 67% or more of the voting securities of the Fund present at the meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

Except with the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, each Fund may not:

1. Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold more than 25% of its total assets) in any industry or group of related industries, except that a Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent as its respective Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of related industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and tax-exempt securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.

2. Borrow money or issue senior securities (as defined under the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

3. Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

4. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. This shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate, real estate investment trusts or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.

5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. This shall not prevent each Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities.

6. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

Group of related industries is defined as three or more industries based on the Adviser’s classification for the purpose of this section.

In addition to the investment restrictions adopted as fundamental policies as set forth above, the Funds observe the following non-fundamental restriction, which may be changed without a shareholder vote:

1. Each Fund will not hold illiquid assets in excess of 15% of its net assets. An illiquid asset is any asset which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the investment.

2. The Next Fund and the Capital Efficiency Fund invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its respective total assets (exclusive of collateral held from securities lending), in the component securities of the Next Index and the Capital Efficiency 100 Index, respectively.

If a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment or contract, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or total or net assets will not result in a violation of such restriction, except that the percentage limitations with respect to the borrowing of money and illiquid investments will be observed continuously. If the percentage of a Fund’s net assets invested in illiquid investments exceeds 15% due to market activity or changes in a Fund’s portfolio, the Fund will take appropriate measures to reduce its holdings of illiquid investments as soon as reasonably practicable, in a manner consistent with prudent management and the interests of the Fund.

EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING

Shares are listed for trading and trade throughout the day on the Exchange.

There can be no assurance that either Fund will continue to meet the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares. The Exchange will consider the suspension of trading in, and will initiate delisting proceedings of, the shares of a Fund under any of the following circumstances: (i) if any of the requirements set forth in the Exchange rules are not continuously maintained; (ii) if the Exchange files separate proposals under Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and any of the statements regarding (a) the description of the Fund; (b) limitations on the Fund’s portfolio holdings or reference assets; (c) dissemination and availability of the intraday indicative values; or (d) the applicability of the Exchange listing rules specified in such proposals are not continuously maintained; (iii) if, following the initial 12-month period beginning at the commencement of trading of the Fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial owners of shares of the Fund; (iv) if the value of a Fund’s underlying Index is no longer calculated or available or an interruption to the dissemination persists past the trading day in which it occurred or the underlying Index is replaced with a new index, unless the new underlying index meets certain Exchange requirements; (v) if the intraday indicative value is no longer disseminated at least every 15 seconds during the Exchange’s regular market session and the interruption to the dissemination persists past the trading day in which it occurred; or (vi) such other event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the Exchange inadvisable. The Exchange will remove the shares from listing and trading upon termination of a Fund.

7

The Company reserves the right to adjust the price levels of its shares in the future to help maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Funds.

To provide additional information regarding the indicative value of shares, the Exchange or a market data vendor disseminates information every 15 seconds through the facilities of the Consolidated Tape Association, or other widely disseminated means, an updated “intraday indicative value” (“IIV”) for a Fund as calculated by an information provider or market data vendor. The Company is not involved in or responsible for any aspect of the calculation or dissemination of the IIVs and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the IIVs.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter. The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers. The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Directors.” Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.” The Board is currently composed of seven Independent Directors and one Interested Director. The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman. Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

The Board has established seven standing committees — Audit, Contract, Executive, Nominating and Governance, Product Development, Regulatory Oversight, and Valuation Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section entitled “Standing Committees.”

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

Directors and Executive Officers

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their ages, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth in this section.

8

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 88	Director	1988 to present	From 1969 to 2011, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).	50	AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies).
Gregory P. Chandler 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	2012 to present	Since 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Herspiegel Consulting LLC (life sciences consulting services); 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Avocado Systems Inc. (cyber security software provider); 2009-2020, Chief Financial Officer, Emtec, Inc. (information technology consulting services).	50	FS Energy and Power Fund (business development company); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Lisa A. Dolly 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	October 2021 to present	From July 2019-December 2019, Chairman, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm); January 2016-June 2019, Chief Executive Officer, Pershing, LLC.	50	Allfunds Group PLC (United Kingdom wealthtech and fund distribution provider); Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (trade association for broker dealers, investment banks and asset managers); Hightower Advisors (wealth management firm).
Nicholas A. Giordano 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 78	Director	2006 to present	Since 1997, Consultant, financial services organizations.	50	IntriCon Corporation (biomedical device manufacturer); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Arnold M. Reichman       615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 73	Chairman Director	2005 to present 1991 to present	Retired.	50	EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company).
Brian T. Shea 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Director	2018 to present	From 2014-2017, Chief Executive Officer, BNY Mellon Investment Services (fund services, global custodian and securities clearing firm); from 1983-2014, Chief Executive Officer and various positions, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm).	50	Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (financial services technology company); Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (financial services company).
Robert A. Straniere 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 80	Director	2006 to present	Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City; since 1980, Founding Partner, Straniere Law Group (law firm).	50	None.

9

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director
INTERESTED DIRECTOR2
Robert Sablowsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 83	Vice Chairman Director	2016 to present 1991 to present	Since 2002, Senior Director - Investments and prior thereto, Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).	50	None
OFFICERS
Salvatore Faia, JD, CPA, CFE Vigilant Compliance, LLC Gateway Corporate Center Suite 216 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike  Chadds Ford, PA 19317 Age: 59	President Chief Compliance Officer	2009 to present 2004 to present	Since 2004, President, Vigilant Compliance, LLC (investment management services company); since 2005, Independent Trustee of EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company); Since 2021, President and Chief Compliance Officer of Penn Capital Funds Trust.	N/A	N/A
James G. Shaw 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Treasurer and Secretary	2016 to present	Treasurer and Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2016) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2005 to 2016, Assistant Treasurer of The RBB Fund, Inc.; from 1995 to 2016, Senior Director and Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company).	N/A	N/A
Craig A. Urciuoli 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 46	Director of Marketing & Business Development	2019 to present	Director of Marketing & Business Development of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2019) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2000-2019, Managing Director, Third Avenue Management LLC (investment advisory firm).	N/A	N/A
Jennifer Witt 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 39	Assistant Treasurer	2018 to present	Since 2020, Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm); from 2016 to 2020, Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services; from 2007 to 2016, Supervisor, Nuveen Investments (registered investment company).	N/A	N/A
Edward Paz 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 50	Assistant Secretary	2016 to present	Since 2007, Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm).	N/A	N/A
Michael P. Malloy One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 62	Assistant Secretary	1999 to present	Since 1993, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A

10

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director
Jillian L. Bosmann One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 42	Assistant Secretary	2017 to present	Since 2017, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle& Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A

* Each Director oversees 50 portfolios of the fund complex, consisting of the series in the Company and in Penn Capital Funds Trust (7 portfolios).

1. Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his or her death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. The Board has approved waivers of the policy with respect to Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, Sablowsky and Straniere. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

2. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and is referred to as an “Interested Director.” Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as an employee of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years. Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director. The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive-level management experience in the cable television and communications industry. Mr. Chandler has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the investment technology consulting/services and investment banking/brokerage industries, and also serves on various boards. Ms. Dolly has over three decades of experience in the financial services industry, and she has demonstrated her leadership and management abilities by serving in numerous senior executive-level positions. Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies. Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience. Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the financial services industry. Mr. Shea has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the brokerage, clearing, and investment services industry, including service on the boards of industry regulatory organizations and a university. Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company. 

Standing Committees

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler and Giordano. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Contract Committee. The Board has a Contract Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Contract Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Contract Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the approval and continuation of agreements and plans of the Company. The Contract Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Giordano, Reichman and Sablowsky. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Product Development Committee. The Board has a Product Development Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Product Development Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Reichman, Sablowsky, and Shea. The Product Development Committee oversees the process regarding the addition of new investment advisers and investment products to the Company. The Product Development Committee convened three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Reichman, Sablowsky, Shea and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

11

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee comprised of the Interested Director and two officers of the Company. The members of the Valuation Committee are Messrs. Faia, Sablowsky and Shaw. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing fair value determinations. The Valuation Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Risk Oversight

The Board performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk. Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs. Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s CCO to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues. The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees. For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in the Funds and in all of the portfolios of the Company (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him or her), as of December 31, 2020. As shown below, because the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Directors do not own any shares of the Funds.

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Director within the Family of Investment Companies
Independent Directors
Julian A. Brodsky	None	Over $100,000
Gregory P. Chandler	None	Over $100,000
Lisa A. Dolly*	None	None
Nicholas A. Giordano	None	$10,001-$50,000
Arnold M. Reichman	None	Over $100,000
Brian T. Shea	None	$1-$10,000
Robert A. Straniere	None	$1-$10,000
Interested Director
Robert Sablowsky	None	Over $100,000

* Ms. Dolly began serving as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust, based on an allocation formula, pay each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $13,500 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each receives an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each receives an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

12

From April 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $10,000 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each received an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof.  An employee of Vigilant Compliance, LLC serves as President and CCO of the Company. Vigilant Compliance, LLC is compensated for the services provided to the Company, and such compensation is determined by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance, LLC received $690,000 in the aggregate from all series of the Company for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance, LLC did not receive any fees from the Funds because the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of the SAI. Employees of the Company serve as Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development, and are compensated for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from the Funds and the Company in the following amounts:

Name of Director/Officer	Aggregate Compensation from the Funds*	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Funds Expenses	Total Compensation From  Fund Complex Paid to Directors or Officers
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$0	N/A	$198,000
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$0	N/A	$190,000
Gregory P. Chandler, Director	$0	N/A	$224,500
Lisa A. Dolly(2)	$0	N/A	$0
Nicholas A. Giordano, Director	$0	N/A	$202,000
Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman	$0	N/A	$275,500
Brian T. Shea, Director	$0	N/A	$191,875
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$0	N/A	$196,000
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$0	N/A	$258,000
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$0	N/A	$299,000
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$0	N/A	$247,200

* The Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

⁽¹⁾ Mr. Carnall retired from his role as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

⁽²⁾ Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Each compensated Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s deferred compensation plan (the “DC Plan”). Under the DC Plan, a compensated Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation and have the deferred compensation treated as if it had been invested by the Company in shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Company. The amount paid to the Directors under the DC Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments.

As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

Director Emeritus Program

The Board has created a position of Director Emeritus, whereby an incumbent Director who has attained at least the age of 75 and completed a minimum of fifteen years of service as a Director, may, in the sole discretion of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company (“Committee”), be recommended to the full Board to serve as Director Emeritus.

A Director Emeritus that has been approved as such receives an annual fee in an amount equal to up to 50% of the annual base compensation paid to a Director. Compensation    will be determined annually by the Committee and the Board with respect to each Director Emeritus. In addition, a Director Emeritus will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service, including expenses of travel and lodging incurred in attendance at Board meetings. A Director Emeritus will continue to receive relevant materials concerning the Funds, will be expected to attend at least one regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board each year (which attendance may be via telephone), and will be available to consult with the Directors at reasonable times as requested. However, a Director Emeritus does not have any voting rights at Board meetings and is not subject to election by shareholders of the Funds.

A Director Emeritus will be permitted to serve in such capacity from year to year at the pleasure of the Committee and the Board for up to three years.

13

Effective October 1, 2021, J. Richard Carnall serves as a Director Emeritus of the Company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics (“Code of Ethics”) pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which governs personal securities trading by their respective personnel. Each Code of Ethics permits such individuals to purchase and sell securities, including securities that are purchased, sold, or held by the Fund, but only subject to certain conditions designed to ensure that purchases and sales by such individuals do not adversely affect the Fund’s investment activities.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS

Any person owning, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund is presumed to control the Fund. Principal holders are persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund. As of the date of this SAI, no shares of the Fund were outstanding and therefore no persons owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund as of the date of this SAI.

Because the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Directors and officers of the Company as a group owned none of the outstanding shares of each of the Funds.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus titled “MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS — Investment Adviser.”

The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company with offices at 2000 Duke Street, Suite 275, Alexandria, VA 22314. The Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of Motley Fool Investment Management, LLC, a subsidiary of The Motley Fool Holdings Inc. (“TMF Holdings”), a multimedia financial-services holding company that also owns The Motley Fool, which publishes investment information and analysis across a wide range of media, including investment newsletter services, websites, and books. TMF Holdings is controlled by David Gardner and Tom Gardner, along with other private shareholders.

The Adviser provides investment advisory services to each Fund pursuant to the terms of Investment Advisory Agreements (each an “Advisory Agreement” and together, the “Advisory Agreements”) between the Company and the Adviser. After the initial two year-term, each Advisory Agreement may be continued in effect from year to year with the approval of (1) the Board or (2) vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance must also be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Each Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

The Adviser manages each Fund’s investments in accordance with the stated policies of the Fund, subject to the supervision of the Board. The Adviser is responsible for all investment decisions for the Funds and for placing orders for the purchase and sale of investments for each Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser also provides such additional administrative services as the Company may require beyond those furnished by the Administrator and furnishes, at its own expense, such office space, facilities, equipment, clerical help, and other personnel and services as may reasonably be necessary in connection with the operations of the Company. In addition, the Adviser pays the salaries of officers of the Company who are employees of the Adviser and any fees and expenses of Directors of the Company who are also officers, directors, or employees of the Adviser or who are officers or employees of any company affiliated with the Adviser and bears the cost of telephone service, heat, light, power, and other utilities associated with the services it provides.

Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreements, in consideration of the services provided by the Adviser, each Fund pays the Adviser a unitary management fee that is computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.50% of each Fund’s average daily net assets during the month. From the unitary management fee, the Adviser pays most of the expenses of each Fund, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services. However, under the Advisory Agreements, the Adviser is not responsible for interest expenses, brokerage commissions and other trading expenses, taxes and other extraordinary costs such as litigation and other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business.

No advisory fee information is provided since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Bryan C. Hinmon and Anthony L. Arsta serve as portfolio managers for each Fund and are primarily responsible for all investment-related services provided to each Fund by the Adviser. The following table provides information regarding other accounts managed by the portfolio managers as of August 31, 2021.

14

	Total Accounts		Accounts With Performance-Based Fees
Portfolio Manager; Other Accounts	Number	Assets	Number	Assets
Bryan C. Hinmon
Registered Investment Companies	4	$1.8 billion	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0	0	$0
Other Accounts	3,737	$652 million	0	$0
Anthony L. Arsta
Registered Investment Companies	3	$1.6 billion	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0	0	$0
Other Accounts	11,669	$1.8 billion	0	$0

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Each portfolio manager’s base salary is determined by the Adviser based on his level of responsibility at the Adviser. In determining the amount of the base salary, the Adviser considered compensation levels in the mutual fund industry and in the geographic area of the Adviser, as well as compensation levels generally at the Adviser and its affiliates. Portfolio managers also are eligible for an incentive bonus, which is subjective.  The bonus takes into consideration a number of factors including, but not limited to, performance, client satisfaction and service, and the profitability of the Adviser’s business.

Material Conflicts of Interest

Real, potential, or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or account. The portfolio managers manage or provide investment advisory services for other accounts with investment strategies similar to the Funds, including other pooled investment vehicles, separately managed accounts and proprietary accounts of its affiliates, and some of the Adviser’s personnel, including the members of its investment committee, provide advisory services on behalf of the Adviser’s affiliate, Motley Fool Wealth Management (“MFWM”), particularly for MFWM’s separately managed accounts. Fees earned by the Adviser may vary among these accounts, and the Adviser’s affiliates and/or the portfolio managers may personally invest in these accounts. These factors could create conflicts of interest because portfolio managers have potential incentives to favor certain accounts over others (including the Funds), with the result that other accounts could outperform the Funds.

A conflict may also exist if the portfolio managers identify a limited investment opportunity that may be appropriate for more than one account but the Funds are unable to take full advantage of that opportunity because of the need to allocate that opportunity among multiple accounts. In addition, the portfolio managers may execute transactions or make recommendations for another account, including proprietary accounts of affiliates that may adversely affect the value of securities held by the Funds. However, the Adviser believes that these risks are mitigated by the fact that accounts with like investment strategies managed or advised by the portfolio managers are generally managed in a similar fashion and that the Adviser has a policy that seeks to allocate opportunities on a fair and equitable basis. 

The Adviser and the portfolio managers may carry on investment activities for their own accounts and for those of their families and other clients, including those of MFWM, in which the Funds have no interest and thus may have certain additional conflicts of interest. In addition, the Adviser or MFWM may act as the investment adviser to accounts pursuing a range of traditional and alternative investment strategies. As a consequence of managing multiple investment products with varying investment programs, securities may be purchased or sold for some accounts but not others, and securities that are being sold for some accounts may be purchased for others. Factors that could lead to differences in trading decisions for various investment strategies include, among others, in the case of conflicting positions: differing portfolio manager analyses, different investment horizons, implementation of a particular hedging strategy, and differing desired market exposures. When making allocations, portfolio managers may also consider a number of factors, such as cash flow situations, tax considerations, different investment horizons, and different investment strategies. All portfolio managers are aware that trades may not be made in one client account for the purpose of benefiting another client or proprietary account. Investment decisions must be made only on the basis of the investment considerations relevant to the particular account for which a trade is being made.

The Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics and Best Execution Guidelines, among other policies and procedures, that seek to ensure that clients’ accounts are not harmed by potential conflicts of interests. The Adviser also has procedures to assure that fair and appropriate allocation of investments purchased and sold is made among all clients and proprietary accounts, and MFWM and the Adviser have adopted procedures to assure that neither MFWM nor the Adviser (or their respective clients) can benefit from an informational or trading advantage over the other. Generally, trades for proprietary accounts are executed through MFWM’s trading desk in accordance with all these procedural safeguards.

The Next Index tracked by the Next Fund was established by The Motley Fool in 2021 and is a proprietary, rules-based index designed to track the performance of mid- and small-capitalization U.S. companies that have been recommended by The Motley Fool’s analysts and newsletters. The Capital Efficiency 100 Index tracked by the Capital Efficiency Fund was established by The Motley Fool in 2021 and it is a proprietary, rules-based index designed to track the performance of the highest scoring stocks of U.S. companies, measured by a company’s capital efficiency, that have been recommended by The Motley Fool’s analysts and newsletters, and that also meet certain liquidity requirements. The Motley Fool provides a very broad range of information and commentary via its many services. Consequently, as a result of the diverse opinions of The Motley Fool staff, some of its services may, from time to time, take actions or issue recommendations with regard to specific securities that are different from those recommendations resulting in the inclusion of certain securities in the Funds. These opinions and recommendations may be consistent with the recommendations upon which the Next Index and Capital Efficiency 100 Index are ultimately based, or even adversely affect the prices of securities included in the Next Index and Capital Efficiency 100 Index.

15

In addition, The Motley Fool and other publishing affiliates of the Adviser (collectively, “Publishing Affiliates”) may publish opinions, and recommendations regarding the purchase and sale of securities, potentially including particular securities, industries, or market sectors in which a Fund has invested or that the Adviser is considering for purchase or sale by a Fund. These opinions and recommendations may be consistent with, or opposed to, the views of the Adviser, and they may adversely affect the prices of securities held by the Funds or the prices at which the Funds can purchase or sell particular securities. The Funds, the Adviser, and the Publishing Affiliates have adopted procedures designed to prevent the Publishing Affiliates’ personnel from obtaining or using nonpublic information about each Fund’s holdings or the Adviser’s strategy or actual or potential portfolio transactions and to prevent personnel of the Adviser from using information from the Publishing Affiliates and their publications before publication. These procedures include physical segregation of offices with controls on access, restrictions on electronic access to information, policies to maintain the confidentiality of information, and related training with respect to these policies. In addition, the procedures require monitoring by the chief compliance officer of the Adviser and the general counsel of the Publishing Affiliates through the review of transactions and publications, with the goal of identifying possible use of information by the Adviser or the Publishing Affiliates or their respective personnel in violation of applicable policies. Certain conflicts may nonetheless be deemed to exist to the extent that a Fund might benefit if a Publishing Affiliate recommends the purchase of a security held by a Fund or recommends the sale of a security being considered by a Fund for purchase, and to the extent that the price of a security on which a Publishing Affiliate has expressed an opinion could be affected by the Adviser’s purchase or sale of that security for a Fund. In this regard, members of the investment committee may consider analysis published by the Publishing Affiliates in making investment decisions for the Funds and other clients; however, they do not base their decisions solely on such analysis, and, as a matter of policy, decisions to purchase and sell securities for a Fund are made based on the Adviser’s best judgment, consistent with the best interests of each Fund.

Ownership of Fund Shares by the Portfolio Managers

As of the date of this SAI, the portfolio managers do not own any shares of the Funds as no shares of the Funds were outstanding prior to the date of this SAI.

UNDERWRITER

The Company has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200,  Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, pursuant to which the Distributor acts as each Fund’s principal underwriter and distributes shares. Shares are continuously offered for sale by the Distributor only in Creation Units.  Each Creation Unit is made up of at least 25,000 shares. The Distributor will not distribute Shares in amounts less than a Creation Unit. 

Under the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent for the Company, will receive orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units, provided that any subscriptions and orders will not be binding on the Company until accepted by the Company. The Distributor will deliver prospectuses and, upon request, Statements of Additional Information to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of orders placed with it. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as discussed in “Procedures for Creation of Creation Units” below) or DTC Participants.

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and, in either case, by a majority of the Independent Directors. The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Company, on behalf of the Fund, on 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders or by vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Directors who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Company, or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

Purchase and Issuance of Creation Units

The Company issues and sells shares of the Funds only: (i) in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load (but subject to transaction fees), at their NAV next determined after receipt of an order, on any Business Day, in proper form pursuant to the terms of the Authorized Participant Agreement (“Participant Agreement”); or (ii) pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Service (defined below). The NAV of each Fund’s shares is calculated each business day as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange, generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Funds will not issue fractional Creation Units. A Business Day is any day on which the Exchange is open for business.

FUND DEPOSIT. The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of the Funds generally consists of the in kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) per each Creation Unit, constituting a substantial replication, or a portfolio sampling representation, of the securities included in each Fund’s Index and the Cash Component (defined below), computed as described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash in lieu” amount (“Deposit Cash”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. When accepting purchases of Creation Units for all or a portion of Deposit Cash, each Fund may incur additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities that would otherwise be provided by an in-kind purchaser. These additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities (“Non-Standard Charges”) may be recoverable from the purchaser of creation units.

16

Together, the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of each Fund. The “Cash Component” is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares (per Creation Unit) and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component will be such positive amount. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such negative amount and the creator will be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the Cash Component. The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, if applicable, which will be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant (as defined below).

Each Fund, through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”), makes available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, to be included in the current Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day) for a Fund. Such Fund Deposit is subject to any applicable adjustments as described below, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, is made available.

The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities or the amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, required for a Fund Deposit for a Fund changes as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time by the Adviser with a view to the investment objectives of a Fund. The composition of the Deposit Securities for a Fund may also change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the component securities of the Fund’s Index.

The Company reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (i.e., a “cash in lieu” amount) to replace any Deposit Security, which will be added to the Deposit Cash, if applicable, and the Cash Component, including, without limitation, in situations where the Deposit Security: (i) may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery; (ii) may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC for corporate securities and municipal securities; (iii) may not be eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant (as defined below) or the investor for which it is acting; (iv) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws; or (v) in certain other situations (collectively, “custom orders”). The Company also reserves the right to include or remove Deposit Securities from the basket for a Fund in anticipation of the Fund’s Index rebalancing changes.  The adjustments described above will reflect changes, known to the Adviser on the date of announcement to be in effect by the time of delivery of the Fund Deposit, in the composition of the Fund’s Index or resulting from certain corporate actions.

CASH PURCHASE METHOD. The Company may at its discretion permit full or partial cash purchases of Creation Units of the Funds in instances permitted by the exemptive relief the Adviser is relying on in offering each Fund. When full or partial cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Funds, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a full or partial cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser together with a Creation Transaction Fee and Non-Standard Charges, as may be applicable.

PROCEDURES FOR PURCHASE OF CREATION UNITS. To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor to purchase a Creation Unit of a Fund, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party”, i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC Participant. In addition, each Participating Party or DTC Participant (each, an “Authorized Participant” or “AP”) must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Distributor, and that has been accepted by U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Transfer Agent” or “Fund Services”) and the Company, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Each AP will agree, pursuant to the terms of a Participant Agreement, on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that it will pay to the Company an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component together with the Creation Transaction Fee (defined below) and any other applicable fees and taxes. The Adviser may retain all or a portion of the Transaction Fee to the extent the Adviser bears the expenses that otherwise would be borne by the Company in connection with the purchase of a Creation Unit, which the Transaction Fee is designed to cover.

All orders to purchase shares directly from a Fund must be placed for one or more Creation Units in the manner set forth in the Participant Agreement (the “Cut-Off Time”). The date on which an order to purchase Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as set forth below) is received and accepted is referred to as the “Order Placement Date.”

An AP may require an investor to make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to the order (e.g., to provide for payments of cash, when required). Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and that, therefore, orders to purchase shares directly from a Fund in Creation Units have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an AP that has executed a Participant Agreement. In such cases there may be additional charges to such investor. At any given time, there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement and only a small number of such APs may have international capabilities.

17

On days when the Exchange closes earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to create Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. In addition, if a market or markets on which a Fund’s investments are primarily traded is closed on any day, a Fund will not accept orders on such day. Orders must be transmitted by an AP by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement and in accordance with the AP Handbook. With respect to a Fund, the Distributor will notify the Custodian of such order. The Custodian will then provide such information to the appropriate local sub-custodian(s). Those placing orders through an AP should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor by the Cut-Off Time on the Business Day on which the order is placed. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or an AP.

Fund Deposits must be delivered by an AP through the Federal Reserve System (for cash) or through DTC (for corporate securities), through a subcustody agent (for foreign securities) and/or through such other arrangements allowed by the Company or its agents. With respect to foreign Deposit Securities, the Custodian will cause the subcustodian of such Fund to maintain an account into which the AP will deliver, on behalf of itself or the party on whose behalf it is acting, such Deposit Securities (or Deposit Cash for all or a part of such securities, as permitted or required), with any appropriate adjustments as advised by the Company. Foreign Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local subcustodian. The Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the AP in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, to the account of a Fund or its agents by no later than the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for a Fund is generally the third Business Day after the Order Placement Date.  All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash to be delivered, as applicable, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities or cash, as applicable, will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. The amount of cash represented by the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, are not received in a timely manner by the Settlement Date, the creation order may be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Fund.

The order will be deemed to be received on the Business Day on which the order is placed provided that the order is placed in proper form prior to the Cut-Off Time and the federal funds in the appropriate amount are deposited by 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, with the Custodian on the Settlement Date. If the order is not placed in proper form as required, or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the AP will be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. A creation request is considered to be in “proper form” if all procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, AP Handbook and this SAI are properly followed.

ISSUANCE OF A CREATION UNIT. Except as provided herein, Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Company of the Deposit Securities or payment of Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the subcustodian has confirmed to the Custodian that the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant subcustodian or subcustodians, the Distributor and the Adviser will be notified of such delivery, and the Company will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor. However, each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor in order to accommodate foreign market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (that is the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security), and in certain other circumstances.  The AP will be liable to a Fund for losses, if any, resulting from unsettled orders.

Creation Units may be purchased in advance of receipt by the Company of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the shares on the date the order is placed in proper form since in addition to available Deposit Securities, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) an additional amount of cash equal to a percentage of the market value as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”), which will be maintained in a separate non-interest bearing collateral account. An additional amount of cash will be required to be deposited with the Company, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Company in an amount at least equal to the applicable percentage, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Participant Agreement will permit the Company to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time. APs will be liable to the Company for the costs incurred by the Company in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Distributor plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Company will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Company and deposited into the Company. In addition, a Transaction Fee as set forth below under “Creation Transaction Fee” will be charged in all cases, unless otherwise advised by the Funds, and Non- Standard Charges may also apply.  The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the Settlement Date.

ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS OF CREATION UNITS. The Company reserves the right to reject an order for Creation Units transmitted to it by the Distributor in respect of a Fund including, without limitation, if (a) the order is not in proper form; (b) the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, delivered by the Participant are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by the Custodian; (c) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of the Fund; (d) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; or (e) the acceptance or receipt of the order for a Creation Unit would, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, be unlawful.

18

CREATION TRANSACTION FEE. A purchase (i.e., creation) transaction fee is imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the purchase of Creation Units, and investors will be required to pay a Creation Transaction Fee regardless of the number of Creation Units created in the transaction. A Fund may adjust the creation transaction fee from time to time based upon actual experience. In addition, a Fund may impose a Non-Standard Charge of up to 2% of the value of the creation transactions for cash creations, non- standard orders, or partial cash purchases for the Fund. A Fund may adjust the Non-Standard Charge from time to time based upon actual experience. Investors who use the services of an AP, broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services, which may include an amount for the Creation Transaction Fee and Non-Standard Charges. Investors are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Company. The Adviser may retain all or a portion of the Transaction Fee to the extent the Adviser bears the expenses that otherwise would be borne by the Company in connection with the purchase of a Creation Unit, which the Transaction Fee is designed to cover. The standard Creation Transaction Fee for the Fund is $500.

RISKS OF PURCHASING CREATION UNITS. There are certain legal risks unique to investors purchasing Creation Units directly from a Fund. Because each Fund’s shares may be issued on an ongoing basis, a “distribution” of shares could be occurring at any time. Certain activities that a shareholder performs as a dealer could, depending on the circumstances, result in the shareholder being deemed a participant in the distribution in a manner that could render the shareholder a statutory underwriter and subject to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act. For example, a shareholder could be deemed a statutory underwriter if it purchases Creation Units from a Fund, breaks them down into the constituent shares, and sells those shares directly to customers, or if a shareholder chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary-market demand for shares. Whether a person is an underwriter depends upon all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to that person’s activities, and the examples mentioned here should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could cause a shareholder to be deemed an underwriter.

Dealers who are not “underwriters” but are participating in a distribution (as opposed to engaging in ordinary secondary-market transactions), and thus dealing with each Fund’s shares as part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act, will be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act.

Redemption of Creation Units

Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by a Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. EXCEPT UPON LIQUIDATION OF A FUND, THE COMPANY WILL NOT REDEEM SHARES IN AMOUNTS LESS THAN CREATION UNITS. Investors must accumulate enough shares in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such shares redeemed by the Company. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit.

With respect to each Fund, the Custodian, through the NSCC, makes available immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time) on each Business Day, the list of the names and share quantities of the Fund’s portfolio securities that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities”). Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities.

Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit are paid either in-kind or in cash, or combination thereof, as determined by the Company.  With respect to in-kind redemptions of a Fund, redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of Fund Securities -- as announced by the Custodian on the Business Day of the request for redemption received in proper form -- plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund Securities (the “Cash Redemption Amount”), less any fixed redemption transaction fee as set forth below and any Non-Standard Charges. If the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the differential is required to be made by or through an AP by the redeeming shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Company’s discretion, an AP may receive the corresponding cash value of the securities in lieu of the in-kind securities value representing one or more Fund Securities.

CASH REDEMPTION METHOD. Although the Company does not ordinarily permit full or partial cash redemptions of Creation Units of the Funds, when full or partial cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of full or partial cash redemptions, the AP will receive the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

REDEMPTION TRANSACTION FEES. A redemption transaction fee may be imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the redemption of Creation Units, and APs will be required to pay a Redemption Transaction Fee regardless of the number of Creation Units created in the transaction. The redemption transaction fee is the same no matter how many Creation Units are being redeemed pursuant to any one redemption request. The Fund may adjust the redemption transaction fee from time to time based upon actual experience. In addition, the Fund may impose a Non-Standard Charge of up to 2% of the value of a redemption transaction for cash redemptions, non-standard orders, or partial cash redemptions for the Funds. Investors who use the services of an AP, broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services which may include an amount for the Redemption Transaction Fees and Non-Standard Charges. Investors are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Fund Securities to the account of the Company. The Non-Standard Charges are payable to the Funds as it incurs costs in connection with the redemption of Creation Units, the receipt of Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount and other transactions costs. The standard Redemption Transaction Fee for each Fund is $500.

19

PROCEDURES FOR REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS. Orders to redeem Creation Units must be submitted in proper form to the Transfer Agent prior to the time as set forth in the Participant Agreement. A redemption request is considered to be in “proper form” if (i) an AP has transferred or caused to be transferred to the Company’s Transfer Agent the Creation Unit(s) being redeemed through the book- entry system of DTC so as to be effective by the time as set forth in the Participant Agreement and (ii) a request in form satisfactory to the Company is received by the Transfer Agent from the AP on behalf of itself or another redeeming investor within the time periods specified in the Participant Agreement. If the Transfer Agent does not receive the investor’s shares through DTC’s facilities by the times and pursuant to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Participant Agreement, the redemption request will be rejected.

The AP must transmit the request for redemption, in the form required by the Company, to the Transfer Agent in accordance with procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement, and that, therefore, requests to redeem Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an AP which has executed an Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such AP. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an AP and transfer of the shares to the Company’s Transfer Agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not APs.

In connection with taking delivery of shares of Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, a redeeming shareholder or AP acting on behalf of such Shareholder must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded, to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds generally will be made within three business days of the trade date.

ADDITIONAL REDEMPTION PROCEDURES. In connection with taking delivery of shares of Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, the AP must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded, to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds generally will be made within three Business Days of the trade date. However, due to the schedule of holidays in certain countries, the different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (that is the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold), and in certain other circumstances, the delivery of in-kind redemption proceeds may take longer than three Business Days after the day on which the redemption request is received in proper form. If neither the redeeming Shareholder nor the AP acting on behalf of such redeeming Shareholder has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Fund Securities in the applicable foreign jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the Company may, in its discretion, exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming shareholder will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash.

If it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities, the Company may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming investor will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that each Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its shares based on the NAV of shares of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the Company’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). The Funds may also, in their sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities but does not differ in NAV.

Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Company could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws. An AP or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the Fund Securities applicable to the redemption of Creation Units may be paid an equivalent amount of cash.  The AP may request the redeeming investor of the shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment. Further, an AP that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” (“QIB”) as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive Fund Securities that are restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A. An AP may be required by the Company to provide a written confirmation with respect to QIB status in order to receive Fund Securities.

Because the portfolio securities of the Funds may trade on the relevant exchange(s) on days that the Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for such Fund, shareholders may not be able to redeem their shares of a Fund, or to purchase or sell shares of such Fund on the Exchange, on days when the NAV of such Fund could be significantly affecting by events in the relevant foreign markets.

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to each Fund (1) for any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund or determination of the NAV of the shares is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

The Company has adopted, on behalf of each Fund, a policy relating to the selective disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by the Adviser, Board, officers, or third party service providers, in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders. The policies relating to the disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to each Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund. It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

20

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities. As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose each Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR, Form N-CEN, and Form N-PORT, or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

Each Fund’s entire portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each business day and may be available through financial reporting and news services including publicly available internet websites.

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about a Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include U.S. Bank, N.A., the custodian; Fund Services, the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm; Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; FilePoint, the financial printer; the Funds’ proxy voting service(s); and the Company’s liquidity classification agent. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to a Fund. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions). Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in a Fund’s portfolio.

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to (i) certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information and, (ii) financial consultants to assist them in determining the suitability of the Fund as an investment for their clients, in each case in accordance with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the Company’s and Adviser’s fiduciary duties to Fund shareholders. Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions. The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings. The Board or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of a Fund.

The Board provides ongoing oversight of the Company’s policies and procedures and compliance with such policies and procedures. As part of this oversight function, the Board receives from the Company’s CCO as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Board receives an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the policies and procedures with respect to a Fund, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures. Any violation of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violation must be reported by the Adviser, director, officer or third party service provider to the Company’s CCO, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

TYPE OF SERVICE PROVIDER	TYPICAL FREQUENCY OF ACCESS TO PORTFOLIO INFORMATION	RESTRICTIONS
Adviser	Daily	Ethical
Administrator	Daily	Contractual and ethical
Underwriter	Daily	Contractual and ethical
Custodian	Daily	Contractual and ethical
Auditor	During annual audit	Ethical
Legal Counsel	Regulatory filings, Board meetings, and if a legal issue regarding the portfolio requires counsel’s review	Ethical
Printers	Quarterly—filing and printing of portfolio holdings schedules and semi-annual and annual reports	No formal restrictions in place. However, printer would not receive portfolio information until at least 30 days old.
Broker-Dealers Through Which the Fund Purchases and Sells Portfolio Securities	Daily access to the relevant purchase and/or sale—no broker/dealer has access to the Fund’s entire portfolio	Contractual and ethical

21

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the sections in the Funds’ Prospectus titled “HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES.”

NAV is determined as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) each day the NYSE is open, except that no computation need be made on a day on which no orders to purchase or redeem shares have been received. The NYSE currently observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day (third Monday in January), Presidents Day (third Monday in February), Good Friday (Friday before Easter), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day (first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (fourth Thursday in November), and Christmas Day.

NAV per share is computed by dividing the value of each Fund’s net assets (i.e., the value of its assets less its liabilities) by the total number of the Fund’s shares outstanding. In computing NAV, securities are valued at market value as of the close of trading on each business day when the NYSE is open. Securities, other than stock options, listed on the NYSE or other exchanges are valued on the basis of the last reported sale price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded. However, if the last sale price on the NYSE is different from the last sale price on any other exchange, the NYSE price will be used. If there are no sales on that day, then the securities are valued at the bid price on the NYSE or other primary exchange for that day. Securities traded in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market are valued on the basis of the last sales price as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“NASDAQ”). If there are no sales on that day, then the securities are valued at the mean between the closing bid and asked prices as reported by NASDAQ. Stock options and stock index options traded on national securities exchanges or on NASDAQ are valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices for such options. Securities for which market quotations are not readily available and other assets are valued at fair value as determined pursuant to procedures adopted in good faith by the Board. Debt securities that mature in less than 60 days are valued at amortized cost (unless the Board determines that this method does not represent fair value), if their original maturity was 60 days or less or by amortizing the value as of the 61st day before maturity, if their original term to maturity exceeded 60 days. A pricing service may be used to determine the fair value of securities held by the Funds. Any such service might value the investments based on methods that include consideration of yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity, and type; indications as to values from dealers; and general market conditions. The service may also employ electronic data-processing techniques, a matrix system, or both to determine valuation. The Board will review and monitor the methods such services use to assure itself that securities are valued at their fair values.

The values of securities held by each Fund and other assets used in computing NAV are determined as of the time at which trading in such securities is completed each day. That time, in the case of foreign securities, generally occurs at various times before the close of the NYSE. Trading in securities listed on foreign securities exchanges will be valued at the last sale or, if no sales are reported, at the bid price as of the close of the exchange, subject to possible adjustment as described in the Prospectus. Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally determined before the close of the NYSE. On occasion, the values of such securities and exchange rates may be affected by events occurring between the time as of which determinations of such values or exchange rates are made and the close of the NYSE. When such events materially affect the value of securities held by a Fund or its liabilities, such securities and liabilities will be valued at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted in good faith by the Board. The values of any assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies will be converted to U.S. dollars based on exchange rates supplied by a quotation service.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Funds’ Prospectus titled “DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES.” In addition, the following is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that generally affect the Funds and their shareholders. No attempt is made to present a comprehensive explanation of the tax treatment of a Fund or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situations, including their state, local, and foreign tax liabilities.

It is the policy of the Company each fiscal year to distribute substantially all of each Fund’s net investment income (i.e., generally, the income that it earns from dividends and interest on its investments, and any short-term capital gains, net of Fund expenses) and net capital gains (i.e., the excess of the Fund’s net long-term capital gains over its net short-term capital losses), if any, to its shareholders.

Dividend Reinvestment Service

The Funds will not make the DTC book-entry dividend reinvestment service available for use by beneficial owners for reinvestment of their cash proceeds, but certain individual broker-dealers may make available the DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by beneficial owners of the Funds through DTC Participants for reinvestment of their dividend distributions. Investors should contact their brokers to ascertain the availability and description of these services. Beneficial owners should be aware that each broker may require investors to adhere to specific procedures and timetables in order to participate in the dividend reinvestment service and investors should ascertain from their brokers such necessary details. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and realized gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole shares issued by a Fund at NAV. Distributions reinvested in additional shares of each Fund will nevertheless be taxable to beneficial owners acquiring such additional shares to the same extent as if such distributions had been received in cash.

Taxes – General

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive. Each Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, each Fund generally will be exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, each Fund must meet three important tests each year.

22

First, each Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of each Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of such issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer), and no more than 25% of the value of each Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, each Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

Each Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If a Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year a Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, taxable shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

Loss Carryforwards

For federal income tax purposes, each Fund is generally permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any year to offset its own capital gains, if any, during subsequent years. 

State and Local Taxes

Although each Fund expects to qualify as a regulated investment company and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, a Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Subject to the general supervision of the Board, the Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for each Fund, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions, and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. In the OTC market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis, with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. Certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commission or discounts are paid.

The Adviser may serve as an investment adviser to other clients, including private investment companies, and the Adviser may in the future act as an investment adviser to other registered investment companies. It is the practice of the Adviser to cause purchase and sale transactions to be allocated among a Fund and others whose assets are managed by the Adviser in such manner as it deems equitable. In making such allocations, the main factors considered are the respective investment objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for managing each Fund and the other client accounts. This procedure may, under certain circumstances, have an adverse effect on each Fund.

The policy of the Funds regarding purchases and sales of securities is that primary consideration will be given to obtaining the most favorable prices and efficient executions of transactions. Consistent with this policy, when securities transactions are effected on a stock exchange, the Funds’ policy is to pay commissions that are considered fair and reasonable without necessarily determining that the lowest possible commissions are paid in all circumstances. The Adviser believes that a requirement always to seek the lowest commission cost could impede effective management and preclude the Adviser from obtaining high-quality brokerage and research services. In seeking to determine the reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid in any transaction, the Adviser relies on its experience and knowledge regarding commissions generally charged by various brokers and on its judgment in evaluating the brokerage and research services received from the broker effecting the transaction.

23

In seeking to implement the Funds’ policies, the Adviser, through a brokerage or an outsourced trading desk, conducts trades on behalf of the Funds and effects transactions with brokers and dealers that it believes provide the most favorable prices and are capable of providing efficient executions. The Adviser may place portfolio transactions with a broker or dealer that furnishes research and other services to the Adviser and may pay higher commissions to brokers in recognition of research provided (or direct the payment of commissions to such brokers). Such services may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: (1) information as to the availability of securities for purchase or sale, (2) statistical or factual information or opinions pertaining to investments, (3) wire services, (4) and appraisals or evaluations of portfolio securities. The information and services received by the Adviser from brokers and dealers may be of benefit in the management of accounts of other clients and may not in all cases benefit the Company directly. While such services are useful and important in supplementing its own research and facilities, the Adviser believes the value of such services is not determinable and does not significantly reduce its expenses.

No brokerage commission information is provided since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

SECURITIES LENDING

U.S. Bank, N.A. serves as securities lending agent for the Funds and in that role administers the Funds’ securities lending program pursuant to the terms of a Master Securities Lending Agreement entered into between the Funds and U.S. Bank, N.A.

As securities lending agent, U.S. Bank, N.A. is responsible for marketing to approved borrowers available securities from the Funds’ portfolio. U.S. Bank, N.A. is responsible for the administration and management of the Funds’ securities lending program, including the preparation and execution of a participant agreement with each borrower governing the terms and conditions of any securities loan, ensuring that securities loans are properly coordinated and documented with the Funds’ custodian, ensuring that loaned securities are daily valued and that the corresponding required cash collateral of at least 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities is delivered by the borrower(s), using best efforts to obtain additional collateral on the next business day if the value of the collateral falls below the required amount, and arranging for the investment of cash collateral received from borrowers in accordance with the Funds’ investment guidelines.

U.S. Bank, N.A. receives as compensation for its services a portion of the amount earned by the Funds for lending securities.

No securities lending information is provided since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

The Board has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Funds (“portfolio proxies”) to the Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. The Adviser’s proxy voting policies are summarized below.

Policies of the Funds’ Adviser

In exercising its voting obligations, the Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Funds. The Adviser will consider factors affecting the value of each Fund’s investments and the rights of shareholders in its determination on voting portfolio securities.

The Adviser generally undertakes to vote portfolio proxies with a view to enhancing the value of the company’s stock held by the Funds.  The Adviser has retained an independent, third party proxy voting agent to vote portfolio proxies in accordance with guidelines described in the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and to maintain records of such portfolio proxy voting. The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring the third party proxy voting agent. 

A summary of the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures for the Funds is as follows:

● Because each Funds is an index-based product, it is the general policy of the Adviser to vote proxies in accordance with the recommendation of a proxy voting agent.

● The Adviser retains the power to vote contrary to the recommendation of a proxy voting agent at its discretion, so long as the reasons for doing so are well documented and subject to the Adviser’s controls regarding conflicts of interest. 

● In certain situations there may be a conflict of interest in the voting of proxies between the interests of a Fund and its shareholders and those of the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser, the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee will address any such conflicts on a case-by-case basis. Generally, if the proposal that gives rise to the conflict is specifically addressed in the proxy voting guidelines, the Adviser will vote the portfolio proxy in accordance with the guidelines. If such proposal is not specifically addressed in the guidelines, or if the guidelines provide discretion to the Adviser (i.e., on a case-by-case basis), the Proxy Voting Committee will determine how to vote the portfolio proxy in the best interests of each Fund. 

● All proxies will be voted in accordance with any applicable investment restrictions of the Funds and, to the extent applicable, any resolutions or other instructions approved by the Board.

● The Adviser may determine not to vote a particular proxy, if the costs and burdens exceed the benefits of voting.

24

Conflicts of Interest

In certain situations there may be a conflict of interest in the voting of proxies between the interests of a Fund and its shareholders and those of the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser. The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee will address any such conflicts on a case-by-case basis. Generally, if the proposal that gives rise to the conflict is specifically addressed in the proxy voting guidelines, the Adviser will vote the portfolio proxy in accordance with the guidelines. If such proposal is not specifically addressed in the guidelines, or if the guidelines provide discretion to the Adviser (i.e., on a case-by-case basis), the Proxy Voting Committee will determine how to vote the portfolio proxy in the Funds’ best interests.

More Information

Each year, the Funds will make available the actual voting records relating to portfolio securities held by each Fund during the 12-month period ending June 30 without charge, upon request by calling 1-800-617-0004, or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Adviser’s proxy-voting policies and procedures is available by calling 1-800-617-0004 and will be sent within three business days of receipt of a request.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Adviser and/or its affiliates, at their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with a Fund, its service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote a Fund and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares or provide services to a Fund, the Distributor or shareholders of a Fund through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets. Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing a Fund in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about a Fund; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events. The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in a Fund by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates. A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, approximately 89.123 billion shares have been classified into 202 classes. However, the Company only has approximately 53 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s charter, the Board has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

Each share that represents an interest in a Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to that Fund with each other share that represents an interest in that Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in that Fund. Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights. When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders owning at least ten percent of the outstanding shares of all classes of Common Stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

Holders of shares of each class of the Company will vote in the aggregate on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2 the approval of an investment advisory agreement or distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such portfolio. However, the Rule 18f-2 also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio. Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

25

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above), or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

GENERAL INFORMATION

Anti-Money Laundering Program

The Funds have established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Funds’ Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures, and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program, and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that certain of its service providers have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new account applications. The Funds will not transact business with any person or legal entity and beneficial owner, if applicable, whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, located at Two Liberty Place, 50 South 16th Street, Suite 2900, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19102, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Funds. The independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for conducting the annual audit of the Funds’ financial statements. The selection of the independent registered public accounting firm is approved annually by the Board.

Transfer Agent

Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the Funds’ transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodian

U.S. Bank, N.A, 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, WI 53212, serves as custodian (the “Custodian”) of the Funds’ assets and is responsible for maintaining custody of the Funds’ cash and investments and retaining sub-custodians, including in connection with the custody of foreign securities. Cash held by the Custodian, the amount of which may at times be substantial, is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the amount of available insurance coverage limits. The Custodian and Fund Services are affiliates.

Administrator

Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202, serves as the administrator (the “Administrator”) and provides various administrative and accounting services necessary for the operations of the Funds. Services provided by the Administrator include facilitating general Fund management; monitoring Fund compliance with federal and state regulations; supervising the maintenance of the Funds’ general ledger, the preparation of the Funds’ financial statements, the determination of NAV, and the payment of dividends and other distributions to shareholders; and preparing specified financial, tax, and other reports. The Custodian, the Distributor and the Administrator are affiliates.

No administration fee information is provided since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

Legal Counsel

Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as counsel to the Company.

Registration Statement

This SAI and the Prospectus do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement the Company has filed with the SEC. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by SEC rules and regulations. A text-only version of the Registration Statement is available on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

26

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, there are no financial statements available at this time. Shareholders of the Funds will be informed of each Fund’s progress through periodic reports when those reports become available. Financial statements certified by the independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.

27

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market.  The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” - A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” - A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” - A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” - A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” - A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” - A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

 Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-2” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

A-1

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity.  Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.¹  Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” - Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2” - Securities possess good short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” - Securities possess fair short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” - Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” - Securities possess high short-term default risk.  Default is a real possibility.

“RD” - Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” - Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar^® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

¹  A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

A-2

“R-2 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” - Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4” - Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” - Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” - Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA” - An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” - An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” - An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” - An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” - Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB” - An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” - An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC” - An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” - An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” - An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

A-3

“D” - An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR” - This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

 Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” - Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” - Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” - Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. 

“Baa” - Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” - Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” - Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” - Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” - Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” - Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR” - Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” - Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” - Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” - Securities considered to be of high credit quality.  “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

A-4

“BBB” - Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” - Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” - Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

“CCC” - A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present. 

“CC” - A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk. 

“C” - A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk. 

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA” - Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” - Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A” - Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” - Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” - Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B” - Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” - Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D” - A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

A-5

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

● Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

● Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” - A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” - A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” - A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D” - This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG Scale

“MIG-1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality.  Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality.  Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating.  The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interests payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

A-6

“VMIG-1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality.  Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer default ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue level ratings are also assigned, often include an expectation of recovery and may be notched above or below the issuer level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).

DBRS Morningstar offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market. Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on DBRS Morningstar’s quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. DBRS Morningstar issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, final(ized), solicited, or unsolicited. From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued. DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees.

A-7

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Optima STRATEGIC Credit Fund

(a series of The RBB Fund, Inc.)

Founders Class: Ticker: OPTCX

Investor Class: Ticker: OSCFX

December 29, 2021

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides supplementary information pertaining to shares of two classes, Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares (the “Shares”), representing interests in the Optima Strategic Credit Fund (the “Fund”), a series of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”).

Information about the Fund is set forth in the prospectus dated December 29, 2021 (the “Prospectus”), which provides the basic information you should know before investing. To obtain a copy of the Prospectus and/or the Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports (when available), please write to the Fund c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202 or call (toll free) 1-866-239-2026. This SAI is not a prospectus but contains information in addition to and more detailed than that set forth in the Prospectus. It is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. This SAI is intended to provide you with additional information regarding the activities and operations of the Fund and the Company, and it should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION	1
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS	1
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS	13
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS	14
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER	14
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY	14
CODE OF ETHICS	21
PROXY VOTING	21
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES	21
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES	21
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	24
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES	24
FUND TRANSACTIONS	25
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION	25
TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES	26
VALUATION OF SHARES	26
TAXES	26
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES	27
MISCELLANEOUS	28
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	28
APPENDIX A	A-1
APPENDIX B	B-1

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of 43 separate portfolios. The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988. The Fund is a non-diversified series of the Company. Optima Asset Management LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser for the Fund and Anthony Capital Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the investment sub-adviser for the Fund.

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

The following supplements the information contained in the Prospectus concerning the investment policies of the Fund, and contains more detailed information about the types of instruments in which the Fund may invest, strategies the Sub-Adviser may employ in pursuit of the Fund’s investment objectives and a summary of related risks.  

The Sub-Adviser may not necessarily invest in all of the instruments or use all of the investment techniques permitted by the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI, or invest in such instruments or engage in such techniques to the full extent permitted by the Fund’s investment policies and limitations.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RECENT ECONOMIC EVENTS

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Instability in the credit markets may make it more difficult for some issuers of debt securities to obtain financing or refinancing for their investment or lending activities or operations. In particular, because of volatile conditions in the credit markets, issuers of debt securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue. These developments may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund. A significant worsening of the conditions could adversely affect the broader economy, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Fund to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings of issuers and increased defaults by issuers. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the net asset value (“NAV”) of its Shares.

The continuing spread of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel strain of coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets and may adversely affect the Fund's investments and operations. The outbreak was first detected in December 2019 and subsequently spread globally. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in international and domestic travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment. These disruptions have led to instability in the marketplace, including stock and credit market losses and overall volatility. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways. Health crises caused by the recent outbreak may heighten other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in a country or region. In the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Fund and its service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world, such as the U.S. Federal Reserve, have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with changes to fiscal and monetary policy, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions, new monetary programs, and dramatically lower interest rates. Certain of those policy changes are being implemented or considered in response to the coronavirus outbreak. Such policy changes may adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend and interest paying securities. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on either specific securities or even the entire market, which may result in the Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or to accurately price its investments. Although multiple asset classes may be affected by a market disruption, the duration and effects may not be the same for all types of assets. To the extent the Fund may overweight its investments in certain companies, industries or market sectors, such position will increase the Fund's exposure to risk of loss from adverse developments affecting those companies, industries or sectors. These conditions could result in the Fund's inability to achieve its investment objectives, cause the postponement of reconstitution or rebalance dates for benchmark indices, adversely affect the prices and liquidity of the securities and other instruments in which the Fund invests, negatively impact the Fund's performance, and cause losses on your investment in the Fund.

GOVERNMENT INTERVENTION IN FINANCIAL MARKETS RISK

The recent instability in the financial markets has led the U.S. government and foreign governments to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced excess volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. U.S. federal and state governments and foreign governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take additional actions that affect the regulation of the securities in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such securities, in ways that are unforeseeable. In unusual circumstances, issuers of corporate securities might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

LIBOR RISK

Many financial instruments may be tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE Benchmark Administrator have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve's Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Fund. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Fund will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Fund until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled.

1

DERIVATIVES

The Fund may invest in derivative products to, among other things, obtain exposure to specific asset class sectors and seek to hedge against the possible adverse impact of changes in stock market prices, currency exchange rates or interest rates in the market value of its securities or securities to be purchased. In October 2020, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Fund will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

Futures Contracts

A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific financial instrument (e.g., units of a stock index) for a specified price, date, time and place designated at the time the contract is made. Brokerage fees are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. Entering into a contract to buy is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position. Entering into a contract to sell is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position.

Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price would be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Upon entering into a futures contract, and to maintain the Fund's open positions in futures contracts, the Fund would be required to deposit with its custodian or futures broker in a segregated account in the name of the futures broker an amount of cash, U.S. government securities, suitable money market instruments, or other liquid securities, known as "initial margin." The margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded, and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margins that may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded.

If the price of an open futures contract changes (by increase in underlying instrument or index in the case of a sale or by decrease in the case of a purchase) so that the loss on the futures contract reaches a point at which the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, the broker will require an increase in the margin. However, if the value of a position increases because of favorable price changes in the futures contract so that the margin deposit exceeds the required margin, the broker will pay the excess to the Fund.

These subsequent payments, called "variation margin," to and from the futures broker, are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying assets fluctuate making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as "marking to the market." The Fund expects to earn interest income on any margin deposits.

Although certain futures contracts, by their terms, require actual future delivery of and payment for the underlying instruments, in practice most futures contracts are usually closed out before the delivery date. Closing out an open futures contract purchase or sale is effected by entering into an offsetting futures contract sale or purchase, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical underlying instrument or index and the same delivery date. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is more, the Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, the Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If the Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.

For example, one contract in the Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 Index future is a contract to buy 25 pounds sterling multiplied by the level of the UK Financial Times 100 Share Index on a given future date. Settlement of a stock index futures contract may or may not be in the underlying instrument or index. If not in the underlying instrument or index, then settlement will be made in cash, equivalent over time to the difference between the contract price and the actual price of the underlying asset at the time the stock index futures contract expires.

Options on Futures Contracts

The Fund may purchase and sell options on the same types of futures in which it may invest. Options on futures are similar to options on underlying instruments except that options on futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), rather than to purchase or sell the futures contract, at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by the delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer's futures margin account which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

Regulation as a Commodity Pool Operator. Pursuant to amendments by the Commodities Future Trading Commission (“CFTC”) to Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), the Adviser has filed a notice of exemption from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the Fund. Neither the Fund nor the Adviser is therefore subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

Options On Securities

The Fund may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options. Such options may relate to particular securities or stock indices, and may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign securities exchange and may or may not be issued by the Options Clearing Corporation. Options trading is a highly specialized activity that entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves.

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer (seller) the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

2

Stock index options are put options and call options on various stock indices. In most respects, they are identical to listed options on common stocks. The primary difference between stock options and index options occurs when index options are exercised. In the case of stock options, the underlying security, common stock, is delivered. However, upon the exercise of an index option, settlement does not occur by delivery of the securities comprising the index. The option holder who exercises the index option receives an amount of cash if the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the stock index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market value of the stocks included in the index. For example, some stock index options are based on a broad market index, such as the S&P 500^® Index or the Value Line Composite Index or a narrower market index, such as the S&P 100^® Index. Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment, such as the NYSE Arca Oil and Gas Index or the Business Equipment Index. Options on stock indices are currently traded on the Chicago Board Options Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ PHLX.

The Fund's obligation to sell an instrument subject to a call option written by it, or to purchase an instrument subject to a put option written by it, may be terminated prior to the expiration date of the option by the Fund's execution of a closing purchase transaction, which is effected by purchasing on an exchange an option of the same series (i.e., same underlying instrument, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying instrument or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying instrument. The cost of such a liquidation purchase plus transactions costs may be greater than the premium received upon the original option, in which event the Fund will have incurred a loss in the transaction. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option. An option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying instrument or liquidate the assets held in a segregated account, as described below, until the option expires or the optioned instrument is delivered upon exercise. In such circumstances, the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period.

If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a loss equal to the premium paid. If the Fund enters into a closing sale transaction on an option purchased by it, the Fund will realize a gain if the premium received by the Fund on the closing transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option or a loss if it is less. If an option written by the Fund expires on the stipulated expiration date or if the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, it will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds the net premium received when the option is sold). If an option written by the Fund is exercised, the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the net premium originally received and the Fund will realize a gain or loss.

Certain Risks Regarding Options. There are several risks associated with transactions in options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on an exchange, may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities or currencies; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading value; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Successful use by the Fund of options on stock indices will be subject to the ability of the Adviser and Sub-Adviser to correctly predict movements in the directions of the stock market. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. In addition, the Fund's ability to effectively hedge all or a portion of the securities in its portfolio, in anticipation of or during a market decline, through transactions in put options on stock indices, depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Fund. Inasmuch as the Fund's securities will not duplicate the components of an index, the correlation will not be perfect. Consequently, the Fund bears the risk that the prices of its securities being hedged will not move in the same amount as the prices of its put options on the stock indices. It is also possible that there may be a negative correlation between the index and the Fund's securities that would result in a loss on both such securities and the options on stock indices acquired by the Fund.

The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. The purchase of options is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The purchase of stock index options involves the risk that the premium and transaction costs paid by the Fund in purchasing an option will be lost as a result of unanticipated movements in prices of the securities comprising the stock index on which the option is based.

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and for some options no secondary market on an exchange or elsewhere may exist. If the Fund is unable to close out a call option on securities that it has written before the option is exercised, the Fund may be required to purchase the optioned securities in order to satisfy its obligation under the option to deliver such securities. If the Fund was unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options on securities that it has purchased, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs upon the purchase and sale of the underlying securities.

Cover for Options Positions. Transactions using options (other than options that the Fund has purchased) expose the Fund to an obligation to another party. The Fund will not enter into any such transactions unless it owns either (i) an offsetting ("covered") position in securities or other options or (ii) cash or liquid securities with a value sufficient at all times to cover its potential obligations not covered as provided in (i) above. The Fund will comply with guidelines of the SEC regarding cover for these instruments and, if the guidelines so require, set aside cash or liquid securities in a segregated account with the Fund’s Custodian, U.S. Bank, N.A. (the “Custodian”), in the prescribed amount. Under current SEC guidelines, the Fund will segregate assets to cover transactions in which the Fund writes or sells options.

Assets used as cover or held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding option is open, unless they are replaced with similar assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund's assets to cover or segregated accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Dealer Options. The Fund may engage in transactions involving dealer options as well as exchange-traded options. Certain additional risks are specific to dealer options. While the Fund might look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if the Fund were to purchase a dealer option it would need to rely on the dealer from which it purchased the option to perform if the option were exercised. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction.

Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while dealer options may not. Consequently, the Fund may generally be able to realize the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the dealer who issued it. Similarly, when the Fund writes a dealer option, the Fund may generally be able to close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to whom the Fund originally wrote the option. While the Fund will seek to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and which are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Unless the Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, is able to effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate a dealer option. With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund. For example, because the Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets that it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair the Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

3

The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that purchased dealer options are illiquid investments. The Fund may treat the cover used for written dealer options as liquid if the dealer agrees that the Fund may repurchase the dealer option it has written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In such cases, the dealer option would be considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option. Accordingly, the Fund will treat dealer options as subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments. If the SEC changes its position on the liquidity of dealer options, the Fund will change its treatment of such instruments accordingly.

Spread Transactions

The Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. These covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives the Fund the right to put securities that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security that the Fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to the Fund, in addition to the risks of dealer options described above, is the cost of the premium paid as well as any transaction costs. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect the Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities. This protection is provided only during the life of the spread options.

Swap Agreements

The Fund may enter into interest rate, index and currency exchange rate swap agreements in an attempt to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Fund than if it had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of returns) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are calculated with respect to a "notional amount," i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index. The "notional amount" of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Fund's obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the "net amount"). The Fund's obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated account consisting of cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities, to avoid leveraging of the Fund's portfolio.

Whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements enhances the Fund's total return will depend on the Sub-Adviser's ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two-party contracts and may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Sub-Adviser will cause the Fund to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that would be eligible for consideration as repurchase agreement counterparties under the Fund's repurchase agreement guidelines. The swap market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund's ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

High Yield Exposure Through Credit Default Swaps. The Fund may execute its strategy by entering into credit default swaps. Credit default swaps (“CDS”) are typically two-party (bilateral) financial contracts that transfer credit exposure between the two parties. The Fund will enter into CDS by executing an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreement, which provides globally-accepted standardized legal documentation for a variety of swap transactions including CDS. One party to a CDS (referred to as the credit protection “buyer”) receives credit protection or sheds credit risk, whereas the other party to a CDS (referred to as the credit protection “seller”) is selling credit protection or taking on credit risk. The seller typically receives pre-determined periodic payments from the other party. These payments are in consideration for agreeing to make compensating specific payments to the buyer should a negative credit event occur, such as (1) bankruptcy or (2) failure to pay interest or principal on a reference debt instrument, with respect to a specified issuer or one of the reference issuers in a CDS portfolio. In general, CDS may be used by the Fund to obtain credit risk exposure similar to that of a direct investment in high yield bonds.

The Fund may use CDS as part of a replication tactic whereby the Fund combines a (1) credit default swap on a portfolio of high yield bonds with (2) investments in high quality securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, as an economic substitute for a portfolio of individual high yield bonds. This two-instrument “replication portfolio” is expected to have an economic and investment return profile that is substantially similar, although not identical to, a cash portfolio of high yield bonds. If the Fund invests in a portfolio of individual high yield bonds, it earns interest and suffers losses when issuers default. Similarly, the replication portfolio receives nearly identical payments and suffers nearly identical losses to that of a portfolio of high yield bonds. The Fund receives interest (from the portfolio of high quality securities) and receives payments from the protection buyer, which, in total, are approximately equal to the interest payments on a cash portfolio of high yield bonds. Additionally, the Fund makes credit default payments to the credit protection buyer counterparty which are nearly identical to credit losses the Fund would suffer from the default of issuers in a cash portfolio of high yield bonds.

The Fund anticipates that it will use a market-standard high yield reference portfolio known as the Markit CDX High Yield Index (the “CDX High Yield Index”) to execute its investment strategy. The CDX High Yield Index (composed of 5-year credit default swaps on 100 relatively liquid high yield fixed income securities issued by BB and B rated North American corporate entities) is selected and maintained by Markit Group Limited (“Markit”) using specific-issue recommendations and current market-based default swap rates provided by major high yield market participants, such as commercial banks and broker-dealers. Markit Group also provides daily updates of the then-current average credit default swap rate associated with each of the securities included in the CDX High Yield Index. The CDX High Yield Index and its average credit default swap rate are used by the Fund and its counterparties to set the terms of CDX High Yield Index-referenced CDS. Markit Group also provides credit default loss information and required credit event payments by conducting a survey or quasi-auction on securities included in the CDX High Yield Index that have suffered a credit event. This loss information is used to calculate payments due from a credit protection seller to the protection buyer. A new CDX High Yield Index is created every six months to update the Index for the purpose of replacing defaulted issuers and including new issuers, which are representative of the then-current high yield market. The Fund expects that it may maintain original CDS or enter into new transactions that terminate the old CDS and replace them with CDS using the newly-updated CDX High Yield Index.

4

The tactic of using a CDS referenced to the CDX High Yield Index differs from the tactic of investing in specific Sub-Adviser-selected high yield bonds because (1) it does not rely upon the issuer-specific credit research of the Sub-Adviser, (2) exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the counterparty in addition to the credit risk of the reference high yield portfolio, and (3) permits only long or short positions in the index rather than more selective issuer-specific or sector-specific investments.

Certain Investment Techniques and Derivatives Risks. When the Sub-Adviser uses investment techniques such as margin, leverage and short sales, and forms of financial derivatives, such as options and futures, an investment in the Fund may be more volatile than investments in other mutual funds. Although the intention is to use such investment techniques and derivatives to minimize risk to the Fund, as well as for speculative purposes, there is the possibility that improper implementation of such techniques and derivative strategies or unusual market conditions could result in significant losses to the Fund. Derivatives are used to limit risk in the Fund or to enhance investment return and have a return tied to a formula based upon an interest rate, index, price of a security, or other measurement. Derivatives involve special risks, including: (1) the risk that interest rates, securities prices and currency markets will not move in the direction that a portfolio manager anticipates; (2) imperfect correlation between the price of derivative instruments and movements in the prices of the securities, interest rates or currencies being hedged; (3) the fact that skills needed to use these strategies are different than those needed to select portfolio securities; (4) the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument and possible exchange imposed price fluctuation limits, either of which may make it difficult or impossible to close out a position when desired; (5) the risk that adverse price movements in an instrument can result in a loss substantially greater than the Fund’s initial investment in that instrument (in some cases, the potential loss in unlimited); (6) particularly in the case of privately-negotiated instruments, the risk that the counterparty will not perform its obligations, or that penalties could be incurred for positions held less than the required minimum holding period, which could leave the Fund worse off than if it had not entered into the position; and (7) the inability to close out certain hedged positions to avoid adverse tax consequences. In addition, the use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes (that is, to seek to increase total return) is considered a speculative practice and may present an even greater risk of loss than when used for hedging purposes.

FIXED INCOME/DEBT/BOND SECURITIES

Yields on fixed income securities, which the Fund defines to include preferred stock, are dependent on a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money market and other fixed income securities markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. An investment in the Fund will be subjected to risk even if all fixed income securities in the Fund's portfolio are paid in full at maturity. All fixed income securities, including U.S. Government securities, can change in value when there is a change in interest rates or the issuer's actual or perceived creditworthiness or ability to meet its obligations.

There is normally an inverse relationship between the market value of securities sensitive to prevailing interest rates and actual changes in interest rates. In other words, an increase in interest rates produces a decrease in market value. The longer the remaining maturity (and duration) of a security, the greater will be the effect of interest rate changes on the market value of that security. Changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal and in the markets' perception of an issuer's creditworthiness will also affect the market value of the debt securities of that issuer. Obligations of issuers of fixed income securities (including municipal securities) are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978. In addition, the obligations of municipal issuers may become subject to laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures, or referenda extending the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal and in the market's perception of an issuer's creditworthiness will also affect the market value of the debt securities of that issuer. The possibility exists, therefore, that, the ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities may become impaired.

The corporate debt securities in which the Fund may invest include corporate bonds and notes and short-term investments such as commercial paper and variable rate demand notes. Commercial paper (short-term promissory notes) is issued by companies to finance their or their affiliate's current obligations and is frequently unsecured. Variable and floating rate demand notes are unsecured obligations redeemable upon not more than 30 days' notice. These obligations include master demand notes that permit investment of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to a direct arrangement with the issuer of the instrument. The issuer of these obligations often has the right, after a given period, to prepay the outstanding principal amount of the obligations upon a specified number of days' notice. These obligations generally are not traded, nor generally is there an established secondary market for these obligations. To the extent a demand note does not have a 7-day or shorter demand feature and there is no readily available market for the obligation, it is treated as an illiquid investment.

The Fund may invest in debt securities, including non-investment grade debt securities. The following describes some of the risks associated with fixed income debt securities:

Interest Rate Risk. Debt securities have varying levels of sensitivity to changes in interest rates. In general, the price of a debt security can fall when interest rates rise and can rise when interest rates fall. Securities with longer maturities and mortgage securities can be more sensitive to interest rate changes although they usually offer higher yields to compensate investors for the greater risks. The longer the maturity of the security, the greater the impact a change in interest rates could have on the security's price. In addition, short-term and long-term interest rates do not necessarily move in the same amount or the same direction. Short-term securities tend to react to changes in short-term interest rates and long-term securities tend to react to changes in long-term interest rates.

Credit Risk. Fixed income securities have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of those issuers to make principal or interest payments, as compared to issuers of more highly rated securities.

Extension Risk. The Fund is subject to the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation held by the Fund (such as mortgage-backed securities) later than expected. This may happen when there is a rise in interest rates. These events may lengthen the duration (i.e. interest rate sensitivity) and potentially reduce the value of these securities.

Prepayment Risk. Certain types of debt securities, such as mortgage-backed securities, have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed securities may include both interest and a partial payment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, payments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans.

Securities subject to prepayment are less effective than other types of securities as a means of "locking in" attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. These prepayments would have to be reinvested at lower rates. As a result, these securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Prepayments may also significantly shorten the effective maturities of these securities, especially during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of the Fund.

5

At times, some of the mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest will have higher than market interest rates and therefore will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Prepayments may cause losses in securities purchased at a premium, as unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will cause the Fund to experience a loss equal to any unamortized premium.

Certificates of Deposit and Bankers’ Acceptances

The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, which are considered to be short-term money market instruments.

Certificates of deposit are receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers’ acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.

Commercial Paper

The Fund may purchase commercial paper. Commercial paper consists of short- term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. It may secured by letters of credit, a surety bond or other forms of collateral. Commercial paper is usually repaid at maturity by the issuer from the proceeds of the issuance of new commercial paper. As a result, investment in commercial paper is subject to the risk the issuer cannot issue enough new commercial paper to satisfy its outstanding commercial paper, also known as rollover risk. Commercial paper may become illiquid or may suffer from reduced liquidity in certain circumstances. Like all fixed income securities, commercial paper prices are susceptible to fluctuations in interest rates. If interest rates rise, commercial paper prices will decline. The short-term nature of a commercial paper investment makes it less susceptible to interest rate risk than many other fixed income securities because interest rate risk typically increases as maturity lengths increase. Commercial paper tends to yield smaller returns than longer-term corporate debt because securities with shorter maturities typically have lower effective yields than those with longer maturities. As with all fixed income securities, there is a chance that the issuer will default on its commercial paper obligation.

Time Deposits and Variable Rate Notes

The Fund may invest in fixed time deposits, whether or not subject to withdrawal penalties.

The commercial paper obligations, which the Fund may buy are unsecured and may include variable rate notes. The nature and terms of a variable rate note (i.e., a “Master Note”) permit the Fund to invest fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to a direct arrangement between the Fund as Lender, and the issuer, as borrower. It permits daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The Fund has the right at any time to increase, up to the full amount stated in the note agreement, or to decrease the amount outstanding under the note. The issuer may prepay at any time and without penalty any part of or the full amount of the note. The note may or may not be backed by one or more bank letters of credit. Because these notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and the issuer, it is not generally contemplated that they will be traded; moreover, there is currently no secondary market for them. Except as specifically provided in the Prospectus, there is no limitation on the type of issuer from whom these notes may be purchased; however, in connection with such purchase and on an ongoing basis, the Fund’s Sub-Adviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuer, and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand, including a situation in which all holders of such notes made demand simultaneously. Variable rate notes are subject to the Fund’s investment restriction on illiquid investments unless such notes can be put back to the issuer on demand within seven days.

Insured Bank Obligations

The Fund may invest in insured bank obligations. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures the deposits of federally insured banks and savings and loan associations (collectively referred to as “banks”) up to $250,000. The Fund may purchase bank obligations that are fully insured as to principal by the FDIC. Currently, to remain fully insured as to principal, these investments must be limited to $250,000 per bank; if the principal amount and accrued interest together exceed $250,000, the excess principal and accrued interest will not be insured. Insured bank obligations may have limited marketability.

High Yield Securities

The Fund may invest in high yield securities. High yield bonds are generally credit instruments that are rated BB+ or lower by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), or Ba1 or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or, if unrated, determined by the Sub-Adviser, to be of comparable quality. Other terms used to describe such securities include “lower rated bonds,” “non-investment grade bonds,” “below investment grade bonds,” and “junk bonds.” These securities are considered to be high-risk investments. The risks include the following:

Greater Risk of Loss. These securities are regarded as predominately speculative. There is a greater risk that issuers of lower rated securities will default than issuers of higher rated securities. Issuers of lower rated securities generally are less creditworthy and may be highly indebted, financially distressed, or bankrupt. These issuers are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments. In addition, high yield securities are frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. If an issuer fails to pay principal or interest, the Fund would experience a decrease in income and a decline in the market value of its investments.

Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes. The income and market value of lower-rated securities may fluctuate more than higher rated securities. Although non-investment grade securities tend to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than investment grade securities, non-investment grade securities are more sensitive to short-term corporate, economic and market developments. During periods of economic uncertainty and change, the market price of the investments in lower-rated securities may be volatile. The default rate for high yield bonds tends to be cyclical, with defaults rising in periods of economic downturn. For example, in 2000, 2001 and 2002, the default rate for high yield securities was significantly higher than in the prior or subsequent years.

Valuation Difficulties. It is often more difficult to value lower rated securities than higher rated securities. If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable. In addition, the lower rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary market. Because of the lack of market pricing and current information for investments in lower rated securities, valuation of such investments is much more dependent on judgment than is the case with higher rated securities.

6

Liquidity. There may be no established secondary or public market for investments in lower rated securities. Such securities are frequently traded in markets that may be relatively less liquid than the market for higher rated securities. In addition, relatively few institutional purchasers may hold a major portion of an issue of lower- rated securities at times. As a result, the Fund may be required to sell investments at substantial losses or retain them indefinitely when an issuer’s financial condition is deteriorating.

Credit Quality. Credit quality of non-investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently-issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular high-yield security.

New Legislation. Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for high yield, high risk bonds. As an example, in the late 1980s, legislation required federally-insured savings and loan associations to divest their investments in high yield, high risk bonds. New legislation, if enacted, could have a material negative effect on the Fund’s investments in lower rated securities.

High yield, high risk investments may include the following:

Straight fixed-income debt securities. These include bonds and other debt obligations that bear a fixed or variable rate of interest payable at regular intervals and have a fixed or resettable maturity date. The particular terms of such securities vary and may include features such as call provisions and sinking funds.

Zero-coupon debt securities. These bear no interest obligation but are issued at a discount from their value at maturity. When held to maturity, their entire return equals the difference between their issue price and their maturity value.

Zero-fixed-coupon debt securities. These are zero-coupon debt securities that convert on a specified date to interest-bearing debt securities.

Pay-in-kind bonds. These are bonds which allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. These are bonds sold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), usually to a relatively small number of institutional investors.

Convertible Securities. These are bonds or preferred stock that may be converted to common stock.

Preferred Stock. These are stocks that generally pay a dividend at a specified rate and have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and in liquidation.

Loan Participations and Assignments. These are participations in, or assignments of all or a portion of loans to corporations or to governments, including governments of less developed countries.

Securities issued in connection with Reorganizations and Corporate Restructurings. In connection with reorganizing or restructuring of an issuer, an issuer may issue common stock or other securities to holders of its debt securities. The Fund may hold such common stock and other securities even if it does not invest in such securities. 

Municipal Government Obligations

In general, municipal obligations are debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States (including the District of Columbia) and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities. Municipal obligations generally include debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Certain types of municipal obligations are issued in whole or in part to obtain funding for privately operated facilities or projects. Municipal obligations include general obligation bonds, revenue bonds, industrial development bonds, notes and municipal lease obligations. Municipal obligations also include additional obligations, the interest on which is exempt from federal income tax, that may become available in the future as long as the Board of Directors of the Company (“the Board”) determines that an investment in any such type of obligation is consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives. Municipal obligations may be fully or partially backed by local government, the credit of a private issuer, current or anticipated revenues from a specific project or specific assets or domestic or foreign entities providing credit support such as letters of credit, guarantees or insurance.

Bonds and Notes. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of interest and principal. Revenue bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a project or facility or from the proceeds of a specified revenue source. Industrial development bonds are generally revenue bonds secured by payments from and the credit of private users. Municipal notes are issued to meet the short-term funding requirements of state, regional and local governments. Municipal notes include tax anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes, construction loan notes, short-term discount notes, tax-exempt commercial paper, demand notes and similar instruments.

Municipal Lease Obligations. Municipal lease obligations may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase or a conditional sales contract. They are issued by state and local governments and authorities to acquire land, equipment and facilities, such as vehicles, telecommunications and computer equipment and other capital assets. The Fund may invest in Underlying Funds that purchase these lease obligations directly, or it may purchase participation interests in such lease obligations. States have different requirements for issuing municipal debt and issuing municipal leases. Municipal leases are generally subject to greater risks than general obligation or revenue bonds because they usually contain a “non-appropriation” clause, which provides that the issuer is not obligated to make payments on the obligation in future years unless funds have been appropriated for this purpose each year. Such non-appropriation clauses are required to avoid the municipal lease obligations from being treated as debt for state debt restriction purposes. Accordingly, such obligations are subject to “non-appropriation” risk. Municipal leases may be secured by the underlying capital asset and it may be difficult to dispose of any such asset in the event of non-appropriation or other default.

United States Government Obligations

These consist of various types of marketable securities issued by the United States Treasury, i.e., bills, notes and bonds. Such securities are direct obligations of the United States government and differ mainly in the length of their maturity. Treasury bills, the most frequently issued marketable government security, have a maturity of up to one year and are issued on a discount basis. The Fund may also invest in Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”). TIPS are special types of treasury bonds that were created in order to offer bond investors protection from inflation. The values of the TIPS are automatically adjusted to the inflation rate as measured by the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”). If the CPI goes up by half a percent, the value of the bond (the TIPS) would also go up by half a percent. If the CPI falls, the value of the bond does not fall because the government guarantees that the original investment will stay the same. TIPS decline in value when real interest rates rise. However, in certain interest rate environments, such as when real interest rates are rising faster than nominal interest rates, TIPS may experience greater losses than other fixed income securities with similar duration.

7

United States Government Agency

These consist of debt securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the United States government, including the various types of instruments currently outstanding or which may be offered in the future. Agencies include, among others, the Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), Farmer's Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Maritime Administration, and General Services Administration. Instrumentalities include, for example, each of the Federal Home Loan Banks, the National Bank for Cooperatives, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"), the Farm Credit Banks, the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA"), and the United States Postal Service. These securities are either: (i) backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government (e.g., United States Treasury Bills); (ii) guaranteed by the United States Treasury (e.g., GNMA mortgage-backed securities); (iii) supported by the issuing agency's or instrumentality's right to borrow from the United States Treasury (e.g., FNMA Discount Notes); or (iv) supported only by the issuing agency's or instrumentality's own credit (e.g., Tennessee Valley Association). On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department and the Federal Housing Finance Authority (the “FHFA”) announced that FNMA and FHLMC had been placed into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations. The U.S. Treasury Department and the FHFA at the same time established a secured lending facility and a Secured Stock Purchase Agreement with both FNMA and FHLMC to ensure that each entity had the ability to fulfill its financial obligations. The FHFA announced that it does not anticipate any disruption in pattern of payments or ongoing business operations of FNMA and FHLMC.

Government-related guarantors (i.e. not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government- sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation formerly owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks and now owned entirely by private stockholders. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”), which represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such nongovernmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities

Interests in pools of mortgage pass-through securities differ from other forms of debt securities (which normally provide periodic payments of interest in fixed amounts and the payment of principal in a lump sum at maturity or on specified call dates). Instead, mortgage pass-through securities provide monthly payments consisting of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the underlying residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Unscheduled payments of principal may be made if the underlying mortgage loans are repaid or refinanced or the underlying properties are foreclosed, thereby shortening the securities’ weighted average life. Some mortgage pass-through securities (such as securities guaranteed by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-through securities.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, on the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage pass-through securities is GNMA. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by lending institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgage loans. These mortgage loans are either insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration. A “pool” or group of such mortgage loans is assembled and after being approved by GNMA, is offered to investors through securities dealers.

Government-related guarantors of mortgage pass-through securities (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved sellers/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Mortgage pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass- through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage pass-through securities. The Fund does not purchase interests in pools created by such non-governmental issuers.

Resets. The interest rates paid on the Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities (“ARMs”) in which the Fund may invest generally are readjusted or reset at intervals of one year or less to an increment over some predetermined interest rate index. There are two main categories of indices: those based on U.S. Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure, such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury Note rates, the three-month Treasury Bill rate, the 180-day Treasury Bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month or three-month LIBOR, the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury Note rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others tend to lag changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile.

Caps and Floors. The underlying mortgages which collateralize the ARMs in which the Fund invests will frequently have caps and floors which limit the maximum amount by which the loan rate to the residential borrower may change up or down: (1) per reset or adjustment interval, and (2) over the life of the loan. Some residential mortgage loans restrict periodic adjustments by limiting changes in the borrower’s monthly principal and interest payments rather than limiting interest rate changes. These payment caps may result in negative amortization. The value of mortgage securities in which the Fund invests may be affected if market interest rates rise or fall faster and farther than the allowable caps or floors on the underlying residential mortgage loans. Additionally, even though the interest rates on the underlying residential mortgages are adjustable, amortization and prepayments may occur, thereby causing the effective maturities of the mortgage securities in which the Fund invests to be shorter than the maturities stated in the underlying mortgages.

8

Preferred Stock

The Fund defines preferred stock as form of fixed income security because it has similar features to other forms of fixed income securities. Preferred stocks are securities that have characteristics of both common stocks and corporate bonds. Preferred stocks may receive dividends but payment is not guaranteed as with a bond. These securities may be undervalued because of a lack of analyst coverage resulting in a high dividend yield or yield to maturity. The risks of preferred stocks include a lack of voting rights and the Sub-Adviser may incorrectly analyze the security, resulting in a loss to the Fund. Furthermore, preferred stock dividends are not guaranteed and management can elect to forego the preferred dividend, resulting in a loss to the Fund. Preferred stock may also be convertible in the common stock of the issuer. Convertible securities may be exchanged or converted into a predetermined number of shares of the issuer's underlying common stock at the option of the holder during a specified period. Convertible securities are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar non-convertible securities. A convertible security also gives an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the issuing company depending upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock. In general, preferred stocks generally pay a dividend at a specified rate and have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and in liquidation. The Fund may invest in preferred stock with any or no credit rating. Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to the payment of dividends and the recovery of investment should a company be liquidated, although preferred stock is usually junior to the debt securities of the issuer. Preferred stock market value may change based on changes in interest rates.

Foreign Securities

The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and other investment companies that hold a portfolio of foreign securities. Investing in securities of foreign companies and countries involves certain considerations and risks that are not typically associated with investing in U.S. government securities and securities of domestic companies. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than a domestic one, and foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial standards and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. There may also be less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers and listed companies than exists in the United States. Interest and dividends paid by foreign issuers may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes, which may decrease the net return on such investments as compared to dividends and interest paid to the Fund by domestic companies or the U.S. government. There may be the possibility of expropriations, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, confiscatory taxation, political, economic or social instability or diplomatic developments that could affect assets of the Fund held in foreign countries. Finally, the establishment of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions could adversely affect the payment of obligations.

To the extent the Fund’s currency exchange transactions do not fully protect the Fund against adverse changes in currency exchange rates, decreases in the value of currencies of the foreign countries in which the Fund will invest relative to the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding decrease in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated in those currencies (and possibly a corresponding increase in the amount of securities required to be liquidated to meet distribution requirements). Conversely, increases in the value of currencies of the foreign countries in which the Fund invests relative to the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding increase in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets (and possibly a corresponding decrease in the amount of securities to be liquidated).

In June 2016, the United Kingdom ("UK") approved a referendum to leave the EU. The withdrawal, known colloquially as “Brexit”, was agreed to and ratified by the UK Parliament, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. It began an 11-month transition period in which to negotiate a new trading relationship for goods and services that ended on December 31, 2020. The UK and EU reached an agreement, effective January 1, 2021, on the terms of their future trading relationship, which principally relates to the trading of goods. Further discussions are to be held between the UK and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. Brexit may have significant political and financial consequences for the Eurozone markets, including greater volatility in the global stock markets and illiquidity, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, and an increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. At this time, the impact of Brexit cannot be predicted. However, market disruption in the EU and globally may have a negative effect on the value of the Fund’s investments. Additionally, the risks related to Brexit could be more pronounced if one or more additional EU member states seek to leave the EU.

Emerging Markets Securities. The Fund may purchase securities of emerging market issuers and ETFs and other closed end funds that invest in emerging market securities. Investing in emerging market securities imposes risks different from, or greater than, risks of investing in foreign developed countries. These risks include: smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; possible repatriation of investment income and capital. In addition, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales; future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization, or creation of government monopolies. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by the Fund. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries. Additionally, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders in U.S. corporations., the legal remedies for investors in emerging markets may be more limited than the remedies available in the U.S. and the ability of U.S. authorities (e.g., SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice) to bring actions against bad actors may be limited.

Additional risks of emerging markets securities may include: greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability; more substantial governmental involvement in the economy; less governmental supervision and regulation; unavailability of currency hedging techniques; companies that are newly organized and small; differences in auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers; and less developed legal systems. In addition, emerging securities markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions or otherwise make it difficult to engage in such transactions. Settlement problems may cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities, hold a portion of its assets in cash pending investment, or be delayed in disposing of a portfolio security. Such a delay could result in possible liability to a purchaser of the security.

Depositary Receipts. The Fund may invest in sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), which are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets. Unsponsored ADRs may be created without the participation of the foreign issuer. Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. Many of the risks described above regarding foreign securities apply to investments in ADRs.

Illiquid and Restricted Securities

The Fund may invest in illiquid investments. Illiquid investments include securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale (e.g., because they have not been registered under the Securities Act) and securities that are otherwise not readily marketable (e.g., because trading in the security is suspended or because market makers do not exist or will not entertain bids or offers). Securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Foreign securities that are freely tradable in their principal markets are not considered to be illiquid.

9

Restricted and other illiquid investments may be subject to the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. The Fund might be unable to dispose of illiquid investments promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty in satisfying redemption requests from shareholders. The Underlying Fund might have to register restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

A large institutional market exists for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act, including foreign securities. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments. Rule 144A under the Securities Act allows such a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restrictions on resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for resale of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A has produced enhanced liquidity for many restricted securities, and market liquidity for such securities may continue to expand as a result of this regulation and the consequent existence of the PORTAL system, which is an automated system for the trading, clearance and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and foreign issuers sponsored by NASDAQ.

Under guidelines adopted by the Board, the Sub-Adviser may determine that particular Rule 144A securities, and commercial paper issued in reliance on the private placement exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, are liquid even though they are not registered. A determination of whether such a security is liquid or not is a question of fact. In making this determination, the Sub-Adviser will consider, as it deems appropriate under the circumstances and among other factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; (3) the number of other potential purchasers of the security; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; (5) the nature of the security (e.g., debt or equity, date of maturity, terms of dividend or interest payments, and other material terms) and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the mechanics of transfer); and (6) the rating of the security and the financial condition and prospects of the issuer. In the case of commercial paper, the Sub-Adviser will also determine that the paper (1) is not traded flat or in default as to principal and interest, and (2) is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two National Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”) or, if only one NRSRO rates the security, by that NRSRO, or, if the security is unrated, the Sub-Adviser determines that it is of equivalent quality.

Rule 144A securities and Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper that have been deemed liquid as described above will continue to be monitored by the Sub-Adviser to determine if the security is no longer liquid as the result of changed conditions. Investing in Rule 144A securities or Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper could have the effect of increasing the amount of the Fund's assets invested in illiquid investments if institutional buyers are unwilling to purchase such securities.

Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in investment companies such as open-end funds (mutual funds), closed-end funds, and exchange traded funds (also referred to as "Underlying Funds"). The 1940 Act provides that the mutual funds may not: (1) purchase more than 3% of an investment company’s outstanding shares; (2) invest more than 5% of its assets in any single such investment company (the "5% Limitation"), and (3) invest more than 10% of its assets in investment companies overall (the "10% Limitation"), unless: (i) the underlying investment company and/or the Fund has received an order for exemptive relief from such limitations from the SEC; and (ii) the underlying investment company and the Fund take appropriate steps to comply with any conditions in such order.

In addition, Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act provides that the provisions of paragraph 12(d)(1) shall not apply to securities purchased or otherwise acquired by the Fund if (i) immediately after such purchase or acquisition not more than 3% of the total outstanding stock of such registered investment company is owned by the Fund and all affiliated persons of the Fund; and (ii) the Fund has not, and is not proposing to offer or sell any security issued by it through a principal underwriter or otherwise at a public or offering price which includes a sales load of more than 1 ½% percent. An investment company that issues shares to the Fund pursuant to paragraph 12(d)(1)(F) shall not be required to redeem its shares in an amount exceeding 1% of such investment company’s total outstanding shares in any period of less than thirty days. The Fund (or the Sub-Adviser acting on behalf of the Fund) must comply with the following voting restrictions: when the Fund exercises voting rights, by proxy or otherwise, with respect to investment companies owned by the Fund, the Fund will either seek instruction from the Fund's shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies and vote in accordance with such instructions, or vote the shares held by the Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such security.

Further, the Fund may rely on Rule 12d1-3, which allows unaffiliated mutual funds to exceed the 5% Limitation and the 10% Limitation, provided the aggregate sales loads any investor pays (i.e., the combined distribution expenses of both the acquiring fund and the acquired funds) does not exceed the limits on sales loads established by the FINRA for funds of funds.

The Fund and any “affiliated persons,” as defined by the 1940 Act, may purchase in the aggregate only up to 3% of the total outstanding securities of any Underlying Fund. Accordingly, when affiliated persons hold shares of any of the Underlying Funds, the Fund’s ability to invest fully in shares of those funds is restricted, and the Sub-Adviser must then, in some instances, select alternative investments that would not have been its first preference. The 1940 Act also provides that an Underlying Fund whose shares are purchased by the Fund will be obligated to redeem shares held by the Fund only in an amount up to 1% of the Underlying Fund's outstanding securities during any period of less than 30 days. Shares held by the Fund in excess of 1% of an Underlying Fund's outstanding securities therefore, will be considered not readily marketable securities, which, together with other such securities, may not exceed 15% of the Fund's total assets.

Under certain circumstances an Underlying Fund may determine to make payment of a redemption by the Fund wholly or partly by a distribution in kind of securities from its portfolio, in lieu of cash, in conformity with the rules of the SEC. In such cases, the Fund may hold securities distributed by an Underlying Fund until the Sub-Adviser determines that it is appropriate to dispose of such securities.

Investment decisions by the investment advisers of the Underlying Funds are made independently of the Fund and the Sub-Adviser. Therefore, the investment adviser of one Underlying Fund may be purchasing shares of the same issuer whose shares are being sold by the investment adviser of another such fund. The result would be an indirect expense to the Fund without accomplishing any investment purpose. Because other investment companies employ investment advisers, such investments by the Fund may cause shareholders to bear duplicate fees.

The SEC recently adopted revisions to the rules permitting funds to invest in other investment companies to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework applicable to fund of funds arrangements. While new Rule 12d1-4 will permit more types of fund of fund arrangements without reliance on an exemptive order or no-action letters, it imposes new conditions, including limits on control and voting of acquired funds' shares, evaluations and findings by investment advisers, fund investment agreements, and limits on most three-tier fund structures. Rule 12d1-4 went into effect on January 19, 2021. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters is effective on January 19, 2022.

10

Closed-End Investment Companies. The Fund may invest its assets in "closed- end" investment companies (or “closed-end funds”), subject to the investment restrictions set forth above. Shares of closed-end funds are typically offered to the public in a one-time initial public offering by a group of underwriters who retain a spread or underwriting commission of between 4% or 6% of the initial public offering price. Such securities are then listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ and, in some cases, may be traded in other over-the-counter markets. Because the shares of closed-end funds cannot be redeemed upon demand to the issuer like the shares of an open-end investment company (such as the Fund), investors seek to buy and sell shares of closed-end funds in the secondary market.

The Fund generally will purchase shares of closed-end funds only in the secondary market. The Fund will incur normal brokerage costs on such purchases similar to the expenses the Fund would incur for the purchase of securities of any other type of issuer in the secondary market. The Fund may, however, also purchase securities of a closed-end fund in an initial public offering when, in the opinion of the Sub-Adviser, based on a consideration of the nature of the closed-end fund's proposed investments, the prevailing market conditions and the level of demand for such securities, they represent an attractive opportunity for growth of capital. The initial offering price typically will include a dealer spread, which may be higher than the applicable brokerage cost if the Fund purchased such securities in the secondary market.

The shares of many closed-end funds, after their initial public offering, frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the NAV per share, the difference representing the "market discount" of such shares. This market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined NAV but rather are subject to the principles of supply and demand in the secondary market. A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their NAV.

The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to NAV or at a premium to NAV. There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease. In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the NAV of the Fund's shares. Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.

Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund's common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund's common shareholders. The Fund's investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and NAV than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.

Exchange Traded Funds. ETFs are passive funds that track their related index and have the flexibility of trading like a security. They are managed by professionals and provide the investor with diversification, cost and tax efficiency, liquidity, marginability, are useful for hedging, have the ability to go long and short, and some provide quarterly dividends. Additionally, some ETFs are unit investment trusts (UITs), which are unmanaged portfolios overseen by trustees. ETFs generally have two markets. The primary market is where institutions swap “creation units” in block- multiples of 50,000 shares for in-kind securities and cash in the form of dividends. The secondary market is where individual investors can trade as little as a single share during trading hours on the exchange. This is different from open-ended mutual funds that are traded after hours once the NAV is calculated. ETFs share many similar risks with open-end and closed-end funds.

There is a risk that an ETF in which the Fund invests may terminate due to extraordinary events that may cause any of the service providers to the ETFs, such as the trustee or sponsor, to close or otherwise fail to perform their obligations to the ETF. Also, because the ETFs in which the Fund intends to principally invest may be granted licenses by agreement to use the indices as a basis for determining their compositions and/or otherwise to use certain trade names, the ETFs may terminate if such license agreements are terminated. In addition, an ETF may terminate if its entire NAV falls below a certain amount. Although the Fund believes that, in the event of the termination of an underlying ETF, it will be able to invest instead in shares of an alternate ETF tracking the same market index or another market index with the same general market, there is no guarantee that shares of an alternate ETF would be available for investment at that time. To the extent the Fund invests in a sector product, the Fund is subject to the risks associated with that sector.

The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF's shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV. In addition, the purchase of shares of ETFs may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to a mutual fund’s own expenses.

Lending Portfolio Securities

For the purpose of achieving income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities, provided (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. Government securities or cash or cash equivalents (cash, U.S. Government securities, negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned, (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of securities loaned, (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends received on the loaned securities, and (4) the aggregate value of the securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of the Fund.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

The Fund may invest in securities of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are publicly traded corporations or trusts that specialize in acquiring, holding and managing residential, commercial or industrial real estate. A REIT is not taxed at the entity level on income distributed to its shareholders or unitholders if it distributes to shareholders or unitholders at least 95% of its taxable income for each taxable year and complies with regulatory requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income.

REITs generally can be classified as “Equity REITs”, “Mortgage REITs” and “Hybrid REITs.” An Equity REIT invests the majority of its assets directly in real property and derives its income primarily from rents and from capital gains on real estate appreciation, which are realized through property sales. A Mortgage REIT invests the majority of its assets in real estate mortgage loans and services its income primarily from interest payments. A Hybrid REIT combines the characteristics of an Equity REIT and a Mortgage REIT. Although the Fund can invest in all three kinds of REITs, its emphasis is expected to be on investments in Equity REITs.

Investments in the real estate industry involve particular risks. The real estate industry has been subject to substantial fluctuations and declines on a local, regional and national basis in the past and may continue to be in the future. Real property values and income from real property continue to be in the future. Real property values and income from real property may decline due to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, regulatory limitations on rents, changes in neighborhoods and in demographics, increases in market interest rates, or other factors. Factors such as these may adversely affect companies that own and operate real estate directly, companies that lend to such companies, and companies that service the real estate industry.

11

Investments in REITs also involve risks. Equity REITs will be affected by changes in the values of and income from the properties they own, while Mortgage REITs may be affected by the credit quality of the mortgage loans they hold. In addition, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills and on their ability to generate cash flow for operating purposes and to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders REITs may have limited diversification and are subject to risks associated with obtaining financing for real property, as well as to the risk of self-liquidation. REITs also can be adversely affected by their failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through treatment of their income under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or their failure to maintain an exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder bears not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also may indirectly bear similar expenses of some of the REITs in which it invests.

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement, an investor (such as the Fund) purchases a security (known as the "underlying security") from a securities dealer or bank. Any such dealer or bank must be deemed creditworthy by the Sub-Adviser. At that time, the bank or securities dealer agrees to repurchase the underlying security at a mutually agreed upon price on a designated future date. The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to the Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at an agreed upon rate due to the Fund on repurchase. In either case, the income to the Fund generally will be unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying securities. Repurchase agreements must be "fully collateralized," in that the market value of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) must at all times be equal to or greater than the repurchase price. Therefore, a repurchase agreement can be considered a loan collateralized by the underlying securities.

Repurchase agreements are generally for a short period of time, often less than a week, and will generally be used by the Fund to invest excess cash or as part of a temporary defensive strategy. Repurchase agreements that do not provide for payment within seven days will be treated as illiquid investments. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default by the seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying security and losses. These losses could result from: (a) possible decline in the value of the underlying security while the Fund is seeking to enforce its rights under the repurchase agreement; (b) possible reduced levels of income or lack of access to income during this period; and (c) expenses of enforcing its rights.

When-Issued, Forward Commitments and Delayed Settlements

The Fund may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis. In this event, the Custodian will segregate liquid assets equal to the amount of the commitment in a separate account. Normally, the Custodian will set aside portfolio securities to satisfy a purchase commitment. In such a case, the Fund may be required subsequently to segregate additional assets in order to assure that the value of the account remains equal to the amount of the Fund’s commitment. It may be expected that the Fund's net assets will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash.

The Fund does not intend to engage in these transactions for speculative purposes but only in furtherance of the Fund’s investment objectives. Because the Fund will segregate liquid assets to satisfy its purchase commitments in the manner described, the Fund’s liquidity and the ability of the Fund's adviser to manage them may be affected in the event the Fund’s forward commitments, commitments to purchase when-issued securities and delayed settlements ever exceeded 15% of the value of its net assets.

The Fund will purchase securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis only with the intention of completing the transaction. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into, and may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. In these cases, the Fund may realize a taxable capital gain or loss. When the Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment and delayed settlement transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in the Fund incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price credited to be advantageous.

The market value of the securities underlying a when-issued purchase, forward commitment to purchase securities, or a delayed settlement and any subsequent fluctuations in their market value is taken into account when determining the market value of the Fund starting on the day the Fund agrees to purchase the securities. The Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until it has paid for and delivered on the settlement date.

Short Sales

The Fund may sell securities short. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own or have the right to acquire (or that it owns but does not wish to deliver) in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.

When the Fund makes a short sale, the broker-dealer through which the short sale is made must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the party purchasing the security. The Fund is required to make a margin deposit in connection with such short sales; the Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and will often be obligated to pay over any dividends and accrued interest on borrowed securities.

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund covers its short position, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.

To the extent the Fund sells securities short, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and (except in the case of short sales "against the box") will maintain additional asset coverage in the form of cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with its custodian in a segregated account in an amount at least equal to the difference between the current market value of the securities sold short and any amounts required to be deposited as collateral with the selling broker (not including the proceeds of the short sale). The Fund does not intend to enter into short sales (other than short sales "against the box") if immediately after such sales the aggregate of the value of all collateral plus the amount in such segregated account exceeds 50% of the value of the Fund's net assets. This percentage may be varied by action of the Board. A short sale is "against the box" to the extent the Fund contemporaneously owns, or has the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short.

12

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Fund has adopted the following fundamental investment limitations which may not be changed with respect to the Fund without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Shares (as defined in Section 2(a) (42) of the 1940 Act). As used in this SAI and in the Prospectus, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding Shares” of the Fund means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the Shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding Shares of such Fund. Unless otherwise noted, Fund’s investment goals and strategies described in the Prospectus may be changed by the Board without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

Except with the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities the Fund may not:

1. Borrow money, except that the Fund may borrow from banks and enter into reverse repurchase agreements provided that there is at least 300% asset coverage for the borrowings of the Fund. The Fund may not mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any assets, except in connection with any such borrowing and then in amounts not in excess of one-third of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the time of such borrowing. However, the amount shall not be in excess of lesser of the dollar amounts borrowed or 33⅓% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the time of such borrowing, provided that: (a) short sales and related borrowings of securities are not subject to this restriction; and (b) for the purposes of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to options, short sales, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, collateral arrangements with respect to initial and variation margin and collateral arrangements with respect to derivatives instruments are not deemed to be a pledge or other encumbrance of assets. Securities held in escrow or separate accounts in connection with the Fund’s investment practices are not considered to be borrowings or deemed to be pledged for purposes of this limitation;

2. Issue senior securities as defined in the 1940 Act, except as permitted by rule, regulation or order of the SEC;

3. Act as an underwriter of securities within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except insofar as it might be deemed to be an underwriter upon disposition of certain portfolio securities acquired within the limitation on purchases of restricted securities;

4. Purchase or sell real estate (including real estate limited partnership interests), provided that the Fund may invest: (a) in securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; or (b) in real estate investment trusts;

5. Purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by the regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time;

6. Make loans, except through loans of portfolio securities and repurchase agreements, provided that for purposes of this restriction the acquisition of bonds, debentures or other debt instruments or interests therein and investment in government obligations, loan participations and assignments, short-term commercial paper, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances shall not be deemed to be the making of a loan; or

7. Invest 25% or more of its total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in the securities of one or more issuers in any particular industry or group of industries (excluding the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities).

For purposes of Investment Restriction No.7, the Fund may not:

Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry or group of industries, provided that (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States or any of its authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services, for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

In addition to the fundamental investment limitations specified above, the Fund is subject to the following non-fundamental limitations. These non-fundamental restrictions may be changed without shareholder approval, in compliance with applicable law and regulatory policy. The Fund may not:

1. Make any change in its policy to invest 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in fixed income securities under normal market conditions unless it provides its shareholders with at least 60 days prior written notice.

2. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, but investments by the Fund in wholly-owned investment entities created under the laws of certain countries will not be deemed the making of investments for the purpose of exercising control or management; or

3. Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may use margin to the extent necessary to engage in short sales and may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of portfolio transactions; and provided that margin deposits in connection with options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts or other derivative instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts, shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by the Fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.

13

Except with respect to borrowing, and as otherwise may be stated, all percentage limitations on the Fund’s investment practices set forth in this SAI and the Prospectus apply at the time of an investment or a transaction, and a subsequent change in percentage resulting from a change in value of the investment or the total value of the Fund’s assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Fund, a policy relating to the selective disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by the Adviser, Sub-Adviser, Board, officers, or third party service providers, in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders. The policies relating to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund. It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities. As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose the Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR, Form N-CEN, and Form N-PORT or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

The Fund may provide, at the Adviser’s and/or Sub-Adviser’s discretion, its portfolio holdings to various rating and ranking organizations. The timing, frequency and type (i.e., ratings/rankings/holdings) of disclosure may change at the Adviser’s and/or Sub-Adviser’s discretion.

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include U.S. Bank, N.A., the Custodian; U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Fund Services”), the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; FilePoint, the financial printer; the Fund’s proxy voting service(s); and the Company’s liquidity classification agent. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Fund. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions). Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in the Fund’s portfolio.

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, to (i) certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information, and (ii) financial consultants to assist them in determining the suitability of the Fund as an investment for their clients, in each case in accordance with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the Company’s, Adviser’s and Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary duties to Fund shareholders. Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions. The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings. The Board or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.

Each of the Adviser and Sub-Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of the Fund.

The Board provides ongoing oversight of the Company’s policies and procedures and compliance with such policies and procedures. As part of this oversight function, the Board receives from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Board receives an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the policies and procedures with respect to the Fund, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures. Any violation of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violation must be reported by the Adviser, Sub-Adviser, director, officer or third party service provider to the Company’s CCO, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund Shares are held in a taxable account. These costs may also affect the Fund's performance. Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.

No portfolio turnover rate information is provided for the Fund because the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter. The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers. The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Directors.” Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.” The Board is currently composed of seven Independent Directors and one Interested Director. The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman. Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

14

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

The Board has established seven standing committees — Audit, Contract, Executive, Nominating and Governance, Product Development, Regulatory Oversight, and Valuation Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section entitled “Standing Committees.”

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

Directors and Executive Officers

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their ages, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth in this section.

15

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 88	Director	1988 to present	From 1969 to 2011, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).	50	AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies).
Gregory P. Chandler 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	2012 to present	Since 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Herspiegel Consulting LLC (life sciences consulting services); 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Avocado Systems Inc. (cyber security software provider); 2009-2020, Chief Financial Officer, Emtec, Inc. (information technology consulting services).	50	FS Energy and Power Fund (business development company); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Lisa A. Dolly 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	October 2021 to present	From July 2019-December 2019, Chairman, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm); January 2016-June 2019, Chief Executive Officer, Pershing, LLC.	50	Allfunds Group PLC (United Kingdom wealthtech and fund distribution provider); Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (trade association for broker dealers, investment banks and asset managers); Hightower Advisors (wealth management firm).
Nicholas A. Giordano 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 78	Director	2006 to present	Since 1997, Consultant, financial services organizations.	50	IntriCon Corporation (biomedical device manufacturer); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Arnold M. Reichman 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 73	Chairman Director	2005 to present 1991 to present	Retired.	50	EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company).
Brian T. Shea 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Director	2018 to present	From 2014-2017, Chief Executive Officer, BNY Mellon Investment Services (fund services, global custodian and securities clearing firm); from 1983-2014, Chief Executive Officer and various positions, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm).	50	Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (financial services technology company); Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (financial services company).

16

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
Robert A. Straniere 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 80	Director	2006 to present	Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City; since 1980, Founding Partner, Straniere Law Group (law firm).	50	None.
INTERESTED DIRECTOR2
Robert Sablowsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 83	Vice Chairman Director	2016 to present 1991 to present	Since 2002, Senior Director - Investments and prior thereto, Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).	50	None.
OFFICERS
Salvatore Faia, JD, CPA, CFE Vigilant Compliance, LLC Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike Chadds Ford, PA 19317 Age: 59	President Chief Compliance Officer	2009 to present 2004 to present	Since 2004, President, Vigilant Compliance, LLC (investment management services company); since 2005, Independent Trustee of EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company); Since 2021, President and Chief Compliance Officer of Penn Capital Funds Trust.	N/A	N/A
James G. Shaw 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Treasurer and Secretary	2016 to present	Treasurer and Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2016) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2005 to 2016, Assistant Treasurer of The RBB Fund, Inc.; from 1995 to 2016, Senior Director and Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company).	N/A	N/A
Craig A. Urciuoli 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 47	Director of Marketing & Business Development	2019 to present	Director of Marketing & Business Development of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2019) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2000-2019, Managing Director, Third Avenue Management LLC (investment advisory firm).	N/A	N/A
Jennifer Witt 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 39	Assistant Treasurer	2018 to present	Since 2020, Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm); from 2016 to 2020, Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services; from 2007 to 2016, Supervisor, Nuveen Investments (registered investment company).	N/A	N/A

17

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
Edward Paz 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 50	Assistant Secretary	2016 to present	Since 2007, Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm).	N/A	N/A
Michael P. Malloy One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 62	Assistant Secretary	1999 to present	Since 1993, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A
Jillian L. Bosmann One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 42	Assistant Secretary	2017 to present	Since 2017, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle& Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A

* Each Director oversees 50 portfolios of the fund complex, consisting of the series in the Company and in Penn Capital Funds Trust (7 portfolios).

1. Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his or her death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. The Board has approved waivers of the policy with respect to Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, Sablowsky and Straniere. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

2. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and is referred to as an “Interested Director.” Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as an employee of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years.  Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director.  The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive-level management experience in the cable television and communications industry. Mr. Chandler has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the investment technology consulting/services and investment banking/brokerage industries, and also serves on various boards. Ms. Dolly has over three decades of experience in the financial services industry, and she has demonstrated her leadership and management abilities by serving in numerous senior executive-level positions. Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies. Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience. Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the financial services industry. Mr. Shea has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the brokerage, clearing and investment services industry, including service on the boards of industry regulatory organizations and a university. Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company. 

Standing Committees

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler and Giordano. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Contract Committee. The Board has a Contract Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Contract Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Contract Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the approval and continuation of agreements and plans of the Company. The Contract Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Giordano, Reichman and Sablowsky. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

18

Product Development Committee. The Board has a Product Development Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Product Development Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Reichman, Sablowsky, and Shea. The Product Development Committee oversees the process regarding the addition of new investment advisers and investment products to the Company. The Product Development Committee convened three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Reichman, Sablowsky, Shea and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee comprised of the Interested Director and two officers of the Company. The members of the Valuation Committee are Messrs. Faia, Sablowsky and Shaw. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing fair value determinations. The Valuation Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Risk Oversight

The Board performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s CCO.  The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk.  Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs.  Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s CCO to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues.  The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees.  For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.  The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in the Fund and in all of the portfolios of the Company (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him or her), as of December 31, 2020. As shown below, because the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Directors do not own any Shares of the Fund.

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Director within the Family of Investment Companies
Independent Directors
Julian A. Brodsky	None	Over $100,000
Gregory P. Chandler	None	Over $100,000
Lisa A. Dolly*	None	None
Nicholas A. Giordano	None	$10,001-$50,000
Arnold M. Reichman	None	Over $100,000
Brian T. Shea	None	$1-$10,000
Robert A. Straniere	None	$1-$10,000
Interested Director
Robert Sablowsky	None	Over $100,000

* Ms. Dolly began serving as Director effective October 1, 2021.

19

As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust, based on an allocation formula, pay each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $13,500 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each receives an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each receives an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

From April 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $10,000 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each received an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Chairman of the Investment and Liquidity Risk Committee received an additional fee of $7,500 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof. An employee of Vigilant Compliance, LLC serves as President and CCO of the Company. Vigilant Compliance, LLC is compensated for the services provided to the Company, and such compensation is determined by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance, LLC received $0 from the Fund and $690,000 in the aggregate from all series of the Company for its services. Employees of the Company serve as Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development, and are compensated for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from the Fund and the Company in the following amounts:

Name of Director/Officer	Aggregate Compensation from the Fund*	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses	Total Compensation From Fund Complex Paid to Directors or Officers
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$0	N/A	$198,000
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$0	N/A	$190,000
Gregory P. Chandler, Director	$0	N/A	$224,500
Lisa A. Dolly, Director(2)	$0	N/A	$0
Nicholas A. Giordano, Director	$0	N/A	$202,000
Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman	$0	N/A	$275,500
Brian T. Shea, Director	$0	N/A	$191,875
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$0	N/A	$196,000
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$0	N/A	$258,000
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$0	N/A	$299,000
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$0	N/A	$247,200

* The Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI. Therefore, the members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary, and Director of Marketing & Business Development did not receive any compensation from the Fund for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

⁽¹⁾ Mr. Carnall retired from his role as Director effective October 1, 2021.

⁽²⁾ Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Each compensated Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s deferred compensation plan (the “DC Plan”). Under the DC Plan, a compensated Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation and have the deferred compensation treated as if it had been invested by the Company in shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Company. The amount paid to the Directors under the DC Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments.

20

Director Emeritus Program

The Board has created a position of Director Emeritus, whereby an incumbent Director who has attained at least the age of 75 and completed a minimum of fifteen years of service as a Director, may, in the sole discretion of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company (“Committee”), be recommended to the full Board to serve as Director Emeritus.

A Director Emeritus that has been approved as such receives an annual fee in an amount equal to up to 50% of the annual base compensation paid to a Director. Compensation will be determined annually by the Committee and the Board with respect to each Director Emeritus. In addition, a Director Emeritus will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service, including expenses of travel and lodging incurred in attendance at Board meetings. A Director Emeritus will continue to receive relevant materials concerning the Fund, will be expected to attend at least one regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board each year (which attendance may be via telephone), and will be available to consult with the Directors at reasonable times as requested. However, a Director Emeritus does not have any voting rights at Board meetings and is not subject to election by shareholders of the Fund.

A Director Emeritus will be permitted to serve in such capacity from year to year at the pleasure of the Committee and the Board for up to three years. Effective October 1, 2021, J. Richard Carnall serves as a Director Emeritus of the Company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company, Adviser and Sub-Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company, subject to certain restrictions.

PROXY VOTING

The Board has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Fund to the Sub-Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. In exercising its voting obligations, the Sub-Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Fund when exercising its proxy voting authority. The Sub-Adviser determines whether and how to vote corporate actions and proxies on a case-by-case basis, and will attempt to consider all aspects of the vote that could affect the value of the issuer or that of the Fund, vote in a manner that it believes is consistent with the Fund’s stated objectives, and generally, vote in accordance with the recommendation of the issuing company’s management on routine and administrative matters, unless the Sub-Adviser has a particular reason to vote to the contrary.

A copy of the Sub-Adviser’s Proxy Voting Guidelines is included with this SAI. Please see Appendix B to this SAI for further information.

The Company is required to disclose annually the Fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available, without charge, upon request, by calling (toll free) 1-866-239-2026 or by writing to the Fund at: Optima Strategic Credit Fund, c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701. The Fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Any person owning, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the outstanding Shares of the Fund is presumed to control the Fund. Principal holders are persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding Shares of the Fund. As of the date of this SAI, no Shares of the Fund were outstanding and therefore no persons owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund. Shareholders controlling the Fund could have the ability to vote a majority of the Shares of the Fund on any matter requiring approval of the shareholders of the Fund. As of the date of this SAI, the Directors and officers as a group did not own Shares of the Fund.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Investment Adviser

Optima Asset Management LLC is a Delaware limited liability company with its principal offices located at 10 East 53rd Street, New York, New York 10022. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act'”). The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FWM Holdings Inc., which is also the parent of other registered investment advisers that are affiliates of Optima. FWM Holding Inc. is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Stanhope Capital Group SA. As of February 22, 2021, approximately $25.8 billion of assets were under the management of the Adviser and all of its affiliates.

Investment Advisory Agreement with the Company

Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Adviser provides for the overall management of the Fund, including supervision of the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser renders advisory services to the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (“Advisory Agreement”). Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to receive a monthly fee from the Fund calculated at an annual rate of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that total annual Fund operating expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) exceed 1.25% or 1.50% of the Fund's average daily net assets attributable to Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares, respectively. In determining the Adviser's obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and certain of these expenses could cause net total annual Fund operating expenses to exceed 1.25% and 1.50% for the Founders Class and Investor Class Shares, respectively: acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. If at any time the Fund’s total annual Fund operating expenses (not including acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) for a year are less than 1.25% and 1.50% for the Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares, respectively, the Adviser may recoup any waived or reimbursed amounts from the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made by the Adviser, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed the expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. This contractual limitation is in effect until December 31, 2022 for Founders Class Shares and Investor Class Shares, and may not be terminated prior to that date without the approval of the Board. As necessary, this limitation is effected in waivers of advisory fees and reimbursements of expenses exceeding the advisory fee. There can be no assurance that the Adviser will continue such waivers indefinitely.

21

The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under the Advisory Agreement. The Fund bears all of its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser. General expenses of the Company not readily identifiable as belonging to a portfolio of the Company are allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Company’s Board of Directors in such manner as it deems to be fair and equitable. Expenses borne by the Fund include, but are not limited to the expenses listed in the Prospectus and the following (or the Fund’s share of the following): (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the Fund and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) expenses of organizing the Company that are not attributable to a class of the Company; (c) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Company or the Fund for violation of any law; (d) any extraordinary expenses; (e) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (f) costs of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings; and (g) the cost of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Company to its directors and officers. Distribution expenses, transfer agency expenses, expenses of preparation, printing and mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements and reports to shareholders, and organizational expenses and registration fees, identified as belonging to a particular class of the Company, are allocated to such class. After the initial two year-term, the Advisory Agreement may be continued in effect from year to year with the approval of (1) the Board or (2) vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance must also be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Company or the Fund in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of its duties and obligations thereunder.

No advisory fee information is provided for the Fund because the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

Sub-Adviser

Anthony Capital Management, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company, serves as the investment sub-adviser to the Fund. The Sub-Adviser is located at 421 George Street, Suite 206, De Pere, WI 54115, and is controlled by Douglas Reich.

Sub-Advisory Agreement

The Sub-Adviser provides investment advisory services to the Fund pursuant to the terms of a Sub-Advisory Agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) among the Company, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the Sub-Adviser will manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s objective, policies and restrictions and any investment guidelines established by the Adviser. The Sub-Adviser will, subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser, determine in its discretion which issuers and securities will be purchased, held, sold or exchanged by the Fund, and will place orders with and give instruction to brokers and dealers to cause the execution of such transactions. The Sub-Adviser is required to furnish at its own expense all investment facilities necessary to perform its obligations under the Sub-Advisory Agreement. After the initial two year-term, the Sub-Advisory Agreement may be continued in effect from year to year with the approval of (1) the Board or (2) vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance must also be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser receives a fee from the Adviser equal to 50% of the net advisory fee received by the Adviser from the Fund.

Subject to the supervision and oversight of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser makes investment decisions for the Fund and continuously reviews, supervises and administers the Fund’s investment program. The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the Sub-Adviser shall not be protected against any liability to the Company or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties thereunder.

Portfolio Manager

Description of Compensation. The Sub-Adviser compensates the Fund’s portfolio manager for his management of the Fund. The Sub-Adviser provides a competitive salary plus bonus system of compensation for all employees. Bonus awards are highly dependent on firm profitability and individual contribution. As the portfolio manager is the owner of the Sub-Adviser, he shares in the Sub-Adviser’s profits.

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Fund’s portfolio manager may manage the assets of more than one registered investment company (for this sub-section only, each a “Fund”), other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts (collectively, the “Accounts”) for the Sub-Adviser. Both clients and affiliated persons of the Sub-Adviser, including the portfolio manager, may own interests in these Accounts. The same or related securities may be appropriate and desirable investments for both the Fund and the Accounts (including another fund) and they may compete in the marketplace for the same investment opportunities, which may be limited. In addition, transactions by the Accounts in securities held by the Fund or that the Fund is seeking to buy or sell (or transactions in related securities) may have an adverse impact on the prices that the Fund pays for those securities or can realize upon sale, or on the ability of the Sub-Adviser to buy or sell the desired amount of such securities for the Fund at favorable prices. This is particularly true when the Accounts’ transactions occur at a point in time close to when trades in the same or related securities are effected for the Fund. This presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the Accounts as well as the affiliates of the Sub-Adviser that invest in the Accounts.

22

Conflicts also may arise between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates, including the portfolio manager. These conflicts can occur as one or more of the Accounts pay advisory fees to the Sub-Adviser, including performance-based compensation, at a higher rate than the rate of fees paid by the Fund. In addition, the Sub-Adviser’s affiliates, including the Fund’s portfolio manager, may personally own interests in the Accounts or have other financial incentives (including that a portfolio manager’s compensation is based, in part, on assets under management). For example, the portfolio manager could favor an Account over the Fund when dividing his time and attention between them or when presented with limited investment opportunities that would be desirable and suitable for both the Fund and the Accounts or when making trading decisions. The Sub-Adviser, through trade allocation and other policies and procedures, seeks to manage these conflicts of interest to reduce any adverse effects on either the Fund or the Accounts. These policies and procedures include requirements that transactions by the Fund and the Accounts in the same securities that occur on the same day are average priced when feasible and allocated on a fair and equitable basis. In addition, the Sub-Adviser conducts periodic reviews of transactions in and holdings of the same or related securities by the Fund and the Accounts for compliance with the Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures.

Other Accounts. The table below discloses accounts, other than the Fund, for which the Portfolio Manager is primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management, as of December 13, 2021.

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team Member	Type of Accounts	Total # of Accounts Managed	Total Assets	# of Accounts Managed that Advisory Fee is Based on Performance	Total Assets that Advisory Fee is Based on Performance
Douglas Reich	Other Registered Investment Companies	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	2	$19 million	2	$19 million

Securities Ownership. The portfolio manager did not own any Shares of the Fund as no Shares of the Fund were outstanding prior to the date of this SAI.

Custodian Agreement

U.S. Bank, N.A., 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212 serves as Custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custodian agreement between the Custodian and the Company (the “Custodian Agreement”). Under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian (a) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of the Fund, (b) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of the Fund, (c) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of the Fund, (d) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the Fund’s portfolio securities and (e) makes periodic reports to the Company’s Board of Directors concerning the Fund’s operations. The Custodian is authorized to select one or more banks or trust companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of the Fund, provided that the Custodian remains responsible for the performance of all its duties under the Custodian Agreement and holds the Company harmless from the acts and omissions of any sub-custodian. For its services to the Fund under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian receives a fee based on the Fund’s average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Fund. The Custodian and Fund Services are affiliates.

Transfer Agency Agreement

Fund Services, with corporate offices at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund pursuant to a transfer agency and servicing agreement (collectively, the “Transfer Agency Agreement”). Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Services (a) issues and redeems Shares of the Fund, (b) addresses and mails all communications by the Fund to record owners of Shares of the Fund, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy materials for its meetings of shareholders, (c) maintains shareholder accounts and, if requested, sub-accounts and (d) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the operations of the Fund. Fund Services may, subject to the Board’s approval, assign its duties as transfer and dividend disbursing agent to any affiliate. For its services to the Fund under the Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Services receives an annual fee based on the number of accounts in the Fund and the Fund’s average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Fund.

Fund Services also provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. In addition, Fund Services provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Customer Identification Program, including the verification of required customer information and the maintenance of records with respect to such verification. The Custodian and Fund Services are affiliates.

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement

Fund Services serves as fund administrator to the Fund pursuant to a fund administration servicing agreement, and serves as fund accountant pursuant to a fund accounting servicing agreement (the “Administration Agreements”).  Under the fund accounting servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to furnish to the Fund statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, and certain other services required by the Fund.  Under the fund administration servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to provide fund administration services to the Company.  These services include the preparation and coordination of the Company’s annual post-effective amendment filing and supplements to the Fund’s registration statement, the preparation and assembly of board meeting materials, and certain other services necessary to the Company’s fund administration. In addition, Fund Services has agreed to prepare and file various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and prepare materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund.

23

The Administration Agreements provide that Fund Services shall be obligated to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties and that Fund Services shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with its duties under the Administration Agreements, except a loss resulting from Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of the applicable Administration Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties thereunder.

Fund Services receives a fee under the Administration Agreements based on the average daily net assets of the Company. No administration fee information is provided for Fund because the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

Distribution Agreement and Plan of Distribution

Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), whose principal business address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the underwriter to the Fund pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement  (the “Distribution Agreement”).  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).  The Distributor is not affiliated with the Company, Adviser or Sub-Adviser.

Under the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, the Distributor acts as the agent of the Company in connection with the continuous offering of Shares of the Fund.  The Distributor continually distributes Shares of the Fund on a best efforts basis.  The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund Shares.  The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Company.

The Distributor may enter into agreements with selected broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries for distribution of Shares of the Fund.  With respect to certain financial intermediaries and related fund “supermarket” platform arrangements, the Fund and/or the Adviser, rather than the Distributor, typically enter into such agreements.  These financial intermediaries may charge a fee for their services and may receive shareholder service or other fees from parties other than the Distributor.  These financial intermediaries may otherwise act as processing agents and are responsible for promptly transmitting purchase, redemption and other requests to the Fund.

Investors who purchase Shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase Shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein.  Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase Shares.  Investors purchasing Shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary.  The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote Shares depending upon their arrangement with the financial intermediary.  The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Fund for its distribution services except the distribution/service fees with respect to the Shares of those classes for which a Rule 12b-1 distribution plan is effective.  The Adviser pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution-related services.

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities in accordance with the 1940 Act.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Company on behalf of the Fund on no less than 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement, or by the Distributor, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).  The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the performance of the Distributor’s obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Adviser and/or its affiliates, at their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Fund, its service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Fund and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund Shares or provide services to the Fund, the Distributor or shareholders of the Fund through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets.  Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing the Fund in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund Shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events.  The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in the Fund by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates.  A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund Shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow.

24

FUND TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies established by the Board and other applicable rules and the oversight of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage transactions for the Fund. The Sub-Adviser has broad supervision over the placement of securities orders for the Fund. The Sub-Adviser has the authority to determine the broker-dealer to be used in any securities transaction and the commission rate to be paid. While the primary criterion for all transactions in portfolio securities is the execution of orders at the most favorable net price, numerous additional factors are considered by the Sub-Adviser when arranging for the purchase and sale of the Fund’s portfolio securities. These include restrictions imposed by the federal securities laws and the allocation of brokerage in return for certain services and materials described below. In determining the abilities of the broker-dealer to obtain best execution of a particular transaction, the Sub-Adviser will consider all relevant factors including the execution capabilities required by the transaction(s), the ability and willingness of the broker-dealer to facilitate the Fund’s portfolio transactions promptly and at reasonable expense, the importance to the Fund of speed, efficiency or confidentiality and the broker-dealer’s apparent familiarity with sources from or to whom particular securities might be purchased or sold, as well as any other matters the Sub-Adviser deems relevant to the selection of a broker-dealer for a particular portfolio transaction of the Fund.

When the “best execution” criteria are satisfied, those broker-dealers who supplement the Sub-Adviser’s capabilities with trading execution and research services, within the parameters of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, may be selected by the Sub-Adviser to provide brokerage services.  Research services include both proprietary research (created or developed by the broker-dealer) and research created or developed by a third party.

Ongoing research, computer systems and market data feeds are critical elements of the Sub-Adviser’s investment management process.  Accordingly, the Sub-Adviser is a significant user of broker-provided products and services that assist the Sub-Adviser in carrying out its investment and trading decisions. These products and services include: quotation services; trading; research (including proprietary) and portfolio management systems and consulting services; data; software; seminars; prime brokerage; custody and clearance services; other data services; trading and data feeds; proxy research; and trading communication services.  In the absence of soft dollar arrangements, the Sub-Adviser would have to pay directly for these services. Further, although best execution is always the primary objective in broker selection, the use of soft dollars means that the Sub-Adviser has less incentive to go to execution-only brokers, and that the Sub-Adviser may not always obtain the best price.

In some cases the Sub-Adviser acquires research products or services with soft dollars that also have non-research uses.  In these cases the Sub-Adviser makes reasonable allocation of the cost of the product or service according to its use.  That portion of the product or service that provides administrative or other non-research services is paid for by the Sub-Adviser in hard dollars.

The Sub-Adviser typically aggregates orders for the purchase and sale of securities for client portfolios including portfolios of the investment partnerships and registered investment companies it advises. In this process, orders for investment partnerships or registered investment companies in which the Sub-Adviser or persons associated with the Sub-Adviser have an interest may be aggregated with orders for other client portfolios. Securities purchased or proceeds of securities sold through aggregated orders are allocated to the account of each client or fund that bought or sold such securities at the average execution price. If less than the total of the aggregated orders is executed, purchased securities or proceeds will be allocated pro rata among the participating portfolios. Transaction costs for any transaction will be shared pro rata based on each portfolio’s participation in the transaction. The Fund will not purchase securities during the existence of any underwriting or selling group relating to such security of which the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person (as defined in the 1940 Act) thereof is a member except pursuant to procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act.

In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to the Distributor, U.S. Bank, N.A., Adviser or the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person of the foregoing entities except as permitted by SEC exemptive order or by applicable law.

In transactions for securities not actively traded on a securities exchange, the Fund will deal directly with the dealers who make a market in the securities involved, except in those circumstances where better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Such dealers usually are acting as principal for their own account. On occasion, securities may be purchased directly from the issuer. Such portfolio securities are generally traded on a net basis and do not normally involve brokerage commissions. Securities firms may receive brokerage commissions on certain portfolio transactions, including options, futures and options on futures transactions and the purchase and sale of underlying securities upon exercise of options.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

Shares of the Fund may be sold to corporations or other institutions such as trusts, foundations or broker-dealers purchasing for the accounts of others and may be placed through a financial intermediary. Shares of the Fund may also be purchased directly from the Fund at the NAV per share, by mail or by wire.

The Company reserves the right, if conditions exist that make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase of the Fund’s Shares by making payment in whole or in part in securities chosen by the Company and valued in the same way as they would be valued for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV. If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction costs in converting these securities into cash.  A shareholder will also bear any market risk or tax consequence as a result of a payment in securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its Shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

Under the 1940 Act, the Company may suspend the right to redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which the SEC restricts trading on the NYSE or determines an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit. (The Company may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its Shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

Shares of the Fund are subject to redemption by the Company, at the redemption price of such Shares as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation: (1) to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for Shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder as provided in the Prospectus from time to time; (2) if such redemption is, in the opinion of the Board, desirable in order to prevent the Company or any fund from being deemed a “personal holding company” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); or (3) if the net income with respect to any particular class of common stock should be negative or it should otherwise be appropriate to carry out the Company’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

25

The Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder’s account in the Fund (other than those in an IRA account) at any time the NAV of the account falls below $500 as the result of a redemption request. Shareholders will be notified in writing that the value of their account is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the involuntary redemption is processed.

The Fund has the right to redeem your Shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for Shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

The Company’s telephone transaction procedures include the following measures: (1) requiring the appropriate telephone transaction privilege forms; (2) requiring the caller to provide the names of the account owners, the account social security number and name of the Fund, all of which must match the Company’s records; (3) requiring the Company’s service representative to complete a telephone transaction form, listing all of the above caller identification information; (4) permitting exchanges (if applicable) only if the two account registrations are identical; (5) requiring that redemption proceeds be sent only by check to the account owners of record at the address of record, or by electronic funds transfer through the ACH network, or by wire only to the owners of record at the bank account of record; (6) sending a written confirmation for each telephone transaction to the owners of record at the address of record within five (5) business days of the call; and (7) maintaining tapes of telephone transactions for six months, if the Company elects to record shareholder telephone transactions. For accounts held of record by broker-dealers, financial institutions, securities dealers, financial planners and other industry professionals, additional documentation or information regarding the scope of a caller’s authority is required. Finally, for telephone transactions in accounts held jointly, additional information regarding other account holders is required.

VALUATION OF SHARES

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the NAV per share of the Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to the Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding Shares of the Fund. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) or such other time as the NYSE or National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the NYSE is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The NYSE is generally closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day (observed), Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (observed).

The time at which transactions and Shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The Company reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were initially processed at a NAV other than the Fund’s official closing NAV (as the same may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders based on the official closing NAV. The Company reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, the Fund may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

The securities of the Fund are valued under the direction of the Fund’s administrator and under the general supervision of the Board.  Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices.  Subject to the approval of the Board, the Fund may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments in determining the approximate market value of portfolio investments.  This may result in the investments being valued at a price that differs from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used.  All cash, receivables, and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their face value.  Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board’s ultimate supervision.

The procedures used by any pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the officers of the Company under the general supervision of the Board.

The Fund may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges.  These securities may trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not calculate NAV.  As a result, the value of these investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund Shares.

TAXES

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Fund or its shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

26

General

The Fund qualified during its last taxable year and intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, the Fund generally is exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, it must meet three important tests each year.

First, the Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, the Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

The Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If the Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year the Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

Taxation of Certain Investments

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by the Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause the Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which the Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

State and Local Taxes

Although the Fund expects to qualify as a regulated investment company and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, the Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, 89.123 billion shares have been classified into 202 classes; however, the Company only has 53 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s Charter, the Board has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

Each share that represents an interest in the Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the Fund with each other share that represents an interest in the Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in that Fund. Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights. When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders collectively owning at least 10% of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

Shareholders of the Fund will vote in the aggregate and not by class on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2, the approval of an investment advisory agreement, distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined by the 1940 Act) of such portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants, the approval of principal underwriting contracts and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio. Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

27

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote on the matter voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

MISCELLANEOUS

Anti-Money Laundering Program

The Fund has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Fund’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures, and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program, and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that certain of its service providers have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new account applications. The Fund will not transact business with any person or legal entity whose identity and beneficial owners, if applicable, cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Legal Counsel

The law firm of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as independent counsel to the Company and the Independent Directors.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Cohen & Company, Ltd., 1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 800, Cleveland, Ohio 44115, serves as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As the Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, there are no annual financial statements available at this time. Shareholders of the Fund will be informed of the Fund’s progress through periodic reports when those reports become available. Financial statements certified by the independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.

28

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” - A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” - A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” - A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” - A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” - A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” - A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

“NR” - This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-2” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.¹ Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” - Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

¹ A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

A-1

“F2” - Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” - Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” - Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” - Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” - Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” - Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar^® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” - Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4” - Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” - Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” - Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

A-2

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA” - An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” - An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” - An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” - An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” - Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB” - An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” - An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC” - An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” - An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” - An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” - An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR” - This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” - Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” - Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” - Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

A-3

“Baa” - Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” - Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” - Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” - Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” - Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” - Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR” - Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” - Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” - Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” - Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” - Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” - Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” - Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

“CCC” - A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC” - A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C” - A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA” - Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” - Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

A-4

“A” - Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” - Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” - Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B” - Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” - Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D” - A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

• Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

• Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” - A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” - A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” - A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D” - This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale to rate for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG Scale

“MIG-1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

A-5

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interests payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

“VMIG-1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer default ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue level ratings are also assigned, often include an expectation of recovery and may be notched above or below the issuer level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation)..

DBRS Morningstar offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market.Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on DBRS Morningstar’s quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. DBRS Morningstar issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, finalized, solicited, or unsolicited. From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued. DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees.

A-6

APPENDIX B

Anthony Capital Management, LLC

14 PROXY VOTING POLICY

14.1 Introduction

The Advisers Act’s “Proxy Voting Rule” requires an Adviser that exercises voting authority with respect to its client’s securities to: (i) adopt written policies reasonably designed to ensure that the Adviser votes in the best interest of its clients and addresses how the Adviser will deal with material conflicts of interest that may arise between the Adviser and its clients; (ii) disclose to its clients information about such policies and procedures; and (iii) upon request, provide information on how proxies were voted.

14.2 Proxy Voting Policy

Pursuant to Anthony Capital’s “Proxy Voting Policy,” the Firm will comply with the Proxy Voting Rule and will act solely in the best interests its Clients when exercising its proxy voting authority. The Firm determines whether and how to vote corporate actions and proxies on a case-by-case basis, and will:

• Attempt to consider all aspects of the vote that could affect the value of the issuer or that of the Client.

• Vote in a manner that it believes is consistent with the Client’s stated objectives.

• Generally, vote in accordance with the recommendation of the issuing company’s management on routine and administrative matters, unless the Firm has a particular reason to vote to the contrary.

14.3 Conflicts of Interest

Anthony Capital will not put its own interests ahead of those of any Client. In the event that a potential conflict of interest arises in connection with voting a proxy, a conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that the conflict has the potential to influence the Firm’s decision making in voting the proxy. Anthony Capital may take into account all relevant factors, as determined by the Firm in its sole discretion including, without limitation: (i) the impact on the value of the securities or instruments owned by the relevant Client account and the returns on those securities; (ii) the anticipated associated costs and benefits; (iii) the continued or increased availability of portfolio information; and (iv) industry and business practices.

In limited circumstances, and consistent with the terms of the Firm’s agreement with its Client, Anthony Capital may refrain from voting proxies where the Firm believes that voting would be inappropriate, taking into consideration the cost of voting the proxies and the anticipated benefit to its Clients. Generally, Clients may not direct the Firm’s vote in a particular solicitation.

Conflicts of interest may arise between the Firm’s and its Clients’ interests. If the Firm determines that it may have, or is perceived to have, a conflict of interest when voting proxies, the Firm may retain the services of a proxy advisory firm to assist with its voting decision.

14.4 Voting Information and Recordkeeping

Under the Books and Records Rule, the Firm must retain: (i) its voting policies and procedures; (ii) corporate action and proxy statements received; (iii) records of votes cast; (iv) records of its Clients’ requests for voting information; and (v) any documents prepared by Anthony Capital that were material to making a decision on how to vote.

14.5 Compliance Review of Proxy Voting

Anthony Capital evaluates its compliance with the Proxy Voting Rule by sampling the proxy votes it casts on behalf of its Clients as part of its annual review of its compliance policies and procedures. The CCO will be responsible for ensuring that all votes are documented and maintained by the Firm’s prime broker(s), or the Firm. The CCO will conduct a periodic review of the proxy voting records maintained by either the Firm, or the Firm’s prime broker(s), to ensure that proxies are properly voted and records are appropriately maintained. Anthony Capital also requires any proxy advisory firm to update the Firm regarding business changes (for example, with respect to the proxy advisory firm’s capacity and competency to provide independent proxy voting advice or carry out voting instructions) and update the Firm regarding any of the proxy advisory firm’s methodologies, guidelines, and voting recommendations.

B-1

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SGI U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY FUND

Class I Shares Ticker Symbol: SILVX 

Class A Shares Ticker Symbol: LVOLX 

Class C Shares Ticker Symbol: SGICX

 SGI U.S. SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND

Class I Shares Ticker Symbol: SCLVX  

Class A Shares Ticker Symbol: LVSMX 

Class C Shares Ticker Symbol: SMLVX

 SGI GLOBAL EQUITY FUND

Class I Shares Ticker Symbol: SGLIX  

Class A Shares Ticker Symbol: SGLAX 

Class C Shares Ticker Symbol: SGLOX

December 31, 2021

Investment Adviser:

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC (the “Adviser”)

each a series of THE RBB FUND, INC

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides supplementary information pertaining to the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (the “U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund”), the SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund (the “U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund”), and the SGI Global Equity Fund (the “Global Equity Fund”) (each a “Fund” and together the “Funds”) of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). The Funds are each authorized to issue three classes of shares: Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares (collectively, the “Shares”). This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read only in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectus dated December 31, 2021 (the “Prospectus”) and the Funds’ Annual Reports dated August 31, 2021 (the “Annual Reports”). The financial statements and notes contained in the Annual Reports are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other parts of the Annual Reports are incorporated by reference herein. Copies of the Prospectus and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports may be obtained free of charge by calling toll-free 855-744-8500. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES	1
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS	1
NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS	7
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS	18
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS	22
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER	23
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY	23
CODE OF ETHICS	33
PROXY VOTING	33
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES	33
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES	37
INVESTMENT ADVISER	37
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS	39
ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT	41
CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT	41
TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT	42
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	42
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES	44
FUND TRANSACTIONS	45
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION	47
TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES	50
VALUATION OF SHARES	50
TAXES	51
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES	52
MISCELLANEOUS	53
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	53
APPENDIX A	A-1
APPENDIX B	B-1

 1

 GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of 43 separate portfolios.  The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”) and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988.  This SAI pertains to the Class I, Class A and Class C Shares of the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, the Class I, Class A and Class C Shares of the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, and the Class I Shares, Class A Shares, and Class C Shares of the Global Equity Fund, each a diversified portfolio. Summit Global Investments, LLC (“Summit” or the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Funds.

The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved Summit to serve as the Global Equity Fund’s investment adviser effective January 1, 2017 in connection with the resignation of the Global Equity Fund’s former investment adviser. The Global Equity Fund’s principal investment strategies and risks changed as a result of the change in investment adviser. Prior to January 1, 2017, the Global Equity Fund was named the Scotia Dynamic U.S. Growth Fund.

Before the Global Equity Fund commenced operations, all of the assets and liabilities of the Dynamic U.S. Growth Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”), a series of Scotia Institutional Funds (“Predecessor Fund Trust”), which was formerly known as DundeeWealth Funds, were transferred to the Global Equity Fund in a tax-free reorganization (the “Reorganization”). The Reorganization occurred on March 21, 2014. The Predecessor Fund commenced operations on March 31, 2009. As a result of the Reorganization, the performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund was assumed by the Global Equity Fund.  Financial and performance information prior to the close of business on March 21, 2014 included herein is that of the Predecessor Fund. Returns for periods prior to January 1, 2017 were generated under the management of the prior investment adviser.

Prior to May 1, 2019, the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund was known as the Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund, the SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund was known as the Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund, and the SGI Global Equity Fund was known as the Summit Global Investments Global Low Volatility Fund.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The following supplements the information contained in the Prospectus concerning the investment objectives and policies of the Funds.

The U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund seeks to outperform the S&P 500^® Index over a market cycle while reducing overall volatility.  The U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund seeks to outperform the Russell 2000^® Index over a market cycle while reducing overall volatility. The Global Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments that would not ordinarily be consistent with each Fund’s objective.

There can be no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its investment objective.  A Fund may not necessarily invest in all of the instruments or use all of the investment techniques permitted by the Funds’ Prospectus and this SAI, or invest in such instruments or engage in such techniques to the full extent permitted by the Funds’ investment policies and limitations.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

American, European and Global Depositary Receipts.  As part of its principal investment strategy, the Global Equity Fund invests in American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”). ADRs, as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer.  These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies.  However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities including increased market, illiquidity, currency, political, information and other risks, and even where traded in U.S. dollars are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is traded in a foreign currency. GDRs, EDRs, and other similar instruments may be issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. entity and may be traded in other currencies. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets. 

1 

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject the Global Equity Fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers.  Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates.  Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers.  In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States.

Cyber Security Risk. Each Fund and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Funds or the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Funds. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value ("NAV"), cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Funds to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. A Fund may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which a Fund may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value. While the Funds and their service providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate cyber security risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated. Furthermore, the Funds have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Funds or the Adviser.

Equity Securities.  Equity securities represent ownership interests in a company and consist of common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock.  Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a Fund invests will cause the NAV of the Fund to fluctuate. The Funds purchase equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. Equity securities are described in more detail below:

● Common Stock.  Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

● Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.

2 

● Warrants.  Warrants are instruments that entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time.  Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security.  The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company.  A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.  These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

● Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at a price above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion.  The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities.  However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder.  When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase.  At the same time, however, the difference between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks. Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise.  Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.

● Small and Medium Capitalization Issuers.  Investing in equity securities of small and medium capitalization companies often involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in larger capitalization companies.  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of smaller size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of depth of management.  The securities of smaller companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and even if listed on a national securities exchange may not be traded in volumes typical for that exchange.  Consequently, the securities of smaller companies are less likely to be liquid, may have limited market stability, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general.

Foreign Custody Risk. A Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

Foreign Securities. Investments in foreign securities involve higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher transaction costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. In addition, foreign investments may include additional risks associated with more or less foreign government regulation; less public information; less stringent investor protections; less stringent accounting, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosure standards; and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which a Fund may invest. Volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility or price can be greater than in the United States. Future political and economic information, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other governmental restrictions, might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on foreign obligations. Inability to dispose of securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to an underlying investment company due to subsequent declines in value of the securities, or, if the underlying investment company has entered into a contract to sell the securities, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth or gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States. 

3 

Settlement mechanics may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of an underlying investment company is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of an underlying investment company to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the underlying investment company to miss attractive investment opportunities.

Each Fund values its securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. As a result, if a Fund invests in securities denominated in foreign currencies, the NAV of the Fund’s shares may fluctuate with U.S. dollar exchange rates as well as the price changes of the Fund’s securities in the various local markets and currencies. Thus, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the currencies in which the Fund makes its investments could reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the price of the Fund’s securities in their local markets. Conversely, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar may have the opposite effect of magnifying the effect of increases and reducing the effect of decreases in the prices of a Fund’s securities in its foreign markets. In addition to favorable and unfavorable currency exchange rate developments, each Fund is subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on convertibility of currency.

If a Fund invests in obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks (Eurodollars) and U.S. branches of foreign banks (Yankee dollars) or foreign branches of foreign banks, these investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities of U.S. banks, including potential unfavorable political and economic developments, different tax provisions, seizure of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations or other governmental restrictions which might affect payment of principal or interest. A Fund may also invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, including Yankee bonds, which are issued by foreign governments and their agencies and foreign corporations, but pay interest in U.S. dollars and are typically issued in the United States. 

European countries can be affected by the significant fiscal and monetary controls that the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.

In June 2016, the United Kingdom ("UK") approved a referendum to leave the EU. The withdrawal, known colloquially as “Brexit”, was agreed to and ratified by the UK Parliament, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. It began an 11-month transition period in which to negotiate a new trading relationship for goods and services that ended on December 31, 2020. The UK and EU reached an agreement, effective January 1, 2021, on the terms of their future trading relationship, which principally relates to the trading of goods. Further discussions are to be held between the UK and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. Brexit may have significant political and financial consequences for the Eurozone markets, including greater volatility in the global stock markets and illiquidity, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, and an increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. At this time, the impact of Brexit cannot be predicted, however, market disruption in the EU and globally may have a negative effect on the value of a Fund’s investments. Additionally, the risks related to Brexit could be more pronounced if one or more additional EU member states seek to leave the EU. 

4 

Investment Company Shares.  Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by a Fund. A Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying the Fund’s expenses. Unless an exception is available, Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act prohibits a fund from (i) acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any one investment company, (ii) investing more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, and (iii) investing more than 10% of its total assets in all investment companies combined.  These limits will not apply to the investment of uninvested cash balances in shares of registered or unregistered money market funds whether affiliated or unaffiliated.  The foregoing exemption, however, only applies to an unregistered money market fund that (i) limits its investments to those in which a money market fund may invest under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and (ii) undertakes to comply with all the other provisions of Rule 2a-7.

For hedging or other purposes, a Fund may invest in investment companies that seek to track the composition and/or performance of specific indexes or portions of specific indexes. Certain of these investment companies, known as exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), are traded on a securities exchange. The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with changes in the underlying portfolio securities of the investment company and also due to supply and demand of the investment company’s shares on the exchange upon which the shares are traded. Index-based investments may not replicate or otherwise match the composition or performance of their specified index due to transaction costs, among other things.

Investments by a Fund in other investment companies, including ETFs, will be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act except as permitted by SEC orders.  The Funds may rely on SEC orders that permit them to invest in certain ETFs beyond the limits contained in the 1940 Act, subject to certain terms and conditions.  Generally, these terms and conditions require Board to approve policies and procedures relating to certain of a Fund’s investments in ETFs.  These policies and procedures require, among other things, that (i) the Adviser conducts a Fund’s investment in ETFs without regard to any consideration received by the Fund or any of its affiliated persons and (ii) the Adviser certifies to the Board quarterly that it has not received any consideration in connection with an investment by the Fund in an ETF, or if it has, the amount and purpose of the consideration will be reported to the Board and an equivalent amount of advisory fees shall be waived by the Adviser.

Certain investment companies whose securities are purchased by a Fund may not be obligated to redeem such securities in an amount exceeding 1% of the investment company’s total outstanding securities during any period of less than 30 days.  Therefore, such securities that exceed this amount may be illiquid.

If required by the 1940 Act, the Funds expect to vote the shares of other investment companies that are held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

The SEC recently adopted revisions to the rules permitting funds to invest in other investment companies to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework applicable to fund of funds arrangements. While new Rule 12d1-4 will permit more types of fund of fund arrangements without reliance on an exemptive order or no-action letters, it imposes new conditions, including limits on control and voting of acquired funds' shares, evaluations and findings by investment advisers, fund investment agreements, and limits on most three-tier fund structures. Rule 12d1-4 went into effect on January 19, 2021. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters is effective on January 19, 2022. 

5 

Real Estate Investment Trust Securities. Each Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). A REIT is a pooled investment vehicle that purchases primarily income-producing real estate, real estate-related loans or other real estate-related interests. The pooled vehicle then issues shares whose value and investment performance are dependent upon the investment performance of the underlying real estate-related investments. Individual REITs may own a limited number of properties and may concentrate in a particular region or property type. A REIT is a corporation, or a business trust that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation, which meets the definitional requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level Federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for Federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs) or cash and government securities, derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property, and distribute to shareholders annually a substantial portion of its otherwise taxable income.

Generally, REITs can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. The values of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They also are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code or to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. Unexpected high rates of default on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to a mortgage REIT. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. To the extent that a mortgage REIT’s portfolio is exposed to lower-rated, unsecured or subordinated instruments, the risk of loss may increase, which may have a negative impact on the Fund.

The REITs in which the Funds may invest may be affected by economic forces and other factors related to the real estate industry. REITs are sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Companies in the real estate industry may also be subject to liabilities under environmental and hazardous waste laws. REITS whose underlying assets include long-term health care properties; such as nursing, retirement and assisted living homes, may be impacted by federal regulations concerning the health care industry. Each Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses, including management fees, paid by each REIT in which it invests in addition to the expenses of the Fund. Each Fund is also subject to the risk that the REITs in which it invests will fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and/or fail to qualify for an exemption from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. A REIT’s return may be adversely affected when interest rates are high or rising.

Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500^®.

Special Note Regarding Market Events. Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market's expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of a Fund's investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether a Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region. 

6 

Recent events are impacting the securities markets. An outbreak of respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus was first detected in December 2019 and has spread internationally. Governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world, such as the U.S. Federal Reserve, have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with changes to fiscal and monetary policy, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions, new monetary programs, and dramatically lower interest rates. Certain of those policy changes are being implemented or considered in response to the coronavirus outbreak. Such policy changes may adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend and interest paying securities.

In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on either specific securities or even the entire market, which may result in a Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or to accurately price its investments. Although multiple asset classes may be affected by a market disruption, the duration and effects may not be the same for all types of assets. To the extent a Fund may overweight its investments in certain countries, companies, industries or market sectors, such position will increase the Funds, exposure to risk of loss from adverse developments affecting those countries, companies, industries or sectors. These conditions could result in a Fund's inability to achieve its investment objectives, cause the postponement of reconstitution or rebalance dates for benchmark indices, adversely affect the prices and liquidity of the securities and other instruments in which a Fund invests, negatively impact the Funds' performance, and cause losses on your investment in the Funds.

NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

Borrowing.  Each Fund may borrow money from a bank equal to 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes to meet redemptions or to pay dividends.  Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the NAV of a Fund’s shares and in the return on a Fund’s portfolio.  Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, a Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding.  A Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing.  A Fund may be required to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet its obligations in connection with such borrowings. In an interest rate arbitrage transaction, a Fund borrows money at one interest rate and lends the proceeds at another, higher interest rate.  These transactions involve a number of risks, including the risks that the borrower will fail or otherwise become insolvent or that there will be a significant change in prevailing interest rates. 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is the term used to designate unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities.  Maturities on these issues vary from a few to 270 days.

Corporate Obligations. Each Fund may invest in debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations without limit on credit quality or maturity.  See Appendix “A” to this SAI for a description of corporate debt ratings. An issuer of debt obligations may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal. Also, changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value.

Forward Commitment and When-Issued Transactions. Each Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis (subject to its investment policies and restrictions). These transactions involve a commitment by a Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date (ordinarily one or two months later).  The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitments are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. The Funds will not enter into such transactions for the purpose of leverage.

When-issued purchases and forward commitments enable a Fund to lock in what is believed by the Adviser to be an attractive price or yield on a particular security for a period of time, regardless of future changes in interest rates. For instance, in periods of rising interest rates and falling prices, a Fund might sell securities it owns on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to falling prices. In periods of falling interest rates and rising prices, a Fund might sell securities it owns and purchase the same or a similar security on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, thereby obtaining the benefit of currently higher yields. When-issued securities or forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date. 

7 

The value of securities purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and any subsequent fluctuations in their value are reflected in the computation of a Fund’s NAV starting on the date of the agreement to purchase the securities, and the Fund is subject to the rights and risks of ownership of the securities on that date. A Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date. When a Fund makes a forward commitment to sell securities it owns, the proceeds to be received upon settlement are included in the Fund’s assets. Fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities are not reflected in the Fund’s NAV as long as the commitment to sell remains in effect. Settlement of when-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions generally takes place within two months after the date of the transaction, but a Fund may agree to a longer settlement period.

A Fund will make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued basis or to purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into. The Fund also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. The Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions, and its distributions from any net realized capital gains will be taxable to shareholders. When a Fund purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Fund or the custodian will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities having a value (determined daily) at least equal to the amount of the Fund’s purchase commitments. These procedures are designed to ensure that a Fund will maintain sufficient assets at all times to cover its obligations under when-issued purchases and forward commitments.

Equity Swaps. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may enter into equity swap contracts to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances in which direct investment is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable. Equity swaps may be used by a Fund for hedging purposes, in anticipation of the purchase of securities, for liquidity management purposes, or to seek to increase total return. The counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, a counterparty may agree to pay a Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, a Fund may agree to pay to the counterparty the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in the stocks. Therefore, the return to the Fund on any equity swap contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and a Fund may each agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks).

A Fund will enter into equity swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that such Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash or liquid assets to cover the Fund’s obligations, the Funds and the Adviser believe that such transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions. In addition, in October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Funds will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure which the Funds currently do not expect to exceed, to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager. 

8 

The Funds will not enter into any swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims-paying ability of the other party is rated either A, or A-1 or better by S&P® Global Ratings Services (“S&P”), or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”); or A or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or has received a comparable rating from another organization that is recognized as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”). If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

The use of equity swaps is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used.

Futures and Options on Futures.  Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. The Funds will reduce the risk that they will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts that are traded on a national futures exchange regulated by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).  The Funds may use futures contracts and related options for: bona fide hedging; attempting to offset changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of; attempting to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies; attempting to gain exposure to a particular market, index or instrument; or other risk management purposes. To the extent futures and/or options on futures are employed by a Fund, the Fund will limit such investments in commodity futures, commodity options contracts and swaps to below the de minimis thresholds adopted by the CFTC in its recent amendments to Rule 4.5 (see below for a description of these thresholds).  For this reason, the Adviser is not required to register as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act at this time.

With respect to investments in swap transactions, commodity futures, commodity options or certain other derivatives used for purposes other than bona fide hedging purposes, an investment company must meet one of the following tests under the amended regulations in order to claim an exemption from being considered a “commodity pool” or a CPO. First, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish an investment company’s positions in such investments may not exceed five percent (5%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments). Alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time of the most recent position established, may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the investment company may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps and derivatives markets. In the event that the Adviser was required to register as a CPO with respect to a Fund, the disclosure and operations of the Fund would need to comply with all applicable CFTC regulations.

An index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the securities comprising the index is made; generally, contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contract.

When a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, or sells an option thereon, the Fund is required to “cover” its position in order to limit leveraging and related risks.  To cover its position, a Fund may segregate (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) cash or liquid securities that, when added to any amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder. The segregated account functions as a practical limit on the amount of leverage which a Fund may undertake and on the potential increase in the speculative character of the Fund’s outstanding portfolio securities.  Additionally, such segregated accounts will generally assure the availability of adequate funds to meet the obligations of a Fund arising from such investment activities. In addition, in October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Funds will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure, which the Funds currently do not expect to exceed, to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager. 

9 

A Fund may also cover its long position in a futures contract by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price (i.e., an exercise price) as high or higher than the price of the futures contract.  In the alternative, if the strike price of the put is less than the price of the futures contract, a Fund will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract.  A Fund may also cover its long position in a futures contract by taking a short position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract.  A Fund may cover its short position in a futures contract by taking a long position in the instruments underlying the futures contracts, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract.

A Fund may cover its sale of a call option on a futures contract by taking a long position in the underlying futures contract at a price less than or equal to the strike price of the call option.  In the alternative, if the long position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price greater than the strike price of the written (sold) call, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the call and the price of the futures contract.  A Fund may also cover its sale of a call option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the call option.  A Fund may cover its sale of a put option on a futures contract by taking a short position in the underlying futures contract at a price greater than or equal to the strike price of the put option, or, if the short position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price less than the strike price of the written put, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract.  A Fund may also cover its sale of a put option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the put option.

There are significant risks associated with a Fund’s use of futures contracts and related options, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on the Adviser’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by the Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and options on futures. In addition, some strategies reduce a Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure.

Illiquid Investments.  Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment as defined in Rule 22e-4 is an investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. To the extent an investment held by a Fund is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund will be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

The Company has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4. If the limitation on illiquid investments is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required, to the SEC. 

10 

Inflation-Protected Securities. Each Fund may invest in inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, known as “TIPs” or “Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities,” which are debt securities whose principal and interest payments are adjusted for inflation and interest is paid on the adjusted amount. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, such as the consumer price index. A fixed coupon rate is applied to the inflation-adjusted principal so that as inflation rises, both the principal value and the interest payments increase. This can provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of the investment. Inflation-protected securities normally will decline in price when real interest rates rise. (A real interest rate is calculated by subtracting the inflation rate from a nominal interest rate. For example, if a 10-year Treasury note is yielding 5% and inflation is 2%, the real interest rate is 3%.) If inflation is negative, the principal and income of an inflation-protected security will decline and could result in losses for a Fund.

Any increase in principal for an inflation-protected security resulting from inflation adjustments is considered by Internal Revenue Service regulations to be taxable income in the year it occurs. For direct holders of an inflation-protected security, this means that taxes must be paid on principal adjustments even though these amounts are not received until the bond matures. By contrast, a Fund holding these securities distributes both interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments in the form of cash or reinvested shares, which are taxable to shareholders.

Initial Public Offerings. To the extent consistent with its investment policies and limitations, each Fund may purchase stock in an initial public offering (“IPO”). An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public. Risks associated with IPOs may include considerable fluctuation in the market value of IPO shares due to certain factors, such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, a limited number of shares available for trading, lack of information about the issuer and limited operating history. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. When a Fund’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Fund’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the underlying investment company. As a Fund’s assets grow, the effect of the Fund’s investments in IPOs on the Fund’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Fund’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, a Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. In addition, a Fund cannot guarantee continued access to IPOs.

Large Shareholder Purchase and Redemption Risk. Each Fund may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Fund.  Such large shareholder redemptions may cause a Fund to sell its securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund’s NAV and liquidity.  Similarly, large share purchases may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would.  In addition, a large redemption could result in the Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio.  However, this risk may be limited to the extent that the Adviser and a Fund have entered into a fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement arrangement.

LIBOR Risk. Many financial instruments may be tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE Benchmark Administrator have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve's Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Funds. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Funds will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Funds until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled. 

11 

Money Market Securities.  During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments (the types of which are discussed below) that would not ordinarily be consistent with the Fund’s objective.  For purposes of these policies, money market securities include (i) short-term U.S. government securities, including custodial receipts evidencing separately traded interest and principal components of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury; (ii) commercial paper rated in the highest short-term rating category by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”), such as S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase; (iii) short-term bank obligations (certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of U.S. domestic banks, foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks, and commercial banks with assets of at least $1 billion as of the end of their most recent fiscal year; and (iv) repurchase agreements involving such securities.  Each of these types of money market securities is discussed in more detail below. For a description of ratings, see Appendix A to this SAI. 

Pandemic Risk. Disease outbreaks that affect local economies or the global economy may materially and adversely impact the Funds and/or the Adviser’s business. For example, uncertainties regarding the novel Coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak have resulted in serious economic disruptions across the globe. These types of outbreaks can be expected to cause severe decreases in core business activities such as manufacturing, purchasing, tourism, business conferences and workplace participation, among others. These disruptions lead to instability in the market place, including stock market losses and overall volatility, as has occurred in connection with COVID-19. In the face of such instability, governments may take extreme and unpredictable measures to combat the spread of disease and mitigate the resulting market disruptions and losses. The Adviser has in place business continuity plans reasonably designed to ensure that it maintains normal business operations, and it periodically tests those plans. However, in the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Adviser or the Funds’ service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

Obligations of Domestic Banks, Foreign Banks and Foreign Branches of U.S. Banks.  Each Fund may invest in obligations issued by banks and other savings institutions. Investments in bank obligations include obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks.  Such investments in domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks may involve risks that are different from investments in securities of domestic branches of U.S. banks.  These risks may include future unfavorable political and economic developments, possible withholding taxes on interest income, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations, or other governmental restrictions which might affect the payment of principal or interest on the securities held by a Fund. Additionally, these institutions may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.  In addition, investments in bank loans may not be deemed to be securities and may not have the protections of the federal securities laws. Bank obligations include the following:

● Bankers’ Acceptances.  Bankers’ acceptances are bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a commercial bank.  Corporations use bankers’ acceptances to finance the shipment and storage of goods and to furnish dollar exchange.  Maturities are generally six months or less.

12 

● Certificates of Deposit.  Certificates of deposit are interest-bearing instruments with a specific maturity.  They are issued by banks and savings and loan institutions in exchange for the deposit of funds and normally can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity.  Certificates of deposit with penalties for early withdrawal will be considered illiquid.

● Time Deposits.  Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds.  Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market.  Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty or that mature in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

Options.  Each Fund may purchase and write put and call options on securities and securities indices and enter into related closing transactions. A put option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period. A call option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period.  The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract.

Put and call options on securities indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number. Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities.

All options written on indices or securities must be covered. When a Fund writes an option on a security or an index, it will establish a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the option and will maintain the account while the option is open or will otherwise cover the transaction.

A Fund may trade put and call options on securities and securities indices, as the Adviser determines is appropriate in seeking the Fund’s investment objective, and except as restricted by the Fund’s investment limitations.  See “Investment Limitations.”

The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an “opening transaction.” In order to close out an option position, a Fund may enter into a “closing transaction,” which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Fund delivers the security upon exercise.

A Fund may purchase put and call options on securities to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that the Fund may seek to purchase in the future. A Fund purchasing put and call options pays a premium therefor. If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for a Fund, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of the Fund’s securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by the Fund.

A Fund may write covered call options on securities as a means of increasing the yield on its assets and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value. When a Fund writes an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and the Fund will realize as profit the premium received for such option. When a call option of which a Fund is the writer is exercised, the Fund will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price. When a put option of which a Fund is the writer is exercised, the Fund will be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the market value of such securities. 

13 

A Fund may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter. Over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. It is the SEC’s position that OTC options are generally illiquid.

The market value of an option generally reflects the market price of an underlying security. Other principal factors affecting market value include supply and demand, interest rates, the pricing volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date.

Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while a Fund will receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security.

Repurchase Agreements.  Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with financial institutions. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which a Fund acquires a fixed income security (generally a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance, or a certificate of deposit) from a commercial bank, broker, or dealer, and simultaneously agrees to resell such security to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next business day).  Because the security purchased constitutes collateral for the repurchase obligation, a repurchase agreement may be considered a loan that is collateralized by the security purchased. The acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities as long as the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities is collateralized fully.  The Funds follow certain procedures designed to minimize the risks inherent in such agreements. These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with creditworthy financial institutions whose condition will be continually monitored by the Adviser. The repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund will provide that the underlying collateral at all times shall have a value at least equal to 102% of the resale price stated in the agreement and consist only of securities permissible under Section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code (the Adviser monitors compliance with this requirement). Under all repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund, the custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, a Fund will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercising of a Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss. It is the current policy of the Funds, not to invest in repurchase agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment, together with any other illiquid assets held by that Fund, amounts to more than 15% of the Fund’s total assets. The investments of a Fund in repurchase agreements, at times, may be substantial when, in the view of the Adviser, liquidity or other considerations so warrant.

Restricted Securities.  Each Fund may purchase securities which are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (“1933 Act”) but which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Restricted Securities”). These securities will not be considered illiquid so long as it is determined by the Adviser that an adequate trading market exists for the securities. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in an underlying investment company during any period that qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing restricted securities.  In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser may consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the unregistered nature of the security; (2) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (3) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of Restricted Securities normally reflect a discount from the price at which such securities trade when they are not restricted, since the restriction makes them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market price is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the Restricted Securities and prevailing supply and demand conditions. 

14 

As consistent with each Fund’s respective investment objective, the Funds may also invest in Section 4(2) commercial paper. Section 4(2) commercial paper is issued in reliance on an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act and is generally sold to institutional investors who purchase for investment. Any resale of such commercial paper must be in an exempt transaction, usually to an institutional investor through the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in such commercial paper. The Company believes that Section 4(2) commercial paper is liquid to the extent it meets the criteria established by the Board. The Company intends to treat such commercial paper as liquid and not subject to the investment limitations applicable to illiquid securities or restricted securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to portfolio securities for temporary purposes (such as to obtain cash to meet redemption requests) when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed disadvantageous or inconvenient by the Adviser. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by a Fund subject to the Fund’s agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and rate of interest. Such agreements may be considered borrowings under the 1940 Act and may be entered into only for temporary or emergency purposes. While reverse repurchase transactions are outstanding, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account with the Fund’s custodian or a qualified sub-custodian, cash or liquid securities of an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities, plus accrued interest, subject to the agreement and will monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase and the interest received on the cash exchanged for the securities.

Rights Offerings and Purchase Warrants.  Rights offerings and purchase warrants are privileges issued by a corporation which enable the owner to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short lifespan to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that a Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the right’s or warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Risk Considerations of Lower Rated Securities. Each Fund may invest in fixed income securities that are not investment grade but are rated as low as B by Moody’s or B by S&P (or their equivalents or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality). In the case of a security that is rated differently by two or more rating services, the higher rating is used in connection with the foregoing limitation. In the event that the rating on a security held in a Fund’s portfolio is downgraded by a rating service, such action will be considered by the Adviser in its evaluation of the overall investment merits of that security, but will not necessarily result in the sale of the security. The widespread expansion of government, consumer and corporate debt within the U.S. economy has made the corporate sector, especially cyclically sensitive industries, more vulnerable to economic downturns or increased interest rates. An economic downturn could severely disrupt the market for high yield fixed income securities and adversely affect the value of outstanding fixed income securities and the ability of the issuers to repay principal and interest.

Each Fund may invest in high yield debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations. A Fund will invest in high yield debt instruments when the Adviser believes that such instruments offer a better risk/reward profile than comparable equity opportunities. High yield fixed income securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative investments while generally providing greater income than investments in higher rated securities, involve greater risk of loss of principal and income (including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities) and may involve greater volatility of price (especially during periods of economic uncertainty or change) than securities in the higher rating categories. Since yields vary over time, no specific level of income can ever be assured.

The prices of high yield fixed income securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments but more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments. Also, during an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress, which would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet projected business goals and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a fixed income security owned by a Fund defaulted, the Fund could incur additional expenses in attempting to obtain a recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high yield fixed income securities and a Fund’s NAV to the extent it holds such securities. 

15 

High yield fixed income securities also present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high yield fixed income securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a Fund may, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities, have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which may result in a decreased return for investors. Conversely, a high yield fixed income security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of a Fund’s assets, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities.  In addition, to the extent that there is no established retail secondary market, there may be thin trading of high yield fixed income securities, and this may have an impact on the Adviser’s ability to accurately value such securities and a Fund’s assets and on the Fund’s ability to dispose of such securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield fixed income securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

New laws proposed or adopted from time to time may have an impact on the market for high yield securities.

Finally, there are risks involved in applying credit or dividend ratings as a method for evaluating high yield securities. For example, ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest or dividend payments, not market value risk of high yield securities. Also, since rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, each Fund will continuously monitor the issuers of high yield securities in its portfolio, if any, to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the security’s liquidity so each Fund can meet redemption requests.

Risk Considerations of Medium Grade Securities.  Debt obligations in the lowest investment grade (i.e., BBB or Baa), referred to as “medium grade” obligations, have speculative characteristics, and changes in economic conditions and other factors are more likely to lead to weakened capacity to make interest payments and repay principal on these obligations than is the case for higher rated securities. In the event that a security purchased by a Fund is subsequently downgraded below investment grade, the Adviser will consider such event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the security.

Securities Lending.  Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities to financial institutions. Such loans would involve risks of delay in receiving additional collateral in the event the value of the collateral decreases below the value of the securities loaned or of delay in recovering the securities loaned or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, loans will be made only to borrowers which the Adviser deems to be of good standing and only when, in the Adviser’s judgment, the income to be earned from the loans justifies the attendant risks. A Fund may not make loans in excess of 33^1/3% of the value of its total assets. A Fund may pay a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral, or other fee, to an unaffiliated or, to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder, affiliated third party for acting as a Fund’s securities lending agent.

By lending its securities, a Fund may increase its income by receiving payments from the borrower that reflect the amount of any interest or any dividends payable on the loaned securities as well as by either investing cash collateral received from the borrower in short-term instruments or obtaining a fee from the borrower when U.S. government securities or letters of credit are used as collateral. A Fund does not have the right to vote loaned securities. A Fund may attempt to call loaned securities back to permit the exercise of voting rights if time and jurisdictional restrictions permit. There is no guarantee that all loans can be recalled.

Special Situation Companies. Each Fund may invest in “Special Situations.” The term “Special Situation” shall be deemed to refer to a security of a company in which an unusual and possibly non-repetitive development is taking place which, in the opinion of the Adviser, may cause the security to attain a higher market value independently, to a degree, of the trend in the securities market in general. The particular development (actual or prospective), which may qualify a security as a Special Situation, may be one of many different types. 

16 

Such developments may include, among others, a technological improvement or important discovery or acquisition which, if the expectation for it materialized, would effect a substantial change in the company’s business; a reorganization; a recapitalization or other development involving a security exchange or conversion; a merger, liquidation or distribution of cash, securities or other assets; a breakup or workout of a holding company; litigation which, if resolved favorably, would improve the value of the company’s stock; a new or changed management; or material changes in management policies. A Special Situation may often involve a comparatively small company, which is not well known, and which has not been closely watched by investors generally, but it may also involve a large company. The fact, if it exists, that an increase in the company’s earnings, dividends or business is expected, or that a given security is considered to be undervalued, would not in itself be sufficient to qualify as a Special Situation. A Fund may invest in securities (even if not Special Situations) which, in the opinion of the Adviser, are appropriate investments for the Fund, including securities which the Adviser believes are undervalued by the market. The Funds are not required to invest any minimum percentage of their aggregate portfolio in “Special Situations,” nor are they required to invest any minimum percentage of their aggregate portfolio in securities other than “Special Situations.”

Temporary Defensive Positions.  In anticipation of or in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, a Fund may take temporary defensive positions (up to 100% of its assets) in cash, cash equivalents and all types of money market and short-term debt securities. If a Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time.

U.S. Government Securities.  Each Fund may invest in U.S. government securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities include U.S. Treasury securities, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury and which differ only in their interest rates, maturities, and times of issuance. U.S. Treasury bills have initial maturities of one-year or less; U.S. Treasury notes have initial maturities of one to ten years; and U.S. Treasury bonds generally have initial maturities of greater than ten years.  Certain U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, obligations of U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities such as Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Small Business Administration, the Federal Farm Credit Administration, the Federal Home Loan Banks, Banks for Cooperatives (including the Central Bank for Cooperatives), the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Commodity Credit Corporation, the Federal Financing Bank, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (“Farmer Mac”).

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, including, for example, Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those securities issued by Fannie Mae, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the federal agency, while other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, while the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored federal agencies, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will always do so, since the U.S. government is not so obligated by law. U.S. Treasury notes and bonds typically pay coupon interest semi-annually and repay the principal at maturity.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been operating under conservatorship, with the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”) acting as their conservator, since September 2008. The entities are dependent upon the continue support of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and FHFA in order to continue their business operations. These factors, among others, could affect the future status and role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the values of their securities and the securities which they guarantee.

There is risk that the U.S. government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. A Fund may purchase U.S. government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities held by a Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future. 

17 

● U.S. Treasury Obligations.  U.S. Treasury obligations consist of bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”) and Treasury Receipts (“TRs”).

● Receipts.  Interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. government obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. government obligations into a special account at a custodian bank.  The custodian bank holds the interest and principal payments for the benefit of the registered owners of the certificates or receipts.  The custodian bank arranges for the issuance of the certificates or receipts evidencing ownership and maintains the register. TRs and STRIPS are interests in accounts sponsored by the U.S. Treasury.  Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities.

● U.S. Government Zero Coupon Securities.  STRIPS and receipts are sold as zero coupon securities, that is, fixed income securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons.  Zero coupon securities are sold at a (usually substantial) discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal.  The amount of this discount is accreted over the life of the security, and the accretion constitutes the income earned on the security for both accounting and tax purposes.  Because of these features, the market prices of zero coupon securities are generally more volatile than the market prices of securities that have similar maturity but that pay interest periodically.  Zero coupon securities are likely to respond to a greater degree to interest rate changes than are non-zero coupon securities with similar maturity and credit qualities.

● U.S. Government Agencies.  Some obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies of the U.S. government are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.  Guarantees of principal by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government may be a guarantee of payment at the maturity of the obligation so that in the event of a default prior to maturity there might not be a market and thus no means of realizing on the obligation prior to maturity. Guarantees as to the timely payment of principal and interest do not extend to the value or yield of these securities nor to the value of the Fund’s shares.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each Fund has adopted the following fundamental investment limitations which may not be changed with respect to a Fund without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares (as defined in Section 2(a) (42) of the 1940 Act). As used in this SAI and in the Prospectus, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding shares” of a Fund means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. Unless otherwise noted, a Fund’s investment goals and strategies described in the Prospectus may be changed by the Board without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

The U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund may not:

1. Borrow money or issue senior securities, except that the Fund may borrow from banks and enter into reverse repurchase agreements provided that there is at least 300% asset coverage for the borrowings of the Fund. The Fund may not mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any assets, except in connection with any such borrowing and then in amounts not in excess of one-third of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the time of such borrowing. However, the amount shall not be in excess of lesser of the dollar amounts borrowed or 33^1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the time of such borrowing, provided that: (a) short sales and related borrowings of securities are not subject to this restriction; and (b) for the purposes of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to options, short sales, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, collateral arrangements with respect to initial and variation margin and collateral arrangements with respect to derivatives instruments are not deemed to be a pledge or other encumbrance of assets. Securities held in escrow or separate accounts in connection with the Fund’s investment practices are not considered to be borrowings or deemed to be pledged for purposes of this limitation;

18 

2. Act as an underwriter of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act, except insofar as it might be deemed to be an underwriter upon disposition of certain portfolio securities acquired within the limitation on purchases of restricted securities;

3. Purchase or sell real estate (including real estate limited partnership interests), provided that a Fund may invest: (a) in securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; or (b) in real estate investment trusts;

4. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may purchase and sell options, futures contracts and related options on such futures contracts;

5. Make loans, except through loans of portfolio securities and repurchase agreements, provided that for purposes of this restriction the acquisition of bonds, debentures or other debt instruments or interests therein and investment in government obligations, loan participations and assignments, short-term commercial paper, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances shall not be deemed to be the making of a loan;

6. Invest 25% or more of its total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services, for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry; or

7. Purchase the securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, if immediately after and as a result of such purchase, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be owned by the Fund, except that up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such limitations.

The U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund may not:

1. Borrow money or issue senior securities, except that the Fund may borrow from banks and enter into reverse repurchase agreements provided that there is at least 300% asset coverage for the borrowings of the Fund. The Fund may not mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any assets, except in connection with any such borrowing and then in amounts not in excess of one-third of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the time of such borrowing. However, the amount shall not be in excess of the lesser of the dollar amounts borrowed or 33^1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the time of such borrowing, provided that: (a) short sales and related borrowings of securities are not subject to this restriction; and (b) for the purposes of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to options, short sales, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, collateral arrangements with respect to initial and variation margin and collateral arrangements with respect to derivatives instruments are not deemed to be a pledge or other encumbrance of assets. Securities held in escrow or separate accounts in connection with the Fund’s investment practices are not considered to be borrowings or deemed to be pledged for purposes of this limitation;

19 

2. Act as an underwriter of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act, except insofar as it might be deemed to be an underwriter upon disposition of certain portfolio securities acquired within the limitation on purchases of restricted securities;

3. Purchase or sell real estate (including real estate limited partnership interests), provided that the Fund may invest: (a) in securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; or (b) in real estate investment trusts;

4. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may purchase and sell options, futures contracts and related options on such futures contracts;

5. Make loans, except through loans of portfolio securities and repurchase agreements, provided that for purposes of this restriction the acquisition of bonds, debentures or other debt instruments or interests therein and investment in government obligations, loan participations and assignments, short-term commercial paper, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances shall not be deemed to be the making of a loan;

6. Invest 25% or more of its total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry or group of industries, provided that (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; (c) utilities will be divided according to their services, for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry; and (d) a private activity bond that is backed only by the assets and revenues of a non-governmental user is considered to be issued by such non-governmental user; or

7. Purchase the securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, if immediately after and as a result of such purchase, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be owned by the Fund, except that up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such limitations.

The Global Equity Fund may not:

1. Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the total assets of the Fund to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities and repurchase agreements involving such securities.

2. Borrow money in an amount exceeding 33^1/3% of the value of its total assets, provided that, for purposes of this limitation, investment strategies which either obligate the Fund to purchase securities or require the Fund to segregate assets are not considered to be borrowings.  Asset coverage of at least 300% is required for all borrowings, except where the Fund has borrowed money for temporary purposes in amounts not exceeding 5% of its total assets.

3. Make loans if, as a result, more than 33^1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) lend its securities.

4. Purchase or sell real estate, physical commodities, or commodities contracts, except that the Fund may purchase (i) marketable securities issued by companies which own or invest in real estate (including REITs), commodities, or commodities contracts; and (ii) commodities contracts relating to financial instruments, such as financial futures contracts and options on such contracts.

20 

5. Issue senior securities as defined in the 1940 Act except as permitted by rule, regulation or order of the SEC.

6. Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers except as it may be deemed an underwriter in selling a portfolio security.

In addition to the fundamental investment limitations specified above, the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund and U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund are subject to the following non-fundamental limitations, which may be changed without shareholder approval, in compliance with applicable law and regulatory policy. The U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund and U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund may not:

1. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, but investments by a Fund in wholly-owned investment entities created under the laws of certain countries will not be deemed the making of investments for the purpose of exercising control or management; or

2. Purchase securities on margin, except that a Fund may use margin to the extent necessary to engage in short sales and may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of portfolio transactions; and provided that margin deposits in connection with options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

The Global Equity Fund is subject to the following additional non-fundamental limitations, which may be changed without shareholder approval, in compliance with applicable law and regulatory policy. The Global Equity Fund may not:

1. Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate assets except to secure borrowings permitted by the Fund’s fundamental limitation on borrowing; provided that, such pledging, mortgaging or hypothecation does not exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets.

2. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control.

3. Purchase securities on margin or effect short sales, except that the Fund may (i) obtain short-term credits as necessary for the clearance of security transactions; (ii) provide initial and variation margin payments in connection with transactions involving futures contracts and options on such contracts; (iii) make short sales “against the box”; and (iv) make short sales in compliance with the SEC’s position regarding the asset segregation requirements imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act.

4. Invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.

5. Purchase or hold illiquid securities, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of for their approximate carrying value in seven days or less (which term includes repurchase agreements and time deposits maturing in more than seven days) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in illiquid securities. The 15% limitation on investments in illiquid securities applies both at the time of initial purchase and while the Fund holds such securities.

6. Enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts except as permitted by the Prospectus and in this SAI.

Each Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that a Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations.

Securities held by a Fund generally may not be purchased from, sold or loaned to the Adviser or its affiliates or any of their directors, officers or employees, acting as principal, unless pursuant to a rule or exemptive order under the 1940 Act.

If a percentage restriction under one of the Fund’s investment policies or limitations or the use of assets is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentages resulting from changing values will not be considered a violation (except with respect to any restrictions that may apply to borrowings or senior securities issued by the Fund). 

21 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Funds, a policy relating to the selective disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings by the Adviser, Board, officers, or third party service providers, in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders.  The policies relating to the disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund.  It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities.  As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose each Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR, Form N-CEN, and Form N-PORT, or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

Generally, after the 30th business day of the month following each calendar quarter end, each Fund may provide, at the Adviser’s discretion, its portfolio holdings to various rating and ranking organizations. In addition, generally after the 30th business day of the month following each calendar quarter end, each Fund may post to its website a list of its top ten holdings or full portfolio holdings at the discretion of the Adviser. The timing, frequency and type (i.e., ratings/rankings/holdings) of disclosure may change at the Adviser’s discretion, as well as whether to post to each Fund’s website.

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about a Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include U.S. Bank, N.A., the custodian; U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Fund Services”), the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm; Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; FilePoint, the financial printer; the Funds’ proxy voting service(s); and the Company’s liquidity classification agent. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to a Fund.  Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions).  Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in a Fund’s portfolio.

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to (i) certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information and (ii) financial consultants to assist them in determining the suitability of the Funds as an investment for their clients, in each case in accordance with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the Company’s and the Adviser’s fiduciary duties to Fund shareholders.  Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.  The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings.  The Board or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of a Fund.

The Board provides ongoing oversight of the Company’s policies and procedures and compliance with such policies and procedures.  As part of this oversight function, the Board receives from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures.  In addition, the Board receives an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the policies and procedures with respect to a Fund, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures.  Any violation of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violation must be reported by the Adviser, director, officers or third party service providers to the Company’s CCO, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board or at its next quarterly Board meeting. 

22 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

Portfolio turnover measures the percentage of a Fund’s total portfolio market value that was purchased or sold during the period. A Fund’s turnover rate provides an indication of how transaction costs (which are not included in the Fund’s expenses) may affect the Fund’s performance. Also, funds with a high turnover may be more likely to distribute capital gains that may be taxable to shareholders.

Each Fund’s portfolio turnover rates for the two most recent fiscal years are stated below. Portfolio turnover rates could change significantly in response to turbulent market conditions.

	Portfolio Turnover
	Fiscal Year Ended   August 31, 2021	Fiscal Year Ended   August 31, 2020
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund	91%	129%
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund	135%	151%
Global Equity Fund	88%	122%

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board of Directors, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter. The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers. The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Directors.” Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.” The Board is currently composed of seven Independent Directors and one Interested Director. The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman. Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

The Board has established seven standing committees — Audit, Contract, Executive, Nominating and Governance, Product Development, Regulatory Oversight, and Valuation Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section entitled “Standing Committees.”

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities. 

23 

Directors and Executive Officers

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their ages, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below.

24 

Name, Address,  and Age	Position(s)  Held with  Company	Term of Office  and   Length of   Time   Served1	Principal Occupation(s)  During Past 5 Years	Number of  Portfolios in  Fund  Complex   Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships  Held by Director
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 88	Director	1988 to present	From 1969 to 2011, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).	50	AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies).
Gregory P. Chandler  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 55	Director	2012 to present	Since 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Herspiegel Consulting LLC (life sciences consulting services); 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Avocado Systems Inc. (cyber security software provider); 2009-2020, Chief Financial Officer, Emtec, Inc. (information technology consulting/services).	50	FS Energy and Power Fund (business development company); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Lisa A. Dolly  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI, 53202  Age: 55	Director	October 2021 to present	From July 2019-December 2019, Chairman, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm); January 2016-June 2019, Chief Executive Officer, Pershing, LLC.	50	Allfunds Group PLC (United Kingdom wealthtech and fund distribution provider); Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (trade association for broker dealers, investment banks and asset managers); Hightower Advisors (wealth management firm).
Nicholas A. Giordano  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 78	Director	2006 to present	Since 1997, Consultant, financial services organizations.	50	IntriCon Corporation (biomedical device manufacturer); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Arnold M. Reichman  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 73	Chairman Director	2005 to present 1991 to present	Retired.	50	EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company).
Brian T. Shea  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 61	Director	2018 to present	From 2014-2017, Chief Executive Officer, BNY Mellon Investment Services (fund services, global custodian and securities clearing firm); from 1983-2014, Chief Executive Officer and various positions, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm).	50	Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (financial services technology company); Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (financial services company).

25 

Name, Address,  and Age	Position(s)  Held with  Company	Term of Office  and   Length of   Time   Served1	Principal Occupation(s)  During Past 5 Years	Number of  Portfolios in  Fund  Complex   Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships  Held by Director
Robert A. Straniere  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 80	Director	2006 to present	Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City; since 1980, Founding Partner, Straniere Law Group (law firm).	50	None.
INTERESTED DIRECTOR2
Robert Sablowsky  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 83	Vice Chairman Director	2016 to present 1991 to present	Since 2002, Senior Director – Investments and prior thereto, Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).	50	None.
OFFICERS
Salvatore Faia, JD,  CPA, CFE  Vigilant Compliance, LLC  Gateway Corporate  Center, Suite 216  223 Wilmington West Chester Pike  Chadds Ford, PA 19317  Age: 59	President Chief Compliance Officer	2009 to present 2004 to present	Since 2004, President, Vigilant Compliance, LLC (investment management services company); since 2005, Independent Trustee of EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company); Since 2021, President and Chief Compliance Officer of Penn Capital Funds Trust.	N/A	N/A
James G. Shaw  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 61	Treasurer and Secretary	2016 to present	Treasurer and Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2016) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2005 to 2016, Assistant Treasurer of The RBB Fund, Inc.; from 1995 to 2016, Senior Director and Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company).	N/A	N/A
Craig A. Urciuoli 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 47	Director of Marketing & Business Development	2019 to present	Director of Marketing & Business Development of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2019) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2000-2019, Managing Director, Third Avenue Management LLC (investment advisory firm).	N/A	N/A

26 

Name, Address,  and Age	Position(s)  Held with  Company	Term of Office  and   Length of   Time   Served1	Principal Occupation(s)  During Past 5 Years	Number of  Portfolios in  Fund  Complex   Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships  Held by Director
Jennifer Witt  615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202  Age: 39	Assistant Treasurer	2018 to present	Since 2020, Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm); from 2016 to 2020, Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services;  from 2007 to 2016, Supervisor, Nuveen Investments (registered investment company).	N/A	N/A
Edward Paz 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 50	Assistant Secretary	2016 to present	Since 2007, Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm).	N/A	N/A
Michael P. Malloy One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 62	Assistant Secretary	1999 to present	Since 1993, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A
Jillian L. Bosmann One Logan Square, Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 42	Assistant Secretary	2017 to present	Since 2017, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A

* Each Director oversees 50 portfolios of the fund complex, consisting of the series in the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust (7 portfolios).

1. Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his or her death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. The Board has approved waivers of the policy with respect to Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, Sablowsky and Straniere. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

2. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and is referred to as an “Interested Director.” Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as a senior officer of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

27 

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years.  Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director.  The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive-level management experience in the cable television and communications industry.  Mr. Chandler has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the investment technology consulting/services and investment banking/brokerage industries, and also serves on various boards. Ms. Dolly has over three decades of experience in the financial services industry, and she has demonstrated her leadership and management abilities by serving in numerous senior executive-level positions. Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies. Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience.  Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the financial services industry. Mr. Shea has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the brokerage, clearing, and investment services industry, including service on the boards of industry regulatory organizations and a university.  Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company. 

Standing Committees

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler and Giordano. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Contract Committee. The Board has a Contract Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Contract Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Contract Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the approval and continuation of agreements and plans of the Company. The Contract Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Giordano, Reichman and Sablowsky. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Product Development Committee. The Board has a Product Development Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Product Development Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Reichman, Sablowsky and Shea. The Product Development Committee oversees the process regarding the addition of new investment advisers and investment products to the Company. The Product Development Committee convened three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

28 

Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Reichman, Sablowsky, Shea and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee comprised of the Interested Director and two officers of the Company. The members of the Valuation Committee are Messrs. Faia, Sablowsky and Shaw. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing fair value determinations. The Valuation Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Risk Oversight

The Board performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s CCO.  The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk.  Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs.  Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s CCO to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues.  The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees.  For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.  The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in each Fund and in all of the portfolios of the Company (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him or her), as of December 31, 2020:

29 

Name of Director	Dollar Range of  Equity Securities   in the   SGI U.S. Large   Cap Equity  Fund	Dollar Range of  Equity Securities  in the   SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund	Dollar Range of  Equity Securities  in the  SGI Global Equity Fund	Aggregate Dollar   Range of Equity   Securities in All   Registered Investment  Companies Overseen  by Director   within the   Family of Investment  Companies
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky	None	None	None	Over $100,000
Gregory P. Chandler	$10,001-$50,000	$10,001-$50,000	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
Lisa A. Dolly1	None	None	None	None
Nicholas A. Giordano	None	None	None	$10,001-$50,000
Arnold M. Reichman	None	None	None	Over $100,000
Brian T. Shea	$1-$10,000	$1-$10,000	None	$1-$10,000
Robert A. Straniere	None	None	None	$1-$10,000
INTERESTED DIRECTOR
Robert Sablowsky	Over $100,000	None	None	Over $100,000

¹ Ms. Dolly began serving as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust, based on an allocation formula, pay each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $13,500 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each receives an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each receives an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

From April 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $10,000 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each received an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof. An employee of Vigilant Compliance, LLC serves as President and CCO of the Company. Vigilant Compliance, LLC is compensated for the services provided to the Company, and such compensation is determined by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance LLC received $690,000 in the aggregate from all series of the Company for its services, and $43,595 from the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, $3,919 from the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, and $5,927 from the Global Equity Fund. Employees of the Company serve as Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development, and are compensated for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from the Company in the following amounts: 

30 

Name of   Director/Officer	Aggregate   Compensation   from the Funds	Pension or   Retirement   Benefits Accrued as part of Fund Expenses	Total   Compensation   From  Fund Complex  Paid to  Directors  or Officers
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$11,761	N/A	$198,000
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$11,402	N/A	$190,000
Gregory P. Chandler, Director	$13,610	N/A	$224,500
Lisa A. Dolly, Director(2)	$0	N/A	$0
Nicholas A. Giordano, Director	$12,161	N/A	$202,000
Arnold M. Reichman,  Director and Chairman	$16,910	N/A	$275,500
Brian T. Shea, Director	$11,550	N/A	$191,875
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$11,682	N/A	$196,000
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$15,696	N/A	$258,000
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$12,532	N/A	$299,000
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$10,341	N/A	$247,200

⁽¹⁾ Mr. Carnall retired from his role as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

⁽²⁾ Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer and Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from each of the Funds in the following amounts:

31 

Name of Director/Officer	U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund	U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund	Global  Equity   Fund
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$8,218	$744	$1,174
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$7,963	$720	$1,131
Gregory P. Chandler, Director	$9,475	$861	$1,352
Lisa A. Dolly, Director(2)	$0	$0	$0
Nicholas A. Giordano, Director	$8,482	$769	$1,207
Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman	$11,753	$1,068	$1,672
Brian T. Shea, Director	$8,071	$733	$1,138
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$8,164	$742	$1,162
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$10,932	$994	$1,552
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$8,458	$688	$1,759
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$6,979	$568	$1,452

⁽¹⁾ Mr. Carnall retired from his role as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

⁽²⁾ Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Each compensated Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s deferred compensation plan (the “DC Plan”). Under the DC Plan, a compensated Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation and have the deferred compensation treated as if it had been invested by the Company in shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Company. The amount paid to the Directors under the DC Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments.

As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

Director Emeritus Program

The Board has created a position of Director Emeritus, whereby an incumbent Director who has attained at least the age of 75 and completed a minimum of fifteen years of service as a Director, may, in the sole discretion of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company (“Committee”), be recommended to the full Board to serve as Director Emeritus.

A Director Emeritus that has been approved as such receives an annual fee in an amount equal to up to 50% of the annual base compensation paid to a Director. Compensation will be determined annually by the Committee and the Board with respect to each Director Emeritus. In addition, a Director Emeritus will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service, including expenses of travel and lodging incurred in attendance at Board meetings. A Director Emeritus will continue to receive relevant materials concerning the Funds, will be expected to attend at least one regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board each year (which attendance may be via telephone), and will be available to consult with the Directors at reasonable times as requested. However, a Director Emeritus does not have any voting rights at Board meetings and is not subject to election by shareholders of the Funds.

A Director Emeritus will be permitted to serve in such capacity from year to year at the pleasure of the Committee and the Board for up to three years. Effective October 1, 2021, J. Richard Carnall serves as a Director Emeritus of the Company. 

32 

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company, subject to certain restrictions.

PROXY VOTING

The Board has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Funds to the Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight.  In exercising its voting obligations, the Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Funds.  The Adviser will consider factors affecting the value of a Fund’s investments and the rights of shareholders in its determination on voting portfolio securities.

The Adviser will vote proxies in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures, which are included in Appendix B to this SAI.

The Company is required to disclose annually each Fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX.  Each Fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is available upon request by calling 1-855-744-8500 or by writing to the Fund at: Summit Global Investments Funds, c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, PO Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701. Each Fund’s Form N-PX is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of November 30, 2021, to the Company’s knowledge, the following named persons at the addresses shown below were owners of record of approximately 5% or more of the total outstanding shares of the Funds as indicated below. See “Additional Information Concerning Company Shares” below. Any shareholder that owns 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a portfolio or class may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the portfolio or class. Shareholders controlling a portfolio or class could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio or class on any matter requiring approval of the shareholders of the portfolio or class.

33 

Class, Shareholder Name and Address	Percentage of   Shares Owned as of   November 30, 2021
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund — Class I:
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Special Custody A/C FBO Customers   Attn: Mutual Funds   211 Main Street   San Francisco, CA 94105-1905	89.99%
National Financial Services LLC   For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers   Attn: Mutual Funds 4th FL   499 Washington Blvd   Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995	5.50%
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund— Class A:
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Special Custody A/C FBO Customers   Attn: Mutual Funds   211 Main Street   San Francisco, CA 94105-1905	23.20%
Leonard J Fabiano   South Jordan, UT 84095*	5.16%
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund— Class C:
US Bank NA   FBO Clients   P.O. Box 1787 Milwaukee, WI 53201-1787*	5.03%
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund — Class I:
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Special Custody A/C FBO Customers   Attn: Mutual Funds   211 Main Street San Francisco, CA 94105-1905	80.60%
National Financial Services LLC   For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers   Attn: Mutual Funds 4th FL   499 Washington Blvd   Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995	11.45%

34 

U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund — Class A:
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Special Custody A/C FBO Customers   Attn: Mutual Funds   211 Main Street San Francisco, CA 94105-1905	79.13%
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund — Class C:
Pershing LLC   1 Pershing Plaza FL 14 Jersey City, NJ 07303-2051	17.67%
US Bank NA   FBO Clients   P.O. Box 1787 Milwaukee, WI 53201-1787*	11.11%
US Bank NA   FBO Clients   P.O. Box 1787 Milwaukee, WI 53201-1787*	10.10%
Felipe T Sanchez & Krystin J Carter JTWROS   Pleasant Grove, UT 84062-1968*	7.50%
US Bank NA   FBO Clients   P.O. Box 1787   Milwaukee, WI 53201-1787*	7.35%
Summit Global Investments LLC   620 S Main St   Bountiful, UT 84010-6401	5.94%
US Bank NA   FBO Clients   P.O. Box 1787   Milwaukee, WI 53201-1787*	5.46%
Global Equity Fund — Class I:
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Special Custody A/C FBO Customers   Attn: Mutual Funds   211 Main Street   San Francisco, CA 94105-1905	66.60%
National Financial Services LLC   For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers   Attn: Mutual Funds 4th FL   499 Washington Blvd   Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995	21.35%

35 

TD Ameritrade Inc.   For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Clients   PO Box 2226   Omaha, NE 68103-2226	5.65%
Capinco C/O US Bank NA   PO Box 1787   Milwaukee, WI 53201-1787	5.52%

* Denotes Beneficial Ownership

As of November 30, 2021, Directors and Officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each of the Funds. 

36 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Summit Global Investments, LLC (“Summit” or the “Adviser”) is a limited liability company registered with the State of Utah in October 2010.  The Adviser is 100% privately-owned and is controlled by David Harden.

Advisory Agreement with the Company.  The Adviser renders advisory services to the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund and U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement dated as of February 28, 2012. The Adviser renders advisory services to the Global Equity Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (the Investment Advisory Agreements are together referred to as the “Advisory Agreement”), dated as of March 24, 2017. Prior to March 24, 2017, the Adviser rendered advisory services pursuant to an Interim Investment Advisory Agreement for the period from January 1, 2017 to March 24, 2017. Prior to January 1, 2017, another investment adviser managed the Global Equity Fund.

Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Adviser will provide for the overall management of the Funds including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Funds, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents, (ii) the determination from time to time of the securities and other investments to be purchased, retained, or sold by the Funds, and (iii) the placement from time to time of orders for all purchases and sales of securities and other investments made for the Funds.  The Adviser will provide the services rendered by it in accordance with each Fund’s investment objective, restrictions and policies as stated in the Prospectus and in this SAI.  The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment, mistake of law, or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

For its services to the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.70% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.  The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022, to the extent that the Fund’s total annual operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) exceed 0.98%, 1.23% and 1.98% for Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively. If at any time the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund's Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses with respect to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares for that year are less than 0.98%, 1.23% or 1.98%, as applicable, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

For its services to the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.95% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.  The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022, to the extent that the Fund’s total annual operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) exceed 1.23%, 1.48% and 2.23% for Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively. If at any time the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund's Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses with respect to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares for that year are less than 1.23%, 1.48% or 2.23%, as applicable, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

For its services to the Global Equity Fund, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.70% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. Prior to March 24, 2017, the management fee was 0.65%. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022, to the extent that the Fund’s total annual operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, short sale dividend expenses, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) exceed 0.84%, 1.09% and 1.84% for the Fund’s Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively. If at any time the Global Equity Fund's Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses with respect to Class I Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares for that year are less than 0.84%, 1.09% or 1.84%, as applicable, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. 

37 

The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under the Advisory Agreement.  Each Fund bears all of its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser.  General expenses of the Company not readily identifiable as belonging to a portfolio of the Company are allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Board in such manner as it deems to be fair and equitable. Expenses borne by a Fund include, but are not limited to the following (or a Fund’s share of the following): (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the Fund and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) fees payable to and expenses incurred on behalf of the Fund by the Adviser; (c) filing fees and expenses relating to the registration and qualification of the Company and the Fund’s shares under federal and/or state securities laws and maintaining such registrations and qualifications; (d) fees and salaries payable to the Company’s Directors and officers; (e) taxes (including any income or franchise taxes) and governmental fees; (f) costs of any liability and other insurance or fidelity bonds; (g) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Company or the Fund for violation of any law; (h) legal, accounting and auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel for the independent Directors; (i) charges of custodians and other agents; (j) expenses of setting in type and printing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto for existing shareholders, reports, statements, and confirmations to shareholders and proxy material that are not attributable to a class; (k) costs of mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto to existing shareholders, as well as reports to shareholders and proxy materials that are not attributable to a class; (1) any extraordinary expenses; (m) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (n) costs of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings; (o) costs of independent pricing services to value a portfolio’s securities; and (p) the costs of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Company to its Directors and officers.  Distribution expenses, transfer agency expenses, expenses of preparation, printing and mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements and reports to shareholders, and organizational expenses and registration fees, identified as belonging to a particular class of the Company, are allocated to such class.

The advisory fees, including waivers and reimbursements for the past three fiscal years are as follows:

	Advisory Fees Paid   (after waivers and/or  reimbursements)	Waivers and/or  Reimbursements	Recoupments
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$3,683,935	$0	$0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$3,816,945	$0	$0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$3,503,526	$0	$304,597
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$430,563	$75,377	$0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$361,974	$58,188	$0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$278,373	$61,230	$0
Global Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$624,166	$97,962	$0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$197,365	$50,894	$0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$84,179	$54,073	$0

38 

If at any time a Fund’s total annual Fund operating expenses for a year are less than the relevant share class’ Expense Cap, the Adviser is entitled to recoup from the Fund the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such recoupment does not cause the Fund to exceed the relevant share class’ Expense Cap that was in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

As of August 31, 2021, the Funds had amounts available for recoupment as follows:

	Expiration
	August 31, 2022	August 31, 2023	August 31, 2024
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund	$0	$0	$0
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund	$61,230	$58,188	$75,377
Global Equity Fund	$54,073	$50,894	$97,962

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall at all times have all rights in and to each Fund’s name and all investment models used by or on behalf of the Fund.  The Adviser may use each Fund’s name or any portion thereof in connection with any other mutual fund or business activity without the consent of any shareholder, and the Company has agreed to execute and deliver any and all documents required to indicate its consent to such use.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

This section includes information about the Fund’s portfolio managers, including information about other accounts they manage, the dollar range of Fund shares they own and how they are compensated.

Description of Compensation.  As of the date of this SAI, the Adviser compensates the Funds’ portfolio managers for their management of the Funds.  The portfolio managers are compensated through equity ownership of the Adviser, adjusted to reflect current market rates, and therefore compensation is in part based on the value of a Fund’s net assets and other client accounts they are managing.  The Adviser’s Board of Managers reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager periodically and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market.

Other Accounts.  In addition to the Funds, each portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2021.

39 

Name of Portfolio Manager  or Team Member	Type of Accounts	Total   # of   Accounts   Managed	Total Assets	# of Accounts   Managed that   Advisory Fee   Based on   Performance	Total Assets   that Advisory   Fee Based on  Performance   (in millions)
David Harden	Other Registered Investment Companies:	4	$120 million	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	14	$462.1 million	1	$4.3 million
Richard Thawley	Other Registered Investment Companies:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	1	$40 million	0	$0
Aash Shah	Other Registered Investment Companies:	4	$120 million	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	12	$298.1 million	1	$4.3 million

Conflict of Interest. The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with his management of a Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as a Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of a Fund.  However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

Securities Ownership. The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each portfolio manager in the Funds managed by each such portfolio manager as of August 31, 2021 using the following ranges: none; $1-$10,000; $10,001-$50,000; $50,001-$100,000; $100,001-$500,000; $500,001-$1,000,000; and over $1,000,000.

Portfolio Manager	Dollar Value of Securities Beneficially Owned
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund
David Harden	$50,001- $100,000
Aash Shah	$1- $10,000
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
David Harden	$50,001- $100,000
Richard Thawley	$0
Aash Shah	$1- $10,000
Global Equity Fund
David Harden	$50,001- $100,000
Aash Shah	$1- $10,000

40 

ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

Fund Services, located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as fund administrator to the Funds pursuant to a fund administration servicing agreement and serves as fund accountant pursuant to a fund accounting servicing agreement (the “Administration Agreements”).  Under the fund accounting servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to furnish to the Funds statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, and certain other services required by the Funds.  Under the fund administration servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to provide fund administration services to the Company.  These services include the preparation and coordination of the Company’s annual post-effective amendment filing and supplements to the Funds’ registration statement, the preparation and assembly of board meeting materials, and certain other services necessary to the Company’s fund administration. In addition, Fund Services has agreed to prepare and file various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and prepare materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Funds.

The Administration Agreements provide that Fund Services shall be obligated to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties and that Fund Services shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with its duties under the Administration Agreements, except a loss resulting from Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of the applicable Administration Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties thereunder.

Fund Services receives a fee under the Administration Agreements based on the average daily net assets of the Company. The administration fees paid to Fund Services, including waivers and reimbursements for the past three fiscal years are as follows:

	Administration,   Accounting and  Regulatory   Administration Fees Paid   (after waivers and  reimbursements)	Waivers	Reimbursements
U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund
For the fiscal year August 31, 2021	$249,800	$0	$0
For the fiscal year August 31, 2020	$215,073	$0	$0
For the fiscal year August 31, 2019	$182,593	$0	$0
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
For the fiscal year August 31, 2021	$39,632	$0	$0
For the fiscal year August 31, 2020	$27,277	$0	$0
For the fiscal year August 31, 2019	$20,022	$0	$0
Global Equity Fund
For the fiscal year August 31, 2021	$54,959	$0	$0
For the fiscal year August 31, 2020	$19,365	$0	$0
For the fiscal year August 31, 2019	$10,249	$0	$0

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

U.S. Bank, N.A., (the “Custodian”), 1555 North RiverCenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, is custodian of the Funds’ assets pursuant to a custodian agreement (the “Custodian Agreement”).  Under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian: (a) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of the Funds; (b) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of the Funds; (c) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of the Funds; (d) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the Funds’ portfolio securities; and (e) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the Funds’ operations. The Custodian is authorized to select one or more banks or trust companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of the Funds, provided that the Custodian remains responsible for the performance of all of its duties under the Custodian Agreement and holds the Funds harmless from the acts and omissions of any affiliate, sub-custodian or domestic sub-custodian.  For its services to the Funds under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian receives a fee based on the Funds’ average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Funds. Fund Services and the Custodian are affiliates. 

41 

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund pursuant to a transfer agency and servicing agreement (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”), under which Fund Services:  (a) issues and redeems shares of the Funds; (b) addresses and mails all communications by the Funds to record owners of the shares, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy materials for its meetings of shareholders; (c) maintains shareholder accounts and, if requested, sub-accounts; and (d) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the operations of the Funds.  Fund Services may, subject to the Board’s approval, assign its duties as transfer and dividend disbursing agent to any affiliate. For its services to the Funds under the Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Services receives an annual fee based on the number of accounts in the Funds and the Funds’ average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Funds.

Fund Services also provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program.  In addition, Fund Services provides services relating to the implementation of the Funds’ Customer Identification Program, including verification of required customer information and the maintenance of records with respect to such verification.

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), whose principal business address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the underwriter to the Funds pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”).  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).  The Distributor is not affiliated with the Company or the Adviser.

Under the Distribution Agreement with the Funds, the Distributor ac111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the agent of the Company in connection with the continuous offering of shares of the Funds.  The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Funds on a best efforts basis.  The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares.  The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Company. The Distributor may enter into agreements with selected broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries for distribution of shares of the Funds.  With respect to certain financial intermediaries and related fund “supermarket” platform arrangements, the Funds and/or the Adviser, rather than the Distributor, typically enter into such agreements.  These financial intermediaries may charge a fee for their services and may receive shareholder service or other fees from parties other than the Distributor.  These financial intermediaries may otherwise act as processing agents and are responsible for promptly transmitting purchase, redemption and other requests to the Funds.

Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein.  Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares.  Investors purchasing shares of the Funds through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary.  The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the financial intermediary.  The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Funds for its distribution services except the distribution/service fees with respect to the shares of those classes for which a Rule 12b-1 distribution plan is effective.  The Adviser pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution-related services. 

42 

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities in accordance with the 1940 Act.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Company on behalf of the Funds on no less than 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Funds or by vote of a majority of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement, or by the Distributor, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).  The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the performance of the Distributor’s obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof.

Plan of Distribution

Class I Shares.  Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor acts as the agent of the Company in connection with the continuous offering of each Fund’s shares.  The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Funds on a best efforts basis.  The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares.  The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Company.  The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Company for the distribution of a Fund’s Class I shares; however, the Adviser pays an annual fee to the Distributor as compensation for underwriting services rendered to a Fund pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.

Class A Shares and Class C Shares.  Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement and the related Plans of Distribution for Class A Shares and Class C Shares (together, the Plans”), which were adopted by the Company in the manner prescribed by Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, the Distributor will act as the agent of the Company in connection with the continuous offering for the sale of the Class A Shares and Class C Shares, respectively.  The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Funds on a best efforts basis.  The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares.  The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Company.  Payments to the Distributor under the Plans are to compensate it for distribution assistance and expenses assumed and activities intended to result in the sale of Class A Shares and Class C Shares, including advertising, printing and mailing of prospectuses to others than current shareholders, compensation of underwriters, compensation to broker-dealers, compensation to sales personnel, and interest, carrying or other financing changes.  As compensation for its distribution services, the Distributor receives, pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, a distribution fee under the Plans, to be calculated daily and paid monthly by the Class A Shares and Class C Shares of a Fund at the annual rates set forth in the Funds’ Prospectus.

Among other things, the Plans provide that: (1) the Distributor shall be required to submit quarterly reports to the Directors of the Company regarding all amounts expended under the Plans and the purposes for which such expenditures were made, including commissions, advertising, printing, interest, carrying charges and any allocated overhead expenses; (2) the Plans will continue in effect only so long as they are approved at least annually, and any material amendment thereto is approved, by the Company’s Directors, including a majority of those Directors who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans or any agreements related to the Plans, acting in person at a meeting called for said purpose; (3) the aggregate amount to be spent by a Fund on the distribution of Class A Shares and Class C Shares under the respective Plans shall not be materially increased without shareholder approval; and (4) while the Plans remain in effect, the selection and nomination of the Company’s Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) shall be committed to the discretion of such Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company.

Mr. Sablowsky, a Director of the Company, has an indirect interest in the operation of the Plans by virtue of his position with Oppenheimer Co., Inc., a broker-dealer.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, total fees paid according to the Plans were as follows:

43 

	U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund		U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
	Class A  Shares	Class C  Shares	Class A  Shares	Class C  Shares
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$62,685	$28,106	$18,943	$1,104

The Funds made the following payments under the Plans for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021:

	U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund		U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
	Class A	Class C	Class A	Class C
Advertising	$0	$0	$0	$0
Printing/Postage	$0	$0	$0	$0
Compensation to distributor	$0	$0	$0	$0
Compensation to broker-dealers	$62,685	$28,106	$18,943	$1,104
Compensation to sales personnel	$0	$0	$0	$0
Interest, carrying, or other financing charges	$0	$0	$0	$0
Other uses	$0	$0	$0	$0

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Adviser and/or its affiliates, at their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Funds, their service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Funds and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares or provide services to the Funds, the Distributor or shareholders of the Funds through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets.  Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing a Fund in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about a Fund; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events.  The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in a Fund by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates.  A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow. 

44 

FUND TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies established by the Board and applicable rules, the Adviser is responsible for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage transactions for the Funds.  In executing portfolio transactions, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Funds, taking into account such factors as the price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of the order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved.  While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions.

Brokerage Transactions

Generally, equity securities, both listed and over-the-counter, are bought and sold through brokerage transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer’s mark-up or reflect a dealer’s mark-down. Money market securities and other debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, the Fund will not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer’s mark up or reflect a dealer’s mark down. When a Fund executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will generally deal with primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

In addition, the Adviser may place a combined order for two or more accounts they manage, including the Funds, engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security if, in its judgment, joint execution is in the best interest of each participant and will result in best price and execution. Transactions involving commingled orders are allocated in a manner deemed equitable to each account and each Fund. Although it is recognized that, in some cases, the joint execution of orders could adversely affect the price or volume of the security that a particular account or Fund may obtain, it is the opinion of the Adviser and the Board that the advantages of combined orders outweigh the possible disadvantages of separate transactions. Nonetheless, the Adviser believes that the ability of a Fund to participate in higher volume transactions will generally be beneficial to the Fund.

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Funds paid the following commissions to brokers on account of research services:

U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$	0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$	0
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$	0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$	0
Global Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$	0
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$	0

The following chart shows the aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the Funds for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

45 

U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	107,088
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$	165,489
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$	134,235
U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	28,132
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$	56,295
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$	44,119
Global Equity Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	32,174
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020	$	19,862
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019	$	5,632

Each Fund is required to identify any securities of the Company’s regular broker-dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents held by the Fund as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. As of August 31, 2021, no Fund held securities of its regular broker-dealers.

Brokerage Selection

The Company does not expect to use one particular broker or dealer, and when one or more brokers is believed capable of providing the best combination of price and execution, the Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to the Adviser. The Adviser may pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers in return for such services only if a good faith determination is made that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause a fund to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. In addition to agency transactions, the Adviser may receive brokerage and research services in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC guidance. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). In the case of research services, the Adviser believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to their investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Funds.

To the extent research services may be a factor in selecting brokers, such services may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies and securities as well as market, economic, or institutional areas and information which assists in the valuation and pricing of investments. Examples of research-oriented services for which the Adviser might utilize Fund commissions include research reports and other information on the economy, industries, sectors, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, political developments, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis. The Adviser may use research services furnished by brokers in servicing all client accounts and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. Information so received by the Adviser will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement. Any advisory or other fees paid to the Adviser are not reduced as a result of the receipt of research services. 

46 

In some cases, the Adviser may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the Adviser makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while the Adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the Adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the Adviser believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.

From time to time, the Funds may purchase new issues of securities for clients in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the Adviser with research services. FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

Read the Funds’ Prospectus for information regarding the purchase and redemption of Fund shares, including any applicable sales charges. The following information supplements information in the Funds’ Prospectus.

You may purchase shares through an account maintained by your brokerage firm, financial institutions and industry professionals (“Service Organizations”) and you may also purchase shares directly by mail or wire.  The Company reserves the right, if conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase of a Fund’s shares by making payment in whole or in part in securities chosen by the Company and valued in the same way as they would be valued for purposes of computing a Fund’s NAV.  If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction costs in converting these securities into cash.  A shareholder will also bear any market risk or tax consequences as a result of a payment in securities.  The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that a Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund. A shareholder will bear the risk of a decline in market value and any tax consequences associated with a redemption in securities.

Under the 1940 Act, the Company may suspend the right to redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which the SEC restricts trading on the NYSE or determines an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit.  (The Company may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

Shares of the Funds are subject to redemption by the Company, at the redemption price of such shares as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation: (1) to reimburse the Funds for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder as provided in the Prospectus from time to time; (2) if such redemption is, in the opinion of the Board, desirable in order to prevent the Company or the Funds from being deemed a “personal holding company” within the meaning of the Code; (3) or if the net income with respect to any particular class of common stock should be negative or it should otherwise be appropriate to carry out the Company’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

Each Fund has the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

Class A Shares of the Funds may be subject to sales charges as described below.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge on Certain Redemptions — Class A Shares ONLY. Purchases of $1,000,000 or more of Class A Shares are not subject to an initial sales charge; however, a contingent deferred sales charge is payable on these investments in the event of a share redemption within 18 months following the share purchase, at the rate of 1% of the lesser of the value of the shares redeemed (exclusive of reinvested dividends and capital gain distributions) or the total cost of such shares. In determining whether a contingent deferred sales charge is payable, and the amount of the charge, it is assumed that shares purchased with reinvested dividend and capital gain distributions and then other shares held the longest are the first redeemed. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the event of (a) the death or disability (as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Internal revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) of the shareholder, (b) a lump sum distribution from a benefit plan qualified under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or (c) systematic withdrawals from ERISA plans if the shareholder is at least 59 1/2 years old. The Fund applies the waiver for death or disability to shares held at the time of death or the initial determination of disability of either an individual shareholder or one who owns the shares of a joint tenant with the right of survivorship or as a tenant in common. Prior to January 1, 2018, Class A Shares (formerly, Retail Shares) of the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund were not subject to the front-end sales charge. 

47 

Reducing or Eliminating the Front-End Sales Charge — Class A Shares ONLY.

The Funds’ Class A Shares are offered to the public at NAV plus a front-end sales charge. You can reduce or eliminate the front-end sales charge on Class A Shares of the Funds as follows:

Quantity Discounts — Class A Shares ONLY. Purchases of at least $50,000 can reduce the sales charges you pay, and purchases of at least $1,000,000 can eliminate the sales charges you pay.

Rights of Accumulation. You will have the benefit of a reduced sales charge by combining your purchase of Class A shares of a Fund in a single transaction with your purchase of Class A shares of another Fund. You may also combine your new purchase of Class A shares of a Fund with Class C shares currently owned for the purpose of qualifying for the lower initial sales charge rates that apply to larger purchases. The applicable sales charge for the new purchase is based on the total of your current purchase and the current NAV of all other shares you own. You may combine your account, your spouse’s account, and the account(s) of your children under age 25.

This privilege is also extended to certain employee benefit plans and trust estates. The following purchases may be combined for purposes of determining the “Amount of Purchase:” (a) individual purchases, if made at the same time, by a single purchaser, the purchaser’s spouse and children under the age of 25 purchasing shares for their own accounts, including shares purchased by a qualified retirement Plan(s) exclusively for the benefit of such individual(s) (such as an IRA, individual-type section 403(b) plan or single-participant Keogh-type plan) or by a “Company,” as defined in Section 2(a)(8) of the 1940 Act, solely controlled as fined in the 1940 Act, by such individual(s), or (b) individual purchases by trustees or other fiduciaries purchase Shares (i) for a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account, including an employee benefit plan, or (ii) concurrently by two or more employee benefit plans for a single employer or of employers affiliated with each other in accordance with Section 2(a)(3)(c) of the 1940 Act (excluding in either case an employee benefit plan described in (a) above). Provided such trustees or other fiduciaries purchase shares in a single payment. Purchases made for nominee or street name accounts may not be combined with purchases made for such other accounts. You may also further discuss Rights of Accumulation with your Service Organizations.

You will need to provide written instruction with respect to the other accounts whose purchases should be considered in Rights of Accumulation.

Letter of Intent — Class A Shares ONLY. You can sign a Letter of Intent committing to purchase at least $50,000 in Class A Shares of the Funds within a 13-month period to combine such purchases in calculating the sales charge. A portion of your Fund shares will be held in escrow. If you complete your purchase commitments as stated in the Letter of Intent, your Fund shares held in escrow will be released to your account. If you do not fulfill the Letter of Intent, the appropriate amount of Fund shares held in escrow will be redeemed to pay the sales charges that were not applied to your purchases.

Dealer Reallowances — Class A Shares ONLY. As shown in the table below, the Distributor for the shares of the Funds, may provide dealer reallowances up to the full sales charge for purchases of the Funds’ Class A Shares in which a front-end sales charge is applicable.

48 

Amount of Purchase	Sales Charge as a of Offering  Price	Commission as a  % of Offering Price
Less than $50,000	5.25%	4.75%
At least $50,000 but less than $100,000	4.75%	4.25%
At least $100,000 but less than $250,000	3.50%	3.25%
At least $250,000 but less than $500,000	2.50%	2.25%
At least $500,000 but less than $750,000	2.00%	1.90%
At least $750,000 but less than $1,000,000	1.50%	1.45%
$1,000,000 or greater	None*	None *

* No sales charge is payable at the time of purchase on investments of $1,000,000 or more; however, a 1% contingent deferred sales charge is imposed in the event of redemption within 18 months following any such purchase.

Other Purchase Information

If shares of the Funds are held in a “street name” account with an authorized dealer, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the authorized dealer, and not by a Fund and its Transfer Agent.  Since the Funds will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the authorized dealer to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account.  The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with a Fund involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the authorized dealer.

Share Class Conversion

Some shareholders may hold shares of a Fund through fee-based programs, often referred to as "wrap accounts," that are managed by investment dealers, financial advisors or other investment professionals (each, a "wrap account intermediary"). A wrap account intermediary may impose eligibility requirements on a shareholder's participation in the fee-based program and ownership of shares through the program, which are additional to the ownership requirements described in a Fund’s Prospectus. Under the terms of its fee-based program, a wrap account intermediary may also be permitted to effect a conversion (sometimes referred to as an "in-kind exchange") of a shareholder's shares in a Fund, including those shares purchased by the shareholder during the shareholder's participation in the program, to a different class of shares of that Fund in situations when the shareholder no longer meets the wrap account intermediary's stated eligibility requirements for the ownership of the class of shares that the shareholder initially purchased. For example, the terms of its fee-based program may permit a wrap account intermediary to effect this type of conversion when a shareholder moves his position in a class of shares of a Fund out of the program that offered that class of shares and into a program or account through which the wrap account intermediary only offers a different class or classes of shares of that Fund. Under other circumstances, a financial intermediary may effect this type of conversion with respect to new clients who held one class of shares of a Fund before becoming a client of the intermediary, and who are eligible for a wrap account through which the intermediary offers a different class of shares of that Fund. Any such conversion by a wrap account intermediary will be made in accordance with the Prospectus of the applicable Fund, and will be made without the imposition by that Fund of any sales load, fee or other charge. The class of shares that a shareholder owns after the conversion may bear higher fees and expenses than the class of shares that the shareholder initially purchased.

If you own shares of a Fund through a fee-based program, you should consult with your wrap account intermediary to determine whether there are any additional eligibility requirements that the wrap account intermediary imposes on your participation in their program and your ownership of a Fund's shares through the program, and whether the wrap account intermediary prescribes any circumstances which may result in the type of share class conversion described herein. 

49 

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

The Company’s telephone transaction procedures include the following measures: (1) requiring the appropriate telephone transaction privilege forms; (2) requiring the caller to provide the names of the account owners, the account social security number and name of the Fund, all of which must match the Company’s records; (3) requiring the Company’s service representative to complete a telephone transaction form, listing all of the above caller identification information; (4) permitting exchanges (if applicable) only if the two account registrations are identical; (5) requiring that redemption proceeds be sent only by check to the account owners of record at the address of record, or by electronic funds transfer through the ACH network or by wire only to the owners of record at the bank account of record; (6) sending a written confirmation for each telephone transaction to the owners of record at the address of record within five (5) business days of the call; and (7) maintaining tapes of telephone transactions for six months, if the Company elects to record shareholder telephone transactions. For accounts held of record by broker-dealers, financial institutions, securities dealers, financial planners and other industry professionals, additional documentation or information regarding the scope of a caller’s authority is required. Finally, for telephone transactions in accounts held jointly, additional information regarding other account holders is required. Shares held in IRA accounts may be redeemed by telephone at 1-855-744-8500. Investors will be asked whether or not to withhold taxes from any distribution.

VALUATION OF SHARES

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the NAV per share of each Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to the Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of the Fund. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) or such other time as the NYSE or National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the NYSE is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The NYSE is generally closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The Company reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were initially processed at a NAV other than the Fund’s official closing NAV (as the same may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders based on the official closing NAV. The Company reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, the Fund may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

The securities of each Fund are valued under the direction of the Funds’ administrator and under the general supervision of the Board.  Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices.  Subject to the approval of the Board, the Funds may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments in determining the approximate market value of portfolio investments.  This may result in the investments being valued at a price that differs from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used.  All cash, receivables, and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their face value.  Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Funds’ Valuation Committee under the direction of the Board.

The procedures used by any pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the officers of the Company under the general supervision of the Board.

Each Fund may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges.  These securities may trade on weekends or other days when the Funds do not calculate NAV.  As a result, the value of these investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares. 

50 

TAXES

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Funds or their shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Code and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI.  Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

General

Each Fund qualified during its last taxable year and intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, each Fund generally is exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, each Fund must meet three important tests each year.

First, a Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, a Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

Each Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If a Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year a Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

As of August 31, 2021, the SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund had $1,114,136 of short-term and $1,232,765 of long-term capital loss carryovers, respectively.

Taxation of Certain Investments

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by a Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause a Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax.  Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. 

51 

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which a Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

State and Local Taxes

Although the Funds each expect to qualify as a “regulated investment company” and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, each Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, 89.123 billion shares have been classified into 202 classes. However, the Company only has approximately 53 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s charter, the Board has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

Each share that represents an interest in a Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the Fund with each other share that represents an interest in the Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in the Fund.  Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights.  When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law.  The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders owning at least ten percent of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

Holders of shares of each class of the Funds will vote in the aggregate and not by class on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2 the approval of an investment advisory agreement or distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio.  Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held.  Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above), or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting without regard to class (or portfolio). 

52 

MISCELLANEOUS

Anti-Money Laundering Program

The Funds have established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Funds’ Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures, and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program, and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that certain of their service providers have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new account applications. The Funds will not transact business with any person or legal entity whose identity and beneficial owners, if applicable, cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Counsel

The law firm of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as independent counsel to the Company and the Independent Directors.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, and in that capacity audits the Funds’ financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements and notes thereto in the Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 (the “Annual Report”) are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other parts of the Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements included in the Annual Report for each of the years presented for the U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund and the U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund and for the years ended August 31, 2021, 2020, 2019 and 2018 for the Global Equity Fund have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report also appears in the Annual Report and is incorporated by reference into this SAI. The financial statements for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 for the Global Equity Fund was audited by another independent registered public accounting firm. Such financial statements have been incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon such firms’ reports given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Copies of the Annual Report may be obtained at no charge by telephoning the Funds at the telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI. 

53 

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” – A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” – A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” – A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” – A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention. ¹Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” – Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

¹ A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

 A-1

“F2” – Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” – Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” – Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” – Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” – Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4” – Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” – Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” – Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues: 

 A-2

“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” – Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” – An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” – Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 A-3

“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” – Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” – Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” – Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present

“CCC” – A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC” – A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C” – A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA” – Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” – Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

 A-4

“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” – Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D” – A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

● Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

● Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” – A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” – A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” – A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D” – This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG Scale

“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interests payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade. 

 A-5

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer default ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue level ratings are also assigned, often include an expectation of recovery and may be notched above or below the issuer level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).

DBRS Morningstar offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market.Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on DBRS Morningstar’s quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. DBRS Morningstar issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, finalized, solicited, or unsolicited. From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued. DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees. 

 A-6

APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting

Issue

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires every investment adviser to adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients.  The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting.  The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request.  Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC does vote proxies on behalf of its clients.

Policy

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC does vote proxies on behalf of its clients.

Procedures:

1. Upon receipt of proxy voting request, review items to be voted upon and Board recommendations.

2. Log into the proper online voting site and vote in accordance with Board recommendations unless otherwise notified by the Investment Committee.

3. Document the company, items voted on, and how SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC voted on the proxy spreadsheet.

Procedures for SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s Receipt of Class Actions

The following procedures outline SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s receipt of “Class Action” documents from clients and custodians.  It is SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s position not to file these “Class Action” documents, but if received will follow these guidelines:

1.       If “Class Action” documents are received by SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC from the Client, SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion.  SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client. 

2.       Similarly, if “Class Action” documents are received by SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC from the Custodian, SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion.  SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client.

B-1

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SGI U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY VI PORTFOLIO

Ticker Symbol: SGIVX

December 31, 2021

Investment Adviser:

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC (the “Adviser”)

a series of THE RBB FUND, INC

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides supplementary information pertaining to the SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read only in conjunction with the Portfolio's Prospectus dated December 31, 2021 (the “Prospectus”). Investors in the Portfolio will be informed of the Portfolio’s progress through periodic reports. Financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually. Since the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, financial statements are not currently available. The Annual Report for this Portfolio will become available after the Portfolio has commenced investment operations and has completed its first fiscal year. Copies of the Prospectus and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, when available, may be obtained free of charge by calling toll-free 855-744-8500.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES		1
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS		1
NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS		6
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS		18
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS		19
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER		20
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY		20
CODE OF ETHICS		30
PROXY VOTING		30
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES		30
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES		30
INVESTMENT ADVISER		30
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS		31
ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT		32
CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT		33
TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT		33
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION		33
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES		34
FUND TRANSACTIONS		35
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION		36
TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES		37
VALUATION OF SHARES		37
TAXES		38
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES		40
MISCELLANEOUS		41
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		41
APPENDIX A	A-1
APPENDIX B	B-1

1 

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of 43 separate portfolios.  The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”) and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988.  This SAI pertains to the Portfolio, a diversified portfolio. Shares of the Portfolio may be purchased and held by the separate accounts (“Separate Accounts”) of participating insurance companies (“Participating Insurance Companies”) for the purpose of funding variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. Shares of the Portfolio are not offered directly to the general public. Summit Global Investments, LLC (“Summit” or the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Portfolio.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The following supplements the information contained in the Prospectus concerning the investment objectives and policies of the Portfolio.

The Portfolio seeks to outperform the S&P 500^® Index over a market cycle while reducing overall volatility. 

During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, the Portfolio may invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments that would not ordinarily be consistent with the Portfolio’s objective.

There can be no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.  The Portfolio may not necessarily invest in all of the instruments or use all of the investment techniques permitted by the Prospectus and this SAI, or invest in such instruments or engage in such techniques to the full extent permitted by the Portfolio’s investment policies and limitations.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

Cyber Security Risk. The Portfolio and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Portfolio to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Portfolio or the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Portfolio. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Portfolio’s ability to calculate its net asset value ("NAV"), cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Portfolio to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Portfolio may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Portfolio may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Portfolio’s investment in such companies to lose value. While the Portfolio and its service providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate cyber security risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated. Furthermore, the Portfolio has limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Portfolio or the Adviser.

Equity Securities.  Equity securities represent ownership interests in a company and consist of common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock.  Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which the Portfolio invests will cause the NAV of the Portfolio to fluctuate. The Portfolio purchases equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. Equity securities are described in more detail below:

1 

● Common Stock.  Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

● Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.

● Warrants.  Warrants are instruments that entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time.  Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security.  The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company.  A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.  These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

● Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by the Portfolio is called for redemption or conversion, the Portfolio could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at a price above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion.  The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities.  However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder.  When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase.  At the same time, however, the difference between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks. Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise.  Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.

● Small and Medium Capitalization Issuers.  Investing in equity securities of small and medium capitalization companies often involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in larger capitalization companies.  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of smaller size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of depth of management.  The securities of smaller companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and even if listed on a national securities exchange may not be traded in volumes typical for that exchange.  Consequently, the securities of smaller companies are less likely to be liquid, may have limited market stability, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general.

Foreign Custody Risk. The Portfolio may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Portfolio’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Portfolio’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

2 

Foreign Securities. Investments in foreign securities involve higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher transaction costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. In addition, foreign investments may include additional risks associated more or less foreign government regulation; less public information; less stringent investor protections; less stringent accounting, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosure standards; and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which the Portfolio may invest. Volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility or price can be greater than in the United States. Future political and economic information, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other governmental restrictions, might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on foreign obligations. Inability to dispose of securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to an underlying investment company due to subsequent declines in value of the securities, or, if the underlying investment company has entered into a contract to sell the securities, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth or gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States.

Settlement mechanics may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of an underlying investment company is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of an underlying investment company to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the underlying investment company to miss attractive investment opportunities.

The Portfolio values its securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. As a result, if the Portfolio invests in securities denominated in foreign currencies, the NAV of the Portfolio’s shares may fluctuate with U.S. dollar exchange rates as well as the price changes of the Portfolio’s securities in the various local markets and currencies. Thus, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the currencies in which the Portfolio makes its investments could reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the price of the Portfolio’s securities in their local markets. Conversely, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar may have the opposite effect of magnifying the effect of increases and reducing the effect of decreases in the prices of the Portfolio’s securities in its foreign markets. In addition to favorable and unfavorable currency exchange rate developments, the Portfolio is subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on convertibility of currency.

If the Portfolio invests in obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks (Eurodollars) and U.S. branches of foreign banks (Yankee dollars) or foreign branches of foreign banks, these investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities of U.S. banks, including potential unfavorable political and economic developments, different tax provisions, seizure of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations or other governmental restrictions which might affect payment of principal or interest. The Portfolio may also invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, including Yankee bonds, which are issued by foreign governments and their agencies and foreign corporations, but pay interest in U.S. dollars and are typically issued in the United States. 

European countries can be affected by the significant fiscal and monetary controls that the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.

3 

In June 2016, the United Kingdom ("UK") approved a referendum to leave the EU. The withdrawal, known colloquially as “Brexit”, was agreed to and ratified by the UK Parliament, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. It began an 11-month transition period in which to negotiate a new trading relationship for goods and services that ended on December 31, 2020. The UK and EU reached an agreement, effective January 1, 2021, on the terms of their future trading relationship, which principally relates to the trading of goods. Further discussions are to be held between the UK and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. Brexit may have significant political and financial consequences for the Eurozone markets, including greater volatility in the global stock markets and illiquidity, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, and an increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. At this time, the impact of Brexit cannot be predicted, however, market disruption in the EU and globally may have a negative effect on the value of a Portfolio’s investments. Additionally, the risks related to Brexit could be more pronounced if one or more additional EU member states seek to leave the EU.

Investment Company Shares.  The Portfolio may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Portfolio. The Portfolio’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying the Portfolio’s expenses. Unless an exception is available, Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act prohibits a portfolio from (i) acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any one investment company, (ii) investing more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, and (iii) investing more than 10% of its total assets in all investment companies combined.  These limits will not apply to the investment of uninvested cash balances in shares of registered or unregistered money market funds whether affiliated or unaffiliated.  The foregoing exemption, however, only applies to an unregistered money market fund that (i) limits its investments to those in which a money market fund may invest under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and (ii) undertakes to comply with all the other provisions of Rule 2a-7.

For hedging or other purposes, the Portfolio may invest in investment companies that seek to track the composition and/or performance of specific indexes or portions of specific indexes. Certain of these investment companies, known as exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), are traded on a securities exchange. The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with changes in the underlying portfolio securities of the investment company and also due to supply and demand of the investment company’s shares on the exchange upon which the shares are traded. Index-based investments may not replicate or otherwise match the composition or performance of their specified index due to transaction costs, among other things.

Investments by the Portfolio in other investment companies, including ETFs, will be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act except as permitted by SEC orders.  The Portfolio may rely on SEC orders that permit them to invest in certain ETFs beyond the limits contained in the 1940 Act, subject to certain terms and conditions.  Generally, these terms and conditions require Board to approve policies and procedures relating to certain of the Portfolio’s investments in ETFs.  These policies and procedures require, among other things, that (i) the Adviser conducts the Portfolio’s investment in ETFs without regard to any consideration received by the Portfolio or any of its affiliated persons and (ii) the Adviser certifies to the Board quarterly that it has not received any consideration in connection with an investment by the Portfolio in an ETF, or if it has, the amount and purpose of the consideration will be reported to the Board and an equivalent amount of advisory fees shall be waived by the Adviser.

Certain investment companies whose securities are purchased by the Portfolio may not be obligated to redeem such securities in an amount exceeding 1% of the investment company’s total outstanding securities during any period of less than 30 days.  Therefore, such securities that exceed this amount may be illiquid.

4 

If required by the 1940 Act, the Portfolio expects to vote the shares of other investment companies that are held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

The SEC recently adopted revisions to the rules permitting funds to invest in other investment companies to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework applicable to fund of funds arrangements. While new Rule 12d1-4 will permit more types of fund of fund arrangements without reliance on an exemptive order or no-action letters, it imposes new conditions, including limits on control and voting of acquired funds' shares, evaluations and findings by investment advisers, fund investment agreements, and limits on most three-tier fund structures. Rule 12d1-4 went into effect on January 19, 2021. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters is effective on January 19, 2022.

Real Estate Investment Trust Securities. The Portfolio may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). A REIT is a pooled investment vehicle that purchases primarily income-producing real estate, real estate-related loans or other real estate-related interests. The pooled vehicle then issues shares whose value and investment performance are dependent upon the investment performance of the underlying real estate-related investments. Individual REITs may own a limited number of properties and may concentrate in a particular region or property type. A REIT is a corporation, or a business trust that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation, which meets the definitional requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level Federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for Federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs) or cash and government securities, derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property, and distribute to shareholders annually a substantial portion of its otherwise taxable income.

Generally, REITs can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. The values of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They also are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code or to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. Unexpected high rates of default on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to a mortgage REIT. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. To the extent that a mortgage REIT’s portfolio is exposed to lower-rated, unsecured or subordinated instruments, the risk of loss may increase, which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio.

The REITs in which the Portfolio may invest may be affected by economic forces and other factors related to the real estate industry. REITs are sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Companies in the real estate industry may also be subject to liabilities under environmental and hazardous waste laws. REITS whose underlying assets include long-term health care properties; such as nursing, retirement and assisted living homes, may be impacted by federal regulations concerning the health care industry. The Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses, including management fees, paid by each REIT in which it invests in addition to the expenses of the Portfolio. The Portfolio is also subject to the risk that the REITs in which it invests will fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and/or fail to qualify for an exemption from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. A REIT’s return may be adversely affected when interest rates are high or rising.

Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500^®.

5 

Special Note Regarding Market Events.  Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market's expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of the Portfolio's investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Portfolio invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

Recent events are impacting the securities markets. An outbreak of respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus was first detected in December 2019 and has spread internationally. Governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world, such as the U.S. Federal Reserve, have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with changes to fiscal and monetary policy, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions, new monetary programs, and dramatically lower interest rates. Certain of those policy changes are being implemented or considered in response to the coronavirus outbreak. Such policy changes may adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend and interest paying securities.

In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on either specific securities or even the entire market, which may result in the Portfolio being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or to accurately price its investments. Although multiple asset classes may be affected by a market disruption, the duration and effects may not be the same for all types of assets. To the extent the Portfolio may overweight its investments in certain countries, companies, industries or market sectors, such position will increase the Portfolio's exposure to risk of loss from adverse developments affecting those countries, companies, industries or sectors. These conditions could result in the Portfolio's inability to achieve its investment objectives, cause the postponement of reconstitution or rebalance dates for benchmark indices, adversely affect the prices and liquidity of the securities and other instruments in which the Portfolio invests, negatively impact the Portfolio's performance, and cause losses on your investment in the Portfolio.

NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

Borrowing.  The Portfolio may borrow money from a bank equal to 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes to meet redemptions or to pay dividends.  Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the NAV of the Portfolio’s shares and in the return on the Portfolio's portfolio.  Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, the Portfolio’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding.  The Portfolio may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing.  The Portfolio may be required to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet its obligations in connection with such borrowings. In an interest rate arbitrage transaction, the Portfolio borrows money at one interest rate and lends the proceeds at another, higher interest rate.  These transactions involve a number of risks, including the risks that the borrower will fail or otherwise become insolvent or that there will be a significant change in prevailing interest rates. 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is the term used to designate unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities.  Maturities on these issues vary from a few to 270 days.

Corporate Obligations. The Portfolio may invest in debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations without limit on credit quality or maturity.  See Appendix “A” to this SAI for a description of corporate debt ratings. An issuer of debt obligations may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal. Also, changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value.

6 

Equity Swaps. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Portfolio may enter into equity swap contracts to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances in which direct investment is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable. Equity swaps may be used by the Portfolio for hedging purposes, in anticipation of the purchase of securities, for liquidity management purposes, or to seek to increase total return. The counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, a counterparty may agree to pay the Portfolio the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, the Portfolio may agree to pay to the counterparty the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in the stocks. Therefore, the return to the Portfolio on any equity swap contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Portfolio on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and the Portfolio may each agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks). 

The Portfolio will enter into equity swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, the Portfolio’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Portfolio is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash or liquid assets to cover the Portfolio’s obligations, the Portfolio and the Adviser believe that such transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolio’s borrowing restrictions. In addition, in October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Portfolio will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure, which the Portfolio currently does not expect to exceed, to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

The Portfolio will not enter into any swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims-paying ability of the other party is rated either A, or A-1 or better by S&P^® Global Ratings Services (“S&P”), or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”); or A or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or has received a comparable rating from another organization that is recognized as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”). If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

The use of equity swaps is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, the investment performance of the Portfolio would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used.  

Forward Commitment and When-Issued Transactions. The Portfolio may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis (subject to its investment policies and restrictions). These transactions involve a commitment by the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities at a future date (ordinarily one or two months later).  The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitments are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. The Portfolio will not enter into such transactions for the purpose of leverage.

7 

When-issued purchases and forward commitments enable the Portfolio to lock in what is believed by the Adviser to be an attractive price or yield on a particular security for a period of time, regardless of future changes in interest rates. For instance, in periods of rising interest rates and falling prices, the Portfolio might sell securities it owns on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to falling prices. In periods of falling interest rates and rising prices, the Portfolio might sell securities it owns and purchase the same or a similar security on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, thereby obtaining the benefit of currently higher yields. When-issued securities or forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date.

The value of securities purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and any subsequent fluctuations in their value are reflected in the computation of the Portfolio’s NAV starting on the date of the agreement to purchase the securities, and the Portfolio is subject to the rights and risks of ownership of the securities on that date. The Portfolio does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date. When the Portfolio makes a forward commitment to sell securities it owns, the proceeds to be received upon settlement are included in the Portfolio’s assets. Fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities are not reflected in the Portfolio’s NAV as long as the commitment to sell remains in effect. Settlement of when-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions generally takes place within two months after the date of the transaction, but the Portfolio may agree to a longer settlement period.

The Portfolio will make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued basis or to purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Portfolio may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into. The Portfolio also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Portfolio on the settlement date. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions, and its distributions from any net realized capital gains will be taxable to shareholders. When the Portfolio purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Portfolio or the custodian will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities having a value (determined daily) at least equal to the amount of the Portfolio’s purchase commitments. These procedures are designed to ensure that the Portfolio will maintain sufficient assets at all times to cover its obligations under when-issued purchases and forward commitments.

Futures and Options on Futures.  Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. The Portfolio will reduce the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts that are traded on a national futures exchange regulated by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).  The Portfolio may use futures contracts and related options for: bona fide hedging; attempting to offset changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of; attempting to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies; attempting to gain exposure to a particular market, index or instrument; or other risk management purposes. To the extent futures and/or options on futures are employed by the Portfolio, the Portfolio will limit such investments in commodity futures, commodity options contracts and swaps to below the de minimis thresholds adopted by the CFTC in its recent amendments to Rule 4.5 (see below for a description of these thresholds).  For this reason, the Adviser is not required to register as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act at this time.

With respect to investments in swap transactions, commodity futures, commodity options or certain other derivatives used for purposes other than bona fide hedging purposes, an investment company must meet one of the following tests under the amended regulations in order to claim an exemption from being considered a “commodity pool” or a CPO. First, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish an investment company’s positions in such investments may not exceed five percent (5%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments). Alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time of the most recent position established, may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the investment company may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps and derivatives markets. In the event that the Adviser was required to register as a CPO with respect to the Portfolio, the disclosure and operations of the Portfolio would need to comply with all applicable CFTC regulations.

8 

An index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the securities comprising the index is made; generally, contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contract.

When the Portfolio purchases or sells a futures contract, or sells an option thereon, the Portfolio is required to “cover” its position in order to limit leveraging and related risks.  To cover its position, the Portfolio may segregate (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) cash or liquid securities that, when added to any amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder. The segregated account functions as a practical limit on the amount of leverage which the Portfolio may undertake and on the potential increase in the speculative character of the Portfolio’s outstanding portfolio securities.  Additionally, such segregated accounts will generally assure the availability of adequate funds to meet the obligations of the Portfolio arising from such investment activities. In addition, in October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Portfolio will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure, which the Portfolio currently does not expect to exceed, to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

The Portfolio may also cover its long position in a futures contract by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price (i.e., an exercise price) as high or higher than the price of the futures contract.  In the alternative, if the strike price of the put is less than the price of the futures contract, the Portfolio will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract.  The Portfolio may also cover its long position in a futures contract by taking a short position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract.  The Portfolio may cover its short position in a futures contract by taking a long position in the instruments underlying the futures contracts, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract.

The Portfolio may cover its sale of a call option on a futures contract by taking a long position in the underlying futures contract at a price less than or equal to the strike price of the call option.  In the alternative, if the long position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price greater than the strike price of the written (sold) call, the Portfolio will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the call and the price of the futures contract.  The Portfolio may also cover its sale of a call option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the call option.  The Portfolio may cover its sale of a put option on a futures contract by taking a short position in the underlying futures contract at a price greater than or equal to the strike price of the put option, or, if the short position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price less than the strike price of the written put, the Portfolio will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract.  The Portfolio may also cover its sale of a put option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the put option.

There are significant risks associated with the Portfolio’s use of futures contracts and related options, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on the Adviser’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by the Portfolio and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and options on futures. In addition, some strategies reduce the Portfolio’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure.

9 

Illiquid Investments.  Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, the Portfolio may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment as defined in Rule 22e-4 is an investment that the Portfolio reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. To the extent an investment held by the Portfolio is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Portfolio will be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

The Company has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4. If the limitation on illiquid investments is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required, to the SEC.

Inflation-Protected Securities. The Portfolio may invest in inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, known as “TIPs” or “Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities,” which are debt securities whose principal and interest payments are adjusted for inflation and interest is paid on the adjusted amount. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, such as the consumer price index. A fixed coupon rate is applied to the inflation-adjusted principal so that as inflation rises, both the principal value and the interest payments increase. This can provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of the investment. Inflation-protected securities normally will decline in price when real interest rates rise. (A real interest rate is calculated by subtracting the inflation rate from a nominal interest rate. For example, if a 10-year Treasury note is yielding 5% and inflation is 2%, the real interest rate is 3%.) If inflation is negative, the principal and income of an inflation-protected security will decline and could result in losses for the Portfolio.

Any increase in principal for an inflation-protected security resulting from inflation adjustments is considered by Internal Revenue Service regulations to be taxable income in the year it occurs. For direct holders of an inflation-protected security, this means that taxes must be paid on principal adjustments even though these amounts are not received until the bond matures. By contrast, the Portfolio holding these securities distributes both interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments in the form of cash or reinvested shares, which are taxable to shareholders.

Initial Public Offerings. To the extent consistent with its investment policies and limitations, the Portfolio may purchase stock in an initial public offering (“IPO”). An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public. Risks associated with IPOs may include considerable fluctuation in the market value of IPO shares due to certain factors, such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, a limited number of shares available for trading, lack of information about the issuer and limited operating history. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the underlying investment company. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investments in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, the Portfolio may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Portfolio’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Portfolio, such as commissions and transaction costs. In addition, the Portfolio cannot guarantee continued access to IPOs.

Large Shareholder Purchase and Redemption Risk. The Portfolio may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Portfolio.  Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Portfolio to sell its securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV and liquidity.  Similarly, large share purchases may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance to the extent that the Portfolio is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would.  In addition, a large redemption could result in the Portfolio’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Portfolio’s expense ratio.  However, this risk may be limited to the extent that the Adviser and the Portfolio have entered into a fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement arrangement.

10 

LIBOR Risk. Many financial instruments may be tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE Benchmark Administrator have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve's Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Portfolio. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Portfolio will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Portfolio until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled.

Money Market Securities.  During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, the Portfolio may invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments (the types of which are discussed below) that would not ordinarily be consistent with the Portfolio’s objective.  For purposes of these policies, money market securities include (i) short-term U.S. government securities, including custodial receipts evidencing separately traded interest and principal components of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury; (ii) commercial paper rated in the highest short-term rating category by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”), such as S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase; (iii) short-term bank obligations (certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of U.S. domestic banks, foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks, and commercial banks with assets of at least $1 billion as of the end of their most recent fiscal year; and (iv) repurchase agreements involving such securities.  Each of these types of money market securities is discussed in more detail below. For a description of ratings, see Appendix A to this SAI. 

Obligations of Domestic Banks, Foreign Banks and Foreign Branches of U.S. Banks.  The Portfolio may invest in obligations issued by banks and other savings institutions. Investments in bank obligations include obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks.  Such investments in domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks may involve risks that are different from investments in securities of domestic branches of U.S. banks.  These risks may include future unfavorable political and economic developments, possible withholding taxes on interest income, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations, or other governmental restrictions which might affect the payment of principal or interest on the securities held by the Portfolio. Additionally, these institutions may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.  In addition, investments in bank loans may not be deemed to be securities and may not have the protections of the federal securities laws. Bank obligations include the following:

● Bankers’ Acceptances.  Bankers’ acceptances are bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a commercial bank.  Corporations use bankers’ acceptances to finance the shipment and storage of goods and to furnish dollar exchange.  Maturities are generally six months or less.

11 

● Certificates of Deposit.  Certificates of deposit are interest-bearing instruments with a specific maturity.  They are issued by banks and savings and loan institutions in exchange for the deposit of funds and normally can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity.  Certificates of deposit with penalties for early withdrawal will be considered illiquid.

● Time Deposits.  Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds.  Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market.  Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty or that mature in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

Options.  The Portfolio may purchase and write put and call options on securities and securities indices and enter into related closing transactions. A put option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period. A call option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period.  The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract.

Put and call options on securities indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number. Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities.

All options written on indices or securities must be covered. When the Portfolio writes an option on a security or an index, it will establish a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the option and will maintain the account while the option is open or will otherwise cover the transaction.

The Portfolio may trade put and call options on securities and securities indices, as the Adviser determines is appropriate in seeking the Portfolio’s investment objective, and except as restricted by the Portfolio’s investment limitations.  See “Investment Limitations.”

The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an “opening transaction.” In order to close out an option position, the Portfolio may enter into a “closing transaction,” which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened. If the Portfolio is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Portfolio delivers the security upon exercise.

The Portfolio may purchase put and call options on securities to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that the Portfolio may seek to purchase in the future. The Portfolio purchasing put and call options pays a premium therefor. If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for the Portfolio, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of the Portfolio’s securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may write covered call options on securities as a means of increasing the yield on its assets and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value. When the Portfolio writes an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and the Portfolio will realize as profit the premium received for such option. When a call option of which the Portfolio is the writer is exercised, the Portfolio will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price. When a put option of which the Portfolio is the writer is exercised, the Portfolio will be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the market value of such securities.

12 

The Portfolio may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter. Over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. It is the SEC’s position that OTC options are generally illiquid.

The market value of an option generally reflects the market price of an underlying security. Other principal factors affecting market value include supply and demand, interest rates, the pricing volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date.

Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while the Portfolio will receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security.

Pandemic Risk. Disease outbreaks that affect local economies or the global economy may materially and adversely impact the Portfolio and/or the Adviser’s business.  For example, uncertainties regarding the novel Coronavirus ("COVID-19") outbreak have resulted in serious economic disruptions across the globe. These types of outbreaks can be expected to cause severe decreases in core business activities such as manufacturing, purchasing, tourism, business conferences and workplace participation, among others. These disruptions lead to instability in the market place, including stock market losses and overall volatility, as has occurred in connection with COVID-19. In the face of such instability, governments may take extreme and unpredictable measures to combat the spread of disease and mitigate the resulting market disruptions and losses. The Adviser has in place business continuity plans reasonably designed to ensure that it maintains normal business operations, and it periodically tests those plans. However, in the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Adviser or the Portfolio's service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

Repurchase Agreements.  The Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements with financial institutions. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which the Portfolio acquires a fixed income security (generally a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance, or a certificate of deposit) from a commercial bank, broker, or dealer, and simultaneously agrees to resell such security to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next business day).  Because the security purchased constitutes collateral for the repurchase obligation, a repurchase agreement may be considered a loan that is collateralized by the security purchased. The acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities as long as the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities is collateralized fully.  The Portfolio follows certain procedures designed to minimize the risks inherent in such agreements. These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with creditworthy financial institutions whose condition will be continually monitored by the Adviser. The repurchase agreements entered into by the Portfolio will provide that the underlying collateral at all times shall have a value at least equal to 102% of the resale price stated in the agreement and consist only of securities permissible under Section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code (the Adviser monitors compliance with this requirement). Under all repurchase agreements entered into by the Portfolio, the custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Portfolio will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercising of the Portfolio’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Portfolio could suffer a loss. It is the current policy of the Portfolio not to invest in repurchase agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment, together with any other illiquid assets held by the Portfolio, amounts to more than 15% of the Portfolio’s total assets. The investments of the Portfolio in repurchase agreements, at times, may be substantial when, in the view of the Adviser, liquidity or other considerations so warrant.

13 

Restricted Securities.  The Portfolio may purchase securities which are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (“1933 Act”) but which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Restricted Securities”). These securities will not be considered illiquid so long as it is determined by the Adviser that an adequate trading market exists for the securities. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in an underlying investment company during any period that qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing restricted securities.  In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser may consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the unregistered nature of the security; (2) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (3) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of Restricted Securities normally reflect a discount from the price at which such securities trade when they are not restricted, since the restriction makes them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market price is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the Restricted Securities and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

As consistent with the Portfolio’s respective investment objective, the Portfolio may also invest in Section 4(2) commercial paper. Section 4(2) commercial paper is issued in reliance on an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act and is generally sold to institutional investors who purchase for investment. Any resale of such commercial paper must be in an exempt transaction, usually to an institutional investor through the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in such commercial paper. The Company believes that Section 4(2) commercial paper is liquid to the extent it meets the criteria established by the Board. The Company intends to treat such commercial paper as liquid and not subject to the investment limitations applicable to illiquid securities or restricted securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to portfolio securities for temporary purposes (such as to obtain cash to meet redemption requests) when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed disadvantageous or inconvenient by the Adviser. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Portfolio subject to the Portfolio’s agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and rate of interest. Such agreements may be considered borrowings under the 1940 Act and may be entered into only for temporary or emergency purposes. While reverse repurchase transactions are outstanding, the Portfolio will maintain in a segregated account with the Portfolio’s custodian or a qualified sub-custodian, cash or liquid securities of an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities, plus accrued interest, subject to the agreement and will monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Portfolio may decline below the price of the securities the Portfolio is obligated to repurchase and the interest received on the cash exchanged for the securities.

Rights Offerings and Purchase Warrants.  Rights offerings and purchase warrants are privileges issued by a corporation which enable the owner to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short lifespan to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Portfolio could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the right’s or warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Risk Considerations of Lower Rated Securities. The Portfolio may invest in fixed income securities that are not investment grade but are rated as low as B by Moody’s or B by S&P (or their equivalents or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality). In the case of a security that is rated differently by two or more rating services, the higher rating is used in connection with the foregoing limitation. In the event that the rating on a security held in the Portfolio’s portfolio is downgraded by a rating service, such action will be considered by the Adviser in its evaluation of the overall investment merits of that security, but will not necessarily result in the sale of the security. The widespread expansion of government, consumer and corporate debt within the U.S. economy has made the corporate sector, especially cyclically sensitive industries, more vulnerable to economic downturns or increased interest rates. An economic downturn could severely disrupt the market for high yield fixed income securities and adversely affect the value of outstanding fixed income securities and the ability of the issuers to repay principal and interest.

14 

The Portfolio may invest in high yield debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations. The Portfolio will invest in high yield debt instruments when the Adviser believes that such instruments offer a better risk/reward profile than comparable equity opportunities. High yield fixed income securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative investments while generally providing greater income than investments in higher rated securities, involve greater risk of loss of principal and income (including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities) and may involve greater volatility of price (especially during periods of economic uncertainty or change) than securities in the higher rating categories. Since yields vary over time, no specific level of income can ever be assured.

The prices of high yield fixed income securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments but more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments. Also, during an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress, which would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet projected business goals and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a fixed income security owned by the Portfolio defaulted, the Portfolio could incur additional expenses in attempting to obtain a recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high yield fixed income securities and the Portfolio’s NAV to the extent it holds such securities.

High yield fixed income securities also present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high yield fixed income securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Portfolio may, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities, have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which may result in a decreased return for investors. Conversely, a high yield fixed income security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of the Portfolio’s assets, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities.  In addition, to the extent that there is no established retail secondary market, there may be thin trading of high yield fixed income securities, and this may have an impact on the Adviser’s ability to accurately value such securities and the Portfolio’s assets and on the Portfolio’s ability to dispose of such securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield fixed income securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

New laws proposed or adopted from time to time may have an impact on the market for high yield securities.

Finally, there are risks involved in applying credit or dividend ratings as a method for evaluating high yield securities. For example, ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest or dividend payments, not market value risk of high yield securities. Also, since rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, the Portfolio will continuously monitor the issuers of high yield securities in its portfolio, if any, to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the security’s liquidity so the Portfolio can meet redemption requests.

Risk Considerations of Medium Grade Securities.  Debt obligations in the lowest investment grade (i.e., BBB or Baa), referred to as “medium grade” obligations, have speculative characteristics, and changes in economic conditions and other factors are more likely to lead to weakened capacity to make interest payments and repay principal on these obligations than is the case for higher rated securities. In the event that a security purchased by the Portfolio is subsequently downgraded below investment grade, the Adviser will consider such event in its determination of whether the Portfolio should continue to hold the security.

Securities Lending.  The Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to financial institutions. Such loans would involve risks of delay in receiving additional collateral in the event the value of the collateral decreases below the value of the securities loaned or of delay in recovering the securities loaned or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, loans will be made only to borrowers which the Adviser deems to be of good standing and only when, in the Adviser’s judgment, the income to be earned from the loans justifies the attendant risks. The Portfolio may not make loans in excess of 33^1/3% of the value of its total assets. The Portfolio may pay a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral, or other fee, to an unaffiliated or, to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder, affiliated third party for acting as the Portfolio’s securities lending agent.

15 

By lending its securities, the Portfolio may increase its income by receiving payments from the borrower that reflect the amount of any interest or any dividends payable on the loaned securities as well as by either investing cash collateral received from the borrower in short-term instruments or obtaining a fee from the borrower when U.S. government securities or letters of credit are used as collateral. The Portfolio does not have the right to vote loaned securities. The Portfolio may attempt to call loaned securities back to permit the exercise of voting rights if time and jurisdictional restrictions permit. There is no guarantee that all loans can be recalled.

Special Situation Companies. The Portfolio may invest in “Special Situations.” The term “Special Situation” shall be deemed to refer to a security of a company in which an unusual and possibly non-repetitive development is taking place which, in the opinion of the Adviser, may cause the security to attain a higher market value independently, to a degree, of the trend in the securities market in general. The particular development (actual or prospective), which may qualify a security as a Special Situation, may be one of many different types.

Such developments may include, among others, a technological improvement or important discovery or acquisition which, if the expectation for it materialized, would effect a substantial change in the company’s business; a reorganization; a recapitalization or other development involving a security exchange or conversion; a merger, liquidation or distribution of cash, securities or other assets; a breakup or workout of a holding company; litigation which, if resolved favorably, would improve the value of the company’s stock; a new or changed management; or material changes in management policies. A Special Situation may often involve a comparatively small company, which is not well known, and which has not been closely watched by investors generally, but it may also involve a large company. The fact, if it exists, that an increase in the company’s earnings, dividends or business is expected, or that a given security is considered to be undervalued, would not in itself be sufficient to qualify as a Special Situation. The Portfolio may invest in securities (even if not Special Situations) which, in the opinion of the Adviser, are appropriate investments for the Portfolio, including securities which the Adviser believes are undervalued by the market. The Portfolio is not required to invest any minimum percentage of their aggregate portfolio in “Special Situations,” nor are they required to invest any minimum percentage of their aggregate portfolio in securities other than “Special Situations.”

Temporary Defensive Positions.  In anticipation of or in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the Portfolio may take temporary defensive positions (up to 100% of its assets) in cash, cash equivalents and all types of money market and short-term debt securities. If the Portfolio were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time.

U.S. Government Securities.  The Portfolio may invest in U.S. government securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities include U.S. Treasury securities, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury and which differ only in their interest rates, maturities, and times of issuance. U.S. Treasury bills have initial maturities of one-year or less; U.S. Treasury notes have initial maturities of one to ten years; and U.S. Treasury bonds generally have initial maturities of greater than ten years.  Certain U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, obligations of U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities such as Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Small Business Administration, the Federal Farm Credit Administration, the Federal Home Loan Banks, Banks for Cooperatives (including the Central Bank for Cooperatives), the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Commodity Credit Corporation, the Federal Financing Bank, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (“Farmer Mac”).

16 

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, including, for example, Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those securities issued by Fannie Mae, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the federal agency, while other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, while the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored federal agencies, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will always do so, since the U.S. government is not so obligated by law. U.S. Treasury notes and bonds typically pay coupon interest semi-annually and repay the principal at maturity.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been operating under conservatorship, with the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”) acting as their conservator, since September 2008. The entities are dependent upon the continue support of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and FHFA in order to continue their business operations. These factors, among others, could affect the future status and role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the values of their securities and the securities which they guarantee.

There is risk that the U.S. government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. The Portfolio may purchase U.S. government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities held by the Portfolio may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

● U.S. Treasury Obligations.  U.S. Treasury obligations consist of bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”) and Treasury Receipts (“TRs”).

● Receipts.  Interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. government obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. government obligations into a special account at a custodian bank.  The custodian bank holds the interest and principal payments for the benefit of the registered owners of the certificates or receipts.  The custodian bank arranges for the issuance of the certificates or receipts evidencing ownership and maintains the register. TRs and STRIPS are interests in accounts sponsored by the U.S. Treasury.  Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities.

● U.S. Government Zero Coupon Securities.  STRIPS and receipts are sold as zero coupon securities, that is, fixed income securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons.  Zero coupon securities are sold at a (usually substantial) discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal.  The amount of this discount is accreted over the life of the security, and the accretion constitutes the income earned on the security for both accounting and tax purposes.  Because of these features, the market prices of zero coupon securities are generally more volatile than the market prices of securities that have similar maturity but that pay interest periodically.  Zero coupon securities are likely to respond to a greater degree to interest rate changes than are non-zero coupon securities with similar maturity and credit qualities.

● U.S. Government Agencies.  Some obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies of the U.S. government are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.  Guarantees of principal by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government may be a guarantee of payment at the maturity of the obligation so that in the event of a default prior to maturity there might not be a market and thus no means of realizing on the obligation prior to maturity. Guarantees as to the timely payment of principal and interest do not extend to the value or yield of these securities nor to the value of the Portfolio’s shares.

17 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Portfolio has adopted the following fundamental investment limitations which may not be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Portfolio’s outstanding shares (as defined in Section 2(a) (42) of the 1940 Act). As used in this SAI and in the Prospectus, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding shares” of the Portfolio means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares of the Portfolio represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio are present in person or by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio. Unless otherwise noted, the Portfolio’s investment goals and strategies described in the Prospectus may be changed by the Board without the approval of the Portfolio’s shareholders.

The Portfolio may not:

1. Borrow money or issue senior securities, except that the Portfolio may borrow from banks and enter into reverse repurchase agreements provided that there is at least 300% asset coverage for the borrowings of the Portfolio. The Portfolio may not mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any assets, except in connection with any such borrowing and then in amounts not in excess of one-third of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets at the time of such borrowing. However, the amount shall not be in excess of lesser of the dollar amounts borrowed or 33^1/3% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets at the time of such borrowing, provided that: (a) short sales and related borrowings of securities are not subject to this restriction; and (b) for the purposes of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to options, short sales, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, collateral arrangements with respect to initial and variation margin and collateral arrangements with respect to derivatives instruments are not deemed to be a pledge or other encumbrance of assets. Securities held in escrow or separate accounts in connection with the Portfolio’s investment practices are not considered to be borrowings or deemed to be pledged for purposes of this limitation;

2. Act as an underwriter of securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act, except insofar as it might be deemed to be an underwriter upon disposition of certain portfolio securities acquired within the limitation on purchases of restricted securities;

3. Purchase or sell real estate (including real estate limited partnership interests), provided that the Portfolio may invest: (a) in securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; or (b) in real estate investment trusts;

4. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Portfolio may purchase and sell options, futures contracts and related options on such futures contracts;

5. Make loans, except through loans of portfolio securities and repurchase agreements, provided that for purposes of this restriction the acquisition of bonds, debentures or other debt instruments or interests therein and investment in government obligations, loan participations and assignments, short-term commercial paper, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances shall not be deemed to be the making of a loan;

6. Invest 25% or more of its total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services, for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry; or

7. Purchase the securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, if immediately after and as a result of such purchase, more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be owned by the Portfolio, except that up to 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested without regard to such limitations.

18 

In addition to the fundamental investment limitations specified above, the Portfolio is subject to the following non-fundamental limitations, which may be changed without shareholder approval, in compliance with applicable law and regulatory policy. The Portfolio may not:

1. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, but investments by the Portfolio in wholly-owned investment entities created under the laws of certain countries will not be deemed the making of investments for the purpose of exercising control or management; or

2. Purchase securities on margin, except that the Portfolio may use margin to the extent necessary to engage in short sales and may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of portfolio transactions; and provided that margin deposits in connection with options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

The Portfolio may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act. As a shareholder of another investment company, the Portfolio would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that the Portfolio bears directly in connection with its own operations.

Securities held by the Portfolio generally may not be purchased from, sold or loaned to the Adviser or its affiliates or any of their directors, officers or employees, acting as principal, unless pursuant to a rule or exemptive order under the 1940 Act.

If a percentage restriction under one of the Portfolio’s investment policies or limitations or the use of assets is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentages resulting from changing values will not be considered a violation (except with respect to any restrictions that may apply to borrowings or senior securities issued by the Portfolio).

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Portfolio, a policy relating to the selective disclosure of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings by the Adviser, Board, officers, or third party service providers, in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Portfolio shareholders.  The policies relating to the disclosure of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Portfolio’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Portfolio.  It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities.  As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR, Form N-CEN, and Form N-PORT, or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

Generally, after the 30th business day of the month following each calendar quarter end, the Portfolio may provide, at the Adviser’s discretion, its portfolio holdings to various rating and ranking organizations. In addition, generally after the 30th business day of the month following each calendar quarter end, the Portfolio may post to its website a list of its top ten holdings or full portfolio holdings at the discretion of the Adviser. The timing, frequency and type (i.e., ratings/rankings/holdings) of disclosure may change at the Adviser’s discretion, as well as whether to post to the Portfolio’s website.

19 

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include U.S. Bank, N.A., the custodian; U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Fund Services”), the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; Ernst & Young LLP, the Portfolio's independent registered public accounting firm; Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; FilePoint, the financial printer; the Portfolio’s proxy voting service(s); and the Company’s liquidity classification agent. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Portfolio.  Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions).  Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in the Portfolio's portfolio.

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to (i) certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information and (ii) financial consultants to assist them in determining the suitability of the Portfolio as an investment for their clients, in each case in accordance with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the Company’s and the Adviser’s fiduciary duties to Portfolio shareholders.  Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.  The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings.  The Board or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of the Portfolio.

The Board provides ongoing oversight of the Company’s policies and procedures and compliance with such policies and procedures.  As part of this oversight function, the Board receives from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures.  In addition, the Board receives an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the policies and procedures with respect to the Portfolio, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures.  Any violation of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violation must be reported by the Adviser, director, officers or third party service providers to the Company’s CCO, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

Portfolio turnover measures the percentage of the Portfolio’s total portfolio market value that was purchased or sold during the period. The Portfolio's turnover rate provides an indication of how transaction costs (which are not included in the Portfolio’s expenses) may affect the Portfolio’s performance. Also, funds with a high turnover may be more likely to distribute capital gains that may be taxable to shareholders.

No portfolio turnover information is provided as the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board of Directors, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter. The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers. The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Directors.” Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.” The Board is currently composed of seven Independent Directors and one Interested Director. The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman. Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

20 

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

The Board has established seven standing committees — Audit, Contract, Executive, Nominating and Governance, Product Development, Regulatory Oversight, and Valuation Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section entitled “Standing Committees.”

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

21 

Directors and Executive Officers

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their ages, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below.

22 

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office  and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s)  During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by  Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 88	Director	1988 to present	From 1969 to 2011, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).	50	AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies).
Gregory P. Chandler  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 55	Director	2012 to present	Since 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Herspiegel Consulting LLC (life sciences consulting services); 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Avocado Systems Inc. (cyber security software provider); 2009-2020, Chief Financial Officer, Emtec, Inc. (information technology consulting/services).	50	FS Energy and Power Fund (business development company); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Lisa A. Dolly  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI, 53202  Age: 55	Director	October 2021 to present	From July 2019-December 2019, Chairman, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm); January 2016-June 2019, Chief Executive Officer, Pershing, LLC.	50	Allfunds Group PLC (United Kingdom wealthtech and fund distribution provider); Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (trade association for broker dealers, investment banks and asset managers); Hightower Advisors (wealth management firm).
Nicholas A. Giordano  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 78	Director	2006 to present	Since 1997, Consultant, financial services organizations.	50	IntriCon Corporation (biomedical device manufacturer); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Arnold M. Reichman  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 73	Chairman Director	2005 to present 1991 to present	Retired.	50	EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company).

23 

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office  and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s)  During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by  Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
Brian T. Shea  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 61	Director	2018 to present	From 2014-2017, Chief Executive Officer, BNY Mellon Investment Services (fund services, global custodian and securities clearing firm); from 1983-2014, Chief Executive Officer and various positions, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm).	50	Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (financial services technology company); Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (financial services company).
Robert A. Straniere  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 80	Director	2006 to present	Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City; since 1980, Founding Partner, Straniere Law Group (law firm).	50	None.
INTERESTED DIRECTOR2
Robert Sablowsky  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 83	Vice Chairman Director	2016 to present 1991 to present	Since 2002, Senior Director – Investments and prior thereto, Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).	50	None.
OFFICERS
Salvatore Faia, JD,  CPA, CFE  Vigilant Compliance, LLC  Gateway Corporate  Center, Suite 216  223 Wilmington West  Chester Pike  Chadds Ford, PA 19317  Age: 59	President Chief Compliance Officer	2009 to present 2004 to present	Since 2004, President, Vigilant Compliance, LLC (investment management services company); since 2005, Independent Trustee of EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company); Since 2021, President and Chief Compliance Officer of Penn Capital Funds Trust.	N/A	N/A
James G. Shaw  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 61	Treasurer  and  Secretary	2016 to present	Treasurer and Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2016) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2005 to 2016, Assistant Treasurer of The RBB Fund, Inc.; from 1995 to 2016, Senior Director and Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company).	N/A	N/A

24 

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office  and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s)  During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by  Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
Craig A. Urciuoli 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 47	Director of Marketing & Business Development	2019 to present	Director of Marketing & Business Development of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2019) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2000-2019, Managing Director, Third Avenue Management LLC (investment advisory firm).	N/A	N/A
Jennifer Witt  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 39	Assistant Treasurer	2018 to present	Since 2020, Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm); from 2016 to 2020, Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services; from 2007 to 2016, Supervisor, Nuveen Investments (registered investment company).	N/A	N/A
Edward Paz  615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202  Age: 50	Assistant Secretary	2016 to present	Since 2007, Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm).	N/A	N/A
Michael P. Malloy  One Logan Square  Suite 2000  Philadelphia, PA 19103  Age: 62	Assistant Secretary	1999 to present	Since 1993, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A
Jillian L. Bosmann  One Logan Square, Suite 2000  Philadelphia, PA 19103  Age: 42	Assistant Secretary	2017 to present	Since 2017, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm)	N/A	N/A

* Each Director oversees 50 portfolios of the fund complex, consisting of the series in the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust (7 portfolios).

1. Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until his or successor is elected and qualified or his or her death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. The Board has approved waivers of the policy with respect to Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, Sablowsky and Straniere. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

2. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and is referred to as an “Interested Director.” Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as a senior officer of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years.  Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director.  The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive-level management experience in the cable television and communications industry.  Mr. Chandler has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the investment technology consulting/services and investment banking/brokerage industries, and also serves on various boards. Ms. Dolly has over three decades of experience in the financial services industry, and she has demonstrated her leadership and management abilities by serving in numerous senior executive-level positions. Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies. Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience.  Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the financial services industry. Mr. Shea has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the brokerage, clearing, and investment services industry, including service on the boards of industry regulatory organizations and a university.  Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company. 

25 

Standing Committees

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler and Giordano. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Contract Committee. The Board has a Contract Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Contract Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Contract Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the approval and continuation of agreements and plans of the Company. The Contract Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Giordano, Reichman and Sablowsky. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Product Development Committee. The Board has a Product Development Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Product Development Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Reichman, Sablowsky and Shea. The Product Development Committee oversees the process regarding the addition of new investment advisers and investment products to the Company. The Product Development Committee convened three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Reichman, Sablowsky, Shea and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

26 

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee comprised of the Interested Director and two officers of the Company. The members of the Valuation Committee are Messrs. Faia, Sablowsky and Shaw. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing fair value determinations. The Valuation Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Risk Oversight

The Board performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s CCO.  The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk.  Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs.  Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s CCO to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues.  The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees.  For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.  The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in all of the portfolios of the Company (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him or her), as of December 31, 2020. Shares of the Portfolio are offered only to Separate Accounts of Participating Insurance Companies for the purpose of funding various annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies and are not available for direct investment by the Directors.

27 

Name of Director	Dollar Range of  Equity Securities   in the Portfolio	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Director within the Family of Investment Companies
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky	None	Over $100,000
Gregory P. Chandler	None	Over $100,000
Lisa A. Dolly1	None	None
Nicholas A. Giordano	None	$10,001-$50,000
Arnold M. Reichman	None	Over $100,000
Brian T. Shea	None	$1-$10,000
Robert A. Straniere	None	$1-$10,000
INTERESTED DIRECTOR
Robert Sablowsky	None	Over $100,000

¹ Ms. Dolly began service as a Director effective October 1, 2021

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust, based on an allocation formula, pay each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $13,500 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each receives an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each receives an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

From April 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $10,000 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each received an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof.  An employee of Vigilant Compliance, LLC serves as President and CCO of the Company. Vigilant Compliance, LLC is compensated for the services provided to the Company, and such compensation is determined by the Board.  For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance LLC received $690,000 in the aggregate from all series of the Company for its services. Employees of the Company serve as Treasurer, Secretary, and Director of Marketing & Business Development and are compensated for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from the Company in the following amounts: 

28 

Name of Director/Officer	Aggregate Compensation   from the Portfolio	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses	Total Compensation  From  Fund Complex  Paid to  Directors  or Officers
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$0	N/A	$198,000
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$0	N/A	$190,000
Gregory P. Chandler, Director	$0	N/A	$224,500
Lisa A. Dolly, Director(2)	$0	N/A	$0
Nicholas A. Giordano, Director	$0	N/A	$202,000
Arnold M. Reichman,  Director and Chairman	$0	N/A	$275,500
Brian T. Shea, Director	$0	N/A	$191,875
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$0	N/A	$196,000
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$0	N/A	$258,000
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$0	N/A	$299,000
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$0	N/A	$247,200

⁽¹⁾ Mr. Carnall retired from his role as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

⁽²⁾ Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Each compensated Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s deferred compensation plan (the “DC Plan”). Under the DC Plan, a compensated Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation and have the deferred compensation treated as if it had been invested by the Company in shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Company. The amount paid to the Directors under the DC Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments.

As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

Director Emeritus Program

The Board has created a position of Director Emeritus, whereby an incumbent Director who has attained at least the age of 75 and completed a minimum of fifteen years of service as a Director, may, in the sole discretion of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company (“Committee”), be recommended to the full Board to serve as Director Emeritus.

A Director Emeritus that has been approved as such receives an annual fee in an amount equal to up to 50% of the annual base compensation paid to a Director. Compensation will be determined annually by the Committee and the Board with respect to each Director Emeritus. In addition, a Director Emeritus will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service, including expenses of travel and lodging incurred in attendance at Board meetings. A Director Emeritus will continue to receive relevant materials concerning the Portfolio, will be expected to attend at least one regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board each year (which attendance may be via telephone), and will be available to consult with the Directors at reasonable times as requested. However, a Director Emeritus does not have any voting rights at Board meetings and is not subject to election by shareholders of the Portfolio.

29 

A Director Emeritus will be permitted to serve in such capacity from year to year at the pleasure of the Committee and the Board for up to three years. Effective October 1, 2021, J. Richard Carnall serves as a Director Emeritus of the Company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company, subject to certain restrictions.

PROXY VOTING

The Board has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Portfolio to the Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight.  In exercising its voting obligations, the Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Portfolio.  The Adviser will consider factors affecting the value of the Portfolio’s investments and the rights of shareholders in its determination on voting portfolio securities.

The Adviser will vote proxies in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures, which are included in Appendix B to this SAI.

The Company is required to disclose annually the Portfolio’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX.  The Portfolio’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th will be available upon request by calling 1-855-744-8500 or by writing to the Portfolio at: Summit Global Investments Funds, c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, PO Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701. The Portfolio’s Form N-PX will be also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, none of the Directors beneficially own shares of the Portfolio. Any shareholder that owns 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a portfolio or class may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the portfolio or class. Shareholders controlling a portfolio or class could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio or class on any matter requiring approval of the shareholders of the portfolio or class.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Summit Global Investments, LLC (“Summit” or the “Adviser”) is a limited liability company registered with the State of Utah in October 2010.  The Adviser is 100% privately-owned and is controlled by David Harden.

Advisory Agreement with the Company.  The Adviser renders advisory services to the Portfolio pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement. Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Adviser will provide for the overall management of the Portfolio including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Portfolio, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents, (ii) the determination from time to time of the securities and other investments to be purchased, retained, or sold by the Portfolio, and (iii) the placement from time to time of orders for all purchases and sales of securities and other investments made for the Portfolio.  The Adviser will provide the services rendered by it in accordance with the Portfolio’s investment objective, restrictions and policies as stated in the Prospectus and in this SAI.  The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment, mistake of law, or for any loss suffered by the Portfolio in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

30 

For its services to the Portfolio, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.70% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.  The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022, to the extent that the Portfolio’s total annual operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) exceed 0.98%. If at any time the Portfolio's Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses for that year are less than 0.98%, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Portfolio of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Portfolio within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Portfolio to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under the Advisory Agreement.  The Portfolio bears all of its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser.  General expenses of the Company not readily identifiable as belonging to a portfolio of the Company are allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Board in such manner as it deems to be fair and equitable. Expenses borne by the Portfolio include, but are not limited to the following (or the Portfolio’s share of the following): (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the Portfolio and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) fees payable to and expenses incurred on behalf of the Portfolio by the Adviser; (c) filing fees and expenses relating to the registration and qualification of the Company and the Portfolio’s shares under federal and/or state securities laws and maintaining such registrations and qualifications; (d) fees and salaries payable to the Company’s Directors and officers; (e) taxes (including any income or franchise taxes) and governmental fees; (f) costs of any liability and other insurance or fidelity bonds; (g) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Company or the Portfolio for violation of any law; (h) legal, accounting and auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel for the independent Directors; (i) charges of custodians and other agents; (j) expenses of setting in type and printing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto for existing shareholders, reports, statements, and confirmations to shareholders and proxy material that are not attributable to a class; (k) costs of mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto to existing shareholders, as well as reports to shareholders and proxy materials that are not attributable to a class; (1) any extraordinary expenses; (m) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (n) costs of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings; (o) costs of independent pricing services to value a portfolio’s securities; and (p) the costs of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Company to its Directors and officers.  Distribution expenses, transfer agency expenses, expenses of preparation, printing and mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements and reports to shareholders, and organizational expenses and registration fees, identified as belonging to a particular class of the Company, are allocated to such class.

No advisory fee information is provided for the Portfolio because the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall at all times have all rights in and to the Portfolio’s name and all investment models used by or on behalf of the Portfolio.  The Adviser may use the Portfolio’s name or any portion thereof in connection with any other mutual fund or business activity without the consent of any shareholder, and the Company has agreed to execute and deliver any and all documents required to indicate its consent to such use.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

This section includes information about the Portfolio’s portfolio managers, including information about other accounts they manage, the dollar range of Portfolio shares they own and how they are compensated.

Description of Compensation.  As of the date of this SAI, the Adviser compensates the Portfolio's portfolio managers for their management of the Portfolio.  The portfolio managers are compensated through equity ownership of the Adviser, adjusted to reflect current market rates, and therefore compensation is in part based on the value of the Portfolio’s net assets and other client accounts they are managing.  The Adviser’s Board of Managers reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager periodically and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market.

31 

Other Accounts.  In addition to the Portfolio, each portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below. The information below is provided as of August 31, 2021.

Name of Portfolio Manager  or Team Member	Type of Accounts	Total  # of   Accounts  Managed	Total Assets	# of Accounts Managed that   Advisory Fee Based on  Performance	Total Assets that Advisory  Fee Based on Performance  (in millions)
David Harden	Other Registered Investment Companies:	7	$805 million	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	14	$462.1 million	1	$4.3 million
Aash Shah	Other Registered Investment Companies:	7	$805 million	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	12	$298.1 million	1	$4.3 million

Conflict of Interest. The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with his management of the Portfolio’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Portfolio.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Portfolio trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Portfolio.  However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

Securities Ownership. No portfolio manager ownership information is provided for the Portfolio because the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

Fund Services, located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as fund administrator to the Portfolio pursuant to a fund administration servicing agreement and serves as fund accountant pursuant to a fund accounting servicing agreement (the “Administration Agreements”).  Under the fund accounting servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to furnish to the Portfolio statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, and certain other services required by the Portfolio.  Under the fund administration servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to provide fund administration services to the Company.  These services include the preparation and coordination of the Company’s annual post-effective amendment filing and supplements to the Portfolio's registration statement, the preparation and assembly of board meeting materials, and certain other services necessary to the Company’s fund administration. In addition, Fund Services has agreed to prepare and file various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and prepare materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Portfolio.

The Administration Agreements provide that Fund Services shall be obligated to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties and that Fund Services shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with its duties under the Administration Agreements, except a loss resulting from Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of the applicable Administration Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties thereunder.

Fund Services receives a fee under the Administration Agreements based on the average daily net assets of the Company. No administration fee information is provided for Portfolio because the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

32 

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

U.S. Bank, N.A., (the “Custodian”), 1555 North RiverCenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, is custodian of the Portfolio's assets pursuant to a custodian agreement (the “Custodian Agreement”).  Under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian: (a) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of the Portfolio; (b) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; (c) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; (d) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio's portfolio securities; and (e) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the Portfolio's operations.  The Custodian is authorized to select one or more banks or trust companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of the Portfolio, provided that the Custodian remains responsible for the performance of all of its duties under the Custodian Agreement and holds the Portfolio harmless from the acts and omissions of any affiliate, sub-custodian or domestic sub-custodian.  For its services to the Portfolio under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian receives a fee based on the Portfolio's average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Portfolio. Fund Services and the Custodian are affiliates.

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Portfolio pursuant to a transfer agency and servicing agreement (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”), under which Fund Services:  (a) issues and redeems shares of the Portfolio; (b) addresses and mails all communications by the Portfolio to record owners of the shares, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy materials for its meetings of shareholders; (c) maintains shareholder accounts and, if requested, sub-accounts; and (d) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the operations of the Portfolio.  Fund Services may, subject to the Board’s approval, assign its duties as transfer and dividend disbursing agent to any affiliate. For its services to the Portfolio under the Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Services receives an annual fee based on the number of accounts in the Portfolio and the Portfolio's average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Portfolio.

Fund Services also provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program.  In addition, Fund Services provides services relating to the implementation of the Portfolio's Customer Identification Program, including verification of required customer information and the maintenance of records with respect to such verification.

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), whose principal business address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the underwriter to the Portfolio pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”).  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).  The Distributor is not affiliated with the Company or the Adviser.

Under the Distribution Agreement with the Portfolio, the Distributor acts as the agent of the Company in connection with the continuous offering of shares of the Portfolio.  The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Portfolio on a best efforts basis.  The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Portfolio shares.  The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Company.

The Distributor may enter into agreements with selected broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries for distribution of shares of the Portfolio.  With respect to certain financial intermediaries and related fund “supermarket” platform arrangements, the Portfolio and/or the Adviser, rather than the Distributor, typically enter into such agreements.  These financial intermediaries may charge a fee for their services and may receive shareholder service or other fees from parties other than the Distributor.  These financial intermediaries may otherwise act as processing agents and are responsible for promptly transmitting purchase, redemption and other requests to the Portfolio.

33 

Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein.  Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares.  Investors purchasing shares of the Portfolio through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary.  The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the financial intermediary.  The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Portfolio for its distribution services except the distribution/service fees with respect to the shares of those classes for which a Rule 12b-1 distribution plan is effective.  The Adviser pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution-related services.

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities in accordance with the 1940 Act.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Company on behalf of the Portfolio on no less than 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio or by vote of a majority of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement, or by the Distributor, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).  The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the performance of the Distributor’s obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Adviser and/or its affiliates, at their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Portfolio assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Portfolio, its service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Portfolio and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Portfolio shares or provide services to the Portfolio, the Distributor or shareholders of the Portfolio through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets.  Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing the Portfolio in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about the Portfolio; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Portfolio shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events.  The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Portfolio assets attributable to investments in the Portfolio by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates.  A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Portfolio shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Portfolio assets grow.

34 

FUND TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies established by the Board and applicable rules, the Adviser is responsible for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage transactions for the Portfolio.  In executing portfolio transactions, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Portfolio, taking into account such factors as the price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of the order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved.  While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions.

Brokerage Transactions

Generally, equity securities, both listed and over-the-counter, are bought and sold through brokerage transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer’s mark-up or reflect a dealer’s mark-down. Money market securities and other debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, the Portfolio will not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer’s mark up or reflect a dealer’s mark down. When the Portfolio executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will generally deal with primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

In addition, the Adviser may place a combined order for two or more accounts they manage, including the Portfolio, engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security if, in its judgment, joint execution is in the best interest of each participant and will result in best price and execution. Transactions involving commingled orders are allocated in a manner deemed equitable to each account and the Portfolio. Although it is recognized that, in some cases, the joint execution of orders could adversely affect the price or volume of the security that a particular account or the Portfolio may obtain, it is the opinion of the Adviser and the Board that the advantages of combined orders outweigh the possible disadvantages of separate transactions. Nonetheless, the Adviser believes that the ability of the Portfolio to participate in higher volume transactions will generally be beneficial to the Portfolio.

No brokerage information is provided as the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

Brokerage Selection

The Company does not expect to use one particular broker or dealer, and when one or more brokers is believed capable of providing the best combination of price and execution, the Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to the Adviser. The Adviser may pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers in return for such services only if a good faith determination is made that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause a portfolio to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. In addition to agency transactions, the Adviser may receive brokerage and research services in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC guidance. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). In the case of research services, the Adviser believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to their investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Portfolio.

35 

To the extent research services may be a factor in selecting brokers, such services may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies and securities as well as market, economic, or institutional areas and information which assists in the valuation and pricing of investments. Examples of research-oriented services for which the Adviser might utilize Portfolio commissions include research reports and other information on the economy, industries, sectors, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, political developments, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis. The Adviser may use research services furnished by brokers in servicing all client accounts and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. Information so received by the Adviser will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement. Any advisory or other fees paid to the Adviser are not reduced as a result of the receipt of research services.

In some cases, the Adviser may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the Adviser makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while the Adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the Adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the Adviser believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.

From time to time, the Portfolio may purchase new issues of securities for clients in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the Adviser with research services. FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

No soft-dollar arrangement information is provided for the Portfolio because the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

Read the Portfolio's Prospectus for information regarding the purchase and redemption of Portfolio shares. The following information supplements information in the Prospectus.

You may purchase shares through an account maintained by your brokerage firm, financial institutions and industry professionals (“Service Organizations”).  The Company reserves the right, if conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase of the Portfolio’s shares by making payment in whole or in part in securities chosen by the Company and valued in the same way as they would be valued for purposes of computing the Portfolio’s NAV.  If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction costs in converting these securities into cash.  A shareholder will also bear any market risk or tax consequences as a result of a payment in securities.  The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that the Portfolio is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Portfolio. A shareholder will bear the risk of a decline in market value and any tax consequences associated with a redemption in securities.

Under the 1940 Act, the Company may suspend the right to redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which the SEC restricts trading on the NYSE or determines an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit.  (The Company may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

36 

Shares of the Portfolio are subject to redemption by the Company, at the redemption price of such shares as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation: (1) to reimburse the Portfolio for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder as provided in the Prospectus from time to time; (2) if such redemption is, in the opinion of the Board, desirable in order to prevent the Company or the Portfolio from being deemed a “personal holding company” within the meaning of the Code; (3) or if the net income with respect to any particular class of common stock should be negative or it should otherwise be appropriate to carry out the Company’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

The Portfolio has the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Portfolio for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Portfolio you previously purchased or subscribed for.

Other Purchase Information

If shares of the Portfolio are held in a “street name” account with an authorized dealer, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the authorized dealer, and not by the Portfolio and its Transfer Agent.  Since the Portfolio will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the authorized dealer to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account.  The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with the Portfolio involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the authorized dealer.

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

The Company’s telephone transaction procedures include the following measures: (1) requiring the appropriate telephone transaction privilege forms; (2) requiring the caller to provide the names of the account owners, the account social security number and name of the Portfolio, all of which must match the Company’s records; (3) requiring the Company’s service representative to complete a telephone transaction form, listing all of the above caller identification information; (4) permitting exchanges (if applicable) only if the two account registrations are identical; (5) requiring that redemption proceeds be sent only by check to the account owners of record at the address of record, or by electronic funds transfer through the ACH network or by wire only to the owners of record at the bank account of record; (6) sending a written confirmation for each telephone transaction to the owners of record at the address of record within five (5) business days of the call; and (7) maintaining tapes of telephone transactions for six months, if the Company elects to record shareholder telephone transactions. For accounts held of record by broker-dealers, financial institutions, securities dealers, financial planners and other industry professionals, additional documentation or information regarding the scope of a caller’s authority is required. Finally, for telephone transactions in accounts held jointly, additional information regarding other account holders is required.

VALUATION OF SHARES

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the NAV per share of the Portfolio is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to the Portfolio and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of the Portfolio. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) or such other time as the NYSE or National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the NYSE is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The NYSE is generally closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The Company reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were initially processed at a NAV other than the Portfolio’s official closing NAV (as the same may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders based on the official closing NAV. The Company reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, the Portfolio may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

37 

The securities of the Portfolio are valued under the direction of the Portfolio's administrator and under the general supervision of the Board.  Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices.  Subject to the approval of the Board, the Portfolio may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments in determining the approximate market value of portfolio investments.  This may result in the investments being valued at a price that differs from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used.  All cash, receivables, and current payables are carried on the Portfolio’s books at their face value.  Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Portfolio's Valuation Committee under the direction of the Board.

The procedures used by any pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the officers of the Company under the general supervision of the Board.

The Portfolio may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges.  These securities may trade on weekends or other days when the Portfolio does not calculate NAV.  As a result, the value of these investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Portfolio shares.

TAXES

Shares of the Portfolio are offered to Separate Accounts that Portfolio variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by Participating Insurance Companies. See the prospectuses for such contracts or policies for a discussion of the special taxation of insurance companies with respect to the Separate Accounts, the variable annuity contracts, variable life insurance policies and the holders thereof.

The following summarizes certain tax considerations generally affecting the Portfolio, the underlying investment companies, and Portfolio shareholders that are not fully described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio, the underlying investment companies, or Portfolio shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Code and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

General

The holders of variable life insurance policies or annuity contracts should not be subject to tax with respect to distributions made on, or redemptions of, Portfolio shares, assuming that the variable life insurance policies and annuity contracts qualify under the Code, as life insurance or annuities, respectively, and that the Separate Accounts (rather than the holders of such policies or contracts) are treated as owners of the Portfolio shares. Thus, this summary does not describe the tax consequences to a holder of a life insurance policy or annuity contract as a result of the ownership of such policies or contracts. Policy or contract holders must consult the prospectuses of their respective policies or contracts for information concerning the federal income tax consequences of owning such policies or contracts. This summary also does not describe the tax consequences applicable to the owners of the Portfolio shares because the Portfolio shares will be sold only to insurance companies. Thus, purchasers of Portfolio shares must consult their own tax advisers regarding the federal, state, and local tax consequences of owning Portfolio shares.

The Portfolio and each underlying investment company intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, the Portfolio and underlying investment company generally will be exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio and underlying investment company must meet three important tests each year.

38 

First, the Portfolio and underlying investment company must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s and each underlying investment company’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s and the underlying investment companies’ assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio or underlying investment company has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of such issuer and as to which the Portfolio or underlying investment company does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer), and no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s and each underlying investment company’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Portfolio or underlying investment company controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, the Portfolio and underlying investment company must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of the Portfolio’s or underlying investment company’s investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

The Portfolio and underlying investment company intends to comply with these requirements. If the Portfolio or underlying investment company were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Portfolio or underlying investment company could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year the Portfolio or underlying investment company were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. Moreover, a failure of the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company could cause Separate Accounts that invest in the Portfolio to fail to meet the applicable diversification requirements described below, which in turn, could have adverse tax effects on policy or contract holders.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). The Portfolio and underlying investment company intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

The Portfolio intends to comply with the diversification requirements imposed by Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Under Code Section 817(h), a variable life insurance or annuity contract will not be treated as a life insurance policy or annuity contract, respectively, under the Code, unless the Separate Account upon which such contract or policy is based is “adequately diversified.” A Separate Account will be adequately diversified if it satisfies one of two alternative tests set forth in the Treasury regulations. Specifically, the Treasury regulations provide that, except as permitted by the “safe harbor” discussed below, as of the end of each calendar quarter (or within 30 days thereafter) no more than 55% of the Separate Account’s total assets may be represented by any one investment, no more than 70% by any two investments, no more than 80% by any three investments and no more than 90% by any four investments. For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are considered a single investment, and each U.S. government agency and instrumentality is considered a separate issuer. As a safe harbor, a Separate Account will be treated as being adequately diversified if the diversification requirements under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code are satisfied and no more than 55% of the value of the account’s total assets are cash and cash items, U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies. In addition, a Separate Account with respect to a variable life insurance contract is treated as adequately diversified to the extent of its investment in securities issued by the United States Treasury.

39 

For purposes of these alternative diversification tests, a Separate Account investing in shares of a regulated investment company generally will be entitled to “look through” the regulated investment company to its pro rata portion of the regulated investment company’s assets, provided that the shares of such regulated investment company are generally held only by insurance companies in their general account or in Separate Accounts and certain fund managers (a “Closed Portfolio”). Public access to such regulated investment company is available exclusively through the purchase of a variable contract. The Portfolio will be a Closed Portfolio.

If the Separate Account upon which a variable contract is based is not “adequately diversified” under the foregoing rules, then the variable contract will not be treated as a life insurance contract or annuity contract under the Code, and the taxation and treatment of a policy or contract holder will be other than as described in the applicable prospectus of such policy or contract and generally will be more adverse to the holder.

In addition, if the Portfolio did not constitute a Closed Portfolio or the holders of the contracts and annuities which invest in the Portfolio through a Separate Account were able, or were treated as able, to direct the Portfolio’s investment in any particular asset, those holders might be treated as owners of Portfolio shares and might be subject to tax on distributions made by the Portfolio. The IRS may consider several factors in determining whether a contract holder has an impermissible level of investor control. One factor the IRS considers when a Separate Account invests in one or more regulated investment companies is whether a regulated investment company’s investment strategies are sufficiently broad to prevent a contract holder from being deemed to be making particular investment decisions through its investment in the Separate Account. Current IRS guidance indicates that typical regulated investment company investment strategies, even those with a specific sector or geographic focus, are generally considered sufficiently broad to prevent a contract holder from being deemed to be making particular investment decisions through its investment in a Separate Account. Another factor that the IRS examines concerns actions of contract holders. Under the IRS pronouncements, a contract holder may not select or control particular investments, other than choosing among broad investment choices such as selecting a particular regulated investment company. A contract holder thus may not select or direct the purchase or sale of a particular investment of the Portfolio. The relationship between the Portfolio and the variable contracts is designed to satisfy the current expressed view of the IRS on this subject, such that the investor control doctrine should not apply.

State and Local Taxes

Although the Portfolio and the underlying investment company expects to qualify as a regulated investment company and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, the Portfolio or an underlying investment company may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, 89.123 billion shares have been classified into 202 classes. However, the Company only has approximately 53 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s charter, the Board has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

Each share that represents an interest in the Portfolio has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the Portfolio with each other share that represents an interest in the Portfolio, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in the Portfolio.  Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights.  When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law.  The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders owning at least ten percent of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

40 

Holders of shares of the Portfolio will vote in the aggregate on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2 the approval of an investment advisory agreement or distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio.  Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held.  Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above), or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

MISCELLANEOUS

Anti-Money Laundering Program

The Portfolio has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Portfolio's Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures, and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program, and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that certain of their service providers have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new account applications. The Portfolio will not transact business with any person or legal entity whose identity and beneficial owners, if applicable, cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Counsel

The law firm of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as independent counsel to the Company and the Independent Directors.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as the Portfolio’s independent registered public accounting firm, and in that capacity audits the Portfolio's financial statements.

41 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually. The Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI and does not yet have financial statements.

Once available, copies of the Annual and Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders may be obtained, without charge, upon request by calling the telephone number listed on the cover of this SAI.

42 

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” – A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” – A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” – A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” – A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention. ¹Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” – Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

¹ A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

A-1 

“F2” – Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” – Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” – Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” – Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” – Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4” – Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” – Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” – Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

A-2 

“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” – Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” – An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” – Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

A-3 

“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” – Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” – Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” – Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present

“CCC” – A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC” – A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C” – A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA” – Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” – Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

A-4 

“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” – Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D” – A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

● Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

● Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” – A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” – A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” – A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D” – This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG Scale

“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interests payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

A-5 

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer default ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue level ratings are also assigned, often include an expectation of recovery and may be notched above or below the issuer level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).

DBRS Morningstar offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market.Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on DBRS Morningstar’s quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. DBRS Morningstar issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, final(ized), solicited, or unsolicited.1 From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued.DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees.

A-6 

APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting

Issue

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires every investment adviser to adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients.  The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting.  The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request.  Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC does vote proxies on behalf of its clients. 

Policy

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC does vote proxies on behalf of its clients.

Procedures:

1. Upon receipt of proxy voting request, review items to be voted upon and Board recommendations.

2. Log into the proper online voting site and vote in accordance with Board recommendations unless otherwise notified by the Investment Committee.

3. Document the company, items voted on, and how SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC voted on the proxy spreadsheet.

Procedures for SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s Receipt of Class Actions

The following procedures outline SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s receipt of “Class Action” documents from clients and custodians.  It is SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s position not to file these “Class Action” documents, but if received will follow these guidelines:

1.                   If “Class Action” documents are received by SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC from the Client, SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion.  SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client. 

2.                   Similarly, if “Class Action” documents are received by SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC from the Custodian, SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion.  SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client.

B-1 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SGI PEAK GROWTH FUND

Class I Shares (Ticker: SGPKX)

 SGI PRUDENT GROWTH FUND

Class I Shares (Ticker: SGPGX)

December 31, 2021

Investment Adviser:

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC (the “Adviser”)

each a series of THE RBB FUND, INC

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides supplementary information pertaining to the SGI Peak Growth Fund (the “Peak Growth Fund”) and the SGI Prudent Growth Fund (the “Prudent Growth Fund”) (each a “Fund” and together the “Funds”) of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). The Funds are each authorized to issue a single class of shares – Class I Shares (collectively, the “Shares”). This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read only in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectus dated December 31, 2021 (the “Prospectus”) and the Funds’ Annual Report dated August 31, 2021 (the “Annual Report”). The financial statements and notes contained in the Annual Report are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other parts of the Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein. Copies of the Prospectus and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports may be obtained free of charge by calling toll-free 855-744-8500.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES	1
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS	1
NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS	11
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS	18
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS	19
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER	20
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY	20
CODE OF ETHICS	29
PROXY VOTING	29
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES	29
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES	30
INVESTMENT ADVISER	30
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS	32
ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT	33
CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT	34
TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT	34
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	34
FUNDS SERVICES ADMINISTRATIVE FEE	34
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES	35
FUND TRANSACTIONS	36
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION	38
TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES	39
VALUATION OF SHARES	39
TAXES	40
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES	41
MISCELLANEOUS	42
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	42
APPENDIX A	A-1
APPENDIX B	B-1

1 

 GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of 43 separate portfolios. The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”) and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988. This SAI pertains to Shares of the SGI Peak Growth Fund and SGI Prudent Growth Fund, each a diversified portfolio. Summit Global Investments, LLC (“Summit” or the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Funds.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The following supplements the information contained in the Prospectus concerning the investment objectives and policies of the Funds. The Funds will implement their respective investment strategies by investing in securities of affiliated and unaffiliated open-end mutual funds, closed-end funds, and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs) (collectively, “Underlying Funds”). Certain of the descriptions of the investments or techniques set forth below reflect that the investments and techniques are occurring indirectly through investments in Underlying Funds.

During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments that would not ordinarily be consistent with each Fund’s objective.

There can be no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its investment objective. A Fund may not necessarily invest in all of the instruments or use all of the investment techniques permitted by the Funds’ Prospectus and this SAI, or invest in such instruments or engage in such techniques to the full extent permitted by the Funds’ investment policies and limitations.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

American, European and Global Depositary Receipts. The Underlying Funds in which the Funds invest may hold American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”) as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), which are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities including increased market, illiquidity, currency, political, information and other risks, and even where traded in U.S. dollars are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is traded in a foreign currency. GDRs, EDRs, and other similar instruments may be issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. entity and may be traded in other currencies. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets. See “Foreign Securities” for more information on the risks of investing in foreign securities.

Cyber Security Risk. Each Fund and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Funds, or the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Funds. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAVs, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Funds to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. A Fund may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which a Fund may invest (i.e. Underlying Funds), which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value. While the Funds and their service providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate cyber security risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated. Furthermore, the Funds have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers , and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Funds, the Underlying Funds, or their respective investment advisers.

1 

Investing in Emerging Markets. The Funds may invest in Underlying Funds that invest in securities of issuers located in emerging markets. Securities in emerging markets are less liquid and subject to greater price volatility, and have a smaller market capitalization, than the U.S. securities markets. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities and the market may be dominated by a few issues or sectors. Issuers and securities markets in such countries are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements or as comprehensive government regulations as are issuers and securities markets in the U.S. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of emerging country issuers may not reflect their financial position or results of operations in the same manner as financial statements for U.S. issuers. Substantially less information may be publicly available about emerging market issuers than is available about issuers in the United States.

Emerging markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. Certain emerging markets are in the earliest stages of their development. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging markets may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging country securities may also affect the Fund’s ability to value accurately its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Antiquated legal systems in certain emerging markets may have an adverse impact on the Funds’ investments. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation for acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging markets. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders in U.S. corporations, the legal remedies for investors in emerging markets may be more limited than the remedies available in the U.S. and the ability of U.S. authorities (e.g., SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice) to bring actions against bad actors may be limited.

Transaction costs, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups, in emerging markets may be higher than in the United States and other developed securities markets. In addition, existing laws and regulations are often inconsistently applied. As legal systems in emerging countries develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In circumstances where adequate laws exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain emerging countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit an Underlying Fund’s investment in certain emerging countries and may increase the expenses of the Underlying Fund and, consequently, the Fund. Certain emerging countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. In addition, the repatriation of both investment income and capital from emerging countries may be subject to restrictions which require governmental consents or prohibit repatriation entirely for a period of time. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operation of an Underlying Fund. An Underlying Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before investing in certain emerging countries.

2 

Emerging countries may be subject to a substantially greater degree of economic, political and social instability than is the case in the United States and most Western European countries. This instability may result from, among other things, the following: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making, including changes or attempted changes in governments through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection or conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private investments and private property. Such economic, political and social instability could disrupt the principal financial markets in which an Underlying Fund may invest and adversely affect the value of the Fund’s assets. The Fund’s investments can also be adversely affected by any increase in taxes or by political, economic or diplomatic developments.

The economies of emerging countries may differ unfavorably from the U.S. economy in growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resources, self-sufficiency and balance of payments. Many emerging countries have experienced in the past, and continue to experience, high rates of inflation. In certain countries, inflation has at times accelerated rapidly to hyperinflationary levels, creating a negative interest rate environment and sharply eroding the value of outstanding financial assets in those countries. Other emerging countries, on the other hand, have recently experienced deflationary pressures and are in economic recessions. The economies of many emerging countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. In addition, the economies of some emerging countries are vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their commodity exports. The Underlying Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign stocks and securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates.

Equity Securities. The Underlying Funds in which the Funds invest may hold equity securities, which represent ownership interests in a company and consist of common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock. Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which an Underlying Fund invests will cause the net asset value (“NAV”) of the Underlying Fund to fluctuate. The Underlying Funds purchase equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. Equity securities are described in more detail below:

● Common Stock. Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

● Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.

● Warrants. Warrants are instruments that entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time. Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

● Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by an Underlying Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Underlying Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

3 

Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at a price above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion. The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities. However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder. When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase. At the same time, however, the difference between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks. Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.

● Small and Medium Capitalization Issuers. Investing in equity securities of small and medium capitalization companies often involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in larger capitalization companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of smaller size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of depth of management. The securities of smaller companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and even if listed on a national securities exchange may not be traded in volumes typical for that exchange. Consequently, the securities of smaller companies are less likely to be liquid, may have limited market stability, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general.

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). Each Fund may invest in open-end investment companies whose shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Market System. ETF shares typically trade like shares of common stock and provide investment results that generally correspond to the price and yield performance of the component stocks of a widely recognized index. There can be no assurance, however, that this can be accomplished, as it may not be possible for an ETF to replicate the composition and relative weightings of the securities of its corresponding index. Additionally, some ETFs are actively-managed by an investment adviser and/or sub-advisers and do not seek to provide investment results that correspond to an index.

ETFs are subject to risks of an investment in a broadly based portfolio of common stocks, including the risk that the general level of stock prices may decline, thereby adversely affecting the value of such investment. An actively-managed ETF may not perform as well as its investment adviser and/or sub-advisers expect, and/or the actively-managed ETF’s portfolio management practices might not work to achieve the desired result. Individual shares of an ETF are generally not redeemable at their NAV, but trade on an exchange during the day at prices that are normally close to, but not the same as, their NAV. There is no assurance that an active trading market will be maintained for the shares of an ETF or that market prices of the shares of an ETF will be close to their NAVs. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to their NAV. In addition, the purchase of shares of ETFs may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to a mutual fund’s own expenses.

Investments in securities of ETFs beyond the limitations set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act are subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in an exemptive order issued by the SEC to the exchange-traded fund. Section 12(d)(1)(A) states that a mutual fund may not acquire shares of other investment companies, such as ETFs, in excess of: 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company; 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company; or more than 10% of the fund’s total assets were to be invested in the aggregate in all investment companies. The purchase of shares of ETFs may result in duplication of expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to a mutual fund’s own expenses. In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in another investment company, such as an ETF. These regulatory changes may adversely impact the Funds’ investment strategies and operations.

Foreign Custody Risk. An Underlying Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Underlying Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on an Underlying Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

4 

Foreign Securities. An Underlying Fund’s investments in foreign securities involve higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher transaction costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. In addition, foreign investments may include additional risks associated with more or less foreign government regulation; less public information; less stringent investor protections; less stringent accounting, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosure standards; and less economic, political and social stability in the countries in which an Underlying Fund may invest. Volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility or price can be greater than in the United States. Future political and economic information, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other governmental restrictions, might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on foreign obligations. Inability to dispose of securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to an Underlying Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the securities, or, if the underlying investment company has entered into a contract to sell the securities, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth or gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States.

Settlement mechanics may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of an underlying investment company is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of an underlying investment company to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the underlying investment company to miss attractive investment opportunities.

Each Fund values its securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. As a result, if an Underlying Fund invests in securities denominated in foreign currencies, the NAV of the Underlying Fund’s shares may fluctuate with U.S. dollar exchange rates as well as the price changes of the Underlying Fund’s securities in the various local markets and currencies. Thus, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the currencies in which an Underlying Fund makes its investments could reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the price of the Underlying Fund’s securities in their local markets. Conversely, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar may have the opposite effect of magnifying the effect of increases and reducing the effect of decreases in the prices of an Underlying Fund’s securities in its foreign markets. In addition to favorable and unfavorable currency exchange rate developments, each Underlying Fund is subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on convertibility of currency.

If an Underlying Fund invests in obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks (Eurodollars) and U.S. branches of foreign banks (Yankee dollars) or foreign branches of foreign banks, these investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities of U.S. banks, including potential unfavorable political and economic developments, different tax provisions, seizure of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations or other governmental restrictions which might affect payment of principal or interest. An Underlying Fund may also invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, including Yankee bonds, which are issued by foreign governments and their agencies and foreign corporations, but pay interest in U.S. dollars and are typically issued in the United States.

5 

European countries can be affected by the significant fiscal and monetary controls that the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.

In June 2016, the United Kingdom (“UK”) approved a referendum to leave the EU. The withdrawal, known colloquially as “Brexit”, was agreed to and ratified by the UK Parliament, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. It began an 11-month transition period in which to negotiate a new trading relationship for goods and services that ended on December 31, 2020. The UK and EU reached an agreement, effective January 1, 2021, on the terms of their future trading relationship, which principally relates to the trading of goods. Further discussions are to be held between the UK and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. Brexit may have significant political and financial consequences for the Eurozone markets, including greater volatility in the global stock markets and illiquidity, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, and an increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. At this time, the impact of Brexit cannot be predicted, however, market disruption in the EU and globally may have a negative effect on the value of a Fund’s investments. Additionally, the risks related to Brexit could be more pronounced if one or more additional EU member states seek to leave the EU.

Investment Company Shares. Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by a Fund. A Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying the Fund’s expenses. Unless an exception is available, Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act prohibits a fund from (i) acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any one investment company, (ii) investing more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, and (iii) investing more than 10% of its total assets in all investment companies combined. These limits will not apply to the investment of uninvested cash balances in shares of registered or unregistered money market funds whether affiliated or unaffiliated. The foregoing exemption, however, only applies to an unregistered money market fund that (i) limits its investments to those in which a money market fund may invest under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and (ii) undertakes to comply with all the other provisions of Rule 2a-7.

Each Fund may invest in investment companies that seek to track the composition and/or performance of specific indexes or portions of specific indexes. Certain of these investment companies, including ETFs and certain closed-end funds, are traded on a securities exchange. The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with changes in the underlying portfolio securities of the investment company and also due to supply and demand of the investment company’s shares on the exchange upon which the shares are traded. Index-based investments may not replicate or otherwise match the composition or performance of their specified index due to transaction costs, among other things.

Investments by a Fund in other investment companies, including ETFs, will be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act except as permitted by SEC orders. The Funds may rely on SEC orders that permit them to invest in certain ETFs beyond the limits contained in the 1940 Act, subject to certain terms and conditions. Generally, these terms and conditions require Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) to approve policies and procedures relating to certain of a Fund’s investments in ETFs. These policies and procedures require, among other things, that (i) the Adviser conducts a Fund’s investment in ETFs without regard to any consideration received by the Fund or any of its affiliated persons and (ii) the Adviser certifies to the Board quarterly that it has not received any consideration in connection with an investment by the Fund in an ETF, or if it has, the amount and purpose of the consideration will be reported to the Board and an equivalent amount of advisory fees shall be waived by the Adviser.

Certain investment companies whose securities are purchased by a Fund may not be obligated to redeem such securities in an amount exceeding 1% of the investment company’s total outstanding securities during any period of less than 30 days. Therefore, such securities that exceed this amount may be illiquid.

6 

If required by the 1940 Act, the Funds expect to vote the shares of other investment companies that are held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

The SEC recently adopted revisions to the rules permitting funds to invest in other investment companies to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework applicable to fund of funds arrangements. While new Rule 12d1-4 will permit more types of fund of fund arrangements without reliance on an exemptive order or no-action letters, it imposes new conditions, including limits on control and voting of acquired funds’ shares, evaluations and findings by investment advisers, fund investment agreements, and limits on most three-tier fund structures. Rule 12d1-4 went into effect on January 19, 2021. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters is effective on January 19, 2022.

Real Estate Investment Trust Securities. An Underlying Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). A REIT is a pooled investment vehicle that purchases primarily income-producing real estate, real estate-related loans or other real estate-related interests. The pooled vehicle then issues shares whose value and investment performance are dependent upon the investment performance of the underlying real estate-related investments. Individual REITs may own a limited number of properties and may concentrate in a particular region or property type. A REIT is a corporation, or a business trust that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation, which meets the definitional requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level Federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for Federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs) or cash and government securities, derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property, and distribute to shareholders annually a substantial portion of its otherwise taxable income.

Generally, REITs can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. The values of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They also are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code or to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. Unexpected high rates of default on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to a mortgage REIT. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. To the extent that a mortgage REIT’s portfolio is exposed to lower-rated, unsecured or subordinated instruments, the risk of loss may increase, which may have a negative impact on the Fund.

The REITs in which the Underlying Funds may invest may be affected by economic forces and other factors related to the real estate industry. REITs are sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Companies in the real estate industry may also be subject to liabilities under environmental and hazardous waste laws. REITS whose underlying assets include long-term health care properties; such as nursing, retirement and assisted living homes, may be impacted by federal regulations concerning the health care industry. Each Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses, including management fees, paid by each REIT in which an Underlying Fund invests in addition to the expenses of the Fund. Each Fund is also subject to the risk that the REITs in which an Underlying Fund invests will fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and/or fail to qualify for an exemption from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. A REIT’s return may be adversely affected when interest rates are high or rising.

Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500^®.

7 

Risk Considerations of Lower Rated Securities. An Underlying Fund may invest in fixed income securities that are not investment grade but are rated as low as B by Moody’s or B by S&P (or their equivalents). In the event that the rating on a security held in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio is downgraded by a rating service, such action may be considered by the Underlying Fund’s investment adviser in its evaluation of the overall investment merits of that security, but will not necessarily result in the sale of the security. The widespread expansion of government, consumer and corporate debt within the U.S. economy has made the corporate sector, especially cyclically sensitive industries, more vulnerable to economic downturns or increased interest rates. An economic downturn could severely disrupt the market for high yield fixed income securities and adversely affect the value of outstanding fixed income securities and the ability of the issuers to repay principal and interest.

An Underlying Fund may invest in high yield debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations. High yield fixed income securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative investments while generally providing greater income than investments in higher rated securities, involve greater risk of loss of principal and income (including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities) and may involve greater volatility of price (especially during periods of economic uncertainty or change) than securities in the higher rating categories. Since yields vary over time, no specific level of income can ever be assured.

The prices of high yield fixed income securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments but more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments. Also, during an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress, which would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet projected business goals and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a fixed income security owned by an Underlying Fund defaulted, the Underlying Fund could incur additional expenses in attempting to obtain a recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high yield fixed income securities and an Underlying Fund’s NAV to the extent it holds such securities.

High yield fixed income securities also present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high yield fixed income securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, an Underlying Fund may, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities, have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which may result in a decreased return for investors. Conversely, a high yield fixed income security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of an Underlying Fund’s assets, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities. In addition, to the extent that there is no established retail secondary market, there may be thin trading of high yield fixed income securities, and this may have an impact on the Underlying Fund’s investment adviser’s ability to accurately value such securities and on the Underlying Fund’s ability to dispose of such securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield fixed income securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

New laws proposed or adopted from time to time may have an impact on the market for high yield securities.

Finally, there are risks involved in applying credit or dividend ratings as a method for evaluating high yield securities. For example, ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest or dividend payments, not market value risk of high yield securities. Also, since rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, an Underlying Fund may need to monitor the issuers of high yield securities in its portfolio, if any, to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the security’s liquidity so an Underlying Fund can meet redemption requests.

Risk Considerations of Medium Grade Securities. Debt obligations in the lowest investment grade (i.e., BBB or Baa), referred to as “medium grade” obligations, have speculative characteristics, and changes in economic conditions and other factors are more likely to lead to weakened capacity to make interest payments and repay principal on these obligations than is the case for higher rated securities. In the event that a security purchased by a Fund is subsequently downgraded below investment grade, the Adviser will consider such event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the security.

Special Note Regarding Market Events. Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of an Underlying Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether an Underlying Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region. Recent events are impacting the securities markets.

8 

An outbreak of respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus was first detected in December 2019 and has spread internationally. Governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world, such as the U.S. Federal Reserve, have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with changes to fiscal and monetary policy, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions, new monetary programs, and dramatically lower interest rates. Certain of those policy changes are being implemented or considered in response to the coronavirus outbreak. Such policy changes may adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend and interest paying securities.

In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on either specific securities or even the entire market, which may result in an Underlying Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or to accurately price its investments. Although multiple asset classes may be affected by a market disruption, the duration and effects may not be the same for all types of assets. To the extent an Underlying Fund may overweight its investments in certain countries, companies, industries or market sectors, such position will increase the Underlying Fund’s, and the Funds’, exposure to risk of loss from adverse developments affecting those countries, companies, industries or sectors. These conditions could result in a Fund’s inability to achieve its investment objectives, cause the postponement of reconstitution or rebalance dates for benchmark indices, adversely affect the prices and liquidity of the securities and other instruments in which an Underlying Fund of a Fund invests, negatively impact the Fund’s and Underlying Funds’ performance, and cause losses on your investment in the Funds.

U.S. Government Securities. An Underlying Fund may invest in U.S. government securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities include U.S. Treasury securities, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury and which differ only in their interest rates, maturities, and times of issuance. U.S. Treasury bills have initial maturities of one-year or less; U.S. Treasury notes have initial maturities of one to ten years; and U.S. Treasury bonds generally have initial maturities of greater than ten years. Certain U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, obligations of U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities such as Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Small Business Administration, the Federal Farm Credit Administration, the Federal Home Loan Banks, Banks for Cooperatives (including the Central Bank for Cooperatives), the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Commodity Credit Corporation, the Federal Financing Bank, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (“Farmer Mac”).

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, including, for example, Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those securities issued by Fannie Mae, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the federal agency, while other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, while the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored federal agencies, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will always do so, since the U.S. government is not so obligated by law. U.S. Treasury notes and bonds typically pay coupon interest semi-annually and repay the principal at maturity.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been operating under conservatorship, with the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”) acting as their conservator, since September 2008. The entities are dependent upon the continue support of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and FHFA in order to continue their business operations. These factors, among others, could affect the future status and role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the values of their securities and the securities which they guarantee.

9 

There is risk that the U.S. government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. A Fund may purchase U.S. government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities held by a Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

● U.S. Treasury Obligations. U.S. Treasury obligations consist of bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”) and Treasury Receipts (“TRs”).

● Receipts. Interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. government obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. government obligations into a special account at a custodian bank. The custodian bank holds the interest and principal payments for the benefit of the registered owners of the certificates or receipts. The custodian bank arranges for the issuance of the certificates or receipts evidencing ownership and maintains the register. TRs and STRIPS are interests in accounts sponsored by the U.S. Treasury. Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities.

● U.S. Government Zero Coupon Securities. STRIPS and receipts are sold as zero coupon securities, that is, fixed income securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons. Zero coupon securities are sold at a (usually substantial) discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal. The amount of this discount is accreted over the life of the security, and the accretion constitutes the income earned on the security for both accounting and tax purposes. Because of these features, the market prices of zero coupon securities are generally more volatile than the market prices of securities that have similar maturity but that pay interest periodically. Zero coupon securities are likely to respond to a greater degree to interest rate changes than are non-zero coupon securities with similar maturity and credit qualities.

● U.S. Government Agencies. Some obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies of the U.S. government are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Guarantees of principal by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government may be a guarantee of payment at the maturity of the obligation so that in the event of a default prior to maturity there might not be a market and thus no means of realizing on the obligation prior to maturity. Guarantees as to the timely payment of principal and interest do not extend to the value or yield of these securities nor to the value of an Underlying Fund’s shares.

● Inflation-Protected Securities. An Underlying Fund may invest in inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, known as “TIPs” or “Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities,” which are debt securities whose principal and interest payments are adjusted for inflation and interest is paid on the adjusted amount. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, such as the consumer price index. A fixed coupon rate is applied to the inflation-adjusted principal so that as inflation rises, both the principal value and the interest payments increase. This can provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of the investment. Inflation-protected securities normally will decline in price when real interest rates rise. (A real interest rate is calculated by subtracting the inflation rate from a nominal interest rate. For example, if a 10-year Treasury note is yielding 5% and inflation is 2%, the real interest rate is 3%.) If inflation is negative, the principal and income of an inflation-protected security will decline and could result in losses for a Fund.

Any increase in principal for an inflation-protected security resulting from inflation adjustments is considered by Internal Revenue Service regulations to be taxable income in the year it occurs. For direct holders of an inflation-protected security, this means that taxes must be paid on principal adjustments even though these amounts are not received until the bond matures. By contrast, an Underlying Fund holding these securities distributes both interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments in the form of cash or reinvested shares, which are taxable to shareholders.

10 

NON-PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow money from a bank equal to 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes to meet redemptions or to pay dividends. Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the NAV of a Fund’s shares and in the return on a Fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, a Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. A Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing. A Fund may be required to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet its obligations in connection with such borrowings. In an interest rate arbitrage transaction, a Fund borrows money at one interest rate and lends the proceeds at another, higher interest rate. These transactions involve a number of risks, including the risks that the borrower will fail or otherwise become insolvent or that there will be a significant change in prevailing interest rates.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is the term used to designate unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities. Maturities on these issues vary from a few to 270 days.

Corporate Obligations. An Underlying Fund may invest in debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations without limit on credit quality or maturity. See Appendix “A” to this SAI for a description of corporate debt ratings. An issuer of debt obligations may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal. Also, changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value.

Forward Commitment and When-Issued Transactions. An Underlying Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis (subject to its investment policies and restrictions). These transactions involve a commitment by an Underlying Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date (ordinarily one or two months later). The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitments are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges.

When-issued purchases and forward commitments enable an Underlying Fund to lock in what is believed to be an attractive price or yield on a particular security for a period of time, regardless of future changes in interest rates. For instance, in periods of rising interest rates and falling prices, an Underlying Fund might sell securities it owns on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to falling prices. In periods of falling interest rates and rising prices, an Underlying Fund might sell securities it owns and purchase the same or a similar security on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, thereby obtaining the benefit of currently higher yields. When-issued securities or forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date.

The value of securities purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and any subsequent fluctuations in their value are generally reflected in the computation of an Underlying Fund’s NAV starting on the date of the agreement to purchase the securities, and the Underlying Fund is subject to the rights and risks of ownership of the securities on that date. An Underlying Fund may not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date. When an Underlying Fund makes a forward commitment to sell securities it owns, the proceeds to be received upon settlement are included in the Underlying Fund’s assets. Fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities may not be reflected in the Underlying Fund’s NAV as long as the commitment to sell remains in effect. Settlement of when-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions generally takes place within two months after the date of the transaction, but an Underlying Fund may agree to a longer settlement period.

An Underlying Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into. An Underlying Fund also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Underlying Fund on the settlement date. The Underlying Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions, and its distributions from any net realized capital gains will be taxable to shareholders.

11 

Futures and Options on Futures. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. An Underlying Fund may reduce the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts that are traded on a national futures exchange regulated by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). Underlying Funds may use futures contracts and related options for: bona fide hedging; attempting to offset changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of; attempting to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies; attempting to gain exposure to a particular market, index or instrument; or other risk management purposes.

With respect to investments in swap transactions, commodity futures, commodity options or certain other derivatives used for purposes other than bona fide hedging purposes, an investment company must meet one of the following tests under the amended regulations in order to claim an exemption from being considered a “commodity pool” or a CPO. First, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish an investment company’s positions in such investments may not exceed five percent (5%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments). Alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time of the most recent position established, may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the investment company may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps and derivatives markets. In the event that an investment adviser was required to register as a CPO with respect to an Underlying Fund, the disclosure and operations of the Underlying Fund would need to comply with all applicable CFTC regulations.

An index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the securities comprising the index is made; generally, contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contract.

When an Underlying Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, or sells an option thereon, the Underlying Fund is required to “cover” its position in order to limit leveraging and related risks. To cover its position, an Underlying Fund may segregate (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) cash or liquid securities that, when added to any amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder. The segregated account functions as a practical limit on the amount of leverage which an Underlying Fund may undertake and on the potential increase in the speculative character of the Underlying Fund’s outstanding portfolio securities. Additionally, such segregated accounts will generally assure the availability of adequate funds to meet the obligations of an Underlying Fund arising from such investment activities. In October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Underlying Funds will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager. These regulations could have a substantial impact on the ability of the Underlying Funds to implement their investment strategies fully, which may negatively impact the Funds’ performance.

An Underlying Fund may also cover its long position in a futures contract by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price (i.e., an exercise price) as high or higher than the price of the futures contract. In the alternative, if the strike price of the put is less than the price of the futures contract, an Underlying Fund will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract. An Underlying Fund may also cover its long position in a futures contract by taking a short position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract. An Underlying Fund may cover its short position in a futures contract by taking a long position in the instruments underlying the futures contracts, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract.

12 

An Underlying Fund may cover its sale of a call option on a futures contract by taking a long position in the underlying futures contract at a price less than or equal to the strike price of the call option. In the alternative, if the long position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price greater than the strike price of the written (sold) call, the Underlying Fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the call and the price of the futures contract. An Underlying Fund may also cover its sale of a call option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the call option. An Underlying Fund may cover its sale of a put option on a futures contract by taking a short position in the underlying futures contract at a price greater than or equal to the strike price of the put option, or, if the short position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price less than the strike price of the written put, the Underlying Fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract. An Underlying Fund may also cover its sale of a put option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the put option.

There are significant risks associated with an Underlying Fund’s use of futures contracts and related options, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on the investment adviser of an Underlying Fund’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by the Underlying Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and options on futures. In addition, some strategies reduce an Underlying Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure.

Illiquid Investments. Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment as defined in Rule 22e-4 is an investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. To the extent an investment held by a Fund is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund will be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

The Company has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4. If the limitation on illiquid investments is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required, to the SEC.

Initial Public Offerings. To the extent consistent with its investment policies and limitations, an Underlying Fund may purchase stock in an initial public offering (“IPO”). An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public. Risks associated with IPOs may include considerable fluctuation in the market value of IPO shares due to certain factors, such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, a limited number of shares available for trading, lack of information about the issuer and limited operating history. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. When an Underlying Fund’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Underlying Fund’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the underlying investment company. As an Underlying Fund’s assets grow, the effect of the Underlying Fund’s investments in IPOs on the Underlying Fund’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Underlying Fund’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, an Underlying Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Underlying Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. In addition, an Underlying Fund cannot guarantee continued access to IPOs.

Large Shareholder Purchase and Redemption Risk. Each Fund may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Fund. Such large shareholder redemptions may cause a Fund to sell its securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund’s NAV and liquidity. Similarly, large share purchases may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. In addition, a large redemption could result in the Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio. However, this risk may be limited to the extent that the Adviser and a Fund have entered into a fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement arrangement.

13 

LIBOR Risk. Many financial instruments may be tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE Benchmark Administrator have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve’s Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Funds. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Funds will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Funds until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled.

Temporary Investment Positions. During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in (i) cash; (ii) cash equivalents; (iii) short-term debt securities; and (iv) money market instruments (the types of which are discussed below) that would not ordinarily be consistent with the Fund’s objective. For purposes of these policies, money market securities include (i) short-term U.S. government securities, including custodial receipts evidencing separately traded interest and principal components of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury; (ii) commercial paper rated in the highest short-term rating category by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”), such as S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase; (iii) short-term bank obligations (certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of U.S. domestic banks, foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks, and commercial banks with assets of at least $1 billion as of the end of their most recent fiscal year; and (iv) repurchase agreements involving such securities. Each of these types of money market securities is discussed in more detail below. For a description of ratings, see Appendix A to this SAI. If a Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time. In anticipation of or in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, a Fund may take temporary defensive positions (up to 100% of its assets) in cash, cash equivalents and all types of money market and short-term debt securities. If a Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective for a period of time.

Obligations of Domestic Banks, Foreign Banks and Foreign Branches of U.S. Banks. An Underlying Fund may invest in obligations issued by banks and other savings institutions. Investments in bank obligations include obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks. Such investments in domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks may involve risks that are different from investments in securities of domestic branches of U.S. banks. These risks may include future unfavorable political and economic developments, possible withholding taxes on interest income, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations, or other governmental restrictions which might affect the payment of principal or interest on the securities held by an Underlying Fund. Additionally, these institutions may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks. In addition, investments in bank loans may not be deemed to be securities and may not have the protections of the federal securities laws. Bank obligations include the following:

14 

● Bankers’ Acceptances. Bankers’ acceptances are bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a commercial bank. Corporations use bankers’ acceptances to finance the shipment and storage of goods and to furnish dollar exchange. Maturities are generally six months or less.

● Certificates of Deposit. Certificates of deposit are interest-bearing instruments with a specific maturity. They are issued by banks and savings and loan institutions in exchange for the deposit of funds and normally can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Certificates of deposit with penalties for early withdrawal will be considered illiquid.

● Time Deposits. Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds. Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market. Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty or that mature in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

Options. Each Fund may purchase and write put and call options on securities and securities indices and enter into related closing transactions. A put option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period. A call option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period. The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract.

Put and call options on securities indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number. Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities.

All options written on indices or securities must be covered. When a Fund writes an option on a security or an index, it will establish a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the option and will maintain the account while the option is open or will otherwise cover the transaction.

A Fund may trade put and call options on securities and securities indices, as the Adviser determines is appropriate in seeking the Fund’s investment objective, and except as restricted by the Fund’s investment limitations. See “Investment Limitations.”

The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an “opening transaction.” In order to close out an option position, a Fund may enter into a “closing transaction,” which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Fund delivers the security upon exercise.

A Fund may purchase put and call options on securities to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that the Fund may seek to purchase in the future. A Fund purchasing put and call options pays a premium therefor. If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for a Fund, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of the Fund’s securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by the Fund.

A Fund may write covered call options on securities as a means of increasing the yield on its assets and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value. When a Fund writes an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and the Fund will realize as profit the premium received for such option. When a call option of which a Fund is the writer is exercised, the Fund will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price. When a put option of which a Fund is the writer is exercised, the Fund will be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the market value of such securities.

15 

A Fund may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter. Over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. It is the SEC’s position that OTC options are generally illiquid.

The market value of an option generally reflects the market price of an underlying security. Other principal factors affecting market value include supply and demand, interest rates, the pricing volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date.

Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while a Fund will receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security.

Pandemic Risk. Disease outbreaks that affect local economies or the global economy may materially and adversely impact the Funds and/or the Adviser’s business. For example, uncertainties regarding the novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak have resulted in serious economic disruptions across the globe. These types of outbreaks can be expected to cause severe decreases in core business activities such as manufacturing, purchasing, tourism, business conferences and workplace participation, among others. These disruptions lead to instability in the market place, including stock market losses and overall volatility, as has occurred in connection with COVID-19. In the face of such instability, governments may take extreme and unpredictable measures to combat the spread of disease and mitigate the resulting market disruptions and losses. The Adviser has in place business continuity plans reasonably designed to ensure that it maintains normal business operations, and it periodically tests those plans. However, in the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Adviser or the Funds’ service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

Repurchase Agreements. Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with financial institutions. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which a Fund acquires a fixed income security (generally a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance, or a certificate of deposit) from a commercial bank, broker, or dealer, and simultaneously agrees to resell such security to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next business day). Because the security purchased constitutes collateral for the repurchase obligation, a repurchase agreement may be considered a loan that is collateralized by the security purchased. The acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities as long as the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities is collateralized fully. The Funds follow certain procedures designed to minimize the risks inherent in such agreements. These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with creditworthy financial institutions whose condition will be continually monitored by the Adviser. The repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund will provide that the underlying collateral at all times shall have a value at least equal to 102% of the resale price stated in the agreement and consist only of securities permissible under Section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code (the Adviser monitors compliance with this requirement). Under all repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund, the custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, a Fund will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercising of a Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss. It is the current policy of the Funds, not to invest in repurchase agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment, together with any other illiquid assets held by that Fund, amounts to more than 15% of the Fund’s total assets. The investments of a Fund in repurchase agreements, at times, may be substantial when, in the view of the Adviser, liquidity or other considerations so warrant.

16 

Restricted Securities. Each Fund may purchase securities which are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (“1933 Act”) but which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Restricted Securities”). These securities will not be considered illiquid so long as it is determined by the Adviser that an adequate trading market exists for the securities. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in an underlying investment company during any period that qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing restricted securities. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser may consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the unregistered nature of the security; (2) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (3) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of Restricted Securities normally reflect a discount from the price at which such securities trade when they are not restricted, since the restriction makes them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market price is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the Restricted Securities and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

As consistent with each Fund’s respective investment objective, the Funds may also invest in Section 4(2) commercial paper. Section 4(2) commercial paper is issued in reliance on an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act and is generally sold to institutional investors who purchase for investment. Any resale of such commercial paper must be in an exempt transaction, usually to an institutional investor through the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in such commercial paper. The Company believes that Section 4(2) commercial paper is liquid to the extent it meets the criteria established by the Board. The Company intends to treat such commercial paper as liquid and not subject to the investment limitations applicable to illiquid securities or restricted securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to portfolio securities for temporary purposes (such as to obtain cash to meet redemption requests) when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed disadvantageous or inconvenient by the Adviser. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by a Fund subject to the Fund’s agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and rate of interest. Such agreements may be considered borrowings under the 1940 Act and may be entered into only for temporary or emergency purposes. While reverse repurchase transactions are outstanding, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account with the Fund’s custodian or a qualified sub-custodian, cash or liquid securities of an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities, plus accrued interest, subject to the agreement and will monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase and the interest received on the cash exchanged for the securities.

Rights Offerings and Purchase Warrants. Rights offerings and purchase warrants are privileges issued by a corporation which enable the owner to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short lifespan to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that a Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the right’s or warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Special Situation Companies. An Underlying Fund may invest in “Special Situations.” The term “Special Situation” shall be deemed to refer to a security of a company in which an unusual and possibly non-repetitive development is taking place which, in the opinion of the Underlying Fund’s investment adviser, may cause the security to attain a higher market value independently, to a degree, of the trend in the securities market in general. The particular development (actual or prospective), which may qualify a security as a Special Situation, may be one of many different types.

17 

Such developments may include, among others, a technological improvement or important discovery or acquisition which, if the expectation for it materialized, would effect a substantial change in the company’s business; a reorganization; a recapitalization or other development involving a security exchange or conversion; a merger, liquidation or distribution of cash, securities or other assets; a breakup or workout of a holding company; litigation which, if resolved favorably, would improve the value of the company’s stock; a new or changed management; or material changes in management policies. A Special Situation may often involve a comparatively small company, which is not well known, and which has not been closely watched by investors generally, but it may also involve a large company. The fact, if it exists, that an increase in the company’s earnings, dividends or business is expected, or that a given security is considered to be undervalued, would not in itself be sufficient to qualify as a Special Situation. An Underlying Fund may invest in securities (even if not Special Situations) which are appropriate investments for the Underlying Fund. Underlying Funds are not required to invest any minimum percentage of their aggregate portfolio in “Special Situations,” nor are they required to invest any minimum percentage of their aggregate portfolio in securities other than “Special Situations.”

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each Fund has adopted the following fundamental investment limitations which may not be changed with respect to a Fund without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares (as defined in Section 2(a) (42) of the 1940 Act). As used in this SAI and in the Prospectus, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding shares” of a Fund means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. Unless otherwise noted, a Fund’s investment goals and strategies described in the Prospectus may be changed by the Board without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

Each Fund may not:

1. Purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the total assets of the Fund to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities and repurchase agreements involving such securities.

2. Borrow money in an amount exceeding 33^1/3% of the value of its total assets, provided that, for purposes of this limitation, investment strategies which either obligate the Fund to purchase securities or require the Fund to segregate assets are not considered to be borrowings. Asset coverage of at least 300% is required for all borrowings, except where the Fund has borrowed money for temporary purposes in amounts not exceeding 5% of its total assets.

3. Make loans if, as a result, more than 33^1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) lend its securities.

4. Purchase or sell real estate, physical commodities, or commodities contracts, except that the Fund may purchase (i) marketable securities issued by companies which own or invest in real estate (including REITs), commodities, or commodities contracts; and (ii) commodities contracts relating to financial instruments, such as financial futures contracts and options on such contracts.

5. Issue senior securities as defined in the 1940 Act except as permitted by rule, regulation or order of the SEC.

6. Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers except as it may be deemed an underwriter in selling a portfolio security.

18 

Each Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that a Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations.

Securities held by a Fund generally may not be purchased from, sold or loaned to the Adviser or its affiliates or any of their directors, officers or employees, acting as principal, unless pursuant to a rule or exemptive order under the 1940 Act.

If a percentage restriction under one of a Fund’s investment policies or limitations or the use of assets is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentages resulting from changing values will not be considered a violation (except with respect to any restrictions that may apply to borrowings or senior securities issued by the Fund).

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Funds, a policy relating to the selective disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings by the Adviser, Board, officers, or third party service providers, in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders. The policies relating to the disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund. It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities. As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose each Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR, Form N-CEN, and Form N-PORT, or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

Generally, after the 30th business day of the month following each calendar quarter end, each Fund may provide, at the Adviser’s discretion, its portfolio holdings to various rating and ranking organizations. In addition, generally after the 30th business day of the month following each calendar quarter end, each Fund may post to its website a list of its top ten holdings or full portfolio holdings at the discretion of the Adviser. The timing, frequency and type (i.e., ratings/rankings/holdings) of disclosure may change at the Adviser’s discretion, as well as whether to post to each Fund’s website.

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about a Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include U.S. Bank, N.A., the custodian; U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Fund Services”), the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm; Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; FilePoint, the financial printer; the Funds’ proxy voting service(s); and the Company’s liquidity classification agent. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to a Fund. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions). Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in a Fund’s portfolio.

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to (i) certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information and (ii) financial consultants to assist them in determining the suitability of the Funds as an investment for their clients, in each case in accordance with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the Company’s and the Adviser’s fiduciary duties to Fund shareholders. Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions. The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings. The Board or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.

19 

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of a Fund.

The Board provides ongoing oversight of the Company’s policies and procedures and compliance with such policies and procedures. As part of this oversight function, the Board receives from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Board receives an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the policies and procedures with respect to a Fund, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures. Any violation of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violation must be reported by the Adviser, director, officers or third party service providers to the Company’s CCO, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

Portfolio turnover measures the percentage of a Fund’s total portfolio market value that was purchased or sold during the period. A Fund’s turnover rate provides an indication of how transaction costs (which are not included in the Fund’s expenses) may affect the Fund’s performance. Also, funds with a high turnover may be more likely to distribute capital gains that may be taxable to shareholders.

Each Fund’s portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 and fiscal period ended August 31, 2020 are stated below. Portfolio turnover rates could change significantly in response to turbulent market conditions.

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2021	Fiscal Period Ended August 31, 2020*
SGI Peak Growth Fund	178%	5%
SGI Prudent Growth Fund	170%	6%

* The Funds commenced operations and began positioning their respective portfolio holdings on June 8, 2020, and consequently, the portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020 is not annualized and not comparable to the portfolio turnover rate for each Fund for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

The portfolio turnover rate for the Funds increased for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 because it was the Funds’ first full year of operations.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board of Directors, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter. The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers. The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Directors.” Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.” The Board is currently composed of seven Independent Directors and one Interested Director. The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman. Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

20 

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

The Board has established seven standing committees — Audit, Contract, Executive, Investment and Liquidity Risk, Nominating and Governance, Product Development, Regulatory Oversight, and Valuation Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section entitled “Standing Committees.”

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

21 

Directors and Executive Officers

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their ages, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below.

22 

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 88	Director	1988 to present	From 1969 to 2011, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).	50	AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies).
Gregory P. Chandler 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	2012 to present	Since 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Herspiegel Consulting LLC (life sciences consulting services); 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Avocado Systems Inc. (cyber security software provider); 2009-2020, Chief Financial Officer, Emtec, Inc. (information technology consulting/services).	50	FS Energy and Power Fund (business development company); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Lisa A. Dolly 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI, 53202 Age: 55	Director	October 2021 to present	From July 2019-December 2019, Chairman, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm); January 2016-June 2019, Chief Executive Officer, Pershing, LLC.	50	Allfunds Group PLC (United Kingdom wealthtech and fund distribution provider); Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (trade association for broker dealers, investment banks and asset managers); Hightower Advisors (wealth management firm).
Nicholas A. Giordano 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 78	Director	2006 to present	Since 1997, Consultant, financial services organizations.	50	IntriCon Corporation (biomedical device manufacturer); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Arnold M. Reichman 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 73	Chairman Director	2005 to present 1991 to present	Retired.	50	EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company).

23 

Brian T. Shea 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 61	Director	2018 to present	From 2014-2017, Chief Executive Officer, BNY Mellon Investment Services (fund services, global custodian and securities clearing firm); from 1983-2014, Chief Executive Officer and various positions, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm).	50	Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (financial services technology company); Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (financial services company).
Robert A. Straniere 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 80	Director	2006 to present	Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City; since 1980, Founding Partner, Straniere Law Group (law firm).	50	None.
INTERESTED DIRECTOR2
Robert Sablowsky 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 83	Vice Chairman Director	2016 to present 1991 to present	Since 2002, Senior Director – Investments and prior thereto, Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).	50	None.
OFFICERS
Salvatore Faia, JD, CPA, CFE Vigilant Compliance, LLC Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike Chadds Ford, PA 19317 Age: 59	President Chief Compliance Officer	2009 to present 2004 to present	Since 2004, President, Vigilant Compliance, LLC (investment management services company); since 2005, Independent Trustee of EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company); Since 2021, President and Chief Compliance Officer of Penn Capital Funds Trust.	N/A	N/A
James G. Shaw 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 61	Treasurer and Secretary	2016 to present	Treasurer and Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2016) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2005 to 2016, Assistant Treasurer of The RBB Fund, Inc.; from 1995 to 2016, Senior Director and Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company).	N/A	N/A
Craig A. Urciuoli 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 46	Director of Marketing & Business Development	2019 to present	Director of Marketing & Business Development of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2019) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2000-2019, Managing Director, Third Avenue Management LLC (investment advisory firm).	N/A	N/A

24 

Jennifer Witt 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 39	Assistant Treasurer	2018 to present	Since 2020, Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm); from 2016 to 2020, Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services; from 2007 to 2016, Supervisor, Nuveen Investments (registered investment company).	N/A	N/A
Edward Paz 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee WI 53202 Age: 50	Assistant Secretary	2016 to present	Since 2007, Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm).	N/A	N/A
Michael P. Malloy One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 62	Assistant Secretary	1999 to present	Since 1993, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A
Jillian L. Bosmann One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 42	Assistant Secretary	2017 to present	Since 2017, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A

* Each Director oversees 50 portfolios of the fund complex, consisting of the series in the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust (7 portfolios).

1. Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his or her death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. The Board has approved waivers of the policy with respect to Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, Sablowsky and Straniere. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

2. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and is referred to as an “Interested Director.” Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as a senior officer of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years. Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director. The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive-level management experience in the cable television and communications industry. Mr. Chandler has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the investment technology consulting/services and investment banking/brokerage industries, and also serves on various boards. Ms. Dolly has over three decades of experience in the financial services industry, and she has demonstrated her leadership and management abilities by serving in numerous senior executive-level positions. Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies. Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience. Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the financial services industry. Mr. Shea has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the brokerage, clearing, and investment services industry, including service on the boards of industry regulatory organizations and a university. Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company.

25 

Standing Committees

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler and Giordano. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Contract Committee. The Board has a Contract Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Contract Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Contract Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the approval and continuation of agreements and plans of the Company. The Contract Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Giordano, Reichman and Sablowsky. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Product Development Committee. The Board has a Product Development Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Product Development Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Reichman, Sablowsky and Shea. The Product Development Committee oversees the process regarding the addition of new investment advisers and investment products to the Company. The Product Development Committee convened three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Reichman, Sablowsky, Shea and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee comprised of the Interested Director and two officers of the Company. The members of the Valuation Committee are Messrs. Faia, Sablowsky and Shaw. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing fair value determinations. The Valuation Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Risk Oversight

The Board performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s CCO. The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk. Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs. Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

26 

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s CCO to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues. The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees. For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in all of the portfolios of the Company (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him or her), as of December 31, 2020:

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Director within the Family of Investment Companies
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky	None	Over $100,000
Gregory P. Chandler	None	Over $100,000
Lisa A. Dolly*	None	None
Nicholas A. Giordano	None	$10,001-$50,000
Arnold M. Reichman	None	Over $100,000
Brian T. Shea	None	$1-$10,000
Robert A. Straniere	None	$1-$10,000
INTERESTED DIRECTOR
Robert Sablowsky	None	Over $100,000

* Ms. Dolly began serving as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust, based on an allocation formula, pay each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $13,500 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each receives an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each receives an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

From April 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $10,000 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each received an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

27 

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof. An employee of Vigilant Compliance, LLC serves as President and CCO of the Company. Vigilant Compliance, LLC is compensated for the services provided to the Company, and such compensation is determined by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance LLC received $690,000 in the aggregate from all series of the Company for its services, and $0 from the SGI Peak Growth Fund, and $0 from the SGI Prudent Growth Fund. Employees of the Company serve as Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development, and are compensated for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from the Company in the following amounts:

Name of Director/Officer	Aggregate Compensation from the Funds*	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses	Total Compensation From Fund Complex Paid to Directors or Officer
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$11,761	N/A	$198,000
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$11,402	N/A	$190,000
Gregory P. Chandler, Director	$13,610	N/A	$224,500
Lisa A. Dolly, Director(2)	$0	N/A	$0
Nicholas A. Giordano, Director	$12,161	N/A	$202,000
Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman	$16,910	N/A	$275,500
Brian T. Shea, Director	$11,550	N/A	$191,875
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$11,682	N/A	$196,000
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$15,696	N/A	$258,000
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$12,532	N/A	$299,000
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$10,341	N/A	$247,200

(1)	Mr. Carnall retired from his role as a Director effective October 1, 2021.
(2)	Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Each compensated Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s deferred compensation plan (the “DC Plan”). Under the DC Plan, a compensated Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation and have the deferred compensation treated as if it had been invested by the Company in shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Company. The amount paid to the Directors under the DC Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments.

As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

28 

Director Emeritus Program

The Board has created a position of Director Emeritus, whereby an incumbent Director who has attained at least the age of 75 and completed a minimum of fifteen years of service as a Director, may, in the sole discretion of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company (“Committee”), be recommended to the full Board to serve as Director Emeritus.

A Director Emeritus that has been approved as such receives an annual fee in an amount equal to up to 50% of the annual base compensation paid to a Director. Compensation will be determined annually by the Committee and the Board with respect to each Director Emeritus. In addition, a Director Emeritus will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service, including expenses of travel and lodging incurred in attendance at Board meetings. A Director Emeritus will continue to receive relevant materials concerning the Funds, will be expected to attend at least one regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board each year (which attendance may be via telephone), and will be available to consult with the Directors at reasonable times as requested. However, a Director Emeritus does not have any voting rights at Board meetings and is not subject to election by shareholders of the Funds.

A Director Emeritus will be permitted to serve in such capacity from year to year at the pleasure of the Committee and the Board for up to three years. Effective October 1, 2021, J. Richard Carnall serves as a Director Emeritus of the Company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company, subject to certain restrictions.

PROXY VOTING

The Board has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Funds to the Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. In exercising its voting obligations, the Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Funds. The Adviser will consider factors affecting the value of a Fund’s investments and the rights of shareholders in its determination on voting portfolio securities.

The Adviser will vote proxies in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures, which are included in Appendix B to this SAI.

The Company is required to disclose annually each Fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. Each Fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th will be available upon request by calling 1-855-744-8500 or by writing to the Fund at: Summit Global Investments Funds, c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, PO Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701. Each Fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of November 30, 2021, to the Company’s knowledge, the following named persons at the addresses shown below were owners of record of approximately 5% or more of the total outstanding shares of the Funds as indicated below. See “Additional Information Concerning Company Shares” below. Any shareholder that owns 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a portfolio or class may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the portfolio or class. Shareholders controlling a portfolio or class could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio or class on any matter requiring approval of the shareholders of the portfolio or class.

29 

Class, Shareholder Name and Address	Percentage of Shares Owned as of November 30, 2021
SGI Peak Growth Fund — Class I:
Charles Schwab AB & Co Inc Special Custody A/C FBO Customers Attn: Mutual Funds 211 Main St San Francisco, CA 94105-1905	50.34%
National Financial Services LLC For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept. 4th Fl 499 Washington Blvd New Jersey, NJ 07310-1995	45.99%
SGI Prudent Growth Fund— Class I:
National Financial Services LLC For the Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept. 4th Fl 499 Washington Blvd New Jersey, NJ 07310-1995	66.26%
Charles Schwab AB & Co Inc Special Custody A/C FBO Customers Attn: Mutual Funds 211 Main St San Francisco, CA 94105-1905	29.18%

As of November 30, 2021, the directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the shares of each Fund.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Summit Global Investments, LLC (“Summit” or the “Adviser”) is a limited liability company registered with the State of Utah in October 2010. The Adviser is 100% privately-owned and is controlled by David Harden.

Advisory Agreement with the Company. The Adviser renders advisory services to the Funds pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement dated June 8, 2020. Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Adviser will provide for the overall management of the Funds including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Funds, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents, (ii) the determination from time to time of the securities and other investments to be purchased, retained, or sold by the Funds, and (iii) the placement from time to time of orders for all purchases and sales of securities and other investments made for the Funds. The Adviser will provide the services rendered by it in accordance with each Fund’s investment objective, restrictions and policies as stated in the Prospectus and in this SAI. The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment, mistake of law, or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

For its services to the Funds, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee computed daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each Fund’s respective Class I Shares. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its management fees and reimburse expenses through December 31, 2022, to the extent that each Fund’s total annual operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, fund services administrative fee, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) exceed 1.70% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s Class I Shares. If at any time a Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses are less than 1.70%, then the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement.

30 

The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under the Advisory Agreement. Each Fund bears all of its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser. General expenses of the Company not readily identifiable as belonging to a portfolio of the Company are allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Board in such manner as it deems to be fair and equitable. Expenses borne by a Fund include, but are not limited to the following (or a Fund’s share of the following): (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the Fund and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) fees payable to and expenses incurred on behalf of the Fund by the Adviser; (c) filing fees and expenses relating to the registration and qualification of the Company and the Fund’s shares under federal and/or state securities laws and maintaining such registrations and qualifications; (d) fees and salaries payable to the Company’s Directors and officers; (e) taxes (including any income or franchise taxes) and governmental fees; (f) costs of any liability and other insurance or fidelity bonds; (g) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Company or the Fund for violation of any law; (h) legal, accounting and auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel for the independent Directors; (i) charges of custodians and other agents; (j) expenses of setting in type and printing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto for existing shareholders, reports, statements, and confirmations to shareholders and proxy material that are not attributable to a class; (k) costs of mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto to existing shareholders, as well as reports to shareholders and proxy materials that are not attributable to a class; (1) any extraordinary expenses; (m) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (n) costs of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings; (o) costs of independent pricing services to value a portfolio’s securities; and (p) the costs of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Company to its Directors and officers. Distribution expenses, transfer agency expenses, expenses of preparation, printing and mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements and reports to shareholders, and organizational expenses and registration fees, identified as belonging to a particular class of the Company, are allocated to such class.

The advisory fees, including waivers and reimbursements for the past fiscal period ended of 2020 and fiscal year ended of 2021 are as follows:

	Advisory Fees Accrued	Waivers and/or Reimbursements/ Recoupments	Net Advisory Fees Paid
SGI Peak Growth Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$69,730	$(3,523)	$66,207
For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020*	$9,066	$(20,342)	$—
SGI Prudent Growth Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$66,724	$(4,454)	$62,270
For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020*	$7,723	$(25,050)	$—

* The Funds commenced operations on June 8, 2020.

As of August 31, 2021, the Funds had amounts available for recoupment as follows:

Fund	Expiration August 31, 2023	Expiration August 31, 2024
SGI Peak Growth Fund	$11,079	$12,786
SGI Prudent Growth Fund	$16,270	$13,235

31 

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall at all times have all rights in and to each Fund’s name and all investment models used by or on behalf of the Fund. The Adviser may use each Fund’s name or any portion thereof in connection with any other mutual fund or business activity without the consent of any shareholder, and the Company has agreed to execute and deliver any and all documents required to indicate its consent to such use.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

This section includes information about the Fund’s portfolio managers, including information about other accounts they manage, the dollar range of Fund shares they own and how they are compensated.

Description of Compensation. As of the date of this SAI, the Adviser compensates the Funds’ portfolio managers for their management of the Funds. The portfolio managers are compensated through equity ownership of the Adviser, adjusted to reflect current market rates, and therefore compensation is in part based on the value of a Fund’s net assets and other client accounts they are managing. The Adviser’s Board of Managers reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager periodically and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market.

Other Accounts. In addition to the Funds, each portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below. The information below is provided as of August 31, 2021.

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team Member	Type of Accounts	Total # of Accounts Managed	Total Assets	# of Accounts Managed that Advisory Fee Based on Performance	Total Assets that Advisory Fee Based on Performance (in millions)
David Harden	Other Registered Investment Companies:	4	$782 million	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	14	$462.1 million	1	$4.3 million
Aash Shah	Other Registered Investment Companies:	4	$782 million	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	12	$298.1 million	1	$4.3 million

Conflict of Interest. The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with his management of a Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as a Fund. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another. Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of a Fund. However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

Securities Ownership. The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each portfolio manager in the Funds managed by each such portfolio manager as of August 31, 2021 using the following ranges: none; $1-$10,000; $10,001-$50,000; $50,001-$100,000; $100,001-$500,000; $500,001-$1,000,000; and over $1,000,000.

32 

Fund/Portfolio Manager	Dollar Value of Securities Beneficially Owned
SGI Peak Growth Fund
David Harden	None
Aash Shah	None
SGI Prudent Growth Fund
David Harden	None
Aash Shah	None

ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

Fund Services, located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as fund administrator to the Funds pursuant to a fund administration servicing agreement and serves as fund accountant pursuant to a fund accounting servicing agreement (the “Administration Agreements”). Under the fund accounting servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to furnish to the Funds statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, and certain other services required by the Funds. Under the fund administration servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to provide fund administration services to the Company. These services include the preparation and coordination of the Company’s annual post-effective amendment filing and supplements to the Funds’ registration statement, the preparation and assembly of board meeting materials, and certain other services necessary to the Company’s fund administration. In addition, Fund Services has agreed to prepare and file various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and prepare materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Funds.

The Administration Agreements provide that Fund Services shall be obligated to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties and that Fund Services shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with its duties under the Administration Agreements, except a loss resulting from Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of the applicable Administration Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties thereunder.

Fund Services receives a fee under the Administration Agreements based on the average daily net assets of the Company.

The administration fees paid to Fund Services including waivers and reimbursements for the past fiscal period ended of 2020 and fiscal year ended of 2021 are as follows:

	Administration, Accounting and Regulatory Administration  Fees Paid (after waivers and reimbursements)	Waivers	Reimbursements
SGI Peak Growth Fund
For the fiscal year August 31, 2021	$18,272	$0	$0
For the fiscal period August 31, 2020*	$2,375	$0	$0
SGI Prudent Growth Fund
For the fiscal year August 31, 2021	$18,012	$0	$0
For the fiscal period August 31, 2020*	$2,361	$0	$0

* The Funds commenced operations on June 8, 2020.

33 

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

U.S. Bank, N.A., (the “Custodian”), 1555 North RiverCenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, is custodian of the Funds’ assets pursuant to a custodian agreement (the “Custodian Agreement”). Under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian: (a) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of the Funds; (b) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of the Funds; (c) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of the Funds; (d) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the Funds’ portfolio securities; and (e) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the Funds’ operations. The Custodian is authorized to select one or more banks or trust companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of the Funds, provided that the Custodian remains responsible for the performance of all of its duties under the Custodian Agreement and holds the Funds harmless from the acts and omissions of any affiliate, sub-custodian or domestic sub-custodian. For its services to the Funds under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian receives a fee based on the Funds’ average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Funds. The Custodian and Fund Services are affiliates.

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund pursuant to a transfer agency and servicing agreement (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”), under which Fund Services: (a) issues and redeems shares of the Funds; (b) addresses and mails all communications by the Funds to record owners of the shares, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy materials for its meetings of shareholders; (c) maintains shareholder accounts and, if requested, sub-accounts; and (d) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the operations of the Funds. Fund Services may, subject to the Board’s approval, assign its duties as transfer and dividend disbursing agent to any affiliate. For its services to the Funds under the Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Services receives an annual fee based on the number of accounts in the Funds and the Funds’ average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Funds.

Fund Services also provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. In addition, Fund Services provides services relating to the implementation of the Funds’ Customer Identification Program, including verification of required customer information and the maintenance of records with respect to such verification.

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), whose principal business address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the underwriter to the Funds pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”). The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). The Distributor is not affiliated with the Company or the Adviser.

Under the Distribution Agreement with the Funds, the Distributor acts as the agent of the Company in connection with the continuous offering of shares of the Funds. The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Funds on a best efforts basis. The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares. The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Company.

The Distributor may enter into agreements with selected broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries for distribution of shares of the Funds. With respect to certain financial intermediaries and related fund “supermarket” platform arrangements, the Funds and/or the Adviser, rather than the Distributor, typically enter into such agreements. These financial intermediaries may charge a fee for their services and may receive shareholder service or other fees from parties other than the Distributor. These financial intermediaries may otherwise act as processing agents and are responsible for promptly transmitting purchase, redemption and other requests to the Funds.

Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein. Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares. Investors purchasing shares of the Funds through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary. The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the financial intermediary. The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Funds for its distribution services except the distribution/service fees with respect to the shares of those classes for which a Rule 12b-1 distribution plan is effective. The Adviser pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution-related services.

34 

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities in accordance with the 1940 Act. The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Company on behalf of the Funds on no less than 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Funds or by vote of a majority of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement, or by the Distributor, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the performance of the Distributor’s obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof.

FUND SERVICES ADMINISTRATIVE FEE

Each Fund pays compensation to the Adviser for fund services in accordance with an Administrative Services Agreement between the Company and the Adviser (in such capacity, the “Servicing Agent”). The Servicing Agent receives a monthly fee equal to 0.25% on an annualized basis of the net assets of each Fund (the “Fund Services Administrative Fee”). The Servicing Agent may delegate some or all of its servicing responsibilities to one or more Service Organizations. Over time, the Fund Services Administrative Fee increases the cost of your investment in the Funds’ shares because these fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an on-going basis.

For purposes of the Administrative Services Agreement, fund services include, but are not limited to: (i) assisting in the maintenance of the Funds’ records containing information relating to shareholders of the Funds; (ii) providing administrative assistance to shareholders concerning the establishment or maintenance of an account with the Funds; (iii) assisting in processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and facilitating settlement with the Funds for any shareholder transactions submitted; (iv) processing all dividend payments, including capital gain or other payments authorized by the Fund and distributed to and received by the Servicing Agent or the Service Organization; (v) providing sub-transfer agent or sub-accounting services for Fund beneficial owners; (vi) assisting in the communications between shareholders and the Funds; and (vii) supervising other aspects of the Funds’ operations and providing other shareholder or administrative services to the Funds.

A Service Organization receiving compensation from the Fund Services Administrative Fee generally represents in a service agreement with the Servicing Agent that all compensation payable to the Service Organization in connection with the investment of their assets in the Funds will be disclosed by the Service Organization to its customers. The Funds do not monitor the actual services being performed by a Service Organization under the service agreement. The Funds also do not monitor the reasonableness of the total compensation that a Service Organization may receive, including any service fee that the Service Organization may receive from the Funds and any compensation the Service Organization may receive directly from its clients.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Adviser and/or its affiliates, at their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Funds, their service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Funds and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

35 

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares or provide services to the Funds, the Distributor or shareholders of the Funds through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets. Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing a Fund in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about a Fund; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events. The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in a Fund by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates. A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow.

FUND TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies established by the Board and applicable rules, the Adviser is responsible for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage transactions for the Funds. In executing portfolio transactions, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Funds, taking into account such factors as the price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of the order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved. While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions.

Brokerage Transactions

Generally, equity securities, both listed and over-the-counter, are bought and sold through brokerage transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer’s mark-up or reflect a dealer’s mark-down. Money market securities and other debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, the Fund will not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer’s mark up or reflect a dealer’s mark down. When a Fund executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will generally deal with primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

In addition, the Adviser may place a combined order for two or more accounts they manage, including the Funds, engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security if, in its judgment, joint execution is in the best interest of each participant and will result in best price and execution. Transactions involving commingled orders are allocated in a manner deemed equitable to each account and each Fund. Although it is recognized that, in some cases, the joint execution of orders could adversely affect the price or volume of the security that a particular account or Fund may obtain, it is the opinion of the Adviser and the Board that the advantages of combined orders outweigh the possible disadvantages of separate transactions. Nonetheless, the Adviser believes that the ability of a Fund to participate in higher volume transactions will generally be beneficial to the Fund.

36 

The following chart shows the Funds paid the following commissions to brokers on account of research services for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020 and fiscal year ended of August 31, 2021:

SGI Peak Growth Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	0
For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020*	$	0
SGI Prudent Growth Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	0
For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020*	$	0

* The Funds commenced operations on June 8, 2020.

The following chart shows the aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the Funds for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020 and fiscal year ended of August 31, 2021:

SGI Peak Growth Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	2,693
For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020*	$	225
SGI Prudent Growth Fund
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021	$	3,023
For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2020*	$	348

* The Funds commenced operations on June 8, 2020.

Each Fund is required to identify any securities of the Company’s regular broker-dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents held by the Fund as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. As of August 31, 2021, no Fund held securities of its regular broker-dealers.

Brokerage Selection

The Company does not expect to use one particular broker or dealer, and when one or more brokers is believed capable of providing the best combination of price and execution, the Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to the Adviser. The Adviser may pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers in return for such services only if a good faith determination is made that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause a fund to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. In addition to agency transactions, the Adviser may receive brokerage and research services in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC guidance. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). In the case of research services, the Adviser believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to their investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Funds.

To the extent research services may be a factor in selecting brokers, such services may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies and securities as well as market, economic, or institutional areas and information which assists in the valuation and pricing of investments. Examples of research-oriented services for which the Adviser might utilize Fund commissions include research reports and other information on the economy, industries, sectors, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, political developments, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis. The Adviser may use research services furnished by brokers in servicing all client accounts and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. Information so received by the Adviser will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement. Any advisory or other fees paid to the Adviser are not reduced as a result of the receipt of research services.

37 

In some cases, the Adviser may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the Adviser makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while the Adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the Adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the Adviser believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.

From time to time, the Funds may purchase new issues of securities for clients in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the Adviser with research services. FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

Read the Funds’ Prospectus for information regarding the purchase and redemption of Fund shares. The following information supplements information in the Funds’ Prospectus.

You may purchase shares through an account maintained by your brokerage firm, financial institutions and industry professionals (“Service Organizations”) and you may also purchase shares directly by mail or wire. The Company reserves the right, if conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase of a Fund’s shares by making payment in whole or in part in securities chosen by the Company and valued in the same way as they would be valued for purposes of computing a Fund’s NAV. If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction costs in converting these securities into cash. A shareholder will also bear any market risk or tax consequences as a result of a payment in securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that a Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund. A shareholder will bear the risk of a decline in market value and any tax consequences associated with a redemption in securities.

Under the 1940 Act, the Company may suspend the right to redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which the SEC restricts trading on the NYSE or determines an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit. (The Company may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

Shares of the Funds are subject to redemption by the Company, at the redemption price of such shares as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation: (1) to reimburse the Funds for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder as provided in the Prospectus from time to time; (2) if such redemption is, in the opinion of the Board, desirable in order to prevent the Company or the Funds from being deemed a “personal holding company” within the meaning of the Code; (3) or if the net income with respect to any particular class of common stock should be negative or it should otherwise be appropriate to carry out the Company’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

Each Fund has the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

38 

Other Purchase Information

If shares of the Funds are held in a “street name” account with an authorized dealer, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the authorized dealer, and not by a Fund and its Transfer Agent. Since the Funds will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the authorized dealer to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account. The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with a Fund involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the authorized dealer.

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

The Company’s telephone transaction procedures include the following measures: (1) requiring the appropriate telephone transaction privilege forms; (2) requiring the caller to provide the names of the account owners, the account social security number and name of the Fund, all of which must match the Company’s records; (3) requiring the Company’s service representative to complete a telephone transaction form, listing all of the above caller identification information; (4) permitting exchanges (if applicable) only if the two account registrations are identical; (5) requiring that redemption proceeds be sent only by check to the account owners of record at the address of record, or by electronic funds transfer through the ACH network or by wire only to the owners of record at the bank account of record; (6) sending a written confirmation for each telephone transaction to the owners of record at the address of record within five (5) business days of the call; and (7) maintaining tapes of telephone transactions for six months, if the Company elects to record shareholder telephone transactions. For accounts held of record by broker-dealers, financial institutions, securities dealers, financial planners and other industry professionals, additional documentation or information regarding the scope of a caller’s authority is required. Finally, for telephone transactions in accounts held jointly, additional information regarding other account holders is required. Shares held in IRA accounts may be redeemed by telephone at 1-855-744-8500. Investors will be asked whether or not to withhold taxes from any distribution.

VALUATION OF SHARES

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the NAV per share of each Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to the Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of the Fund. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) or such other time as the NYSE or National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the NYSE is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The NYSE is generally closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The Company reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were initially processed at a NAV other than the Fund’s official closing NAV (as the same may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders based on the official closing NAV. The Company reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, the Fund may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

The securities of each Fund are valued under the direction of the Funds’ administrator and under the general supervision of the Board. Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices. Subject to the approval of the Board, the Funds may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments in determining the approximate market value of portfolio investments. This may result in the investments being valued at a price that differs from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used. All cash, receivables, and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their face value. Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Funds’ Valuation Committee under the direction of the Board.

39 

The procedures used by any pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the officers of the Company under the general supervision of the Board.

An Underlying Fund may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges. These securities may trade on weekends or other days when the Underlying Funds and the Funds do not calculate NAV. As a result, the value of these investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares.

TAXES

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Funds or their shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Code and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

General

Each Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, each Fund generally is exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, each Fund must meet three important tests each year.

First, a Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, a Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

Each Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If a Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year a Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

40 

Taxation of Certain Investments

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by a Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause a Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which a Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

State and Local Taxes

Although the Funds each expect to qualify as a “regulated investment company” and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, each Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, 89.123 billion shares have been classified into 202 classes. However, the Company only has approximately 53 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s charter, the Board has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

Each share that represents an interest in a Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the Fund with each other share that represents an interest in the Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in the Fund. Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights. When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders owning at least ten percent of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

Holders of shares of each class of the Funds will vote in the aggregate and not by class on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2 the approval of an investment advisory agreement or distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio.

41 

Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above), or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

MISCELLANEOUS

Anti-Money Laundering Program

The Funds have established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Funds’ Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures, and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program, and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that certain of their service providers have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new account applications. The Funds will not transact business with any person or legal entity whose identity and beneficial owners, if applicable, cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Counsel

The law firm of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as independent counsel to the Company and the Independent Directors.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, and in that capacity audits the Funds’ financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements and notes thereto in the Funds’ Annual Report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 (the “Annual Report”) are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other parts of the Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements included in the Annual Report have been audited by the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, whose report thereon also appears in the Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements have been incorporated herein in reliance upon such reports given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Copies of the Annual Report may be obtained at no charge by telephoning the Funds at the telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

42 

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” – A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” – A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” – A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” – A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.¹ Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” – Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

¹ A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

A-1 

“F2” – Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” – Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” – Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” – Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” – Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

 “R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 “R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 “R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

 “R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

 “R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

 “R-3” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

 “R-4” – Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

 “R-5” – Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

 “D” – Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

A-2 

“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” – Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” – An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” – Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

A-3 

“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” – Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” – Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” – Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present

“CCC” – A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC” – A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C” – A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA” – Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 “A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” – Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

A-4 

“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

 “CCC”, “CC” and “C” – Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

 “D” – A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

● Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

● Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” – A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” – A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” – A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D” – This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG Scale

“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interests payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

A-5 

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer default ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue level ratings are also assigned, often include an expectation of recovery and may be notched above or below the issuer level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).

DBRS Morningstar offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market.Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on DBRS Morningstar’s quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. DBRS Morningstar issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, finalized, solicited, or unsolicited. From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued. DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees.

A-6 

APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting

Issue

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires every investment adviser to adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients. The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting. The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC does vote proxies on behalf of its clients.

Policy

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC does vote proxies on behalf of its clients.

Procedures:

1. Upon receipt of proxy voting request, review items to be voted upon and Board recommendations.

2. Log into the proper online voting site and vote in accordance with Board recommendations unless otherwise notified by the Investment Committee.

3. Document the company, items voted on, and how SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC voted on the proxy spreadsheet.

Procedures for SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s Receipt of Class Actions

The following procedures outline SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s receipt of “Class Action” documents from clients and custodians. It is SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s position not to file these “Class Action” documents, but if received will follow these guidelines:

1.         If “Class Action” documents are received by SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC from the Client, SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion. SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client.

2.      Similarly, if “Class Action” documents are received by SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC from the Custodian, SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion. SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client.

B-1

  

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SGI SMALL CAP CORE FUND

(formerly, the SGI Small Cap Growth Fund)

Class I Shares (Ticker: BOGIX)

December 31, 2021

Investment Adviser:

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC

a series of THE RBB FUND, INC

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides supplementary information pertaining to shares of the SGI Small Cap Core Fund (formerly, the SGI Small Cap Growth Fund) of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read only in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus dated December 31, 2021 (the “Prospectus”) and the Fund’s Annual Report dated August 31, 2021 (the “Annual Report”). A copy of the Prospectus and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports may be obtained free of charge by calling toll-free 1-855-744-8500. The financial statements and notes contained in the Annual Report are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other part of the Annual Report is incorporated by reference herein. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION	1
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES	1
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS	9
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS	10
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER	11
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY	11
CODE OF ETHICS	17
PROXY VOTING POLICIES	17
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES	17
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES	18
FUND TRANSACTIONS	21
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION	22
TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES	22
VALUATION OF SHARES	22
TAXES	23
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES	24
MISCELLANEOUS	24
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	25
APPENDIX A	A-1
APPENDIX B	B-1

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of 43 separate portfolios. The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988. This SAI pertains to the shares of the SGI Small Cap Core Fund (the “Fund”), a diversified portfolio. Summit Global Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser for the Fund.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

The following supplements the information contained in the Prospectus concerning the investment objective and policies of the Fund.

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide long-term capital appreciation.

The Adviser may not necessarily invest in all of the instruments or use all of the investment techniques permitted by the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI, or invest in such instruments or engage in such techniques to the full extent permitted by the Fund’s investment policies and limitations.

Principal Investment Policies and Risks

Cyber Security Risk

The Fund and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Fund or the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Fund. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Fund to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Fund may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Fund may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value. While the Fund and its service providers have established information technology and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate cyber security risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated. Furthermore, the Fund has limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Fund or the Adviser.

Equity Securities

Equity securities represent ownership interests in a company and consist of common stock, preferred stock, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock.  Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which the Fund invests will cause the net asset value (“NAV”) of the Fund to fluctuate. The Fund purchases equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. Equity securities are described in more detail below:

• Common Stock  Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

• Preferred Stock  Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.

• Warrants  Warrants are instruments that entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time.  Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security.  The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company.  A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.  These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.  See “Rights Offerings and Purchase Warrants” on the following pages for more information.

• Convertible Securities  Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio.  See “Convertible Securities” on the following pages for more information.

Foreign Securities

In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund may invest in the securities of foreign issuers, including through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) or Global or European Depositary Receipts (“GDRs” and “EDRs”). During temporary defensive periods, the Fund may also hold short or medium-term interest-bearing instruments or deposits of foreign issuers as described in the Prospectus and in this SAI.

ADRs are receipts typically issued by a United States bank or trust company which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. ADRs may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. GDRs and EDRs are securities that represent ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by a non-U.S. or U.S. corporation. The Fund may invest in ADRs through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities. Investment in ADRs does not eliminate all the risks inherent in investing in securities of foreign issuers. The market value of these securities is dependent upon the market value of the underlying securities and fluctuations in the relative value of the currencies in which the ADRs and the underlying securities are quoted. Accordingly, the Fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations and may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. They generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or anticipated change in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks or the failure to intervene or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad.

1

In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the "UK") approved a referendum to leave the EU. The withdrawal, known colloquially as “Brexit”, was agreed to and ratified by the UK Parliament, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. It began an 11-month transition period in which to negotiate a new trading relationship for goods and services that ended on December 31, 2020. The UK and EU reached an agreement, effective January 1, 2021, on the terms of their future trading relationship, which principally relates to the trading of goods. Further discussions are to be held between the UK and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. Brexit may have significant political and financial consequences for the Eurozone markets, including greater volatility in the global stock markets and illiquidity, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, and an increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. At this time, the impact of Brexit cannot be predicted, however, market disruption in the EU and globally may have a negative effect on the value of the Fund’s investments. Additionally, the risks related to Brexit could be more pronounced if one or more additional EU member states seek to leave the EU.

Investing in Small Capitalization Companies

Investments in small capitalization companies involve greater risk and portfolio price volatility than investments in larger capitalization companies. Among the reasons for the greater price volatility of these investments are the less certain growth prospects of smaller firms and the lower degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. Small capitalization companies may be thinly traded and may have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or in small lots over an extended period of time. In addition, these securities are subject to the risk that, during certain periods, the liquidity of particular issuers or industries, or all securities in these investment categories, will shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse economic or market conditions, or adverse investor perceptions, whether or not accurate. Because of the lack of sufficient market liquidity, the Fund may incur losses because it will be required to effect sales at a disadvantageous time and only then at a substantial drop in price. Small capitalization companies include “unseasoned” issuers that do not have an established financial history; often have limited product lines, markets or financial resources; may depend on or use a few key personnel for management; and may be susceptible to losses and risks of bankruptcy. Transaction costs for these investments are often higher than those of larger capitalization companies. Investments in small capitalization companies may be more difficult to price precisely than other types of securities because of their characteristics and lower trading volumes.

LIBOR Risk

Many financial instruments may be tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and ICE Benchmark Administrator have since announced that most LIBOR settings will no longer be published after December 31, 2021 and a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will cease publication after June 30, 2023. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non-representative of the underlying market. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve's Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing SOFR that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates. Uncertainty related to the liquidity impact of the change in rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, poses risks for the Funds. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Funds will depend on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts. The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on the financial markets in general and may also present heightened risk to market participants, including public companies, investment advisers, investment companies, and broker-dealers. The risks associated with this discontinuation and transition will be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. For example, current information technology systems may be unable to accommodate new instruments and rates with features that differ from LIBOR. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Funds until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments and contracts are commercially accepted and market practices become settled.

Pandemic Risk

Disease outbreaks that affect local economies or the global economy may materially and adversely impact the Fund and/or the Adviser’s business. For example, uncertainties regarding the novel Coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak have resulted in serious economic disruptions across the globe. These types of outbreaks can be expected to cause severe decreases in core business activities such as manufacturing, purchasing, tourism, business conferences and workplace participation, among others. These disruptions lead to instability in the market place, including stock market losses and overall volatility, as has occurred in connection with COVID-19. In the face of such instability, governments may take extreme and unpredictable measures to combat the spread of disease and mitigate the resulting market disruptions and losses. The Adviser has in place business continuity plans reasonably designed to ensure that it maintains normal business operations, and it periodically tests those plans. However, in the event of a pandemic or an outbreak, there can be no assurance that the Adviser or the Fund’s service providers will be able to maintain normal business operations for an extended period of time or will not lose the services of key personnel on a temporary or long-term basis due to illness or other reasons. Although vaccines for COVID-19 are becoming more widely available, the full impacts of a pandemic or disease outbreaks are unknown and the pace of recovery may vary from market to market, resulting in a high degree of uncertainty for potentially extended periods of time.

2

Portfolio Turnover

Those investment strategies that require periodic changes to portfolio holdings with the expectation of outperforming equity indices are typically referred to as “active” strategies. These strategies contrast with “passive” (“index”) strategies that buy and hold only the stocks in the equity indices. Passive strategies tend to trade infrequently—only as the stocks in the indices change (largely due to changes in the sizes of the companies in the indices, takeovers or bankruptcies). Most equity mutual funds pursue active strategies, which have higher turnover than passive strategies.

The generally higher portfolio turnover of active investment strategies can adversely affect taxable investors, especially those in higher marginal tax brackets, in two particularly significant ways. First, short-term capital gains, which often accompany higher turnover investment strategies, are currently taxed at ordinary income rates. Ordinary income tax rates are generally higher than long-term capital gain tax rates. Thus, the tax liability is often higher for investors in active strategies. Second, the more frequent realization of gains caused by higher turnover investment strategies means that taxes will be paid sooner. Such acceleration of the tax liability is financially more costly to investors. Less frequent realization of capital gains allows the payment of taxes to be deferred until later years, allowing more of the gains to compound before taxes are paid. Consequently, after-tax compound rates of return will generally be higher for taxable investors using investment strategies with very low turnover, compared with high turnover strategies. The difference is particularly large when the general market rates of return are higher than average.

Although tax considerations should not typically drive investment decisions, the Adviser recommends that all of its investors consider their ability to allocate tax-deferred assets (such as Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans) to active strategies, and taxable assets to lower turnover passive strategies, when considering their investment options. Generally, investors will earn better after-tax returns investing tax-advantaged assets in active strategies, while using very low turnover passive strategies for their taxable investments.

The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of the Fund’s annual sales or purchases of portfolio securities (exclusive of purchases or sales of securities with maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less) by the monthly average value of the securities in the portfolio during the year. Under normal market conditions, it is expected that the Fund’s portfolio turnover will range between 150% to 400%.

Special Note Regarding Market Events

Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market's expectations. The outcome of such changes cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in the world economy and markets generally. As a result of increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets, the value and liquidity of the Fund's investments may be negatively affected by events impacting a country or region, regardless of whether the Fund invests in issuers located in or with significant exposure to such country or region.

Recent events are impacting the securities markets. An outbreak of respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus was first detected in December 2019 and has spread internationally. Governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world, such as the U.S. Federal Reserve, have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with changes to fiscal and monetary policy, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions, new monetary programs, and dramatically lower interest rates. Certain of those policy changes are being implemented or considered in response to the coronavirus outbreak. Such policy changes may adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend and interest paying securities.

In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on either specific securities or even the entire market, which may result in the Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or to accurately price its investments. Although multiple asset classes may be affected by a market disruption, the duration and effects may not be the same for all types of assets. To the extent the Fund may overweight its investments in certain companies, industries or market sectors, such position will increase the Fund's exposure to risk of loss from adverse developments affecting those companies, industries or sectors. These conditions could result in the Fund's inability to achieve its investment objectives, cause the postponement of reconstitution or rebalance dates for benchmark indices, adversely affect the prices and liquidity of the securities and other instruments in which the Fund invests, negatively impact the Fund's performance, and cause losses on your investment in the Fund.

Temporary Defensive Positions

In anticipation of or in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the Fund may take temporary defensive positions (up to 100% of its assets) in cash, cash equivalents and short-term U.S. government securities. If the Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable for a time to achieve its investment objective.

Non-Principal Investment Policies and Risks

Borrowing Money

As a fundamental policy, the Fund is permitted to borrow to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and to mortgage, pledge or hypothecate its assets in connection with such borrowings in amounts not in excess of 125% of the dollar amounts borrowed. The 1940 Act permits an investment company to borrow in an amount up to 33^1/3% of the value of such company’s total assets. However, the Fund currently intends to borrow money only for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, in an amount up to 15% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) valued at the lesser of cost or market, less liabilities (not including the amount borrowed) at the time the borrowing is made. The Fund will not make any additional investments while borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund will be required to maintain asset coverage of at least 300% for borrowings from a bank.  In the event that such asset coverage is below 300%, the Fund will be required to reduce the amount of its borrowings to obtain 300% asset coverage within three business days.

3

Convertible Securities

The Fund may invest in convertible securities, such as convertible debentures, bonds and preferred stock, primarily for their equity characteristics. Convertible securities may be converted into common stock at a specified share price or ratio. Because the price of the common stock may fluctuate above or below the specified price or ratio, the Fund may have the opportunity to purchase the common stock at below market price. On the other hand, fluctuations in the price of the common stock could render the right of conversion worthless.

Equity Swaps

The Fund may enter into equity swap contracts to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances in which direct investment is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable. Equity swaps may also be used for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. The counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, a counterparty may agree to pay the Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in the particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, the Fund may agree to pay to the counterparty a floating rate of interest on the notional amount of the equity swap contract plus the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in such stocks. Therefore, the return to the Fund on the equity swap contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and the Fund may each agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks).

The Fund will enter into equity swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash or liquid assets to cover the Fund’s potential exposure, the Fund and the Adviser believe that transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Fund’s borrowing restrictions. In addition, in October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Fund will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure, which the Fund currently does not expect to exceed, to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

The Fund will not enter into swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims paying ability of the other party thereto is considered to be investment grade by the Adviser.

Futures

Futures Contracts. The Fund may invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including S&P 500^® Index futures, Russell 2000^® Index futures, and options on such futures described below). When the Fund purchases a futures contract, it agrees to purchase a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. When the Fund sells a futures contract, it agrees to sell the underlying instrument at a specified future date. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when the Fund enters into the contract. The underlying instrument may be a specified type of security, such as U.S. Treasury bonds or notes.

The majority of futures contracts are closed out by entering into an offsetting purchase or sale transaction in the same contract on the exchange where they are traded, rather than being held for the life of the contract. Futures contracts are closed out at their current prices, which may result in a gain or loss.

If the Fund holds a futures contract until the delivery date, it will be required to complete the purchase and sale contemplated by the contract. In the case of futures contracts on securities, the purchaser generally must deliver the agreed-upon purchase price in cash, and the seller must deliver securities that meet the specified characteristics of the contract.

The Fund intends to limit such investments in commodity futures, commodity options contracts and swaps to below the de minimis thresholds adopted by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) in its amendments to Rule 4.5 (see below for a description of these thresholds).  For this reason, the Adviser is not required to register as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act at this time.

With respect to investments in swap transactions, commodity futures, commodity options or certain other derivatives used for purposes other than bona fide hedging purposes, an investment company must meet one of the following tests under the amended regulations in order to claim an exemption from being considered a “commodity pool” or a CPO. First, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish an investment company’s positions in such investments may not exceed five percent (5%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments). Alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time of the most recent position established, may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the investment company may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps and derivatives markets. In the event that the Adviser was required to register as a CPO, the disclosure and operations of the Fund would need to comply with all applicable CFTC regulations.

4

The Fund may purchase futures contracts as an alternative to purchasing actual securities. For example, if the Fund intended to purchase certain securities but had not yet done so, it could purchase a futures contract in order to lock in current market prices while deciding on particular investments. This strategy is sometimes known as an anticipatory hedge. Alternatively, the Fund could purchase a futures contract if it had cash and short-term securities on hand that it wished to invest in longer-term securities, but at the same time the Fund wished to maintain a highly liquid position in order to be prepared to meet redemption requests or other obligations. In these strategies, the Fund would use futures contracts to attempt to achieve an overall return, whether positive or negative, similar to the return from longer-term securities, while taking advantage of potentially greater liquidity that futures contracts may offer. Although the Fund would hold cash and liquid debt securities in a segregated account with a value sufficient to cover its open futures obligations, the segregated assets would be available to the Fund immediately upon closing out the futures position, while settlement of securities transactions can take several days.

The Fund may sell futures contracts to hedge its other investments against changes in value, or as an alternative to sales of securities. For example, if the Adviser anticipated a decline in the price of a particular security, but did not wish to sell such securities owned by the Fund, it could sell a futures contract in order to lock in a current sale price. If prices subsequently fell, the futures contract’s value would be expected to rise and offset all or a portion of the loss in the securities that the Fund had hedged. Of course, if prices subsequently rose, the futures contract’s value could be expected to fall and offset all or a portion of the benefit to the Fund.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts in some strategies can be substantial, due both to the low margin deposits required, and the extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures pricing. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses or gains in excess of the amount invested in the contract.

Futures margin payments. The purchaser or seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver or pay for the underlying instrument unless the contract is held until the delivery date. However, both the purchaser and seller are required to deposit “initial margin” with a futures broker (known as a futures commission merchant, or FCM), when the contract is entered into. Initial margin deposits are equal to a percentage of the contract’s value, as set by the exchange where the contract is traded, and may be maintained in cash or high quality liquid securities. If the value of either party’s position declines, that party will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments to settle the change in value on a daily basis. The party that has a gain may be entitled to receive all or a portion of this amount. Initial and variation margin payments are similar to good faith deposits or performance bonds, unlike margin extended by a securities broker, and initial and variation margin payments do not constitute purchasing securities on margin for purposes of the Fund’s investment limitations. In the event of the bankruptcy of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of the Fund, the Fund may be entitled to a return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers. The Adviser will attempt to minimize this risk by careful monitoring of the creditworthiness of the FCMs with which the Fund does business.

Correlation of price changes. The prices of futures contracts depend primarily on the value of their underlying instruments. Because there are a limited number of types of futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized futures contracts available to the Fund will not match the Fund’s current or anticipated investments. Futures prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the Fund’s investments well. Futures prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way. Imperfect correlation between the Fund’s investments and its futures positions may also result from differing levels of demand in the futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how futures and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits for futures contracts. The Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in historical volatility between the futures contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in the Fund’s futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, its futures positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by the gains in the Fund’s other investments.

Liquidity of futures contracts. Because futures contracts are generally settled within a day from the date they are closed out, as compared with a longer settlement period for other types of securities, the futures markets can provide liquidity superior to the securities markets in many cases. Nevertheless, there is no assurance a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular time. In addition, futures exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for futures contracts and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves upward or downward more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached, it may be impossible for the Fund to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the secondary market for a futures contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it would prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable futures positions, and potentially could require the Fund to continue to hold a futures position until the delivery date regardless of changes in its value. As a result, the Fund’s access to other assets held to cover its futures positions could also be impaired.

Index Futures and Related Options. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell an integral number of units of a stock index (i.e., the Standard & Poor’s 500 Price^® Index or the Russell 2000^® Index) at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. A unit is the value of the relevant index from time to time. Entering into a contract to buy units is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position in an index.

Risks of Futures Transactions. The risks related to the use of futures contracts include: (i) the correlation between movements in the market price of the Fund’s investments (held or intended for purchase) being hedged and in the price of the futures contract may be imperfect; (ii) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out futures positions; (iii) the need for additional portfolio management skills and techniques; and (iv) losses due to unanticipated market movements. Successful use of futures by the Fund is subject to the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market.

Illiquid Investments

Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment as defined in Rule 22e-4 is an investment that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. To the extent an investment held by the Fund is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund will be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

5

The Company has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4. If the limitation on illiquid investments is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required by the Liquidity Rule, to the SEC.

The Adviser will monitor the liquidity of restricted securities in the Fund under the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser may consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

Investment Company Securities

The Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund’s investments in such securities currently are limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company and (iii) 10% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. Investments in the securities of other investment companies will involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act permits the Fund to invest an unlimited amount of its uninvested cash in a money market fund, so long as, among other things, said investment is consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund would bear its pro rata portion of the investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.

Large Shareholder Purchase and Redemption Risk

The Fund may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Fund.  Such large shareholder redemptions may cause the Fund to sell its securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund’s NAV and liquidity.  Similarly, large share purchases may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would.  In addition, a large redemption could result in the Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio.  However, this risk may be limited to the extent that the Adviser and the Fund have entered into a fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement agreement.

Lending of Fund Securities

The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to financial institutions. Such loans would involve risks of delay in receiving additional collateral in the event the value of the collateral decreases below the value of the securities loaned or of delay in recovering the securities loaned or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, loans will be made only to borrowers which the Adviser deems to be of good standing and only when, in the Adviser’s judgment, the income to be earned from the loans justifies the attendant risks. The Fund may not make loans in excess of 33^1/3% of the value of its total assets. The Fund does not have the right to vote loaned securities. The Fund may attempt to call loaned securities back to permit the exercise of voting rights if time and jurisdictional restrictions permit. There is no guarantee that all loans can be recalled.

Put and Call Options

The Fund may purchase and write (sell) put and call options relating to particular securities or to various indices which may or may not be listed on a national securities exchange or issued by the Options Clearing Corporation, (“OCC”).

Purchasing Put Options. By purchasing a put option, the Fund obtains the right (but not the obligation) to sell the option’s underlying instrument at a fixed strike price. The option may give the Fund the right to sell only on the option’s expiration date, or may be exercisable at any time up to and including that date. In return for this right, the Fund pays the current market price for the option (known as the option premium). The option’s underlying instrument may be a security or a futures contract.

The Fund may terminate its position in a put option it has purchased by allowing it to expire or by exercising the option. If the option is allowed to expire, the Fund will lose the entire premium it paid. If the Fund exercises the option, it completes the sale of the underlying instrument at the strike price. If the Fund exercises a put option on a futures contract, it assumes a seller’s position in the underlying futures contract. Purchasing an option on a futures contract does not require the Fund to make futures margin payments unless it exercises the option. The Fund may also terminate a put option position by closing it out in the secondary market at its current price, if a liquid secondary market exists.

Put options may be used by the Fund to hedge securities it owns, in a manner similar to selling futures contracts, by locking in a minimum price at which the Fund can sell. If security prices fall, the value of the put option would be expected to rise and offset all or a portion of the Fund’s resulting losses. The put thus acts as a hedge against a fall in the price of such securities. However, all other things being equal (including securities prices), option premiums tend to decrease over time as the expiration date nears. Therefore, because of the cost of the option in the form of the premium (and transaction costs), the Fund would expect to suffer a loss in the put option if prices do not decline sufficiently to offset the deterioration in the value of the option premium. This potential loss represents the cost of the hedge against a fall in prices. At the same time, because the maximum the Fund has at risk is the cost of the option, purchasing put options does not eliminate the potential for the Fund to profit from an increase in the value of the securities hedged to the same extent as selling a futures contract.

Purchasing Call Options. The features of call options are essentially the same as those of put options, except that the purchaser of a call option obtains the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option’s strike price (call options on futures contracts are settled by purchasing the underlying futures contract). By purchasing a call option, the Fund would attempt to participate in potential price increases of the underlying instrument, with results similar to those obtainable from purchasing a futures contract, but with risk limited to the cost of the option if security prices fall. At the same time, the Fund can expect to suffer a loss if security prices do not rise sufficiently to offset the cost of the option.

6

The Fund will purchase call options only in connection with “closing purchase transactions.” The Fund may terminate its position in a call option by entering into a closing purchase transaction. A closing purchase transaction is the purchase of a call option on the same security with the same exercise price and call period as the option previously written by the Fund. If the Fund is unable to enter into a closing purchase transaction, the Fund may be required to hold a security that it might otherwise have sold to protect against depreciation.

Writing Put Options. When the Fund writes a put option, it takes the opposite side of the transaction from the option’s purchaser. In return for receipt of the premium, the Fund assumes the obligation to pay the strike price for the option’s underlying instrument if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it. When writing an option on a futures contract, the Fund will be required to make margin payments to an FCM as described above for futures contracts. The Fund may seek to terminate its position in a put option it writes before exercise by closing out the option in the secondary market at its current price. If the secondary market is not liquid for an option the Fund has written, however, the Fund must continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless of price changes, and must continue to set aside assets to cover its position.

The Fund may write put options as an alternative to purchasing actual securities. If security prices rise, the Fund would expect to profit from a written put option, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received. If security prices remain the same over time, it is likely that the Fund will also profit, because it should be able to close out the option at a lower price. If security prices fall, the Fund would expect to suffer a loss. This loss should be less than the loss the Fund would have experienced from purchasing the underlying instrument directly, however, because the premium received for writing the option should mitigate the effects of the decline.

Writing Call Options. Writing a call option obligates the Fund to sell or deliver the option’s underlying instrument, in return for the strike price, upon exercise of the option. The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing put options, as described above, except that writing covered call options generally is a profitable strategy if prices remain the same or fall. Through receipt of the option premium, the Fund would seek to mitigate the effects of a price decline. At the same time, because the Fund would have to be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike price, even if its current value is greater, the Fund would give up some ability to participate in security price increases when writing call options.

Combined Option Positions. The Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Options on Indices/Unlisted Over-the-Counter Options. In contrast to an option on a particular security, an option on an index provides the holder with the right to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option. The amount of this settlement will be equal to the difference between the closing price of the index at the time of exercise and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars, times a specified multiple.

The Fund will engage in unlisted over-the-counter options only with broker-dealers deemed creditworthy by the Adviser. Closing transactions in certain options are usually effected directly with the same broker-dealer that effected the original option transaction. The Fund bears the risk that the broker-dealer will fail to meet its obligations. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to close an unlisted option position. Furthermore, unlisted options are not subject to the protections afforded purchasers of listed options by the OCC, which performs the obligations of its members who fail to do so in connection with the purchase or sale of options.

Risks of Options Transactions. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options are subject to risks similar to those described above with respect to futures contracts, including the risk of imperfect correlation between the option and the Fund’s other investments and the risk that there might not be a liquid secondary market for the option. In the case of options on futures contracts, there is also a risk of imperfect correlation between the option and the underlying futures contract. Options are also subject to the risks of an illiquid secondary market, particularly in strategies involving writing options, which the Fund cannot terminate by exercise. In general, options whose strike prices are close to their underlying instruments’ current value will have the highest trading volume, while options whose strike prices are further away may be less liquid. The liquidity of options may also be affected if options exchanges impose trading halts, particularly when markets are volatile.

Asset Coverage for Futures and Options Positions. The Fund will not use leverage in its options and futures strategies. The Fund will hold securities or other options or futures positions whose values are expected to offset its obligations under the hedge strategies. The Fund will not enter into an option or futures position that exposes the Fund to an obligation to another party unless it owns either (i) an offsetting position in securities or other options or futures contracts or (ii) cash, receivables and short-term debt securities with a value sufficient to cover its potential obligations. The Fund will comply with guidelines established by the SEC with respect to coverage of options and futures strategies by mutual funds, and, if the guidelines so require, will set aside cash and liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian bank in the amount prescribed. Securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the futures or option strategy is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar securities. As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large percentage of the Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Limitations on Futures and Options Transactions. The Company, on behalf of the Fund, has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” with the CFTC and the National Futures Association, which regulate trading in the futures markets. Pursuant to Section 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act, the Fund will not enter into any commodity futures contract or option on a commodity futures contract for non-hedging purposes if, as a result, the sum of initial margin deposits on commodity futures contracts and related commodity options and premiums paid for options on commodity futures contracts the Fund has purchased would exceed 5% of the Fund’s net assets after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such contracts, except as may be otherwise permitted under applicable regulations.

7

The Fund’s limitations on investments in futures contracts and their policies regarding futures contracts and the limitations on investments in options and its policies regarding options discussed above in this SAI, are not fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board as regulatory agencies permit.

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may agree to purchase securities from financial institutions subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase them at an agreed-upon time and price. The repurchase price under repurchase agreements generally equals the price paid by the Fund plus interest negotiated on the basis of current short-term rates (which may be more or less than the rate on the securities underlying the repurchase agreement). The financial institutions with whom the Fund may enter into repurchase agreements will be banks and broker/dealers which the Adviser considers creditworthy pursuant to criteria approved by the Board. The Adviser will consider, among other things, whether a repurchase obligation of a seller involves minimal credit risk to the Fund in determining whether to have the Fund enter into a repurchase agreement. The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities subject to the agreement at not less than the repurchase price plus accrued interest. The Adviser will mark to market daily the value of the securities and will, if necessary, require the seller to maintain additional securities, to ensure that the value is not less than the repurchase price. Default by or bankruptcy of the seller would, however, expose the Fund to a possible loss because of adverse market action or delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying obligations. The Company’s custodian will hold securities subject to repurchase agreements in the Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system or by another authorized securities depository. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans by the Fund under the 1940 Act.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund subject to the Fund’s agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and rate of interest. Such agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act, and may be entered into only for temporary or emergency purposes. While reverse repurchase transactions are outstanding, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account with its custodian or a qualified sub-custodian, cash, or other liquid securities of an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities, plus accrued interest, subject to the agreement and will monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase.

Rights Offerings and Purchase Warrants

Rights offerings and purchase warrants are privileges issued by a corporation which enable the owner to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short lifespan to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the right’s or warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Section 4(2) Paper

“Section 4(2) paper” is commercial paper, which is issued in reliance on the “private placement” exemption from registration, which is afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Section 4(2) paper is restricted as to disposition under the federal securities laws and is generally sold to institutional investors such as the Fund which agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. Section 4(2) paper normally is resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of investment dealers who make a market in the Section 4(2) paper normally, thereby providing liquidity. See Appendix A to this SAI for a list of commercial paper ratings.

Short Sales

Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security. To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividend which accrues during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

Until the Fund replaces a borrowed security in connection with a short sale, the Fund will: (a) maintain daily a segregated account, containing cash, cash equivalents, or liquid marketable securities, at such a level that the amount deposited in the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short or (b) otherwise cover its short position in accordance with positions taken by the staff of the SEC.

The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. The Fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium or amounts in lieu of interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. The Fund may purchase call options to provide a hedge against an increase in the price of a security sold short.

The Fund anticipates that the frequency of short sales will vary substantially in different periods, and it does not intend that any specified portion of its assets, as a matter of practice, will be invested in short sales. However, no securities will be sold short if, after effect is given to any such short sale, the total market value of all securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. The Fund may, however, make a short sale as a hedge, when it believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund (or a security convertible or exchangeable for such security), or when the Fund wants to sell the security at an attractive current price, but also wishes possibly to defer recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position should be reduced by a gain in the short position. Conversely, any gain in the long position should be reduced by a loss in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses are reduced will depend upon the amount of the security sold short relative to the amount the Fund owns. There will be certain additional transaction costs associated with short sales against the box, but the Fund will endeavor to offset these costs with the income from the investment of the cash proceeds of short sales.

8

Short Sales “Against the Box”

In addition to the short sales discussed above, the Fund may make short sales “against the box,” a transaction in which the Fund enters into a short sale of a security that the Fund owns. The proceeds of the short sale will be held by a broker until the settlement date at which time the Fund delivers the security to close the short position. The Fund receives the net proceeds from the short sale. It currently is anticipated that the Fund will make short sales against the box for purposes of protecting the value of the Fund’s net assets and will not engage in short sales against the box for speculative purposes. A short sale against the box is generally a taxable transaction to the Fund with respect to the securities that are sold short.

Temporary Investments

The short-term and medium-term debt securities in which the Fund may invest for temporary defensive purposes consist of: (a) obligations of the United States or foreign governments, their respective agencies or instrumentalities; (b) bank deposits and bank obligations (including certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of U.S. or foreign banks denominated in any currency; (c) floating rate securities and other instruments denominated in any currency issued by international development agencies; (d) finance company and corporate commercial paper and other short-term corporate debt obligations of U.S. and foreign corporations; and (e) repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers with respect to such securities.

U.S. Government Obligations

The Fund may purchase U.S. government agency and instrumentality obligations that are debt securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and federal agencies. Some obligations of agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government or by U.S. Treasury guarantees, such as securities of the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and the Federal Housing Authority; others, by the ability of the issuer to borrow, provided approval is granted, from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and others, only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality issuing the obligation, such as securities of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). Such guarantees of U.S. government securities held by the Fund do not, however, guarantee the market value of the shares of the Fund. There is no guarantee that the U.S. government will continue to provide support to its agencies or instrumentalities in the future. U.S. government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are subject to greater risks than those that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. All U.S. government obligations are subject to interest rate risk.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been operating under conservatorship, with the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”) acting as their conservator, since September 2008. The entities are dependent upon the continued support of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and FHFA in order to continue their business operations. These factors, among others, could affect the future status and role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the values of their securities and the securities which they guarantee.

The Fund’s net assets may be invested in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or the agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, including, if applicable, options and futures on such obligations. The maturities of U.S. government securities usually range from three months to thirty years. Examples of types of U.S. government obligations include U.S. Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes and Treasury Bonds and the obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, Fannie Mae, GNMA, General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Freddie Mac, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Maritime Administration, the Asian-American Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. U.S. government securities may include inflation-indexed fixed income securities, such as U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“TIPS”). The interest rate of TIPS, which is set at auction, remains fixed throughout the term of the security and the principal amount of the security is adjusted for inflation. The inflation-adjusted principal is not paid until maturity.

There is risk that the U.S. government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. The Fund may purchase U.S. government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities held by the Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments

The Fund may purchase securities on a “when-issued” basis and may purchase or sell securities on a “forward commitment” basis. These transactions involve a commitment by the Fund to purchase or sell particular securities with payment and delivery taking place at a future date (perhaps one or two months later), and permit the Fund to lock-in a price or yield on a security it owns or intends to purchase, regardless of future changes in interest rates. When-issued and forward commitment transactions involve the risk, however, that the price or yield obtained in a transaction may be less favorable than the price or yield available in the market when the securities delivery takes place. The Fund’s when-issued purchases and forward commitments are not expected to exceed 25% of the value of its total assets absent unusual market conditions. The Fund does not intend to engage in when-issued purchases and forward commitments for speculative purposes but only in furtherance of its investment objective.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Fund has adopted the following fundamental investment limitations which may not be changed with respect to the Fund without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares (as defined in Section 2(a) (42) of the 1940 Act). As used in this SAI and in the Prospectus, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding shares” of the Fund means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund. The Fund may not:

9

1. Purchase securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, if immediately after and as a result of such purchase more than 5% of a Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be owned by a Fund, except that up to 25% of the value of a Fund’s assets may be invested without regard to such limitation.

2. Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act or mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any of its assets in connection with any such borrowing except in amounts not in excess of 125% of the dollar amounts borrowed. The 1940 Act permits an investment company to borrow in an amount up to 33^1/3% of the value of such company’s total assets. For purposes of this investment limitation, the entry into options, forward contracts, futures contracts, including those relating to indexes, and options on futures contracts or indexes shall not constitute borrowing.

3. Purchase any securities which would cause, at the time of purchase, 25% or more of the value of the total assets of the Fund to be invested in the obligations of issuers in any industry, provided that there is no limitation with respect to investments in U.S. government obligations.

4. Make loans, except that the Fund may purchase or hold debt obligations in accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations, may enter into repurchase agreements for securities, and may lend portfolio securities against collateral consisting of cash or securities which are consistent with the Fund’s permitted investments, which is equal at all times to at least 100% of the value of the securities loaned. There is no investment restriction on the amount of securities that may be loaned, except that payments received on such loans, including amounts received during the loan on account of interest on the securities loaned, may not (together with all non-qualifying income) exceed 10% of the Fund’s annual gross income (without offset for realized capital gains) unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, such amounts are qualifying income under federal income tax provisions applicable to regulated investment companies.

5. Purchase securities on margin, except for short-term credit necessary for clearance of portfolio transactions, and except that the Fund may establish margin accounts in connection with its use of options, forward contracts, futures contracts, including those relating to indexes, and options on futures contracts or indexes.

6. Underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, the Fund may be deemed an underwriter under federal securities laws.

7. Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnership interests, provided that the Fund may invest in securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies which invest in real estate or interests therein or in real estate investment trusts.

8. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may purchase and sell options, forward contracts, futures contracts, including those relating to indexes, and options on futures contracts or indexes.

9. Invest in oil, gas or mineral-related exploration or development programs or leases.

10. Purchase any securities issued by any other investment company, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and except in connection with the merger, consolidation or acquisition of all the securities or assets of such an issuer.

11. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, but the Fund will vote those securities it owns in its portfolio as a shareholder in accordance with its views.

12. Issue any senior security, as defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

13. Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate its assets, except to the extent necessary to secure permitted borrowings as described in Limitation 2 above and to the extent related to the purchase of securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and the deposit of assets in escrow in connection with writing covered put and call options and collateral and initial or variation margin arrangements with respect to options, forward contracts, futures contracts, including those relating to indexes, and options on futures contracts or indexes.

*        *        *

If a percentage restriction under one of the Fund’s investment policies or limitations or the use of assets is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentages resulting from changing values will not be considered a violation (except with respect to any restrictions that may apply to borrowings or senior securities issued by the Fund).

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Fund, a policy relating to the selective disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by the Adviser, Board, officers, or third party service providers, in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders. The policies relating to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund. It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities. As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose the Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR, Form N-CEN, and Form N-PORT or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

10

Generally, after the 30th business day of the month following each month end, the Fund may post to its website a list of the Fund’s top ten holdings or full portfolio holdings at the discretion of the Adviser. In addition, generally, one day after the information is published on the Fund’s website, the Fund may provide, at the Adviser’s discretion, its portfolio holdings to various rating and ranking organizations. The timing, frequency and type (i.e., ratings/rankings/holdings) of disclosure may change at the Adviser’s discretion, as well as whether to post to the Fund’s website.

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include U.S. Bank, N.A., the custodian; U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Fund Services”), the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; Ernst & Young LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; FilePoint, the financial printer; the Fund’s proxy voting service(s); and the Company’s liquidity classification agent. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Fund. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions). Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in the Fund’s portfolio.

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to (i) certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information, and (ii) financial consultants to assist them in determining the suitability of the Fund as an investment for their clients, in each case in accordance with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the Company’s and the Adviser’s fiduciary duties to Fund shareholders. Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions. The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings. The Board or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of the Fund.

The Board provides ongoing oversight of the Company’s policies and procedures and compliance with such policies and procedures. As part of this oversight function, the Board receives from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Board receives an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the policies and procedures with respect to the Fund, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures. Any violation of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violation must be reported by the Adviser, director, officer or third party service provider to the Company’s CCO, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund's performance. Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.

The Fund’s portfolio turnover rates for the two most recent fiscal years are stated below.

Portfolio Turnover
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2020	Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2021
302%	314%

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter. The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers. The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Directors.” Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.” The Board is currently composed of seven Independent Directors and one Interested Director. The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman. Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

11

The Board has established seven standing committees — Audit, Contract, Executive, Nominating and Governance, Product Development, Regulatory Oversight, and Valuation Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section entitled “Standing Committees.”

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

Directors and Executive Officers

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their ages, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below.

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund  Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director in the Past 5 Years
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 88	Director	1988 to present	From 1969 to 2011, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).	50	AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies).
Gregory P. Chandler 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	2012 to present	Since 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Herspiegel Consulting LLC (life sciences consulting services); 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Avocado Systems Inc. (cyber security software provider); 2009-2020, Chief Financial Officer, Emtec, Inc. (information technology consulting/services).	50	FS Energy and Power Fund (business development company); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Lisa A. Dolly 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	October 2021 to present	From July 2019-December 2019, Chairman, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm); January 2016- June 2019, Chief Executive Officer, Pershing, LLC.	50	Allfunds Group PLC (United Kingdom wealthtech and fund distribution provider); Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (trade association for broker dealers, investment banks and asset managers); Hightower Advisors (wealth management firm).
Nicholas A. Giordano 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 78	Director	2006 to present	Since 1997, Consultant, financial services organizations.	50	IntriCon Corporation (biomedical device manufacturer); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Arnold M. Reichman 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 73	Chairman Director	2005 to present 1991 to present	Retired.	50	EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company).

12

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund  Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director in the Past 5 Years
Brian T. Shea 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Director	2018 to present	From 2014-2017, Chief Executive Officer, BNY Mellon Investment Services (fund services, global custodian and securities clearing firm); from 1983-2014, Chief Executive Officer and various positions, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm).	50	WisdomTree Investments, Inc. (asset management company) (until March 2019); Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (financial services technology company); Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (financial services company).
Robert A. Straniere 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 80	Director	2006 to present	Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City; since 1980, Founding Partner, Straniere Law Group (law firm).	50	None.
INTERESTED DIRECTOR2
Robert Sablowsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 83	Vice Chairman Director	2016 to present 1991 to present	Since 2002, Senior Director — Investments and prior thereto Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).	50	None.
OFFICERS
Salvatore Faia, JD, CPA, CFE Vigilant Compliance, LLC Gateway Corporate Center Suite 216 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike Chadds Ford, PA 19317 Age: 59	President Chief Compliance Officer	2009 to present 2004 to present	Since 2004, President, Vigilant Compliance, LLC (investment management services company; since 2005 Independent Trustee of EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company); Since 2021, President and Chief Compliance Officer of Penn Capital Funds Trust.	N/A	N/A
James G. Shaw 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Treasurer and Secretary	2016 to present	Treasurer and Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2016) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2005 to 2016, Assistant Treasurer of The RBB Fund, Inc.; from 1995 to 2016, Senior Director and Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company).	N/A	N/A
Craig A. Urciuoli 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 47	Director of Marketing & Business Development	2019 to present	Director of Marketing & Business Development of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2019) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2000-2019, Managing Director, Third Avenue Management LLC (investment advisory firm).	N/A	N/A
Jennifer Witt 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 39	Assistant Treasurer	2018 to present	Since 2020, Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm); from 2016 to 2020, Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services; from 2007 to 2016, Supervisor, Nuveen Investments (registered investment company).	N/A	N/A
Edward Paz 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 50	Assistant Secretary	2016 to present	Since 2007, Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm).	N/A	N/A

13

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund  Complex Overseen by Director*	Other  Directorships Held by Director in the Past 5 Years
Michael P. Malloy One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 62	Assistant Secretary	1999 to present	Since 1993, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A
Jillian L. Bosmann One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 42	Assistant Secretary	2017 to present	Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm) (2017-Present).	N/A	N/A

* Each Director oversees 50 portfolios of the fund complex, consisting of the series in the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust (7 portfolios).

1. Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. The Board has approved waivers of the policy with respect to Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, Sablowsky and Straniere. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

2. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and is referred to as an “Interested Director.” Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as an employee of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years.  Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director.  The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive-level management experience in the cable television and communications industry.  Mr. Chandler has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the investment technology consulting/services and investment banking/brokerage industries, and also serves on various boards. Ms. Dolly has over three decades of experience in the financial services industry, and she has demonstrated her leadership and management abilities by serving in numerous senior executive-level positions. Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies. Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience.  Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the financial services industry. Mr. Shea has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the brokerage, clearing, and investment services industry, including service on the boards of industry regulatory organizations and a university.  Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company. 

Standing Committees

The responsibilities of each committee of the Board and its members are described below.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler and Giordano. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Contract Committee. The Board has a Contract Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Contract Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Contract Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the approval and continuation of agreements and plans of the Company. The Contract Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Giordano, Reichman and Sablowsky. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

14

Product Development Committee. The Board has a Product Development Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Product Development Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Reichman, Sablowsky and Shea. The Product Development Committee oversees the process regarding the addition of new investment advisers and investment products to the Company. The Product Development Committee convened three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Reichman, Sablowsky, Shea and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee comprised of the Interested Director and two officers of the Company. The members of the Valuation Committee are Messrs. Faia, Sablowsky and Shaw. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing fair value determinations. The Valuation Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Risk Oversight

The Board performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer.  The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk.  Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs.  Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues.  The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board committees.  For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.  The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in the Fund and in all of the portfolios of the Company (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him or her), as of December 31, 2020:

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Director within the Family of Investment Companies
	INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky	None	Over $100,000
Gregory P. Chandler	None	Over $100,000
Lisa A. Dolly*	None	None
Nicholas A. Giordano	None	$10,001 - $50,000
Arnold M. Reichman	None	Over $100,000
Brian T. Shea	None	$1 - $10,000
Robert A. Straniere	None	$1 - $10,000
	INTERESTED DIRECTOR
Robert Sablowsky	Over $100,000	Over $100,000

* Ms. Dolly began serving as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

15

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust, based on an allocation formula, pay each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $13,500 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each receives an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each receives an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

From April 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $10,000 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each received an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof. An employee of Vigilant Compliance, LLC serves as President and Chief Compliance Officer of the Company. Vigilant Compliance, LLC is compensated for the services provided to the Company, and such compensation is determined by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance, LLC received $13,553 from the Fund and $690,000 in the aggregate from all series of the Company for services provided. Employees of the Company serve as Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development, and are compensated for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary, and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from the Fund and the Company in the following amounts:

Name of Director/Officer	Aggregated Compensation from the Fund	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued	Total Compensation From Fund Complex Paid to Directors or Officers
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$1,626	N/A	$198,000
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$1,589	N/A	$190,000
Gregory Chandler, Director	$1,922	N/A	$224,500
Lisa A. Dolly(2)	$0	N/A	$0
Nicholas P. Giordano, Director	$1,702	N/A	$202,000
Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman	$2,416	N/A	$275,500
Brian T. Shea, Director	$1,608	N/A	$191,875
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$1,615	N/A	$196,000
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$2,218	N/A	$258,000
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$1,441	N/A	$299,000
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$1,189	N/A	$247,200

⁽¹⁾ Mr. Carnall retired from his role as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

⁽¹⁾ Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

Each compensated Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s deferred compensation plan (the “DC Plan”). Under the DC Plan, a compensated Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation and have the deferred compensation treated as if it had been invested by the Company in shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Company. The amount paid to the Directors under the DC Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments.

As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

Director Emeritus Program

The Board has created a position of Director Emeritus, whereby an incumbent Director who has attained at least the age of 75 and completed a minimum of fifteen years of service as a Director, may, in the sole discretion of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company (“Committee”), be recommended to the full Board to serve as Director Emeritus.

16

A Director Emeritus that has been approved as such receives an annual fee in an amount equal to up to 50% of the annual base compensation paid to a Director. Compensation will be determined annually by the Committee and the Board with respect to each Director Emeritus. In addition, a Director Emeritus will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service, including expenses of travel and lodging incurred in attendance at Board meetings. A Director Emeritus will continue to receive relevant materials concerning the Funds, will be expected to attend at least one regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board each year (which attendance may be via telephone), and will be available to consult with the Directors at reasonable times as requested. However, a Director Emeritus does not have any voting rights at Board meetings and is not subject to election by shareholders of the Funds.

A Director Emeritus will be permitted to serve in such capacity from year to year at the pleasure of the Committee and the Board for up to three years. Effective October 1, 2021, J. Richard Carnall serves as a Director Emeritus of the Company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company, subject to certain restrictions.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of Directors has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Fund to the Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. In exercising its voting obligations, the Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Fund. The Adviser will consider factors affecting the value of the Fund’s investments and the rights of shareholders in its determination on voting portfolio securities.

The Adviser has adopted proxy voting procedures with respect to voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund. The Adviser employs a third party service provider to assist in the voting of proxies. These procedures have been provided to the service provider, who analyzes the proxies and votes such proxies in the manner outlined in the Adviser’s procedures. A copy of the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Guidelines is included with this SAI. Please see Appendix B to this SAI for further information.

The Company is required to disclose annually the Fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-855-744-8500 or by writing to the Fund at: SGI Small Cap Core Fund, c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701. The Fund’s Form N-PX is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of November 30, 2021 to the Company’s knowledge, the following named persons at the addresses shown below were owners of record of approximately 5% or more of the total outstanding shares of the Fund as indicated below. See “Additional Information Concerning Company Shares” below. Any shareholder that owns 25% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the Fund. Shareholders controlling the Fund could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the Fund on any matter requiring approval of the shareholders of the Fund.

Shareholder Name and Address	Percentage of Shares Owned as of November 30, 2021
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Special Custody A/C FBO Customers Attn: Mutual Funds 211 Main Street San Francisco, CA 94105-1905	33.75%
National Financial Services, LLC For Executive Benefit of Its Customers Attn: Mutual Funds Dept 4th FL 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995	15.55%
Vanguard Marketing Corporation For Benefit of Its Clients P.O. Box 982901 El Paso, TX 79998-2901	6.33%

As of November 30, 2021, the Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

17

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Advisory Agreement

Summit Global Investments, LLC (“Summit” or the “Adviser” is a limited liability company registered with the State of Utah in October 2010. The Adviser is 100% privately-owned and is controlled by David Harden.

Effective May 14, 2021, the Adviser renders advisory services to the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to receive a monthly fee from the Fund calculated at an annual rate of 0.95% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. Prior to May 14, 2021, the advisory fee was 1.00%. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive management fees and reimburse expenses to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding certain items discussed below) exceed 1.23% for the Fund. In determining the Adviser's obligation to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account and certain of these expenses could cause net Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to exceed 1.23%: acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes. If at any time the Fund’s total annual Fund operating expenses (not including acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) for a year are less than 1.23%, the Adviser may recoup any waived or reimbursed amounts from the Fund within three years from the date on which such waiver or reimbursement was made by the Adviser, provided such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed the expense limitations that were in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. This contractual limitation is in effect until December 31, 2022 and may not be terminated without the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors. As necessary, this limitation is effected in waivers of advisory fees and reimbursements of expenses exceeding the advisory fee. There can be no assurance that the Adviser will continue such waivers indefinitely.

Subject to the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Adviser will provide for the overall management of the Fund including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Fund, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents, (ii) the determination of what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained, or sold by the Fund, and (iii) the placement of orders for all purchases and sales made for the Fund.

The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under the Advisory Agreement. The Fund bears all of its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser. General expenses of the Company not readily identifiable as belonging to a portfolio of the Company are allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Company’s Board of Directors in such manner as it deems to be fair and equitable. Expenses borne by the Fund include, but are not limited to the expenses listed in the Prospectus and the following (or the Fund’s share of the following): (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the Fund and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) expenses of organizing the Company that are not attributable to a class of the Company; (c) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Company or the Fund for violation of any law; (d) any extraordinary expenses; (e) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (f) costs of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings; and (g) the cost of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Company to its directors and officers. Distribution expenses, transfer agency expenses, expenses of preparation, printing and mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements and reports to shareholders, and organizational expenses and registration fees, identified as belonging to a particular class of the Company, are allocated to such class.

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Company or the Fund in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of its duties and obligations thereunder.

The advisory fees, including waivers and reimbursements for the past three fiscal years are as follows:

For the Fiscal Year Ended	Advisory Fees (after waivers and reimbursements)		Waivers
August 31, 2021*	$	718,011	$	38,737	$	0
August 31, 2020	$	518,378	$	75,685	$	0
August 31, 2019	$	676,543	$	88,523	$	0

*Prior to May 14, 2021, another investment adviser provided investment advisory services to the Fund.

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall at all times have all rights in and to the Fund’s name and all investment models used by or on behalf of the Fund. The Adviser may use the Fund’s name or any portion thereof in connection with any other mutual fund or business activity without the consent of any shareholder, and the Company has agreed to execute and deliver any and all documents required to indicate its consent to such use.

As of August 31, 2021, the Fund had amounts available for recoupment as follows:

	Expiration
August 31, 2022	August 31, 2023	August 31, 2024
$0	$75,685	$38,737

18

Portfolio Manager

Description of Compensation. As of the date of this SAI, The Adviser compensates the Funds’ portfolio managers for their management of the Funds.  The portfolio managers are compensated through equity ownership of the Adviser, adjusted to reflect current market rates, and therefore compensation is in part based on the value of a Fund’s net assets and other client accounts they are managing.  The Adviser’s Board of Managers reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager periodically and may make modifications in compensation as it deems necessary to reflect changes in the market.

Material Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with his management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

Other Accounts. In addition to the Funds, each portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2021.

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team Member	Type of Accounts	Total # of Accounts Managed	Total Assets	# of Accounts Managed that Advisory Fee is Based on Performance	Total Assets that Advisory Fee is Based on Performance
David Harden	Other Registered Investment Companies	6	$708 million	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	14	$462 million	1	$4 million
Aash Shah	Other Registered Investment Companies	6	$708 million	0	$0
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:	0	$0	0	$0
	Other Accounts:	12	$298 million	1	$4 million

Securities Ownership. The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the portfolio managers in the Fund as of August 31, 2021 using the following ranges: none; $1-$10,000; $10,001-$50,000; $50,001-$100,000; $100,001-$500,000; $500,001-$1,000,000; and over $1,000,000.

Portfolio Manager	Dollar ($) Value of Fund Shares Beneficially Owned
David Harden	None
Aash Shah	None

Custodian Agreement

U.S. Bank, N.A., (the “Custodian”), 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212 serves as Custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custodian agreement between the Custodian and the Company (the “Custodian Agreement”). Under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian (a) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of the Fund, (b) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of the Fund, (c) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of the Fund, (d) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the Fund’s portfolio securities and (e) makes periodic reports to the Company’s Board of Directors concerning the Fund’s operations. The Custodian is authorized to select one or more banks or trust companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of the Fund, provided that the Custodian remains responsible for the performance of all its duties under the Custodian Agreement and holds the Company harmless from the acts and omissions of any sub-custodian. For its services to the Fund under the Custodian Agreement, the Custodian receives a fee based on the Fund’s average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Fund.

Transfer Agency Agreement

Fund Services, with corporate offices at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund pursuant to a transfer agency and servicing agreement (collectively, the “Transfer Agency Agreement”). Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Services (a) issues and redeems Shares of the Fund, (b) addresses and mails all communications by the Fund to record owners of Shares of the Fund, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy materials for its meetings of shareholders, (c) maintains shareholder accounts and, if requested, sub-accounts and (d) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the operations of the Fund. Fund Services may, subject to the Board’s approval, assign its duties as transfer and dividend disbursing agent to any affiliate. For its services to the Fund under the Transfer Agency Agreement, Fund Services receives an annual fee based on the number of accounts in the Fund and the Fund’s average gross assets calculated daily and payable monthly. Transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses are also charged to the Fund.

19

Fund Services also provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. In addition, Fund Services provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Customer Identification Program, including the verification of required customer information and the maintenance of records with respect to such verification. The Custodian and Fund Services are affiliates.

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement

Fund Services serves as fund administrator to the Fund pursuant to a fund administration servicing agreement, and serves as fund accountant pursuant to a fund accounting servicing agreement (the “Administration Agreements”).  Under the fund accounting servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to furnish to the Fund statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, and certain other services required by the Fund.  Under the fund administration servicing agreement, Fund Services has agreed to provide fund administration services to the Company.  These services include the preparation and coordination of the Company’s annual post-effective amendment filing and supplements to the Fund’s registration statement, the preparation and assembly of board meeting materials, and certain other services necessary to the Company’s fund administration. In addition, Fund Services has agreed to prepare and file various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and prepare materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund.

The Administration Agreements provide that Fund Services shall be obligated to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties and that Fund Services shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with its duties under the Administration Agreements, except a loss resulting from Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of the applicable Administration Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties thereunder.

Fund Services receives a fee under the Administration Agreements based on the average daily net assets of the Company.

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the Fund paid Fund Services certain administration, accounting and regulatory administration fees and related out-of- pocket expenses as follows:

For the Fiscal Year Ended	Administration, Accounting and Regulatory Administration  Fees and Expenses (after waivers and reimbursements)		Waivers		Reimbursements
August 31, 2021	$	60,158	$	0	$	0
August 31, 2020	$	51,594	$	0	$	0
August 31, 2019	$	51,455	$	0	$	0

Distribution and Shareholder Servicing

Quasar Distributors, LLC  (the “Distributor”), whose principal business address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the underwriter to the Fund pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement   (the “Distribution Agreement”).  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).  The Distributor is not affiliated with the Company or the Adviser.

Under the Distribution Agreement with the Fund, the Distributor acts as the agent of the Company in connection with the continuous offering of shares of the Fund.  The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Fund on a best efforts basis.  The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares.  The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Company.

The Distributor may enter into agreements with selected broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries for distribution of shares of the Fund.  With respect to certain financial intermediaries and related fund “supermarket” platform arrangements, the Fund and/or the Adviser, rather than the Distributor, typically enter into such agreements.  These financial intermediaries may charge a fee for their services and may receive shareholder service or other fees from parties other than the Distributor.  These financial intermediaries may otherwise act as processing agents and are responsible for promptly transmitting purchase, redemption and other requests to the Fund.

Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein.  Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares.  Investors purchasing shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary.  The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the financial intermediary.  The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Fund for its distribution services except the distribution/service fees with respect to the shares of those classes for which a Rule 12b-1 distribution plan is effective.  The Adviser pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution-related services.

20

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities in accordance with the 1940 Act.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Company on behalf of the Fund on no less than 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement, or by the Distributor, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).  The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the performance of the Distributor’s obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof.

FUND TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies established by the Board and other applicable rules, the Adviser is responsible for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage transactions for the Fund. The Adviser has broad supervision over the placement of securities orders for the Fund. The Adviser has the authority to determine the broker-dealer to be used in any securities transaction and the commission rate to be paid. While the primary criterion for all transactions in portfolio securities is the execution of orders at the most favorable net price, numerous additional factors are considered by the Adviser when arranging for the purchase and sale of the Fund’s portfolio securities. These include restrictions imposed by the federal securities laws and the allocation of brokerage in return for certain services and materials described below. In determining the abilities of the broker-dealer to obtain best execution of a particular transaction, the Adviser will consider all relevant factors including the execution capabilities required by the transaction(s), the ability and willingness of the broker-dealer to facilitate the Fund’s portfolio transactions promptly and at reasonable expense, the importance to the Fund of speed, efficiency or confidentiality and the broker-dealer’s apparent familiarity with sources from or to whom particular securities might be purchased or sold, as well as any other matters the Adviser deems relevant to the selection of a broker-dealer for a particular portfolio transaction of the Fund.

When the “best execution” criteria are satisfied, those broker-dealers who supplement the Adviser’s capabilities with trading execution and research services, within the parameters of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, may be selected by the Adviser to provide brokerage services.  Research services include both proprietary research (created or developed by the broker-dealer) and research created or developed by a third party.

Ongoing research, computer systems and market data feeds are critical elements of the Adviser’s investment management process.  Accordingly, the Adviser is a significant user of broker-provided products and services that assist the Adviser in carrying out its investment and trading decisions. These products and services include: quotation services; trading; research (including proprietary) and portfolio management systems and consulting services; data; software; seminars; prime brokerage; custody and clearance services; other data services; trading and data feeds; proxy research; and trading communication services.  In the absence of soft dollar arrangements, the Adviser would have to pay directly for these services. Further, although best execution is always the primary objective in broker selection, the use of soft dollars means that the Adviser has less incentive to go to execution-only brokers, and that the Adviser may not always obtain the best price.

In some cases the Adviser acquires research products or services with soft dollars that also have non-research uses.  In these cases the Adviser makes reasonable allocation of the cost of the product or service according to its use.  That portion of the product or service that provides administrative or other non-research services is paid for by the Adviser in hard dollars.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Fund paid $53,173 in aggregate commissions to brokers on account of research services. All research services received from broker-dealers to whom commissions are paid are used collectively. There is no direct relationship between commissions received by a broker-dealer from the Fund’s or a particular client’s transactions and the use of any or all of that broker-dealer’s research material in relation to the Fund or that client’s account. The Adviser may pay a broker-dealer’s brokerage commission in excess of that which another broker-dealer might have charged for the same transaction in recognition of research and brokerage related services provided by the broker-dealer. The variations in brokerage commissions are a result of changes in the Fund’s assets, commission rates, and turnover of the Fund’s securities.

The brokerage commissions for the past three fiscal years are as follows:

For the Fiscal Year Ended	Brokerage Commissions
August 31, 2021	$	120,601
August 31, 2020	$	89,256
August 31, 2019	$	99,025

The Fund is required to identify any securities of the Company’s regular broker-dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents held by the Fund as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. As of August 31, 2021, the Fund did not hold securities of its regular broker-dealers or their parents.

The Adviser typically aggregates orders for the purchase and sale of securities for client portfolios including portfolios of the investment partnerships and registered investment companies it advises. In this process, orders for investment partnerships or registered investment companies in which the Adviser or persons associated with the Adviser have an interest may be aggregated with orders for other client portfolios. Securities purchased or proceeds of securities sold through aggregated orders are allocated to the account of each client or fund that bought or sold such securities at the average execution price. If less than the total of the aggregated orders is executed, purchased securities or proceeds will be allocated pro rata among the participating portfolios. Transaction costs for any transaction will be shared pro rata based on each portfolio’s participation in the transaction. The Fund will not purchase securities during the existence of any underwriting or selling group relating to such security of which the Adviser or any affiliated person (as defined in the 1940 Act) thereof is a member except pursuant to procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act.

21

In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to the Distributor, U.S. Bank, N.A., or the Adviser or any affiliated person of the foregoing entities except as permitted by SEC exemptive order or by applicable law.

Corporate debt and U.S. government securities and many micro- and small-cap stocks are generally traded on the over-the-counter market on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Fund will engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer in debt, micro- or small-cap securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

The Adviser may seek to obtain an undertaking from issuers of commercial paper or dealers selling commercial paper to consider the repurchase of such securities from the Fund prior to their maturity at their original cost plus interest (sometimes adjusted to reflect the actual maturity of the securities), if it believes that the Fund’s anticipated need for liquidity makes such action desirable. Any such repurchase prior to maturity reduces the possibility that the Fund would incur a capital loss in liquidating commercial paper (for which there is no established market), especially if interest rates have risen since acquisition of the particular commercial paper.

In transactions for securities not actively traded on a securities exchange, the Fund will deal directly with the dealers who make a market in the securities involved, except in those circumstances where better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Such dealers usually are acting as principal for their own account. On occasion, securities may be purchased directly from the issuer. Such portfolio securities are generally traded on a net basis and do not normally involve brokerage commissions. Securities firms may receive brokerage commissions on certain portfolio transactions, including options, futures and options on futures transactions and the purchase and sale of underlying securities upon exercise of options.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

Shares of the Fund may be sold to corporations or other institutions such as trusts, foundations or broker-dealers purchasing for the accounts of others and may be placed through a financial intermediary. Shares of the Fund may also be purchased directly from the Fund at the NAV per share, by mail or by wire.

The Company reserves the right, if conditions exist that make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase of the Fund’s shares by making payment in whole or in part in securities chosen by the Company and valued in the same way as they would be valued for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV. If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction costs in converting these securities into cash.  A shareholder will also bear any market risk or tax consequence as a result of a payment in securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

Under the 1940 Act, the Company may suspend the right to redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which the SEC restricts trading on the NYSE or determines an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit. (The Company may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

Shares of the Fund are subject to redemption by the Company, at the redemption price of such shares as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation: (1) to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder as provided in the Prospectus from time to time; (2) if such redemption is, in the opinion of the Board, desirable in order to prevent the Company or any fund from being deemed a “personal holding company” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); or (3) if the net income with respect to any particular class of common stock should be negative or it should otherwise be appropriate to carry out the Company’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

The Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder’s account in the Fund (other than those in an IRA account) at any time the NAV of the account falls below $500 as the result of a redemption request. Shareholders will be notified in writing that the value of their account is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the involuntary redemption is processed.

The Fund has the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

The Company’s telephone transaction procedures include the following measures: (1) requiring the appropriate telephone transaction privilege forms; (2) requiring the caller to provide the names of the account owners, the account social security number and name of the Fund, all of which must match the Company’s records; (3) requiring the Company’s service representative to complete a telephone transaction form, listing all of the above caller identification information; (4) permitting exchanges (if applicable) only if the two account registrations are identical; (5) requiring that redemption proceeds be sent only by check to the account owners of record at the address of record, or by electronic funds transfer through the ACH network, or by wire only to the owners of record at the bank account of record; (6) sending a written confirmation for each telephone transaction to the owners of record at the address of record within five (5) business days of the call; and (7) maintaining tapes of telephone transactions for six months, if the Company elects to record shareholder telephone transactions. For accounts held of record by broker-dealers, financial institutions, securities dealers, financial planners and other industry professionals, additional documentation or information regarding the scope of a caller’s authority is required. Finally, for telephone transactions in accounts held jointly, additional information regarding other account holders is required.

VALUATION OF SHARES

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the NAV per share of the Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to the Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of the Fund. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) or such other time as the NYSE or National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the NYSE is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The NYSE is generally closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day (observed), Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (observed).

22

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The Company reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were initially processed at a NAV other than the Fund’s official closing NAV (as the same may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders based on the official closing NAV. The Company reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, the Fund may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

The securities of the Fund are valued under the direction of the Fund’s administrator and under the general supervision of the Board.  Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices.  Subject to the approval of the Board, the Fund may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments in determining the approximate market value of portfolio investments.  This may result in the investments being valued at a price that differs from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used.  All cash, receivables, and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their face value.  Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board and under the Board’s ultimate supervision.

The procedures used by any pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the officers of the Company under the general supervision of the Board.

The Fund may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges.  These securities may trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not calculate NAV.  As a result, the value of these investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares.

TAXES

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Fund or its shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

General

The Fund qualified during its last taxable year and intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, the Fund generally is exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, it must meet three important tests each year.

First, the Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, the Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

The Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If the Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year the Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

As of August 31, 2021, the Fund did not have any capital loss carryforwards.

23

Taxation of Certain Investments

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by the Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause the Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which the Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

State and Local Taxes

Although the Fund expects to qualify as a regulated investment company and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, the Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, 89.123 billion shares have been classified into 202 classes; however, the Company only has 53 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s Charter, the Board has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

Each share that represents an interest in the Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the Fund with each other share that represents an interest in the Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in that Fund. Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights. When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders collectively owning at least 10% of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

Shareholders of the Fund will vote in the aggregate and not by class on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2, the approval of an investment advisory agreement, distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined by the 1940 Act) of such portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants, the approval of principal underwriting contracts and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio. Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote on the matter voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

MISCELLANEOUS

Anti-Money Laundering Program

The Fund has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Fund’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures, and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program, and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that certain of its service providers have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new account applications. The Fund will not transact business with any person or legal entity whose identity and beneficial owners, if applicable, cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

24

Counsel

The law firm of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as independent counsel to the Company and the Independent Directors.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements and notes thereto in the Fund’s Annual Report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 (the “Annual Report”) are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other parts of the Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements included in the Annual Report have been audited by the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, whose report thereon also appears in the Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements have been incorporated herein in reliance upon such reports given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Copies of the Annual Report may be obtained at no charge by telephoning the Fund at the telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI. 

25

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” - A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” - A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” - A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” - A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” - A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” - A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

"NR" — This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-2” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.¹ Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

¹ A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

A-1

“F1” - Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2” - Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” - Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” - Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” - Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” - Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” - Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar^® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)” - Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” - Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4” - Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” - Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” - Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

A-2

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA” - An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” - An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” - An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” - An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” - Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB” - An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” - An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC” - An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” - An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” - An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” - An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR” - This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” - Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” - Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” - Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

A-3

“Baa” - Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” - Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” - Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” - Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” - Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” - Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR” - Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” - Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” - Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” - Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” - Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” - Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” - Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

“CCC” - A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC” - A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C” - A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA” - Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” - Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

A-4

“A” - Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” - Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” - Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B” - Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” - Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D” - A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

• Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

• Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” - A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” - A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” - A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D” - This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale to rate for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG Scale

“MIG-1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

A-5

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interests payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

“VMIG-1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” - Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer default ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue level ratings are also assigned, often include an expectation of recovery and may be notched above or below the issuer level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation)..

DBRS Morningstar offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market.Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on DBRS Morningstar’s quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. DBRS Morningstar issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, final(ized), solicited, or unsolicited.1 From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued. DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees. 

A-6

APPENDIX B

Issue

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires every investment adviser to adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients.  The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting.  The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request.  Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC does vote proxies on behalf of its clients.

Policy

SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC does vote proxies on behalf of its clients.

Procedures:

1. Upon receipt of proxy voting request, review items to be voted upon and Board recommendations.

2. Log into the proper online voting site and vote in accordance with Board recommendations unless otherwise notified by the Investment Committee.

3. Document the company, items voted on, and how SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC voted on the proxy spreadsheet.

Procedures for SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s Receipt of Class Actions

The following procedures outline SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s receipt of “Class Action” documents from clients and custodians.  It is SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC’s position not to file these “Class Action” documents, but if received will follow these guidelines:

1.       If “Class Action” documents are received by SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC from the Client, SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion.  SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client.

2.       Similarly, if “Class Action” documents are received by SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC from the Custodian, SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion.  SUMMIT GLOBAL INVESTMENTS, LLC will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client.

B-1

Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF

(NYSE Arca, Inc.: STNC)

A series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216

223 Wilmington West Chester Pike
Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania 19317

Statement of

Additional Information

Dated December 31, 2021

Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF (the “Fund”) is a diversified series of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”), an open-end management investment company organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988.

Red Gate Advisers, LLC serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. Stance Capital, LLC and Vident Investment Advisory, LLC each serve as a sub-adviser to the Fund.

Information about the Fund is set forth in the prospectus dated December 31, 2021 (the “Prospectus”) and provides the basic information you should know before investing. To obtain a copy of the Prospectus and/or the Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports please write to the Fund c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202 or call 800-617-0004. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus but contains information in addition to and more detailed than that set forth in the Prospectus. It is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. This SAI is intended to provide you with additional information regarding the activities and operations of the Fund and the Company, and it should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus.

1

Table of Contents

Fund History	3
Investment Policies and Practices	4
Investment Restrictions	8
Exchange Listing and Trading	9
Management of the Company	11
Code of Ethics	20
Principal Holders	20
Investment Advisory Agreements	21
Portfolio Managers	23
Underwriter	24
Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units	25
Portfolio Holdings Information	33
Determination of Net Asset Value	34
Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes	35
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage	37
Proxy Voting Procedures	38
Payments to Financial Intermediaries	38
Additional Information Concerning Company Shares	39
General Information	40
Financial Statements	41
Appendix A	A - 1

2

FUND HISTORY

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of 43 separate portfolios. The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988. This SAI pertains to shares of the Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF (the “Fund”). Red Gate Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. Stance Capital, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) and Vident Investment Advisory, LLC (“Vident”) each serve as a sub-adviser to the Fund.

The investment objective of the Fund is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

The Fund is an actively-managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) that seeks total return through dividends and capital appreciation. The Fund operates pursuant to an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued on February 26, 2021 (“Order”). In many respects the Fund operates similarly to traditional ETFs. The Fund issues and redeems shares on a continuous basis at net asset value per share (“NAV”) in aggregations of a specified number of shares called “Creation Units”. Creation Units generally are issued in exchange for portfolio securities and an amount of cash. Shares are listed and traded on the NYSE Arca, Inc.(the “Exchange”). Shares trade in the secondary market at market prices that may differ from the shares’ NAV. Shares are not individually redeemable, but are redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, also in exchange for portfolio securities and an amount of cash. Shareholders who are not Authorized Participants (as defined herein), therefore, will not be able to purchase or redeem shares directly with or from the Fund. Instead, most shareholders who are not Authorized Participants will buy and sell shares in the secondary market through a broker.

The Fund also has some novel features that differentiate it from traditional ETFs. Unlike traditional ETFs that publish their portfolio holdings on a daily basis, the Fund does not publicly disclose the composition of its portfolio each business day, which may affect the price at which shares of the Fund trade in the secondary market. Instead, the Fund publishes each business day on its website a portfolio transparency substitute - the “Portfolio Reference Basket” – which is designed to closely track the daily performance of the Fund but is not the Fund’s actual portfolio (“Actual Portfolio”). The Portfolio Reference Basket is comprised of all of the names of the securities in the Actual Portfolio, and only the securities that are in the Actual Portfolio (unless cash is specified). The Portfolio Reference Basket will have a minimum weightings overlap of 90% with the Actual Portfolio at the beginning of each trading day. The Fund also publishes each business day on its website the “Guardrail Amount,” which is the maximum deviation between the weightings of the specific securities in the Portfolio Reference Basket and the weightings of those specific securities in the Actual Portfolio, as well as between the weighting of the respective cash positions. The Guardrail Amount is designed to help investors evaluate the risk of tracking error, which is the difference in the performance of the Portfolio Reference Basket from the performance of the Actual Portfolio. The Adviser, on behalf of the Fund, has entered into a license agreement with Blue Tractor Group, LLC in order to operate the Fund under the Portfolio Reference Basket structure.

Under the terms of the Order, the Fund’s investments are limited to the following: ETFs, exchange-traded notes, exchange-traded common stocks, exchange-traded preferred stocks, exchange-traded American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), exchange-traded real estate investment trusts, exchange-traded commodity pools, exchange-traded metals trusts, exchange-traded currency trusts and exchange-traded futures, in each case that are traded on a U.S. securities exchange; common stocks listed on a foreign exchange that trade on such exchange contemporaneously with the Fund’s shares; exchange-traded futures that are traded on a U.S. futures exchange contemporaneously with the Fund’s shares; and cash and cash equivalents (which are short-term U.S. Treasury securities, government money market funds, and repurchase agreements). The Fund will not purchase any securities that are illiquid investments (as defined in Rule 22e-4(a)(8) of the 1940 Act) at the time of purchase. In addition, pursuant to the Order, the Fund will not: borrow for investment purposes; hold short positions; or invest in “penny stocks” (as defined in Rule 3a51-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)).

3

The Portfolio Reference Basket also generally constitutes the names and quantities of instruments to be exchanged with the Fund for both purchases and redemptions of Fund shares, as described further under the heading “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units” below.

The publication of the Portfolio Reference Basket is not the same level of transparency as the publication of the full portfolio by a fully transparent active ETF, and could cause the Fund’s Shares to have wider spreads and larger premiums/discounts than would be seen for a fully transparent active ETF using the same investment strategies. Given that this structure is unlike traditional active ETFs, the Adviser will monitor on an on-going basis how Shares trade, including the level of any market price premium or discount to NAV and the bid/ask spreads on market transactions. For at least the first three years after launch of the Fund, the Adviser will promptly call a meeting of the Fund’s Board of the Directors (the “Board”) (and will present to the Board for its consideration, recommendations for appropriate remedial measures), and the Board will promptly meet, if the tracking error (relative to the Actual Portfolio) exceeds 1%, or if, for 30 or more days in any quarter or 15 days in a row, the absolute difference between either the closing price or the mid-point of the highest bid and lowest offer at the time of calculation of the NAV (the “Bid/Ask Price”), on one hand, and NAV, on the other, exceeds 2.00% or the bid/ask spread exceeds 2.00%. In such a circumstance, the Board will consider the continuing viability of the Fund, whether shareholders are being harmed, and what, if any, action would be appropriate to among other things, narrow the premium/discount or spread, or tracking error, as applicable. The Board will then decide whether to take any such action. Potential actions may include, but are not limited to, changing lead market makers, listing the Fund on a different Exchange, changing the size of Creation Units, changing the Fund’s investment objective or strategy, and liquidating the Fund.

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES

The Fund’s investment objectives, principal investment strategies, and associated risks are described in the Prospectus. The sections below describe some of the different types of investments that may be made by the Fund as part of its non-principal investment strategy. The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus.

With respect to the Fund’s investments, unless otherwise noted, if a percentage limitation on investment is adhered to at the time of investment or contract, a subsequent increase or decrease as a result of market movement or redemption will not result in a violation of such investment limitation.

Types of Equity Securities

In addition to common stock, the equity securities that the Fund may purchase include securities having equity characteristics, such as rights. Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in a company. This interest often gives the Fund the right to vote on measures affecting the company’s organization and operations. Equity securities have a history of long-term growth in value, but their prices tend to fluctuate in the shorter term. Rights essentially are options to purchase equity securities at specific prices valid for a specific period of time. Their prices do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities. Rights normally have a short duration and are distributed directly by the issuer to its shareholders. Rights have no voting rights, receive no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer.

4

Derivatives

The Fund may invest in derivatives. Derivatives include instruments and contracts that are based on, and are valued in relation to, one or more underlying securities, financial benchmarks or indices, such as futures, options, swap agreements and forward contracts. Derivatives typically have economic leverage inherent in their terms. Such leverage will magnify any losses. Derivatives can be highly volatile, illiquid and difficult to value, and changes in the value of such instruments held directly or indirectly by the Fund may not correlate with the underlying instrument or reference assets, or the Fund’s other investments. Although the value of derivatives depend largely upon price movements in the underlying instrument or reference asset, there are additional risks associated with derivatives that are possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in the underlying instruments or reference assets, including illiquidity risk, leveraging risk and counterparty credit risk. A small position in derivatives could have a potentially large impact on the Fund’s performance. Trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange, and government regulations may restrict trading in derivatives.

In October 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. The Fund will be required to implement and comply with new Rule 18f-4 by the third quarter of 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities so that a failure to comply with the limits would result in a statutory violation and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager. These rules could have a substantial effect on the Fund to implement fully its investment strategy, which may limit the Fund’s ability to achieve its objective.

Securities of Other Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, including ETF shares and shares of money market funds. The Fund’s investment in these securities (other than shares of money market funds and of certain ETFs) may be subject to certain limitations imposed by the 1940 Act — generally, a prohibition on acquiring more than 3 percent of the outstanding voting stock of another investment company. Investment companies such as ETFs and money market funds pay investment advisory and other fees and incur various expenses in connection with their operations. When the Fund invests in another investment company, shareholders of the Fund will indirectly bear these fees and expenses, which will be in addition to the fees and expenses of the Fund.

The SEC recently adopted revisions to the rules permitting funds to invest in other investment companies to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework applicable to fund of funds arrangements. While new Rule 12d1-4 will permit more types of fund of fund arrangements without reliance on an exemptive order or no-action letters, it imposes new conditions, including limits on control and voting of acquired funds’ shares, evaluations and findings by investment advisers, fund investment agreements, and limits on most three-tier fund structures. Rule 12d1-4 went into effect on January 19, 2021. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters is effective on January 19, 2022.

5

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are pooled investment vehicles that manage a portfolio of real estate or real estate-related loans to earn profits for their shareholders. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs, or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to the risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, and mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the borrower on any credit extended. REITs are dependent on management skills, may not be diversified geographically or by property type, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. REITs must also meet certain requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to avoid entity-level tax and be eligible to pass through certain tax attributes of their income to shareholders. REITs are consequently subject to the risk of failing to meet these requirements for favorable tax treatment and of failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. REITs are also subject to the risks of changes in the Code that could affect their tax status.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable-rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, and as a result, the value of such investments will fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed-rate obligations.

The management of a REIT may be subject to conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the business of the REIT and may be involved in real estate activities competitive with the REIT. REITs may own properties through joint ventures or in other circumstances in which a REIT may not have control over its investments. REITs may use significant amounts of leverage.

REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the end of the calendar year. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for the Fund, if invested in REITs, to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV. Alternatively, amended Forms 1099-DIV may be sent.

Illiquid Investments

Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment as defined in Rule 22e-4 is an investment that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. These investments may include restricted securities and repurchase agreements maturing in more than 7 days. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and thus may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Subject to the adoption of guidelines by the Board, certain restricted securities that may be sold to institutional investors pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and non-exempt commercial paper may be determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser. Illiquid investments involve the risk that the investments will not be able to be sold at the time the Sub-Adviser desires or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the investments. To the extent an investment held by the Fund is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund will be exposed to a greater liquidity risk.

The Company has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4. If the limitation on illiquid investments is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required by the Liquidity Rule, to the SEC.

6

Temporary Investments

During periods of adverse market or economic conditions, the Fund may temporarily invest all or a substantial portion of its assets in high-quality, fixed-income securities, money market instruments, and shares of money market mutual funds, or it may hold cash. At such times, the Fund would not be pursuing its stated investment objective with its usual investment strategies. The Fund may also hold these investments for liquidity purposes. Fixed-income securities will be deemed to be of high quality if they are rated “A” or better by S&P or Moody’s or, if unrated, are determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser. Money market instruments are high-quality, short-term fixed-income obligations (which generally have remaining maturities of one year or less) and may include U.S. Government Securities, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and banker’s acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and repurchase agreements for U.S. Government Securities. In lieu of purchasing money market instruments, the Fund may purchase shares of money market mutual funds that invest primarily in U.S. Government Securities and repurchase agreements involving those securities, subject to certain limitations imposed by the 1940 Act. The Fund, as an investor in a money market fund, will indirectly bear that fund’s fees and expenses, which will be in addition to the fees and expenses of the Fund. Repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt securities.

Lending Portfolio Securities

The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and financial institutions in an amount not exceeding 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. These loans will be secured by collateral (consisting of cash, U.S. Government Securities, or irrevocable letters of credit) maintained in an amount equal to at least 100% of the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The Fund may, subject to certain notice requirements, at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The Fund will be entitled to payments equal to the interest and dividends on the loaned securities and may receive a premium for lending the securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while earning interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term investments.

A loan may be terminated by the borrower on one business day’s notice, or by the Company on two business days’ notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within four days after receipt of notice, the Company may use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost exceeding the collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and, in some cases, even loss of rights in the collateral, should the borrower of the securities fail financially. In addition, securities lending involves a form of leverage, and the Fund may incur a loss if securities purchased with the collateral from securities loans decline in value or if the income earned does not cover the Fund’s transaction costs. However, loans of securities will be made only to companies the Board deems to be creditworthy (such creditworthiness will be monitored on an ongoing basis) and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund.

When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Company will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative, and custodial fees in connection with loans of securities. The Fund may lend foreign securities consistent with the foregoing requirements.

7

Cyber Security Risk

The Fund and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Fund or the Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Fund. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAVs, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Fund to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Fund may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Fund may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value. While the Fund, Adviser, Sub-Adviser, Vident and its service providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate cyber risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Company has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies with respect to the Fund. These restrictions cannot be changed with respect to the Fund without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. For the purposes of the 1940 Act, a “majority of outstanding shares” means the vote of the lesser of: (1) 67% or more of the voting securities of the Fund present at the meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Unless otherwise noted, the Fund’s investment goals and strategies described in the Prospectus may be changed by the Board without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

Notwithstanding the fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions provided below, the Fund’s investments and operations will be limited by the terms and conditions of the Order.

Except with the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, the Fund may not:

1. Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold more than 25% of its total assets) in any industry or group of related industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and tax-exempt securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.

2. Borrow money or issue senior securities (as defined under the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

8

3. Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

4. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. This shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate, real estate investment trusts or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.

5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. This shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities.

6. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

7. Purchase the securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, if immediately after and as a result of such purchase, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be owned by the Fund, except that up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such limitations.

Group of related industries is defined as three (3) or more industries based on the Adviser’s classification for the purpose of this section.

In addition to the investment restrictions adopted as fundamental policies as set forth above, the Fund observes the following non-fundamental restrictions, which may be changed without a shareholder vote.

1. The Fund will not hold illiquid assets in excess of 15% of its net assets. An illiquid asset is any asset which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the investment.

If a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment or contract, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or total or net assets will not result in a violation of such restriction, except that the percentage limitations with respect to the borrowing of money and illiquid investments will be observed continuously. If the percentage of the Fund’s net assets invested in illiquid investments exceeds 15% due to market activity or changes in the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund will take appropriate measures to reduce its holdings of illiquid investments as soon as reasonably practicable, in a manner consistent with prudent management and the interests of the Fund.

EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING

Shares are listed for trading and trade throughout the day on the NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Exchange”).

There can be no assurance that the Fund will continue to meet the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the Fund’s shares. The Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Fund from listing if, among other things (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial owners of the Fund’s shares; (ii) either the Portfolio Reference Basket or the holdings of the Fund’s portfolio are not made available to all market participants at the same time; (iii) the Fund has failed to file any filings required by the SEC or the Exchange is aware that the Fund is not in compliance with the conditions of any exemptive order or no-action relief granted by the SEC or its staff under the 1940 Act with respect to the Fund; (iv) the Exchange’s ongoing listing requirements are not continuously maintained; (iv) any of the continuous listing representations for the issue of the Fund’s shares are not continuously met; or (v) such other event shall occur or condition exists that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the exchange inadvisable. The Exchange will remove the Fund’s shares from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund. The Exchange will remove the Fund’s shares from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

9

The Company reserves the right to adjust the price levels of its shares in the future to help maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Fund.

As in the case of other stocks traded on the Exchange, broker’s commissions on transactions will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels.

Unlike other actively managed ETFs that publish their portfolio holdings on a daily basis, the Fund does not publicly disclose the composition of its portfolio each business day, which may affect the price at which shares of the Fund trade in the secondary market. Given the differences between the Fund and ETFs that disclose their complete holdings daily, there is a risk that market prices of the Fund may vary significantly from NAV, and that the Fund’s shares may trade at a wider bid/ask spread – and therefore cost investors more to trade – than shares of traditional ETFs. These risks are heightened during periods of market disruption or volatility. In addition, although the Fund seeks to benefit from keeping its portfolio information secret, market participants may attempt to use the Portfolio Reference Basket to identify the Fund’s trading strategy. If successful, this could result in such market participants engaging in certain predatory trading practices that may have the potential to harm the Fund and its shareholders, such as front running the Fund’s trades of portfolio securities.

10

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter. The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers. The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Directors.” Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.” The Board is currently composed of seven Independent Directors and one Interested Director. The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman. Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate. The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities. Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

The Board has established seven standing committees — Audit, Contract, Executive, Nominating and Governance, Product Development, Regulatory Oversight, and Valuation Committees. The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time. Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board. For more information on the Committees, see the section entitled “Standing Committees.”

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

Directors and Executive Officers

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their ages, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below.

11

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 88	Director	1988 to present	From 1969 to 2011, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).	50	AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies).
Gregory P. Chandler 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	2012 to present	Since 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Herspiegel Consulting LLC (life sciences consulting services); 2020, Chief Financial Officer, Avocado Systems Inc. (cyber security software provider); 2009-2020, Chief Financial Officer, Emtec, Inc. (information technology consulting/services).	50	FS Energy and Power Fund (business development company); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Lisa A. Dolly 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 55	Director	October 2021 to present	From July 2019-December 2019, Chairman, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm); January 2016- June 2019, Chief Executive Officer, Pershing, LLC.	50	Allfunds Group PLC (United Kingdom wealthtech and fund distribution provider); Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (trade association for broker dealers, investment banks and asset managers); Hightower Advisors (wealth management firm).

12

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
Nicholas A. Giordano 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 78	Director	2006 to present	Since 1997, Consultant, financial services organizations.	50	IntriCon Corporation (biomedical device manufacturer); Wilmington Funds (12 portfolios) (registered investment company).
Arnold M. Reichman 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 73	Chairman Director	2005 to present. 1991 to present.	Retired.	50	EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company).
Brian T. Shea 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Director	2018 to present	From 2014-2017, Chief Executive Officer, BNY Mellon Investment Services (fund services, global custodian and securities clearing firm); from 1983-2014, Chief Executive Officer and various positions, Pershing LLC (broker dealer, clearing and custody firm).	50	Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (financial services technology company); Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (financial services company).
Robert A. Straniere 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 80	Director	2006 to present	Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City; since 1980, Founding Partner, Straniere Law Group (law firm).	50	None.
INTERESTED DIRECTOR2
Robert Sablowsky 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 83	Vice Chairman Director	2016 to present 1991 to present	Since 2002, Senior Director – Investments and prior thereto, Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).	50	None.

13

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
OFFICERS
Salvatore Faia, JD, CPA, CFE Vigilant Compliance, LLC Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike Chadds Ford, PA 19317 Age: 59	President Chief Compliance Officer	2009 to present 2004 to present	Since 2004, President, Vigilant Compliance, LLC (investment management services company); since 2005, Independent Trustee of EIP Investment Trust (registered investment company); Since 2021, President and Chief Compliance Officer of Penn Capital Funds Trust.	N/A	N/A
James G. Shaw 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 61	Treasurer and Secretary	2016 to present	Treasurer and Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2016) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2005 to 2016, Assistant Treasurer of The RBB Fund, Inc.; from 1995 to 2016, Senior Director and Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company).	N/A	N/A
Craig A. Urciuoli 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 47	Director of Marketing & Business Development	2019 to present	Director of Marketing & Business Development of The RBB Fund, Inc. (since 2019) and Penn Capital Funds Trust (since 2021); from 2000-2019, Managing Director, Third Avenue Management LLC (investment advisory firm).	N/A	N/A

14

Name, Address, and Age	Position(s) Held with Company	Term of Office and Length of Time Served1	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director*	Other Directorships Held by Director
Jennifer Witt 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 39	Assistant Treasurer	2018 to present	Since 2020, Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm); from 2016 to 2020, Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services; from 2007 to 2016, Supervisor, Nuveen Investments (registered investment company).	N/A	N/A
Edward Paz 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Age: 50	Assistant Secretary	2016 to present	Since 2007, Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (fund administrative services firm).	N/A	N/A
Michael P. Malloy One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 62	Assistant Secretary	1999 to present	Since 1993, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A
Jillian L. Bosmann One Logan Square Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Age: 42	Assistant Secretary	2017 to present	Since 2017, Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm).	N/A	N/A

* Each Director oversees 50 portfolios of the fund complex, consisting of the series in the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust (7 portfolios).

1. Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his or her death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. The Board has approved waivers of the policy with respect to Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, Sablowsky and Straniere. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

2. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and is referred to as an “Interested Director.” Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as a senior officer of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

15

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years. Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director. The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive-level management experience in the cable television and communications industry. Mr. Chandler has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the investment technology consulting/services and investment banking/brokerage industries, and also serves on various boards. Ms. Dolly has over three decades of experience in the financial services industry, and she has demonstrated her leadership and management abilities by serving in numerous senior executive-level positions. Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies. Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience. Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the financial services industry. Mr. Shea has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive-level positions in the brokerage, clearing and investment services industry, including service on the boards of industry regulatory organizations and a university. Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company.

Standing Committees

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler and Giordano. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Contract Committee. The Board has a Contract Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Contract Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Brodsky, Chandler, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Contract Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the approval and continuation of agreements and plans of the Company. The Contract Committee convened six times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Giordano, Reichman and Sablowsky. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of three Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

16

Product Development Committee. The Board has a Product Development Committee comprised of the Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Product Development Committee are Messrs. Chandler, Reichman, Sablowsky and Shea. The Product Development Committee oversees the process regarding the addition of new investment advisers and investment products to the Company. The Product Development Committee convened three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee comprised of the Interested Director and four Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Ms. Dolly and Messrs. Reichman, Sablowsky, Shea and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee comprised of the Interested Director and two officers of the Company. The members of the Valuation Committee are Messrs. Faia, Sablowsky and Shaw. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing fair value determinations. The Valuation Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021.

Risk Oversight

The Board performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk. Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs. Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s CCO to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues. The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees. For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

17

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in the Fund and in all of the portfolios of the Company (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him or her), as of December 31, 2020.

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Director within the Family of Investment Companies
	INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Julian A. Brodsky	None	Over $100,000
Gregory P. Chandler	None	Over $100,000
Lisa A. Dolly*	None	None
Nicholas A. Giordano	None	$10,001-$50,000
Arnold M. Reichman	None	Over $100,000
Brian T. Shea	None	$1-$10,000
Robert A. Straniere	None	$1-$10,000
	INTERESTED DIRECTOR
Robert Sablowsky	None	Over $100,000

* Ms. Dolly began serving as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

As of December 31, 2020, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and Penn Capital Funds Trust, based on an allocation formula, pay each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $13,500 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each receives an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each receives an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

18

From April 1, 2019 through December 31, 2021, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $125,000 annually, $10,000 for each regular meeting of the Board, $3,500 for each committee meeting attended in-person, and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended telephonically or special meeting of the Board attended in-person or telephonically. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Regulatory Oversight Committee each received an additional fee of $20,000 for his services. The Chairman of the Contract Committee and the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $10,000 per year for his services. The Vice Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $35,000 per year for his services in this capacity and the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $75,000 per year for his services in this capacity.

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof. An employee of Vigilant Compliance, LLC serves as President and CCO of the Company. Vigilant Compliance, LLC is compensated for the services provided to the Company, and such compensation is determined by the Board. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, Vigilant Compliance LLC received $0 from the Fund and $690,000 in the aggregate from all series of the Company for its services. Employees of the Company serve as Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development, and are compensated for services provided. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, each of the following members of the Board and the Treasurer, Secretary and Director of Marketing & Business Development received compensation from the Company in the following amounts:

Name of Director/Officer	Aggregate Compensation from the Fund	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses	Total Compensation From Fund Complex Paid to Directors or Officers
Independent Directors:
Julian A. Brodsky, Director	$0	N/A	$198,000
J. Richard Carnall, Director(1)	$0	N/A	$190,000
Gregory P. Chandler, Director	$0	N/A	$224,500
Lisa A. Dolly, Director(2)	$0	N/A	$0
Nicholas A. Giordano, Director	$0	N/A	$202,000
Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman	$0	N/A	$275,500
Brian T. Shea, Director	$0	N/A	$191,875
Robert A. Straniere, Director	$0	N/A	$196,000
Interested Director:
Robert Sablowsky, Director	$0	N/A	$258,000
Officers:
James G. Shaw, Treasurer and Secretary	$0	N/A	$299,000
Craig Urciuoli, Director of Marketing & Business Development	$0	N/A	$247,200

(1)	Mr. Carnall retired from his role as a Director effective October 1, 2021.
(2)	Ms. Dolly was appointed as a Director effective October 1, 2021.

19

Each compensated Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s deferred compensation plan (the “DC Plan”). Under the DC Plan, a compensated Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation and have the deferred compensation treated as if it had been invested by the Company in shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Company. The amount paid to the Directors under the DC Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments.

Director Emeritus Program

 The Board has created a position of Director Emeritus, whereby an incumbent Director who has attained at least the age of 75 and completed a minimum of fifteen years of service as a Director, may, in the sole discretion of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company (“Committee”), be recommended to the full Board to serve as Director Emeritus.

 A Director Emeritus that has been approved as such receives an annual fee in an amount equal to up to 50% of the annual base compensation paid to a Director. Compensation will be determined annually by the Committee and the Board with respect to each Director Emeritus. In addition, a Director Emeritus will be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service, including expenses of travel and lodging incurred in attendance at Board meetings. A Director Emeritus will continue to receive relevant materials concerning the Fund, will be expected to attend at least one regularly scheduled quarterly meeting of the Board each year (which attendance may be via telephone), and will be available to consult with the Directors at reasonable times as requested. However, a Director Emeritus does not have any voting rights at Board meetings and is not subject to election by shareholders of the Fund.

 A Director Emeritus will be permitted to serve in such capacity from year to year at the pleasure of the Committee and the Board for up to three years.

 Effective October 1, 2021, J. Richard Carnall serves as a Director Emeritus of the Company.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, Vident and Vigilant Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), have each adopted a code of ethics (“Code of Ethics”) pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which governs personal securities trading by their respective personnel. Each Code of Ethics permits such individuals to purchase and sell securities, including securities that are purchased, sold, or held by the Fund, but only subject to certain conditions designed to ensure that purchases and sales by such individuals do not adversely affect the Fund’s investment activities.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS

Any person owning, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the outstanding shares of the Fund is presumed to control the Fund. Principal holders are persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding shares and is recognized as the owner of all shares for all purposes. Investors owning shares are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. As of November 30, 2021, the Company does not have information regarding the record or beneficial ownership of shares of the Fund held in the names of DTC participants, as DTC has not provided the Company with access to such information.

20

As of December 1, 2021, the Directors and officers of the Company as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENTS

Investment Advisory Agreement

The Adviser is a Pennsylvania limited liability company with offices at Gateway Corporate Center, Ste 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, PA 19317. The Adviser is owned by Chadds Ford Investment Management, LLC (“CFIM”), a Pennsylvania limited liability company. CFIM is controlled by Salvatore Faia and Margaret Faia. Mr. Faia is President and CCO of the Company.

The Adviser provides investment advisory services to the Fund pursuant to the terms of an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) between the Company and the Adviser. After the initial two year-term, the Advisory Agreement may be continued in effect from year to year with the approval of (1) the Board or (2) vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance must also be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

The Adviser manages the Fund’s investments in accordance with the stated policies of the Fund, subject to the supervision of the Board. The Adviser provides such additional administrative services as the Company may require beyond those furnished by the Administrator and furnishes, at its own expense, such office space, facilities, equipment, clerical help, and other personnel and services as may reasonably be necessary in connection with the operations of the Company.

Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, in consideration of the services provided by the Adviser, the Fund pays the Adviser a unitary management fee that is computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.95% of the Fund’s average daily net assets during the month. From the unitary management fee, the Adviser pays most of the expenses of the Fund, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services. However, under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is not responsible for interest expenses, brokerage commissions and other trading expenses, taxes and other extraordinary costs such as litigation and other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business. The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment, mistake of law, or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

Under the terms of an expense limitation agreement entered into by the Company and the Adviser, the Adviser has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its unitary management fee until March 31, 2023 to the extent necessary to limit the Fund’s annual operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, taxes, interest expense, acquired fund fees and expenses, and any extraordinary expenses) to an amount not exceeding 0.85% annually of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The Adviser may recover from the Fund fees waived for a period of three years after such fees were incurred, provided that the repayments do not cause the Fund’s operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, taxes, interest expense, acquired fund fees and expenses, and any extraordinary expenses) to exceed 0.85% annually of the Fund’s average daily net assets, or, if less, the expense limitation that was in place at the time the fees were waived.

21

For the fiscal period beginning March 15, 2021 (commencement of operations) and ended August 31, 2021, the Fund paid management fees to the Adviser as follows:

	Gross Advisory Fees	Waivers and/or Reimbursements	Net Advisory Fees
Fiscal period ended August 31, 2021	$146,820	$(15,462)	$131,358

Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser

The Sub-Adviser is a Massachusetts limited liability company located at 131 Dartmouth Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, MA 02116. The Sub-Adviser is controlled by Bill Davis.

The Sub-Adviser provides investment advisory services to the Fund pursuant to the terms of a Sub-Advisory Agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) among the Company, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. After the initial two year-term, the Sub-Advisory Agreement may be continued in effect from year to year with the approval of (1) the Board or (2) vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance must also be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

For its services, the Sub-Adviser receives a fee from the Adviser that is computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.40% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

The Sub-Adviser makes the investment decisions for the Fund and continuously reviews, supervises and administers a separate investment program. The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the Sub-Adviser shall not be protected against any liability to the Company or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties thereunder.

Sub-Advisory Agreement with Vident

Vident is a Delaware limited liability company located at 1125 Sanctuary Parkway, Suite 515, Alpharetta, Georgia 30009. Vident was formed in 2014 and provides investment advisory services to exchange-traded funds, including the Fund. Vident is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Vident Financial, LLC. Vident Financial, LLC was formed in 2013 to develop and license investment market solutions (indices and funds) based on strategies that combine sophisticated risk-balancing methodologies, economic freedom metrics, valuation, and investor behavior. Vident Financial, LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Vident Investors’ Oversight Trust. Vince L. Birley, Brian Shepler, and Mohammad Baki serve as the trustees of the Vident Investors’ Oversight Trust.

Vident provides investment advisory services to the Fund pursuant to the terms of a Sub-Advisory Agreement (the “Vident Sub-Advisory Agreement”) among the Company, the Adviser and Vident. After the initial two year-term, the Vident Sub-Advisory Agreement may be continued in effect from year to year with the approval of (1) the Board or (2) vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance must also be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Vident Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

22

For its services, Vident receives a fee from the Adviser that is computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.05% of average daily net assets up to $250 million, 0.045% of average daily net assets for assets over $250 million to up to $500 million, and 0.04% for average daily net assets in excess of $500 million.

Vident is responsible for selecting broker-dealers to execute purchase and sale transactions, as instructed by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, subject to the supervision of the Adviser and the Board. The Vident Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that Vident shall not be protected against any liability to the Company or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties thereunder.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Bill Davis and Kyle Balkissoon are portfolio managers responsible for investment-related services provided to the Fund by the Sub-Adviser. Rafael Zayas and Ryan Dofflemeyer are portfolio managers responsible for investment-related services provided to the Fund by Vident. The following table provides information regarding accounts managed by each portfolio manager as of August 31, 2021.

Portfolio Manager; Other Accounts	Total Accounts		Accounts With Performance-Based Fees
	Number	Assets	Number	Assets
Bill Davis
Registered Investment Companies	0	$0	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0	0	$0
Other Accounts	123	$126 million	0	$0
Kyle Balkissoon
Registered Investment Companies	0	$0	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0	0	$0
Other Accounts	123	$126 million	0	$0
Rafael Zayas
Registered Investment Companies	29	$5.8 billion	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	21	$679 million	0	$0
Other Accounts	0	$0	0	$0
Ryan Dofflemeyer
Registered Investment Companies	11	$2.9 billion	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	19	$355	0	$0
Other Accounts	1	$27 million	0	$0

23

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Mr. Davis is compensated through equity ownership of the Adviser, adjusted to reflect current market rates, and therefore compensation is in part based on the value of the Fund’s net assets and other client accounts he is managing. Mr. Balkissoon’s compensation consists of a cash base salary and a discretionary bonus that is based on the individual performance and overall profitability of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Balkissoon owns equity in the Sub-Adviser and shares in its profits, which is, in part, dependent on the performance of the Fund, and therefore in part based on the value of the Fund’s net assets and other client accounts he is managing.

Vident compensates Messrs. Zayas and Dofflemeyer for their services to the Fund. Messrs. Zayas and Dofflemeyer each receive a base salary and are eligible to earn discretionary bonuses from time to time. The availability and amount of any bonus will be based on factors such as Vident’s profitability, individual performance and team contribution. Vident’s profitability is, in part, dependent on the performance of the Fund, and therefore in part based on the value of the Fund’s net assets and other client accounts it is managing.

Material Conflicts of Interest

The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another. Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund. However, each of the Sub-Adviser and Vident has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities and other investments among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated. In accordance with the Sub-Adviser’s trade rotation policy, there will be cases where the Fund will trade after other accounts.

As of August 31, 2021, the Fund’s portfolio managers owned the following shares in the Fund:

Portfolio Manager	Ownership of Shares in the Fund
Bill Davis	Over $1,000,000
Kyle Balkissoon	$100,001 - $500,000
Rafael Zayas	None
Ryan Dofflemeyer	None

UNDERWRITER

The Company has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Vigilant Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), Gateway Corporate Center, Ste 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, PA 19317, pursuant to which the Distributor acts as the Fund’s principal underwriter and distributes shares. Shares are continuously offered for sale by the Distributor only in Creation Units. Each Creation Unit is made up of at least 5,000 shares. The Distributor will not distribute shares in amounts less than a Creation Unit.

24

Under the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent for the Company, will receive orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units, provided that any subscriptions and orders will not be binding on the Company until accepted by the Company. The Distributor will deliver prospectuses and, upon request, Statements of Additional Information to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of orders placed with it. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as discussed in “Procedures for Creation of Creation Units” below) or DTC participants (as defined below).

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and, in either case, by a majority of the Independent Directors. The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Company, on behalf of the Fund, on 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders or by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Company, or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

Purchase and Issuance of Creation Units

The Company issues and sells shares of the Fund only: (i) in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load (but subject to transaction fees), at their NAV next determined after receipt of an order, on any Business Day, in proper form pursuant to the terms of the Authorized Participant Agreement (“Participant Agreement”); or (ii) pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Service (defined below). The NAV of the Fund’s shares is calculated each business day as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange, generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Fund will not issue fractional Creation Units. A Business Day is any day on which the Exchange is open for business.

FUND DEPOSIT. The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of the Fund generally consists of the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) per each Creation Unit, which typically replicates the Portfolio Reference Basket, plus the Cash Component (defined below), computed as described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash in lieu” amount (“Deposit Cash”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. When accepting purchases of Creation Units for all or a portion of Deposit Cash, the Fund may incur additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities that would otherwise be provided by an in-kind purchaser. These additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities (“Non-Standard Charges”) may be recoverable from the purchaser of creation units. Unless the Fund has authorized a custom basket (as defined below), the names and quantities of the instruments that constitute the Deposit Securities will be the same as the Portfolio Reference Basket except to the extent that the Fund requires purchases and redemptions to be made entirely or in part on a cash basis.

25

Pursuant to the Order, the Fund may permit or require the Fund Securities to differ from the Portfolio Reference Basket under certain circumstances. In such circumstances, the Fund may use a “custom basket” that includes instruments not in the Portfolio Reference Basket or are included in the Portfolio Reference Basket in different weightings. The Fund has adopted policies and procedures in accordance with Rule 6c-11 that govern the construction and acceptance of custom baskets. These policies and procedures provide detailed parameters for the construction and acceptance of custom baskets, including the process for any revisions to, or deviations from, those parameters. A custom basket may only be used when it is in the Fund’s best interests to do so, which may include implementing changes in the Fund’s portfolio, increasing the Fund’s tax efficiency, and for other reasons. When the Fund uses a custom basket, the names and/or quantities of the instruments that constitute the Deposit Securities will differ from the Portfolio Reference Basket.

Together, the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. The “Cash Component” is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Fund’s shares (per Creation Unit) and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component will be such positive amount. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such negative amount and the creator will be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the Cash Component. The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, if applicable, which will be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant (as defined below).

The Fund, through NSCC, make available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, to be included in the current Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day) for the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is subject to any applicable adjustments as described below, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of the Fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, is made available.

The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities or the amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, required for a Fund Deposit for the Fund changes from time to time as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected by the Sub-Adviser/Vident. The composition of the Deposit Securities will change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the securities constituting the Fund’s Portfolio Reference Basket.

The Company reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (i.e., a “cash in lieu” amount) to replace any Deposit Security, which will be added to the Deposit Cash, if applicable, and the Cash Component, including, without limitation, in situations where the Deposit Security: (i) may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery; (ii) may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC for corporate securities and municipal securities; (iii) may not be eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant (as defined below) or the investor for which it is acting; (iv) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws; or (v) in certain other situations (collectively, “custom orders”).

26

CASH PURCHASE METHOD. The Company may at its discretion permit full or partial cash purchases of Creation Units of the Fund in instances permitted by the exemptive relief the Adviser is relying on in offering the Fund. When full or partial cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a full or partial cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser together with a Creation Transaction Fee and Non-Standard Charges, as may be applicable.

PROCEDURES FOR PURCHASE OF CREATION UNITS. To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor to purchase a Creation Unit of the Fund, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party”, i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC Participant (see “BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM”). In addition, each Participating Party or DTC Participant (each, an “Authorized Participant” or “AP”) must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Distributor, and that has been accepted by U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“Transfer Agent”) and the Company, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Each AP will agree, pursuant to the terms of a Participant Agreement, on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that it will pay to the Company an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component together with the Creation Transaction Fee (defined below) and any other applicable fees and taxes. The Adviser may retain all or a portion of the Transaction Fee to the extent the Adviser bears the expenses that otherwise would be borne by the Company in connection with the purchase of a Creation Unit, which the Transaction Fee is designed to cover.

All orders to purchase shares directly from the Fund must be placed for one or more Creation Units in the manner set forth in the Participant Agreement (the “Cut-Off Time”). The date on which an order to purchase Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as set forth below) is received and accepted is referred to as the “Order Placement Date.”

An AP may require an investor to make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to the order (e.g., to provide for payments of cash, when required). Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and that, therefore, orders to purchase shares directly from the Fund in Creation Units have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an AP that has executed a Participant Agreement. In such cases there may be additional charges to such investor. At any given time, there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement and only a small number of such Authorized Participants may have international capabilities.

On days when the Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to create Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. In addition, if a market or markets on which the Fund’s investments are primarily traded is closed on any day, the Fund will not accept orders on such day. Orders must be transmitted by an AP by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement and in accordance with the AP Handbook. With respect to the Fund, the Distributor will notify the Custodian of such order. The Custodian will then provide such information to the appropriate local sub-custodian(s). Those placing orders through an AP should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor by the Cut-Off Time on the Business Day on which the order is placed. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or an AP.

27

Fund Deposits must be delivered by an AP through the Federal Reserve System (for cash) or through DTC (for corporate securities), through a subcustody agent (for foreign securities) and/or through such other arrangements allowed by the Company or its agents. With respect to foreign Deposit Securities, the Custodian will cause the subcustodian of such Fund to maintain an account into which the AP will deliver, on behalf of itself or the party on whose behalf it is acting, such Deposit Securities (or Deposit Cash for all or a part of such securities, as permitted or required), with any appropriate adjustments as advised by the Company. Foreign Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local subcustodian. The Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the AP in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, to the account of the Fund or its agents by no later than the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for the Fund is generally the third Business Day after the Order Placement Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash to be delivered, as applicable, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities or cash, as applicable, will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. The amount of cash represented by the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, are not received in a timely manner by the Settlement Date, the creation order may be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Fund.

The order will be deemed to be received on the Business Day on which the order is placed provided that the order is placed in proper form prior to the Cut-Off Time and the federal funds in the appropriate amount are deposited by 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, with the Custodian on the Settlement Date. If the order is not placed in proper form as required, or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the AP will be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. A creation request is considered to be in “proper form” if all procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, AP Handbook and this SAI are properly followed.

ISSUANCE OF A CREATION UNIT. Except as provided herein, Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Company of the Deposit Securities or payment of Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the subcustodian has confirmed to the Custodian that the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant subcustodian or subcustodians, the Distributor and the Adviser will be notified of such delivery, and the Company will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor. However, the Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor in order to accommodate foreign market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (that is the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security), and in certain other circumstances. The AP will be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting from unsettled orders.

Creation Units may be purchased in advance of receipt by the Company of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the shares on the date the order is placed in proper form since in addition to available Deposit Securities, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) an additional amount of cash equal to a percentage of the market value as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”), which will be maintained in a separate non-interest bearing collateral account. An additional amount of cash will be required to be deposited with the Company, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Company in an amount at least equal to the applicable percentage, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Participant Agreement will permit the Company to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time. APs will be liable to the Company for the costs incurred by the Company in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Distributor plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Company will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Company and deposited into the Company. In addition, a Transaction Fee as set forth below under “Creation Transaction Fee” will be charged in all cases, unless otherwise advised by the Fund, and Non-Standard Charges may also apply. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the Settlement Date.

28

ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS FOR CREATION UNITS. The Company reserves the right to reject an order for Creation Units transmitted to it by the Distributor in respect of the Fund for any legally permissible reason, including, but not limited to, the following circumstances: the order is not in proper form; acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; or circumstances outside the control of the Company, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent and/or the Adviser make it for all practical purposes not feasible to process orders for Creation Units. Examples of such circumstances include acts of God; public service or utility problems; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems; and similar extraordinary events. The Distributor shall notify a prospective creator of a Creation Unit and/or the AP acting on behalf of the creator of a Creation Unit of its rejection of the order of such person. The Company, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian, any sub-custodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits, and they shall not incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification. The Company, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Distributor will not be liable for the rejection of any purchase order for Creation Units.

All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered will be determined by the Company, and the Company’s determination will be final and binding.

CREATION TRANSACTION FEE. A purchase (i.e., creation) transaction fee is imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the purchase of Creation Units, and investors will be required to pay a Creation Transaction Fee regardless of the number of Creation Units created in the transaction. The Fund may adjust the creation transaction fee from time to time based upon actual experience. In addition, the Fund may impose a Non-Standard Charge of up to 2% of the value of the creation transactions for cash creations, non- standard orders, or partial cash purchases for the Fund. The Fund may adjust the Non-Standard Charge from time to time based upon actual experience. Investors who use the services of an AP, broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services, which may include an amount for the Creation Transaction Fee and Non-Standard Charges. Investors are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Company. The Adviser may retain all or a portion of the Transaction Fee to the extent the Adviser bears the expenses that otherwise would be borne by the Company in connection with the purchase of a Creation Unit, which the Transaction Fee is designed to cover. The standard Creation Transaction Fee for the Fund is $500.

29

RISKS OF PURCHASING CREATION UNITS. There are certain legal risks unique to investors purchasing Creation Units directly from the Fund. Because the Fund’s shares may be issued on an ongoing basis, a “distribution” of shares could be occurring at any time. Certain activities that a shareholder performs as a dealer could, depending on the circumstances, result in the shareholder being deemed a participant in the distribution in a manner that could render the shareholder a statutory underwriter and subject to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act. For example, a shareholder could be deemed a statutory underwriter if it purchases Creation Units from the Fund, breaks them down into the constituent shares, and sells those shares directly to customers, or if a shareholder chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary-market demand for shares. Whether a person is an underwriter depends upon all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to that person’s activities, and the examples mentioned here should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could cause a shareholder to be deemed an underwriter.

Dealers who are not “underwriters” but are participating in a distribution (as opposed to engaging in ordinary secondary-market transactions), and thus dealing with the Fund’s shares as part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act, will be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act.

Redemption of Creation Units

Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. EXCEPT UPON LIQUIDATION OF THE FUND, THE COMPANY WILL NOT REDEEM SHARES IN AMOUNTS LESS THAN CREATION UNITS. Investors must accumulate enough shares in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such shares redeemed by the Company. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit.

With respect to the Fund, the Custodian, through the NSCC, makes available immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time) on each Business Day, the list of the names and share quantities of the Fund’s portfolio securities that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities”). Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities.

Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit are paid either in-kind or in cash, or combination thereof, as determined by the Company. With respect to in-kind redemptions of the Fund, redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of Fund Securities -- as announced by the Custodian on the Business Day of the request for redemption received in proper form -- plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund Securities (the “Cash Redemption Amount”), less any fixed redemption transaction fee as set forth below and any Non-Standard Charges. If that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the differential is required to be made by or through an AP by the redeeming shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Company’s discretion, an AP may receive the corresponding cash value of the securities in lieu of the in-kind securities value representing one or more Fund Securities.

30

CASH REDEMPTION METHOD. When full or partial cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of full or partial cash redemptions, the AP will receive the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer. The Fund may incur costs such as brokerage costs or taxable gains or losses that the Fund might not have incurred if the redemption had been made in-kind. These costs may decrease the Fund’s NAV to the extent that the costs are not offset by a transaction fee payable by an authorized participant. Shareholders may be subject to tax on gains they would not otherwise have been subject to and/or at an earlier date than if the Fund had effected redemptions wholly on an in-kind basis.

REDEMPTION TRANSACTION FEES. A redemption transaction fee may be imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the redemption of Creation Units, and APs will be required to pay a Redemption Transaction Fee regardless of the number of Creation Units created in the transaction. The redemption transaction fee is the same no matter how many Creation Units are being redeemed pursuant to any one redemption request. The Fund may adjust the redemption transaction fee from time to time based upon actual experience. In addition, the Fund may impose a Non-Standard Charge of up to 2% of the value of a redemption transaction for cash redemptions, non-standard orders, or partial cash redemptions for the Fund. Investors who use the services of an Authorized Participant, broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services which may include an amount for the Redemption Transaction Fees and Non- Standard Charges. Investors are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Fund Securities to the account of the Company. The Non-Standard Charges are payable to the Fund as it incurs costs in connection with the redemption of Creation Units, the receipt of Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount and other transactions costs. The standard Redemption Transaction Fee for the Fund is $500.

PROCEDURES FOR REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS. Orders to redeem Creation Units must be submitted in proper form to the Transfer Agent prior to the time as set forth in the Participant Agreement. A redemption request is considered to be in “proper form” if (i) an AP has transferred or caused to be transferred to the Company’s Transfer Agent the Creation Unit(s) being redeemed through the book- entry system of DTC so as to be effective by the time as set forth in the Participant Agreement and (ii) a request in form satisfactory to the Company is received by the Transfer Agent from the AP on behalf of itself or another redeeming investor within the time periods specified in the Participant Agreement. If the Transfer Agent does not receive the investor’s shares through DTC’s facilities by the times and pursuant to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Participant Agreement, the redemption request will be rejected.

The AP must transmit the request for redemption, in the form required by the Company, to the Transfer Agent in accordance with procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement, and that, therefore, requests to redeem Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an AP which has executed an Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such AP. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an AP and transfer of the shares to the Company’s Transfer Agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not APs.

In connection with taking delivery of shares of Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, a redeeming shareholder or AP acting on behalf of such Shareholder must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded, to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds generally will be made within three business days of the trade date.

31

ADDITIONAL REDEMPTION PROCEDURES. In connection with taking delivery of shares of Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, the AP must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded, to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds generally will be made within three Business Days of the trade date. However, due to the schedule of holidays in certain countries, the different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (that is the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold), and in certain other circumstances, the delivery of in-kind redemption proceeds may take longer than three Business Days after the day on which the redemption request is received in proper form. If neither the redeeming Shareholder nor the AP acting on behalf of such redeeming Shareholder has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Fund Securities in the applicable foreign jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the Company may, in its discretion, exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming shareholder will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash.

If it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities, the Company may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming investor will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that the Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its shares based on the NAV of shares of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the Company’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). The Fund may also, in its sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities but does not differ in NAV.

Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Company could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws. An AP or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the Fund Securities applicable to the redemption of Creation Units may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. The AP may request the redeeming investor of the shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment. Further, an AP that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” (“QIB”) as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive Fund Securities that are restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A. An AP may be required by the Company to provide a written confirmation with respect to QIB status in order to receive Fund Securities.

Because the portfolio securities of the Fund may trade on the relevant exchange(s) on days that the Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for such Fund, shareholders may not be able to redeem their shares of the Fund, or to purchase or sell shares of such Fund on the Exchange, on days when the NAV of such Fund could be significantly affecting by events in the relevant foreign markets.

32

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to the Fund (1) for any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund or determination of the NAV of the shares is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Fund, a policy relating to the selective disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by the Adviser, director, officer, or third party service provider, in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders. The policies relating to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund. It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities. As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose the Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-PORT or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include U.S. Bank, N.A., the custodian; U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; and FilePoint, the financial printer. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Fund. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions).

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information. Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions as well as a 15-day time lag. The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings. The Board or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions.

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of the Fund.

33

The Board provides ongoing oversight of the Company’s policies and procedures and compliance with such policies and procedures. As part of this oversight function, the Board receives from the Company’s CCO as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Board receives an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the policies and procedures with respect to the Fund, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures. Any violation of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violation must be reported by the Adviser, director, officer or third party service provider to the Company’s CCO, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

On each Business Day, before commencement of trading in shares on the Exchange, the Fund will disclose on its website the Fund’s Portfolio Reference Basket and Guardrail Amount. The Portfolio Reference Basket published on the Fund’s website each Business Day will include the following information for each portfolio holding in the Portfolio Reference Basket: (1) ticker symbol; (2) CUSIP or other identifier; (3) description of holding; (4) quantity of each security or other asset held; and (5) percentage weight of the holding in the Portfolio Reference Basket. The Fund will provide a full list of holdings, including its top ten holdings, quarterly on www.stancefunds.com 60 days after the quarter-end.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the sections in the Fund’s Prospectus titled “HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES.”

NAV is determined as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) each day the NYSE is open, except that no computation need be made on a day on which no orders to purchase or redeem shares have been received. The NYSE currently observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day (third Monday in January), Presidents Day (third Monday in February), Good Friday (Friday before Easter), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day (first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (fourth Thursday in November), and Christmas Day.

NAV per share is computed by dividing the value of the Fund’s net assets (i.e., the value of its assets less its liabilities) by the total number of the Fund’s shares outstanding. In computing NAV, securities are valued at market value as of the close of trading on each business day when the NYSE is open. Securities, other than stock options, listed on the NYSE or other exchanges are valued on the basis of the last reported sale price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded. However, if the last sale price on the NYSE is different from the last sale price on any other exchange, the NYSE price will be used. If there are no sales on that day, then the securities are valued at the bid price on the NYSE or other primary exchange for that day. Securities traded in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market are valued on the basis of the last sales price as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“NASDAQ”). If there are no sales on that day, then the securities are valued at the mean between the closing bid and asked prices as reported by NASDAQ. Stock options and stock index options traded on national securities exchanges or on NASDAQ are valued at the mean between the latest bid and asked prices for such options. Securities for which market quotations are not readily available and other assets are valued at fair value as determined pursuant to procedures adopted in good faith by the Board. Debt securities that mature in less than 60 days are valued at amortized cost (unless the Board determines that this method does not represent fair value), if their original maturity was 60 days or less or by amortizing the value as of the 61st day before maturity, if their original term to maturity exceeded 60 days. A pricing service may be used to determine the fair value of securities held by the Fund. Any such service might value the investments based on methods that include consideration of yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity, and type; indications as to values from dealers; and general market conditions. The service may also employ electronic data-processing techniques, a matrix system, or both to determine valuation. The Board will review and monitor the methods such services use to assure itself that securities are valued at their fair values.

34

The values of securities held by the Fund and other assets used in computing NAV are determined as of the time at which trading in such securities is completed each day. That time, in the case of foreign securities, generally occurs at various times before the close of the NYSE. Trading in securities listed on foreign securities exchanges will be valued at the last sale or, if no sales are reported, at the bid price as of the close of the exchange, subject to possible adjustment as described in the Prospectus. Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally determined before the close of the NYSE. On occasion, the values of such securities and exchange rates may be affected by events occurring between the time as of which determinations of such values or exchange rates are made and the close of the NYSE. When such events materially affect the value of securities held by the Fund or its liabilities, such securities and liabilities will be valued at fair value in accordance with procedures adopted in good faith by the Board. The values of any assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies will be converted to U.S. dollars based on exchange rates supplied by a quotation service.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Fund’s Prospectus titled “DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES.” In addition, the following is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that generally affect the Fund and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a comprehensive explanation of the tax treatment of the Fund or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situations, including their state, local, and foreign tax liabilities.

It is the policy of the Company each fiscal year to distribute substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income (i.e., generally, the income that it earns from dividends and interest on its investments, and any short-term capital gains, net of Fund expenses) and net capital gains (i.e., the excess of the Fund’s net long-term capital gains over its net short-term capital losses), if any, to its shareholders.

Dividend Reinvestment Service

The Fund will not make the DTC book-entry dividend reinvestment service available for use by beneficial owners for reinvestment of their cash proceeds, but certain individual broker-dealers may make available the DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by beneficial owners of the Fund through DTC Participants for reinvestment of their dividend distributions. Investors should contact their brokers to ascertain the availability and description of these services. Beneficial owners should be aware that each broker may require investors to adhere to specific procedures and timetables in order to participate in the dividend reinvestment service and investors should ascertain from their brokers such necessary details. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and realized gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole shares issued by the Fund at NAV. Distributions reinvested in additional shares of the Fund will nevertheless be taxable to beneficial owners acquiring such additional shares to the same extent as if such distributions had been received in cash.

Taxes - General

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Code and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive. The Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, the Fund generally will be exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Fund must meet three important tests each year.

35

First, the Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of such issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer), and no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, the Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

The Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If the Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year the Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, taxable shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

Taxation of Certain Investments

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by the Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause the Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

36

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which the Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

Loss Carryforwards

For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is generally permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any year to offset its own capital gains, if any, during subsequent years. As of August 31, 2021, the Fund had no capital loss carryforwards.

State and Local Taxes

Although the Fund expects to qualify as a regulated investment company and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, the Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Subject to general supervision of the Board and the Adviser, Vident is responsible for selecting broker-dealers to execute purchase and sale transactions, as instructed by the Sub-Adviser. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. In the OTC market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis, with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. Certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commission or discounts are paid.

Vident may serve as an investment adviser or sub-adviser to other clients, including private investment companies, and Vident may in the future act as an investment adviser or sub-adviser to other registered investment companies. It is Vident’s practice to cause purchase and sale transactions to be allocated among the Fund and others whose assets are managed by Vident in such manner as it deems equitable. In making such allocations, the main factors considered are the respective investment objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for managing the Fund and the other client accounts. This procedure may, under certain circumstances, have an adverse effect on the Fund.

The policy of the Fund regarding purchases and sales of securities is that primary consideration will be given to obtaining the most favorable prices and efficient executions of transactions. Consistent with this policy, when securities transactions are effected on a stock exchange, the Fund’s policy is to pay commissions that are considered fair and reasonable without necessarily determining that the lowest possible commissions are paid in all circumstances. Vident believes that a requirement always to seek the lowest commission cost could impede effective management and preclude Vident from obtaining high-quality brokerage and research services. In seeking to determine the reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid in any transaction, Vident relies on its experience and knowledge regarding commissions generally charged by various brokers and on its judgment in evaluating the brokerage and research services received from the broker effecting the transaction.

37

In seeking to implement the Fund’s policies, Vident, through a brokerage or an outsourced trading desk, conducts trades on behalf of the Fund and effects transactions with brokers and dealers that it believes provide the most favorable prices and are capable of providing efficient executions. Vident may place portfolio transactions with a broker or dealer that furnishes research and other services to Vident and may pay higher commissions to brokers in recognition of research provided (or direct the payment of commissions to such brokers). Such services may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: (1) information as to the availability of securities for purchase or sale, (2) statistical or factual information or opinions pertaining to investments, (3) wire services, (4) and appraisals or evaluations of portfolio securities. The information and services received by Vident from brokers and dealers may be of benefit in the management of accounts of other clients and may not in all cases benefit the Company directly. While such services are useful and important in supplementing its own research and facilities, Vident believes the value of such services is not determinable and does not significantly reduce its expenses.

For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2021, Vident paid brokerage fees of $13,935 on behalf of the Fund. No soft dollar brokerage commissions were paid on behalf of the Fund.

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

The Board of Directors has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Fund (“portfolio proxies”) to the Sub-Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. The Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting policies are summarized below.

Policies of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser

It is the Sub-Adviser’s policy to vote all proxies the Fund receives in a manner that serves the Fund’s best interests. To assist in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall voting process, the Sub-Adviser has engaged an independent third party proxy voting specialist, Glass Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”). The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and recordkeeping. The decision by the Adviser to retain the services of Glass Lewis is based principally on the view that the services that Glass Lewis provides, subject to oversight by the Adviser, generally will result in proxy voting decisions which serve the best economic interests of the Fund’s, as well as limiting conflicts of interest between the Adviser and the Fund. The Sub-Adviser follows the Glass Lewis guidelines that focus on enhanced environmental, social and governance practices.

More Information

Each year, the Fund will make available the actual voting records relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund during the 12-month period ending June 30 without charge, upon request by calling 800-617-0004, or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

The Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and/or their affiliates, at their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Fund, its service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Fund and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

38

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares or provide services to the Fund, the Distributor or shareholders of the Fund through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets. Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing the Fund in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

The Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and/or their affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events. The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in the Fund by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and/or their affiliates. A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, 89.123 billion shares have been classified into 202 classes, however, the Company only has approximately 53 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s charter, the Board of Directors has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

Each share that represents an interest in the Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the Fund with each other share that represents an interest in the Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in the Fund. Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights. When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders owning at least ten percent of the outstanding shares of all classes of Common Stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

39

Holders of shares of each class of the Company will vote in the aggregate on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board of Directors determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2 the approval of an investment advisory agreement or distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such portfolio. However, the Rule 18f-2 also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio. Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above), or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

GENERAL INFORMATION

Anti-Money Laundering Program

The Fund has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Fund’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures, and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program, and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that certain of its service providers have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new account applications. The Fund will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund. The independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for conducting the annual audit of the Fund’s financial statements. The selection of the independent registered public accounting firm is approved annually by the Board.

40

Transfer Agent

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

Custodian

U.S. Bank, N.A., 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, serves as custodian (the “Custodian”) of the Fund’s assets and is responsible for maintaining custody of the Fund’s cash and investments and retaining sub-custodians, including in connection with the custody of foreign securities. Cash held by the Custodian, the amount of which may at times be substantial, is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the amount of available insurance coverage limits.

Administrator

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the administrator (the “Administrator”) and provides various administrative and accounting services necessary for the operations of the Fund. Services provided by the Administrator include facilitating general Fund management; monitoring Fund compliance with federal and state regulations; supervising the maintenance of the Fund’s general ledger, the preparation of the Fund’s financial statements, the determination of NAV, and the payment of dividends and other distributions to shareholders; and preparing specified financial, tax, and other reports. The Fund pays the Administrator an annual fee based on the Fund’s average net assets, subject to certain conditions. The Custodian, the Transfer Agent and the Administrator are affiliates.

For the fiscal period ended August 31, 2021, the Adviser was responsible for paying the Administrator $26,793 for administration services on behalf of the Fund.

Legal Counsel

Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as counsel to the Company.

Registration Statement

This SAI and the Prospectus do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement the Company has filed with the SEC. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by SEC rules and regulations. A text-only version of the Registration Statement is available on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Fund’s financial statements for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2021, appearing in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders dated August 31, 2021, and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, also appearing therein, are incorporated by reference in this SAI. For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s performance, please see the Fund’s annual report to shareholders dated August 31, 2021, which may be obtained without charge as indicated on the cover page of this SAI.

41

Appendix A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” – A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” – A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” – A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D” – A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

A - 1

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.¹ Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” – Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2” – Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” – Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” – Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” – Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” – Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

¹ A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

A - 2

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4” – Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” – Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” – Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

A - 3

“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” – Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” – An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

A - 4

“Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” – Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR” – Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” – Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” – Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” – Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present

“CCC” – A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC” – A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C” – A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

A - 5

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA” – Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” – Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” – Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D” – A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.

A - 6

In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” – A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” – A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” – A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D” – This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG Scale

“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interests payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

A - 7

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments,. Issuer default ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue level ratings are also assigned, often include an expectation of recovery and may be notched above or below the issuer level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).

DBRS Morningstar offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market. Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on DBRS Morningstar’s quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies. and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. DBRS Morningstar issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, final(ized), solicited, or unsolicited. From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued. DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees. 

A - 8

THE RBB FUND, INC.

PEA 287/292

PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28. EXHIBITS

(a) Articles of Incorporation.

(1) Articles of Incorporation of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 24, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(2) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 24, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(3) Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 12, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(4) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 12, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(5) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 27, 1990, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(6) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 1, 1990, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(7) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 15, 1992, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(8) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 22, 1992, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(9) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1993, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(10) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1993, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(11) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 19, 1994, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(12) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 19, 1994, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(13) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 19, 1994, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(14) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 19, 1994, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(15) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 31, 1995.

(16) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 16, 1996.

(17) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 11, 1996.

(18) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 9, 1997.

(19) Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

(20) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

(21) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

(22) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

(23) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

(24) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

(25) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 30, 1999.

(26) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 29, 1999.

(27) Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2000.

(28) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2000.

(29) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2000.

(30) Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2000.

(31) Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 15, 2001.

(32) Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant (Boston Partners Bond Fund – Institutional Class and Boston Partners Bond Fund – Investor Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 15, 2002.

(33) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund – Institutional Class and Boston Partners Bond Fund – Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 15, 2002.

(34) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Schneider Value Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 16, 2002.

(35) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Institutional Liquidity Fund for Credit Unions and Liquidity Fund for Credit Union Members) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 84 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2003.

(36) Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 89 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 30, 2004.

(37) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund – Investor Class, Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund – Institutional Class, Robeco WPG Tudor Fund – Institutional Class, Robeco WPG Large Cap Growth Fund – Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 93 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 4, 2005.

(38) Certificate of Correction of Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 2005.

(39) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund – Investor Class, Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund – Institutional Class, Robeco WPG Tudor Fund – Institutional Class, Robeco WPG 130/30 Large Cap Core Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Large Cap Growth Fund – Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 2005.

(40) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Senbanc Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 96 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 6, 2005.

(41) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund – Retirement Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 97 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 19, 2005.

(42) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund – Investor Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2005.

(43) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 18, 2006.

(44) Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 108 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 2006.

(45) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Bear Stearns Ultra Short Income Fund f/k/a Bear Stearns Enhanced Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 109 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 15, 2006.

(46) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 109 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 15, 2006.

(47) Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant (Bear Stearns Ultra Short Income Fund f/k/a Bear Stearns Enhanced Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2007.

(48) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Bear Stearns Ultra Short Income Fund f/k/a Bear Stearns Enhanced Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2007.

(49) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund, Free Market Fixed Income Fund) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 1, 2007.

(50) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Robeco WPG 130/30 Large Cap Core Fund – Investor Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 113 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 13, 2007.

(51) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (SAM Sustainable Water Fund, SAM Sustainable Climate Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 17, 2007.

(52) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Robeco WPG 130/30 Large Cap Core Fund – Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 4, 2007.

(53) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Bear Stearns Multifactor 130/30 US Core Equity Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 17, 2007.

(54) Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant (Bear Stearns Ultra Short Income Fund f/k/a Bear Stearns Enhanced Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2007.

(55) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (SAM Sustainable Global Active Fund, SAM Sustainable Themes Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 128 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on January 26, 2009.

(56) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 129 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 2, 2009.

(57) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (S1 Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 19, 2010.

(58) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 6, 2010.

(59) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (WPG Partners Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Small Cap Value Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

(60) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Global Equity Fund (f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund) and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

(61) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund f/k/a Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 15, 2011.

(62) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund, Free Market Fixed Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 149 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 2012.

(63) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 152 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 29, 2013.

(64) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Long/Short/ Research Fund – Institutional Class – Institutional Class f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund – Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 157 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 2013.

(65) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Matson Money U.S. Equity VI Portfolio, Matson Money International VI Equity Portfolio, Matson Money Fixed Income VI Portfolio) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 159 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2013.

(66) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (SGI Global Equity Fund f/k/a Scotia Dynamic U.S. Growth Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 161 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 27, 2013.

(67) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund – Institutional Class f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund – Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 168 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 30, 2014.

(68) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund and Adara Smaller Companies Fund (f/k/a Altair Smaller Companies Fund)) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 168 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 30, 2014.

(69) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Campbell Core Trend Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 171 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 16, 2014.

(70) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund, Free Market Fixed Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 174 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 23, 2014.

(71) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Investment Funds) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 174 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 23, 2014.

(72) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Emerging Markets Dynamic Equity Fund f/k/a Boston Partners Emerging Markets Long/Short Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 182 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 16, 2015.

(73) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Campbell Core Carry Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 182 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 16, 2015.

(74) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Alpha Blue Dynamic Equity Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 182 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 16, 2015.

(75) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund – Class C f/k/a Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund – Class C) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 184 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 30, 2015.

(76) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund – Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 187 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2015.

(77) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (SGI Small Cap Equity Fund f/k/a Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 195 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 30, 2016.

(78) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Fasanara Capital Absolute Return Multi-Asset Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 198 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 29, 2016.

(79) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Campbell Dynamic Trend Fund f/k/a Campbell Core Trend Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2016.

(80) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (MFAM Global Opportunities Fund (f/k/a Motley Fool Independence Fund), MFAM Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund (f/k/a Motley Fool Great America Fund), and MFAM Emerging Markets Fund (f/k/a Motley Fool Epic Voyage Fund)) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 206 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2016.

(81) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (MFAM Emerging Markets Fund f/k/a Motley Fool Epic Voyage Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 212 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2017.

(82) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Orinda Income Opportunities Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 216 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 10, 2017.

(83) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund — Class T) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 216 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 10, 2017.

(84) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund f/k/a Campbell Managed Futures 10V Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 224 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 28, 2017.

(85) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Emerging Markets Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 226 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 23, 2017.

(86) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Motley Fool 100 Index ETF) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 235 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on January 19, 2018.

(87) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund – Class I) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 238 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 21, 2018.

(88) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund – Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 238 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 21, 2018.

(89) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund, Free Market Fixed Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 238 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 21, 2018.

(90) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Aquarius International Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 238 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 21, 2018.

(91) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 238 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 21, 2018.

(92) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (SGI Global Equity Fund (f/k/a Dynamic U.S. Growth Fund)) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 238 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 21, 2018.

(93) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (SGI Global Equity Fund f/k/a Summit Global Investments Global Low Volatility Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 242 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 19, 2018.

(94) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund f/k/a Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 242 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 19, 2018.

(95) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Adara Smaller Companies Fund (f/k/a Altair Smaller Companies Fund)) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 242 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 19, 2018.

(96) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (MFAM Global Opportunities Fund (f/k/a Motley Fool Independence Fund) and MFAM Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund (f/k/a Motley Fool Great America Fund)) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 242 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 19, 2018.

(97) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (MFAM Small-Cap Growth ETF (f/k/a Motley Fool Small-Cap Growth ETF)) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(98) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Motley Fool Innovation ETF) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(99) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (MFAM Global Opportunities Fund, MFAM Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund, MFAM Emerging Markets Fund and MFAM Small-Cap Growth ETF) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 251 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 8, 2019.

(100) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (MFAM Mid-Cap Growth Fund (f/k/a MFAM Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 251 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 8, 2019.

(101) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Boston Partners Global Equity Advantage Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 254 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (No. 811-05518) filed on May 21, 2019.

(102) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Campbell Advantage Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 254 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (No. 811-05518) filed on May 21, 2019.

(103) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, (f/k/a Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund), SGI Global Equity Fund (f/k/a Summit Global Investments Global Low Volatility Fund), and SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund (f/k/a Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund)) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 254 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (No. 811-05518) filed on May 21, 2019.

(104) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund (f/k/a Campbell Managed Futures 10V Fund)) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 254 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 21, 2019.

(105) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 261 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2020.

(106) Articles Supplementary of Registrant (SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Conservative Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 263 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 25, 2020.

(107) Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Boston Partners Emerging Markets Dynamic Equity Fund f/k/a Boston Partners Emerging Markets Long/Short Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.

(108)	Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 269 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 18, 2020.
(109)	Articles Supplementary of Registrant (YieldX Diversified Income ETF, YieldX High Income ETF, and YieldX Short-Term Income ETF) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.
(110)	Articles of Amendment of Registrant (SGI Small Cap Growth Fund f/k/a Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.
(111)	Articles of Amendment of Registrant (DriveWealth Power Saver ETF f/k/a YieldX High Income ETF and DriveWealth Steady Saver ETF f/k/a YieldX Short-Term Income ETF) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.
(112)	Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Motley Fool Global Opportunities ETF, Motley Fool Mid-Cap Growth ETF, Motley Fool Next Index ETF, Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF, WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund and Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 285 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (33-20827) filed on December 10, 2021.

(113)	Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) are filed herewith.
(114)	Articles of Amendment of Registrant (SGI Small Cap Core Fund f/k/a SGI Small Cap Growth Fund) will be filed by amendment.

(b) By-Laws.

(1) By-Laws, as amended, are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.

(c) Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders.

(1) See Articles VI, VII, VIII, IX and XI of Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation dated February 17, 1988 which are incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 24, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(2) See Articles II, III, VI, XIII, and XIV of Registrant’s By-Laws as amended through August 25, 2004, which are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 89 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 30, 2004.

(d) Investment Advisory Contracts.

(1) Reserved.

(2) Reserved.

(3) Investment Advisory Agreement (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund, Free Market Fixed Income Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 125 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 27, 2008.

(4) Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Advisory Agreement (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund and Free Market Fixed Income Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 157 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 2013.

(5) Reserved.

(6) Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Boston Partners Investment Funds) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 261 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2020.

(7) Investment Advisory Agreement (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 23, 2013.

(8) Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, and SGI Global Equity Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(9) Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Investment Funds) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (f/k/a Robeco Investment Management, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 157 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 2013.

(10) Addendum No. 1 to Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (f/k/a Robeco Investment Management, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 23, 2013.

(11) Investment Advisory Agreement (SGI Global Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Global Low Volatility Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(12) Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (SGI Global Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Global Low Volatility Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(13) Investment Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) between Registrant and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 168 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 30, 2014.

(14) Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) between Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC (f/k/a Abbey Capital Offshore Fund Limited) and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(15) Reserved.

(16) Reserved.

(17) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Eclipse Capital Management, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(18) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Graham Capital Management, LP is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(a) Amendment to Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Graham Capital Management, LP is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(19) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and P/E Global LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(20) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Revolution Capital Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(21) Reserved.

(22) Addendum No. 2 to Investment Advisory Agreement (WPG Partners Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (f/k/a Robeco Investment Management, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 168 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 30, 2014.

(23) Investment Advisory Agreement (Adara Smaller Companies Fund (f/k/a Altair Smaller Companies Fund)) between Registrant and Altair Advisers LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(24)	Reserved.
(25)	Reserved.

(26) Reserved.

(27) Sub-Advisory Agreement (Adara Smaller Companies Fund) among Registrant, Altair Advisers LLC and Aperio Group, LLC will be filed by amendment.

(28) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (Adara Smaller Companies Fund) among Registrant, Altair Advisers LLC and Driehaus Capital Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.

(29) Reserved.

(30) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (Adara Smaller Companies Fund (f/k/a Altair Smaller Companies Fund)) among Registrant, Altair Advisers LLC and Pacific Ridge Capital Partners, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(31) Sub-Advisory Agreement (Adara Smaller Companies Fund (f/k/a Altair Smaller Companies Fund)) among Registrant, Altair Advisers LLC and Pier Capital, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(32) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (Adara Smaller Companies Fund (f/k/a Altair Smaller Companies Fund)) among Registrant, Altair Advisers LLC and River Road Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(33) Addendum No. 3 to Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Emerging Markets Dynamic Equity Fund f/k/a Boston Partners Emerging Markets Long/Short Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (f/k/a Robeco Investment Management, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(34) Investment Advisory Agreement (SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 251 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 8, 2019.

(35) Contractual Fee Waiver (SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(36) Reserved.

(37) Reserved.

(38) Reserved.

(39) Investment Advisory Agreement (Matson Money U.S. Equity VI Portfolio, Matson Money International Equity VI Portfolio, and Matson Money Fixed Income VI Portfolio) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(40) Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Matson Money U.S. Equity VI Portfolio, Matson Money International Equity VI Portfolio, and Matson Money Fixed Income VI Portfolio) between Registrant and Matson Money Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(41) Addendum No. 4 to Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (f/k/a Robeco Investment Management, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(42) First Amendment to Investment Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) between Registrant and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 216 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 10, 2017.

(43) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Aspect Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(44) Investment Advisory Agreement (Orinda Income Opportunities Fund) between Registrant and Orinda Asset Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(45) Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Orinda Income Opportunities Fund) between Registrant and Orinda Asset Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 251 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 8, 2019.

(46) Investment Advisory Agreement (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund) between Registrant and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(47) Investment Advisory Agreement (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund) between Campbell Systematic Macro Offshore Limited and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(48) Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund) between Registrant and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(49) Addendum No. 5 to Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Emerging Markets Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(50) Reserved.

(51) Reserved.

(52) Reserved.

(53) Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund and Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) between Registrant and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(54) Investment Advisory Agreement (Motley Fool 100 Index ETF) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(55) Investment Advisory Agreement (Aquarius International Fund) between Registrant and Altair Advisers LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(56) Sub-Advisory Agreement (Aquarius International Fund) among Registrant, Altair Advisers, LLC and Aperio Group, LLC will be filed by amendment.

(57) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (Aquarius International Fund) among Registrant, Altair Advisers LLC and Driehaus Capital Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.

(58) Sub-Advisory Agreement (Aquarius International Fund) among Registrant, Altair Advisers LLC and Mawer Investment Management Ltd. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(59) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (Aquarius International Fund) among Registrant, Altair Advisers LLC and Setanta Asset Management Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(60) Investment Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) between Registrant and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(61) Investment Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) between Abbey Capital Multi Asset Offshore Fund Limited and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(62) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) among Registrant, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Multi Asset Offshore Fund Limited and Aspect Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(63) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) among Registrant, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Multi Asset Offshore Fund Limited and Eclipse Capital Management, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(64) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) among Registrant, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Multi Asset Offshore Fund Limited and Revolution Capital Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(65) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) among Registrant, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Multi Asset Offshore Fund Limited and Welton Investment Partners LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(66) Reserved.

(67) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Welton Investment Partners LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(68) Amendment No. 2 to the Investment Advisory Agreement (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund and Free Market Fixed Income Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 249 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 21, 2018.

(69) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) among Registrant, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Multi Asset Offshore Fund Limited and Tudor Investment Corporation is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(70) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Tudor Investment Corporation is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(71) Investment Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) between Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(72) Investment Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) between Abbey Capital Master Offshore Fund Limited and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(73) Investment Advisory Agreement (MFAM Small-Cap Growth ETF (f/k/a Motley Fool Small Cap Growth ETF)) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(74) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Episteme Capital Partners (UK) LLP is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 252 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 22, 2019.

(75) Reserved.

(76) Reserved.

(77) Reserved.

(78) Reserved.

(79) Addendum No. 6 to Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II and Boston Partners Emerging Markets Dynamic Equity Fund f/k/a Boston Partners Emerging Markets Long/Short Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(80) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Crabel Capital Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 260 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 14, 2020.

(81) Investment Advisory Agreement (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 264 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 28, 2020.

(82) Amended Appendix A to Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Matson Money U.S. Equity VI Portfolio, Matson Money International Equity VI Portfolio, and Matson Money Fixed Income VI Portfolio) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 269 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 18, 2020.

(83) Amended Appendix A to Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund and Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) between Registrant and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 269 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 18, 2020.

(84) Amended Appendix A to Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (SGI Funds) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 269 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 18, 2020.

(85) Amended Appendix A to Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Boston Partners Funds) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. will be filed by amendment.

(86) Investment Advisory Agreement (SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Conservative Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(87) Addendum No. 7 to Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II, Boston Partners Emerging Markets Fund and Boston Partners Emerging Markets Dynamic Equity Fund f/k/a Boston Partners Emerging Markets Long/Short Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(88) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) among Registrant, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Multi Asset Offshore Fund Limited and Crabel Capital Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.

(89) Investment Advisory Agreement (Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF) between Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.

(90) Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement (Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF) between Red Gate Advisers, LLC and Stance Capital, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant's Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.

(91) Sub-Advisory Agreement (Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF) among Registrant, Red Gate Advisers, LLC and Vident Investment Advisory, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(92) Form of Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF) between Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant's Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.

(93) Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Registrant, Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and Winton Capital Management Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 269 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 18, 2020.

(94) Amended Appendix A to Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Orinda Income Opportunities Fund) between Registrant and Orinda Asset Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 269 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 18, 2020.

(95)	Investment Advisory Agreement (DriveWealth Power Saver ETF and DriveWealth Steady Saver ETF) between Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.
(96)	Sub-Advisory Agreement (DriveWealth Power Saver ETF and DriveWealth Steady Saver ETF) between Red Gate Advisers, LLC and YieldX Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(97) Sub-Advisory Agreement (DriveWealth Power Saver ETF and DriveWealth Steady Saver ETF) among Registrant, Red Gate Advisers, LLC and Vident Investment Advisory, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(98) Form of Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (DriveWealth Power Saver ETF and DriveWealth Steady Saver ETF) between Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(99)	Investment Advisory Agreement (YieldX Diversified Income ETF) between Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC will be filed by amendment.
(100)	Sub-Advisory Agreement (YieldX Diversified Income ETF) between Red Gate Advisers, LLC and YieldX Advisers, LLC will be filed by amendment.
(101)	Sub-Advisory Agreement (YieldX Diversified Income ETF) among Registrant, Red Gate Advisers, LLC and Vident Investment Advisory, LLC will be filed by amendment.
(101)	Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (YieldX Diversified Income ETF) between Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC will be filed by amendment.
(102)	Investment Advisory Agreement (SGI Small Cap Growth Fund f/k/a Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 283 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 15, 2021.

(103)	Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (SGI Small Cap Growth Fund f/k/a Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 283 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 15, 2021.
(104)	Investment Advisory Agreement (Motley Fool Global Opportunities ETF and Motley Fool Mid-Cap Growth ETF) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is filed herewith.
(105)	Form of Investment Advisory Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) between Registrant and Optima Asset Management LLC is filed herewith.
(106)	Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) among Registrant, Optima Asset Management LLC, and Anthony Capital Management, LLC is filed herewith.
(107)	Form of Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) between Registrant and Optima Asset Management LLC is filed herewith.
(108)	Addendum No. 8 to Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund and WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. will be filed by amendment.
(109)	Investment Advisory Agreement (Motley Fool Next Index ETF and Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is filed herewith.
(110)	Trading Advisory Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) among Abbey Capital Limited, Abbey Capital Onshore Series LLC, Abbey Capital Offshore Fund SPC and R. G. Niederhoffer Capital Management, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 286 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2021.

(e) Underwriting Contracts.

(1) Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Abbey Capital Limited dated June 30, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2016.

(a) Amendment to Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Abbey Capital Limited dated July 11, 2017 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 232 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2017.

(b) Amendment to Distribution Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi-Asset Fund) between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 243 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 2018.

(c) Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 264 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 28, 2020.

(d)	First Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.
(e)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Abbey Capital Limited is filed herewith.

(2) Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Altair Advisers LLC dated June 30, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2016.

(a) Form of Amendment to the Distribution Agreement (Aquarius International Fund) between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Altair Advisers LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 238 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 21, 2018.

(b) Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Altair Advisers LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 264 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 28, 2020.

(c)	First Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Altair Advisers LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.
(d)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Altair Advisers LLC is filed herewith.

(3) Reserved.

(4) Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. dated June 30, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2016.

(a) Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. dated June 30, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(b) Reserved.

(c) Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 264 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 28, 2020.

(d)	First Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.
(e)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is filed herewith.

(5) Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC dated June 30, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2016.

(a) Amendment to the Distribution Agreement (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund (f/k/a Campbell Managed Futures 10V Fund)) between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 224 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 28, 2017.

(b) Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 264 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 28, 2020.

(c)	First Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.
(d)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is filed herewith.

(6) Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Vigilant Distributors, LLC (f/k/a/ Herald Investment Marketing, LLC) and Matson Money, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(7) Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Summit Global Investments, LLC dated June 30, 2016 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2016.

(a)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 264 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 28, 2020.
(b)	First Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.
(c)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Summit Global Investments, LLC is filed herewith.

(8) Reserved.

(9) Distribution Agreement (Orinda Income Opportunities Fund) between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Orinda Asset Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 251 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 8, 2019.

(a) Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Orinda Asset Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 264 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 28, 2020.

(b)	First Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Orinda Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.
(c)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Orinda Asset Management LLC is filed herewith.

(10) ETF Distribution Agreement (Motley Fool 100 Index ETF) between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 251 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 8, 2019.

(a) First Amendment to the ETF Distribution Agreement (MFAM Small-Cap Growth ETF (f/k/a Motley Fool Small-Cap Growth ETF)) between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(b) Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(c)	First Amendment to the ETF Distribution Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC, and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.
(d)	Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (Motley Fool Global Opportunities ETF and Motley Fool Mid-Cap Growth ETF) between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC will be filed by amendment.
(e)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Motley Fool Asset Management LLC is filed herewith.

(11) Distribution Agreement (Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF) among Registrant, Vigilant Distributors, LLC and Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(a) Amendment to Distribution Agreement (DriveWealth Power Saver ETF and DriveWealth Steady Saver ETF) among Registrant, Vigilant Distributors, LLC and Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(b) Amendment to Distribution Agreement (YieldX Diversified Income ETF) among Registrant, Vigilant Distributors, LLC and Red Gate Advisers, LLC will be filed by amendment.

(12) Form of Authorized Participant Agreement (Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(13) Form of Distribution Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) among Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Optima Asset Management LLC will be filed by amendment.

(f) Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts.

(1) Form of Deferred Compensation Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 23, 2013.

(2) Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 23, 2013.

(g) Custodian Agreement.

(1) Amended and Restated Custody Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association dated June 30, 2019 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 260 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 14, 2020.

(2) First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Custody Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(3)	Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Custody Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.
(4)	Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Custody Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 284 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2021.
(5)	Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Custody Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association will be filed by amendment.

(h) Other Material Contracts.

(1) Non-12b-1 Shareholder Services Plan and Related Form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement (Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Tudor Fund – Institutional Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 25, 2005.

(2) Amended and Restated Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC dated June 30, 2019 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 260 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 14, 2020.

(3) Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC dated June 30, 2019 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(4) Amended and Restated Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC dated June 30, 2019 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 256 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2019.

(5) First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(6) First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(7) First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(8) Form of Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(9) Form of Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(10) Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(11) Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(12)	Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.
(13)	Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.
(14)	Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.
(15)	Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.

(16) Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(17)	Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.
(18)	Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC will be filed by amendment.
(19)	Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC will be filed by amendment.
(20)	Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC will be filed by amendment.

(i)	(1)	Consent of Counsel is filed herewith.
	(2)	Opinion of Counsel is filed herewith.

(j)	(1)	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP is filed herewith.
	(2)	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is filed herewith.

(k) None.

(l) Initial Capital Agreements.

(1) Subscription Agreement, relating to Classes A through N, is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 12, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(2) Subscription Agreement between Registrant and Planco Financial Services, Inc., relating to Classes O and P is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1990. (P)

(3) Subscription Agreement between Registrant and Planco Financial Services, Inc., relating to Class Q is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1990. (P)

(4) Subscription Agreement between Registrant and Counselors Securities Inc. relating to Classes R, S, and Alpha 1 through Theta 4 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 15, 1992, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

(5) Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. relating to Classes TT and UU (Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

(6) Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. relating to Classes DDD and EEE (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II (formerly Micro Cap Value)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

(7) Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management relating to Classes III and JJJ (Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund (formerly Market Neutral)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

(8) Form of Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L. P. relating to Classes KKK and LLL (Boston Partners Fund (formerly Long-Short Equity)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 19, 1999.

(11) Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

(12) Purchase Agreement (WPG Partners Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Tudor Fund) between Registrant and Weiss, Peck & Greer Investments is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 96 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 6, 2005.

(13) Form of Purchase Agreement (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 1, 2007.

(14) Form of Purchase Agreement (Free Market International Equity Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 1, 2007.

(15) Form of Purchase Agreement (Free Market Fixed Income Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 1, 2007.

(16) Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 4, 2010.

(17) Form of Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners Global Equity Fund f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

(18) Form of Purchase Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

(19) Purchase Agreement (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 157 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 2013.

(20) Form of Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund – Investor Class f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund-Investor Class) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated hereby by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 23, 2013.

(21) Form of Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund-Institutional Class f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund-Institutional Class) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated hereby by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 23, 2013.

(22) Form of Purchase Agreement (SGI Global Equity Fund f/k/a Scotia Dynamic U.S. Growth Fund) between Registrant and Scotia Institutional Asset Management US, Ltd. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 168 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 30, 2014.

(23) Form of Purchase Agreement (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund) between Registrant and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 168 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 30, 2014.

(24) Form of Purchase Agreement (Adara Smaller Companies Fund (f/k/a Altair Smaller Companies Fund)) between Registrant and Altair Advisers LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 172 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 17, 2014.

(25) Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners Emerging Markets Dynamic Equity Fund f/k/a Boston Partners Emerging Markets Long/Short Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 187 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2015.

(26) Form of Purchase Agreement (SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 195 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 30, 2016.

(27) Reserved.

(28) Form of Purchase Agreement (Orinda Income Opportunities Fund) between Registrant and Orinda Asset Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 219 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 1, 2017.

(29) Purchase Agreement (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund) between Registrant and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(30) Form of Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners Emerging Markets Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 226 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 23, 2017.

(31) Form of Purchase Agreement (Motley Fool 100 Index ETF) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 235 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on January 19, 2018.

(32) Purchase Agreement (Aquarius International Fund) between Registrant and Altair Advisers LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(33) Form of Purchase Agreement (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund) between Registrant and Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 243 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 2018.

(34) Purchase Agreement (MFAM Small-Cap Growth ETF (f/k/a Motley Fool Small-Cap Growth ETF)) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 23, 2018.

(35) Reserved.

(36) Reserved.

(37) Purchase Agreement (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 264 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 28, 2020.

(38) Purchase Agreement (SGI Peak Growth Fund, SGI Prudent Growth Fund, and SGI Conservative Fund) between Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 266 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 8, 2020.

(39)	Purchase Agreement (Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF) between Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.
(40)	Purchase Agreement (DriveWealth Power Saver ETF and DriveWealth Steady Saver ETF) between Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(41)	Purchase Agreement (Motley Fool Global Opportunities ETF and Motley Fool Mid-Cap Growth ETF) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 286 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2021.
(42)	Form of Purchase Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) between Registrant and Optima Asset Management LLC is filed herewith.
(43)	Form of Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund and WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is filed herewith.

(44) Form of Purchase Agreement (Motley Fool Next Index ETF and Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is filed herewith.

(m) Rule 12b-1 Plan.

(1) Plan of Distribution (Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund - Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 9, 1997.

(2) Plan of Distribution (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II (formerly Micro Cap Value) - Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 10, 1998.

(3) Amendment to Plans of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

(4) Plan of Distribution (Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund (formerly Market Neutral) - Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 12, 1998.

(5) Plan of Distribution (Boston Partners Fund (formerly Long Short Equity) - Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 19, 1999.

(6) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

(7) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund-Investor Class f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund — Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

(8) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Boston Partners Global Equity Fund-Investor Class f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund — Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

(9) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund — Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

(10) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund — Retail Class) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 15, 2011.

(11) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund – Class A) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 144 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 15, 2011.

(12) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund – Investor Class f/k/a Robeco Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund — Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 154 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 11, 2013.

(13) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund — Class A) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 168 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 30, 2014.

(14) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund — Class C) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 168 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 30, 2014.

(15) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments U.S. Low Volatility Equity Fund —Class C) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 184 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 30, 2015.

(16) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund – Retail Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 195 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 30, 2016.

(17) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (SGI U.S. Small-Cap Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Small Cap Low Volatility Fund – Class C) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 195 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 30, 2016.

(18) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund — Class T) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 216 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 10, 2017.

(19) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Orinda Income Opportunities Fund — Class A) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 219 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 1, 2017.

(20) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Orinda Income Opportunities Fund — Class D) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 219 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 1, 2017.

(21) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund — Class A) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 257 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 27, 2019.

(22) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund — Class P) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 257 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 27, 2019.

(23) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Campbell Systematic Macro Fund — Class C) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 257 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 27, 2019.

(24) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (SGI Global Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Global Low Volatility Fund – Class A Shares (formerly Class II Shares)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 232 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2017.

(25) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (SGI Global Equity Fund, f/k/a Summit Global Investments Global Low Volatility Fund – Class C Shares (formerly Institutional Shares)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 232 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2017.

(26) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund – Class A Shares) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 243 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 2018.

(27)	Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Abbey Capital Multi Asset Fund – Class C Shares) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 243 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 2018.
(28)	Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) will be filed by amendment.

(n) Rule 18f-3 Plan.

 (1) Amended Rule 18f-3 Plan will be filed by amendment.

(p) Code of Ethics.

(1) Code of Ethics of the Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(2) Code of Ethics of Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.

(3) Code of Ethics of Matson Money, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 263 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 25, 2020.

(4) Code of Ethics of Foreside Financial Group, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(5) Code of Ethics of Summit Global Investments, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 286 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2021.

(6) Code of Ethics of Abbey Capital Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 268 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 23, 2020.

(7) Code of Ethics of Altair Advisers LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 263 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 25, 2020.

(8) Code of Ethics of Aperio Group, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 282 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2021.

(9) Code of Ethics of Driehaus Capital Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 286 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2021.

(10)	Code of Ethics of Pacific Ridge Capital Partners, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 286 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2021.
(11)	Code of Ethics of Pier Capital LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 263 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 25, 2020.

(12) Code of Ethics of River Road Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(13) Code of Ethics of Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 263 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 25, 2020.

(14) Code of Ethics of Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 263 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 25, 2020.

(15) Code of Ethics of Orinda Asset Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(16) Code of Ethics of Mawer Investment Management Ltd. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 286 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2021.

(17) Code of Ethics of Setanta Asset Management Limited is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 286 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 20, 2021.

(18) Code of Ethics of Red Gate Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.

(19) Code of Ethics of Stance Capital, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(20) Code of Ethics of Vident Investment Advisory, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.

(21)	Code of Ethics of Vigilant Distributors, LLC (f/k/a Herald Investment Marketing, LLC) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 273 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 11, 2021.
(22)	Code of Ethics of YieldX Advisers, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 281 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 26, 2021.
(23)	Code of Ethics of Optima Asset Management LLC will be filed by amendment.
(24)	Code of Ethics of Anthony Capital Management, LLC is filed herewith.

Item 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

None.

Item 30. INDEMNIFICATION

Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Article VIII of Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, incorporated herein by reference as Exhibits (a)(1) and (a)(3), provide as follows:

Section 1. To the fullest extent that limitations on the liability of directors and officers are permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, no director or officer of the Corporation shall have any liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for damages. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Corporation whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law. The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent as its directors and to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Board of Directors may by law, resolution or agreement make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Maryland General Corporation law.

Section 3. No provision of this Article shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation against any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

Section 4. References to the Maryland General Corporation Law in this Article are to the law as from time to time amended. No further amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall decrease, but may expand, any right of any person under this Article based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to such amendment. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (“Boston Partners”) (f/k/a Robeco Investment Management, Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(9), provides for the indemnification of Boston Partners against certain losses.

Section 12 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements between the Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.), (“Matson Money”) incorporated herein by reference as exhibits (d)(3) and (d)(39) provides for the indemnification of Matson Money against certain losses.

Section 12 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements between the Registrant and Summit Global Investments, LLC (“SGI”) incorporated herein by reference as exhibits (d)(7), (d)(11), (d)(34), (d)(81), (d)(86) and (d)(102) provides for the indemnification of SGI against certain losses.

Section 12 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements with Abbey Capital Limited (“Abbey Capital”) incorporated herein by reference as exhibits (d)(13), (d)(60) and (d)(61) provides for the indemnification of Abbey Capital against certain losses.

Section 13 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements with Abbey Capital incorporated herein by reference as exhibits (d)(14) and (d)(71) provides for the indemnification of Abbey Capital against certain losses.

Section 12 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements between the Registrant and Altair Advisers LLC (“Altair”) incorporated herein by reference as exhibits (d)(23) and (d)(55) provide for indemnification of Altair against certain losses.

Section 12 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements between the Registrant and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC (“CCIA”) incorporated herein by reference as exhibits (d)(46), (d)(47), (d)(77), and (d)(78) provide for indemnification of CCIA against certain losses.

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant, Boston Partners, and CCIA incorporated herein by reference as exhibit (d)(75) provides for indemnification of Boston Partners and CCIA against certain losses.

Section 12 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements between the Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC (“Motley Fool”) incorporated herein by reference to exhibits (d)(51), (d)(54), (d)(73), and (d)(104) provides for indemnification of Motley Fool against certain losses.

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Orinda Asset Management LLC (“Orinda”) incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(44) provides for indemnification of Orinda against certain losses.

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreements between the Registrant and Red Gate Advisers, LLC (“Red Gate”) incorporated herein by reference to exhibits (d)(89) and (d)(95) provides for indemnification of Red Gate against certain losses.

Section 8 of each of the Distribution Agreements between Registrant and Quasar Distributors, LLC incorporated herein by reference to exhibits (e)(1) – (e)(5), (e)(7), and (e)(9) provide for the indemnification of Quasar Distributors, LLC against certain losses.

Section 8 of each of the Distribution Agreements between Registrant and Vigilant Distributors, LLC incorporated herein by reference to exhibits (e)(6), (e)(11), and (e)(13) provide for the indemnification of Vigilant Distributors, LLC against certain losses.

Section 7 of the Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Foreside Funds Distributors, LLC incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (e)(8) provides for the indemnification of Foreside Funds Distributors, LLC against certain losses.

Section 6 of the Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Quasar Distributors, LLC incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (e)(10) provides for the indemnification of Quasar Distributors, LLC against certain losses.

Item 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERS.

1. Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc.

The sole business activity of Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (“Boston Partners”), One Beacon Street, 30^th Floor, Boston, MA 02108, is to serve as an investment adviser. Boston Partners provides investment advisory services to the Boston Partners Funds and the WPG Partners Funds.

Boston Partners is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and serves as an investment adviser to domestic and foreign institutional investors, investment companies, commingled trust funds, private investment partnerships and collective investment vehicles. Information regarding the directors and officers of Boston Partners is as follows:

Name and Position with Boston Partners	Other Companies	Position With Other Companies
Joseph F. Feeney, Jr. Director, Chief Executive Officer & Chief Investment Officer	Boston Partners Trust Company	Chief Investment Officer
Mark E. Donovan Director, Senior Portfolio Manager
William G. Butterly, III General Counsel, Director of Sustainability & Engagement & Secretary	Boston Partners Securities, L.L.C.	Chief Legal Officer
	Boston Partners Trust Company	General Counsel, Secretary & Director
	Boston Partners (UK) Limited	Director & Secretary
Mark S. Kuzminskas Chief Operating Officer	Boston Partners Trust Company	Director & Chief Operating Officer
	Boston Partners (UK) Limited	Director & Chief Operating Officer

Kenneth Lengieza Chief Compliance Officer
Greg A. Varner Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer	Boston Partners Trust Company	Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
	Boston Partners (UK) Limited	Director & Chief Financial Officer
Stan H. Koyanagi Director, Chairperson of the Board of Directors	ORIX Corporation	Director, Managing Executive Officer and Global General Counsel
	ORIX Corporation Europe N.V.	Director
	Ormat Technologies, Inc.	Director
Jeffrey A. Finley Director	ORIX Corporation USA	Head of Corporate Development and Strategic Opportunities
David G. Van Hooser Director	Harbor Capital Advisors, Inc.	Chairman of the Board & Director

2. Matson Money, Inc.:

The sole business activity of Matson Money, Inc. (“Matson Money”), 5955 Deerfield Blvd., Mason, Ohio 45040, is to serve as an investment adviser. Matson Money is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Below is a list of each executive officer and director of Matson Money indicating each business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each such person has been engaged within the last two years, for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, partner or trustee.

Name and Position with Matson Money, Inc.	Name of Other Company	Position With Other Company
Mark E. Matson CEO	Keep It Tight Fitness, LLC	50% owner
Mark E. Matson CEO	The Matson Family Foundation	100% owner
Michelle Matson Vice President/ Secretary	None	None
Daniel J. List Chief Compliance Officer	None	None

3. Summit Global Investments, LLC:

The sole business activity of Summit Global Investments, LLC (“SGI”), 620 South Main Street, Bountiful, Utah 84010, is to serve as an investment adviser. SGI is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

The only employment of a substantial nature of each of SGI’s directors and officers is with SGI.

4. Abbey Capital Limited:

The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Abbey Capital Limited directors and officers is with Abbey Capital Limited.

5. Altair Advisers LLC:

The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Altair Advisers LLC directors and officers is with Altair Advisers LLC.

6. Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC:

The principal business activity of Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC (“CCIA”), 2850 Quarry Lake Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21209, is to serve as an investment adviser. CCIA is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Below is a list of each executive officer and director of CCIA indicating each business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each such person has been engaged within the last two years, for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, partner or trustee.

Name and Position with CCIA	Name of Other Company	Position With Other Company
G. Williams Andrews Chief Executive Officer	Campbell & Company, LP	Chief Executive Officer
	Campbell & Company, LLC	Director and Chief Executive Officer
	Campbell Financial Services, LLC	Director

Dr. Kevin Cole Chief Investment Officer	Campbell & Company, LP	Chief Investment Officer
	Campbell & Company, LLC	Director and Chief Investment Officer
Thomas P. Lloyd General Counsel & Secretary	Campbell & Company, LP	General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, and Secretary
	Campbell & Company, LLC	Director and Secretary
	Campbell Financial Services, LLC	Director, President, Chief Compliance Officer, and Secretary
	Campbell Advantage Offshore Limited	Director
	Campbell Systematic Macro Offshore Limited	Director
	Campbell Offshore Fund Limited SPC	Director
Gabriel A. Morris Chief Operating Officer	Campbell & Company, LP	Chief Operating Officer
	Campbell Financial Services, LLC	Director, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and Treasurer
	Campbell & Company, LLC	Director and Chief Operating Officer

7. Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC:

A description of any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in which Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC and each director, officer, or partner of Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC is or has been engaged within the last two fiscal years for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in the Form ADV of Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC, as filed with the SEC on December 24, 2020, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

8. Orinda Asset Management, LLC:

A description of any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in which Orinda Asset Management, LLC and each director, officer, or partner of Orinda Asset Management, LLC is or has been engaged within the last two fiscal years for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in the Form ADV of Orinda Asset Management LLC, as filed with the SEC on July 7, 2021, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

9. Red Gate Advisers, LLC:

A description of any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in which Red Gate Advisers, LLC and each director, officer, or partner of Red Gate Advisers, LLC is or has been engaged within the last two fiscal years for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in the Form ADV of Red Gate Advisers, LLC, as filed with the SEC on November 9, 2021, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

10. Optima Asset Management LLC:

A description of any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in which Optima Asset Management LLC and each director, officer, or partner of Optima Asset Management LLC is or has been engaged within the last two fiscal years for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in the Form ADV of Optima Asset Management LLC, as filed with the SEC on April 16, 2021, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

(a)(1) Quasar Distributors, LLC (“Quasar”) serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:

1. Aasgard Small & Mid Cap Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

2. American Trust Allegiance Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

3. Capital Advisors Growth Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

4. Chase Growth Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

5. Davidson Multi Cap Equity Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

6. Edgar Lomax Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

7. First Sentier American Listed Infrastructure Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

8. First Sentier Global Listed Infrastructure Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

9. Fort Pitt Capital Total Return Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

10. Huber Large Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

11. Huber Mid Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

12. Huber Select Large Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

13. Huber Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

14. Logan Capital International Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

15. Logan Capital Large Cap Core Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

16. Logan Capital Large Cap Growth Fund , Series of Advisors Series Trust

17. Logan Capital Small Cap Growth Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

18. O'Shaughnessy Market Leaders Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

19. PIA BBB Bond Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

20. PIA High Yield Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

21. PIA High Yield Managed Account Completion Shares (MACS) Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

22. PIA MBS Bond Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

23. PIA Short-Term Securities Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

24. Poplar Forest Cornerstone Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

25. Poplar Forest Partners Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

26. Pzena Emerging Markets Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

27. Pzena International Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

28. Pzena Mid Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

29. Pzena Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

30. Scharf Alpha Opportunity Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

31. Scharf Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

32. Scharf Global Opportunity Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

33. Scharf Multi-Asset Opportunity Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

34. Semper Brentview Dividend Growth Equity Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

35. Semper MBS Total Return Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

36. Semper Short Duration Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

37. Shenkman Capital Floating Rate High Income Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

38. Shenkman Capital Short Duration High Income Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust

39. The Aegis Funds

40. Allied Asset Advisors Funds

41. Alpha Architect ETF Trust

42. Angel Oak Funds Trust

43. Angel Oak Strategic Credit Fund

44. Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc.

45. Bridges Investment Fund, Inc.

46. Brookfield Investment Funds

47. Buffalo Funds

48. Cushing^â Mutual Funds Trust

49. DoubleLine Funds Trust

50. Ecofin Tax-Advantaged Social Impact Fund, Inc. (f/k/a Tortoise Tax-Advantaged Social Infrastructure Fund, Inc.)

51. AAM Low Duration Preferred and Income Securities ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

52. AAM S&P 500 Emerging Markets High Dividend Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

53. AAM S&P 500 High Dividend Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

54. AAM S&P Developed Markets High Dividend Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

55. The Acquirers Fund, Series of ETF Series Solutions

56. AI Powered International Equity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

57. AlphaClone Alternative Alpha ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

58. AlphaMark Actively Managed Small Cap ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

59. Aptus Collared Income Opportunity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

60. Aptus Defined Risk ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

61. Aptus Drawdown Managed Equity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

62. Blue Horizon BNE ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

63. CBOE Vest S&P 500 Dividend Aristocrats Target Income ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

64. Change Finance ESG International Fossil Free ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

65. Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

66. ClearShares OCIO ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

67. ClearShares Piton Intermediate Fixed Income Fund, Series of ETF Series Solutions

68. ClearShares Ultra-Short Maturity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

69. Deep Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

70. Distillate International Fundamental Stability & Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

71. Distillate US Fundamental Stability & Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

72. Hoya Capital Housing ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

73. International Drawdown Managed Equity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

74. LHA Market State Alpha Seeker ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

75. LHA Market State Tactical Beta ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

76. Loncar Cancer Immunotherapy ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

77. Loncar China BioPharma ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

78. Nationwide Maximum Diversification US Core Equity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

79. Nationwide Risk-Based International Equity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

80. Nationwide Risk-Based US Equity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

81. Nationwide Risk-Managed Income ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

82. NETLease Corporate Real Estate ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

83. Opus Small Cap Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

84. Premise Capital Diversified Tactical ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

85. US Global GO GOLD and Precious Metal Miners ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

86. US Global JETS ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

87. US Vegan Climate ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

88. Volshares Large Cap ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

89. First American Funds, Inc.

90. FundX Investment Trust

91. The Glenmede Fund, Inc.

92. The Glenmede Portfolios

93. The GoodHaven Funds Trust

94. Greenspring Fund, Incorporated

95. Harding, Loevner Funds, Inc.

96. Hennessy Funds Trust

97. Horizon Funds

98. Hotchkis & Wiley Funds

99. Intrepid Capital Management Funds Trust

100. Jacob Funds Inc.

101. The Jensen Quality Growth Fund Inc.

102. Kirr, Marbach Partners Funds, Inc.

103. AAF First Priority CLO Bond ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

104. Core Alternative ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

105. Wahed FTSE USA Shariah ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

106. LKCM Funds

107. LoCorr Investment Trust

108. Lord Asset Management Trust

109. MainGate Trust

110. ATAC Rotation Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

111. Cove Street Capital Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

112. Ecofin Digital Payments Infrastructure Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

113. Ecofin Global Renewables Infrastructure Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

114. Ecofin Global Water ESG Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

115. Great Lakes Bond Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

116. Great Lakes Disciplined Equity Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

117. Great Lakes Large Cap Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

118. Great Lakes Small Cap Opportunity Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

119. Jackson Square Global Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

120. Jackson Square International Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

121. Jackson Square Large-Cap Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

122. Jackson Square Select 20 Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

123. Jackson Square SMID-Cap Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

124. LK Balanced Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

125. Muhlenkamp Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

126. Nuance Concentrated Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

127. Nuance Concentrated Value Long Short Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

128. Nuance Mid Cap Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

129. Port Street Quality Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

130. Principal Street High Income Municipal Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

131. Reinhart Genesis PMV Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

132. Reinhart Mid Cap PMV Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

133. TorrayResolute Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

134. Tortoise Energy Evolution Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

135. Tortoise MLP & Energy Income Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

136. Tortoise MLP & Energy Infrastructure Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

137. Tortoise MLP & Pipeline Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

138. Tortoise North American Pipeline Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

139. Argent Small Cap Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

140. Hardman Johnston International Growth Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

141. Hood River International Opportunity Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

142. Hood River Small-Cap Growth Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

143. iM DBi Hedge Strategy ETF, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

144. iM DBi Managed Futures Strategy ETF, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

145. iM Dolan McEniry Corporate Bond Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

146. Pemberwick Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

147. Vert Global Sustainable Real Estate Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios

148. Matrix Advisors Funds Trust

149. Matrix Advisors Value Fund, Inc.

150. Monetta Trust

151. Nicholas Equity Income Fund, Inc.

152. Nicholas Fund, Inc.

153. Nicholas II, Inc.

154. Nicholas Limited Edition, Inc.

155. Permanent Portfolio Family of Funds

156. Perritt Funds, Inc.

157. Procure ETF Trust I

158. Procure ETF Trust II

159. Professionally Managed Portfolios

160. Prospector Funds, Inc.

161. Provident Mutual Funds, Inc.

162. Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

163. Abbey Capital Multi-Asset Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

164. Adara Smaller Companies Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

165. Aquarius International Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

166. SGI Small Cap Core Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

167. Boston Partners All Cap Value Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

168. Boston Partners Emerging Markets Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

169. Boston Partners Emerging Markets Long/Short Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

170. Boston Partners Global Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

171. Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

172. Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

173. Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

174. Boston Partners Small Cap Value II Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

175. Campbell Systematic Macro Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

176. MFAM Small-Cap Growth ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

177. Motley Fool 100 Index ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

178. Orinda Income Opportunities Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

179. SGI Global Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

180. SGI Peak Growth Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

181. SGI Prudent Growth Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

182. SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

183. SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity VI Portfolio, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

184. SGI U.S. Small Cap Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

185. WPG Partners Small/Micro Cap Value Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

186. RBC Funds Trust

187. Series Portfolios Trust

188. Thompson IM Funds, Inc.

189. TrimTabs ETF Trust

190. Trust for Advised Portfolios

191. Barrett Growth Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

192. Bright Rock Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

193. Bright Rock Quality Large Cap Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

194. Convergence Long/Short Equity Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

195. Convergence Market Neutral Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

196. CrossingBridge Low Duration High Yield Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

197. CrossingBridge Responsible Credit Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

198. CrossingBridge Ultra-Short Duration Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

199. Dearborn Partners Rising Dividend Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

200. Jensen Global Quality Growth Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

201. Jensen Quality Value Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

202. Marketfield Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

203. Rockefeller Climate Solutions Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

204. Rockefeller Core Taxable Bond Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

205. Rockefeller Equity Allocation Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

206. Rockefeller Intermediate Tax Exempt National Bond Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

207. Rockefeller Intermediate Tax Exempt New York Bond Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

208. Snow Capital Long/Short Opportunity Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

209. Snow Capital Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

210. Terra Firma US Concentrated Realty Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

211. USQ Core Real Estate Fund

212. Wall Street EWM Funds Trust

213. Wisconsin Capital Funds, Inc.

(a)(2) Foreside Funds Distributors LLC serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:

1.	Fairholme Funds, Inc.
2.	FundVantage Trust
3.	GuideStone Funds
4.	Matthews International Funds (d/b/a Matthews Asia Funds)
5.	Motley Fool Funds, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

6.	New Alternatives Fund
7.	Old Westbury Funds, Inc.
8.	The Torray Fund
9.	Versus Capital Multi-Manager Real Estate Income Fund LLC (f/k/a Versus Global Multi-Manager Real Estate Income Fund LLC)
10.	Versus Capital Real Assets Fund LLC

(a)(3) Vigilant Distributors, LLC serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:

1.	Free Market Fixed Income Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.
2.	Free Market International Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.
3.	Free Market US Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.
4.	Matson Money Fixed Income VI Portfolio, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.
5.	Matson Money International Equity VI Portfolio, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.
6. 7. 8.	Matson Money US Equity VI Portfolio, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. Stance Equity ESG Large Cap Core ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. YCG Funds
9.	DriveWealth Power Saver ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.
10.	DriveWealth Steady Saver ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.
11.	YieldX Diversified Income ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc.

(b)(1) The following are the Officers and Manager of Quasar, one of the Registrant’s underwriters. Quasar’s main business address is 111 East Kilbourn Ave., Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

Name	Address	Position with Underwriter	Position with Registrant
Richard J. Berthy	Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101	President, Treasurer and Manager	None
Mark A. Fairbanks	Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101	Vice President	None
Teresa Cowan	111 East Kilbourn Ave, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, WI 53202	Vice President	None
Jennifer K. DiValerio	899 Cassatt Road, 400 Berwyn Park, Suite 110, Berwyn, PA 19312	Vice President	None
Susan L. LaFond	111 E. Kilbourn Ave, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, WI 53202	Vice President and Co-Chief Compliance Officer	None
Jennifer A. Brunner	111 E. Kilbourn Ave, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, WI 53202	Vice President and Co-Chief Compliance Officer	None

Kelly Whetstone Three Canal Plaza,
Suite 100,
Portland, ME 04101 Secretary None

(b)(2) The following are the Officers and Manager of Foreside Funds Distributors LLC, one of the Registrant’s underwriters. Foreside Funds Distributors LLC’s main business address is 899 Cassatt Road, 400 Berwyn Park, Suite 110, Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312.

Name	Address	Position with Underwriter	Position with Registrant
Richard J. Berthy	Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101	President, Treasurer and Manager	None
Mark A. Fairbanks	Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101	Vice President	None

Teresa Cowan	111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, WI 53202	Vice President	None
Jennifer K. DiValerio	899 Cassatt Road, 400 Berwyn Park, Suite 110, Berwyn, PA 19312	Vice President	None
Susan K. Moscaritolo	Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101	Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer	None
Kelly Whetstone	Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME 04101	Secretary	None

(b)(3) The following are the Officers of Vigilant Distributors, LLC, one of the Registrant’s underwriters. Vigilant Distributors, LLC’s main business address is Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania 19317.

Name	Address	Position with Underwriter	Position with Registrant
Patrick Chism	Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, PA 19317	Chief Executive Officer and Chief Compliance Officer	None
Gerald Scarpati	Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, PA 19317	Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer	None

(c) Not Applicable

Item 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

(1) Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc., One Beacon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(2) Matson Money, Inc. (formerly Abundance Technologies, Inc.), 5955 Deerfield Blvd., Mason, Ohio 45040 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(3) Summit Global Investments, LLC, 620 South Main Street, Bountiful, Utah 84010 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(4) Abbey Capital Limited, 1-2 Cavendish Row, Dublin 1, Ireland (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(5) Altair Advisers LLC, 303 West Madison, Suite 600, Chicago, Illinois 60606 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(6) Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC, 2850 Quarry Lake Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21209 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(7) Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC, 2000 Duke Street, Suite 275, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(8) Orinda Asset Management, LLC, 3658 Mt. Diablo Boulevard, Suite 220, Lafayette, California 94549 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(9)	Red Gate Advisers, LLC, Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania 19317 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).
(10)	Optima Asset Management LLC, 10 East 53rd Street, New York, New York 10022 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

(11) U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 (records relating to its function as administrator, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent).

(12) U.S. Bank, N.A., 1555 North RiverCenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53212 (records relating to its function as custodian).

(13) Quasar Distributors, LLC, 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 (records relating to its function as underwriter).

(14)	Foreside Funds Distributors LLC, 899 Cassatt Road, 400 Berwyn Park, Suite 110, Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312 (records related to its function as underwriter).
(15)	Vigilant Distributors, LLC, Gateway Corporate Center, Suite 216, 223 Wilmington West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania 19317 (records relating to its function as underwriter).

Item 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

None.

Item 35. UNDERTAKINGS

Not applicable.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment to its Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Chadds Ford, and Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on December 29, 2021.

THE RBB FUND, INC.
By:	/s/ Salvatore Faia
	Salvatore Faia
	President

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Amendment to Registrant’s Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

SIGNATURE	TITLE	DATE
/s/ Salvatore Faia	President (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Compliance Officer	December 29, 2021
Salvatore Faia
/s/ James G. Shaw	Treasurer (Chief Financial	December 29, 2021
James G. Shaw	Officer) and Secretary
*Julian A. Brodsky	Director	December 29, 2021
Julian A. Brodsky
*Gregory P. Chandler	Director	December 29, 2021
Gregory P. Chandler
*Lisa A. Dolly	Director	December 29, 2021
Lisa A. Dolly
*Nicholas A. Giordano	Director	December 29, 2021
Nicholas A. Giordano
*Arnold M. Reichman	Director	December 29, 2021
Arnold M. Reichman
*Robert Sablowsky	Director	December 29, 2021
Robert Sablowsky
*Brian T. Shea	Director	December 29, 2021
Brian T. Shea
*Robert Straniere	Director	December 29, 2021
Robert Straniere

*By:	/s/ Salvatore Faia
Salvatore Faia
Attorney-in-Fact

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

PENN CAPITAL FUNDS TRUST

(the “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Julian A. Brodsky, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw, Edward Paz, and Jillian L. Bosmann, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director/Trustee or officer, or both, of the Company and of the Trust, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

DATED:	November 24, 2021
	/s/ Julian A. Brodsky
	Julian A. Brodsky

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

PENN CAPITAL FUNDS TRUST

(the “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Gregory P. Chandler, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw, Edward Paz, and Jillian L. Bosmann, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director/Trustee or officer, or both, of the Company and of the Trust, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

DATED:	November 24, 2021
	/s/ Gregory P. Chandler
	Gregory P. Chandler

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

PENN CAPITAL FUNDS TRUST

(the “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Lisa Dolly, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw, Edward Paz, and Jillian L. Bosmann, her true and lawful attorneys, to execute in her name, place, and stead, in her capacity as Director/Trustee or officer, or both, of the Company and of the Trust, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in her name and on her behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as she might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

DATED:	November 24, 2021
	/s/ Lisa Dolly
	Lisa Dolly

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

PENN CAPITAL FUNDS TRUST

(the “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Nicholas A. Giordano, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw, Edward Paz, and Jillian L. Bosmann, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director/Trustee or officer, or both, of the Company and of the Trust, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

DATED:	November 29, 2021
	/s/ Nicholas A. Giordano
	Nicholas A. Giordano

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

PENN CAPITAL FUNDS TRUST

(the “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Arnold M. Reichman, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw, Edward Paz, and Jillian L. Bosmann, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director/Trustee or officer, or both, of the Company and of the Trust, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

DATED:	December 8, 2021
	/s/ Arnold M. Reichman
	Arnold M. Reichman

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

PENN CAPITAL FUNDS TRUST

(the “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Robert Sablowsky, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw, Edward Paz, and Jillian L. Bosmann, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director/Trustee or officer, or both, of the Company and of the Trust, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

DATED:	November 24, 2021
	/s/ Robert Sablowsky
	Robert Sablowsky

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

PENN CAPITAL FUNDS TRUST

(the “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Brian T. Shea, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw, Edward Paz, and Jillian L. Bosmann, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director/Trustee or officer, or both, of the Company and of the Trust, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

DATED:	November 29, 2021
	/s/ Brian T. Shea
	Brian T. Shea

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

PENN CAPITAL FUNDS TRUST

(the “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Robert A. Straniere, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw, Edward Paz, and Jillian L. Bosmann, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director/Trustee or officer, or both, of the Company and of the Trust, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

DATED:	November 29, 2021
	/s/ Robert Straniere
	Robert Straniere

PEA 287/292

EXHIBIT	DESCRIPTION
(a)(113)	Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Optima Strategic Credit Fund)
(d)(104)	Investment Advisory Agreement (Motley Fool Global Opportunities ETF and Motley Fool Mid-Cap Growth ETF) between Registrant and Motley fool Asset Management, LLC
(d)(105)	Form of Investment Advisory Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) between Registrant and Optima Asset Management LLC
(d)(106)	Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) among Registrant, Optima Asset Management LLC, and Anthony Capital Management, LLC
(d)(107)	Form of Expense Limitation and Reimbursement Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) between Registrant and Optima Asset Management LLC
(d)(109)	Investment Advisory Agreement (Motley Fool Next Index ETF and Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC
(e)(1)(e)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Abbey Capital Limited
(e)(2)(d)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Altair Advisers LLC
(e)(4)(e)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc.
(e)(5)(d)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Campbell & Company Investment Adviser LLC
(e)(7)(c)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Summit Global Investments, LLC
(e)(9)(c)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Orinda Asset Management LLC
(e)(10)(e)	Novation Agreement between Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Motley Fool Asset Management LLC
(i)(1)	Consent of Counsel
(i)(2)	Opinion of Counsel
(j)(1)	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
(j)(2)	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
(l)(42)	Form of Purchase Agreement (Optima Strategic Credit Fund) between Registrant and Optima Asset Management LLC
(l)(43)	Form of Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners Global Sustainability Fund and WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc.
(l)(44)	Form of Purchase Agreement (Motley Fool Next Index ETF and Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF) between Registrant and Motley Fool Asset Management, LLC
(p)(24)	Code of Ethics of Anthony Capital Management, LLC